Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 24, 2010

Registration Statement No. 333-168368

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-11
FOR REGISTRATION
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES



STAG Industrial, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its governing instruments)



99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
(617) 574-4777
(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including
Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



Benjamin S. Butcher
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
STAG Industrial, Inc.
99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
(617) 574-4777
(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



Copies to:

Jeffrey M. Sullivan, Esq.
DLA Piper LLP (US)
4141 Parklake Avenue, Suite 300
Raleigh, North Carolina 27612
Tel: (919) 786-2000
Fax: (919) 786-2203

 

Gilbert G. Menna, Esq.
Daniel P. Adams, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Tel: (617) 570-1000
Fax: (617) 523-1231



           Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

          If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated September 24, 2010

PROSPECTUS

                  Shares

LOGO

Common stock



        STAG Industrial, Inc. is a newly formed, self-administered and self-managed full-service real estate company focused on the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties throughout the United States. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 89 properties in 26 states with approximately 13.5 million rentable square feet.

        This is our initial public offering. We are selling                        shares of our common stock.

        We expect the public offering price to be between $            and $            per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will trade under the symbol "STIR" on the New York Stock Exchange.

        We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes ("REIT") commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. To assist us in qualifying as a REIT, shareholders are generally restricted from owning more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of common stock or of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Our charter contains additional restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares of our common stock. See "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock."

         Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 22 of this prospectus.



 
  Per share   Total  

Public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discount

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

        The underwriters also may purchase up to an additional            shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                        , 2010.



BofA Merrill Lynch           J.P. Morgan   UBS Investment Bank



The date of this prospectus is                        , 2010.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  22

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  48

USE OF PROCEEDS

  50

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

  52

CAPITALIZATION

  56

DILUTION

  57

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  58

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  61

MARKET OVERVIEW

  85

BUSINESS

  96

MANAGEMENT

  116

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

  129

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY

  133

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

  142

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

  146

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

  148

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

  153

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  160

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

  162

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  166

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

  191

UNDERWRITING

  195

LEGAL MATTERS

  202

EXPERTS

  202

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  202

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by us or information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates which are specified in those documents. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.



        We use market data and industry forecasts and projections in this prospectus. We have obtained substantially all of the information under "Prospectus Summary—Market Overview" and under "Market Overview" from market research prepared or obtained by CB Richard Ellis—Econometric

i


Table of Contents


Advisors ("CBRE-EA") in connection with this offering. Such information is included herein in reliance on CBRE-EA's authority as an expert on such matters. See "Experts." In addition, CBRE-EA in some cases has obtained market data and industry forecasts and projections from publicly available information and industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and the preparers' experience in the industry, and there is no assurance that any of the projections or forecasts will be achieved. We believe that the surveys and market research others have performed are reliable, but we have not independently verified this information.



        In this prospectus:

ii


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read carefully the entire prospectus, including "Risk Factors," our financial statements, pro forma financial information, and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

         Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes (1) no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock to cover overallotments, if any, and (2) the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

         The historical operations described in this prospectus refer to the historical operations of STAG Industrial, Inc. and our predecessor business. We have generally described the business operations in this prospectus as if the historical operations of our predecessor business were conducted by us.

Overview

        STAG Industrial, Inc. is a newly formed, self-administered and self-managed full-service real estate company focused on the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties throughout the United States. We will continue and grow the single-tenant industrial business conducted by our predecessor business. Benjamin S. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, together with an affiliate of New England Development, LLC ("NED"), a real estate development and management company, formed our predecessor business, which commenced active operations in 2004.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 89 industrial properties in 26 states with approximately 13.5 million rentable square feet. As of June 30, 2010, our properties were 94.6% leased to 72 tenants, with no single tenant accounting for more than 5.5% of our total annualized rent and no single industry accounting for more than 14.6% of our total annualized rent.

        We target the acquisition of individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States with purchase prices ranging from $5 million to $25 million. We believe our focus on owning and expanding a portfolio of such properties will generate returns for our shareholders that are attractive in light of the risks associated with these returns because:

1


Table of Contents

For a description of what we consider to be Class A and Class B properties, see "Business—Our Properties."

        Our target properties are generally leased to:

        We believe the market inefficiently prices our target properties because investors underestimate the probability of tenant retention beyond the primary lease term, or overestimate the expected cost of tenant default. Further, we believe our underwriting processes, utilizing our proprietary model, allows us to acquire properties at a discount to their intrinsic values, where intrinsic values are determined by the properties' future cash flows.

        When we refer to an "investment grade credit tenant," we mean a tenant that has a published senior unsecured credit rating of BBB-/Baa3 or above from one or both of Standard & Poor's or Moody's Investors Service. When we refer to a sub-investment grade credit tenant, we mean a tenant that is not an investment grade credit tenant.

        We were incorporated on July 21, 2010 under the laws of the State of Maryland. We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for the year ending December 31, 2010, and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal taxes on our income to the extent we currently distribute our income to our shareholders and maintain our qualification as a REIT. We are structured as an umbrella partnership REIT ("UPREIT") and will own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership. Our principal executive offices are located at 99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. Our telephone number is (617) 574-4777. Our website is www.stagreit.com. The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated into, and does not form a part of, this prospectus or any other report or document we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Competitive Strengths

2


Table of Contents

3


Table of Contents

Our Strategies

        Our primary business objectives are to own and operate a balanced and diversified portfolio of single-tenant industrial properties that maximizes cash flows available for distribution to our shareholders, and to enhance shareholder value over time by achieving sustainable long-term growth in funds from operations ("FFO") per share through the following strategies.

        Our primary investment strategy is to acquire individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States through third-party purchases and structured sale-leasebacks featuring high initial yields and strong ongoing cash-on-cash returns.

        We believe secondary markets tend to have less occupancy and rental rate volatility and less buyer competition compared with primary markets. As of June 30, 2010, our properties had an average annualized rent of $3.97 per rentable square foot of leased space. Our low average rent baseline reduces turnover because, from a tenant's perspective, the costs of relocating may seem expensive compared to continued payment of our prevailing rent.

        The performance of single-tenant properties tends to be binary in nature—either a tenant is paying rent or the owner is paying the entire carrying costs of the property. We believe that this binary nature frequently causes the market to inefficiently price our target assets due to the rigid application of decision rules. For example, we believe that many buyers of single-tenant properties avoid acquisitions where the tenant does not have an investment grade rating or where the remaining primary lease term is less than an arbitrary number such as 12 years.

        We further believe that our method of using and applying the results of our due diligence and our ability to understand and underwrite risk allows us to exploit this market inefficiency. Lastly, we believe that the systematic aggregation of individual properties will result in a diversified portfolio that mitigates the risk of any single property and will produce sustainable returns which are attractive in light of the associated risks. A diversified portfolio with low correlated risk—essentially a "virtual industrial park"—facilitates debt financing and mitigates individual property ownership risk.

        External Growth through Acquisitions:     Our target acquisitions will be predominantly in secondary markets across the United States, in the $5 million to $25 million range. Where appropriate potential returns present themselves, we also may acquire assets in primary markets. We will continue to develop our large existing network of relationships with real estate and financial intermediaries. These individuals and companies give us access to significant deal flow—both those broadly marketed and those exposed through only limited marketing. We believe that a significant portion of the 14 billion square feet of industrial space in the United States falls within our target investment criteria and that there will be ample supply of suitable acquisition opportunities.

        Internal Growth through Asset Management:     Our asset management team will seek to maximize cash flows by maintaining high retention rates and leasing vacant space, managing operating expenses and maintaining our properties. We seek to accomplish these objectives by improving the overall performance and positioning of our assets by utilizing our tenant relationships and leasing expertise to maintain occupancy and increase rental rates. Our asset management team collaborates with our internal credit function to actively monitor the credit profile of each of our tenants on an ongoing basis. Additionally, we work with national and local brokerage companies to market and lease available properties on advantageous terms. During the period from March 3, 2004 to June 30, 2010, the management company achieved a lease renewal rate of 81.2% based on square footage. As of June 30,

4


Table of Contents


2010, our portfolio had approximately 733,736 square feet, or 5.4% of our total rentable square feet, available for lease.

        We believe that our market knowledge, systems and processes allow us to analyze efficiently the risks in an asset's ability to produce cash flow going forward. We blend fundamental real estate analysis with corporate credit analysis in our proprietary model to make a probabilistic assessment of cash flows that will be realized in future periods. For each asset, our analysis focuses on:

        We intend to preserve a flexible capital structure and to utilize primarily debt secured by pools of properties. We are currently negotiating with several financial institutions regarding the establishment of a $         million corporate credit facility (subject to increase to $         million under certain circumstances) that we anticipate will close contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. We expect to fund property acquisitions initially through a combination of cash available from offering proceeds, this corporate credit facility and traditional mortgage financing. Where possible, we also anticipate using common units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership ("common units") to acquire properties from existing owners seeking a tax-deferred transaction. We intend to meet our long-term liquidity needs through cash provided by operations and use of other financing methods as available from time to time including, but not limited to, secured and unsecured debt, perpetual and non-perpetual preferred stock, additional common equity issuances, letters of credit and other arrangements. In addition, we may invest in properties subject to existing mortgages or similar liens.

5


Table of Contents

Our Properties

        The following tables portray the property type, geographic, and industry diversity of our properties and tenants, respectively, as of June 30, 2010:

Property Type
  Total Number
of Properties
  Occupancy (1)   Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Warehouse/Distribution

    42     95.5 %   9,526,490     70.8 % $ 29,630     58.6 %

Flex/Office

    21     95.4 %   1,243,221     9.2 %   11,996     23.7 %

Manufacturing

    26     90.6 %   2,693,679     20.0 %   8,969     17.7 %
                           

Total/Weighted Average

    89     94.6 %   13,463,390     100 % $ 50,595     100 %
                           

 

State
  Total Number
of Properties
  Occupancy (1)   Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
 

North Carolina

    8     100.0 %   1,941,793     14.4 % $ 7,556     14.9 %

Ohio

    11     90.1 %   2,160,330     16.0 %   6,676     13.2 %

Wisconsin

    6     98.9 %   1,299,262     9.7 %   3,616     7.1 %

Michigan

    7     93.8 %   1,195,201     8.9 %   3,069     6.1 %

Maine

    6     100.0 %   378,979     2.8 %   2,803     5.5 %

Indiana

    11     89.9 %   854,228     6.3 %   2,620     5.2 %

Tennessee

    2     100.0 %   761,106     5.7 %   2,517     5.0 %

Minnesota

    2     100.0 %   558,894     4.2 %   2,374     4.7 %

Kentucky

    2     97.5 %   906,503     6.7 %   2,283     4.5 %

Florida

    4     56.6 %   329,184     2.4 %   1,819     3.6 %

Massachusetts

    3     100.0 %   187,983     1.4 %   1,733     3.4 %

New Jersey

    2     100.0 %   315,500     2.3 %   1,718     3.4 %

All Others

    25     93.1 %   2,574,247     19.2 %   11,810     23.4 %
                           

Total/Weighted Average

    89     94.6 %   13,463,390     100 % $ 50,595     100 %
                           

(1)
Calculated as the average occupancy weighted by each property's rentable square footage. A few properties have more than one tenant.

6


Table of Contents


Industry
  Total Number
of Leases (1)
  Total Leased
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Leased
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Containers & Packaging

    8     1,975,891     15.5 % $ 7,398     14.6 %

Business Services

    6     1,009,401     7.9 %   5,444     10.8 %

Personal Products

    6     1,734,489     13.6 %   4,525     8.9 %

Technology

    7     756,890     5.9 %   4,109     8.1 %

Industrial Equipment & Components

    7     824,318     6.5 %   3,356     7.0 %

Automotive

    5     1,059,280     8.3 %   3,523     7.0 %

Retail

    3     1,243,025     9.8 %   3,358     6.6 %

Aerospace & Defense

    5     612,747     4.8 %   3,122     6.2 %

Finance

    2     387,227     3.0 %   3,093     6.1 %

Office Supplies

    4     1,292,836     10.2 %   2,984     5.9 %

Food & Beverages

    2     625,700     4.9 %   2,226     4.4 %

Healthcare

    4     245,413     1.9 %   1,897     3.7 %

Air Freight & Logistics

    4     290,292     2.3 %   1,359     2.7 %

Government

    2     38,029     0.3 %   1,011     2.0 %

Other

    10     634,116     5.0 %   2,988     5.9 %
                       

Total/Weighted Average

    75     12,729,654     100 % $ 50,595     100 %
                       

(1)
A single lease may cover space in more than one building.

        The following table sets forth information about the 10 largest tenants in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of June 30, 2010:

Tenant
  Total Leased
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Leased
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
  (dollars in thousands)
 

International Paper

    573,323     4.5 % $ 2,765     5.5 %

Bank of America

    318,979     2.5 %   2,233     4.4 %

Spencer Gifts

    491,025     3.9 %   1,890     3.7 %

Berry Plastics

    315,500     2.5 %   1,718     3.4 %

Stream International

    148,131     1.2 %   1,666     3.3 %

AHL Services

    386,724     3.0 %   1,623     3.2 %

ConAgra Foods

    342,700     2.7 %   1,388     2.7 %

Chrysler Group

    343,416     2.7 %   1,181     2.3 %

Ohio Wholesale

    345,000     2.7 %   1,134     2.2 %

Brown Group

    427,000     3.4 %   1,132     2.2 %
                   

Total

    3,691,798     29.1 % $ 16,730     32.9 %
                   

7


Table of Contents

        As of June 30, 2010, our weighted average in-place remaining lease term across our portfolio was 5.8 years. The following table sets forth a summary schedule of lease expirations for leases in place as of June 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the five full and partial calendar years beginning June 30, 2010 and thereafter in our portfolio. The information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and no early termination rights.

Year of
Lease
Expiration (1)
  Number of
Leases
Expiring
  Total
Rentable
Square
Feet
  Percentage of
Total Expiring
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage
of Total
Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Available

          733,736     5.4 %            

2010

    4     561,040     4.2 % $ 2,249     4.4 %

2011

    13     1,044,888     7.8 %   5,009     9.9 %

2012

    12     1,204,092     8.9 %   5,728     11.3 %

2013

    8     1,785,803     13.3 %   5,456     10.8 %

2014

    9     1,698,275     12.6 %   6,975     13.8 %

Thereafter

    29     6,435,556     47.8 %   25,178     49.8 %
                       

    75     13,463,390     100 % $ 50,595     100 %
                       

(1)
As of June 30, 2010, leases with respect to 8.0% of our total annualized rent will expire in the 12-month period ending September 30, 2011.

Market Overview

         Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Market Overview section is derived from market materials prepared by CBRE-EA as of September 14, 2010, and the projections and beliefs of CBRE-EA stated herein are as of that date.

        As of June 30, 2010, the overall U.S. industrial market consisted of approximately 269,000 buildings with more than 14 billion square feet of space. In terms of net rentable area ("NRA"), warehouse/distribution facilities constitute the majority (60.1%) of this space followed by manufacturing (25.1%) and flex/office (which includes research and development) (11.8%). Unclassified buildings (industrial facilities such as sewage treatment centers and airport hangars that are not amenable to private real estate investment) represent the remaining 3.0%.

 
  NRA
(square feet in millions)
  Number of Properties  

Warehouse/Distribution

    8,711     157,409  

Manufacturing

    3,630     59,935  

Flex/Office

    1,706     41,996  

Other

    436     9,928  
           

All Industrial

    14,483     269,268  
           


Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Peer Select, Fall 2010.

        The single-tenant industrial sector offers investors the opportunity to receive stable income from leases to a variety of firms across the spectrum of industrial sub-property types, and single-tenant industrial buildings are more likely to provide their owners with less volatile cash flows after expenses, as they generally do not require the same degree of tenant and capital improvement expenditures that are required on an ongoing basis to lease multi-tenanted space or other classes of commercial property.

8


Table of Contents

        Within the context of the broader real estate market, industrial property, including our targeted asset class, has exhibited a number of favorable investment characteristics:

    Institutionally-held industrial property has generally outperformed commercial property as a whole on a total return basis over the long term, by generating high and stable cash-flow yields.

    The current market environment provides an opportunity for well-capitalized investors to acquire industrial assets with strong cash flows at prices significantly discounted from levels of a few years ago due to the recent capital market dislocation on commercial real estate values.

    Industrial property fundamentals are expected to gradually improve as new supply remains low, the absorption rate increases and availabilities decrease over the next few years.

    Over the recent past, the Class B warehouse market has demonstrated a relatively higher degree of stability in terms of occupancy compared with newer and larger Class A space. Despite these market fundamentals, Class B space is relatively consistently priced at a discount to Class A space.

    Over the past 20 years, industrial properties in secondary markets on average have generated a superior economic rent growth with slightly lower volatility than their primary market counterparts.

Summary Risk Factors

        An investment in our common stock involves material risks. You should consider carefully the risks described below and under "Risk Factors" before purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering:

9


Table of Contents

Debt Financing and Liquidity

        As of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we expect to have mortgage debt outstanding with an estimated aggregate balance of approximately $166.9 million secured by the majority of the contributed properties at a weighted average annual interest rate of 5.8%. All of this debt will bear interest at a fixed rate through its initial term. Of the $166.9 million of fixed rate debt we expect to have outstanding, $73.0 million is fixed as a result of interest rate swaps. This debt will be comprised of a $73.0 million loan maturing in 2012, an $85.4 million loan maturing in 2018 and an $8.5 million loan maturing in 2027. See "Business—Description of Certain Debt" for more information about such debt.

        We are currently negotiating with several financial institutions regarding the establishment of a $         million corporate credit facility (subject to increase to $         million under certain circumstances), that we anticipate will close contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. In addition, we are currently negotiating the extension of the maturity date of our debt due in 2012. The pro forma debt yield on this instrument is        %. No assurances can be given that we will obtain any credit facility or extension or if we do what the terms will be.

        Upon completion of this offering and after the debt paydowns discussed under "Use of Proceeds," we expect to have approximately $   million in cash and $         million in credit facility capacity immediately available to us, and upon satisfaction of certain lender conditions, $       million in credit facility capacity, to fund working capital and property acquisitions and to execute our business strategy.

Our Formation Transactions and Structure

        We have deployed more than $1.3 billion through four private equity real estate funds, SCP Green, LLC ("Fund I"), STAG Investments II, LLC ("Fund II"), STAG Investments III, LLC ("Fund III") and STAG Investments IV, LLC ("Fund IV"), and one joint venture, STAG GI. We were formed to acquire the existing assets and operations of our predecessor business.

        Our senior management team consists of Mr. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, Gregory W. Sullivan, our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer, Stephen C. Mecke, our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, Kathryn Arnone, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and David G. King, our Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate Operations. They have each led or helped manage private and public real estate companies and funds, including STAG, AMB Property Corp., Trizec Hahn Corporation, Meditrust Corporation and LaQuinta Corporation.

        Prior to or concurrent with the completion of this offering, we will engage in the following formation transactions, which are designed to consolidate the ownership of our property portfolio under our operating partnership and its subsidiaries, consolidate our acquisition and asset management

10


Table of Contents

businesses into a subsidiary of our operating partnership and enable us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010:

        We will not enter into any tax protection agreements in connection with our formation transactions.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund II will continue to operate as a private, fully-invested fund and will retain ownership of its 86 properties, with approximately 13.1 million rentable square feet. We will enter into a services agreement with Fund II on terms we believe to be customary, pursuant to which we will manage its properties in return for an annual asset management fee based on the equity investment in such assets, which will initially equal 0.94% of the equity investment and may increase up to 1.25% of the equity investment to the extent assets are sold and the total remaining equity investment is reduced.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund III will retain ownership of three properties with approximately 890,891 rentable square feet that are vacant and that are acquisition opportunities for us (the "Option Properties"). Following completion of our formation transactions, we will enter into a services agreement with Fund III pursuant to which we will manage the Option Properties for an annual fee of $30,000 per property and provide the limited administrative services

11


Table of Contents


Fund III will require until its liquidation for an annual fee of $20,000. Upon approval of our independent directors, we will have the right to acquire any of the Option Properties individually.

        In addition, we will enter into a services agreement with Fund IV pursuant to which we will provide the limited administrative services Fund IV will require until its liquidation for an annual fee of $20,000. STAG GI will not require administrative services from us or our affiliates following completion of our formation transactions.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI will make no additional property acquisitions, and our senior management team will devote substantially all of its business time to our business.

12


Table of Contents

        The chart below reflects our organization immediately following completion of our formation transactions and this offering.

CHART


(1)
Includes            restricted shares of common stock that will be issued upon closing of this offering to our executive officers and non-management directors pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)
Includes our executive officers' investments in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and their residual interests in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. Solely for purposes of this chart, we calculated our executive officers' residual interests assuming Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI are liquidated upon the closing of this offering at $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and made certain other assumptions. See "—Benefits to Related Parties—Formation Transactions" below.

(3)
Excludes common units in which a director or executive officer has no pecuniary interest but that are owned by entities that a director or executive officer may directly or indirectly control. Includes LTIP units, as if LTIP units were common units, that will be issued upon closing of this offering to our executive officers pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(4)
Ownership is through Fund III, Fund IV and/or STAG GI.

13


Table of Contents

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will receive material financial and other benefits, as shown below. For a more detailed discussion of these benefits see "Management," "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties."

        Formation Transactions.     Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company will receive                common units as a result of their contribution to us of the entities owning our properties and the management company, as described above under "—Our Formation Transactions and Structure—Formation Transactions." In addition, upon completion of our formation transactions, we will repay or assume indebtedness secured by our properties and unsecured indebtedness, as described under "—Our Formation Transactions and Structure—Formation Transactions" and "Use of Proceeds." The table below sets forth a list of what individual directors and executive officers of our company will receive as a result of the contributions.

 
  Common Units (2)  
Name (1)
  Number   Value (3)  

Benjamin S. Butcher

             

Gregory W. Sullivan

             

Stephen C. Mecke

             

Kathryn Arnone

             

David G. King

             

(1)
The amounts shown in the table reflect common units received by the individual directly or received by any entity, but if by an entity only to the extent of the individual's interest in the assets of the entity. Accordingly, the amounts shown in the table above do not reflect common units received by entities that may be controlled by the individual (except to the extent of the individual's interest in the assets of the entity).

(2)
Consists of our executive officers' investments in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and their residual interests in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. Solely for purposes of this table, we calculated our executive officers' residual interests assuming Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI are liquidated upon the closing of this offering at $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and made certain other assumptions. See "—Benefits to Related Parties—Formation Transactions" below.

(3)
Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, Fund III will receive                common units, Fund IV will receive                common units, STAG GI will receive                common units and the management company will receive                common units. The number of common units that Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company will receive in our formation transactions (an aggregate of                common units) is fixed and will not change based on the ultimate initial public offering price in this offering.

        After the expiration of the lock-up period, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI may distribute its common units to its members in accordance with the fund's operating agreement. In addition to their invested equity, certain members of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including certain of our officers, employees and directors, have residual interests, or contingent profit interests, in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. As a result, they may receive distributions related to these residual interests if there are sufficient proceeds after return of capital and preferred returns to themselves and the other equity investors in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. In all cases where there is a residual distribution, the

14


Table of Contents


higher the share price of our common stock at the time a fund is liquidated, the greater the portion of the common units the fund will distribute to the holders of the residual interests.

        The number of common units being issued to each fund in our formation transactions is fixed so that residual interests will not, in any manner, require us to issue additional common units or shares of common stock or otherwise dilute investors in this offering. In addition, because the value of the residual interests depends on the value of our common stock, not on the value of certain properties or portfolios individually, such residual interests align the interests of the holders of residual interests with the interests of our company and shareholders. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and the Offering to Certain Parties."

        Voting Agreement.     An affiliate of GI Partners will receive rights to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors, and Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the contributors of the management company will enter into a voting agreement pursuant to which they will vote any shares of common stock that they own in favor of the election of the two nominees at each annual meeting of shareholders.

        Services Agreements and Option Agreement.     We will enter into services agreements with each of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV and an option to purchase agreement with Fund III with respect to the Option Properties. See "—Our Formation Transactions and Structure—Services Agreements and Option Properties."

        Registration Rights Agreement.     We have agreed to file a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") covering the resale of the shares of common stock issued or issuable in exchange for common units issued in our formation transactions, the shares of common stock underlying LTIP units and any shares of restricted common stock issued to our directors and officers. We have also agreed to provide rights to these holders of common units to demand additional registration statement filings.

        Employment Agreements.     Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone will enter into employment agreements with us providing for salary, discretionary bonus and other benefits.

        Equity Incentive Plan Grants.     We will issue                LTIP units to our executive officers and                shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and non-management directors pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, representing in the aggregate        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis.

        Director Compensation.     We will pay annual fees to each of our non-management directors for services as a director. Any non-management director who joins our board of directors in the future will receive an initial grant of restricted shares of common stock upon attendance at his or her first board meeting. See "Management—Board Compensation."

        Indemnification Agreements.     Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors, executive officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. See "Management—Limitation on Liabilities and Indemnification of Directors and Officers."

Conflicts of Interest

        The executive officers for each of the managers of Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI consist of a number of persons who serve as executive officers in similar positions in our company, specifically: Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone. Also, Mr. Butcher, who is a member of our board of directors, also serves on the board of managers and/or management committees of the managers of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and is a member of the board of

15


Table of Contents


directors of STAG GI. Our executive officers and certain of our directors may have conflicting duties because they have a duty to both us and to Fund II (which will retain ownership of its properties and continue as a private, fully-invested fund until liquidated), Fund III (which will retain ownership of the Option Properties), Fund IV and STAG GI. Upon completion of our formation transactions, all of these entities will be fully invested and, as a result, will not be making any additional investments in income properties. It is possible that the executive officers' and board members' fiduciary duty to Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including, without limitation, their interests in Fund II and the Option Properties, will conflict with what will be in the best interests of our company.

        We did not conduct arm's-length negotiations with respect to the terms and structuring of our formation transactions, resulting in the principals of the management company having the ability to influence the type and level of benefits that they and our other affiliates will receive. We have not obtained third-party appraisals of the properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions.

        Additional conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, have duties to our operating partnership and to its limited partners in connection with the management of our operating partnership under Delaware law as modified by our operating partnership agreement. Our duties, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

        We plan to adopt policies to reduce potential conflicts of interest. Generally, our policies will provide that any transaction involving us in which any of our directors, officers or employees has an interest must be approved by a vote of a majority of our disinterested directors. However, we cannot assure you that these policies will be successful in eliminating the influence of these conflicts. See "Policies with Respect to Certain Activities—Conflicts of Interest Policies."

Tax Status

        We will elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Code commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income that we distribute currently to our shareholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including the distribution requirement described below. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any year, our income will be taxed at regular corporate rates, we will not be allowed a deduction for dividends to our shareholders in computing our taxable income and we may be precluded from qualifying for treatment as a REIT for the four-year period following the year of our failure to qualify. Even if we qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income and property and to U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income.

Distribution Policy

        We are a newly formed company that has not commenced operations, and as a result, we have not paid any distributions as of the date of this prospectus. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. To satisfy the requirements to qualify as a REIT and generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, we intend to make quarterly distributions of all or substantially all of our net income to holders of our common shares out of assets legally available therefor. We intend to pay a pro rata initial distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending at the last day of the then-current fiscal

16


Table of Contents


quarter, based on a distribution of $            per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $            per share, or an annual distribution rate of approximately             %, based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We estimate this initial annual distribution rate will represent approximately            % of estimated cash available for distribution to our common shareholders for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011. We intend to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12-month period following completion of this offering unless our actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumption used is our estimate. Any future distributions we make will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, maintenance of REIT qualification, the applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law ("MGCL") and such other factors as our board may determine in its sole discretion. We anticipate that our estimated cash available for distribution will exceed the annual distribution requirements applicable to REITs. However, under some circumstances, we may be required to pay distributions in excess of cash available for distribution in order to meet these distribution requirements and may need to use the proceeds from future equity and debt offerings, sell assets or borrow funds to make some distributions. We have no intention to use the net proceeds of this offering to make distributions nor do we intend to make distributions using shares of common stock. We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will not change in the future.

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock

        Due to limitations on the concentration of ownership of a REIT imposed by the Code, not more than 50% of the value of the outstanding shares of beneficial ownership of a REIT may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined by the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made). As a result, our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Code, either more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of capital stock, or more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding common stock. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, exempt a person from the 9.8% ownership limits under certain circumstances. In connection with our formation transactions, our board of directors has granted a waiver to STAG GI to own up to        % of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis. Our charter also prohibits any person from, among other matters: beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would result in our being "closely held" within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code; owning or transferring our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would result in us becoming a "pension-held REIT" under Section 856(h)(3)(D) of the Code; transferring shares of our capital stock if such transfer would result in our capital stock being owned by fewer than 100 persons; or beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would cause us to own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant of our company (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by us) or would cause any independent contractor to not be treated as such under Section 856(d)(3) of the Code, or beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. See "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock."

Lock-Up Arrangements

        We and our executive officers and directors and the owners of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI have agreed not to sell or transfer any common units or shares of common stock, as applicable, for a period of 180 days in the case of our company and 12 months in the case of our executive officers, directors and contributors after the date of this prospectus. Specifically, all of these parties have agreed, subject to exceptions, not to directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common units or shares of common stock, sell any option or contract to purchase

17


Table of Contents


any common units or shares of common stock, purchase any option or contract to sell any common units or shares of common stock, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common units or shares of common stock, lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common units or shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common units or shares of common stock, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common units or shares of common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

18


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by us                           shares of common stock (plus up to an additional                        shares of common stock that we may issue and sell upon the exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option)
Common stock and common units to be outstanding after completion of our formation transactions and this offering                           shares/units (1) (2) (3)
Use of proceeds   We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full), in each case assuming a public offering price of $        per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) and estimated organizational and offering expenses of approximately $         million payable by us. We will contribute the net proceeds we receive from this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for common units in our operating partnership.
    We expect our operating partnership will use the net proceeds as follows:
   

•        approximately $219.1 million to repay mortgage debt secured by certain of the properties we will acquire in our formation transactions;

   

•        approximately $       million for general corporate purposes including acquisitions of real estate assets;

   

•        approximately $5.4 million to repay subordinate mortgage debt secured by the Option Properties (the common units to be issued to Fund III in our formation transactions will be reduced accordingly);

   

•        approximately $4.4 million to repay the loan dated January 31, 2009 from an affiliate of NED to the Fund III subsidiaries that will be contributed to us in our formation transactions;

   

•        approximately $2.8 million to repay the loan originally drawn on May 15, 2007 from Fund III to the management company;

   

•        approximately $3.3 million to terminate a portion of interest rate swaps due to the retirement of mortgage debt;

   

•        approximately $1.0 million to repay the line of credit dated May 15, 2007 from an affiliate of NED to the management company; and

   

•        approximately $0.5 million to pay transfer taxes associated with the contribution of our properties to us.

    If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, we expect to use the additional $       million of net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions of real estate assets. See "Use of Proceeds."
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol   "STIR"

(1)
Assumes the underwriters' overallotment option to purchase up to an additional                shares of common stock is not exercised.

(2)
Does not include                shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. Includes                shares of our restricted common stock to be issued under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to our directors, executive officers and non-executive employees upon consummation of this offering. See "Management—Equity Incentive Plan" for additional information.

(3)
Includes                common units held by limited partners (other than STAG Industrial, Inc.) expected to be outstanding following consummation of our formation transactions and                LTIP units to be granted to our executive officers under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan upon consummation of this offering.

19


Table of Contents


Summary Financial Information

        The following table sets forth summary financial and operating data on (1) a pro forma basis for our company and (2) an historical basis for STAG Predecessor Group. On a pro forma basis, we will own 89 industrial properties, consisting of 57 properties owned by STAG Predecessor Group and 32 properties that constitute STAG Contribution Group. STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, is part of our predecessor business and consists of the subsidiaries of Fund III that will be contributed to us by Fund III in our formation transactions. STAG Contribution Group consists of the properties owned by Fund IV and STAG GI that will be contributed to us in the formation transactions.

        In the summary financial and operating data, we have not presented historical information for STAG Industrial, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the initial capitalization of our company and activity in connection with our formation transactions and this offering, and because we believe that a discussion of the results of STAG Industrial, Inc. would not be meaningful.

        We have not presented historical financial information for the management company as its results are not considered significant, and because we believe that a discussion of these results (which primarily consist of acquisition and asset management fees from Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV and general and administrative costs), would not be meaningful.

        You should read the following summary financial and operating data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation," our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes, the historical combined financial statements and related notes of STAG Predecessor Group, the historical combined statements of revenue and certain expenses and related notes of STAG Contribution Group, and the historical (combined) statements of revenue and certain expenses and related notes of the various properties listed in the Index to the Financial Statements.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data is presented as if this offering and our formation transactions had occurred on June 30, 2010, and the unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, is presented as if this offering and our formation transactions had occurred on January 1, 2009. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial condition would have been as of June 30, 2010 or what our actual results of operations would have been assuming this offering and our formation transactions had been completed as of January 1, 2009, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

        The unaudited summary historical combined balance sheet information as of June 30, 2010 and statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from the unaudited combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the historical combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, have been derived from the combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accountants, whose report thereon is included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the historical combined statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from the unaudited combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group, which are not included in this prospectus.

        The audited historical financial statements of STAG Predecessor Group in this prospectus, and therefore the historical financial and operating data in the table below, exclude the operating results and financial condition of the Option Properties, the entities that own the Option Properties and the management company.

20


Table of Contents

 
  Company
Pro Forma
  STAG Predecessor Group
Historical
 
 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,   Period
Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009   2010   2009   2009   2008   2007 (1)   2006  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

                                                 

Rental income

  $     $     $ 12,574   $ 13,026   $ 25,658   $ 27,319   $ 11,162   $ 941  

Tenant recoveries

                2,445     2,353     4,508     3,951     1,326      

Other

                                     
                                   

Total revenue

                15,019     15,379     30,166     31,270     12,488     941  
                                   

Expenses

                                                 

Property

                3,611     4,478     9,009     6,423     1,681     11  

General and administrative

                231     178     478     502     404     29  

Depreciation and amortization

                5,326     5,592     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  

Loss on impairment of assets

                              3,728          
                                   

Total expenses

                9,168     10,248     19,744     22,761     6,772     376  
                                   

Other income (expense)

                                                 

Interest income

                2     6     66     140     163     4  

Interest expense

                (6,934 )   (6,803 )   (14,328 )   (15,058 )   (7,861 )   (616 )

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

                (935 )   800     (1,720 )   (1,275 )        
                                   

Total other income (expense)

                (7,867 )   (5,997 )   (15,982 )   (16,193 )   (7,698 )   (612 )
                                   

Net income (loss)

                (2,016 )   (866 )   (5,560 )   (7,684 )   (1,982 )   (47 )
                                   

Balance Sheet Data (End of Period):

                                                 

Rental property, before accumulated depreciation

              210,081         210,009     208,948     212,688     31,998  

Rental property, after accumulated depreciation

              192,991         195,383     200,268     210,294     31,808  

Total assets

              215,106         220,116     229,731     242,134     35,976  

Notes payable

              209,865         212,132     216,178     217,360     31,877  

Total liabilities

              220,355         221,637     223,171     220,548     32,305  

Owners'/shareholders' equity (deficit)

              (5,249 )       (1,521 )   6,560     21,586     3,671  

Other Data:

                                                 

Net operating income (NOI) (2)

                11,408     10,901     21,157     24,847     10,807     930  

EBITDA (2)

                10,242     11,523     18,959     19,342     10,403     901  

FFO (2)

                3,310     4,726     4,697     4,424     2,705     289  

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO) (2)

                                                 

(1)
We have prepared the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 by combining amounts for 2007 obtained by adding the audited operating results of each of the Antecedent for the period of January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007 and STAG Predecessor Group for the period of June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (since the difference in basis between Antecedent and STAG Predecessor Group were not materially different and the entities were under common management). Although this combined presentation does not comply with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), we believe that it provides a meaningful method of comparison.

(2)
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for more detailed explanations of net operating income ("NOI"), EBITDA, FFO and adjusted funds from operations ("AFFO"), and reconciliations of NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO to net income computed in accordance with GAAP.

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common stock involves risks. In addition to other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following risks before investing in our common stock offered by this prospectus. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to our shareholders, which could cause you to lose all or a significant portion of your investment in our common stock. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

        All of our 89 properties are industrial properties, including 42 warehouse/distribution facilities, 26 manufacturing facilities and 21 flex/office facilities. This concentration may expose us to the risk of economic downturns in the industrial real estate sector to a greater extent than if our properties were more diversified across other sectors of the real estate industry.

        Our operating results may be affected by market and economic challenges, including the current global economic credit environment, which may result from a continued or exacerbated general economic slow down experienced by the nation as a whole or by the local economies where our properties may be located, or by the real estate industry, including the following:

        Also, to the extent we purchase real estate in an unstable market, we are subject to the risk that if the real estate market ceases to attract the same level of capital investment in the future that it attracts at the time of our purchases, or the number of companies seeking to acquire properties decreases, the value of our investments may not appreciate or may decrease significantly below the amount we pay for these investments. The length and severity of any economic slow down or downturn cannot be predicted. Our operations could be negatively affected to the extent that an economic slow down or downturn is prolonged or becomes more severe.

        Domestic and international financial markets recently experienced significant dislocations brought about in large part by failures in the U.S. banking system. These dislocations have impacted the availability of credit. If this dislocation in the credit markets causes the inability to borrow at attractive rates, our ability to borrow monies to finance the purchase of, or other activities related to, real estate assets will be negatively impacted. If we are unable to borrow monies on terms and conditions that we find acceptable, we likely will have to reduce the number of properties we can purchase, and the return on the properties we do purchase may be lower. Also, if the values of our properties decline we may

22


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


we may be unable to refinance all of our debt as it matures. All of these events would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay distributions.

        In addition to general, regional, national and international economic conditions, our operating performance is impacted by the economic conditions of the specific markets in which we have concentrations of properties. We have holdings in the following states (which, as of June 30, 2010, accounted for the percentage of our total annualized rent indicated): North Carolina (14.9%); Ohio (13.2%); Wisconsin (7.1%); and Michigan (6.1%). Our operating performance could be adversely affected if conditions become less favorable in any of the states or regions in which we have a concentration of properties.

        We are subject to certain industry concentrations with respect to our properties, including the following (which, as of June 30, 2010, accounted for the percentage of our total annualized rent indicated): Containers & Packaging (14.6%); Business Services (10.8%); Personal Products (8.9%); and Technology (8.1%). Such industries are subject to specific risks that could result in downturns within the industries. For example, several of our technology tenants operate in the telecommunications sector. Telecommunications companies face risks regarding their ability to adapt to new technological developments and changes in regulations by the Federal Communications Commission and other federal, state and local agencies. Any downturn in one or more of these industries, or in any other industry in which we may have a significant concentration now or in the future, could adversely affect our tenants who are involved in such industries. If any of these tenants is unable to withstand such downturn or is otherwise unable to compete effectively in its business, it may be forced to declare bankruptcy, fail to meet its rental obligations, seek rental concessions or be unable to enter into new leases, which could materially and adversely affect us.

        Any of our tenants may experience a downturn in its business at any time that may significantly weaken its financial condition or cause its failure. As a result, such tenant may decline to extend or renew its lease upon expiration, fail to make rental payments when due or declare bankruptcy. The default, financial distress or bankruptcy of a single tenant could cause interruptions in the receipt of rental revenue and/or result in a vacancy, which is likely to result in the complete reduction in the operating cash flows generated by the property leased to that tenant and may decrease the value of that property. In addition, a majority of our leases generally require the tenant to pay all or substantially all of the operating expenses normally associated with the ownership of the property, such as utilities, real estate taxes, insurance and routine maintenance. Following a vacancy at a single-tenant property, we will be responsible for all of the operating costs at such property until it can be re-let, if at all.

23


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Many of our tenants rely on external sources of financing to operate their businesses. The U.S. financial and credit markets continue to experience significant liquidity disruptions, resulting in the unavailability of financing for many businesses. If our tenants are unable to obtain financing necessary to continue to operate their businesses, they may be unable to meet their rent obligations to us or enter into new leases with us or be forced to declare bankruptcy and reject our leases, which could materially and adversely affect us.

        We were organized in July 2010 and will commence operations upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. We are subject to all the risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objectives and that the value of your investment could decline substantially.

        We have no experience operating as a publicly traded REIT. We cannot assure you that our past experience will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a REIT or a publicly traded company, including the requirements to timely meet disclosure requirements and comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Failure to maintain REIT status would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, per share trading price of our common stock and ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to pay dividends to you.

        Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of certain key personnel including, but not limited to, Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone, whose continued service is not guaranteed, and each of whom would be difficult to replace. While we have entered into employment contracts with Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone, they may nevertheless cease to provide services to us at any time. If any of our key personnel were to cease employment with us, our operating results could suffer. Our ability to retain our management group or to attract suitable replacements should any members of the management group leave is dependent on the competitive nature of the employment market. The loss of services from key members of the management group or a limitation in their availability could adversely impact our financial condition and cash flows. Further, such a loss could be negatively perceived in the capital markets. We have not obtained and do not expect to obtain key man life insurance on any of our key personnel except for Mr. Butcher, the founder of STAG. The policy has limits in the amount of $5.0 million and covers us in the event of Mr. Butcher's death.

        We also believe that, as we expand, our future success depends, in large part, upon our ability to hire and retain highly skilled managerial, investment, financing, operational and marketing personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting and retaining such skilled personnel.

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        We acquire and intend to continue to acquire primarily generic distribution warehouses, manufacturing properties and flex/office facilities. The acquisition of properties entails various risks, including the risks that our investments may not perform as we expect. Further, we face competition for attractive investment opportunities from other well-capitalized real estate investors, including both publicly-traded REITs and private institutional investment funds, and these competitors may have greater financial resources than us and a greater ability to borrow funds to acquire properties. This competition will increase as investments in real estate become increasingly attractive relative to other forms of investment. As a result of competition, we may be unable to acquire additional properties as we desire or the purchase price may be significantly elevated. In addition, we expect to finance future acquisitions through a combination of secured and unsecured borrowings, proceeds from equity or debt offerings by us or our operating partnership or its subsidiaries and proceeds from property contributions and divestitures which may not be available and which could adversely affect our cash flows. Any of the above risks could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.

        A key component of our growth strategy is to continue to acquire additional industrial real estate assets. Since 2004, approximately 32.0% of the acquisitions we sourced, based on total purchase price, were acquired before they were widely marketed by real estate brokers, or "limited marketing" transactions. Properties that are acquired by "limited marketing" transactions are typically more attractive to us as a purchaser because of the absence of a formal sales process, which could lead to higher prices. If we cannot obtain "limited marketing" deal flow in the future, our ability to locate and acquire additional properties at attractive prices could be somewhat adversely affected.

        We have not obtained updated third-party appraisals of the properties and other assets to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions. The initial public offering price of our common stock was determined in consultation with the underwriters based on the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete, our financial information, the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects, the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering, and the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies. The initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value or the fair market value of such assets. As a result, the consideration for these assets in our formation transactions may exceed their book value and fair market value.

        All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our REIT qualification and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We may not be able to make distributions in the

25


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


future. In addition, some of our distributions may include a return of capital. To the extent that we make distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions would generally be considered a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the holder's adjusted tax basis in its shares. A return of capital is not taxable, but it has the effect of reducing the holder's adjusted tax basis in its investment. To the extent that distributions exceed the adjusted tax basis of a holder's shares, they will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such stock. See "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of shareholders." If we borrow to fund distributions, our future interest costs would increase, thereby reducing our earnings and cash available for distribution from what they otherwise would have been.

        Prior to our formation transactions and this offering, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI owned or controlled our 89 initial properties comprising an aggregate 13.5 million rentable square feet. All of these properties have been under management for less than four years. The properties may have characteristics or deficiencies unknown to us that could affect their valuation or revenue potential and such properties may not ultimately perform up to our expectations. We cannot assure you that the operating performance of the properties will not decline under our management.

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

        Certain of our directors and executive officers have ownership interests in the other entities or properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company. Following the completion of our formation transactions and this offering, under the contribution agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers and their affiliates, we will be entitled to indemnification in the event of breaches of the representations and warranties made by them with respect to the entities and properties to be acquired by us. Such indemnification is limited and we are not entitled to any other indemnification in connection with our formation transactions. See "—We are assuming liabilities in connection with our formation transactions, including unknown liabilities" above. In addition, we expect that our executive officers will enter into employment agreements with us pursuant to which they will agree, among other things, not to engage in certain business activities in competition with us and pursuant to which they will devote substantially all of their business time to our business. See "Management—Employment Agreements." We may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under these agreements due to our ongoing relationship with our directors and executive officers.

        We did not conduct arm's-length negotiations with respect to all of the terms of our formation transactions. In the course of structuring our formation transactions, our directors and executive officers had the ability to influence the type and level of benefits that they and our other officers will receive from us. In addition, certain of our directors and executive officers had substantial pre-existing ownership interests in Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company, and will receive substantial economic benefits as a result of our formation transactions. The formation transaction

26


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


documents provide that the individual allocations of the total formation transaction value to each prior investor are determined by the provisions of the applicable partnership agreement or organizational document of the relevant fund. Also, our directors and executive officers have assumed management and/or director positions with us, for which they will obtain certain other benefits such as employment agreements, restricted stock or LTIP unit grants and other compensation.

        Certain of our executive officers and directors also serve on the board of managers and/or management committees of the managers of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and are members of the board of directors of STAG GI. Our officers and directors may have conflicting duties because they have a duty to both us and to Fund II (which will retain ownership of its properties and continue as a private, fully-invested fund until liquidated), Fund III (which will retain ownership of the Option Properties), Fund IV and STAG GI. Upon completion of our formation transactions, all of these entities will be fully invested and, as a result, will not be making any additional investments in income properties. However, some Fund II properties may be competitive with our current or future properties. It is possible that the executive officers' and board members' fiduciary duty to Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including, without limitation, their interests in Fund II and the Option Properties, will conflict with what will be in the best interests of our company.

        After the consummation of this offering, we, as the sole member of the general partner of our operating partnership, will have fiduciary duties to the other limited partners in the operating partnership, the discharge of which may conflict with the interests of our shareholders. The limited partners of our operating partnership have agreed that, in the event of a conflict in the fiduciary duties owed by us to our shareholders and, in our capacity as indirect general partner of our operating partnership, to such limited partners, we are under no obligation to give priority to the interests of such limited partners. In addition, those persons holding common units will have the right to vote on certain amendments to the operating partnership agreement (which require approval by a majority in interest of the limited partners, including us) and individually to approve certain amendments that would adversely affect their rights. These voting rights may be exercised in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our shareholders. For example, we are unable to modify the rights of limited partners to receive distributions as set forth in the operating partnership agreement in a manner that adversely affects their rights without their consent, even though such modification might be in the best interest of our shareholders.

        In addition, conflicts may arise when the interests of our shareholders and the limited partners of the operating partnership diverge, particularly in circumstances in which there may be an adverse tax consequence to the limited partners. Tax consequences to holders of common units upon a sale or refinancing of our properties may cause the interests of our senior management to differ from your own. As a result of unrealized built-in gain attributable to contributed property at the time of contribution, some holders of common units, including our principals, may suffer different and more adverse tax consequences than holders of our common stock upon the sale or refinancing of the properties owned by our operating partnership, including disproportionately greater allocations of items of taxable income and gain upon a realization event. As those holders will not receive a correspondingly greater distribution of cash proceeds, they may have different objectives regarding the

27


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS



appropriate pricing, timing and other material terms of any sale or refinancing of certain properties, or whether to sell or refinance such properties at all.

        We may experience conflicts of interest with several members of our senior management team who have or may become limited partners in our operating partnership through the receipt of LTIP units granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. See "Management—Equity Incentive Plan."

        In order to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are generally required under the Code to distribute annually at least 90% of our net taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. In addition, we will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income, including any net capital gains. Because of these distribution requirements, we may not be able to fund future capital needs, including any necessary acquisition financing, from operating cash flow. Consequently, we may rely on third-party sources to fund our capital needs. We may not be able to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all. Any additional debt we incur will increase our leverage. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends, in part, on:

        If we cannot obtain capital from third-party sources, we may not be able to acquire properties when strategic opportunities exist, meet the capital and operating needs of our existing properties or satisfy our debt service obligations. Further, in order to meet the REIT distribution requirements and maintain our REIT status and to avoid the payment of income and excise taxes, we may need to borrow funds on a short-term basis even if the then-prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings. These short-term borrowing needs could result from differences in timing between the actual receipt of cash and inclusion of income for U.S. federal income tax purposes or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves, certain restrictions on distributions under loan documents or required debt or amortization payments.

        To the extent that capital is not available to acquire properties, profits may not be realized or their realization may be delayed, which could result in an earnings stream that is less predictable than some of our competitors and result in us not meeting our projected earnings and distributable cash flow levels in a particular reporting period. Failure to meet our projected earnings and distributable cash flow levels in a particular reporting period could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and on the market price of our common stock.

        Our charter contains 9.8% ownership limits.     Our charter, subject to certain exceptions, authorizes our directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to limit any person to actual or

28


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


constructive ownership of no more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our capital stock and no more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt a proposed transferee from the ownership limits. However, our board of directors may not grant an exemption from the ownership limits to any proposed transferee whose ownership, direct or indirect, of more than 9.8% of the value or number of our outstanding shares of our common stock could jeopardize our status as a REIT. The ownership limits contained in our charter and the restrictions on ownership of our common stock may delay or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders. See "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock."

        Our board of directors may create and issue a class or series of preferred stock without shareholder approval.     Our board of directors is empowered under our charter to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of our common stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue, to designate and issue from time to time one or more classes or series of preferred stock and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock without shareholder approval. Our board of directors may determine the relative rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of preferred stock issued. As a result, we may issue series or classes of preferred stock with preferences, dividends, powers and rights, voting or otherwise, senior to the rights of holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control transaction that might otherwise be in the best interests of our shareholders.

        Certain provisions in the partnership agreement for our operating partnership may delay or prevent unsolicited acquisitions of us.     Provisions in the partnership agreement for our operating partnership may delay or make more difficult unsolicited acquisitions of us or changes in our control. These provisions could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some shareholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions include, among others:

        Any potential change of control transaction may be further limited as a result of provisions of the partnership unit designation for the LTIP units, which require us to preserve the rights of LTIP unit holders and may restrict us from amending the partnership agreement for our operating partnership in a manner that would have an adverse effect on the rights of LTIP unit holders.

        Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control.     Certain provisions of the MGCL may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or impeding a change of control under circumstances that otherwise could provide our shareholders with

29


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS



the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common stock, including:

        We have elected to opt out of these provisions of the MGCL, in the case of the business combination provisions of the MGCL, by resolution of our board of directors, and in the case of the control share provisions of the MGCL, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws. However, only upon the approval of our stockholders, our board of directors may by resolution elect to repeal the foregoing opt-outs from the business combination provisions of the MGCL and we may, only upon the approval of our stockholders, by amendment to our bylaws, opt in to the control share provisions of the MGCL in the future.

        Additionally, Title 8, Subtitle 3 of the MGCL, permits our board of directors, without shareholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or our bylaws, to implement takeover defenses, some of which (for example, a classified board) we do not currently have. These provisions may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making an acquisition proposal for our company or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-current market price.

        Our charter, bylaws, the partnership agreement for our operating partnership and Maryland law also contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders. See "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Our Board of Directors," "—Business Combinations," "—Control Share Acquisitions," "—Maryland Unsolicited Takeovers Act," "—Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business" and "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement."

        In connection with this offering, we are entering into employment agreements with Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone. These employment agreements provide that each executive may terminate his or her employment and, under certain conditions, receive severance based on            or             times (depending on the officer) the annual total of salary and bonus. In addition, their incentive compensation such as LTIP units or restricted shares of common stock grants may vest. In the case of certain terminations, they would not be restricted from competing

30


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


with us after their departure. See "Management—Employment Agreements" for further details about the terms of these employment agreements.

        The compensation committee of our board of directors is responsible for overseeing our compensation and employee benefit plans and practices, including our executive compensation plans and our incentive compensation and equity-based compensation plans. Our compensation committee has significant discretion in structuring compensation packages and may make compensation decisions based on any number of factors. As a result, compensation awards may not be tied to or correspond with improved financial results at our company or the share price of our common stock.

        In the past, we have reported our results to the investors in our predecessor business on a fund-by-fund basis. We have generally maintained separate systems and procedures for each fund, which makes it more difficult for us to evaluate and integrate their systems and procedures on a reliable company-wide basis. In addition, for certain funds we were not required to report our results on a GAAP basis. In connection with our operation as a public company, we will be required to report our operations on a consolidated basis under GAAP and, in some cases, on a property by property basis. We are in the process of implementing an internal audit function and modifying our company-wide systems and procedures in a number of areas to enable us to enhance our reporting on a consolidated basis under GAAP as we continue the process of integrating the financial reporting of our predecessor. If we fail to implement proper overall business controls, including as required to integrate our predecessor entities and support our growth, our results of operations could be harmed or we could fail to meet our reporting obligations.

        Our board of directors has overall authority to oversee our operations and determine our major corporate policies. This authority includes significant flexibility. For example, our board of directors can do the following:

31


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Any of these actions could increase our operating expenses, impact our ability to make distributions or reduce the value of our assets without giving you, as a shareholder, the right to vote.

        Maryland law provides that a director or officer has no liability in that capacity if he or she performs his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In addition, our charter eliminates our directors' and officers' liability to us and our shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. Our bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law for liability actually incurred in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party, except to the extent that the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was either committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services, or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. As a result, we and our shareholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist under common law. In addition, we may be obligated to fund the defense costs incurred by our directors and officers.

General Real Estate Risks

        The investment returns available from equity investments in real estate depend on the amount of income earned and capital appreciation generated by the properties, as well as the expenses incurred in connection with the properties. If our properties do not generate income sufficient to meet operating expenses, including debt service and capital expenditures, then our ability to pay distributions to our shareholders could be adversely affected. In addition, there are significant expenditures associated with an investment in real estate (such as mortgage payments, real estate taxes and maintenance costs) that generally do not decline when circumstances reduce the income from the property. Income from and the value of our properties may be adversely affected by:

32


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        In addition, periods of economic slowdown or recession, rising interest rates or declining demand for real estate, or public perception that any of these events may occur, would result in a general decrease in rents or an increased occurrence of defaults under existing leases, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Future terrorist attacks may result in declining economic activity, which could reduce the demand for, and the value of, our properties. To the extent that future attacks impact our tenants, their businesses similarly could be adversely affected, including their ability to continue to honor their existing leases.

        For these and other reasons, we cannot assure you that we will be profitable or that we will realize growth in the value of our real estate properties.

        We compete with other owners, operators and developers of real estate, some of which own properties similar to ours in the same markets and submarkets in which our properties are located. If our competitors offer space at rental rates below current market rates or below the rental rates we currently charge our tenants, we may lose potential tenants, and we may be pressured to reduce our rental rates below those we currently charge in order to retain tenants when our tenants' leases expire. As a result, our financial condition, cash flows, cash available for distribution, trading price of our common stock and ability to satisfy our debt service obligations could be materially adversely affected.

33


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Our results of operations, cash flows and the value of our common stock would be adversely affected if we are unable to lease, on economically favorable terms, a significant amount of space in our operating properties. As of June 30, 2010, leases with respect to 36.4% of our total annualized rent will expire on or before December 31, 2013. We cannot assure you expiring leases will be renewed or that our properties will be re-leased at base rental rates equal to or above the current average base rental rates. In addition, the number of vacant or partially vacant industrial properties in a market or submarket could adversely affect our ability to re-lease the space at attractive rental rates.

        A property may incur a vacancy either by the continued default of a tenant under its lease or the expiration of one of our leases. In addition, certain of the properties we acquire may have some level of vacancy at the time of closing. Certain of our properties may be specifically suited to the particular needs of a tenant. We may have difficulty obtaining a new tenant for any vacant space we have in our properties. If the vacancy continues for a long period of time, we may suffer reduced revenue resulting in less cash available to be distributed to shareholders. In addition, the resale value of a property could be diminished because the market value of a particular property will depend principally upon the value of the leases of such property.

        When a tenant at one of our properties does not renew its lease or otherwise vacates its space in one of our buildings, it is likely that, in order to attract one or more new tenants, we will be required to expend funds to construct new tenant improvements in the vacated space. We cannot assure you that we will have adequate sources of funding available to us for such purposes in the future.

        If a tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent, that could diminish the income we receive from that tenant's leases. Our tenants may experience downturns in their operating results due to adverse changes to their business or economic conditions, and those tenants that are highly leveraged may have a higher possibility of filing for bankruptcy or insolvency. We may not be able to evict a tenant solely because of its bankruptcy. On the other hand, a bankruptcy court might authorize the tenant to terminate its leases with us. If that happens, our claim against the bankrupt tenant for unpaid future rent would be an unsecured prepetition claim subject to statutory limitations, and therefore such amounts received in bankruptcy are likely to be substantially less than the remaining rent we otherwise were owed under the leases. In addition, any claim we have for unpaid past rent could be substantially less than the amount owed. If the lease for such a property is rejected in bankruptcy, our revenue would be reduced and could cause us to reduce distributions to shareholders.

34


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Real estate investments are not as liquid as other types of investments, and this lack of liquidity may limit our ability to react promptly to changes in economic or other conditions. In addition, significant expenditures associated with real estate investments, such as mortgage payments, real estate taxes and maintenance costs, are generally not reduced when circumstances cause a reduction in income from the investments. In addition, we intend to comply with the safe harbor rules relating to the number of properties that can be disposed of in a year, the tax bases and the costs of improvements made to these properties, and other items that enable a REIT to avoid punitive taxation on the sale of assets. Thus, our ability at any time to sell assets or contribute assets to property funds or other entities in which we have an ownership interest may be restricted. This lack of liquidity may limit our ability to vary our portfolio promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions and, as a result, could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and our ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock.

        We have acquired, and may continue to acquire, properties in markets that are new to us. When we acquire properties located in these markets, we may face risks associated with a lack of market knowledge or understanding of the local economy, forging new business relationships in the area and unfamiliarity with local government and permitting procedures.

        We attempt to ensure that all of our properties are adequately insured to cover casualty losses. However, there are certain losses, including losses from floods, earthquakes, acts of war, acts of terrorism or riots, that are not generally insured against or that are not generally fully insured against because it is not deemed economically feasible or prudent to do so. In addition, changes in the cost or availability of insurance could expose us to uninsured casualty losses. In the event that any of our properties incurs a casualty loss that is not fully covered by insurance, the value of our assets will be reduced by the amount of any such uninsured loss, and we could experience a significant loss of capital invested and potential revenue in these properties and could potentially remain obligated under any recourse debt associated with the property. Moreover, we, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, generally will be liable for all of our operating partnership's unsatisfied recourse obligations, including any obligations incurred by our operating partnership as the general partner of joint ventures. Any such losses could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay distributions on, and the market price of, our common stock. In addition, we may have no source of funding to repair or reconstruct the damaged property, and we cannot assure you that any such sources of funding will be available to us for such purposes in the future. We evaluate our insurance coverage annually in light of current industry practice through an analysis prepared by outside consultants.

        As part of our formation transactions, we will assume existing liabilities of contributed operating companies and liabilities in connection with contributed properties, some of which may be unknown or unquantifiable at the time this offering is consummated. Unknown liabilities might include liabilities for cleanup or remediation of undisclosed environmental conditions beyond the scope of our environmental

35


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


insurance coverage, claims of tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with the entities prior to this offering, tax liabilities, and accrued but unpaid liabilities whether incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. As part of our formation transactions, the owners of our predecessor business have only made limited representations and warranties to us regarding the entities, properties and assets that we will own following our formation transactions that survive for a period of one year and agreed to indemnify us and our operating partnership for breaches of such representations subject to specified deductibles and caps, as applicable. Because many liabilities, including tax liabilities, may not be identified within such period, we may have no recourse against any of the owners of our predecessor business for these liabilities.

        In addition, we may in the future acquire properties, or may have previously owned properties, subject to liabilities and without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, with respect to unknown liabilities. As a result, if a liability were asserted against us based on ownership of any of these entities or properties, then we might have to pay substantial sums to settle it, which could adversely affect our cash flows.

        Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the cost of removing or remediating hazardous or toxic substances on such property. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. Even if more than one person may have been responsible for the contamination, each person covered by the environmental laws may be held responsible for all of the clean-up costs incurred. In addition, third parties may sue the owner or operator of a site for damages based on personal injury, natural resources or property damage or other costs, including investigation and clean-up costs, resulting from the environmental contamination. The presence of hazardous or toxic substances on one of our properties, or the failure to properly remediate a contaminated property, could give rise to a lien in favor of the government for costs it may incur to address the contamination, or otherwise adversely affect our ability to sell or lease the property or borrow using the property as collateral. Environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated. A property owner who violates environmental laws may be subject to sanctions which may be enforced by governmental agencies or, in certain circumstances, private parties. In connection with the acquisition and ownership of our properties, we may be exposed to such costs. The cost of defending against environmental claims, of compliance with environmental regulatory requirements or of remediating any contaminated property could materially adversely affect our business, assets or results of operations and, consequently, amounts available for distribution to our shareholders.

        Environmental laws in the United States also require that owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos properly manage and maintain the asbestos, adequately inform or train those who may come into contact with asbestos and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, in the event that asbestos is disturbed during building renovation or demolition. These laws may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators who fail to comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos. Some of our properties contain asbestos-containing building materials.

        We invest in properties historically used for industrial, manufacturing and commercial purposes. Some of these properties contain, or may have contained, underground storage tanks for the storage of petroleum products and other hazardous or toxic substances. All of these operations create a potential

36


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS



for the release of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. Some of our properties are adjacent to or near other properties that have contained or currently contain underground storage tanks used to store petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, certain of our properties are on or are adjacent to or near other properties upon which others, including former owners or tenants of our properties, have engaged, or may in the future engage, in activities that may release petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances.

        From time to time, we may acquire properties, or interests in properties, with known adverse environmental conditions where we believe that the environmental liabilities associated with these conditions are quantifiable and that the acquisition will yield a superior risk-adjusted return. In such an instance, we underwrite the costs of environmental investigation, clean-up and monitoring into the cost. Further, in connection with property dispositions, we may agree to remain responsible for, and to bear the cost of, remediating or monitoring certain environmental conditions on the properties.

        Preliminary assessments of environmental conditions at a property that meet certain specifications are often referred to as "Phase I environmental site assessments" or "Phase I environmental assessments." They are intended to discover and evaluate information regarding the environmental condition of the surveyed property and surrounding properties. Phase I environmental assessments generally include an historical review, a public records review, an investigation of the surveyed site and surrounding properties, and preparation and issuance of a written report, but do not include soil sampling or subsurface investigations and typically do not include an asbestos survey. No such assessments have been updated on our properties for purposes of this offering, and, as of June 30, 2010, approximately 25.8% of our properties have environmental assessments which are more than three years old. Material environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns may arise after the environmental assessment has been completed. Moreover, there can be no assurance that:

        Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (the "ADA"), places of public accommodation must meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines by the federal government or the award of damages to private litigants. If we are required to make unanticipated expenditures to comply with the ADA, including removing access barriers, then our cash flows and the amounts available for distributions to our shareholders may be adversely affected. While we believe that our properties are currently in material compliance with these regulatory requirements, the requirements may change or new requirements may be imposed that could require significant unanticipated expenditures by us that will affect our cash flows and results of operations.

        We own one of our properties through a leasehold interest in the land underlying the building and we may acquire additional buildings in the future that are subject to similar ground leases. As lessee under a ground lease, we are exposed to the possibility of losing the property upon expiration, or an

37


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


earlier breach by us, of the ground lease, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, our ability to make distributions to our shareholders and the trading price of our common stock.

        In the future, our ground leases may contain certain provisions that may limit our ability to sell certain of our properties. In addition, in the future, in order to assign or transfer our rights and obligations under certain of our ground leases, we may be required to obtain the consent of the landlord which, in turn, could adversely impact the price realized from any such sale.

        We also own one property that benefits from payment in lieu of tax ("PILOT") programs and to facilitate such tax treatment our ownership in this property is structured as a leasehold interest with the relevant municipality serving as lessor. With respect to such arrangement, we have the right to purchase the fee interest in the property for a nominal purchase price, so the risk factors set forth above for traditional ground leases are mitigated by our ability to convert such leasehold interest to fee interest. In the event of such a conversion of our ownership interest, however, any preferential tax treatment offered by the PILOT program will be lost.

        We expect to hold the various real properties in which we invest until such time as we decide that a sale or other disposition is appropriate given our investment objectives. Our ability to dispose of properties on advantageous terms depends on factors beyond our control, including competition from other sellers and the availability of attractive financing for potential buyers of our properties. We cannot predict the various market conditions affecting real estate investments which will exist at any particular time in the future. Due to the uncertainty of market conditions which may affect the future disposition of our properties, we cannot assure you that we will be able to sell our properties at a profit in the future. Accordingly, the extent to which you will receive cash distributions and realize potential appreciation on our real estate investments will be dependent upon fluctuating market conditions.

        Furthermore, we may be required to expend funds to correct defects or to make improvements before a property can be sold. We cannot assure you that we will have funds available to correct such defects or to make such improvements.

        We may acquire properties through contracts that could restrict our ability to dispose of the property for a period of time. These "lock-out" provisions could affect our ability to turn our investments into cash and could affect cash available for distributions to you. Lock-out provisions could also impair our ability to take actions during the lock-out period that would otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders and, therefore, may have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock relative to the value that would result if the lock-out provisions did not exist.

        If we decide to sell any of our properties, we presently intend to use our best efforts to sell them for cash. However, in some instances we may sell our properties by providing financing to purchasers. If we provide financing to purchasers, we will bear the risk that the purchaser may default, which could negatively impact our cash distributions to shareholders and result in litigation and related expenses.

38


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


Even in the absence of a purchaser default, the distribution of the proceeds of sales to our shareholders, or their reinvestment in other assets, will be delayed until the promissory notes or other property we may accept upon a sale are actually paid, sold, refinanced or otherwise disposed of.

Risks Related to Our Debt Financings

        Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness that we may incur, and we are subject to risks normally associated with debt financing, including the risk that our cash flows will be insufficient to meet required payments of principal and interest. There can be no assurance that we will be able to refinance any maturing indebtedness, that such refinancing would be on terms as favorable as the terms of the maturing indebtedness or that we will be able to otherwise obtain funds by selling assets or raising equity to make required payments on maturing indebtedness.

        In particular, loans obtained to fund property acquisitions will generally be secured by first mortgages on such properties. If we are unable to make our debt service payments as required, a lender could foreclose on the property or properties securing its debt. This could cause us to lose part or all of our investment, which in turn could cause the value of our common stock and distributions payable to shareholders to be reduced. Certain of our existing and future indebtedness is and may be cross-collateralized and, consequently, a default on this indebtedness could cause us to lose part or all of our investment in multiple properties. See "Policies With Respect to Certain Activities—Financing Policies."

        As of June 30, 2010, we had total pro forma outstanding debt of approximately $166.9 million, and we expect that we will incur additional indebtedness in the future. Interest we pay reduces our cash available for distributions. We have entered into interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of increasing interest rates for our $73.0 million in variable rate debt. Since we have incurred and may continue to incur variable rate debt, increases in interest rates raise our interest costs, which reduces our cash flows and our ability to make distributions to you. If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or meet our payment obligations, the amount of our distributable cash flows and our financial condition would be adversely affected, and we may lose the property securing such indebtedness. In addition, if we need to repay existing debt during periods of rising interest rates, we could be required to liquidate one or more of our investments in properties at times which may not permit realization of the maximum return on such investments.

        The terms of our mortgage loans require us to comply with loan-to-collateral-value ratios, debt service coverage ratios and, in the case of an event of default, limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries that are borrowers under our mortgage loans to make distributions to us or our other subsidiaries. In addition, we are currently negotiating with several financial institutions regarding the establishment of a $             million corporate credit facility (subject to increase to $             million under certain circumstances) that we anticipate will close contemporaneously with this offering. Any facility we obtain will likely include a number of additional customary financial and other covenants. Any of our existing loan covenants or future credit facility covenants may limit our flexibility in our

39


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


operations and prevent us from making distributions to our shareholders, and breaches of these covenants could result in defaults under the instruments governing the applicable indebtedness even if we have satisfied our payment obligations.

        As of June 30, 2010, we had certain secured loans that are cross-collateralized by multiple properties. If we default on any of these loans we may then be required to repay such indebtedness, together with applicable prepayment charges, to avoid foreclosure on all cross-collateralized properties within the applicable pool. Moreover, any future corporate credit facility of ours may contain certain cross-default provisions which are triggered in the event that our other material indebtedness is in default. These cross-default provisions may require us to repay or restructure the facility in addition to any mortgage or other debt that is in default. If our properties were foreclosed upon, or if we are unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or meet our payment obligations, the amount of our distributable cash flows and our financial condition would be adversely affected.

        We are a holding company and conduct all of our operations through our operating partnership. We do not have, apart from our ownership of our operating partnership, any independent operations. As a result, we will rely on distributions from our operating partnership to pay any dividends we might declare on our common stock. We will also rely on distributions from our operating partnership to meet our debt service and other obligations, including our obligations to make distributions required to maintain our REIT status. The ability of subsidiaries of our operating partnership to make distributions to the operating partnership, and the ability of our operating partnership to make distributions to us in turn, will depend on their operating results and on the terms of any loans that encumber the properties owned by them. Such loans may contain lockbox arrangements, reserve requirements, financial covenants and other provisions that restrict the distribution of funds. In the event of a default under these loans, the defaulting subsidiary would be prohibited from distributing cash. For example, our subsidiaries are party to mortgage loans that prohibit, in the event of default, their distribution of any cash to a related party, including our operating partnership. As a result, a default under any of these loans by the borrower subsidiaries could cause us to have insufficient cash to make distributions on our common stock required to maintain our REIT status.

        Some of our financing arrangements require us to make a lump-sum or "balloon" payment at maturity. Our ability to make a balloon payment at maturity is uncertain and may depend upon our ability to obtain additional financing or our ability to sell the property. At the time the balloon payment is due, we may or may not be able to refinance the existing financing on terms as favorable as the original loan or sell the property at a price sufficient to make the balloon payment. The effect of a refinancing or sale could affect the rate of return to shareholders and the projected time of disposition of our assets. In addition, payments of principal and interest made to service our debts may leave us with insufficient cash to pay the distributions that we are required to pay to maintain our qualification as a REIT.

        If mortgage debt is unavailable at reasonable rates, we may not be able to finance the purchase of properties. In addition, we run the risk of being unable to refinance mortgage debt when the loans come due or of being unable to refinance such debt on favorable terms. If interest rates are higher when we refinance such debt, our income could be reduced. We may be unable to refinance such debt

40


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


at appropriate times, which may require us to sell properties on terms that are not advantageous to us or could result in the foreclosure of such properties. If any of these events occur, our cash flows would be reduced. This, in turn, would reduce cash available for distribution to you and may hinder our ability to raise more capital by issuing more stock or by borrowing more money.

        We use various derivative financial instruments to provide a level of protection against interest rate risks, but no hedging strategy can protect us completely. These instruments involve risks, such as the risk that the counterparties may fail to honor their obligations under these arrangements, that these arrangements may not be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate changes and that a court could rule that such agreements are not legally enforceable. These instruments may also generate income that may not be treated as qualifying REIT income for purposes of the 75% or 95% REIT income tests. In addition, the nature and timing of hedging transactions may influence the effectiveness of our hedging strategies. Poorly designed strategies or improperly executed transactions could actually increase our risk and losses. Moreover, hedging strategies involve transaction and other costs. We cannot assure you that our hedging strategy and the derivatives that we use will adequately offset the risk of interest rate volatility or that our hedging transactions will not result in losses that may reduce the overall return on your investment.

Risks Related to this Offering

        The purchase price per share of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus reflects the result of negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. The purchase price may not accurately reflect the future value of our company, and the offering price may not be realized upon any subsequent disposition of the shares.

        In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making offerings of debt or additional offerings of equity securities, including commercial paper, senior or subordinated notes and series of preferred stock or common stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock, if any, and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments or both that could limit our ability to make a dividend distribution to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their stock holdings in us.

41


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or upon exchange of common units or exercise of any options, or the perception that such sales might occur could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The exchange of common units for common stock, the exercise of any stock options or the vesting of any restricted stock granted to certain directors, executive officers and other employees under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the issuance of our common stock or common units in connection with property, portfolio or business acquisitions and other issuances of our common stock or common units could have an adverse effect on the market price of the shares of our common stock. Also, continuing investors that will hold shares of our outstanding common stock and            common units on a pro forma basis are parties to agreements that provide for registration rights. The exercise of these registration rights could depress the price of our common stock. The existence of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance as restricted shares or upon exchange of options or common units may adversely affect the terms upon which we may be able to obtain additional capital through the sale of equity securities. In addition, future sales by us of our common stock may be dilutive to existing shareholders.

        Our executive officers and our directors and the owners of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI have entered into lock-up agreements that, subject to exceptions, prohibit them from selling, pledging, transferring or otherwise disposing of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock for a period of 12 months after the date of this prospectus. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their discretion, release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the lock-up agreements with our directors and officers and the owners of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI at any time without notice or shareholder approval. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived or terminated, up to approximately            shares of common stock, including securities convertible into our common stock, will be available for sale into the market, subject only to applicable securities rules and regulations and, in some cases, vesting requirements, which could reduce the market price for our common stock.

        Currently, there is no established trading market for our common stock. We will apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol "STIR" to be effective upon completion of this offering. We cannot assure you that our listing application will be accepted or that, if accepted, an active trading market for our common stock will develop after the offering or if one does develop, that it will be sustained.

        Even if an active trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our common stock declines, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could affect our stock price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

42


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        In addition, the stock market has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of many companies in industries similar or related to ours and may have been unrelated to operating performances of these companies. These broad market fluctuations could reduce the market price of our common stock.

        As of June 30, 2010, the pro forma net tangible book value of the assets to be acquired by us in our formation transactions was approximately $       million, or $      per share of our common stock held by our continuing investors, assuming the exchange of common units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. As a result, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the consummation of our formation transactions and this offering will be less than the initial public offering price. The purchasers of our common stock offered hereby will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $      per share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock.

        One of the factors that will influence the price of our common stock will be the dividend yield on our common stock (as a percentage of the price of our common stock) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to expect a higher dividend yield and, if we are unable to pay such yield, the market price of our common stock could decrease.

        The market value of the equity securities of a REIT is based primarily upon the market's perception of the REIT's growth potential and its current and potential future cash distributions, whether from operations, sales or refinancings, and is secondarily based upon the real estate market value of the underlying assets. For that reason, our common stock may trade at prices that are higher or lower than our net asset value per share. To the extent we retain operating cash flow for investment purposes, working capital reserves or other purposes, these retained funds, while increasing the value of our underlying assets, may not correspondingly increase the market price of our common stock. Our failure to meet the market's expectations with regard to future earnings and cash distributions likely would adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

43


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        STAG Predecessor Group had historical net losses of $2.0 million, $0.9 million, $5.6 million, $7.7 million and $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. STAG Predecessor Group had historical accumulated deficits after effects of depreciation and amortization of $5.2 million and $1.5 million as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. There can be no assurance that we will not continue to incur net losses in the future, which could adversely affect our ability to service our indebtedness and our ability to pay dividends or make distributions, any of which could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

        Following this offering, we will become subject to reporting and other obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm addressing these assessments. These reporting and other obligations will place significant demands on our management, administrative, operational, internal audit and accounting resources and will cause us to incur significant expenses. We may need to upgrade our systems or create new systems; implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures; expand our internal audit function; and hire additional accounting, internal audit and finance staff. If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with the financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies could be impaired. Any failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and stock price.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Risks

        Our qualification as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet requirements regarding our organization and ownership, distributions of our income, the nature and diversification of our income and assets and other tests imposed by the Code. If we fail to qualify as a REIT for any taxable year after electing REIT status, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at corporate rates. In addition, we would generally be disqualified from treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year of losing our REIT status. Losing our REIT status would reduce our net earnings available for investment or distribution to shareholders because of the additional tax liability. In addition, dividends to shareholders would no longer qualify for the dividends-paid deduction and we would no longer be required to make distributions. If this occurs, we might be required to borrow funds or liquidate some investments in order to pay the applicable tax. For a discussion of the REIT qualification tests and other considerations relating to our election to be taxed as REIT, see "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations."

        In the future, we may institute a dividend reinvestment plan, which would allow our shareholders to acquire additional shares of common stock by automatically reinvesting their cash dividends. If our shareholders participate in a dividend reinvestment plan, they will be deemed to have received, and for

44


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


income tax purposes will be taxed on, the amount reinvested in shares of our common stock to the extent the amount reinvested was not a tax-free return of capital. In addition, our shareholders will be treated for tax purposes as having received an additional distribution to the extent the shares are purchased at a discount to fair market value. As a result, unless a shareholder is a tax-exempt entity, it may have to use funds from other sources to pay its tax liability on the value of the shares of common stock received.

        Even if we qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be subject to some U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income or property. For example:

        We intend to make distributions to our shareholders to comply with the REIT requirements of the Code.

        From time to time, we may generate taxable income greater than our income for financial reporting purposes, or our taxable income may be greater than our cash flow available for distribution to shareholders (for example, where a borrower defers the payment of interest in cash pursuant to a contractual right or otherwise). If we do not have other funds available in these situations we could be required to borrow funds, sell investments at disadvantageous prices or find another alternative source of funds to make distributions sufficient to enable us to pay out enough of our taxable income to satisfy the REIT distribution requirement and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% excise tax in a particular year. These alternatives could increase our costs or reduce our equity. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to operate solely on the basis of maximizing profits.

        To qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy certain tests on an ongoing basis concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, nature of our assets and the amounts we distribute to our shareholders. We may be required to make distributions to shareholders at times when it would be more advantageous to reinvest cash in our business or when we do not have funds readily available for

45


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


distribution. Compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to operate solely on the basis of maximizing profits and the value of our shareholders' investment.

        We expect to purchase real properties and lease them back to the sellers of such properties. While we will use commercially reasonable efforts to structure any such sale-leaseback transaction such that the lease will be characterized as a "true lease" for tax purposes, thereby allowing us to be treated as the owner of the property for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will not challenge such characterization. In the event that any such sale-leaseback transaction is challenged and recharacterized as a financing transaction or loan for U.S. federal income tax purposes, deductions for depreciation and cost recovery relating to such property would be disallowed. If a sale-leaseback transaction were so recharacterized, we might fail to satisfy the REIT qualification "asset tests" or "income tests" and, consequently, lose our REIT status effective with the year of recharacterization. Alternatively, the amount of our REIT taxable income could be recalculated which might also cause us to fail to meet the distribution requirement for a taxable year.

        We may be deemed to be, or make investments in entities that own or are themselves deemed to be taxable mortgage pools. Similarly, certain of our securitizations or other borrowings could be considered to result in the creation of a taxable mortgage pool for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a REIT, provided that we own 100% of the equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool, we generally would not be adversely affected by the characterization of the securitization as a taxable mortgage pool. Certain categories of shareholders, however, such as foreign shareholders eligible for treaty or other benefits, shareholders with net operating losses, and certain tax-exempt shareholders that are subject to unrelated business income tax, could be subject to increased taxes on a portion of their dividend income from us that is attributable to the taxable mortgage pool. In addition, to the extent that our stock is owned by tax-exempt "disqualified organizations," such as certain government-related entities that are not subject to tax on unrelated business income, we will incur a corporate-level tax on a portion of our income from the taxable mortgage pool. In that case, we are authorized to reduce and intend to reduce the amount of our distributions to any disqualified organization whose stock ownership gave rise to the tax by the amount of such tax paid by us that is attributable to such shareholder's ownership. Moreover, we would be precluded from selling equity interests in these securitizations to outside investors, or selling any debt securities issued in connection with these securitizations that might be considered to be equity interests for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These limitations may prevent us from using certain techniques to maximize our returns from securitization transactions.

        The rules dealing with federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Changes to the tax laws, with or without retroactive application, could adversely affect our shareholders or us. We cannot predict how changes in the tax laws might affect our shareholders or us. New legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify as a REIT or the federal income tax consequences of such qualification.

46


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS


        As a result of our formation transactions described above, the contributors expect to defer approximately $       million of taxable income and taxable gain. The contribution transactions are expected to be tax free, in whole or in part, to us, our operating partnership and the contributors. Our operating partnership will have a carryover tax basis in the assets of the limited liability companies acquired by us by contribution such that our basis will be the same as the basis immediately before our formation transactions, adjusted upward by the gain, if any, recognized by the contributors. As a result of the contributions, we will have substantial built-in taxable income in our assets immediately after our formation transactions.

        We intend to take the position that each of the contributions of the interests in the limited liability companies qualify as a tax-free transaction, in whole or in part, under the Code. To the extent any of these contributions does not so qualify, then the contribution would be treated as a taxable asset sale in which the contributors would be required to recognize taxable gain. If the contribution is treated as a taxable event, our adjusted tax basis in the assets of the limited liability companies is expected to equal the then fair market value of the consideration paid for such assets.

ERISA Risks

        Fiduciaries of employee benefit plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") should take into account their fiduciary responsibilities in connection with a decision to invest in our common stock. If such fiduciaries breach their responsibilities, including (among other things) the responsibility to act prudently, to diversify the plan's assets, and to follow plan documents and investment policies, they may be held liable for plan losses and may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and excise taxes. Similar consequences may result if a plan's investment in shares of our stock constitutes a so-called "prohibited transaction" under ERISA. Plans or arrangements that are not subject to ERISA, such as individual retirement accounts, may be subject to Section 4975 of the Code, which contains similar prohibited transaction rules.

        Although it is intended that our underlying assets and our operating partnership's underlying assets will not constitute "plan assets" of ERISA plans within the meaning of Department of Labor regulations and Section 3(42) of ERISA, there can be no assurance in this regard. If our assets or our operating partnership's assets constitute plan assets under ERISA, certain transactions in which we might normally engage could constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA or the Code. If our assets or our operating partnership's assets are plan assets, our managers may be fiduciaries under ERISA.

        Governmental employee benefit plans and certain church plans are exempt from ERISA, but these plans may be subject to federal, state or local laws that are similar to the ERISA laws and regulations discussed above.

47



Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        We make statements in this prospectus that are forward-looking statements, which are usually identified by the use of words such as "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "may," "plans," "projects," "seeks," "should," "will," and variations of such words or similar expressions. Our forward-looking statements reflect our current views about our plans, intentions, expectations, strategies and prospects, which are based on the information currently available to us and on assumptions we have made. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, expectations, strategies and prospects as reflected in or suggested by our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that our plans, intentions, expectations, strategies or prospects will be attained or achieved and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Furthermore, actual results may differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements and may be affected by a variety of risks and factors including, without limitation:

48


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

        Market data and industry forecasts and projections used in this prospectus have been obtained from CBRE-EA or other independent industry sources. Forecasts, projections and other forward-looking information obtained from CBRE-EA or other sources are subject to similar qualifications and uncertainties as other forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

49


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full), in each case assuming a public offering price of $            per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) and estimated organizational and offering expenses of approximately $             million payable by us. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for common units in our operating partnership.

        We expect our operating partnership will use the net proceeds as follows:

        If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, we expect to use the additional       million of net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions of real estate assets.

50


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS


        The debt repayments described above are estimated based on principal and related accrued interest outstanding as of June 30, 2010. The actual amounts of the debt repayments will depend on the principal and related accrued interest outstanding at the time of payment and may be greater than or less than our estimates above.

        Pending application of cash proceeds, we intend to invest the net proceeds temporarily in interest-bearing, short-term investment-grade securities, money-market accounts or checking accounts, which are consistent with our intention to qualify for taxation as a REIT. Such investments may include, for example, government and government agency certificates, certificates of deposit, interest-bearing bank deposits and mortgage loan participations. These initial investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in our properties.

51


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

        We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding net capital gains. We will not be required to make distributions with respect to income derived from the activities conducted through STAG Industrial TRS, Inc. (our "TRS") that is not distributed to us. Our TRS is the entity through which we will provide any third-party management and advisory services, potentially including management services provided to Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, unless such services can be provided without jeopardizing our REIT status. To the extent our TRS's income is not distributed and is instead reinvested with the operations of our TRS, the value of our equity interest in our TRS will increase. The aggregate value of the securities that we hold in our TRS may not exceed 25% of the total value of our gross assets. In part because of restrictions applicable to us as a REIT, distributions from our TRS to us will not exceed 25% of our gross income with respect to any given taxable year.

        We are a newly formed company that has not commenced operations and, as a result, we have not paid distributions as of the date of this prospectus. To satisfy the requirements to qualify as a REIT and generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, we intend to make quarterly distributions of all or substantially all of our taxable income to holders of our common stock out of assets legally available therefor. We intend to pay a pro rata initial distribution with respect to the period commencing on the completion of this offering and ending at the last day of the then-current fiscal quarter, based on a distribution of $      per share for a full quarter. On an annualized basis, this would be $      per share, or an annual distribution rate of approximately    %, based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We estimate that this initial annual distribution rate will represent approximately      % of estimated cash available for distribution to our common shareholders for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011. Our intended initial annual distribution rate has been established based on our estimate of cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011, which we have calculated based on adjustments to our pro forma net income for the 12 months ended June 30, 2010 (after giving effect to the offering and the formation transactions). This estimate was based on our pro forma operating results and does not take into account our growth strategy, nor does it take into account any unanticipated expenditures we may have to make or any debt we may have to incur. In estimating our cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011, we have made certain assumptions as reflected in the table and footnotes below.

        Our estimate of cash available for distribution does not include the effect of any changes in our working capital. Our estimate also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for investing activities for acquisition and other activities, other than a reserve for recurring capital expenditures and current contractual tenant improvement or leasing commission costs to be incurred in the 12 months ending June 30, 2011 related to any new leases or lease renewals entered into as of June 30, 2010. It also does not reflect the amount of cash estimated to be used for financing activities, other than scheduled debt principal payments on mortgage and other indebtedness that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. Any such investing and/or financing activities may have a material effect on our estimate of cash available for distribution. Because we have made the assumptions set forth above in estimating cash available for distribution, we do not intend this estimate to be a projection or forecast of our actual results of operations or our liquidity, and we have estimated cash available for distribution for the sole purpose of determining the amount of our initial annual distribution rate. Our estimate of cash available for distribution should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities (computed in accordance with GAAP). In addition, the methodology upon which we made the adjustments described below is not necessarily intended to be a basis for determining future dividends or other distributions.

52


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY


        We intend to maintain our initial distribution rate for the 12-month period following completion of this offering unless our actual results of operations, economic conditions or other factors differ materially from the assumptions used in our estimate. Any future distributions we make will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, maintenance of REIT qualification and the applicable provisions of the MGCL and such other factors as our board may determine in its sole discretion. We anticipate that our estimated cash available for distribution will exceed the annual distribution requirements applicable to REITs. However, under some circumstances, we may be required to pay distributions in excess of cash available for distribution in order to meet these distribution requirements and we may need to use the proceeds from future equity and debt offerings, sell assets or borrow funds to make distributions. We have no intention to use the net proceeds from this offering to make distributions nor do we intend to make distributions using shares of common stock. We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will not change in the future. Actual distributions may be significantly different from the expected distributions. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially adversely affect our earnings and financial condition, please see "Risk Factors."

        We anticipate that our distributions generally will be taxable as ordinary income to our shareholders, although a portion of the distributions may be designated by us as qualified dividend income, excess inclusion income, or capital gain or may constitute a return of capital. We will furnish annually to each of our shareholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their characterization as ordinary income, excess inclusion income, return of capital, qualified dividend income and/or capital gains.

        The following table describes our pro forma net loss before non-controlling interest for the year ended December 31, 2009, and the adjustments we have made thereto in order to estimate our initial cash available for distribution to the holders or our common stock for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011 (dollars in thousands, except per share data). The table reflects our condensed consolidated information, including common units in our operating partnership. Each common unit in our operating

53


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY



partnership may be redeemed for cash, or at our option, one share of our common stock, beginning 12 months after completion of this offering.

Pro forma net loss before non-controlling interest for the 12 months ended December 31, 2009

  $    
 

Less: Pro forma net loss before non-controlling interest for the six months ended June 30, 2009

       
 

Add: Pro forma net loss before non-controlling interest for the six months ended June 30, 2010

       
       

Pro forma net loss before non-controlling interest for the 12 months ended June 30, 2010

       
 

Add: Pro forma real estate depreciation and amortization

       
 

Add: Amortization of deferred financing costs

       
 

Less: Net effects of straight-line rents and amortization of acquired above/below market lease intangibles

       
 

Add: Non-cash compensation expense

       
 

Add: (Gain) loss on interest rate swaps

       
       

Pro forma cash flows provided by operations for the 12 months ended June 30, 2010

       
 

Add: Net increases in contractual rent income and related revenue (1)

       
 

Less: Net decreases in contractual rental and related revenue due to lease expirations, assuming no renewals (2)

       
       

Estimated cash flows provided by operations for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

       
 

Less: Provision for tenant improvements and leasing commissions (3)

       
 

Less: Estimated annual provision for recurring capital expenditures (4)

       
       

Estimated cash flows used in investing activities for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

       
 

Less: Scheduled debt principal payments (5)

       
       

Estimated cash flows used in financing activities for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

       
       

Estimated cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

  $    
       
 

Estimated cash available for distribution to non-controlling interests for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

       
 

Estimated cash available for distribution to common shareholders for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

       
       

Estimated cash available for distribution for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

       
       
 

Estimated annual distribution to non-controlling interest for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

       
 

Estimated annual distribution to common shareholders for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

       
       

Estimated annual distribution for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011

  $    
       
 

Estimated distribution per common unit for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011 (6)

  $    
 

Estimated distribution per share for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011 (6)

  $    
 

Payout ratio based on estimated cash available for distribution to our holders of common stock/common units

      %

(1)
Net increases in contractual rent income and related revenue consists of contractual increases in rental and related revenue from our real estate portfolio related to increases in rental revenue from leases entered into as of June 30, 2010.

(2)
Net decreases in contractual rental and related revenue are due to lease expirations from our consolidated portfolio. Assuming no new leases and no lease renewals after June 30, 2010, other than renewals of month-to-month leases, unless the new lease or lease renewal was executed and delivered on or before June 30, 2010.

54


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION POLICY


(3)
Provision for tenant improvements and leasing commissions includes any current contractual tenant improvement or leasing commission costs to be incurred in the 12 months ending June 30, 2011 related to any new leases or lease renewals entered into as of June 30, 2010. During the 12 months ending June 30, 2011, we expect to have additional tenant improvement and leasing commission expenditures related to new and renewal leasing that occur after June 30, 2010. Any increases in such expenditures would be directly related to such new and renewal leasing in that such expenditures would be incurred when a new lease is signed or an expiring lease is renewed, and are not included herein because we have no contractual obligations at this time for such future leasing.

(4)
Estimated annual provision for recurring capital expenditures is based on $      per leasable square foot of such expenditures for our consolidated portfolio. This estimate is based on the historical weighted average of our existing portfolio, on a per square foot basis, of annual recurring capital expenditures from 2007 through 2009 and the annualized six months ended June 30, 2010.

(5)
Represents all scheduled debt repayments for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011, including both amortization and other principal repayments, excluding debt that we intend to repay with net proceeds of this offering.

(6)
Estimated distribution per share for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011 is based on             shares outstanding and             LTIPs outstanding following the completion of this offering and estimated distribution per common unit for the 12 months ending June 30, 2011 is based on               common units outstanding following the completion of this offering.

        The above table does not include any increases or decreases in revenues or costs associated with: (1) any rental and related revenue increases or decreases from changes in occupancy in our real estate portfolio subsequent to June 30, 2010; (2) rental and related revenue from renewals of expiring leases in our real estate portfolio that may be executed subsequent to June 30, 2010 without regard to tenant retention (the management company has achieved an average tenant retention rate of 81.2% since its first property acquisition in 2004); (3) rental and related revenue from acquisitions completed subsequent to the completion of this offering, not considered probable at the time of the offering, from our current acquisition pipeline and other acquisition opportunities; and (4) any offsetting costs associated with any increases in revenue, such as tenant improvements and leasing commissions.

55


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth:

        This table should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and STAG Predecessor Group's historical audited financial statements and the unaudited pro forma financial information and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of June 30, 2010  
 
  STAG Predecessor
Group Historical
  Company
Pro Forma
Prior to this
Offering
  Company
Pro Forma (1) (2) (3)
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 
 

Debt

  $ 209,865   $     $    
 

Owners' equity (deficit)

    (5,249 )            
 

Shareholders' equity (deficit):

                   
   

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

                 
   

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized,               shares issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis;

                 
   

Additional paid-in capital

                 
   

Non-controlling interest in our operating partnership

                 
               
   

Total owners' and shareholders' equity (deficit)

    (5,249 )            
               

Total capitalization

  $ 204,616   $     $    
               

(1)
Assumes                shares will be sold in this offering at an initial public offering price of $    per share for net proceeds of approximately $         million after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated organizational and offering expenses of approximately $       million. See "Use of Proceeds."

(2)
Does not include the underwriters' option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock.

(3)
The common stock outstanding as shown does not include common units in our operating partnership to be issued in connection with our formation transactions. The common stock outstanding as shown includes (1)     restricted shares of common stock to be granted to our executive officers and certain employees under our equity incentive plan upon the completion of this offering and (2)         restricted shares of common stock to be granted to our non-management directors under our equity incentive plan upon the completion of this offering. The common stock outstanding as shown does not include (1)             LTIP units to be granted to our executive officers under our equity incentive plan or (2)                   shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. See "Management—Equity Incentive Plan."

56


Table of Contents

DILUTION

        Purchasers of our common stock offered in this prospectus will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of the net tangible book value of our common stock from the initial public offering price. As of June 30, 2010, we had a net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $      per share of our common stock held by continuing investors, assuming the exchange of common units into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock offered hereby, including the use of proceeds as described under "Use of Proceeds," and our formation transactions, the deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated formation transaction and offering expenses, the pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 attributable to common shareholders, including the effects of the grant of LTIP units and restricted shares of common stock to our executive officers, directors and certain employees, would have been $         million, or $        per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $        per share to continuing investors and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $        per share from the assumed public offering price of $      per share of our common stock to new public investors. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—Differences between the book value of the assets to be acquired in our formation transactions and the price paid for our common stock will result in an immediate and material dilution of the book value of our common stock." The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $    

Net tangible book value per share before our formation transactions and this offering (1)

  $    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our formation transactions (2)

  $    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering (3)

  $    

Net increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the formation transactions and this offering

  $    
       

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after our formation transactions and this offering (4)

  $    
       

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors (5)

  $    

(1)
Net tangible book value per share of our common stock before our formation transactions and this offering is determined by dividing net tangible book value based on June 30, 2010 net book value of the tangible assets (consisting of total assets less intangible assets, which are comprised of goodwill (if applicable), deferred financing and leasing costs, acquired above-market leases and acquired in place lease value, net of liabilities to be assumed, excluding acquired below market leases and acquired above-market ground leases) of our predecessor by the number of shares of our common stock held by continuing investors after this offering, assuming the conversion into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis of the common units to be issued in connection with our formation transactions.

(2)
Increase in the net tangible book value attributable to the formation transactions, but before the offering, was determined by dividing the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value, excluding net offering proceeds, and the net tangible book value of the predecessor by the number of operating partnership units to be issued to continuing investors.

(3)
Increase in the net tangible book value attributable to the offering was determined by dividing the net offering proceeds by the number of shares of common stock (excluding LTIP units) and common units to be issued to continuing investors, assuming the exchange in full of common units on a one-for-one basis for common stock.

(4)
Based on pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million divided by the sum of                   shares of our common stock and common units to be outstanding after this offering, not including     shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of unvested LTIP units granted under our equity incentive plan.

(5)
Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to our formation transactions and this offering from the initial public offering price paid by a new investor for a share of our common stock.

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data on (1) a pro forma basis for our company and (2) an historical basis for the STAG Predecessor Group. On a pro forma basis we will own 89 industrial properties consisting of 57 properties owned by STAG Predecessor Group and 32 properties that constitute STAG Contribution Group. STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, is part of our predecessor business and consists of the subsidiaries of Fund III that will be contributed to us by Fund III in our formation transactions. STAG Contribution Group consists of the properties owned by Fund IV and STAG GI that will be contributed to us in the formation transactions.

        In the selected financial and operating data, we have not presented historical financial information for STAG Industrial, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the initial capitalization of our company and activity in connection with our formation transactions and this offering, and because we believe that a discussion of the results of STAG Industrial, Inc. would not be meaningful.

        We have not presented historical financial information for the management company as its results are not considered significant, and because we believe that a discussion of these results, (which primarily consist of acquisition and asset management fees from Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV and general and administrative costs) would not be meaningful.

        You should read the following summary financial and operating data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation," our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes, the historical combined financial statements and related notes of STAG Predecessor Group, the historical combined statements of revenue and certain expenses and related notes of STAG Contribution Group, and the historical (combined) statements of revenue and certain expenses and related notes of the various properties listed in the Index to the Financial Statements.

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data is presented as if this offering and our formation transactions had occurred on June 30, 2010, and the unaudited pro forma statements of operations and other data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, is presented as if this offering and our formation transactions had occurred on January 1, 2009. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial condition would have been as of June 30, 2010 or what our actual results of operations would have been assuming this offering and our formation transactions had been completed as of January 1, 2009, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

        The unaudited selected historical combined balance sheet information as of June 30, 2010 and statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from the unaudited combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the historical combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, have been derived from the combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accountants, whose report thereon is included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical combined balance sheet information as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the historical combined statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2006 have been derived from the unaudited combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group, which are not included in this prospectus.

58


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


        The audited historical financial statements of STAG Predecessor Group in this prospectus, and therefore the historical financial and operating data in the table below exclude the operating results and financial condition of the Option Properties, the entities that own the Option Properties and the management company.

 
  Company
Pro Forma
  STAG Predecessor Group
Historical
 
 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,   Period Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009   2010   2009   2009   2008   2007 (1)   2006  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

                                                 

Rental income

  $     $     $ 12,574   $ 13,026   $ 25,658   $ 27,319   $ 11,162   $ 941  

Tenant recoveries

                2,445     2,353     4,508     3,951     1,326      

Other

                                     
                                   

Total revenue

                15,019     15,379     30,166     31,270     12,488     941  
                                   

Expenses

                                                 

Property

                3,611     4,478     9,009     6,423     1,681     11  

General and administrative

                231     178     478     502     404     29  

Depreciation and amortization

                5,326     5,592     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  

Loss on impairment of assets

                              3,728          
                                   

Total expenses

                9,168     10,248     19,744     22,761     6,772     376  
                                   

Other income (expense)

                                                 

Interest income

                2     6     66     140     163     4  

Interest expense

                (6,934 )   (6,803 )   (14,328 )   (15,058 )   (7,861 )   (616 )

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

                (935 )   800     (1,720 )   (1,275 )        
                                   

Total other income (expense)

                (7,867 )   (5,997 )   (15,982 )   (16,193 )   (7,698 )   (612 )
                                   

Net income (loss)

                (2,016 )   (866 )   (5,560 )   (7,684 )   (1,982 )   (47 )
                                   

Balance Sheet Data (End of Period):

                                                 

Rental property, before accumulated depreciation

              210,081         210,009     208,948     212,688     31,998  

Rental property, after accumulated depreciation

              192,991         195,383     200,268     210,294     31,808  

Total assets

              215,106         220,116     229,731     242,134     35,976  

Notes payable

              209,865         212,132     216,178     217,360     31,877  

Total liabilities

              220,355         221,637     223,171     220,548     32,305  

Owners'/shareholders' equity (deficit)

              (5,249 )       (1,521 )   6,560     21,586     3,671  

Other Data:

                                                 

Cash flow provided by operating activities

          $ 4,726   $ 4,751   $ 8,365   $ 8,431   $ 3,488   $ 273  

Cash flow used in investing activities

            (1,130 )   (1,380 )   (2,042 )   (409 )   (203,669 )   (30,041 )

Cash flow (used in) provided by financing activities

            (3,979 )   (2,903 )   (6,921 )   (8,524 )   204,581     35,315  

59


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


 
  Company
Pro Forma
  STAG Predecessor Group
Historical
 
 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,   Period Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009   2010   2009   2009   2008   2007 (1)   2006  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net operating income (NOI) (2)

                                                 

Rental revenue

  $     $     $ 12,574   $ 13,026   $ 25,658   $ 27,319   $ 11,162   $ 941  

Tenant recoveries

                2,445     2,353     4,508     3,951     1,326      

Other operating revenue

                                     

Property expenses

                (3,611 )   (4,478 )   (9,009 )   (6,423 )   (1,681 )   (11 )
                                   

Net operating income (NOI)

                11,408     10,901     21,157     24,847     10,807     930  
                                   

EBITDA (2)

                                                 

Net loss

                (2,016 )   (866 )   (5,560 )   (7,684 )   (1,982 )   (47 )

Interest expense

                6,934     6,803     14,328     15,058     7,861     616  

Interest income

                (2 )   (6 )   (66 )   (140 )   (163 )   (4 )

Depreciation and amortization

                5,326     5,592     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  
                                   

EBITDA

               
10,242
   
11,523
   
18,959
   
19,342
   
10,403
   
901
 
                                   

Funds from operations (FFO) (2)

                                                 

Net loss

                (2,016 )   (866 )   (5,560 )   (7,684 )   (1,982 )   (47 )

Depreciation and amortization

                5,326     5,592     10,257     12,108     4,687     336  
                                   

Funds from operations (FFO)

                3,310     4,726     4,697     4,424     2,705     289  
                                   

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO) (2)

                                                 

FFO

                3,310     4,726     4,697     4,424     2,705     289  

Impairment charges

                            3,728          

Straight line rental revenue adjustment

                (464 )   (442 )   (817 )   (1,187 )   (415 )   (61 )

Deferred financing cost amortization

                59     320     466     522     160     30  

Above/below market lease amortization

                (14 )   182     284     (563 )   (7 )   (15 )

(Gain) loss on interest rate swaps

                935     (800 )   1,720     1,275          

Acquisition costs (3)

                                     

Amortization of non-cash compensation

                                     

Recurring capital expenditures

                131     60     164     118          
                                   

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)

                3,957     4,046     6,514     8,317     2,443     243  
                                   

(1)
We have prepared the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 by combining amounts for 2007 obtained by adding the audited operating results of each of the Antecedent for the period of January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007 and STAG Predecessor Group for the period of June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (since the difference in basis between Antecedent and STAG Predecessor Group were not materially different and the entities were under common management). Although this combined presentation does not comply with GAAP, we believe that it provides a meaningful method of comparison.

(2)
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for more detailed explanations of NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO, and reconciliations of NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO to net income computed in accordance with GAAP.

(3)
Represents the costs associated with acquisitions that are expensed under GAAP.

60


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the risks described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following discussion with "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The following discussion and analysis is based on, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited financial statements and notes thereto as of June 30, 2010 (and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009) and the audited financial statements and notes thereto as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 (and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007) of STAG Predecessor Group. We have not had any corporate activity since our formation, other than the issuance of 110 shares of our common stock in connection with our initial capitalization and activities in preparation for our formation transactions and this offering. Accordingly, we believe that a discussion of our results of operations would not be meaningful, and this discussion and analysis therefore only discusses the combined results of STAG Predecessor Group. For more information regarding these companies, see "Selected Financial Information." All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the financial statements.

Overview

        We are a newly formed, self-administered and self-managed full-service real estate company focused on the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties throughout the United States. We will continue and grow the single-tenant industrial business conducted by our predecessor business. Mr. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, together with an affiliate of NED, a real estate development and management company, formed our predecessor business, which commenced active operations in 2004. Since inception, we have deployed more than $1.3 billion of capital, representing the acquisition of 218 properties totaling approximately 34.9 million rentable square feet in 142 individual transactions.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 89 industrial properties in 26 states with approximately 13.5 million rentable square feet. Our properties consist of 42 warehouse/distribution properties, 26 manufacturing properties and 21 flex/office properties. As of June 30, 2010, our properties were 94.6% leased to 72 tenants, with no single tenant accounting for more than 5.5% of our total annualized rent and no single industry accounting for more than 14.6% of our total annualized rent.

        We intend to continue to target the acquisition of individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States with purchase prices ranging from $5 million to $25 million. We believe that, due to observed market inefficiencies, our focus on these properties will allow us to generate returns for our shareholders that are attractive in light of the associated risks, when compared to other real estate portfolios.

        We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the Code for the year ending December 31, 2010, and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal taxes on our income to the extent we currently distribute our income to our shareholders and maintain our qualification as a REIT. We are structured as an UPREIT and will own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership.

        As a result of our formation transactions, our future financial condition and results of operations will differ significantly from, and will not be comparable with, the historical financial position and

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



results of operations of STAG Predecessor Group, which will be only a part of our company after the consummation of our formation transactions. Please refer to our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, which present on a pro forma basis the condition and results of our company as if our formation transactions and this offering and the application of the net proceeds thereof had all occurred on June 30, 2010 for the pro forma consolidated balance sheet and on January 1, 2009 for the pro forma consolidated statements of operations. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date or for the periods indicated, nor does it propose to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

        Concurrently with this offering, we will complete our formation transactions, pursuant to which we will acquire, through a series of contribution transactions, direct or indirect interests in the management company and certain of the industrial properties owned by Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI.

        As a result of our formation transactions, we will acquire our property portfolio together with the other assets and operations of the management company. In consideration for the contributions, we will issue an aggregate of                common units with an aggregate value of $            , assuming an offering price at the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to the contributors of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. We will also repay with the proceeds of this offering approximately $227.3 million of debt and assume approximately $166.9 million in principal amount of mortgage debt secured by our properties, based on June 30, 2010 balances.

        Our management has determined that common control does not exist among the entities constituting our predecessor business; accordingly, our formation transactions will be accounted for as a business combination. Any interests in the entities contributed by Fund III are presented in the combined financial statements of STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, at historical cost. The contribution of all interests other than those directly owned by STAG Predecessor Group will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and recorded at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities corresponding to their ownership interests. The fair values of tangible assets acquired are determined on an as-if-vacant basis. The as-if-vacant fair value will be allocated to land, building, tenant improvements and the value of in-place leases based on our own market knowledge and published market data, including current rental rates, expected downtime to lease up vacant space, tenant improvement construction costs, leasing commissions and recent sales on a per square foot basis for comparable properties in our sub-markets. The estimated fair value of acquired in-place leases are the costs we would have incurred to lease the property to the occupancy level of the property at the date of acquisition. Such estimates include the fair value of leasing commissions and legal costs that would be incurred to lease this property to this occupancy level. Additionally, we evaluate the time period over which such occupancy level would be achieved and include an estimate of the net operating costs (primarily real estate taxes, insurance and utilities) incurred during the lease-up period, which generally ranges up to eight to 15 months. Above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as an asset or liability based on the present value (using an interest rate which reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and our estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease. The fair value of the debt assumed was determined using current market interest rates for comparable debt financings.

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Upon consummation of our formation transactions and this offering, our operations will be carried on through our operating partnership, STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., which we formed on December 21, 2009. Our formation transactions were designed to:

        As a result, we expect to be a fully integrated, self-administered and self-managed real estate company with 23 employees providing substantial in-house expertise in asset management, property management, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisitions, repositioning, redevelopment, legal and financing.

Factors That May Influence Future Results of Operations

        We expect to continue our predecessor business' investment strategy of acquiring individual, Class B single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States through third-party purchases and structured sale-leasebacks featuring high initial yields and strong current cash-on-cash returns. We believe that the systematic aggregation of such properties results in a diversified portfolio that will produce sustainable returns which are attractive in light of the associated risks. Future results of operations may be affected, either positively or negatively, by our ability to execute this strategy.

        We receive income primarily from rental revenue from our properties. The amount of rental revenue generated by the properties in our portfolio depends principally on our ability to maintain the occupancy rates of currently leased space and to lease currently available space and space available from lease terminations. As of June 30, 2010, properties owned by our predecessor business were approximately 94.6% leased. The amount of rental revenue generated by us also depends on our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. Future economic downturns or regional downturns affecting our submarkets that impair our ability to renew or re-lease space and the ability of our tenants to fulfill their lease commitments, as in the case of tenant bankruptcies, could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. Negative trends in one or more of these factors could adversely affect our rental revenue in future periods.

        Our ability to re-lease space subject to expiring leases will impact our results of operations and is affected by economic and competitive conditions in our markets and by the desirability of our individual properties. As of June 30, 2010, in addition to approximately 733,736 rentable square feet of

63


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


currently available space in our properties, leases representing approximately 4.2% and 7.8% of the rentable square footage of such portfolio are scheduled to expire prior to December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The leases scheduled to expire prior to December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 represent approximately 4.4% and 9.9%, respectively, of the total annualized rent for our portfolio.

        The properties in our portfolio are located in markets throughout the United States. Positive or negative changes in economic or other conditions, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters in these markets may affect our overall performance.

        Our rental expenses generally consist of utilities, real estate taxes, management fees, insurance and site repair and maintenance costs. For the majority of our tenants, our rental expenses are controlled, in part, by the triple net provisions in tenant leases. In our triple net leases, the tenant is responsible for all aspects of and costs related to the property and its operation during the lease term, including utilities, taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. However, we also have modified gross leases and gross leases in our property portofolio. The terms of those leases vary and on some occasions we may absorb property related expenses of our tenants. In our modified gross leases, we are responsible for some property related expenses during the lease term, but the cost of most of the expenses is passed through to the tenant for reimbursement to us. In our gross leases, we are responsible for all aspects of and costs related to the property and its operation during the lease term. Our overall performance will be impacted by the extent to which we are able to pass-through rental expenses to our tenants.

        Following this offering, we also will incur increased general and administrative expenses, including legal, accounting and other expenses related to corporate governance, public reporting and compliance with various provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We anticipate that our staffing levels will increase from 23 employees to between 25 and 30 employees during the next 12 to 24 months and, as a result, our general and administrative expenses will further increase.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our discussion and analysis of the historical financial condition and results of operations of the STAG Predecessor Group are based upon its combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates and assumptions. We have provided a summary of significant accounting policies in note 2 to the combined financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have summarized below those accounting policies that require material subjective or complex judgments and that have the most significant impact on financial condition and results of operations. Management evaluates these estimates on an ongoing basis, based upon information currently available and on various assumptions that it believes are reasonable as of the date hereof. In addition, other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



methodologies, which may impact the comparability of our or the STAG Predecessor Group's results of operations and financial condition to those of other companies.

        The following discussion of critical accounting policies uses "we" and "STAG Predecessor Group" interchangeably. Except where specifically stated to the contrary, we expect the critical accounting policies of STAG Industrial, Inc. to be substantially similar to those of the STAG Predecessor Group.

        Rental property is carried at cost. We review our properties on a periodic basis for impairment and provide a provision if impairments are identified. To determine if an impairment may exist, we review our properties and identify those that have had either an event of change or event of circumstances warranting further assessment of recoverability (such as a decrease in occupancy). If further assessment of recoverability is needed, we estimate the future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the property and its eventual disposition, on an individual property basis. If the sum of the expected future net cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the property on an individual property basis, we will recognize an impairment loss based upon the estimated fair value of such property as compared to its current carrying value.

        Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method based on the following useful lives:

Buildings   40 years
Building and land improvements   5 - 21 years
Tenant improvements   Shorter of useful life or terms of related lease

        Expenditures for tenant improvements, leasehold improvements and leasing commissions are capitalized and amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of each specific lease. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized.

        We account for all acquisitions in accordance with the guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") under FASB Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC"), ASC 805, Business Combinations , (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141(R)). The FASB issued ASC 805 to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. The statement is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We adopted ASC 805 on January 1, 2009 and the adoption did not have a material effect on the combined financial statements.

        Upon acquisition of a property, we allocate the purchase price of the property based upon the fair value of the assets acquired, which generally consist of land, buildings, tenant improvements and intangible assets including in-place leases, above market and below market leases and tenant relationships. We allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the tangible assets of an acquired property by valuing the property as if it were vacant. Acquired above and below market leases are valued based on the present value of the difference between prevailing market rates and the in-place rates measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above market leases and the initial term plus the term of any below market fixed rate renewal options for below market leases that are considered bargain renewal options. The above market lease values are amortized as a reduction of

65


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



rental income over the remaining term of the respective leases, and the below market lease values are amortized as an increase to base rental income over the remaining initial terms plus the terms of any below market fixed rate renewal options that are considered bargain renewal options of the respective leases.

        We maintain an allowance for estimated losses that may result from the inability of tenants to make required payments. We regularly assess our ability to collect outstanding payments and in so doing must make estimates of the collectability of tenant accounts receivable. If a tenant fails to make contractual payments beyond any allowance, we may recognize bad debt expense in future periods equal to the amount of unpaid rent and deferred rent.

        Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, tenant accounts receivable, interest rate swaps, accounts payable, other accrued expenses and mortgage notes payable. The fair values of the cash and cash equivalents, tenant accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued expenses approximate their carrying or contract values.

        We calculate the fair value of mortgage notes payable by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings for loans with similar remaining maturities and similar loan-to-value ratios.

        We account for interest rate swaps in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , (formerly known as SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities) . On January 1, 2009, we adopted SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161), which changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The adoption of SFAS 161 (now included in ASC 815) did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

        We designate interest rate swaps as non-hedge instruments. Accordingly, we recognize the fair value of the interest rate swap as asset or liability on the combined balance sheets with the changes in fair value recognized in the combined statements of operations.

        We adopted the fair value measurement provisions as of January 1, 2008 for our interest rate swaps recorded at fair value. The new guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we applied the provisions of this standard to the valuation of our interest rate swaps, which are the only financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

66


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        Certain tenants are obligated to make payments for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenants under the terms of their respective leases, are not reflected in our combined financial statements. To the extent any tenant responsible for these costs under their respective lease defaults on their lease or it is deemed probable that they will fail to pay for such costs, we would record a liability for such obligation.

        Rental revenue from month-to-month leases or leases with no scheduled rent increases or other adjustments is recognized on a monthly basis when earned.

        Lease termination fees are recognized as termination revenue when the related leases are canceled and we have no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants. STAG Predecessor Group has no lease termination revenue for the years presented.

        We recognize gains on sales of real estate pursuant to the provisions of ASC 360-20-15, Accounting for Sales of Real Estate (formerly known as SFAS No. 66). The specific timing of a sale is measured against various criteria in ASC 360-20-15 related to the terms of the transaction and any continuing involvement in the form of management or financial assistance associated with the property. If the sales criteria are not met, we defer gain recognition and accounts for the continued operations of the property by applying the finance, installment or cost recovery methods, as appropriate, until the sales criteria are met.

Historical Results of Operations of STAG Predecessor Group

        The following table summarizes our historical results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

        Certain properties included in the STAG Predecessor Group were owned by a related party for the period August 11, 2006 through May 31, 2007, its commencement date of operations. The period for which certain properties were owned by a related party is labeled Antecedent. The two periods of ownership have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the combined statements of operations to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. We have prepared our discussion of the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 by comparing the results of operations of STAG Predecessor Group for the years ended December 31, 2008 to the combined amounts for 2007 obtained by adding the audited operating results of each of the Antecedent for the period of January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007 and STAG Predecessor Group period of June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (since the difference in basis between Antecedent and STAG Predecessor Group were not materially different and the entities were under common management). Although this combined presentation does not comply with GAAP, we believe that it provides a meaningful method of comparison.

67


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
  Antecedent
January 1,
2007 -
May 31,
2007
   
   
 
 
   
   
  June 1,
2007 -
December 31,
2007
   
   
 
 
  %
Change
  %
Change
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  %
Change
 
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue

                                                             

Rental income

  $ 12,574   $ 13,026     (3 )% $ 25,658   $ 27,319     (6 )% $ 9,145   $ 2,017   $ 11,162     145 %

Tenant recoveries (1)

    2,445     2,353     4 %   4,508     3,951     14 %   1,326         1,326     198 %
                                           

Total revenue

    15,019     15,379     (2 )%   30,166     31,270     (4 )%   10,471     2,017     12,488     150 %
                                           

Expenses

                                                             
 

Property

    1,745     2,657     (34 )%   5,342     3,009     78 %   520     32     552     445 %
 

General and administrative

    231     178     30 %   478     502     (5 )%   378     26     404     25 %
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    1,569     1,524     3 %   3,067     2,804     9 %   793     92     885     217 %
 

Asset management fees

    297     297     0 %   600     610     (2 )%   213     31     244     150 %
 

Depreciation and amortization

    5,326     5,592     (5 )%   10,257     12,108     (15 )%   4,029     658     4,687     158 %
 

Loss on impairment of assets

                    3,728                      
                                           

Total expenses

    9,168     10,248     (11 )%   19,744     22,761     (13 )%   5,933     839     6,772     236 %
                                           

Other income (expense)

                                                             
 

Interest income

    2     6     (67 )%   66     140     (53 )%   142     21     163     (14 )%
 

Interest expense

    (6,934 )   (6,803 )   2 %   (14,328 )   (15,058 )   (5 )%   (6,501 )   (1,360 )   (7,861 )   92 %
 

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

    (935 )   800     (217 )%   (1,720 )   (1,275 )   35 %                
                                           

Total other income (expense)

    (7,867 )   (5,997 )   31 %   (15,982 )   (16,193 )   (1 )%   (6,359 )   (1,339 )   (7,698 )   110 %
                                           

Net loss

  $ (2,016 ) $ (866 )   (133 )% $ (5,560 ) $ (7,684 )   (28 )% $ (1,821 ) $ (161 ) $ (1,982 )   288 %
                                           

(1)
Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred.

        Total revenue decreased by $360,000, or 2.3%, to $15.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $15.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. A detailed analysis of the increase follows.

        Rent.     Rental revenue decreased by $452,000, or 3.4%, to $12.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $13.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower occupancy levels and lower rental rates primarily on new leases during the six months ended June 30, 2010.

68


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Tenant recoveries.     Tenant recoveries increased by $92,000, or 3.9%, to $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, compared to $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in tenant recoveries was primarily attributable to the amount of tenant specific billings related to real estate tax and insurance recoveries compared to the previous period. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in tenant recoveries attributable to lower occupancy rates.

        Property.     Property expense, which consists of property operation and maintenance expenses and bad debt expense decreased by $912,000, or 34.3%, to $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $2.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to $1.1 million in bad debt expense incurred during the six months ended June 30, 2009. The bad debt expense resulted from non-payment of rent and reimbursable expenses from four financially troubled tenants. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in carrying costs related to lower occupancy rates during the six months ended June 30, 2010.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses increased $53,000, or 29.8%, to $231,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $178,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to additional legal and accounting fees incurred.

        Real estate taxes and insurance.     Real estate taxes and insurance increased by $45,000, or 3.0%, to $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to higher real estate tax assessments at various properties, offset by lower insurance fees incurred.

        Asset management fees.     Asset management fees remained unchanged at $297,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Depreciation and amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $266,000, or 4.8%, to $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to accelerated amortization of lease intangibles recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2009 in connection with certain lease terminations.

        Interest income.     Interest income decreased 66.7% to $2,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 from $6,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to declining interest rates on bank deposit accounts and lower cash balances.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense increased $131,000, or 1.9%, to $6.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $6.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was attributable to a new loan amendment entered into in 2009 with higher interest rate spreads. The increase was partially offset by a reduction in loan balances due to amortized principal payments under amended loan agreements.

        Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps.     Our loss on interest rate swaps was $935,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to a gain of $800,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to larger underlying notional amounts under the swap agreements and a decrease in the forward rate of the underlying LIBOR-based floating rate debt.

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Total revenue decreased by $1.1 million, or 3.5%, to $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. A detailed analysis of the decrease follows.

        Rent.     Rent decreased by $1.7 million, or 6.1%, to $25.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The two primary components of the decrease were lower occupancy levels and the write-off of above market lease intangible assets. Rental revenue decreased $923,000 due to lower occupancy during 2009. Rental revenue decreased $690,000 due to the write-off of above market lease intangible assets related to a lease termination.

        Tenant recoveries.     Tenant recoveries increased by $600,000, or 14.1%, to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in tenant recoveries was primarily attributable to the amount of tenant specific billings related to real estate tax and insurance recoveries compared to the previous period. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in tenant recoveries attributable to lower occupancy rates.

        Property.     Property expense, which consists of property operation and maintenance expenses and bad debt expense, increased by $2.3 million, or 77.5%, to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.9 million in bad debt expense recorded in 2009. The increase in bad debt expense resulted from nonpayment of rent and reimbursable expenses from five financially troubled tenants. The increase in property expense was also attributable to approximately $250,000 of environmental remediation costs incurred in connection with our Daytona Beach, FL property.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses decreased $24,327, or 4.8%, to $478,141 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $502,468 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in legal fees incurred and a reduction in appraisal fees, partially offset by an increase in accounting fees.

        Real estate taxes and insurance.     Real estate taxes and insurance increased by $263,088, or 9.4%, to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to a payment made for real estate taxes on our St. Louis, MO property on behalf of a non-paying tenant. This increase was partially offset by lower real estate tax assessments at various other properties.

        Asset management fees.     Asset management fees decreased $9,883, or 1.6%, to $599,869 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $609,752 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Depreciation and amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $1.9 million, or 15.3%, to $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to accelerated amortization of lease intangibles related to lease terminations during the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was also attributable to a reduced asset base for depreciation purposes due to a 2008 asset impairment.

70


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Loss on impairment.     There were no impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The 2008 impairment charge was attributable to the impairment of our property located in Daytona Beach, Florida. The loss of occupancy, its continued vacancy and lower market rents indicated that the carrying amount of this property had been impaired.

        Interest income.     Interest income decreased $73,632, or 52.4%, to $66,852 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $140,484 for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to declining bank deposit balances resulting from an increase in principal payments on debt during the year ended December 31, 2009.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense decreased $729,490, or 4.8%, to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in interest rates and loan balances due to amortized principal payments under amended loan agreements.

        Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps.     Our loss on interest rate swaps increased $445,720, or 35.0%, to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to larger underlying notional amounts under the swap agreements and an increase in the interest rate swap spread.

        Total revenue increased by $18.8 million, or 150.4%, to $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. A detailed analysis of the increase follows.

        Rent.     Rent increased by $16.2 million, or 144.7%, to $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to the full-year recognition of rental income generated from properties that were acquired during 2007.

        Tenant recoveries.     Tenant recoveries increased by $2.6 million, or 198.1%, to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to the full-year recognition of tenant recovery revenue generated from properties that were acquired during 2007.

        Property.     Property expense increased by $2.5 million, or 445.0%, to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $551,593 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to recognition of a full year of expenses from the properties that were acquired during 2007.

        General and administrative.     Our general and administrative expenses increased $98,829, or 24.5%, to $502,468 for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $403,639 for the year ended December 31,

71


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



2007. The increase was primarily attributable to additional legal and accounting fees incurred, partially offset by a decrease in management company reimbursements.

        Real estate taxes and insurance.     Real estate taxes and insurance increased by $1.9 million, or 217.0%, to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $884,612 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to recognition of a full year of real estate taxes and insurance expenses for the properties that were acquired during 2007.

        Asset management fees.     Asset management fees increased $364,952, or 149.1%, to $609,752 for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $244,800 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was attributable to the full-year recognition of asset management fees relating to properties acquired during 2007.

        Depreciation and amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expense increased $7.4 million, or 158.3%, to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to the full-year recognition of depreciation and amortization expense relating to properties acquired during 2007 and to accelerated amortization in 2008 of lease intangibles related to lease terminations during the year. The increase was partially offset by a reduced asset base for depreciation purposes due to a 2008 asset impairment.

        Loss on impairment.     Our impairment charges were $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to no impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2007. The 2008 impairment charge was attributable to the impairment of our property located in Daytona Beach, Florida. The loss of occupancy, its continued vacancy and reduced market rents indicated that the carrying amount of this property had been impaired.

        Interest income.     Interest income decreased $23,016, or 14.1%, to $140,484 for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $163,500 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily attributable to declining interest rates on bank deposit accounts.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense increased $7.2 million, or 91.5%, to $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was attributable to the full-year recognition of interest expense relating to properties acquired during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on our properties on a same store basis as a result of decreased interest rates under our LIBOR-based floating rate loans during 2008.

        Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps.     Our loss on interest rate swaps was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to no loss for the year ended December 31, 2007. We swapped $87.6 million of floating rate debt for fixed rate debt during the year ended December 31, 2008. The loss was primarily attributable to a decrease in the forward rate of the underlying LIBOR-based floating rate debt. We were not party to any such agreements during the year ended December 31, 2007.

72


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our short-term liquidity requirements consist primarily of funds to pay for operating expenses and other expenditures directly associated with our properties, including:

    interest expense and scheduled principal payments on outstanding indebtedness,

    general and administrative expenses, and

    capital expenditures for tenant improvements and leasing commissions.

In addition, we will require funds for future dividends expected to be paid to our common shareholders and unit holders in our operating partnership.

        We intend to satisfy our short-term liquidity requirements through our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operating activities, the proceeds of this offering and borrowings available under a credit facility.

        Our long-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary to pay for acquisitions, non-recurring capital expenditures and scheduled debt maturities. We intend to satisfy our long-term liquidity needs through cash flow from operations, long-term secured and unsecured borrowings, issuance of equity securities, or, in connection with acquisitions of additional properties, the issuance of common units of the operating partnership property dispositions and joint venture transactions.

        Following completion of this offering, our debt will be comprised of a $73.0 million loan maturing in 2012, an $85.4 million loan maturing in 2018 and an $8.5 million loan maturing in 2027. We are currently negotiating with several financial institutions regarding the establishment of a $             million corporate credit facility (subject to increase to $             million under certain circumstances) that we expect will close contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. This facility will be used for property acquisitions, working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes. We anticipate that the proposed credit facility will contain customary terms, covenants and other conditions for credit facilities of this type. In addition, we are currently negotiating the extension of the maturity date of the Anglo Master Loan (Fund III), which matures in 2012. No assurances can be given that we will obtain any credit facility or extension or if we do what the terms will be.

73


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


    Contractual Obligations

        STAG Predecessor Group.     The following table sets forth our principal obligations and commitments, including periodic interest payments related to the indebtedness, of STAG Predecessor Group as of December 31, 2009:

 
  Payments by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
   
   
  unaudited
   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Principal payments (1)

  $ 212,132   $ 4,573   $ 207,559   $      

Interest payments—fixed rate debt

    16,982     8,151     8,830          

Interest payments—variable rate debt

    5,119     2,545     2,574          

Obligations under ground leases

                     
                       

Total

  $ 234,233   $ 15,269   $ 218,963   $      
                       

(1)
The terms of the Anglo Master Loan Agreement also stipulate that a capital improvement escrow be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under a 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan.

        On a Pro Forma Basis Before Paydowns.     The following table sets forth our principal obligations and commitments, including periodic interest payments related to the indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, other than pro forma paydowns from the proceeds of this offering:

 
  Payments by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year (3)
  1-3 years (4)   3-5 years (5)   More than
5 years
 
 
   
   
  unaudited
   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Principal payments (1)(2)

  $ 391,431   $ 2,972   $ 299,300   $ 3,258   $ 85,901  

Interest payments—fixed rate debt

    61,677     8,808     28,317     11,149     13,403  

Interest payments—variable rate debt

    3,828     1,252     2,576          

Obligations under ground leases

    5,336     55     329     229     4,723  
                       

Total

  $ 462,272   $ 13,087   $ 330,522   $ 14,636   $ 104,027  
                       

(1)
The terms of the Anglo Master Loan Agreement also stipulate that a capital improvement escrow be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under a 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan.

(2)
Management company debt of $2.8 million has no stated maturity date and is not included in this table.

(3)
Period from July 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

(4)
Period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2013.

(5)
Period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2015.

74


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        On a Pro Forma Basis After Paydowns.     The following table sets forth our principal obligations and commitments, including periodic interest payments related to the indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 2010, including pro forma paydowns from the proceeds of this offering:

 
  Payments by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year (3)
  1-3 years (4)   3-5 years (5)   More than
5 years
 
 
   
   
  unaudited
   
   
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Principal payments (1)(2)

  $ 166,915   $ 1,310   $ 76,354   $ 3,206   $ 86,045  

Interest payments—fixed rate debt

    50,747     4,915     20,810     11,383     13,639  

Interest payments—variable rate debt

                     

Obligations under ground leases

    5,336     55     329     229     4,723  
                       

Total

  $ 222,998   $ 6,280   $ 97,493   $ 14,818   $ 104,407  
                       

(1)
The terms of the Anglo Master Loan Agreement also stipulate that a capital improvement escrow be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under a 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan.

(2)
Principal payments in connection with the Anglo Master Loan Agreement inherent in this table assume that those payments are pro-rated based on the amount of debt remaining after paydown.

(3)
Period from July 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

(4)
Period from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2013.

(3)
Period from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2015.

        In addition to the contractual obligations set forth in the table above, we expect to enter into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers. These employment agreements provide for salary, discretionary bonus, incentive compensation and other benefits, all as more fully described under "Management—Employment Agreements."

    Consolidated Indebtedness to be Outstanding After this Offering and Giving Effect to the Financing Transactions

        As of June 30, 2010, we had, after pro forma paydowns, total outstanding debt of approximately $166.9 million secured by 89 of our properties. The weighted average annual interest rate on our consolidated indebtedness would have been 5.8% (after giving effect to our interest rate swaps). On a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2010, we had no long-term debt exposed to fluctuations in short-term interest rates.

75


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the indebtedness outstanding as of June 30, 2010 on a pro forma basis:

Loan
  Principal   Fixed/Floating   Rate   Maturity  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
 

Fixed Rate and Variable Rate Swapped to Fixed Rate

                       

Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) (1)

  $ 72,972   LIBOR + 3.00%(2)     5.17 %   1/31/2012  

CIGNA Investment, Inc. (STAG GI)

    62,500   Fixed     6.50 %   2/1/2018  

CIGNA Investment, Inc. (STAG GI)

    22,893   Fixed     5.75 %   2/1/2018  

CIBC, Inc. (STAG GI)

    8,550   Fixed     7.05 %   8/1/2027  

RBS Citizens/Bank of America (Fund IV) (3)

      LIBOR + 2.25%(4)     4.23 %   7/25/2011  

RBS Citizens/Bank of America (Fund IV) (5)

      LIBOR + 2.25%(6)     3.92 %   7/25/2011  
                       

Subtotal

  $ 166,915                  
                       

Variable Rate

                       

Anglo Master Loan (Fund III) (7)

      LIBOR + 3.00%     3.35 %   1/31/2012  

Anglo Bridge Loan (Fund III) (8)

      LIBOR + 4.25%     4.60 %   1/31/2012  

RBS Citizens/Bank of America (Fund IV) (9)

      LIBOR + 2.25%     2.60 %   7/25/2011  

RBS Citizens/Bank of America (Fund IV) (10)

      LIBOR + 3.00%     3.35 %   7/25/2011  
                     

Subtotal

  $ 0                  
                     
 

Total/Weighted Average

  $ 166,915         5.8 %      
                     

(1)
Secured by certain properties of Fund III. It is anticipated that $84.8 million of the total loan balance of $157.8 million will be paid down with offering proceeds resulting in a pro forma balance of $73.0 million.

(2)
Swapped for a fixed rate of 2.165% plus the 3.00% spread for an effective fixed rate of 5.165%. The swap expires at the maturity date of the loan.

(3)
It is anticipated this loan balance of $45.0 million will be paid down in full with offering proceeds resulting in a pro forma balance of zero.

(4)
Swapped for a fixed rate of 1.98% plus the 2.25% spread for an effective fixed rate of 4.23%. The swap expires at the maturity date of the loan.

(5)
It is anticipated this loan balance of $31.0 million will be paid down in full with offering proceeds resulting in a pro forma balance of zero.

(6)
Swapped for a fixed rate of 1.67% plus the 2.25% spread for an effective fixed rate of 3.92%. The swap expires at the maturity date of the loan.

(7)
It is anticipated this loan balance of $12.9 million will be paid down in full with offering proceeds resulting in a pro forma balance of zero.

(8)
It is anticipated this loan balance of $34.8 million will be paid down in full with offering proceeds resulting in a pro forma balance of zero.

(9)
It is anticipated this loan balance of $4.0 million will be paid down in full with offering proceeds resulting in a pro forma balance of zero.

(10)
It is anticipated this loan balance of $6.6 million will be paid down in full with offering proceeds resulting in a pro forma balance of zero.

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Certain of our loan agreements contain financial covenants. Our Anglo Master Loan Fund III described above contains a loan-to-value requirement with respect to the collateral properties that is measured annually and a minimum debt service coverage ratio that is measured semi-annually. Our loan with RBS Citizens and Bank of America contains a loan-to-value requirement with respect to the collateral properties that is measured annually and a minimum debt service coverage ratio that is measured quarterly. We are currently in compliance with the financial covenants in our loan agreements.

        We are currently negotiating with several financial institutions regarding the establishment of a $             million (subject to increase to $             million under certain circumstances) that we expect will close contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. This facility will be used for property acquisitions, working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes. We anticipate that the proposed credit facility will contain customary terms, covenants and other conditions for credit facilities of this type. In addition, we are currently negotiating the extension of the maturity date of the Anglo Master Loan (Fund III), which matures in 2012. No assurances can be given that we will obtain any credit facility or extension or if we do what the terms will be.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        As of June 30, 2010, neither STAG Predecessor Group nor, on a pro forma basis, our company, had any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Interest Rate Risk

        ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (formerly known as SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities) , requires us to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value must be reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of shareholders equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. Because our predecessor business did not previously prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we did not designate the hedges at the time of inception and therefore, our existing investment in interest rate swaps does not qualify as an effective hedge, and as such, changes in the swaps' fair market value are being recorded in earnings.

        As of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we had approximately $73.0 million of mortgage debt subject to interest rate swaps with such interest rate swaps having an approximate $1.8 million net fair value. As these interest rate swaps were entered into prior to us reporting on a GAAP basis, they are designated as non-hedge instruments.

77


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Cash Flows of the STAG Predecessor Group

        The following table summarizes the historical cash flows of STAG Predecessor Group for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
  Antecedent
January 1,
2007 -
May 31,
2007
   
 
 
  June 1,
2007 -
December 31,
2007
  Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2007 (1)
 
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash provided by operating activities

  $ 4,726   $ 4,751   $ 8,365   $ 8,431   $ 3,011   $ 477   $ 3,488  

Cash used in investing activities

    (1,130 )   (1,380 )   (2,042 )   (409 )   (171,706 )   (31,963 )   (203,669 )

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (3,979 )   (2,903 )   (6,921 )   (8,524 )   172,567     32,014     204,581  

(1)
We have prepared the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 by combining amounts for 2007 obtained by adding the audited operating results of each of the Antecedent for the period of January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007 and STAG Predecessor Group for the period of June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (since the difference in basis between Antecedent and STAG Predecessor Group were not materially different and the entities were under common management). Although this combined presentation does not comply with GAAP, we believe that it provides a meaningful method of comparison.

    Comparison of six months ended June 30, 2010 to the six months ended June 30, 2009

        Net cash provided by operating activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $0.1 million to $4.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $4.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the net changes in current assets and liabilities.

        Net cash used in investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities decreased $0.3 million to $(1.1) million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $(1.4) million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The change is attributable to a decrease in building improvements made during the six months ended June 30, 2010.

        Net cash used in financing activities.     Net cash used in financing activities increased $1.1 million to $4.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $2.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in distributions and an increase in principal payments on mortgage loans, partially offset by a decrease in deferred financing fees.

    Comparison of year ended December 31, 2009 to year ended December 31, 2008

        Net cash provided by operating activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $66,000 to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in 2009 cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to net changes in current assets and liabilities.

        Net cash used in investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities increased $1.6 million to $(2.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $(0.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change is attributable to an increase in building improvements made during 2008.

78


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        Net cash used in financing activities.     Net cash used in financing activities decreased $1.6 million to $(6.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $(8.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to a decrease in distributions of $4.8 million and an increase in proceeds from other notes payable of $4.4 million. The decrease was offset by an increase in deferred financing costs of $0.4 million and an increase in principal payments on mortgage loans of $7.2 million.

    Comparison of year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2007

        Net cash provided by operating activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities increased $4.9 million to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the full-year recognition of operating activities in 2008 relating to properties acquired during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase is also attributable to net changes in current assets and liabilities.

        Net cash used in investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities decreased $203.3 million to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $(203.7) million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The change is attributable to a decrease in cash used for property acquisitions and deferred costs resulting from the completion of the acquisition phase of our real estate investment program during 2007.

        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities decreased $213.1 million to $(8.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $204.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The change is primarily attributable to a decrease in proceeds from mortgage loans and a decrease in investor contributions resulting from the completion of the acquisition phase of our real estate investment program during 2007. An increase in distributions also contributed to the decrease.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        In this prospectus, we disclose and discuss NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO, all of which meet the definition of "non-GAAP financial measure" set forth in Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC.  As a result we are required to include in this prospectus a statement of why management believes that presentation of these measures provides useful information to investors.

        None of NOI, EBITDA, FFO or AFFO should be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indication of our performance, and we believe that to understand our performance further, NOI, EBITDA, FFO and AFFO should be compared with our reported net income or net loss and considered in addition to cash flows in accordance with GAAP, as presented in our consolidated financial statements.

Net Operating Income (NOI)

        We consider NOI to be an appropriate supplemental measure to net income because it helps both investors and management to understand the core operations of our properties. We define NOI as operating revenue (including rental revenue, tenant recoveries and other operating revenue) less property-level operating expenses (which includes management fees and general and administrative

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



expenses). NOI excludes depreciation and amortization, impairments, gain/loss on sale of real estate, interest expense and other non-operating items.

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2010
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Rental revenue

  $     $    

Tenant recoveries

             

Other operating revenue

             
           
 

Total revenue

             
           

Property expenses

             
           

Net operating income

  $     $    
           

        The following is a reconciliation from reported net loss, the most direct comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, to NOI:

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2010
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $     $    

Interest income

             

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

             

Depreciation and amortization

             

Interest expense

             

General and administrative expenses

             
           

Net operating income

  $     $    
           

Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA)

        We believe that EBITDA is helpful to investors as a supplemental measure of the operating performance of a real estate company because it is a direct measure of the actual operating results of our industrial properties. We also use this measure in ratios to compare our performance to that of our

80


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



industry peers. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma EBITDA for the periods presented to net loss:

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2010
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Company
Pro Forma
Twelve Months
Ended
June 30,
2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $     $     $    

Interest expense

                   

Interest income

                   

Depreciation and amortization

                   
               

EBITDA

  $     $     $    
               

Funds from Operations (FFO)

        We calculate FFO before non-controlling interest in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts ("NAREIT"). FFO represents net income (loss) (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, real estate related depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs) and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.

        Management uses FFO as a supplemental performance measure because, in excluding real estate related depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs.

        However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. Other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, accordingly, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs' FFO. FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, and is not indicative of funds available for our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends.

81


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented to net loss, the nearest GAAP equivalent:

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2010
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $     $    

Depreciation and amortization

             
           

Funds from operations (FFO)

  $     $    
           

Adjusted Funds from Operations (AFFO)

        In addition to presenting FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition, we also disclose AFFO, which is FFO after a specific and defined supplemental adjustment to:

    exclude the impact of impairment charges and/or any extraordinary, non-recurring cash expenditures,

    exclude significant non-cash items that were included in net income, and

    include significant cash items that were excluded from net income.

        Although our FFO as adjusted clearly differs from NAREIT's definition of FFO, we believe it provides a meaningful supplemental measure of our operating performance because we believe that, by excluding items noted above, management and investors are presented with an indicator of our operating performance that more closely achieves the objectives of the real estate industry in presenting FFO.

        As with FFO, our reported AFFO may not be comparable to other REITs' AFFO, should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, and is not indicative of our funds available for our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends.

        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma AFFO for the periods presented to FFO:

 
  Company
Pro Forma
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2010
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Funds from operations (FFO)

  $     $    

Impairment charges

             

Straight line rental revenue adjustment

             

Deferred financing cost amortization

             

Above/below market lease amortization

             

82


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


 
  Company
Pro Forma
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2010
  Company
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Loss (gain) on interest rate swaps

  $     $    

Acquisition costs

             

Recurring capital expenditures

             

Amortization of non-cash compensation

             
           

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)

  $     $    
           

Inflation

        The majority of our leases are either triple net or provide for tenant reimbursement for costs related to real estate taxes and operating expenses In addition, most of the leases provide for fixed rent increases. We believe that inflationary increases may be at least partially offset by the contractual rent increases and tenant payment of taxes and expenses described above. We do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our historical financial position or results of operations.

Newly Issued Accounting Standards

        In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard that requires enterprises to perform a more qualitative approach to determining whether or not a variable interest entity will need to be consolidated. This evaluation will be based on an enterprise's ability to direct and influence the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact its economic performance. It requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. This accounting standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We adopted this guidance and the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

        In August 2009, the FASB issued guidance on Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value. The objective of the new guidance is to provide clarification for the fair value measurement of liabilities, specifically providing clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for an identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using certain prescribed techniques. Techniques highlighted include using the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset, quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets, or another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurements. The new guidance also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. Finally, the guidance clarifies that both a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability and the quoted price for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market when no adjustment to the quoted price of the asset are required are Level 1 fair value measurements. We adopted this guidance and the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

83


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

        Our future income, cash flows and fair values relevant to financial instruments are dependent upon prevailing market interest rates. Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates. We use derivative financial instruments to manage, or hedge, interest rate risks related to our borrowings, primarily through interest rate swaps.

        An interest rate swap is a contractual agreement entered into by two counterparties under which each agrees to make periodic payments to the other for an agreed period of time based on a notional amount of principal. Under the most common form of interest rate swap, known from our perspective as a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap, a series of floating, or variable, rate payments on a notional amount of principal is exchanged for a series of fixed interest rate payments on such notional amount.

        As of June 30, 2010, our predecessor business had hedged a portion of its variable rate mortgage debt through floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps in the aggregate notional amount of approximately $73.0 million whereby, as described above, it swapped the variable rate interest on the hedged debt for a fixed rate of interest. The market values of the swaps depend heavily on the current market fixed rate, the corresponding term structures of variable rates and the expectation of changes in future variable rates. As expectations of future variable rates change, the market values of the swaps change. We will treat the swaps as non-hedge instruments and, accordingly, recognize the fair value of the swaps as assets or liabilities on our balance sheet, with the change in fair value recognized in our statements of operations.

        No assurance can be given that our predecessor business's hedging activities, or any future hedging activities by us, will have the desired beneficial effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

        Interest risk amounts are our management's estimates and were determined by considering the effect of hypothetical interest rates on our financial instruments. These analyses do not consider the effect of any change in overall economic activity that could occur in that environment. Further, in the event of a change of that magnitude, we may take actions to further mitigate our exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that would be taken and their possible effects, these analyses assume no changes in our financial structure.

        As of June 30, 2010, we had total pro forma outstanding debt of approximately $166.9 million, and we expect that we will incur additional indebtedness in the future. Interest we pay reduces our cash available for distributions. Approximately $73.0 million of our pro forma outstanding debt as of June 30, 2010 bears interest at a variable rate, but this entire variable debt amount has been swapped to fixed rate debt.

84


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW

         Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Market Overview section is derived from market materials prepared by CBRE-EA as of September 14, 2010, and the projections and beliefs of CBRE-EA stated herein are as of that date.

Market Opportunity

        The single-tenant industrial sector offers investors the opportunity to receive stable income from leases to a variety of firms across a broad spectrum of industrial sub-property types. As compared to multi-tenant and other classes of commercial property, single-tenant industrial buildings are more likely to provide their owners with less volatile cash flows after expenses, as single-tenant industrial buildings generally do not require the same degree of tenant and capital improvement expenditures on an ongoing basis.

        In recent years, the single-tenant industrial market has attracted a diverse set of buyers and sellers, from private funds, REITs and individual investors, similar to the multi-tenant industrial market. Despite a low level of investment sales recorded in 2009 and early 2010, over the past decade, single-tenant properties have consistently accounted for close to 20% of the total industrial investment sales volume tracked by Real Capital Analytics. As liquidity is gradually restored to the broader commercial real estate market, opportunities for conventional sale and sale-leaseback opportunities from owner-users are likely to increase.

        Due to the recent capital market dislocation on commercial real estate values, the single-tenant industrial market currently offers a favorable investment opportunity, as recent transactions indicate average sales prices have declined and capitalization rates have increased in recent quarters compared with prior years, according to Real Capital Analytics. Capitalization rates represent the ratio of a property's annual net operating income to its purchase price. Recent sales transactions indicate that opportunities exist to acquire select single-tenant industrial assets at a favorable cost basis compared with pre-distortion periods.

        Within the context of the broader real estate market, industrial property has exhibited a number of favorable investment characteristics. Based on the National Council of Real Estate Investment Fiduciaries ("NCREIF") Property Index, industrial property has generally outperformed commercial property as a whole on a total return basis over the long term by generating high and stable cash-flow yields. Furthermore, Class B industrial space and secondary markets offer a higher degree of stability in occupancies and rents, relative to Class A space and primary markets. At the same time, Class B property prices are regularly discounted significantly compared to Class A property prices, providing a compelling investment opportunity for Class B property.

        While current industrial market occupancy and rent conditions remain challenging, statistics compiled by CBRE-EA indicate market rents and occupancies are likely to improve in 2011.

Size of the Industrial Sector

        As of June 30, 2010, the overall U.S. industrial market consisted of approximately 269,000 buildings with more than 14 billion square feet of space. In terms of net rentable area ("NRA"), warehouse/distribution facilities constituted the majority (60.1%) of this space, followed by manufacturing (25.1%), and flex/office (which includes research and development) (11.8%).

85


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Unclassified buildings (industrial facilities such as sewage treatment centers and airport hangars that are not amenable to private real estate investment) represent the remaining 3.0%.

 
  NRA
(square feet in millions)
  Number of Properties  

Warehouse/Distribution

    8,711     157,409  

Manufacturing

    3,630     59,935  

Flex/Office

    1,706     41,996  

Other

    436     9,928  
           

All Industrial

    14,483     269,268  
           

Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Peer Select, Fall 2010.

        According to data compiled by CoStar Group, Inc. for the 20 largest industrial markets in the United States, single-tenant industrial buildings are estimated to account for approximately 49% of total industrial NRA and 51% of total industrial properties.

Performance of the Industrial Sector

        According to the NCREIF Property Index, historically, the industrial sector has been among the top performing real estate sectors, exceeding the aggregate NCREIF total return benchmark by approximately one-half of a percentage point on a per-year average over the 20-year period ending 2010 second quarter. As with all other property types, total returns declined in the industrial sector between the fourth quarters of 2008 and 2009, as asset values retrenched sharply due to increased risk aversion, a lack of liquidity in the commercial real estate sector and overall economic conditions. Over the long run, the industrial market has a delivered risk-adjusted performance that exceeds the performance of the commercial real estate market as a whole.

        Among the factors that help differentiate the performance of the industrial sector are its comparatively low cost of operation and high, stable cash flow yields. Over the past 20 years, average cash flow yield for the industrial sector has outperformed comparable yields for the NCREIF Property Index in aggregate. In addition, the industrial sector exhibited some of the most stable cash flow yields (measured in terms of standard deviation) of all property types over a 25-year period. Distinct factors that account for the industrial sector's overall cash flow stability relative to other property types include the nature of industrial leases, which tend to be longer term than many other types of commercial property leases and often require tenants to pay utilities, taxes, insurance and maintenance costs, and the low capital and tenant improvement expenditure requirements compared with other property types.

86


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Comparative Cash Flow Yields

Average Cash Flow Yield (%) (1)

CHART


(1)
Cash flow yields represent income returns reported in the NCREIF Property Index and the NCREIF Industrial Property Sub-Index, as described in more detail below.

Source: NCREIF, CBRE-EA calculations 2010Q2

        The industrial sector can be distinguished from other property sectors by more favorable volatility characteristics. A greater component of the return in the industrial sector comes from the income component of return rather than appreciation, where the majority of volatility is derived. CBRE-EA believes that the prospect for return in commercial real estate due to capital appreciation over the next few years will be limited by a stagnation in rent growth until 2012 and in occupancy, which will limit the near-term prospects for capital appreciation through growth in net operating income. Therefore, CBRE-EA believes that current investors are likely to be rewarded by targeting assets that provide a high cash flow component of the total return, such as those found in the industrial sector.

        The foregoing analysis is based on information contained in the NCREIF Property Index. NCREIF is an institutional real estate investment industry association that collects, processes, validates and disseminates investment and operating information reporting on the risk/return behavior of real estate assets owned or controlled by tax-exempt institutional investors. The NCREIF Property Index is a composite total rate of return measure of investment performance of a large pool of individual commercial real estate properties acquired in the private market for investment purposes only. All

87


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW


properties in the NCREIF Property Index have been acquired, at least in part, on behalf of tax-exempt institutional investors, mostly pension funds. The NCREIF Property Index generally measures the following three types of returns on a quarterly basis for each property that is included in the index:

    Income return, which measures percentage return attributable to the property's net operating income. Income return is measured as a percentage by, generally, dividing each property's net operating income for the quarter by the market value of the property at the beginning of the quarter, as adjusted to reflect the cost of capital improvements or partial sales occurring during the quarter and with simplifying assumptions made regarding the timing of the receipt of net operating income and any capital improvements or partial sales.

    Capital value return, which measures percentage return attributable to any increase or decrease in the market value of the property during the quarter. The capital value return also takes into account any capital improvements or partial sales during the quarter and makes simplifying assumptions made regarding the timing any capital improvements or partial sales and the receipt of net operating income.

    Total return, which combines income return and capital value return.

        The NCREIF Property Index is based on data that is submitted by NCREIF's members that are investment managers or institutional investors. The market value that is utilized in the index for each property is the market value for that property as reported by the applicable NCREIF member using standard commercial real estate appraisal methodology, and each property must be independently appraised a minimum of once every three years. In determining the NCREIF Property Index, each property's return is weighted by its market value. Within the NCREIF Property Index, the properties are categorized into four property types, Apartment, Industrial, Office and Retail, and data is available for each separate property type. The industrial sector returns described above were obtained from the NCREIF Industrial Property Sub-Index.

Industrial Property Fundamentals

        Below is a brief summary of availability, demand and supply conditions in the overall U.S. industrial market:

    Availability :   As of June 30, 2010, the average industrial space availability rate, or the percentage supply of space available for lease, across the 58 largest industrial markets where CBRE-EA compiles data was 14.1%. As of the second quarter of 2010, this rate marked the 11 th  consecutive quarter of rising availability and represented the highest availability rate since CBRE-EA began tracking data on the industrial market in 1989. The previous historical high was 11.8% in the first quarter of 2004. Availability rates increased sharply in late 2008 and early 2009, but the rate of increase slowed in recent quarters. Between the first and second quarters of 2010, the industrial availability rate increased by one-tenth of a percentage point.

    Demand, net absorption :   Industrial net absorption, or the change over a period of time in the total amount of space occupied after taking into account changes in the supply of space, hit a record low in 2009 as almost 260 million square feet of space was vacated on a net basis. The majority of the decline in net absorption occurred during the first half of 2009 with a net of 174 million square feet being vacated nationally. By the second quarter of 2010, the weakness in demand was moderating substantially, with only 6 million square feet vacated on a net basis. CBRE-EA forecasts the absorption rate to remain fairly flat over the rest of 2010. Growth in demand is expected to improve more steadily by 2011.

88


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW


    Supply :   Construction of industrial facilities plummeted in 2009 as a result of weak demand fundamentals and tightened lending conditions that made it very difficult to obtain financing. During the first quarter of 2010, a mere 3 million square feet of space was completed, the lowest quarterly completion rate on record. Second quarter completions also remained weak, with only 6.5 million square feet finished. During 2009, construction had already dropped to only 79 million square feet, less than one-half average annual completions recorded during the past decade. Industrial construction was constrained as the most recent recession began, compared to construction before the 1990-1 and 2001 recessions. CBRE-EA believes that the low construction trend will help support rent growth as industrial market demand recovers. Industrial construction is expected to remain low in 2010 and 2011 due to the amount of existing industrial space that was vacated during the recent recession.

    Rent :   With the sharp rise in availability, CBRE-EA's measure of gross effective industrial warehouse rent fell by an estimated 10.3% in 2009, the steepest annual decline on record. CBRE-EA's warehouse rent index measures changes in effective rents on signed leases (net of free rent concessions) at the metropolitan area level. During the second quarter of 2010, rents continued to slide, although at a pace roughly one-half of the annual pace that was set in 2009. With high levels of availability and tepid demand, rents are expected to continue to drop further in 2010 and early 2011. However, a rebound in demand, combined with a dramatic decline in new supply, is expected to result in conditions favorable for rent appreciation by 2012.


Availability and Construction Trends

Completions and Net Absorption (millions of square feet)   Availability Rate

CHART


Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Outlook, Fall 2010.

89


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Annual Warehouse/Distribution Rent Growth

Warehouse/Distribution Rent Growth (%)

CHART


Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Outlook, Fall 2010.

Historical Occupancy and Valuation Characteristics of Class B Warehouse/Distribution Market

        Over the recent past, the Class B warehouse/distribution market has demonstrated a relatively higher degree of stability in occupancy and rent levels compared with the market for newer, larger Class A space. Despite these stronger market fundamentals, Class B space is relatively consistently priced at a discount to Class A space.

        The Class A warehouse/distribution market was approximated by buildings that were constructed after 1997 and have a net rentable area of 350,000 square feet or greater. The Class B warehouse/distribution market was approximated by buildings that were constructed in 1997 or earlier or had a net rentable area of less than 350,000 square feet. The Class B market has witnessed lower average availability rates over the past 10 years and a much smaller increase in availability during the recent downturn.

90


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Availability Rates for Warehouse/Distribution Centers by Class

Warehouse/Distribution Availability Rate (%)

CHART


Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Peer Select, Fall 2010.

        Meanwhile, average capitalization rates on Class B warehouse/distribution space have been higher than those in the Class A segment. CBRE-EA compiled average quarterly capitalization rates on closed transactions from Real Capital Analytics, using the same definitions as above for the Class A and Class B warehouse/distribution markets. Since 2003, the average capitalization rate for Class B warehouse/distribution properties has been approximately three-tenths of a percentage point higher than the average capitalization rate for Class A warehouse/distribution properties, which means that, on average, the purchase price for Class B warehouse/distribution properties generating a certain amount of annual net operating income has been lower than the purchase price for Class A warehouse/distribution properties generating the same amount of annual net operating income.

91


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Class A and Class B Warehouse/Distribution Capitalization Rate Trends

Average Capitalization Rate %

GRAPHIC


Sources: Real Capital Analytics, CBRE-EA calculations

Performance and Liquidity of Secondary Industrial Markets

        Despite their relatively small size, secondary industrial markets have, on average, a remarkable amount of fundamental stability in rents and occupancies. Large industrial and distribution markets may offer a substantial amount of depth, which allows owners more options to re-tenant vacant space, a feature that has been attractive to a variety of investors. However, this favorable attribute of larger markets appears to be offset by a higher degree of volatility in occupancy and rent due to a higher tenant dependence on external trade and distribution flows, which tend to be more volatile than locally-generated demand, and a higher propensity for speculative construction in larger markets.

        To examine the fundamental performance of primary and secondary industrial markets, CBRE-EA examined historical annual changes in economic rent, which represents the product of the average market net asking rents and the occupancy rates. CBRE-EA created a "Primary" market aggregate economic rent index for the 29 largest industrial metropolitan areas, which each have a minimum market total of 200 million in net rentable square footage. This was compared to a "Secondary" market aggregate economic rent index, consisting of the remaining 29 of the 58 metropolitan markets (25.2 million to 194.8 million square feet). Over the 20-year period from 1990 to 2010, annual economic rent growth averaged a 1.37% increase per year in the Secondary markets, one-half of a percentage point higher than in the Primary markets. In addition, the standard deviation of Secondary market economic rent growth, a measure of volatility, was approximately 17% lower than the comparable measure for Primary markets. Over time, industrial properties in the Secondary markets, on average, have generated superior economic rent growth with slightly lower volatility than their Primary market counterparts.

92


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



Industrial Economic Rent Trends in Primary and Secondary Markets

Average Economic Rent (dollars per square foot)

CHART


Source: CBRE-EA Industrial Outlook and calculations, Fall 2010

    Market Liquidity and Transaction Volumes

        Recent historical sales trends indicate that Secondary markets also offer a comparable amount of sales transaction liquidity to Primary markets. Active sales markets are important to investors who may wish to attract multiple bids when they attempt to exit or recapitalize their investments at different points in time.

        Indeed, during the recent active period of industrial property transactions, Primary and Secondary markets on average witnessed similar activity levels. CBRE-EA examined industrial property sales measured in square footage provided at the metropolitan area level by Real Capital Analytics over the 2004-2008 period. Over this period, the proportion of market inventory square footage that sold averaged close to 3.3% per annum, a figure that was nearly identical for Primary and Secondary market aggregations. Although the proportion of inventory that sold varied across metropolitan area markets, there appeared to be no distinction in transaction liquidity between Primary and Secondary markets as a whole.

Current Market for Investment Opportunities

        CBRE-EA believes that recent financial crisis and the dislocation in the capital markets has created a favorable environment for new investment, as industrial property prices are being discounted significantly on an absolute and relative basis.

        According to NCREIF, appraisal-based industrial property asset values fell by more than 30.5% by the first quarter of 2010 from their late 2007 peak, before stabilizing with a 0.7% increase during the

93


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



second quarter of 2010. The Moody's/REAL Commercial Property Price Index (CPPI), which measures price changes based on an index of repeat sales transactions, indicated that industrial property values declined by more than 37.4% from their peak over a similar time frame. During recent quarters, however, the downward trend in industrial property values has begun to reverse, according to the CPPI. Reflecting a growing demand from investors for well-leased, high quality properties, industrial values appear to be stabilizing, by posting a net 3.3% increase in the CPPI during the second quarter 2010 from their low value. Nonetheless, the overall decline in capital values over the past two years, combined with previously aggressive lending practices, has resulted in an expanding pool of distressed industrial property, where owners are unable to fully re-finance their mortgage loan balances at maturity. Real Capital Analytics identified 1,010 industrial deals representing an estimated value of $7.9 billion that were listed "troubled" as of the second quarter of 2010, implying that the current owner faced financial difficulty or bankruptcy, or a loan refinance/default issue.

        Corresponding with the change in property values, average capitalization rates on all commercial property transactions, including those in the industrial sector, have also risen sharply since mid-2007. The average capitalization rate on closed single-tenant industrial property sales during the second quarter of 2010 was almost one and one-half percentage points higher than the 2007 average lows, according to data compiled by Real Capital Analytics. Furthermore, the spreads between capitalization rates for single-tenant industrial properties and the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate are currently at some of their widest levels since early 2003.


Capitalization Rate Trends

Capitalization Rate (%)

CHART


Source: Real Capital Analytics and CBRE-EA calculations

        While a further decline in real estate rents and operating fundamentals over the short-term is likely to continue to keep capitalization rates at high levels, CBRE-EA believes that most of the capitalization rate re-setting has already taken place, in part due to a constrained debt market, and a much higher than usual risk premium that investors associate with investing in commercial real estate

94


Table of Contents

MARKET OVERVIEW



relative to other asset classes. CBRE-EA also believes that opportunities for acquiring high quality assets through foreclosure or directly from distressed sponsors will increase over the next several years, as a growing pipeline of maturing mortgage loans fail to fully refinance under an environment of stringent lender mortgage refinance guidelines and reduced industrial property values. CBRE-EA estimates that some $5.6 billion in industrial loans will mature through 2012 in the CMBS sector alone. As a result, the current market environment will continue to provide an opportunity for well-capitalized investors to acquire assets with strong cash flows at significantly discounted prices compared to levels witnessed just two years ago.

95


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

        STAG Industrial, Inc. is a newly formed, self-administered and self-managed full-service real estate company focused on the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties throughout the United States. We will continue and grow the single-tenant industrial business conducted by our predecessor business. Mr. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, together with an affiliate of NED, a real estate development and management company, formed our predecessor business, which commenced active operations in 2004. Since inception, we have deployed more than $1.3 billion of capital, representing the acquisition of 218 properties totaling approximately 34.9 million rentable square feet in 142 individual transactions.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 89 industrial properties in 26 states with approximately 13.5 million rentable square feet. Our 89 properties are 42 warehouse/distribution properties, 26 manufacturing properties and 21 flex/office properties. As of June 30, 2010, our properties were 94.6% leased to 72 tenants, with no single tenant accounting for more than 5.5% of our total annualized rent and no single industry accounting for more than 14.6% of our total annualized rent.

        We intend to continue to target the acquisition of individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States with purchase prices ranging from $5 million to $25 million. We believe, due to observed market inefficiencies, our focus on owning and expanding a portfolio of such properties will, when compared to other real estate portfolios, generate returns for our shareholders that are attractive in light of the risks associated with these returns because:

For a description of what we consider to be Class A and Class B properties, see "—Our Properties" below.

        Reflecting the market inefficiencies we have observed, our target properties are generally leased to:

96


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


        We believe the market inefficiently prices our target properties because investors underestimate the probability of tenant retention beyond the primary lease term or overestimate the expected cost of tenant default. Further, we believe our relationships with a national network of commercial real estate brokers and our underwriting processes, utilizing our proprietary model, allow us to acquire properties at a discount to their intrinsic values, where intrinsic values are determined by the properties' future cash flows. Through the evaluation of more than 3,600 qualified transactions (that is, transactions that pass our initial screening) since 2004, we believe we have developed a unique approach to melding real estate and tenant-credit underwriting analyses, which allows us to identify assets that we believe are undervalued by the market. The significant volume of acquisition opportunities presented to us each year provides us with market intelligence that further supports our underwriting and due diligence processes.

        When we refer to an "investment grade credit tenant," we mean a tenant that has a published senior unsecured credit rating of BBB-/Baa3 or above from one or both of Standard & Poor's or Moody's Investors Service. When we refer to a sub-investment grade credit tenant, we mean a tenant that is not an investment grade credit tenant.

        We were incorporated on July 21, 2010 under the laws of the State of Maryland. We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the Code for the year ending December 31, 2010, and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal taxes on our income to the extent we currently distribute our income to our shareholders and maintain our qualification as a REIT. We are structured as an UPREIT and will own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that our investment strategy and operating model distinguish us from other owners, operators and acquirers of industrial real estate in a number of ways, including:

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


98


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Our Strategies

        Our primary business objectives are to own and operate a balanced and diversified portfolio of single-tenant industrial properties that maximizes cash flows available for distribution to our shareholders, and to enhance shareholder value over time by achieving sustainable long-term growth in FFO per share through the following strategies.

        Our primary investment strategy is to acquire individual Class B, single-tenant industrial properties predominantly in secondary markets throughout the United States through third-party purchases and structured sale-leasebacks featuring high initial yields and strong ongoing cash-on-cash returns.

        We believe secondary markets tend to have less occupancy and rental rate volatility and less buyer competition compared with primary markets. As of June 30, 2010, our properties had an average annualized rent of $3.97 per rentable square foot of leased space. Our low average rent baseline reduces turnover because, from a tenant's perspective, the costs of relocating may seem expensive compared to continued payment of our prevailing rent.

        The performance of single-tenant properties tends to be binary in nature—either a tenant is paying rent or the owner is paying the entire carrying costs of the property. We believe that this binary nature frequently causes the market to inefficiently price our target assets due to the rigid application of decision rules. For example, we believe that many buyers of single-tenant properties avoid acquisitions

99


Table of Contents

BUSINESS



where the tenant does not have an investment grade rating or where the remaining primary lease term is less than an arbitrary number such as 12 years.

        We further believe that our method of using and applying the results of our due diligence and our ability to understand and underwrite risk allows us to exploit this market inefficiency. Lastly, we believe that the systematic aggregation of individual properties will result in a diversified portfolio that mitigates the risk of any single property and will produce sustainable returns which are attractive in light of the associated risks. A diversified portfolio with low correlated risk—essentially a "virtual industrial park"—facilitates debt financing and mitigates individual property ownership risk.

        We will not employ a "top-down" market selection approach to identifying acquisitions but rather will evaluate potential acquisitions within the context of the market in which they are located. Each submarket has its own unique market characteristics that determine the timing and amount of cash flow that can reasonably be expected to be derived from the ownership of real estate asset in that market.

        External Growth through Acquisitions:     Our target acquisitions will be, predominantly in secondary markets across the United States, in the $5 million to $25 million range. Where appropriate potential returns present themselves, we also may acquire assets in primary markets. Other institutional industrial real estate buyers tend to concentrate their efforts on larger deal sizes in select primary markets. Therefore, the competition for our target assets is primarily local investors who are not likely to have ready access to debt or equity capital. In addition, our UPREIT structure may enable us to acquire industrial properties on a non-cash basis in a tax efficient manner. We will also continue to develop our large existing network of relationships with real estate and financial intermediaries. These individuals and companies give us access to significant deal flow—both those broadly marketed and those exposed through only limited marketing. These properties will be acquired primarily from third party owners of existing leased buildings and secondarily from owner-occupiers through sale-leaseback transactions. The market for third-party investment sales transactions is less competitive than the sale-leaseback market and therefore presents an opportunity to earn returns that we believe are attractive in light of the associated risks. We will continue to focus our acquisition activities on our core property types: warehouse/distribution facilities, manufacturing facilities, and flex/office facilities (light assembly and research and development). Because we believe flex/office properties typically have higher tenant improvement and re-leasing costs and less likelihood of tenant retention compared to our other core property types, we intend to focus more on warehouse/distribution facilities and manufacturing facilities and less on flex/office facilities. From time to time, if an attractive opportunity presents itself, we may consider portfolio acquisitions. As of September 22, 2010, we were evaluating approximately $450 million of specific potential acquisitions that we have identified as warranting further investment consideration after an initial review. We believe that a significant portion of the 14 billion square feet of industrial space in the United States falls within our target investment criteria and that there will be ample supply of suitable acquisition opportunities.

        Consistent with our growth strategy, STAG GI, LLC and GI Partners formed STAG GI, which has assembled a portfolio of 13 single-tenant industrial properties that will be contributed to our operating partnership upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, STAG GI will not pursue further acquisitions.

        As part of our formation transactions, upon approval of our independent directors, we will have the right to acquire any of the Option Properties individually for a period of up to three months after notification that the property has stabilized, defined as 85% or greater occupancy pursuant to leases at

100


Table of Contents

BUSINESS



least two years in remaining duration. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Services Agreements and Option Properties."

        Internal Growth through Asset Management:     Our asset management team will seek to maximize cash flows by maintaining high retention rates and leasing vacant space, managing operating expenses and maintaining our properties. We seek to accomplish these objectives by improving the overall performance and positioning of our assets by utilizing our tenant relationships and leasing expertise to maintain occupancy and increase rental rates. Our asset management team collaborates with our internal credit function to actively monitor the credit profile of each of our tenants on an ongoing basis. Additionally, we work with national and local brokerage companies to market and lease available properties on advantageous terms. During the period from March 3, 2004 to June 30, 2010, the management company achieved a lease renewal rate of 81.2% based on square footage. As of June 30, 2010, our portfolio had approximately 733,736 square feet, or 5.4% of our total rentable square feet, available for lease.

        The principal "value-added" component of our asset management process is cost effective tenant retention. Our asset management team maintains an active dialogue with all tenants to identify lease extension opportunities, both at lease expiration dates and during the term of the lease in response to changing tenant requirements. In addition, our asset management team monitors its assets on an ongoing basis through engagement and supervision of local property managers and regular site visits and keeps current on local market conditions through discussions with brokers and principals and by tracking sales via various reporting services.

        Our asset management functions with respect to our properties include strategic planning and decision making, centralized leasing activities and management of third party leasing and property management companies. Our asset management/credit team oversees property management activities relating to our properties, which include controlling capital expenditures and expenses that are not reimbursable by tenants, making regular property inspections, overseeing rent collections and cost control and planning and budgeting activities. Tenant relations matters, including monitoring of tenant compliance with their property maintenance obligations and other lease provisions, are handled by in-house personnel for most of our properties and by third-party building managers for other properties under our management.

        Critical to our operating strategy is our active monitoring of each tenant's credit profile. On a continuing basis, our asset management/credit team monitors the financial data provided by our tenants, including quarterly, semi-annual, or annual financial information. We also have access to executive management teams to discuss historical performance and future expectations of our tenants. The credit monitoring process involves the review of key news developments, financial statement analysis, management discussions, and the exchange of information with the other asset management specialists.

        We also seek to maximize rental income by working to retain existing tenants and by actively marketing space for which tenant renewals are not obtained. We will take an active approach to managing our lease portfolio, typically preparing our renewal or releasing strategy 12 months prior to scheduled lease expiration dates and entering into discussions with tenants well in advance of such expiration dates. Further, we will seek to stagger lease termination dates so as to minimize the possibility of significant portions of the portfolio becoming vacant at the same time. We aim to increase the cash flow generated by our current properties in the portfolio and from the properties that we acquire in the future through rent increase provisions in our leases. In addition, we intend to work actively to maintain or improve occupancy levels by retaining existing tenants, thereby minimizing

101


Table of Contents

BUSINESS



"down time" and releasing costs, and improving the occupancy levels through the leasing of any vacant space.

        We believe that our market knowledge, systems and processes allow us to analyze efficiently the risks in an asset's ability to produce cash flow going forward. We blend fundamental real estate analysis with corporate credit analysis in our proprietary model to make a probabilistic assessment of cash flows that will be realized in future periods. For each asset, our analysis focuses on:

102


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


        We intend to preserve a flexible capital structure and to utilize primarily debt secured by pools of properties, structured such that in the case of default, the lender's remedies are generally limited to recovery on the collateral. Although we are not required to maintain any particular leverage ratio under our charter or bylaws, we intend to target a long-term average debt-to-EBITDA ratio of between 5.0x and 6.0x, although we may exceed these levels from time to time as we complete acquisitions.

        We are currently negotiating with several financial institutions regarding the establishment of a $             million corporate credit facility (subject to increase to $             million under certain circumstances), that we anticipate will close contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. In addition, we are currently negotiating the extension of the maturity date of our debt due in 2012. No assurances can be given that we will obtain any credit facility or extension of the maturity date or if we do, what the terms will be. We expect to fund property acquisitions initially through a combination of cash available from offering proceeds, this corporate credit facility and traditional mortgage financing. Where possible, we also anticipate using common units issued by our operating partnership to acquire properties from existing owners seeking a tax-deferred transaction. We intend to meet our long-term liquidity needs through cash provided by operations and use of other financing methods as available from time to time including, but not limited to, secured and unsecured debt, perpetual and non-perpetual preferred stock, additional common equity issuances, letters of credit and other arrangements. In addition, we may invest in properties subject to existing mortgages or similar liens.

STAG GI Investments, LLC

        STAG GI, LLC and GI Partners formed STAG GI, which has assembled a portfolio of 13 single-tenant industrial properties that it will contribute to our operating partnership as part of our formation transactions. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, STAG GI will contribute its 13 properties to our operating partnership in exchange for common units and will not pursue any further acquisitions. Further, STAG GI will agree to a 12-month lock-up period on its common units. Upon expiration of the 12-month lock-up period, STAG GI will distribute such common units to the members of STAG GI and liquidate the venture. Under certain circumstances, GI Partners will have the right to nominate two members of our board of directors. See "Management—Board of Directors."

Our Properties

        In connection with our formation transactions and this offering, in exchange for an estimated total of                 common units, we will acquire entities that own our 89 properties. Our target properties fit into three general categories:

103


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


        We target Class B properties, as compared to Class A properties. The distinction between Class A industrial and Class B industrial properties is subjective. However, we consider Class A and Class B industrial properties to be as follows:

Our definition of Class A and Class B may be different from those used by other companies.

        The following table provides information about the properties we will own upon consummation of our formation transactions. Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes, we will own fee simple interests in all of the properties.

Property Address
  City   Number of
Properties
  Asset Type   Year Built/Year
Renovated (1)
  Total Rentable
Square Feet
 

Delaware

                           

111 Pencader Drive

  Newark     1   Flex/Office     1991     28,653  

113 Pencader Drive

  Newark     1   Flex/Office     1991     24,012  

Florida

                           

530 Fentress Boulevard

  Daytona Beach     1   Manufacturing     1982/1985     142,857  

1301 North Palafox Street

  Pensacola     1   Flex/Office     1921/2005     30,620  

3100 West Fairfield Drive

  Pensacola     1   Flex/Office     1969/1994     7,409  

476 Southridge Industrial Drive

  Tavares     1   Manufacturing     1989/2003     148,298  

Georgia

                           

1707 Shorewood Drive

  LaGrange     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1980/1989     249,716 (4)

Idaho

                           

805 North Main Street

  Pocatello     1   Flex/Office     1960/1999     43,353  

Indiana

                           

1515 East State Road 8

  Albion     8   Manufacturing     1966/1994     319,513  

23590 County Road 6

  Elkhart     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1977     150,715 (5)

53105 Marina Drive

  Elkhart     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1978/1983     18,000  

2600 College Avenue

  Goshen     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1978/2002     366,000  

Iowa

                           

102 Sergeant Square Drive

  Sergeant Bluff     1   Flex/Office     1980/1987     148,131  

Kansas

                           

One Fuller Way

  Great Bend     2   Warehouse/Distribution     1972/2002     572,114  

Kentucky

                           

300 Spencer Mattingly Lane

  Bardstown     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1996/1999     102,318  

1355 Lebanon Road

  Danville     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1971/1997     804,185  

Maine

                           

One Hatley Road

  Belfast     5   Flex/Office     1997/2000     318,979 (6)

19 Mollison Way

  Lewiston     1   Flex/Office     1995     60,000  

104


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Property Address
  City   Number of
Properties
  Asset Type   Year Built/Year
Renovated (1)
  Total Rentable
Square Feet
 

Maryland

                           

15 Loveton Circle

  Sparks     2   Flex/Office     1980/2003     34,800  

Massachusetts

                           

37 Hunt Road

  Amesbury     1   Flex/Office     2000     78,040  

219 Medford Street

  Malden     1   Manufacturing     1974/1980     46,129  

243 Medford Street

  Malden     1   Manufacturing     1975/1980     63,814  

Michigan

                           

50900 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1969/2009     311,042  

50501 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1971/2007     68,300  

50371 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1972     49,612  

50271 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1971     49,849  

2640 Northridge

  Grand Rapids     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1995     210,000  

900 Brooks Avenue

  Holland     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1969/2007     307,576 (7)

414 E. 40th Street

  Holland     1   Manufacturing     1970/1985     198,822  

Minnesota

                           

4750 County Road 13 NE

  Alexandria     1   Manufacturing     1991/2007     172,170  

19850 Diamond Lake Road

  Rogers     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2001     386,724  

Mississippi

                           

4795 I-55 North

  Jackson     1   Flex/Office     1968/2002     39,909  

1102 Chastain Drive

  Jackson     1   Flex/Office     1975/2007     11,600  

Missouri

                           

8950 & 8970 Pershall Road

  Hazelwood     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1966/1996     249,441  

3801 Lloyd King Drive

  O'Fallon     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1995/2009     77,000  

New Jersey

                           

251 Circle Drive North

  Piscataway     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1977/1982     228,000  

190 Strykers Road

  Lapatcong     1   Manufacturing     1984     87,500  

New York

                           

60 Industrial Parkway

  Cheektowaga     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1968/2004     121,760  

5786 Collett Road (2)

  Farmington     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1995     149,657  

North Carolina

                           

1187 Telcom Drive

  Creedmor     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1975/2001     243,048  

165 American Way

  Jefferson     2   Manufacturing     1998/2005     103,577  

200 Woodside Drive

  Lexington     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1999/2002     201,800  

300 Forum Parkway

  Rural Hall     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1993     250,000  

3700 Display Drive

  Charlotte     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2001     465,323  

10701 Nations Food Road

  Charlotte     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1975/1999     491,025  

1500 Prodelin Drive

  Newton     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2001     187,200  

Ohio

                           

8401 Southern Blvd

  Boardman     1   Manufacturing     1958     95,000  

365 McClurg Road

  Boardman     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1958/1998     175,900  

1011 Glendale Milford Road

  Cincinnati     1   Flex/Office     1957/2003     114,532 (8)

818 Mulberry Street

  Canton     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1871/2005     448,000  

4646 Needmore Road

  Dayton     1   Flex/Office     1974/1998     113,000  

800 Pennsylvania Avenue

  Salem     1   Manufacturing     1968/1987     251,000  

5160 Greenwich Road

  Seville     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1962/2003     75,000 (9)

5180 Greenwich Road

  Seville     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1962/2003     270,000 (9)

9777 Mopar Drive

  Streetsboro     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1996     343,416  

7990 Bavaria Road

  Twinsburg     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1992     120,774  

1100 Performance Place

  Youngstown     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1996/2003     153,708  

105


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Property Address
  City   Number of
Properties
  Asset Type   Year Built/Year
Renovated (1)
  Total Rentable
Square Feet
 

Oregon

                           

4050 Fairview Industrial Drive (Building A)

  Salem     1   Manufacturing     1999     108,000  

4050 Fairview Industrial Drive (Building B)

  Salem     1   Manufacturing     2000     47,900  

Pennsylvania

                           

700 Waterfront Drive

  Pittsburgh     1   Flex/Office     1998     53,183  

405 Keystone Drive

  Warrendale     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1999     148,000  

South Dakota

                           

1400 Turbine Drive

  Rapid City     1   Flex/Office     1991/1996     137,000  

Tennessee

                           

538 Myatt Drive

  Madison     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1984     418,406  

90 Deer Xing Road

  Vonore     1   Warehouse/Distribution     2002     342,700  

Texas

                           

3311 Pinewood Drive

  Arlington     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1970/1985     94,132  

2550 N. Mays Street

  Round Rock     1   Manufacturing     1979/2007     79,180  

101 Apron Road (3)

  Waco     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1998     66,400  

Virginia

                           

6051 North Lee Highway

  Fairfield     1   Manufacturing     1997/2004     75,221  

2311 North Lee Highway

  Lexington     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1985     15,085  

Wisconsin

                           

2111 N. Sandra Street

  Appleton     1   Manufacturing     1979/1990     145,519 (10)

605 Fourth Street

  Mayville     1   Manufacturing     1959/1988     339,179  

8900 N. 55 th  Street

  Milwaukee     2   Warehouse/Distribution     1973/2002     117,564  

200 West Capitol Drive

  Milwaukee     1   Manufacturing     1926/1947     270,000  

1615 Commerce Drive

  Sun Prairie     1   Warehouse/Distribution     1989/1993     427,000 (11)
                         

Total

        89               13,463,390  
                         

(1)
Renovation means a material upgrade, alteration or addition to a building or building systems resulting in increased marketability of the property.

(2)
Subject to ground lease under PILOT program.

(3)
Subject to ground lease.

(4)
Includes 38,026 rentable square feet of office space.

(5)
Includes 49,015 rentable square feet of office space.

(6)
Includes 25,236 rentable square feet of warehouse/distribution space.

(7)
Includes 24,576 rentable square feet of office space.

(8)
Includes 57,195 rentable square feet of warehouse/distribution space.

(9)
Ohio Wholesale's total rental payment allocated by building square footage.

(10)
Includes 14,754 rentable square feet of office space.

(11)
Includes 62,161 rentable square feet of office space.

106


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


    Property Diversification

        The following table sets forth information relating to diversification by property type in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of June 30, 2010.

Property Type
  Total Number
of Properties
  Occupancy (1)   Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Total Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Warehouse/Distribution

    42     95.5 %   9,526,490     70.8 % $ 29,630     58.6 %

Flex/Office

    21     95.4 %   1,243,221     9.2 %   11,996     23.7 %

Manufacturing

    26     90.6 %   2,693,679     20.0 %   8,969     17.7 %
                           

Total/Weighted Average

    89     94.6 %   13,463,390     100 % $ 50,595     100 %
                           

(1)
Calculated as the average occupancy weighted by each property's rentable square footage. A few properties have more than one tenant.

    Geographic Diversification

        The following table sets forth information relating to geographic diversification by state in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of June 30, 2010.

State
  Total Number
of Properties
  Occupancy (1)   Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Rentable
Square Feet
  Total Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

North Carolina

    8     100.0 %   1,941,973     14.4 % $ 7,556     14.9 %

Ohio

    11     90.1 %   2,160,330     16.0 %   6,676     13.2 %

Wisconsin

    6     98.9 %   1,299,262     9.7 %   3,616     7.1 %

Michigan

    7     93.8 %   1,195,201     8.9 %   3,096     6.1 %

Maine

    6     100.0 %   378,979     2.8 %   2,803     5.5 %

Indiana

    11     89.9 %   854,228     6.3 %   2,620     5.2 %

Tennessee

    2     100.0 %   761,106     5.7 %   2,517     5.0 %

Minnesota

    2     100.0 %   558,894     4.2 %   2,374     4.7 %

Kentucky

    2     97.5 %   906,503     6.7 %   2,283     4.5 %

Florida

    4     56.6 %   329,184     2.4 %   1,819     3.6 %

Massachusetts

    3     100.0 %   187,983     1.4 %   1,733     3.4 %

New Jersey

    2     100.0 %   315,500     2.3 %   1,718     3.4 %

All Others

    25     93.1 %   2,574,247     19.2 %   11,810     23.4 %
                           

Total/Weighted Average

    89     94.6 %   13,463,390     100 % $ 50,595     100 %
                           

(1)
Calculated as the average occupancy weighted by each property's rentable square footage. A few properties have more than one tenant.

107


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


    Industry Diversification

        The following table sets forth information relating to tenant diversification by industry in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of June 30, 2010.

Industry
  Total Number
of Leases (1)
  Total Leased
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Leased
Square Feet
  Total Annualized
Rent
  Percentage of
Total Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Containers & Packaging

    8     1,975,891     15.5 % $ 7,398     14.6 %

Business Services

    6     1,009,401     7.9 %   5,444     10.8 %

Personal Products

    6     1,734,489     13.6 %   4,525     8.9 %

Technology

    7     756,890     5.9 %   4,109     8.1 %

Industrial Equipment & Components

    7     824,318     6.5 %   3,356     7.0 %

Automotive

    5     1,059,280     8.3 %   3,523     7.0 %

Retail

    3     1,243,025     9.8 %   3,358     6.6 %

Aerospace & Defense

    5     612,747     4.8 %   3,122     6.2 %

Finance

    2     387,227     3.0 %   3,093     6.1 %

Office Supplies

    4     1,292,836     10.2 %   2,984     5.9 %

Food & Beverages

    2     625,700     4.9 %   2,226     4.4 %

Healthcare

    4     245,413     1.9 %   1,897     3.7 %

Air Freight & Logistics

    4     290,292     2.3 %   1,359     2.7 %

Government

    2     38,029     0.3 %   1,011     2.0 %

Other

    10     634,116     5.0 %   2,988     5.9 %
                       

Total/Weighted Average

    75     12,729,654     100 % $ 50,595     100 %
                       

(1)
A single lease may cover space in more than one building.

Tenants

        Our portfolio of properties has a stable and diversified tenant base. As of June 30, 2010, our properties were 94.6% leased to 72 tenants in a variety of industries, with no single tenant accounting for more than 5.5% and no single industry accounting for more than 14.6% of our total annualized rent. Our 10 largest tenants account for 32.9% of our annualized rent. We intend to continue to maintain a diversified mix of tenants to limit our exposure to any single tenant or industry.

108


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


        The following table sets forth information about the 10 largest tenants in our portfolio based on total annualized rent as of June 30, 2010.

Tenant
  Total Leased
Square Feet
  Percentage of
Total Leased
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized Rent
  Percentage of
Total Annualized
Rent
 
 
   
   
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

International Paper

    573,323     4.5 % $ 2,765     5.5 %

Bank of America

    318,979     2.5 %   2,233     4.4 %

Spencer Gifts

    491,025     3.9 %   1,890     3.7 %

Berry Plastics

    315,500     2.5 %   1,718     3.4 %

Stream International

    148,131     1.2 %   1,666     3.3 %

AHL Services

    386,724     3.0 %   1,623     3.2 %

ConAgra Foods

    342,700     2.7 %   1,388     2.7 %

Chrysler Group

    343,416     2.7 %   1,181     2.3 %

Ohio Wholesale

    345,000     2.7 %   1,134     2.2 %

Brown Group

    427,000     3.4 %   1,132     2.2 %
                   

Total

    3,691,798     29.1 % $ 16,730     32.9 %
                   

Leases

        Triple net lease.     In our triple net leases, the tenant is responsible for all aspects of and costs related to the property and its operation during the lease term. The landlord may have responsibility under the lease to perform or pay for certain capital repairs or replacements to the roof, structure or certain building systems, such as heating and air conditioning and fire suppression. The tenant may have the right to terminate the lease or abate rent due to a major casualty or condemnation affecting a significant portion of the property or due to the landlord's failure to perform its obligations under the lease. As of June 30, 2010, there were 65 triple net leases in our property portfolio, or 90.9% of our total annualized rent.

        Modified gross lease.     In our modified gross leases, the landlord is responsible for some property related expenses during the lease term, but the cost of most of the expenses is passed through to the tenant for reimbursement to the landlord. The tenant may have the right to terminate the lease or abate rent due to a major casualty or condemnation affecting a significant portion of the property or due to the landlord's failure to perform its obligations under the lease. As of June 30, 2010, there were six modified gross leases in our property portfolio, or 6.8% of our total annualized rent.

        Gross lease.     In our gross leases, the landlord is responsible for all aspects of and costs related to the property and its operation during the lease term. The tenant may have the right to terminate the lease or abate rent due to a major casualty or condemnation affecting a significant portion of the property or due to the landlord's failure to perform its obligations under the lease. As of June 30, 2010, there were four gross leases in our property portfolio, or 2.3% of our total annualized rent.

        As of June 30, 2010, our weighted average in-place remaining lease term was 5.8 years. In addition, during the period from March 3, 2004 to June 30, 2010, the management company has achieved an average tenant retention rate (with respect to 77 leases) of 81.2% based on square footage.

109


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


The following table sets forth a summary schedule of lease expirations for leases in place as of June 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the 10 full and partial calendar years beginning June 30, 2010 and thereafter in our portfolio (dollars in thousands, except per square foot data). The information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and no early termination rights.

Year of Lease
Expiration (1)
  Number of
Leases
Expiring
  Total
Rentable
Square
Feet
  Percentage of
Total Expiring
Square Feet
  Total
Annualized
Rent
  Percentage
of Total
Annualized
Rent
  Total
Annualized
Rent per
Leased
Square Foot
  Total
Annualized
Rent at
Expiration
  Total
Annualized
Rent per
Leased
Square Foot
at Expiration
 

Available

          733,736     5.4 %                              
 

2010

    4     561,040     4.2 % $ 2,249     4.4 % $ 4.01   $ 2,249   $ 4.01  
 

2011

    13     1,044,888     7.8 %   5,009     9.9 %   4.79     5,022     4.81  
 

2012

    12     1,204,092     8.9 %   5,728     11.3 %   4.76     5,900     4.90  
 

2013

    8     1,785,803     13.3 %   5,456     10.8 %   3.06     5,560     3.11  
 

2014

    9     1,698,275     12.6 %   6,975     13.8 %   4.11     7,124     4.19  
 

2015

    3     243,732     1.8 %   905     1.8 %   3.71     995     4.08  
 

2016

    7     1,373,463     10.2 %   5,249     10.4 %   3.82     6,334     4.61  
 

2017

    7     1,377,018     10.2 %   6,250     12.4 %   4.54     6,788     4.93  
 

2018

    1     318,979     2.4 %   2,233     4.4 %   7.00     2,654     8.32  
 

2019

    2     521,645     3.9 %   2,776     5.5 %   5.32     3,559     6.82  

Thereafter

    9     2,600,719     19.3 %   7,764     15.3 %   2.99     9,182     3.53  
                                   

Total/Weighted Average

    75     13,463,390     100 % $ 50,595     100 % $ 3.76   $ 55,366   $ 4.11  
                                   

(1)
As of June 30, 2010, leases with respect to 8.0% of our total annualized rent will expire in the 12-month period ending September 30, 2011.

Historical Tenant Improvements and Leasing Commissions

        The following table sets forth certain historical information regarding leasing related (revenue generating) tenant improvement and leasing commission costs for tenants at the properties in our portfolio through June 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands, except per square foot data).

 
  YTD
2010
  Square
Feet
  YTD
2010
PSF (1)
  2009   Square
Feet
  2009
PSF (1)
  2008   Square
Feet
  2008
PSF (1)
  2007   Square
Feet
  2007
PSF (1)
 

Tenant Improvements

                                                                         
 

New (2)

  $       $   $       $   $       $   $     62,804   $  
 

Renewal (3)

    16     418,875     0.04         477,542                              
                                                   

Total Tenant Improvements

  $ 16     418,875   $ 0.04   $     477,542   $   $       $   $     62,804   $  

Leasing Commissions

                                                                         
 

New

  $       $   $       $   $           $ 42     62,804   $ 0.67  
 

Renewal

    6     418,875     0.02     20     477,542     0.04                          
                                                   

Total Leasing Commissions

  $ 6     418,875   $ 0.02   $ 20     477,542   $ 0.04   $       $   $ 42     62,804   $ 0.67  
                                                   

Total Tenant Improvements & Leasing Commissions

  $ 22     418,875   $ 0.05   $ 20     477,542   $ 0.04   $       $   $ 42     62,804   $ 0.67  
                                                   

(1)
Tenant improvements and lease commission per square foot ("PSF") amount is calculated by dividing the aggregate costs by the aggregate square footage for all deals that were completed during that year.

(2)
New leases represent all leases other than renewal leases.

(3)
Renewal leases represent new leases entered into with existing tenants for the same premises. Previously leased month-to-month leases are not included in this calculation.

110


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Historical Capital Expenditures

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding historical maintenance (non-revenue generating) capital expenditures at the properties in our portfolio that we are acquiring from Fund III and Fund IV through June 30, 2010 (dollars in thousands, except per square foot data).

 
  YTD
2010
  Square
Feet
  YTD
2010
PSF (1)
  2009   Square
Feet
  2009
PSF (1)
  2008   Square
Feet
  2008
PSF (1)
  2007   Square
Feet
  2007
PSF (1)
 

Total Non-Recurring Capital Expenditures (2)

  $ 829     9,797,797   $ 0.08   $ 1,274     9,582,673   $ 0.13   $ 197     8,608,095   $ 0.02   $ 536     4,361,646   $ 0.12  

Total Recurring Capital Expenditures (3)

  $ 131     9,797,797   $ 0.01   $ 196     9,582,673   $ 0.02   $ 118     8,608,095   $ 0.01   $     4,361,646   $  

Total Non-Recurring & Recurring Capital Expenditures

  $ 960     9,797,797   $ 0.10   $ 1,470     9,582,673   $ 0.15   $ 315     8,608,095   $ 0.04   $ 536     4,361,646   $ 0.12  

(1)
Capital Expenditure PSF amount is calculated by dividing the aggregate costs by the aggregate square footage over the relevant time period including properties where no capital was incurred.

(2)
Non-recurring capital expenditures are long lived expenditures such as the replacement of roofs.

(3)
Recurring capital expenditures are shorter lived expenditures.

        To date, we have not purchased a property that requires development or significant renovation. From time to time, we may purchase a building that will require a near term roof replacement. We typically factor the cost of the roof replacement into the purchase price or hold reserves for the replacement. On an annual basis, we budget the projected costs of repairs and maintenance but, as the majority of our properties are single tenant assets, these costs are minimal.

Property Management Agreements

        Among the properties being contributed by Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, we manage 67 properties and the other 22 properties are managed by external property managers where the leases require an on-site manager, where the buildings are vacant or where there are multiple tenants under gross leases. While the fees paid under these property management agreements vary according to the number and size of the properties managed, generally all of these property management agreements contain one year terms, automatically renewed unless terminated with 30 days notice, provide for payment of set fees and reimbursement of certain costs, and allow termination without cause with 30 days notice.

Description of Certain Debt

        Immediately following the completion of our formation transactions and this offering, we expect our outstanding mortgage debt to be:

    a loan from Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited with an estimated outstanding balance of approximately $73.0 million and a variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.00% per annum (rate swapped to fixed rate of 5.165%), secured by mortgages on certain properties formerly owned by Fund III, scheduled to mature on January 31, 2012 (we are negotiating an extension of this maturity date);

    a note under the loan from Connecticut General Life Insurance Company ("CIGNA") with an estimated outstanding balance of approximately $62.5 million and an interest rate of 6.50% per annum, secured by certain properties formerly owned by STAG GI, scheduled to mature on February 1, 2018;

111


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


    a note under the loan from CIGNA with an estimated outstanding balance of approximately $22.9 million and an interest rate of 5.75% per annum, secured by certain properties formerly owned by STAG GI, scheduled to mature on February 1, 2018 (which will have approximately $      in borrowing capacity remaining at our formation); and

    a note from CIBC, Inc. with an estimated outstanding balance of $8.5 million and an interest rate of 7.05% per annum, secured by a property formerly owned by STAG GI, scheduled to mature on August 1, 2027.

        These loan agreements contain financial covenants. The Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited loan contains a loan-to-value requirement with respect to the collateral properties that is measured annually and a minimum debt service coverage ratio that is measured semi-annually. Our loan with CIGNA contains, at each loan advance, a loan-to-value requirement with respect to the collateral properties and a minimum debt service coverage ratio. We are currently in compliance with the financial covenants in our loan agreements.

        We are exploring the extension of the above Anglo Irish Bank loan to extend the maturity of this component of our debt structure. The pro forma debt yield on this instrument is             %. No assurances can be given that we will be able to extend such loan or, if we do, what the terms will be.

        We are also currently negotiating with several financial institutions regarding the establishment of a $      million corporate credit facility (subject to increase to $       million under certain circumstances) that we expect will close contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. This facility will be used for property acquisitions, working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes. We anticipate that the proposed credit facility will contain customary terms, covenants and other conditions for credit facilities of this type. No assurances can be given that we will obtain any credit facility or if we do what its amount and terms will be.

        Upon completion of this offering and after the debt paydowns discussed under "Use of Proceeds," we expect to have approximately $         million in cash and $         million credit facility capacity immediately available to us (with up to $      million available upon the satisfaction of certain lender conditions) to fund working capital and property acquisitions and to execute our business strategy.

Regulation

    General

        Our properties are subject to various laws, ordinances and regulations, including regulations relating to common areas and fire and safety requirements. We believe that we have the necessary permits and approvals to operate each of our properties.

    Americans with Disabilities Act

        Our properties must comply with Title III of the ADA to the extent that such properties are "public accommodations" as defined under the ADA. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. The ADA may require removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our properties where such removal is readily achievable. Although we believe that the properties in our portfolio in the aggregate substantially comply with present requirements of the ADA, and we have not received any notice for correction from any regulatory agency, we have not conducted a comprehensive audit or investigation of all of our properties to determine whether we are in compliance and therefore we may own properties that are not in compliance with the ADA.

112


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


        ADA compliance is dependent upon the tenant's specific use of the property, and as the use of a property changes or improvements to existing spaces are made, we will take steps to ensure compliance. Noncompliance with the ADA could result in additional costs to attain compliance, imposition of fined by the U.S. government or an award of damages or attorney's fees to private litigants. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make alterations to achieve compliance as necessary.

    Environmental Matters

        The properties that we acquire will be subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws. Under these laws, courts and government agencies have the authority to require us, as owner of a contaminated property, to clean up the property, even if we did not know of or were not responsible for the contamination. These laws also apply to persons who owned a property at the time it became contaminated, and therefore it is possible we could incur these costs even after we sell some of the properties we acquire. In addition to the costs of cleanup, environmental contamination can affect the value of a property and, therefore, an owner's ability to borrow using the property as collateral or to sell the property. Under applicable environmental laws, courts and government agencies also have the authority to require that a person who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, pay for the clean-up of that facility if it becomes contaminated and threatens human health or the environment.

        Environmental laws in the United States also require that owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos properly manage and maintain the asbestos, adequately inform or train those who may come into contact with asbestos and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, in the event that asbestos is disturbed during building renovation or demolition. These laws may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators who fail to comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos. According to Phase I environmental assessments prepared at the time of acquisition, 12 of our properties are known to have asbestos containing materials. No immediate action was recommended to address these instances. Additionally, 14 of our properties are suspected of having asbestos containing materials due to the age of the building and observed conditions. No immediate action was recommended to address these instances. In the event of a building renovation or demolition, a comprehensive asbestos inspection would be performed to determine proper handling and disposal of any asbestos containing materials.

        Furthermore, various court decisions have established that third parties may recover damages for injury caused by property contamination. For instance, a person exposed to asbestos at one of our properties may seek to recover damages if he or she suffers injury from the asbestos. Lastly, some of these environmental laws restrict the use of a property or place conditions on various activities. An example would be laws that require a business using chemicals to manage them carefully and to notify local officials that the chemicals are being used.

        We could be responsible for any of the costs discussed above. The costs to clean up a contaminated property, to defend against a claim, or to comply with environmental laws could be material and could adversely affect the funds available for distribution to our shareholders. All of our properties were subject to a Phase I or similar environmental assessment by independent environmental consultants at the time of acquisition. We generally expect to continue to obtain a Phase I or similar environmental assessment by independent environmental consultants on each property prior to acquiring it. However, these environmental assessments may not reveal all environmental costs that

113


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


might have a material adverse effect on our business, assets, results of operations or liquidity and may not identify all potential environmental liabilities.

        In addition, we maintain a portfolio environmental insurance policy that provides coverage for potential environmental liabilities, subject to the policy's coverage conditions and limitations.

        In 2009, a former tenant in our property in Daytona Beach, Florida became insolvent and ceased operations. When the tenant ceased operations, the Florida Department of Environmental Protection sought to have the hazardous materials, solid wastes and used oil removed from the site and all of the process equipment decontaminated. Due to the insolvency of the former tenant, such tasks became the responsibility of our predecessor business. We contracted with qualified environmental remediation specialists to dispose of the hazardous materials and decontaminate and remove the process equipment. The project was monitored by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. In a letter dated February 25, 2010, the Florida Department of Environmental Protection stated that no hazardous waste, solid waste or used oil remained at the property, which closed the matter. Total remediation costs incurred were approximately $291,000, the majority of which has been paid by our environmental insurance.

        We can make no assurances that future laws, ordinances or regulations will not impose material environmental liabilities on us, or the current environmental condition of our properties will not be affected by tenants, the condition of land or operations in the vicinity of our properties (such as releases from underground storage tanks), or by third parties unrelated to us.

Insurance

        We carry comprehensive general liability, fire, extended coverage and rental loss insurance covering all of the properties in our portfolio under a blanket insurance policy. In addition, we maintain a portfolio environmental insurance policy that provides coverage for potential environmental liabilities, subject to the policy's coverage conditions and limitations. Generally, we do not carry insurance for certain losses, including, but not limited to, losses caused by floods, earthquakes, acts of war, acts of terrorism or riots. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, we believe the policy specifications and insured limits will be appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and standard industry practice; however, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover all of our losses.

Competition

        In acquiring our target properties, we compete with other public industrial property sector REITs, single-tenant REITs, income oriented non-traded REITs, private real estate fund managers and local real estate investors and developers. The last named group, local real estate investors and developers, historically has represented our dominant competition for deals but they typically do not have ready access to credit. We also face significant competition in leasing available properties to prospective tenants and in re-leasing space to existing tenants.

Employees

        As of September 22, 2010, our predecessor business employed 23 full-time employees. We believe that our relationships with our employees are good. None of the employees is represented by a labor union.

114


Table of Contents

BUSINESS


Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations if determined adversely to us.

Our Corporate Information

        Our principal executive offices are located at 99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. Our telephone number is (617) 574-4777. Our website is www.stagreit.com. The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated into, and does not form a part of, this prospectus or any other report or document we file with or furnish to the SEC.

115


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Other Officers

        Our board of directors shall consist of seven members, including a majority of directors who we believe are "independent" directors with independence being determined in accordance with the listing standards established by the NYSE. All members will serve annual terms. Upon the expiration of their terms at the annual meeting of the shareholders in May 2011, directors will be elected to serve a term of one year or until their successors are duly elected and qualify.

        The following sets forth certain information with respect to our directors, executive officers and certain other officers.

Name*
  Age   Positions

Benjamin S. Butcher

    57   Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board

Gregory W. Sullivan

    56   Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer

Stephen C. Mecke

    47   Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President

Kathryn Arnone

    61   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

David G. King

    42   Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate Operations

Bradford F. Sweeney

    39   Senior Vice President of Acquisitions

Michael C. Chase

    37   Senior Vice President of Acquisitions

F. Alexander Fraser

    37   Director Nominee†

Jeffrey D. Furber

    51   Independent Director Nominee

Larry T. Guillemette

    55   Independent Director Nominee

Edward F. Lange, Jr.

    50   Independent Director Nominee†

Francis X. Jacoby III

    49   Independent Director Nominee

Hans S. Weger

    46   Independent Director Nominee

*
The address of each director and officer listed is 99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

GI Partners nominee. We entered into a voting agreement with GI Partners. We agreed that GI Partners will have the right to select two members of our initial board of directors and that, subject to GI Partners maintaining a minimum ownership interest in our company, we will cause two persons selected by GI Partners to be nominated for election to our board of directors at each annual meeting of our shareholders. See "—Board of Directors."

         Benjamin S. Butcher will serve as our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board. Mr. Butcher has overseen growth of the management company over the last seven years serving as a member of the Board of Managers and Management Committees of STAG and its affiliates from 2003 to 2010. Since the management company's inception, Mr. Butcher and his team have managed the acquisition of 218 properties worth approximately $1.3 billion. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Butcher was engaged as a private equity investor in real estate and technology. During that time, one of these investments, Apptus, Inc., an application services provider with a total capitalization of approximately $2.0 million, filed a petition under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in June 2001. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Butcher served as a Director at Credit Suisse First Boston, where he sourced and executed transactions for the Principal Transactions Group (real estate debt and equity). Prior to that, he served as a Director at Nomura Asset Capital from 1993 to 1997, where he focused on marketing and business development for its commercial mortgage-backed securities group. Mr. Butcher received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Bowdoin College and his Master of Business Administration degree from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth. In light of his extensive company-specific operational, finance and market experience, his leadership abilities, and his expertise in the acquisition, ownership and management of single-tenant industrial properties, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Butcher to serve as a director on the board of directors.

116


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


         Gregory W. Sullivan will serve as our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer. Mr. Sullivan served on the Investment Committees and Boards of Managers of the management company from 2004 to 2010 and served as Executive Vice President for Corporate Development for NED from 2002 to 2010, where his role was to expand and diversify NED's real estate and non-real estate private equity activities. Prior to joining NED in 2002, Mr. Sullivan was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Trizec Hahn Corporation from 1994 to 2001, a public real estate company headquartered in Toronto. From 1987 to 1994, Mr. Sullivan served in various capacities at AEW Capital Management in Boston including overseeing investments for the company's real estate opportunity fund and heading the capital markets group. In addition, from 1982 to 1987, he served as a senior finance officer at M/A-COM, Inc., a Boston based telecommunications company and, from 1980 to 1982, he served as an investment banker at Smith Barney in New York. Mr. Sullivan received his Bachelor of Sciences degree from the University of Vermont and his Master of Business Administration degree from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

         Stephen C. Mecke will serve as our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President. Mr. Mecke served as Chief Investment Officer for the management company from November 2004 to July 2010, where he was responsible for all asset acquisition and asset management activities. Prior to joining the management company, Mr. Mecke ran the acquisitions groups for M--P--A, a private real estate fund that represented a large east coast endowment fund, from June 2001 to November 2004 and Mr. Mecke also worked at Meditrust Corporation, a publicly traded real estate investment trust, as Vice President of Acquisitions and various other positions from June 1992 to December 2000. Mr. Mecke received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Hobart College and his Master of Business Administration degree from Northeastern University.

         Kathryn Arnone will serve as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Ms. Arnone served as General Counsel for the management company from May 2006 to July 2010, where she was responsible for all of the company's legal matters, including supervising real estate matters, property sales, corporate governance matters and employment issues. Prior to joining the management company, Ms. Arnone was Vice President and Assistant General Counsel at La Quinta Corporation, a lodging REIT where she specialized in acquisitions and sales matters, from January 2003 to February 2006. In addition, Ms. Arnone served first as Associate General Counsel and then as General Counsel—Healthcare Division at Meditrust Corporation, a healthcare REIT, from October 1997 to December 2002, where she supervised a portfolio of first mortgage loans and sale-leaseback leases. Prior to these positions, Ms. Arnone worked for several private law firms from 1988 to 1997. Ms. Arnone received her Bachelor of Arts degree from Smith College and her Juris Doctor degree from Harvard Law School.

         David G. King will serve as our Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate Operations. Mr. King served as a Managing Director for the management company from November 2005 to July 2010, where he was responsible for portfolio management for the company. From 1997 to 2005, Mr. King worked for AMB Property Corporation, a publicly traded REIT, as Regional Management Officer where he had primary responsibility for leasing, management, development, acquisition sourcing and dispositions of the firm's industrial and office portfolios in the Mid-Atlantic region and in various other positions. Mr. King received his Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Vermont and his Master of Public Administration degree from Indiana University.

         Bradford F. Sweeney will serve as our Senior Vice President of Acquisitions. Mr. Sweeney is currently Managing Director for the management company from November 2004 to July 2010, where he was responsible for managing an acquisition team in the sourcing, underwriting, negotiating and closing of deals with a territory of approximately half the country. Prior to joining the management company, Mr. Sweeney was employed at Fidelity Investments Real Estate Group from June 1995 to

117


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



October 2004 in various capacities, most recently as an Investment Officer where he was responsible for sourcing, negotiating, underwriting and closing private equity and mezzanine debt investments in various real estate asset types. Mr. Sweeney received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Saint Michael's College and has earned the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

         Michael C. Chase will serve as our Senior Vice President of Acquisitions. Mr. Chase has served as Managing Director for the management company from October 2003 to July 2010, where he was responsible for managing an acquisition team in the sourcing, underwriting, negotiating and closing of deals with a territory of approximately half the country. Prior to joining the management company, Mr. Chase was the Vice President of Acquisitions at Paradigm Properties, where he was responsible for originating, underwriting, analyzing and closing new investments from March 1999 to June 2002. He also was a broker in the Boston office of Grubb & Ellis focusing primarily on investment sales from June 1996 to February 1999. Mr. Chase received his Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Vermont.

         F. Alexander Fraser will serve as a director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Mr. Fraser serves as a Director at GI Partners, LLC, a private equity firm focused on investments in asset-backed businesses and properties in North America and Western Europe. Prior to joining GI Partners, LLC in 2005, Mr. Fraser worked as a Vice President in the Real Estate Investment Banking Group at J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. in New York from 2004 to 2005, where he advised REITs, real estate operating companies and real estate opportunity funds on capital markets activities, merger and acquisition transactions and strategic initiatives. Mr. Fraser also worked as an investment banker and sell-side equity analyst for Thomas Weisel Partners, LLC. In addition, Mr. Fraser currently serves on the boards of STAG GI, FlatIron Crossing, Advoserv and Plum Healthcare and previously served on the boards of Telx Group and Sunset Gower Studio. Mr. Fraser holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Colgate University and a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Virginia.

         Jeffrey D. Furber will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Mr. Furber serves as the Chief Executive Officer of AEW Capital Management, a real estate investment management company, and the Chairman of AEW Europe, where he has oversight responsibility for all of AEW's operating business units in the United States, Europe and Asia. Mr. Furber also chairs the firm's management committee, which is responsible for AEW's strategic direction and for managing the firm's resources, and is a member of the firm's investment committees and investment policy group. Prior to joining AEW in 1997, Mr. Furber served as Managing Director of Winthrop Financial Associates, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Apollo Advisors, and served as President of Winthrop Management. In these capacities, he was responsible for acquisitions, asset management and capital markets activity, including the sourcing of equity and mezzanine debt investments. Mr. Furber is a graduate of Dartmouth College and Harvard Business School. In light of his significant capital markets and industry experience, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Furber to serve as a director on the board of directors.

         Larry T. Guillemette will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Mr. Guillemette has served as Chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer and President of Amtrol Inc., a multi-national pressure vessel manufacturer ("Amtrol"), since February 2006. Mr. Guillemette also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Amtrol from 2000 to 2006 and as Executive Vice President of Marketing and Business Development from 1998 to 2000. To complete a financial restructuring (a debt-to-equity conversion) in connection with the maturity of debt incurred in 1996 to finance the acquisition of Amtrol by its sole stockholder, Amtrol filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in December 2006 and emerged from Chapter 11 in June 2007. Prior

118


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



to joining Amtrol, Mr. Guillemette served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Balcrank Products, Inc., a manufacturer of lubrication equipment for the automotive service market and other industrial product lines from 1991 to 1998. From 1990 to 1991, he served as Senior Vice President and Senior Financial Officer of The O'Connor Group, a real estate investment, management and development firm. Prior to that, from 1986 to 1990, Mr. Guillemette served as a Vice President for Hampton Partners/G.M. Cypres & Co., Inc., an investment banking partnership. Mr. Guillemette holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Dartmouth College and a Masters of Business Administration from the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth. In light of his extensive leadership experience through his senior officer and director positions and his company accounting and real estate experience, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Guillemette to serve as a director on the board of directors.

         Francis X. Jacoby III will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Mr. Jacoby is currently President of Kensington Investment Company, Inc., the wealth management office for a family that owns travel-related businesses and passenger ships and makes significant investments in real estate, private equity and venture capital. From May 2001 to June 2008, Mr. Jacoby served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for GID Investment Advisers LLC, a family wealth management office whose primary focus is developing, acquiring and managing apartment communities, suburban office properties and flex industrial business parks throughout the United States for its own account and for joint ventures with institutional investors. Prior to that, Mr. Jacoby served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Leggat McCall Properties, LLC from September 1995 to May 2001, where he was responsible for raising debt and equity capital to support the company's real estate development and acquisition activities. From July 1983 to September 1995, Mr. Jacoby held a variety of senior management positions in the acquisitions, asset management and finance departments of Winthrop Financial Associates, a real estate investment company which owned and managed multiple property types. Mr. Jacoby holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Dartmouth College and a Masters of Business Administration from Boston University. In light of his 25 years of investment and capital markets experience and his significant real estate investment experience, including structuring, negotiating and closing complex transactions, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Jacoby to serve as a director on the board of directors.

         Edward F. Lange, Jr. will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation and this offering. From January 2000 to July 2010, Mr. Lange served as an executive officer of BRE Properties, Inc. (NYSE: BRE), a publicly-traded REIT focused on the development, acquisition and management of apartment communities, and was elected to the board of directors in July 2008. Mr. Lange served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of BRE from January 2007 to July 2010. In addition, Mr. Lange served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of BRE from July 2000 to April 2008, and during the period from November 2008 to September 2009. Prior to joining BRE, Mr. Lange served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Health Care REIT, Inc., an Ohio-based senior housing REIT, from 1996 to 2000. He also was a Senior Vice President of Finance and a member of the executive management team of the Mediplex Group, Inc. and affiliated companies from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Lange currently serves on the board of BRE Properties, Inc. Mr. Lange holds a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Connecticut and a Bachelor's degree in Urban Planning from the University of Massachusetts. In light of his public company experience with financial and operational issues from his service as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer at two publicly-traded REITs, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Lange to serve as a director on the board of directors.

119


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


         Hans S. Weger will serve as an independent director upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering. Since August 1998, Mr. Weger has served as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer of LaSalle Hotel Properties (NYSE: LHO), a publicly-traded REIT focused on the acquisition, ownership, redevelopment and leasing of primarily upscale and luxury full-service hotels. In addition, Mr. Weger has served as Secretary of LaSalle Hotel Properties since October 1999. Mr. Weger is responsible for all financial, accounting, human resources and information technology activities. Prior to joining LaSalle, Mr. Weger served as Vice President and Treasurer for La Quinta Inns, Inc. where he was responsible for all financing activities. From 1992 until 1997, Mr. Weger served in various management roles with Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. where he was responsible for strategic planning, mergers and acquisitions and project financing. Mr. Weger holds a Bachelor of Sciences degree in finance from the University of Southern Mississippi and a Masters in Business Administration from the University of Chicago. In light of his real estate and real estate financing knowledge and his public company financial reporting and operations experience as the Chief Financial Officer of a publicly-traded REIT, we have determined that it is in the best interests of our company and our shareholders for Mr. Weger to serve as a director on the board of directors.

Board of Directors

        Our business is managed through the oversight and direction of our board of directors. A majority of our board of directors is "independent," as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the rules of the NYSE. Our independent directors are nominated by our nominating and corporate governance committee.

        Our board consists of seven directors, two of whom are affiliated with our company and five of whom are independent directors. The directors will keep informed about our business at meetings of our board and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our directors who are affiliated with us or our personnel.

        GI Partners will have the right to select two members of our initial seven member board. In addition, we have agreed that we will cause two persons selected by GI Partners to be nominated for election to our board of directors at each annual meeting of our shareholders. One of the selected persons must qualify as an independent director under the NYSE rules for director independence and be able to serve on one of our compensation, audit, nominating and investment committees and will be required to serve as the chairperson of one of such committees. Our agreement will terminate within the first three years after this offering if GI Partners and certain of its affiliates fail to beneficially own at least 10% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding immediately following their transfer of any interest in the common units received by STAG GI in our formation transactions (including shares of our common stock that we may issue upon redemption of such common units). In addition, our agreement will terminate after the first three years following this offering if GI Partners and certain of its affiliates fail to beneficially own at least 10% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding, whether or not immediately following their transfer of common units or shares of common stock.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board has established an investment committee, an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, the principal functions of which are briefly described below. The audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee consist solely of independent directors. Matters put to a vote at any one of these four committees must be approved by a majority of the directors on the committee who are present at

120


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



a meeting at which there is a quorum or by unanimous written consent of the directors on that committee.

    Investment Committee

        Our board of directors has established an investment committee, which is composed of four of our directors, at least three of whom must be independent directors. The members of our investment committee are Messrs. Butcher, Guillemette, Jacoby and Weger. Mr. Butcher chairs the committee. The investment committee's primary function is to review, evaluate and ultimately vote to approve all acquisitions or developments individually over $25 million and of up to $100 million. Proposed acquisitions in excess of $100 million require approval by our board of directors. Our board of directors in its discretion may change the committee's dollar thresholds.

    Audit Committee

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, which is composed of three of our independent directors. The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Guillemette, Jacoby and Weger. Mr. Weger chairs the committee and qualifies as an audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined by the SEC. The audit committee assists the board in overseeing:

    our accounting and financial reporting processes;

    the integrity and audits of our consolidated financial statements;

    our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

    the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; and

    the performance of our independent auditors and any internal auditors.

        The audit committee is also responsible for engaging our independent public accountants, reviewing with our independent public accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent public accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent public accountants, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls.

    Compensation Committee

        Our board of directors has established a compensation committee, which is composed of three of our independent directors. The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Guillemette, Furber and Lange. Mr. Guillemette chairs the committee. The principal functions of the compensation committee are to:

    evaluate the performance and compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

    review and approve the compensation and benefits of our executive officers and members of our board of directors;

    administer and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding our compensation and stock incentive plans;

    produce an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement after reviewing our compensation discussion and analysis; and

    publish an annual committee report for our shareholders.

121


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee, which is composed of three of our independent directors. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Furber, Jacoby and Lange. Mr. Lange chairs the committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for seeking, considering and recommending to the full board of directors qualified candidates for election as directors and recommending a slate of nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting of shareholders. It also periodically prepares and submits to the board for adoption the committee's selection criteria for director nominees. It reviews and makes recommendations on matters involving general operation of the board and our corporate governance, and annually recommends to the board nominees for each committee of the board. In addition, the committee annually facilitates the assessment of the board of directors' performance as a whole and of the individual directors and reports thereon to the board.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Our directors have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which applies to our officers and directors and our affiliates when such individuals are acting for or on our behalf. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

    prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

    accountability for adherence to the code.

Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors may be made only by our board of directors or one of our director committees and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulations.

Board Compensation

        We will pay an annual fee of $            to each of our non-management directors for services as a director. We will pay an additional annual fee of $            to the chair of the audit committee, an additional annual fee of $            to the chair of the compensation committee and an additional annual fee of $            to the chair of any other committee of our board of directors. All members of our board of directors will be reimbursed for their costs and expenses in attending our board meetings. Fees to the directors may be paid, in our sole discretion, by issuance of shares of common stock, based on the value of such shares of common stock at the date of issuance, rather than in cash. Any non-management director who joins our board of directors in the future will receive an initial grant of                        restricted shares of common stock upon attendance at his or her first board meeting. If a director is also one of our officers, we will not pay any compensation for services rendered as a director.

122


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

        Our charter includes provisions permitted by Maryland law that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director.

        Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions in the MGCL. We also maintain director and officer liability insurance under which our directors and officers are insured, subject to the limits of the insurance policy, against certain losses arising from claims made against such directors and officers by reason of any acts or omissions covered under such policy in their respective capacities as directors or officers.

        For more detail on these provisions, please see "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws."

        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the proposed members of our compensation committee is or has been employed by us. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past three years has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of another entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. See "Management—Executive Officers and Directors."

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        We expect to pay base salaries and annual bonuses and make grants of awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to certain of our officers, effective upon completion of the offering. The initial awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be granted to provide performance and retention incentives to these individuals and to recognize such individuals' efforts on our behalf in connection with our formation transactions and this offering. Our board of directors and our compensation committee have not yet adopted compensation policies with respect to, among other things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses or making future grants of equity awards to our executive officers. We anticipate that such determinations will be made by our compensation committee based on factors such as the desire to retain such officer's services over the long-term, aligning such officer's interest with those of our shareholders, incentivizing such officer over the near-, medium- and long-term, and rewarding such officer for exceptional performance. In addition, our compensation committee may determine to make awards to new executive officers to help attract them to our company.

123


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


Executive Compensation

        Set forth below are the initial annual cash compensation and equity awards to be granted to our Chief Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers commencing upon completion of this offering:

Name
  Principal Position   Salary   Bonus   Stock
Awards
  All Other
Compensation
  Total  

Benjamin S. Butcher

  Chief Executive Officer,
President and Chairman
  $       (1)   $     $     $    

Gregory W. Sullivan

 

Chief Financial Officer,
Executive Vice President
and Treasurer

 
$
   
(1)
 
$
 
$
 
$
 

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Chief Operating Officer
and Executive Vice
President

 
$
   
(1)
 
$
 
$
 
$
 

Kathryn Arnone

 

Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and
Secretary

 
$
   
(1)
 
$
 
$
 
$
 

David G. King

 

Executive Vice President
and Director of Real
Estate Operations

 
$
   
(1)
 
$
 
$
 
$
 

(1)
Bonus amounts to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion.

Employment Agreements

        We will enter into employment agreements, effective as of the consummation of this offering with each of our executive officers. We believe that the agreements will benefit us by helping to retain the executives and by requiring the executive officers to devote the necessary business attention and time to our affairs.

        Our executive officers will be granted LTIP units and restricted shares of common stock in the amounts stated below in connection with their entering into the employment agreements with us. They also will be eligible to receive additional awards of LTIP units and other equity awards, subject to the terms of our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or other then effective incentive plan) and the applicable award agreement. The LTIP units will have forfeiture provisions that lapse ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant, and the restricted shares of common stock will vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. In addition, the executive officers will be eligible to receive additional awards of LTIP units and other equity awards, subject to the terms of our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the applicable award agreement.

        The employment agreements provide for immediate vesting of all outstanding equity-based awards held by the executive officers upon a change in control of us. In addition, following certain terminations of their employment with us, the executive officers will be subject to a non-competition provision for the    -month period following the termination.

        None of the employment agreements contains a Code Section 280G excise tax gross-up provision.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Butcher will be for a term of four years; provided, however, that the term is automatically extended at the end of each term for successive one-year periods unless, not less than 60 days prior to the termination of the then existing term, either party provides notice to

124


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


the other party of its intent not to extend the term further. The employment agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $            , and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Mr. Butcher will be granted                        LTIP units and                        restricted shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Butcher provides that upon the termination of his employment either by us without "cause" or by the executive officer for "good reason," Mr. Butcher will be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits:

        The employment agreements with Messrs. Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone will be for a term of three years; provided, however, that the terms are automatically extended at the end of each term for successive one-year periods unless, not less than 60 days prior to the termination of the then existing term, either party provides notice to the other party of its intent not to extend the term further.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Sullivan provides for an initial annual base salary of $            and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Mr. Sullivan will be granted                        LTIP units and                        restricted shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

        The employment agreement with Mr. Mecke provides for an initial annual base salary of $            and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Mr. Mecke will be granted                        LTIP units and                        restricted shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

        The employment agreement with Ms. Arnone provides for an initial annual base salary of $            and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Ms. Arnone will be granted                        LTIP units and                        restricted shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

        The employment agreement with Mr. King provides for an initial annual base salary of $            and an annual bonus in an amount to be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion. Mr. King will be granted                        LTIP units and                        restricted shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering.

        The employment agreements with Messrs. Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone provide that upon the termination of an executive officer's employment either by us without "cause" or by the executive officer for "good reason," the executive officer will be entitled under his or her employment agreement to the following severance payments and benefits:

125


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT


Equity Incentive Plan

        On                        , 2010, we adopted, and our shareholders approved, the STAG Industrial, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, referred to in this prospectus as the equity incentive plan. The equity incentive plan provides for the issuance of equity-based awards, including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards and other awards based on shares of our common stock, such as LTIP units in our operating partnership, that may be made by us directly to our executive officers, directors, employees, advisors, consultants and other personnel of ours, our subsidiaries, our affiliates and other persons expected to provide significant services to us or our subsidiaries.

        The equity incentive plan will be administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its authority to the compensation committee of our board of directors. The plan administrator will also have the authority to make awards to the eligible participants referenced above, and to determine the eligible individuals who will receive awards based on shares of our common stock, what form the awards will take, and the terms and conditions of the awards. Except as provided below with respect to equitable adjustments, the plan administrator may not take any action that would have the effect of reducing the exercise or purchase price of any award granted under the equity incentive plan without first obtaining the consent of our shareholders.

        An aggregate of                        shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the equity incentive plan, subject to adjustment as provided below. No more than                         shares may be made subject to stock options or stock appreciation rights and no more than                        shares may be made subject to awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, such as restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other awards, which may include unrestricted grants of shares of our common stock. If any shares subject to an award granted under the equity incentive plan are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an award terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the participant, or if shares of our common stock are surrendered or withheld by us as payment of either the exercise price of an award and/or withholding taxes in respect of an award, the shares of common stock with respect to such award will again be available for award under the equity incentive plan. Upon the exercise of any award granted in tandem with any other award, the related award will be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of common stock as to which the award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, that number of shares will no longer be available for award under the equity incentive plan.

        We expect to make certain awards in the form of LTIP units. LTIP units will be issued pursuant to a separate series of units of limited partnership interests in our operating partnership. LTIP units, which can be granted either as free-standing awards or in tandem with other awards under our equity incentive plan, will be valued by reference to the value of shares of our common stock, and will be subject to such conditions and restrictions as the compensation committee may determine, including continued employment or service, computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. If applicable conditions and/or restrictions are not attained, participants would forfeit their LTIP units. LTIP unit awards, whether vested or unvested, may

126


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



entitle the participant to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, dividends or dividend equivalent payments with respect to the number of shares of our common stock underlying the LTIP unit award or other distributions from the operating partnership, and the compensation committee may require that such amounts (if any) shall be reinvested in additional shares of common stock or LTIP units.

        LTIP units will be structured as "profits interests" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect the grant, vesting or conversion of LTIP units to produce a tax deduction for us. As profits interests, LTIP units initially will not have full parity, on a per unit basis, with the operating partnership's common units with respect to liquidating distributions. Upon the occurrence of specified events, LTIP units can over time achieve full parity with common units and therefore accrete to an economic value for the participant equivalent to common units. If such parity is achieved, LTIP units may be converted, subject to the satisfaction of applicable vesting conditions, on a one-for-one basis into common units, which in turn are redeemable by the holder for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis or for the cash value of such shares, at our election. However, there are circumstances under which LTIP units will not achieve parity with common units, and until such parity is reached, the value that a participant could realize for a given number of LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of shares of common stock and may be zero. Ordinarily, we anticipate that each LTIP unit awarded will be equivalent to an award of one share of common stock reserved under our equity incentive plan, thereby reducing the number of shares of common stock available for other equity awards on a one-for-one basis. However, the compensation committee has the authority under the plan to determine the number of shares of common stock underlying an award of LTIP units in light of all applicable circumstances, including performance-based vesting conditions, operating partnership "capital account allocations," to the extent set forth in the partnership agreement for the operating partnership, the Code or U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations, value accretion factors and conversion ratios.

        In the event that the plan administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, common stock, or other property), recapitalization, share split, reverse split, reorganization, merger or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects shares of our common stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the equity incentive plan, then the plan administrator will make equitable changes or adjustments to:

        In addition, the plan administrator may determine that any equitable adjustment may be accomplished by making a payment to the award holder, in the form of cash or other property (including but not limited to shares of our common stock).

        Each stock option and stock appreciation right granted under the equity incentive plan will have a term of no longer than 10 years, and will have an exercise price that is no less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of the award. Stock appreciation rights confer on the participant the right to receive cash, common stock or other property, as determined by the plan administrator, equal to the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The other terms of stock options and stock

127


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT



appreciation rights granted by us under the equity incentive plan will be determined by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each grant of restricted stock or restricted stock units under the equity incentive plan. Restricted stock units confer on the participant the right to receive cash, common stock or other property, as determined by the plan administrator, having a value equal to the number of shares of common stock that are subject to the award. The holders of awards of restricted stock or restricted stock units may be entitled to receive dividends or, in the case of restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, which may be payable immediately or on a deferred basis at a time determined by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator may determine to make grants of our common stock that are not subject to any restrictions or a substantial risk of forfeiture or to grant other stock-based awards to eligible participants. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions at the time of grant.

        Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and set forth in an individual award agreement, upon a change in control (as defined in the equity incentive plan), each outstanding award under the equity incentive plan will become immediately vested, exercisable and/or payable.

        The equity incentive plan will automatically expire on the tenth anniversary of the date on which it was adopted. Our board of directors may terminate, amend, modify or suspend the equity incentive plan at any time, subject to shareholder approval as required by law or stock exchange rules. The plan administrator may amend the terms of any outstanding award under the equity incentive plan at any time. No amendment or termination of the equity incentive plan or any outstanding award may adversely affect any of the rights of an award holder without the holder's consent.

        Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the total number of shares of common stock, including shares of commons stock underlying the LTIP units, that may be issued under our equity incentive plan, including the restricted stock to be granted to our executive officers, employees and non-management directors upon the completion of this offering.

Incentive Awards

        Upon the completion of this offering, we are granting an aggregate of:

        The LTIP units are subject to forfeiture provisions that expire ratably on a quarterly basis over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. The restricted shares of common stock will vest ratably on a quarterly basis over a five-year period.

128


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Formation Transactions

        Certain of our directors and all of our executive officers and certain of their affiliates have direct or indirect interests in Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company. Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and certain owners of the management company have entered into contribution agreements with us and our operating partnership in connection with our formation transactions, pursuant to which our operating partnership will assume or pay off, with the proceeds of this offering, $            of indebtedness and Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company will receive            common units, representing approximately      % of our common stock to be outstanding following the consummation of this offering on a fully diluted basis. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties" for a list of what individual directors and executive officers of our company will receive as a result of the contributions.

        Following the expiration of a 12-month lock-up period, limited partners in our operating partnership, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company, will have the right to cause our operating partnership to redeem any or all of their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of our common stock, or, at our election, for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.

        Certain members of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including certain of our officers, employees and directors have residual interests, or contingent profit interests, in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and may receive portions of distributions from the assets of each of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI after return of capital and preferred returns to the equity investors in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and the Offering to Certain Parties."

        We will enter into services agreements with each of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV and an option to purchase agreement with Fund III with respect to the Option Properties. See "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Formation Transactions—Services Agreements and Option Properties."

        As part of our formation transactions, with the proceeds of this offering, we will repay subordinate mortgage debt secured by the Option Properties and the number of common units to be issued to Fund III in our formation transactions will be reduced accordingly. See "Use of Proceeds."

        For more detailed information regarding the terms of our formation transactions, including the benefits to related parties, please refer to "Structure and Formation of Our Company."

Partnership Agreement

        Concurrently with the completion of our formation transactions and this offering, we will enter into the partnership agreement with the various entities and persons directly receiving common units in our formation transactions, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and certain of our directors and executive officers and certain of their related parties. As a result, such persons will become limited partners of our operating partnership. See "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement."

Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements

        Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Butcher, will enter into an employment agreement with our company, which will have a term of four years. Messrs. Sullivan, Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone each will enter into an employment agreement with our company that will have a term of three years.

129


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS



However, the terms of each respective employment agreement will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods unless, not later than 60 days prior to the termination of the existing term, either party provides notice to the other party of its intent not to further extend the term. The employment agreements will also provide for an annual base salary, discretionary bonuses and participation in all of the employee benefit plans and arrangements made available by us to our similarly situated officers or to our employees generally. See "Management—Employment Agreements."

        Furthermore, upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our executive officers will receive the equity incentive grants identified in the table below pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. The equity incentive grants are in addition to the interests in common units that our executive officers will receive in our formation transactions in connection with the contributions to us of our initial properties and the management company. The contribution consideration is described separately below under "Structure and Formation of Our Company—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties."

Name
  LTIP Units (1)   Shares of Restricted Stock (1)  

Benjamin S. Butcher

             

Gregory W. Sullivan

             

Stephen C. Mecke

             

Kathryn Arnone

             

David G. King

             

(1)
LTIP Units have forfeiture provisions that expire ratably on a quarterly basis over the first five anniversaries of the grant date. Shares of restricted stock vest in equal quarterly installments over the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service.

        Any member of our board of directors who is also an employee of our company will not receive additional compensation for serving on our board of directors. We will pay an annual fee of $            to each of our non-management directors for services as a director. We will pay an additional annual fee of $            to the chair of the audit committee, an additional annual fee of $             to the chair of the compensation committee and an additional annual fee of $            to the chair of any other committee of our board of directors. All members of our board of directors will be reimbursed for their costs and expenses in attending our board meetings. Any non-management director who joins our board of directors in the future will receive an initial grant of                         restricted shares of common stock upon attendance at his or her first board meeting. See "Management—Board Compensation."

        Our charter includes provisions permitted by Maryland law that limit the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors, executive officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current and future directors and executive officers which will require us to indemnify such persons to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and to pay such persons' expenses in defending any civil or criminal proceedings related to their service on our behalf in advance of final disposition of such proceeding. See "Management—Limitation on Liabilities and Indemnification of Directors and Officers."

Voting Agreement

        We, Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI, the GI Partners' member in STAG GI and the contributors of our management company have entered into a voting agreement. Pursuant to the voting agreement, the

130


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS



GI Partners' member in STAG GI will have the right to select two members of our initial seven member board. In addition, we have agreed that we will cause two persons selected by the GI Partners' member to be nominated for election to our board of directors at each annual meeting of our shareholders. Both of the persons must meet minimum standards described in the voting agreement, and one of the selected person must qualify as an independent director under the NYSE rules for director independence and be able to serve on one of our compensation, audit, nominating and investment committees and will be required to serve as the chairperson of one of such committees. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, at each annual meeting of our shareholders, to vote all of their shares of common stock in favor of the election of the two nominees to our board of directors. The agreement will terminate within the first three years after this offering if GI Partners' member in STAG GI and certain of its affiliates fail to beneficially own at least 10% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding immediately following their transfer of any interest in the common units received by STAG GI in our formation transactions (including shares of our common stock that we may issue upon redemption of such common units). In addition, the agreement will terminate after the first three years following this offering if GI Partners' member in STAG GI and certain of its affiliates fail to beneficially own at least 10% of our fully diluted shares of common stock outstanding, whether or not immediately following their transfer of common units or shares of common stock.

Registration Rights

        We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the various entities and persons receiving common units in our formation transactions. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 12 months after the closing of this offering, we will file a shelf registration statement with the SEC, and thereafter use our best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective, covering the continuous resale of the shares of common stock issued or issuable in exchange for common units issued to Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company in our formation transactions. We may, at our option, prepare and file a registration statement registering the issuance by us to the holders of common units received in our formation transactions of shares of our common stock in lieu of our operating partnership's obligation to pay cash for such common units. We have also agreed to provide rights to holders of these common units to demand additional registration statement filings. We have agreed to pay substantially all of the expenses relating to a registration of such securities.

Relationship with New England Development, LLC

        An affiliate of NED provided the seed capital for STAG in 2003. As a result, NED and NED's former senior officer and our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer, Mr. Sullivan, received ownership interests in STAG. In addition, another affiliate of NED and Mr. Sullivan own interests in SCP III. The NED members and Mr. Sullivan have entered into contribution agreements to transfer their respective interests in the management company to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

        Mr. Sullivan has served on the board of managers of STAG continuously since its formation. Mr. Sullivan also serves on the board of managers or management committees of STAG Manager II, LLC (the entity that manages Fund II), STAG Manager III, LLC (the entity that manages Fund III), and STAG Manager IV, LLC (the entity that manages Fund IV). In addition, Mr. Sullivan served on the investment committee for Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV.

        Pursuant to the terms of its operating agreement, STAG is authorized to borrow up to $1.0 million on an unsecured line of credit from an affiliate of NED for operating expenses and deposit monies.

131


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS



This loan was originally drawn on May 15, 2007 and as of June 30, 2010, there was $1.0 million outstanding under the line of credit, which will be paid in full from the proceeds of this offering and terminated. While this prospectus does not include separate financial statements for the management company as its activities are not considered significant, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus reflect the $1.0 million repayment.

        In addition, as of June 30, 2010, there was an approximately $4.4 million loan outstanding from an affiliate of NED to the Fund III subsidiaries being contributed to us in our formation transactions. The loan was made on January 31, 2009 and the proceeds were used as part of a debt refinancing to pay down indebtedness on the Fund III properties being contributed to us. The loan will be repaid with proceeds from this offering.

        Other than NED's ownership of common units received as a result of our formation transactions, NED will have no further interest in or control of our company. We will not have any ongoing borrowing relationship with NED.

132


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY

Background

        We have deployed more than $1.3 billion of capital representing the acquisition of 218 properties since 2004. These investments were made through four private equity real estate funds, Fund I, Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and one joint venture, STAG GI. We were formed to acquire the existing assets and operations of our predecessor business.

        All of the 24 properties owned by Fund I were sold in 2006. In 2007, 16 properties owned by Fund II were sold. Fund II will retain ownership of 86 properties and will continue to operate as a private, fully-invested fund but will not make any further property acquisitions. Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI will contribute our 89 properties to us in our formation transactions in exchange for common units. Fund III will retain ownership of the Option Properties. See "—Formation Transactions—Services Agreements and Option Properties."

        Our senior management team consists of Mr. Butcher, the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer and President, Mr. Sullivan, our Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer, Mr. Mecke, our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, Ms. Arnone, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, and Mr. King, our Executive Vice President and Director of Real Estate Operations. They have each led or helped manage private and public real estate companies and funds, including STAG, AMB Property Corp., Trizec Hahn Corporation, Meditrust Corporation and LaQuinta Corporation.

Formation Transactions

        We were incorporated on July 21, 2010 under the laws of the State of Maryland. As of immediately before the consummation of our formation transactions and this offering, Mr. Butcher, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Ms. Arnone, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, are our shareholders and collectively hold 110 shares of our common stock that they purchased upon or shortly after our incorporation.

        STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., our operating partnership, was recently organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware. We will conduct substantially all of our operations and own substantially all of our assets through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries.

        We will sell            shares of common stock in this offering and            additional shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full. We will contribute the net proceeds from this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for common units. Our interest in our operating partnership will entitle us to share in cash distributions from, and in the profits and losses of, our operating partnership in proportion to our percentage ownership. As the general partner of our operating partnership, our wholly-owned subsidiary will generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct the operating partnership's business, subject to certain limited approval and voting rights of the other limited partners described more fully below in "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement." Our board of directors will manage the affairs of our company by directing the affairs of our operating partnership.

        Beginning on or after the date which is 12 months after the consummation of this offering, limited partners of our operating partnership have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their common units for cash, based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, or, at our election, shares of our common stock, subject to the ownership limits set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock." With each

133


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY



redemption of units, we will increase our percentage ownership interest in our operating partnership and our share of our operating partnership's cash distributions and profits and losses. See "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement."

        Prior to or concurrent with the completion of this offering, we will engage in the following formation transactions, which are designed to consolidate the ownership of our property portfolio under our operating partnership and its subsidiaries, consolidate our acquisition and asset management businesses into a subsidiary of our operating partnership and enable us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010:

        Each contribution agreement and purchase and sale agreement referenced above is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement, including the completion of this offering. We will assume or succeed to all of each contributor's or seller's rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the entities contributed or sold.

        We will not enter into any tax protection agreements in connection with our formation transactions. In addition, we have not obtained any third-party appraisals of the properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions. As a result, the consideration for these properties and other assets in our formation

134


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY



transactions may exceed their fair market value. Additionally, the contribution agreements and the purchase and sale agreement described above were not negotiated at arm's length, and the terms of those agreements may be more favorable to Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the owners of the management company than they would have been had they been negotiated by third parties.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, we will enter into separate services agreements with Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV pursuant to which we will manage their operations and certain other properties, as set forth in greater detail below.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund II will continue to operate as a private, fully-invested fund and will retain ownership of its 86 properties, with approximately 13.1 million rentable square feet. We will enter into a services agreement with Fund II on terms we believe to be customary, pursuant to which we will manage its properties in return for an annual asset management fee based on the equity investment in such assets, which will initially equal 0.94% of the equity investment and may increase up to 1.25% of the equity investment to the extent assets are sold and the total remaining equity investment is reduced. The services agreement will be terminable by either party on 30 days' written notice.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund III will retain ownership of the Option Properties, which consist of three properties with approximately 890,891 rentable square feet that are vacant and that are acquisition opportunities for us. Following completion of our formation transactions, we will enter into a services agreement with Fund III pursuant to which we will manage the Option Properties for an annual fee of $30,000 per property and provide the limited administrative services Fund III will require until its liquidation for an annual fee of $20,000. Upon approval of our independent directors, we will have the right to acquire any of the Option Properties individually for a period of up to three months after notification that the property has stabilized, defined as 85% or greater occupancy pursuant to leases with at least two years in remaining duration. The sale price of each property will be based on the fair market value of the property as determined by a third-party appraisal. In addition, Fund III has agreed not to sell any of the Option Properties except (1) following our failure to exercise timely our option to purchase the property upon stabilization (in which case the property will become freely saleable), or (2) subject to a right of first refusal in our favor, pursuant to a "bona fide user sale transaction." A "bona fide user sale transaction" is a sale to a buyer, where the buyer or its affiliate intends to occupy the property (as compared to a buyer that intends to lease the property to a tenant unaffiliated with the buyer). If a bona fide user sale transaction results in proceeds, after out-of-pocket expenses of the sale, in excess of Fund III's undepreciated cost to acquire the property plus any subsequent capital invested in the property, then we will be entitled to 25% of such net excess proceeds. Our right to purchase the Option Properties will expire five years after the date of the closing of this offering.

        In addition, we will enter into a services agreement with Fund IV pursuant to which we will provide the limited administrative services Fund IV will require until its liquidation for an annual fee of $20,000. STAG GI will not require administrative services from us or our affiliates following completion of our formation transactions.

        Following completion of our formation transactions, Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI will make no additional property acquisitions, and our senior management team will devote substantially all of its business time to our business.

135


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


Consequences of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering

        The completion of our formation transactions and this offering will have the following consequences:

        The aggregate pro forma net tangible book value of the assets we will acquire in our formation transactions was approximately $             million as of June 30, 2010. In exchange for these assets, we will issue common units with an aggregate value of $            . The initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value or the fair market value of our assets.

136


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


Our Structure

        The chart below reflects our organization immediately following completion of our formation transactions and this offering.

GRAPHIC


(1)
Includes            restricted shares of common stock that will be issued upon closing of this offering to our executive officers and non-management directors pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)
Includes our executive officers' investments in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and their residual interests in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. Solely for purposes of this chart, we calculated our executive officers' residual interests assuming Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI are liquidated upon the closing of this offering at $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and made certain other assumptions. See "—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties" below.

(3)
Excludes common units in which a director or executive officer has no pecuniary interest but that are owned by entities that a director or executive officer may directly or indirectly control. Includes LTIP units, as if LTIP units were common units, that will be issued upon closing of this offering to our executive officers pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(4)
Ownership is through Fund III, Fund IV and/or STAG GI.

137


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our executive officers directly or indirectly, through one or more affiliates, will receive material financial and other benefits.

        The consideration (other than salary, equity incentive and other employment-related benefits, which are described under "Management") to be issued or paid to members of our management team, including their controlled affiliates, in exchange for the contribution of the management company and our properties is described below:

 
   
  Common Units (2)  
Name (1)
  Transactions   Number   Value (3)  

Benjamin S. Butcher

  Fund III properties              

  Fund IV properties              

  STAG GI properties              

  Management company              
               

  Total:              

Gregory W. Sullivan

 

Fund III properties

             

  Fund IV properties              

  STAG GI properties              

  Management company              
               

  Total:              

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Fund III properties

             

  Fund IV properties              

  STAG GI properties              

  Management company              
               

  Total:              

Kathryn Arnone

 

Fund III properties

             

  Fund IV properties              

  STAG GI properties              

  Management company              
               

  Total:              

David G. King

 

Fund III properties

             

  Fund IV properties              

  STAG GI properties              

  Management company              
               

  Total:              

(1)
The amounts shown in the table reflect common units received by the individual directly or received by any entity, but if by an entity only to the extent of the individual's interest in the assets of the entity. Accordingly, the amounts shown in the table above do not reflect common units received by entities that may be controlled by the individual (except to the extent of the individual's interest in the assets of the entity).

(2)
Includes our executive officers' investments in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI and their residual interests in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. Solely for purposes of this table, we calculated our executive officers' residual interests assuming Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI are liquidated upon the closing of this offering at $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus and made certain other assumptions. See "—Benefits of Our Formation Transactions and this Offering to Certain Parties" below.

138


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY


(3)
Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

        Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, Fund III will receive            common units, Fund IV will receive             common units, STAG GI will receive            common units and the management company will receive      common units. The number of common units that Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the management company will receive in our formation transactions (an aggregate of            common units) is fixed and will not change based on the ultimate initial public offering price in this offering.

        After the expiration of the lock-up period, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI may distribute its common units to its members in accordance with the fund's operating agreement. In addition to their invested equity, certain members of Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including certain of our officers, employees and directors, have residual interests, or contingent profit interests, in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. As a result, they may receive distributions related to the residual interests if there are sufficient proceeds after return of capital and preferred returns to themselves and the other equity investors in Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI. In all cases where there is a residual distribution, the higher the share price of our common stock at the time a fund is liquidated, the greater the portion of the common units the fund will distribute to the holders of the residual interests.

        The number of common units being issued to each fund in our formation transactions is fixed so that residual interests will not, in any manner, require us to issue additional common units or shares of common stock or otherwise dilute investors in this offering. In addition, because the value of the residual interests depends on the value of our common stock, not on the value of certain properties or portfolios individually, such residual interests align the interests of the holders of residual interests with the interests of our company and shareholders.

        Distributions subject to the residual interests may consist of, among other items:

        With respect to Fund III, the residual interest in distributions from operations is the right to receive (1) 20% of all such distributions by Fund III after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 9% internal rate of return to the equity investors and (2) 40% of all such distributions by Fund III after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to an 22% internal rate of return to the equity investors. The residual interest in distributions other than from operations—for example, direct distributions of the common units received by Fund III in our formation transactions or distributions of proceeds from the redemption of the common units—is the right, subject to an interim residual interest, to receive (1) 20% of all such distributions by Fund III after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 9% internal rate of return to the equity investors and (2) 40% of all such distributions by Fund III after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to an 22% internal rate of return to the equity investors.

        With respect to Fund IV, the residual interest in distributions from operations is the right to receive (1) 20% of all such distributions by Fund IV after the equity investors have received such

139


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY



distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 9% internal rate of return to the equity investors and (2) 40% of all such distributions by Fund IV after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to an 18% internal rate of return to the equity investors. The residual interest with respect to distributions other than from operations is the right to receive (1) 20% of all such distributions by Fund IV after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 9% internal rate of return to the equity investors and (2) 40% of all such distributions by Fund IV after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to an 18% internal rate of return to the equity investors.

        With respect to STAG GI, the residual interest in capital proceeds is the right to receive 20% of all such proceeds distributed by STAG GI after the equity investors have received such distributions in an aggregate amount equal to a 12% internal rate of return to the equity investors.

        While the timing of the STAG GI distribution is expected to occur 12 months after the date of this prospectus, we cannot estimate the value of any future distribution at the time made. In addition, we cannot estimate the timing of any future distributions by Fund III and Fund IV or the value of any future distributions at the time made. Accordingly, we also cannot estimate whether any of the residual interests will operate to provide any of our executive officers or their affiliates greater consideration than that disclosed in the table above or the extent to which the residual interests may so operate. Our executive officers, certain of their affiliates, certain of our employees and certain other investors in the management company and Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI have direct or indirect residual interests in amounts that vary by fund. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and President, Mr. Butcher, is a member of the management committees of the managers that will control the timing of any distributions made by Fund III and Fund IV.

        Under its operating agreement, Fund III is authorized to make loans to STAG for operating capital and other expenses up to $3.0 million. This loan was originally drawn on May 15, 2007 and as of June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance was approximately $2.8 million. This loan will be paid in full from proceeds from this offering and terminated.

Determination of Consideration Payable for Our Properties

        Our operating partnership will, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, acquire the ownership of each of the properties in our portfolio in connection with the formation transactions. The consideration paid to each of the contributors in the formation transactions will be based upon the terms of the applicable contribution agreements negotiated among us and our operating partnership, on the one hand, and the various contributors, on the other hand. Under these agreements, each contributor will receive a fixed number of common units, subject to adjustment for pre-closing stock and unit splits or similar structural changes to our pre-closing share and unit capitalization. In all cases, the number of units will be subject to adjustment for closing prorations and changes in indebtedness encumbering the properties, among other things. The value of units issued will be equal to (1) the initial public offering price of our common stock, multiplied by (2) such number of units.

        The contributors in the formation transactions, including Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company, will receive            common units with an aggregate value of $             million based on the midpoint of the range of prices shown on the cover of this prospectus. This value will increase or decrease if our common stock is priced above or below the mid-point of the range of prices shown on the cover page of this prospectus.

        The amount of common units that we will pay in exchange for our properties was determined based on several factors, including, but not limited to, a discounted cash flow analysis, a capitalization rate analysis, cost basis and an assessment of the fair market value of the properties. No single factor

140


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF OUR COMPANY



was given greater weight than any other in valuing the properties, and the values attributed to the properties do not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value for the applicable property. We have not obtained third-party property appraisals of the properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions. As a result, the consideration for these properties and other assets in our formation transactions may exceed their fair market value. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—The fair market value of the consideration for the assets to be acquired by us in our formation transactions may exceed the assets' aggregate fair market value."

Determination of Offering Price

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated between the underwriters and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the underwriters considered the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete, our financial information, the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects, the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering, and the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of companies the underwriters deemed generally comparable. The initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to the book value of our assets or the assets to be acquired in our formation transactions, our financial condition or any other established criteria of value and may not be indicative of the market price for our common stock after this offering. We have not obtained any third-party appraisals of the properties and other assets to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transaction. As a result, the consideration for these properties and other assets in our formation transactions may exceed their fair market value. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations—The fair market value of the consideration for the assets to be acquired in our formation transactions may exceed the aggregate fair market value of such assets."

141


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

        The following is a discussion of our investment policies and our policies with respect to certain other activities, including financing matters and conflicts of interest. These policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors, without a vote of our shareholders. Any change to any of these policies by our board of directors, however, would be made only after a thorough review and analysis of that change, in light of then-existing business and other circumstances, and then only if, in the exercise of its business judgment, our board of directors believes that it is advisable to do so in our and our shareholders' best interests. We cannot assure you that our investment objectives will be attained.

Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

        We plan to invest principally in single-tenant industrial properties in the United States. Upon completion of our formation transactions and this offering, our portfolio will consist of 89 industrial properties in 26 states with approximately 13.5 million rentable square feet. In addition, our executive officers will identify and negotiate future acquisition opportunities. For information concerning the investing experience of these individuals, please see the sections entitled "Business" and "Management."

        We intend to conduct substantially all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our primary business objective is to enhance shareholder value over time by achieving sustainable long-term FFO growth and generating attractive total returns to our shareholders.

        There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one property. Additionally, no limits have been set on the concentration of investments in any one location or facility type.

        Additional criteria with respect to our properties are described in "Business."

Investments in Mortgages, Structured Financings and Other Lending Policies

        We have no current intention of investing in loans secured by properties or making loans to persons other than in connection with the acquisition of mortgage loans through which we expect to achieve equity ownership of the underlying property in the near-term.

        However, if we decide to sell any of our properties, in some instances we may sell our properties by providing financing to purchasers. If we provide financing to purchasers, we will bear the risks that the purchaser may default and the distribution of the proceeds of the sales to our stockholders will be delayed.

Investments in Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers

        Generally speaking, we do not expect to engage in any significant investment activities with other entities, although we may consider joint venture investments with other investors. We may also invest in the securities of other issuers in connection with acquisitions of indirect interests in properties (normally general or limited partnership interests in special purpose partnerships owning properties). We may in the future acquire some, all or substantially all of the securities or assets of other REITs or similar entities where that investment would be consistent with our investment policies and the REIT qualification requirements. There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one issuer, other than those imposed by the gross income and asset tests that we must satisfy to qualify as a REIT. However, we do not anticipate investing in other issuers of

142


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES



securities for the purpose of exercising control or acquiring any investments primarily for sale in the ordinary course of business or holding any investments with a view to making short-term profits from their sale. In any event, we do not intend that our investments in securities will require us to register as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and we intend to divest securities before any registration would be required.

        We do not intend to engage in trading, underwriting, agency distribution or sales of securities of other issuers.

Disposition Policy

        Although we have no current plans to dispose of any of the properties we acquire, we will consider doing so, subject to REIT qualification and prohibited transaction rules under the Code, if our management determines that a sale of a property would be in our interests based on the price being offered for the property, the operating performance of the property, the tax consequences of the sale and other factors and circumstances surrounding the proposed sale. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations."

Financing Policies

        We expect to fund property acquisitions initially through a combination of cash available from offering proceeds, our anticipated corporate credit facility and traditional mortgage financing. Where possible, we also anticipate using common units issued by our operating partnership to acquire properties from existing owners seeking a tax-deferred transaction. In addition, we may use a number of different sources to finance our acquisitions and operations, including cash provided by operations, secured and unsecured debt, issuance of debt securities, perpetual and non-perpetual preferred stock, additional common equity issuances, letters of credit or any combination of these sources, to the extent available to us, or other sources that may become available from time to time. We also may take advantage of joint venture or other partnering opportunities as such opportunities arise in order to acquire properties that would otherwise be unavailable to us. We may use the proceeds of our borrowings to acquire assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes.

        We do not have a policy limiting the amount of debt that we may incur, although we intend to target a long-term average debt-to-EBITDA ratio of between 5.0x and 6.0x, although we may exceed these levels from time to time as we complete acquisitions. Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness that we may incur. Our board of directors may from time to time modify our debt policy in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, market values of our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, fluctuations in the market price of our common stock, growth and acquisition opportunities and other factors. Accordingly, our board of directors may increase our indebtedness beyond the policy limits described above. If these policies were changed, we could become more highly leveraged, resulting in an increased risk of default on our obligations and a related increase in debt service requirements that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

Equity Capital Policies

        Subject to applicable law and the requirements for listed companies on the NYSE, our board of directors has the authority, without further shareholder approval, to issue additional authorized shares of common stock and preferred stock or otherwise raise capital, including through the issuance of senior securities, in any manner and on the terms and for the consideration it deems appropriate,

143


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES



including in exchange for property. Existing shareholders will have no preemptive right to additional shares issued in any offering, and any offering might cause a dilution of investment. We may in the future issue shares of common stock in connection with acquisitions. We also may issue common units in connection with acquisitions of property.

        Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise might be in their best interests. Additionally, shares of preferred stock could have distribution, voting, liquidation and other rights and preferences that are senior to those of our common stock. We also may issue preferred units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership that could have distribution, liquidation and other rights and preferences that are senior to those of our common units and therefore structurally senior to those of our common stock.

        We may, under certain circumstances, purchase shares of common or preferred stock in the open market or in private transactions with our shareholders, if those purchases are approved by our board of directors. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares, and any action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualifying as a REIT.

        In the future, we may institute a dividend reinvestment plan, which would allow our shareholders to acquire additional shares of common stock by automatically reinvesting their cash dividends. Shares would be acquired pursuant to the plan at a price equal to the then prevailing market price, without payment of brokerage commissions or service charges. Shareholders who do not participate in the plan will continue to receive cash dividends as declared.

Conflict of Interest Policy

        Our current board of directors consists of Mr. Butcher and as a result, the transactions and agreements entered into in connection with our formation prior to this offering have not been approved by any independent directors. In addition, following completion of our formation transactions and this offering, conflicts of interest may exist between our directors and officers and our company as described below.

        The executive officers for each of the managers of Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI consist of a number of persons who serve as executive officers in similar positions in our company, specifically: Messrs. Butcher, Sullivan Mecke and King and Ms. Arnone. Also, Mr. Butcher, who is a member of our board of directors, also serves on the board of managers and/or management committees of the managers of Fund II, Fund III and Fund IV, and is a member of the board of directors of STAG GI. Our executive officers and certain of our directors may have conflicting duties because they have a duty to both us and to Fund II (which will retain ownership of its properties and continue as a private, fully-invested fund until liquidated), Fund III (which will retain ownership of the Option Properties), Fund IV and STAG GI. Upon completion of our formation transactions, all of these entities will be fully invested and, as a result, will not be making any additional investments in income properties. It is possible that the executive officers' and board members' fiduciary duty to Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI, including, without limitation, their interests in Fund II and the Option Properties, will conflict with what will be in the best interests of our company.

        We did not conduct arm's-length negotiations with respect to the terms and structuring of our formation transactions, resulting in the principals of the management company having the ability to influence the type and level of benefits that they and our other affiliates will receive. We have not

144


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES



obtained third-party appraisals of the properties to be contributed to us in our formation transactions or fairness opinions in connection with our formation transactions. As a result, the consideration for these properties to the prior investors, including certain of our executive officers, in our formation transactions may exceed their fair market value.

        Additional conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, have duties to our operating partnership and to its limited partners in connection with the management of our operating partnership under Delaware law as modified by our operating partnership agreement. Our duties, as the indirect general partner of our operating partnership, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

        We plan to adopt policies to reduce potential conflicts of interest. Generally, our policies will provide that any transaction involving us in which any of our directors, officers or employees has an interest must be approved by a vote of a majority of our disinterested directors. However, we cannot assure you that these policies will be successful in eliminating the influence of these conflicts. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations."

Reporting Policies

        Generally speaking, we intend to make available to our shareholders audited annual financial statements and annual reports. After this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Pursuant to these requirements, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

145


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

        Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our shareholders of record will hold 110 shares of our common stock. At that time, we will have no other shares of capital stock outstanding. The following table sets forth certain information, upon completion of this offering, regarding the ownership of shares of our common stock by:

        In accordance with SEC rules, each listed person's beneficial ownership includes:

        Unless otherwise indicated, all shares are owned directly, and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table below, the business address of the shareholders listed below is the address of our principal executive office, 99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

Name
  Number of
Shares and/or
Common Units
Beneficially
Owned (1)(2)
  Percent of
All Shares (3)
  Percent of
All Shares and
Common Units (4)
 

Benjamin S. Butcher

            %     %

Gregory W. Sullivan

                   

Stephen C. Mecke

                   

Kathryn Arnone

                   

David G. King

                   

F. Alexander Fraser

                   

Jeffrey D. Furber

                   

Larry T. Guillemette

                   

Francis X. Jacoby III

                   

Edward F. Lange, Jr.

                   

Hans S. Weger

                   

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

                   

*
Represents approximately        % of the shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

(1)
As used herein, "voting power" is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and "investment power" is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares.

(2)
Includes ownership of LTIP units to be issued upon the closing of this offering. Upon achieving parity with the common units and becoming "redeemable" in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership, such LTIP units may be redeemed for cash, or at our option, an equal number of shares of common stock.

146


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS


(3)
Assumes                shares of common stock will be outstanding immediately upon the completion of this offering on a fully-diluted basis. In computing the percentage ownership of a person or group, we have assumed that the common units and LTIP units held by that person or the persons in the group have been redeemed for shares of common stock and that those shares are outstanding but that no common units or LTIP units held by other persons are redeemed for shares of common stock.

(4)
Assumes                shares of common stock and common units will be outstanding immediately upon the completion of this offering on a fully-diluted basis, comprised of            shares of common stock and            common units.

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

         The following summary of the material terms of our shares of capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the MGCL, and to our charter and bylaws, copies of which are available from us upon request. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

General

        Our charter provides that we may issue 100 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our board of directors, without any action by our shareholders, may amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of our common stock or the number of shares of our stock of any class or series. As of the closing of this offering, we expect                shares of our common stock will be outstanding on a fully diluted basis (                if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase up to                shares to cover overallotments, if any). No shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

        Additionally,                shares of common stock are reserved for awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

Voting Rights of Common Stock

        Subject to the provisions of our charter restricting the transfer and ownership of shares of our stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of stock, each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of shares of our stock, the holders of our common stock possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock, voting as a single class, may elect all of the directors then standing for election.

        Pursuant to our charter, we cannot dissolve, amend our charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of our assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders holding at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

        Maryland law permits the merger of a 90% or more owned subsidiary with or into its parent without shareholder approval provided the charter of the successor is not amended other than in certain minor respects and the contract rights of any stock of the successor issued in the merger in exchange for stock of the other corporation are identical to the contract rights of the stock for which it is exchanged. Also, because Maryland law may not require the shareholders of a parent corporation to approve a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a subsidiary entity, our subsidiaries may be able to merge or sell all or substantially all of their assets without a vote of our shareholders.

Dividends, Liquidation and Other Rights

        All shares of common stock sold in the offering contemplated by this prospectus will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends or other distributions if and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends or other distributions. They also are entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after payment of or adequate provision for all of our known debts and

148


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK



liabilities. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on transfer and ownership of our stock.

        Holders of our common stock generally have no appraisal, preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. Subject to the restrictions on transfer of capital stock contained in our charter, all shares of common stock have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Preferred Stock and Power to Reclassify Shares of Our Stock

        Our charter authorizes our board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of stock into any class or series of stock, including preferred stock, to classify any unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock or to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of any series of preferred stock previously authorized by our board of directors. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series of preferred stock, our board of directors is required by Maryland law and our charter to fix, subject to our charter restrictions on transfer and ownership, the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series of preferred stock. Thus, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of common stock with terms and conditions, or preferred stock with priority over our existing common stock with respect to distributions and rights upon liquidation or with other terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for you or otherwise be in your best interest. As of the completion of the offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding and we have no present plans to issue any preferred stock.

Power to Increase and Issue Additional Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock

        We believe that the power of our board of directors to amend our charter to increase the aggregate number of shares of our authorized stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series, to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to issue the classified or reclassified shares of stock provides us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as our common stock, are available for issuance without further action by our shareholders, unless shareholder action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our securities may be listed.

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock

        Our charter provides that our board of directors may decide whether it is in the best interests of our company to obtain and maintain status as a REIT under the Code. In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, no more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined by the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of any taxable year. Neither of these requirements would apply to our first short taxable year ending on December 31, 2010.

        To help us to qualify as a REIT, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, contains restrictions on the number of shares of our capital stock that a person may own. Our charter provides that generally no person may own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Code, either

149


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK



more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of capital stock, or more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding common stock. The beneficial ownership and/or constructive ownership rules under the Code are complex and may cause shares of stock owned actually or constructively by a group of related individuals and/or entities to be owned constructively by one individual or entity.

        Our charter also prohibits any person from:

        Any person who acquires, attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our capital stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, and any person who would have owned shares of our stock that resulted in a transfer of shares to a charitable trust (as described below), will be required to give written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days' prior written notice to us, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to continue to qualify as a REIT.

        Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt a person from the above ownership limits and any of the restrictions described above. However, the board of directors may not grant an exemption to any person unless the board of directors obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the board of directors may deem appropriate in order to determine that granting the exemption would not result in our losing our status as a REIT. As a condition of granting the exemption, our board of directors may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the board of directors in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT. In connection with our formation transactions, our board of directors has granted a waiver to STAG GI to own up to        % of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis.

        Our board of directors may increase or decrease the ownership limits so long as the change would not result in five or fewer persons beneficially owning more than 49.9% in value of our outstanding capital stock. Any decrease in the ownership limits shall not apply to any person whose percentage ownership of capital stock is in excess of the decreased ownership limits until such time as such person's percentage ownership of capital stock equals or falls below the decreased ownership limits.

150


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK


        However, if any transfer of our shares of stock or other event occurs that, if effective, would result in any person beneficially or constructively owning shares of stock in excess, or in violation, of the above ownership or transfer limitations, known as a prohibited owner, then that number of shares of stock, the beneficial or constructive ownership of which otherwise would cause such person to violate the transfer or ownership limitations (rounded up to the nearest whole share), will be automatically transferred to a charitable trust for the exclusive benefit of a charitable beneficiary, and the prohibited owner will not acquire any rights in such shares. This automatic transfer will be considered effective as of the close of business on the business day before the violative transfer. If the transfer to the charitable trust would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of the above transfer or ownership limitations, then the transfer of that number of shares of stock that otherwise would cause any person to violate the above limitations will be null and void. Shares of stock held in the charitable trust will continue to constitute issued and outstanding shares of our stock. The prohibited owner will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares of stock held in the charitable trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares of stock held in the charitable trust. The trustee of the charitable trust will be designated by us and must be unaffiliated with us or any prohibited owner and will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of stock held in the charitable trust, and these rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the trust's charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid before our discovery that shares of stock have been transferred to the trustee will be paid by the recipient of such dividend or distribution to the trustee upon demand, and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the trust's charitable beneficiary. The prohibited owner will have no voting rights with respect to shares of stock held in the charitable trust, and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that such shares of stock have been transferred to the trustee, the trustee, in its sole discretion, will have the authority to:

However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote.

        Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of stock have been transferred to the charitable trust, and unless we buy the shares first as described below, the trustee will sell the shares of stock held in the charitable trust to a person, designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations in our charter. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and to the charitable beneficiary. The prohibited owner will receive the lesser of:

151


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK


        The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the prohibited owner will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, before our discovery that shares of stock have been transferred to the charitable trust, such shares are sold by a prohibited owner, then:

        In addition, shares of stock held in the charitable trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of:

        We may reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. We will pay the amount of such reduction to the trustee for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares of stock held in the charitable trust. Upon such a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the trustee will be paid to the charitable beneficiary.

        All certificates representing shares of our capital stock will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.

        Every owner of more than 5% (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) in value of the outstanding shares of our stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, must give written notice to us stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class and series of shares of our stock that the owner beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner must also provide to us such additional information as we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of the owner's beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with our ownership limitations. In addition, each of our shareholders, whether or not an owner of 5% or more of our capital stock, must upon demand provide to us such information as we may request, in good faith, in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure our compliance with the ownership restrictions in our charter.

        The ownership and transfer limitations in our charter could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of us that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or might otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                        .

152


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

         The following summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and of our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Maryland law and our charter and bylaws, copies of which are available from us upon request. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

Our Board of Directors

        Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors constituting our full board of directors will be not less than the minimum number required by Maryland law, and our bylaws provide that the number of directors constituting our full board of directors will not exceed 15 and may only be increased or decreased by a vote of a majority of our directors. Pursuant to Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL, our charter provides any and all vacancies on the board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors even if the remaining directors constitute less than a quorum. Any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. Our charter provides that a director may be removed only upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors. However, because of the board's exclusive power to fill vacant directorships, shareholders will be precluded from filling the vacancies created by any removal with their own nominees. Pursuant to our charter, each member of our board of directors is elected by our shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of shareholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Amendment to the Charter and Bylaws

        Generally, our charter may be amended only if the amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. As permitted by the MGCL, our charter contains a provision permitting our directors, without any action by our shareholders, to amend the charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and make new bylaws, except the following bylaw provisions, each of which may be amended only with the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on such an amendment by holders of outstanding shares of common stock:

        In addition, any amendment to the provisions governing amendments of the bylaw provisions above requires the approval of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of our common stock.

153


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS


No Stockholder Rights Plan

        We have no stockholder rights plan. We do not intend to adopt a stockholder rights plan unless our stockholders approve in advance the adoption of a plan or, if our board of directors adopts a plan for our company, we submit the stockholder rights plan to our stockholders for a ratification vote within 12 months of adoption, without which the plan will terminate.

Dissolution

        Our dissolution must be approved by a majority of our entire board of directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Business Combinations

        Maryland law prohibits "business combinations" between us and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or transfer of equity securities, liquidation plan or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested shareholder as:

    any person or entity who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our stock; or

    an affiliate or associate of ours who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock.

        A person is not an interested shareholder if our board of directors approves in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. However, in approving a transaction, our board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by our board of directors.

        After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between us and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder generally must be recommended by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

    80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of our then-outstanding shares of voting stock; and

    two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of our voting stock other than stock held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or stock held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.

        These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if our common shareholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its stock.

        The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are approved or exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder.

        Our board of directors has adopted a resolution opting out of the business combination provisions. Our bylaws provide that this resolution or any other resolution of our board of directors exempting any business combination from the business combination provisions of the MGCL may only be revoked,

154


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS



altered or amended, and our board of directors may only adopt any resolution inconsistent with any such resolution, with the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by holders of outstanding shares of our common stock. If this resolution is repealed, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Control Share Acquisitions

        Maryland law provides that "control shares" of a Maryland corporation acquired in a "control share acquisition" have no voting rights, except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquiror or by officers or by directors who are our employees are excluded from the shares entitled to vote on the matter. "Control shares" are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other shares of stock currently owned by the acquiring person, or in respect of which the acquiring person is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiring person to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

    one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

    one-third or more but less than a majority; or

    a majority or more of all voting power.

        Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval. A "control share acquisition" means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions. A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel our board of directors to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, we may present the question at any shareholders meeting.

        If voting rights are not approved at the shareholders meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver the statement required by Maryland law, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, we may redeem any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved, for fair value. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of shareholders at which the voting rights of the shares were considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares for purposes of these appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition. The control share acquisition statute does not apply to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if we are a party to the transaction, nor does it apply to acquisitions approved by or exempted by our charter or bylaws.

        Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of our stock, and this provision of our bylaws may not be amended without the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by holders of outstanding shares of our common stock.

155


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS


Maryland Unsolicited Takeovers Act

        Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act, and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions:

    a classified board;

    a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

    a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of directors;

    a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred; and

    a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of shareholders.

        In our charter, we have elected that vacancies on the board be filled only by the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we:

    vest in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships; and

    provide that unless called by our chairman of our board of directors, our president, our chief executive officer or our board of directors, a special meeting of shareholders may only be called by our secretary upon the written request of the shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

        Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its shareholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

    actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

    active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action.

        Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates directors' and officers' liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and do not generally affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

        Our charter also authorizes our company, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to obligate our company to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at the request of our company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

156


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS


        Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at the request of our company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our charter and bylaws also permit our company to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of our company in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

        Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

        However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis of that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation's receipt of:

    a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

    a written undertaking by him or her on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

        We will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        The indemnification agreements will provide that if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as a director, officer or employee of our company, we must indemnify such director or executive

157


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS



officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, unless it has been established that:

    the act or omission of the director or executive officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the director or executive officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or other services; or

    with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or executive officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        The indemnification agreements will also provide that upon application of a director or executive officer of our company to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the court may order indemnification of such director or executive officer if:

    the court determines the director or executive officer is entitled to indemnification under the applicable section of the MGCL, in which case the director or executive officer shall be entitled to recover from us the expenses of securing such indemnification; or

    the court determines that such director or executive officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the director or executive officer has met the standards of conduct set forth in the applicable section of the MGCL or has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper benefit under the applicable section of the MGCL; provided, however, that our indemnification obligations to such director or executive officer will be limited to the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with any proceeding by or in the right of our company or in which the executive officer or director shall have been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under the applicable section of the MGCL.

        Notwithstanding, and without limiting, any other provisions of the indemnification agreements, if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as a director, executive officer or employee of our company, and such director or executive officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, including any claim, issue or matter in such a proceeding that is terminated by dismissal, with or without prejudice.

        In addition, the indemnification agreements will require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within 10 days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied by:

    a written affirmation of the indemnitee's good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

    an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnitee to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

        The indemnification agreements will also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

158


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS


        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, executive officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Meetings of Shareholders

        Special meetings of shareholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president or, in the case of a shareholder requested special meeting, by our secretary upon the written request of the holders of common stock entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

        Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, nominations of individuals for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by shareholders may be made only:

    pursuant to our notice of the meeting;

    by the board of directors; or

    by a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws.

        With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors at a special meeting may be made only:

    pursuant to our notice of the meeting; and

    by the board of directors; or

    provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

        Generally, in accordance with our bylaws, a shareholder seeking to nominate a director or bring other business before our annual meeting of shareholders must deliver a notice to our secretary not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day, nor earlier than the 150th day, prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the prior year's annual meeting of shareholders (for purposes of our 2011 annual meeting, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting of shareholders and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting of shareholders or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting of shareholders is first made by us). For a shareholder seeking to nominate a candidate for our board of directors, the notice must describe various matters regarding the nominee, including name, address, occupation and number of shares held, and other specified matters. For a shareholder seeking to propose other business, the notice must include a description of the proposed business, the reasons for the proposal and other specified matters.

159


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have                shares of common stock outstanding, on fully diluted basis (            shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to an additional                shares), not including an aggregate of (1)                 LTIP units to be granted to our executive officers under our equity incentive plan, (2)                  restricted shares of common stock to be granted to our executive officers and certain employees under our equity incentive plan and (3)                 restricted shares of common stock to be granted to our non-management directors under our equity incentive plan. In addition, upon completion of this offering,                shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Of these shares, the                shares sold in this offering (            shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations on ownership set forth in our charter, except for any shares purchased in this offering by our "affiliates," as that term is defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                shares expected to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering, plus any shares purchased by affiliates in this offering and the shares of common stock owned by affiliates upon redemption of common units, will be "restricted shares" as defined in Rule 144.

Rule 144

        In general, Rule 144 provides that if (1) one year has elapsed since the date of acquisition of shares of common stock from us or any of our affiliates and (2) the holder is, and has not been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such shares of common stock in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements under such rule. In general, Rule 144 also provides that if (1) six months have elapsed since the date of acquisition of shares of common stock from us or any of our affiliates, (2) we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days and (3) the holder is not, and has not been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such shares of common stock in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) subject to satisfaction of Rule 144's public information requirements but without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements under such rule.

        In addition, under Rule 144, if (1) one year (or, subject to us being a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least the preceding 90 days, six months) has elapsed since the date of acquisition of shares of common stock from us or any of our affiliates and (2) the holder is, or has been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such shares of common stock in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) subject to satisfaction of Rule 144's volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements and notice requirements.

Redemption/Exchange Rights

        In connection with our formation transactions, our operating partnership will issue an aggregate of common units to Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company (if the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full). Beginning on or after the date which is     months after the consummation of this offering, limited partners of our operating partnership have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock, based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of

160


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE



shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, subject to the ownership limits set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled "Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Stock." See "Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement."

Registration Rights

        We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the various entities and persons receiving common units in our formation transactions. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 12 months after the closing of this offering, we will file a shelf registration statement with the SEC, and thereafter use our best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective, covering the continuous resale of the shares of common stock issued or issuable in exchange for common units issued to Fund III, Fund IV, STAG GI and the members of the management company in our formation transactions. We may, at our option, prepare and file a registration statement registering the issuance by us to the holders of common units received in our formation transactions of shares of our common stock in lieu of our operating partnership's obligation to pay cash for such common units. We have also agreed to provide rights to holders of these common units to demand additional registration statement filings. We have agreed to pay substantially all of the expenses relating to a registration of such securities.

Grants Under Equity Incentive Plan

        We intend to adopt our equity incentive plan immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The equity incentive plan provides for the grant of incentive awards to our executive officers, directors, employees, and consultants. We intend to issue an aggregate of                shares of common stock to certain of our executive officers, directors, employees and consultants upon completion of this offering, and intend to reserve an additional            shares of common stock for issuance under the plan, subject to increase as described in "Management—Equity Incentive Plan".

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock issuable under the equity incentive plan. Common stock covered by this registration statement, including any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or restricted stock, will be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

        In addition to the limits placed on the sale of our common stock by operation of Rule 144 and other provisions of the Securities Act, our executive officers and directors and the owners of the management company, Fund III, Fund IV and STAG GI have agreed with the underwriters of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer or encumber any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock (including common units) owned by them at the completion of this offering or thereafter acquired by them for a period of 12 months after the completion of this offering, without the prior consent of the underwriters. See "Underwriting."

161


Table of Contents

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

        The following summary of material provisions of the partnership agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the partnership agreement and applicable provisions of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act ("DRULPA").

General

        Our operating partnership, STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., has been organized as a Delaware limited partnership. We are considered to be an UPREIT, in which all of our assets are owned in a limited partnership, our operating partnership, of which a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours is the sole general partner. For purposes of satisfying the asset and income tests for qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our proportionate share of the assets and income of our operating partnership will be deemed to be our assets and income. The purpose of our operating partnership includes the conduct of any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership formed under the DRULPA, except that the limited partnership agreement, or the partnership agreement, of our operating partnership requires the business of our operating partnership to be conducted in such a manner that will permit us to qualify as a REIT under U.S. federal tax laws.

        We will hold our assets and conduct our business through our operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we, as the owner of the sole general partner of our operating partnership, have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of our operating partnership. Our operating partnership may admit additional limited partners in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement. The limited partners of our operating partnership have no authority in their capacity as limited partners to transact business for, or participate in the management activities or decisions of, our operating partnership except as required by applicable law. Consequently, we, by virtue of our position as the owner of the general partner, control the assets and business of our operating partnership. However, any amendment to the partnership agreement that would:

will require the consent of each limited partner adversely affected thereby or else shall be effective against only those limited partners who shall have consented thereto.

Operations

        The partnership agreement requires that our operating partnership be operated in a manner that will enable us to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT for U.S. federal tax purposes, to avoid any U.S. federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, and to ensure that our operating partnership will not be classified as a "publicly traded partnership" for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.

        In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by our operating partnership, it is anticipated that our operating partnership will pay all of our administrative costs and

162


Table of Contents

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT



expenses and our expenses will be treated as expenses of our operating partnership. Such expenses include:

Distributions

        The partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership shall distribute cash from operations (including net sale or refinancing proceeds, but excluding net proceeds from the sale of our operating partnership's property in connection with the liquidation of our operating partnership) on a quarterly (or, at the election of the general partner, more frequent) basis, in amounts determined by the general partner in its sole discretion, to the partners, to the extent that net income has been allocated to such partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in our operating partnership and thereafter to the partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests. Upon liquidation of our operating partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of our operating partnership, including any partner loans, it is anticipated that any remaining assets of our operating partnership will be distributed to all partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their respective positive capital account balances. If any partner has a deficit balance in its capital account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such partner shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of our operating partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the partnership or to any other person for any purpose whatsoever.

Partnership Allocations

        It is anticipated that income, gain and loss of our operating partnership for each fiscal year generally will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective interests in our operating partnership, subject to compliance with the provisions of the Code Sections 704(b) and 704(c) and U.S. Department of Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

Capital Contributions and Borrowings

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will contribute to our operating partnership the net proceeds of this offering as our initial capital contribution in exchange for limited partnership interests and, indirectly, the general partnership interest in our operating partnership. Under the partnership agreement, we are obligated to contribute the net proceeds of any subsequent offering of our common stock as additional capital to our operating partnership.

        The partnership agreement provides that if our operating partnership requires additional funds at any time in excess of funds available to our operating partnership from borrowing or capital contributions, we may borrow such funds from a financial institution or other lender and lend such funds to our operating partnership.

163


Table of Contents

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT


Issuance of Additional Limited Partnership Interests

        As the owner of the sole general partner of our operating partnership, we are authorized, without the consent of the limited partners, to cause our operating partnership to issue additional units to us, to limited partners or to other persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as we deem appropriate. If additional units are issued to us, then, unless the additional units are issued in connection with a contribution of property to our operating partnership, we must (1) issue additional shares of common stock and must contribute to our operating partnership the entire proceeds received by us from such issuance or (2) issue additional units to all partners in proportion to their respective interests in our operating partnership. Consideration for additional partnership interests may be cash or other property or assets. No person, including any partner or assignee, has preemptive, preferential or similar rights with respect to additional capital contributions to our operating partnership or the issuance or sale of any partnership interests therein.

        Our operating partnership may issue units of limited partnership interest that are common units, units of limited partnership interest that are preferred as to distributions and upon liquidation to our units of limited partnership interest and other types of units with such rights and obligations as may be established by the general partner from time to time.

Redemption Rights

        Pursuant to the partnership agreement, on or after the date that is one year from the date of issuance, the limited partners holding common units (other than us) have the right to cause our operating partnership to redeem their units for cash or, at the election of the general partner, our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as provided in the partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a limited partner will not be entitled to exercise its redemption right to the extent the issuance of common stock to the redeeming limited partner would (1) be prohibited, as determined in our sole discretion, under our charter or (2) cause the acquisition of common stock by such redeeming limited partner to be "integrated" with any other distribution of common stock for purposes of complying with the Securities Act.

No Removal of the General Partner

        Our wholly-owned subsidiary may not be removed as general partner by the partners with or without cause.

Withdrawal of General Partner; Transfer of General Partner's Interests

        We cannot cause the general partner to withdraw from our operating partnership or transfer or assign its interest in our operating partnership unless:

164


Table of Contents

OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT


Restrictions on Transfer by Limited Partners

        The partnership agreement provides that each limited partner, and each transferee of partnership interests or assignee pursuant to a permitted transfer, has the right to transfer all or any portion of its partnership interest to any person, subject to the provisions of the partnership agreement. No limited partner shall have the right to substitute a transferee as a limited partner in its place. A transferee of the interest of a limited partner may be admitted as a substituted limited partner only with the consent of the general partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

Term

        Our operating partnership shall continue until terminated as provided in the partnership agreement or by operation of law.

Tax Matters

        Pursuant to the partnership agreement, the general partner is the tax matters partner of our operating partnership and, as such, has authority to handle tax audits and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of our operating partnership.

165


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common stock. The law firm of DLA Piper LLP (US) has acted as our tax counsel and reviewed this summary. For purposes of this section under the heading "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations," references to "STAG," "we," "our" and "us" mean only STAG Industrial, Inc. and not its subsidiaries or other lower-tier entities, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. We have not sought and do not currently expect to seek an advance ruling from the IRS regarding any matter discussed in this prospectus. The summary is also based upon the assumption that we will operate STAG Industrial, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliated entities in accordance with their applicable organizational documents. This summary is for general information only and does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular investor in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to investors subject to special tax rules, such as:

and, except to the extent discussed below:

        This summary assumes that investors will hold their common stock as a capital asset, which generally means as property held for investment.

        The U.S. federal income tax treatment of holders of our common stock depends in some instances on determinations of fact and interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. In addition, the tax consequences to any particular shareholder of holding our common stock will depend on the shareholder's particular tax circumstances. For example, a shareholder that is a partnership or trust that has issued an equity interest to certain types of tax-exempt organizations may be subject to a special entity-level tax if we make distributions attributable to "excess inclusion income." See "—Taxation of STAG REIT—Taxable Mortgage Pools and Excess Inclusion Income." A similar tax may be payable by persons who hold our stock as nominees on behalf of tax-exempt organizations. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, and local and foreign income and other tax consequences to you in

166


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



light of your particular investment or tax circumstances of acquiring, holding, exchanging, or otherwise disposing of our common stock.

Taxation of STAG REIT

        We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that we have been organized and operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT.

        The law firm of DLA Piper LLP (US) is acting as our tax counsel in connection with this offering. In connection with this offering, DLA Piper LLP (US) will render an opinion that we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and that our present and proposed organization, ownership and method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT beginning with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. It must be emphasized that the opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) will be based on various assumptions relating to our organization and operation and conditioned upon fact-based representations and covenants made by our management regarding our organization, assets, and income, and the future conduct of our business operations. While we intend to operate so that we qualify as a REIT, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing REITs, the ongoing importance of factual determinations, and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, no assurance can be given by DLA Piper LLP (US) or by us that we will qualify as a REIT for any particular year. The opinion will be expressed as of the date issued and will not cover subsequent periods. Counsel has no obligation to advise us or our shareholders of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed, or of any subsequent change in the applicable law. You should be aware that opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in such opinions.

        Qualification and taxation as a REIT depends on our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual operating results, distribution levels, and diversity of stock and asset ownership, various qualification requirements imposed upon REITs by the Code, the compliance with which will not be reviewed by DLA Piper LLP (US). Our ability to qualify as a REIT also requires that we satisfy certain asset tests, some of which depend upon the fair market values of assets that we own directly or indirectly. Such values may not be susceptible to a precise determination. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of our operations for any taxable year will satisfy such requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

Taxation of REITs in General

        As indicated above, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, various qualification requirements imposed upon REITs by the Code. The material qualification requirements are summarized below under "—Requirements for Qualification—General." While we intend to operate so that we qualify as a REIT, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge our qualification, or that we will be able to operate in accordance with the REIT requirements in the future. See "—Failure to Qualify."

        Provided that we qualify as a REIT, generally we will be entitled to a deduction for dividends that we pay and therefore will not be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our taxable income that is currently distributed to our shareholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the "double taxation" at the corporate and shareholder levels that generally results from investment in a corporation. In general, the income that we generate and distribute currently is taxed only at the shareholder level upon distribution to our shareholders.

167


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        For tax years through 2010, most domestic shareholders that are individuals, trusts or estates are taxed on regular corporate dividends at a maximum rate of 15% (the same as long-term capital gains). With limited exceptions, however, dividends from us or from other entities that are taxed as REITs are generally not eligible for this rate and will continue to be taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income. See "—Taxation of Shareholders—Taxation of Taxable Domestic Shareholders—Distributions."

        Any net operating losses and other tax attributes of ours generally do not pass through to our shareholders, subject to special rules for certain items such as the capital gains that we recognize. See "—Taxation of Shareholders."

        If we qualify as a REIT, we will nonetheless be subject to U.S. federal tax in the following circumstances:

168


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        In addition, we and our subsidiaries may be subject to a variety of taxes, including payroll taxes and state and local and foreign income, property and other taxes on our assets and operations. We could also be subject to tax in situations and on transactions not presently contemplated.

Requirements for Qualification—General

        The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

        The Code provides that conditions (1) through (4) must be met during the entire taxable year, and that condition (5) must be met during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Conditions (5) and (6) need not be met during a corporation's initial tax year as a REIT. In our case, we intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. Our charter provides restrictions

169


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


regarding the ownership and transfer of our shares, which are intended to assist us in satisfying the share ownership requirements described in conditions (5) and (6) above.

        To monitor compliance with the share ownership requirements, we generally are required to maintain records regarding the actual ownership of our shares. To do so, we must demand written statements each year from the record holders of significant percentages of our stock pursuant to which the record holders must disclose the actual owners of the shares (i.e., the persons required to include our distributions in their gross income). We must maintain a list of those persons failing or refusing to comply with this demand as part of our records. We could be subject to monetary penalties if we fail to comply with these record-keeping requirements. If you fail or refuse to comply with the demands, you will be required by U.S. Department of Treasury regulations to submit a statement with your tax return disclosing your actual ownership of our shares and other information.

        In addition, a corporation generally may not elect to become a REIT unless its taxable year is the calendar year. We have adopted December 31 as our taxable year-end, and thereby satisfy this requirement.

        The Code provides relief from violations of the REIT gross income requirements, as described below under "—Income Tests," in cases where a violation is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, and other requirements are met, including the payment of a penalty tax that is based upon the magnitude of the violation. In addition, certain provisions of the Code extend similar relief in the case of certain violations of the REIT asset requirements and other REIT requirements, again provided that the violation is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, and other conditions are met, including the payment of a penalty tax. If we fail to satisfy any of the various REIT requirements, there can be no assurance that these relief provisions would be available to enable us to maintain our qualification as a REIT, and, if such relief provisions are available, the amount of any resultant penalty tax could be substantial.

Subsidiary Entities

        Ownership of partnership interests.     If we are a partner in an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Department of Treasury regulations provide that we are deemed to own our proportionate share of the partnership's assets, and to earn our proportionate share of the partnership's income, for purposes of the asset and gross income tests applicable to REITs. Our proportionate share of a partnership's assets and income is based on our capital interest in the partnership (except that for purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of the partnership's assets is based on our proportionate interest in the equity and certain debt securities issued by the partnership). In addition, the assets and gross income of the partnership are deemed to retain the same character in our hands. Thus, our proportionate share of the assets and items of income of any of our subsidiary partnerships will be treated as our assets and items of income for purposes of applying the REIT requirements. For any period of time that we own 100% of our Operating Partnership, all of the Operating Partnership's assets and income will be deemed to be ours for federal income tax purposes.

        Disregarded subsidiaries.     If we own a corporate subsidiary that is a "qualified REIT subsidiary," that subsidiary is generally disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and all of the subsidiary's assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit are treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit, including for purposes of the gross income and asset tests applicable to REITs. A qualified REIT subsidiary is any corporation, other than a TRS (as described below), that is directly or indirectly (through other disregarded entities) wholly owned by a REIT. Other entities that are wholly owned by us, including single member, domestic limited liability

170


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



companies that have not elected to be taxed as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are also generally disregarded as separate entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including for purposes of the REIT income and asset tests. Disregarded subsidiaries, along with any partnerships in which we hold an equity interest, are sometimes referred to herein as "pass-through subsidiaries."

        In the event that a disregarded subsidiary of ours ceases to be wholly owned—for example, if any equity interest in the subsidiary is acquired by a person other than us or another disregarded subsidiary of ours—the subsidiary's separate existence would no longer be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Instead, the subsidiary would have multiple owners and would be treated as either a partnership or a taxable corporation. Such an event could, depending on the circumstances, adversely affect our ability to satisfy the various asset and gross income requirements applicable to REITs, including the requirement that REITs generally may not own, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the securities of another corporation.

        Taxable corporate subsidiaries.     In the future we may jointly elect with any of our subsidiary corporations, whether or not wholly owned, to treat such subsidiary corporations as taxable REIT subsidiaries, or TRSs. We generally may not own more than 10% of the securities of a taxable corporation, as measured by voting power or value, unless we and such corporation elect to treat such corporation as a TRS. The separate existence of a TRS or other taxable corporation is not ignored for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a TRS or other taxable corporation generally would be subject to corporate income tax on its earnings, which may reduce the cash flow that we and our subsidiaries generate in the aggregate, and may reduce our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

        We are not treated as holding the assets of a TRS or other taxable subsidiary corporation or as receiving any income that the subsidiary earns. Rather, the stock issued by a taxable subsidiary to us is an asset in our hands, and we treat the distributions paid to us from such taxable subsidiary, if any, as income, gain, or return of capital, as applicable. This treatment can affect our income and asset test calculations, as described below. Because we do not include the assets and income of TRSs or other taxable subsidiary corporations in determining our compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities to undertake indirectly activities that the REIT rules might otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. For example, we may use TRSs or other taxable subsidiary corporations to conduct activities that give rise to certain categories of income such as management fees or activities that would be treated in our hands as prohibited transactions.

Income Tests

        In order to qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy two gross income requirements on an annual basis. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year, excluding gross income from sales of inventory or dealer property in "prohibited transactions" and certain other forms of income, generally must be derived from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property, including interest income derived from mortgage loans secured by real property (including certain types of mortgage-backed securities), "rents from real property," distributions received from other REITs, and gains from the sale of real estate assets, as well as specified income from temporary investments. Second, at least 95% of our gross income in each taxable year, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions and certain hedging transactions, must be derived from some combination of such income from investments in real property (i.e., income that qualifies under the 75% income test described above), as well as other dividends, interest, and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, which need not have any relation to real property.

171


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        Interest income constitutes qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% income test (as described above) to the extent that the obligation upon which such interest is paid is secured by a mortgage on real property. If we receive interest income with respect to a mortgage loan that is secured by both real property and other property, and the highest principal amount of the loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property on the date that we acquired or originated the mortgage loan, the interest income will be apportioned between the real property and the other collateral, and our income from the arrangement will qualify for purposes of the 75% income test only to the extent that the interest is allocable to the real property. Even if a loan is not secured by real property, or is undersecured, the income that it generates may nonetheless qualify for purposes of the 95% income test.

        To the extent that the terms of a loan provide for contingent interest that is based on the cash proceeds realized upon the sale of the property securing the loan (a "shared appreciation provision"), income attributable to the participation feature will be treated as gain from sale of the underlying property, which generally will be qualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests provided that the real property is not held as inventory or dealer property or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. To the extent that we derive interest income from a mortgage loan or income from the rental of real property (discussed below) where all or a portion of the amount of interest or rental income payable is contingent, such income generally will qualify for purposes of the gross income tests only if it is based upon the gross receipts or sales and not on the net income or profits of the borrower or lessee. This limitation does not apply, however, where the borrower or lessee leases substantially all of its interest in the property to tenants or subtenants to the extent that the rental income derived by the borrower or lessee, as the case may be, would qualify as rents from real property had we earned the income directly.

        Rents received by us will qualify as "rents from real property" in satisfying the gross income requirements described above only if several conditions are met. If rent is partly attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property, the portion of the rent that is attributable to the personal property will not qualify as "rents from real property" unless it constitutes 15% or less of the total rent received under the lease. In addition, the amount of rent generally must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. Amounts received as rent, however, generally will not be excluded from rents from real property solely by reason of being based on fixed percentages of gross receipts or sales. Moreover, for rents received to qualify as "rents from real property," we generally must not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to the tenants of such property, other than through an "independent contractor" from which we derive no revenue and that meets certain other requirements or through a TRS. We are permitted, however, to perform services that are "usually or customarily rendered" in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and which are not otherwise considered rendered to the occupant of the property. In addition, we may directly or indirectly provide noncustomary services to tenants of our properties without disqualifying all of the rent from the property if the income from such services does not exceed 1% of the total gross income from the property. For purposes of this test, we are deemed to have received income from such non-customary services in an amount at least 150% of the direct cost of providing the services. Moreover, we are generally permitted to provide services to tenants or others through a TRS without disqualifying the rental income received from tenants for purposes of the income tests. Also, rental income will qualify as rents from real property only to the extent that we do not directly or constructively hold a 10% or greater interest, as measured by vote or value, in the lessee's equity.

        We may directly or indirectly receive distributions from TRSs or other corporations that are not REITs or qualified REIT subsidiaries. These distributions generally are treated as dividend income to

172


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



the extent of the earnings and profits of the distributing corporation. Such distributions will generally constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Any distributions (other than return of capital distributions) that we receive from a REIT, however, will be qualifying income for purposes of both the 95% and 75% income tests.

        We may receive (either actual receipt or deemed receipt) amounts from certain affiliated entities in exchange for such entities' use of intellectual property rights, including the use of the STAG name. We do not expect such amounts to be significant, and, in any event, to negatively impact our compliance with REIT gross income tests.

        If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we may still qualify as a REIT for such year if we are entitled to relief under applicable provisions of the Code. These relief provisions will be generally available if (1) our failure to meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (2) following our identification of the failure to meet the 75% or 95% gross income test for any taxable year, we file a schedule with the IRS setting forth each item of our gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income test for such taxable year in accordance with U.S. Department of Treasury regulations. It is not possible to state whether we would be entitled to the benefit of these relief provisions in all circumstances. If these relief provisions are inapplicable to a particular set of circumstances, we will not qualify as a REIT. As discussed above under "—Taxation of REITs in General," even where these relief provisions apply, the Code imposes a tax based upon the amount by which we fail to satisfy the particular gross income test.

Asset Tests

        At the close of each calendar quarter, we must also satisfy four tests relating to the nature of our assets. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be represented by some combination of "real estate assets," cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, and, under some circumstances, stock or debt instruments purchased with new capital. For this purpose, real estate assets include interests in real property, such as land, buildings, leasehold interests in real property, stock of other corporations that qualify as REITs, and some kinds of mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loans. Assets that do not qualify for purposes of the 75% test are subject to the additional asset tests described below.

        Second, the value of any one issuer's securities that we own (other than a TRS or qualified REIT subsidiary) may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets.

        Third, we may not own more than 10% of any one issuer's outstanding securities, as measured by either voting power or value. The 10% asset tests do not apply to securities of TRSs and qualified REIT subsidiaries and the 10% asset test by value does not apply to "straight debt" having specified characteristics and to certain other securities described below. Solely for purposes of the 10% asset test by value, the determination of our interest in the assets of a partnership in which we own an interest will be based on our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Code, as well as our equity interest in the partnership, if any.

        Fourth, the aggregate value of all securities of TRSs that we hold may not exceed 25% of the value of our total assets.

        Notwithstanding the general rule, as noted above, that for purposes of the REIT income and asset tests we are treated as owning our proportionate share of the underlying assets of a subsidiary partnership, if we hold indebtedness issued by a partnership, the indebtedness will be subject to, and may cause a violation of, the asset tests unless the indebtedness is a qualifying mortgage asset or other conditions are met. Similarly, although stock of another REIT is a qualifying asset for purposes of the

173


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



REIT asset tests, any non-mortgage debt that is issued by another REIT may not so qualify (such debt, however, will not be treated as a "security" for purposes of the 10% asset test by value, as explained below).

        Certain relief provisions are available to REITs to satisfy the asset requirements or to maintain REIT qualification notwithstanding certain violations of the asset and other requirements. One such provision allows a REIT which fails one or more of the asset requirements to nevertheless maintain its REIT qualification if (1) the REIT provides the IRS with a description of each asset causing the failure, (2) the failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, (3) the REIT pays a tax equal to the greater of (i) $50,000 per failure, and (ii) the product of the net income generated by the assets that caused the failure multiplied by the highest applicable corporate tax rate (currently 35%), and (4) the REIT either disposes of the assets causing the failure within six months after the last day of the quarter in which it identifies the failure, or otherwise satisfies the relevant asset tests within that time frame.

        In the case of de minimis violations of the 10% and 5% asset tests, a REIT may maintain its qualification despite a violation of such requirements if (1) the value of the assets causing the violation does not exceed the lesser of 1% of the REIT's total assets and $10,000,000, and (2) the REIT either disposes of the assets causing the failure within six months after the last day of the quarter in which it identifies the failure, or the relevant tests are otherwise satisfied within that time frame.

        Certain securities will not cause a violation of the 10% asset test described above. Such securities include instruments that constitute "straight debt." A security does not qualify as "straight debt" where a REIT (or a controlled TRS of the REIT) owns other securities of the same issuer which do not qualify as straight debt, unless the value of those other securities constitute, in the aggregate, 1% or less of the total value of that issuer's outstanding securities. In addition to straight debt, the Code provides that certain other securities will not violate the 10% asset test. Such securities include (1) any loan made to an individual or an estate, (2) certain rental agreements pursuant to which one or more payments are to be made in subsequent years (other than agreements between a REIT and certain persons related to the REIT under attribution rules), (3) any obligation to pay rents from real property, (4) securities issued by governmental entities that are not dependent in whole or in part on the profits of (or payments made by) a non-governmental entity, (5) any security (including debt securities) issued by another REIT, and (6) any debt instrument issued by a partnership if the partnership's income is of a nature that it would satisfy the 75% gross income test described above under "—Income Tests." In applying the 10% asset test by value, a debt security issued by a partnership is not taken into account to the extent, if any, of the REIT's proportionate interest in the equity and certain debt securities issued by that partnership.

        Any interests that we hold in a REMIC will generally qualify as real estate assets and income derived from REMIC interests will generally be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the REIT income tests described above. If less than 95% of the assets of a REMIC are real estate assets, however, then only a proportionate part of our interest in the REMIC and income derived from the interest qualifies for purposes of the REIT asset and income tests. If we hold a "residual interest" in a REMIC from which we derive "excess inclusion income," we will be required to either distribute the excess inclusion income or pay tax on it (or a combination of the two), even though we may not receive the income in cash. To the extent that distributed excess inclusion income is allocable to a particular shareholder, the income (1) would not be allowed to be offset by any net operating losses otherwise available to the shareholder, (2) would be subject to tax as UBTI in the hands of most types of shareholders that are otherwise generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax, and (3) would result in the application of U.S. federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate (30%), without reduction

174


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



of any otherwise applicable income tax treaty, to the extent allocable to most types of foreign shareholders. Moreover, any excess inclusion income that we receive that is allocable to specified categories of tax-exempt investors which are not subject to unrelated business income tax, such as government entities, may be subject to corporate-level income tax in our hands, whether or not it is distributed. See "—Taxable Mortgage Pools and Excess Inclusion Income."

        We believe that our holdings of securities and other assets will comply with the foregoing REIT asset requirements, and we intend to monitor compliance on an ongoing basis. Certain mezzanine loans we make or acquire may qualify for the safe harbor of Revenue Procedure 2003-65 pursuant to which certain loans secured by a first priority security interest in ownership interests in a partnership or limited liability company will be treated as qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% real estate asset test and the 10% vote or value test. See "—Income Tests." We may make some mezzanine loans that do not qualify for that safe harbor, qualify as "straight debt" securities or qualify for one of the other exclusions from the definition of "securities" for purposes of the 10% value test. We intend to make such investments in such a manner as not to fail the asset tests described above.

        Some of our assets will consist of goodwill, including goodwill related to the contribution of the management company. We do not expect the value of any such goodwill to be significant, and, in any event, to negatively impact our compliance with the REIT asset tests.

        No independent appraisals will be obtained to support our conclusions as to the value of our total assets or the value of any particular security or securities. Moreover, values of some assets, may not be susceptible to a precise determination, and values are subject to change in the future. Furthermore, the proper classification of an instrument as debt or equity for federal income tax purposes may be uncertain in some circumstances, which could affect the application of the REIT asset requirements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our interests in our subsidiaries or in the securities of other issuers will not cause a violation of the REIT asset tests.

        If we should fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, such a failure would not cause us to lose our REIT qualification if we (1) satisfied the asset tests at the close of the preceding calendar quarter and (2) the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset requirements was not wholly or partly caused by an acquisition of non-qualifying assets, but instead arose from changes in the market value of our assets. If the condition described in (2) were not satisfied, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose or by making use of relief provisions described below.

Annual Distribution Requirements

        In order to qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to our shareholders in an amount at least equal to:

        We generally must make these distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if declared before we timely file our tax return for the year and if paid with or before the first regular dividend payment after such declaration. In order for dividends to provide a tax

175


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



deduction for us, the distributions must not be "preferential dividends." A distribution is not a preferential dividend if the distribution is (1) pro rata among all outstanding shares of stock within a particular class, and (2) in accordance with the preferences among different classes of stock as set forth in our organizational documents.

        To the extent that we distribute at least 90%, but less than 100%, of our "REIT taxable income," as adjusted, we will be subject to tax at ordinary corporate tax rates on the retained portion. We may elect to retain, rather than distribute, our net long-term capital gains and pay tax on such gains. In this case, we could elect for our shareholders to include their proportionate shares of such undistributed long-term capital gains in income, and to receive a corresponding credit for their share of the tax that we paid. Our shareholders would then increase their adjusted basis of their stock by the difference between (1) the amounts of capital gain distributions that we designated and that they include in their taxable income, and (2) the tax that we paid on their behalf with respect to that income.

        To the extent that we have available net operating losses carried forward from prior REIT tax years, such losses may reduce the amount of distributions that we must make in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. Such losses, however, will generally not affect the character, in the hands of our shareholders, of any distributions that are actually made as ordinary dividends or capital gains. See "—Taxation of Shareholders—Taxation of Taxable Domestic Shareholders—Distributions."

        If we should fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for such year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, we would be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the sum of (i) the amounts actually distributed, and (ii) the amounts of income for the taxable year we retained and on which we have paid corporate income tax.

        It is possible that, from time to time, we may not have sufficient cash to meet the distribution requirements due to timing differences between (1) our actual receipt of cash, including receipt of distributions from our subsidiaries, and (2) our inclusion of items in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Other potential sources of non-cash taxable income include:

        In the event that such timing differences occur, in order to meet the distribution requirements, it might be necessary for us to arrange for short-term, or possibly long-term, borrowings, or to pay distributions in the form of taxable in-kind distributions of stock or other property.

        We may be able to rectify a failure to pay sufficient dividends for any year by paying "deficiency dividends" to shareholders in a later year. These deficiency dividends may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year, but an interest charge would be imposed upon us for the delay in distribution.

176


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


Failure to Qualify

        If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification other than the gross income or asset tests, we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. Relief provisions are available for failures of the gross income tests and asset tests, as described above in "—Income Tests" and "—Asset Tests."

        If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions described above do not apply, we would be subject to tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We cannot deduct dividends to shareholders in any year in which we are not a REIT, nor would we be required to make distributions in such a year. In this situation, to the extent of current and accumulated earnings and profits, distributions to domestic shareholders that are individuals, trusts and estates will generally be taxable at capital gains rates (through 2010). In addition, subject to the limitations of the Code, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Unless we are entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would also be disqualified from re-electing to be taxed as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we lost qualification. It is not possible to state whether, in all circumstances, we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

        A significant portion of our investments is expected to be in the form of sale-leaseback transactions. We intend to treat these transactions as true leases for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, depending on the terms of any specific transaction, the IRS might take the position that the transaction is not a true lease but is more properly treated in some other manner. If such recharacterization were successful, we would not be entitled to claim the depreciation deductions available to an owner of the property. In addition, the recharacterization of one or more of these transactions might cause us to fail to satisfy the asset tests or the income tests described above and such failure could result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Alternatively, the amount or timing of income inclusion or the loss of depreciation deductions resulting from the recharacterization might cause us to fail to meet the distribution requirement described above for one or more taxable years absent the availability of the deficiency dividend procedure or might result in a larger portion of our dividends being treated as ordinary income to our shareholders.

Prohibited Transactions

        Net income that we derive from a prohibited transaction is subject to a 100% tax. The term "prohibited transaction" generally includes a sale or other disposition of property (other than foreclosure property, as discussed below) that is held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We intend to conduct our operations so that no asset that we own (or are treated as owning) will be treated as, or as having been, held for sale to customers, and that a sale of any such asset will not be treated as having been in the ordinary course of our business. Whether property is held "primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business" depends on the particular facts and circumstances. No assurance can be given that any property that we sell will not be treated as property held for sale to customers, or that we can comply with certain safe-harbor provisions of the Code that would prevent such treatment. The 100% tax does not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will potentially be subject to tax in the hands of the corporation at regular corporate rates.

177


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


Foreclosure Property

        Foreclosure property is real property and any personal property incident to such real property (1) that we acquire as the result of having bid on the property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced the property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after a default (or upon imminent default) on a lease of the property or a mortgage loan held by us and secured by the property, (2) for which we acquired the related loan or lease at a time when default was not imminent or anticipated, and (3) with respect to which we made a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property. We generally will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate (currently 35%) on any net income from foreclosure property, including any gain from the disposition of the foreclosure property, other than income that would otherwise be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Any gain from the sale of property for which a foreclosure property election has been made will not be subject to the 100% tax on gains from prohibited transactions described above, even if the property would otherwise constitute inventory or dealer property. To the extent that we receive any income from foreclosure property that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, we intend to make an election to treat the related property as foreclosure property.

Derivatives and Hedging Transactions

        We and our subsidiaries may enter into hedging transactions with respect to interest rate exposure on one or more of our assets or liabilities. Hedging transactions could take a variety of forms, including the use of derivative instruments such as interest rate swaps, interest rate cap agreements, options, futures contracts, forward rate agreements or similar financial instruments. Except to the extent provided by U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, any income from a hedging transaction we entered into (1) in the normal course of our business primarily to manage risk of interest rate, inflation and/or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets, which is clearly identified as specified in U.S. Department of Treasury regulations before the closing of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, and (2) primarily to manage risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% income tests which is clearly identified as such before the closing of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into, will not constitute gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions, the income from those transactions is likely to be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT. We may conduct some or all of our hedging activities through our TRS or other corporate entity, the income from which may be subject to U.S. federal income tax, rather than by participating in the arrangements directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. No assurance can be given, however, that our hedging activities will not give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of either or both of the REIT gross income tests, or that our hedging activities will not adversely affect our ability to satisfy the REIT qualification requirements.

Taxable Mortgage Pools and Excess Inclusion Income

        An entity, or a portion of an entity, may be classified as a taxable mortgage pool ("TMP") under the Code if:

178


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        Under applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, if less than 80% of the assets of an entity (or a portion of an entity) consist of debt obligations, these debt obligations are considered not to comprise "substantially all" of its assets, and therefore the entity would not be treated as a TMP. Our financing and securitization arrangements may give rise to TMPs with the consequences as described below.

        Where an entity, or a portion of an entity, is classified as a TMP, it is generally treated as a taxable corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT, or a portion of a REIT, or a disregarded subsidiary of a REIT, that is a TMP, however, special rules apply. The TMP is not treated as a corporation that is subject to corporate income tax, and the TMP classification does not directly affect the tax qualification of the REIT. Rather, the consequences of the TMP classification would, in general, except as described below, be limited to the shareholders of the REIT.

        A portion of the REIT's income from the TMP, which might be noncash accrued income, could be treated as excess inclusion income. Under IRS guidance, the REIT's excess inclusion income, including any excess inclusion income from a residual interest in a REMIC, must be allocated among its shareholders in proportion to dividends paid. We are required to notify our shareholders of the amount of "excess inclusion income" allocated to them. A shareholder's share of our excess inclusion income:

        See "—Taxation of Shareholders." To the extent that excess inclusion income is allocated from a TMP to a tax-exempt shareholder of a REIT that is not subject to unrelated business income tax (such as a government entity), the REIT will be subject to tax on this income at the highest applicable corporate tax rate (currently 35%). The manner in which excess inclusion income is calculated, or would be allocated to shareholders, including allocations among shares of different classes of stock, remains unclear under current law. As required by IRS guidance, we intend to make such determinations using a reasonable method. Tax-exempt investors, foreign investors and taxpayers with net operating losses should carefully consider the tax consequences described above, and are urged to consult their tax advisors.

        If a subsidiary partnership of ours that we do not wholly own, directly or through one or more disregarded entities, were a TMP, the foregoing rules would not apply. Rather, the partnership that is a TMP would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and potentially could be subject to corporate income tax or withholding tax. In addition, this characterization would alter our income and asset test calculations and could adversely affect our compliance with those requirements. Although we do not expect to own any TMPs, we intend to monitor our ownership of any entities

179


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



which may be a TMP (including whether a TRS election might be made in respect of any such TMP) to ensure that they will not adversely affect our qualification as a REIT.

Taxation of Shareholders

        Definitions.     In this section, the phrase "domestic shareholder" means a holder of our common stock that for federal income tax purposes is:

        If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. An investor that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        Distributions.     So long as we qualify as a REIT, the distributions that we make to our taxable domestic shareholders out of current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain distributions will generally be taken into account by shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporations. With limited exceptions, our dividends are not eligible for taxation at the preferential income tax rates (i.e., the 15% maximum federal rate through 2010) for qualified dividends received by domestic shareholders that are individuals, trusts and estates from taxable C corporations. Such shareholders, however, are taxed at the preferential rates on dividends designated by and received from REITs to the extent that the dividends are attributable to:

        Distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends will generally be taxed to our shareholders as long-term capital gains, to the extent that such distributions do not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year, without regard to the period for which the shareholder that receives such distribution has held its stock. We may elect to retain and pay taxes on some or all of our net long-term capital gains, in which case provisions of the Code will treat our shareholders as having

180


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


received, solely for tax purposes, our undistributed capital gains, and the shareholders will receive a corresponding credit for taxes that we paid on such undistributed capital gains. See "—Taxation of STAG REIT—Annual Distribution Requirements." Corporate shareholders may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain distributions as ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are generally taxable at maximum federal rates of 15% (through 2010) in the case of shareholders that are individuals, trusts and estates, and 35% in the case of shareholders that are corporations. Capital gains attributable to the sale of depreciable real property held for more than 12 months are subject to a 25% maximum federal income tax rate for taxpayers who are taxed as individuals, to the extent of previously claimed depreciation deductions.

        Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will generally represent a return of capital and will not be taxable to a shareholder to the extent that the amount of such distributions do not exceed the adjusted basis of the shareholder's shares in respect of which the distributions were made. Rather, the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of the shareholder's shares. To the extent that such distributions exceed the adjusted basis of a shareholder's shares, the shareholder generally must include such distributions in income as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the shares have been held for one year or less. In addition, any distribution that we declare in October, November or December of any year and that is payable to a shareholder of record on a specified date in any such month will be treated as both paid by us and received by the shareholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year.

        To the extent that we have available net operating losses and capital losses carried forward from prior tax years, such losses may reduce the amount of distributions that we must make in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. See "—Taxation of STAG REIT—Annual Distribution Requirements." Such losses, however, are not passed through to shareholders and do not offset income of shareholders from other sources, nor would such losses affect the character of any distributions that we make, which are generally subject to tax in the hands of shareholders to the extent that we have current or accumulated earnings and profits.

        Dispositions of our stock.     In general, capital gains recognized by individuals, trusts and estates upon the sale or disposition of our stock will be subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 15% (through 2010) if the stock is held for more than one year, and will be taxed at ordinary income rates (of up to 35% through 2010) if the stock is held for one year or less. Gains recognized by shareholders that are corporations are subject to U.S. federal income tax at a maximum rate of 35%, whether or not such gains are classified as long-term capital gains. Capital losses recognized by a shareholder upon the disposition of our stock that was held for more than one year at the time of disposition will be considered long-term capital losses, and are generally available only to offset capital gain income of the shareholder but not ordinary income (except in the case of individuals, who may offset up to $3,000 of ordinary income each year). In addition, any loss upon a sale or exchange of shares of our stock by a shareholder who has held the shares for six months or less, after applying holding period rules, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of distributions that we make that are required to be treated by the shareholder as long-term capital gain.

        If an investor recognizes a loss upon a subsequent disposition of our stock or other securities in an amount that exceeds a prescribed threshold, it is possible that the provisions of U.S. Department of Treasury regulations involving "reportable transactions" could apply, with a resulting requirement to separately disclose the loss-generating transaction to the IRS. These regulations, though directed towards "tax shelters," are broadly written and apply to transactions that may not typically be considered tax shelters. The Code imposes significant penalties for failure to comply with these

181


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



requirements. You should consult your tax advisor concerning any possible disclosure obligation with respect to the receipt or disposition of our stock or securities or transactions that we might undertake directly or indirectly. Moreover, you should be aware that we and other participants in the transactions in which we are involved (including their advisors) might be subject to disclosure or other requirements pursuant to these regulations.

        Passive activity losses and investment interest limitations.     Distributions that we make and gain arising from the sale or exchange by a domestic shareholder of our stock will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, shareholders will not be able to apply any "passive losses" against income or gain relating to our stock. If we make dividends to non-corporate domestic shareholders, the dividends will be treated as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation. However, net capital gain from the disposition of our stock (or distributions treated as such), capital gain dividends and dividends taxed at net capital gains rates generally will be excluded from investment income except to the extent the domestic shareholder elects to treat such amounts as ordinary income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        Tax rates.     The maximum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers for (1) capital gains, including certain "capital gain dividends," has generally been reduced to 15% (although depending on the characteristics of the assets which produced these gains and on designations which we may make, certain capital gain dividends may be taxed at a 25% rate) and (2) "qualified dividend income" has generally been reduced to 15%. In general, dividends payable by REITs are not eligible for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, except to the extent that certain holding requirements have been met and the REIT's dividends are attributable to dividends received from taxable corporations (such as its TRSs) or to income that was subject to tax at the corporate/REIT level (for example, if it distributed taxable income that it retained and paid tax on in the prior taxable year) or are properly designated by the REIT as "capital gain dividends." The currently applicable provisions of the United States federal income tax laws relating to the 15% tax rate are currently scheduled to "sunset" or revert to the provisions of prior law effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, at which time the 15% capital gains tax rate will be increased to 20% and the rate applicable to dividends will be increased to the tax rate then applicable to ordinary income. United States holders that are corporations may, however, be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

        On March 30, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which requires certain domestic shareholders who are individuals, estates or trusts to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Domestic shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our stock applicable to certain non-U.S. holders. A "non-U.S. holder" is any person other than:

182


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. An investor that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        The following discussion is based on current law, and is for general information only. It addresses only selected, and not all, aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation.

        Ordinary dividends.     The portion of distributions received by non-U.S. holders that (1) is payable out of our earnings and profits, (2) is not attributable to our capital gains and (3) is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder, will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated by treaty. We generally plan to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. holder unless either:

Reduced treaty rates and other exemptions are not available to the extent that income is attributable to excess inclusion income allocable to the non-U.S. holder. Accordingly, we will withhold at a rate of 30% on any portion of a distribution that is paid to a non-U.S. holder and attributable to that holder's share of our excess inclusion income. See "—Taxation of STAG REIT—Taxable Mortgage Pools and Excess Inclusion Income." As required by IRS guidance, we intend to notify our shareholders if a portion of a distribution paid by us is attributable to excess inclusion income.

        Subject to the discussion below, in general, non-U.S. holders will not be considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business solely as a result of their ownership of our stock. In cases where the dividend income from a non-U.S. holder's investment in our stock is, or is treated as, effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates, in the same manner as domestic shareholders are taxed with respect to such distributions. Such income must generally be reported on a U.S. income tax return filed by or on behalf of the non-U.S. holder. The income may also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax in the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation.

        Non-dividend distributions.     Unless our stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a "USRPI"), distributions that we make that are not out of our earnings and profits will not be subject to U.S. income tax. If we cannot determine at the time a distribution is made whether or not the distribution will exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distribution will be subject to withholding at the rate applicable to ordinary dividends. The non-U.S. holder may seek a refund from the IRS of

183


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



any amounts withheld if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. If our stock constitutes a USRPI, as described below, distributions that we make in excess of the sum of (1) the shareholder's proportionate share of our earnings and profits, plus (2) the shareholder's basis in its stock, will be taxed under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 ("FIRPTA"), at the rate of tax, including any applicable capital gains rates, that would apply to a domestic shareholder of the same type (e.g., an individual or a corporation, as the case may be), and the collection of the tax will be enforced by a refundable withholding at a rate of 10% of the amount by which the distribution exceeds the shareholder's share of our earnings and profits.

        Capital gain distributions.     Under FIRPTA, a distribution that we make to a non-U.S. holder, to the extent attributable to gains from dispositions of USRPIs that we held directly or through pass-through subsidiaries, or "USRPI capital gains," will, except as described below, be considered effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. individuals or corporations, without regard to whether we designate the distribution as a capital gain distribution. See above under "—Taxation of Foreign Shareholders—Ordinary Dividends," for a discussion of the consequences of income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. In addition, we will be required to withhold tax equal to 35% of the amount of distributions to the extent the distributions constitute USRPI capital gains. Distributions subject to FIRPTA may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation. A distribution is not a USRPI capital gain if we held an interest in the underlying asset solely as a creditor. Capital gain distributions received by a non-U.S. holder that are attributable to dispositions of our assets other than USRPIs are not subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's U.S. trade or business and, if certain treaties apply, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder, in which case the non-U.S. holder would be subject to the same treatment as U.S. holders with respect to such gain, or (2) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a "tax home" in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder will incur a 30% tax on his or her capital gains.

        A capital gain distribution that would otherwise have been treated as a USRPI capital gain will not be so treated or be subject to FIRPTA, and generally will not be treated as income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, and instead will be treated in the same manner as an ordinary dividend, if (1) the capital gain distribution is received with respect to a class of stock that is regularly traded on an established securities market located in the United States, and (2) the recipient non-U.S. holder does not own more than 5% of that class of stock at any time during the year ending on the date on which the capital gain distribution is received. We expect our shares will be traded on the NYSE under the symbol "STIR."

        Dispositions of our stock.     Unless our stock constitutes a USRPI, a sale of our stock by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. taxation under FIRPTA. Our stock could be treated as a USRPI if 50% or more of our assets at any time during a prescribed testing period consist of interests in real property located within the United States, excluding, for this purpose, interests in real property solely in a capacity as a creditor we expect to meet this 50% test.

        Even if the foregoing 50% test is met, however, our stock nonetheless will not constitute a USRPI if we are a "domestically-controlled qualified investment entity." A domestically-controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT, less than 50% of value of which is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. holders at all times during a specified testing period. We believe that we will be a

184


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



domestically-controlled qualified investment entity, and that a sale of our stock should not be subject to taxation under FIRPTA.

        In the event that we are not a domestically-controlled qualified investment entity, but our stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder's sale of our common stock nonetheless would not be subject to tax under FIRPTA as a sale of a USRPI, provided that the selling non-U.S. holder held 5% or less of our outstanding common stock at all times during a specified testing period.

        If gain on the sale of our stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, the non-U.S. holder would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return and would be subject to the same treatment as a U.S. shareholder with respect to such gain, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of non-resident alien individuals, and the purchaser of the stock could be required to withhold 10% of the purchase price and remit such amount to the IRS.

        Wash sales.     In general, special wash sale rules apply if a shareholder owning more than 5% of our common stock avoids a taxable distribution of gain recognized from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests by selling our common stock before the ex-dividend date of the distribution and then, within a designated period, enters into an option or contract to acquire shares of the same or a substantially identical class of our common stock. If a wash sale occurs, then the seller/repurchaser will be treated as having gain recognized from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests in the same amount as if the avoided distribution had actually been received. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors on the special wash sale rules that apply to non-U.S. holders.

        Estate tax.     If our stock is owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of such individual's death, the stock will be includable in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and may therefore be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

        New legislation relating to foreign accounts.     On March 18, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, which may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to United States shareholders who own the shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries and certain non-United States shareholders. The legislation generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (2) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial United States owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertakes to identify accounts held by certain United States persons or United States-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation applies to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

185


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS


        Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. However, they may be subject to taxation on their UBTI. While some investments in real estate may generate UBTI, the IRS has ruled that dividend distributions from a REIT to a tax-exempt employee pension trust do not automatically constitute UBTI. Based on that ruling, and provided that (1) a tax-exempt shareholder has not held our stock as "debt financed property" within the meaning of the Code (e.g., where the acquisition or holding of the property is financed through a borrowing by the tax-exempt shareholder), and (2) our stock is not otherwise used in an unrelated trade or business, distributions that we make and income from the sale of our stock generally should not give rise to UBTI to a tax-exempt shareholder.

        To the extent, however, that we are (or a part of us, or a disregarded subsidiary of ours is) deemed to be a TMP, or if we hold residual interests in a REMIC, a portion of the distributions paid to a tax-exempt shareholder that is allocable to excess inclusion income may be treated as UBTI. We do not anticipate that our investments will generate excess inclusion income, but there can be no assurance on this regard. If excess inclusion income is allocable to some categories of tax-exempt shareholders that are not subject to UBTI, such as governmental investors, we will be subject to corporate level tax on such income. As required by IRS guidance, we intend to notify our shareholders if a portion of a distribution paid by us is attributable to excess inclusion income.

        Tax-exempt shareholders that are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, and qualified group legal services plans exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) and (c)(20) of the Code are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally require such shareholders to characterize distributions that we make as UBTI.

        In certain circumstances, a pension trust that owns more than 10% of our stock by value could be required to treat a percentage of its distributions as UBTI, if we are a "pension-held REIT." We will not be a pension-held REIT unless either (1) one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our stock, or (2) a group of pension trusts, each individually holding more than 10% of the value of our stock, collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our stock. Certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock should generally prevent a tax-exempt entity from owning more than 10% of the value of our stock and should generally prevent us from becoming a "pension-held REIT."

        Tax-exempt shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the federal, state, local and foreign income and other tax consequences of owning our stock.

Other Tax Consequences

        Tax aspects of our investments in our operating partnership.     The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to our direct or indirect investment in our operating partnership and any subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies we form or acquire each individually referred to as a "Partnership" and, collectively, as "Partnerships." The following discussion does not address state or local tax laws or any U.S. federal tax laws other than income tax laws.

        Classification as partnerships.     We are required to include in our income our distributive share of each Partnership's income and to deduct our distributive share of each Partnership's losses but only if

186


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



such Partnership is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member), rather than as a corporation or an association taxable as a corporation.

        An organization with at least two owners or members will be classified as a partnership, rather than as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes if it:

        Under the check-the-box regulations, an unincorporated domestic business entity with at least two owners or members may elect to be classified either as an association taxable as a corporation or as a partnership. If such an entity does not make an election, it generally will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We intend that each Partnership will be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or else as a disregarded entity where there are not at least two separate beneficial owners).

        A publicly traded partnership is a partnership whose interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market (or a substantial equivalent). A publicly traded partnership is generally treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, but will not be so treated if at least 90% of the partnership's annual gross income consisted of specified passive income, including real property rents (which includes rents that would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, with certain modifications that make it easier for the rents to qualify for the 90% passive income exception), gains from the sale or other disposition of real property, interest, and dividends. The exception described in the preceding sentence is referred to herein as the 90% passive income exception.

        Certain U.S. Department of Treasury regulations, referred to herein as PTP regulations, provide limited safe harbors from treatment as a publicly traded partnership. If any partnership in which we own an interest does not qualify for any safe harbor and is treated as a publicly traded partnership, we believe that such partnership would have sufficient qualifying income to satisfy the 90% passive income exception and, therefore, would not be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS that the Partnerships will be classified as partnerships (or disregarded entities, if the entity has only one owner or member) for federal income tax purposes. If for any reason a Partnership were taxable as a corporation, rather than as a partnership, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may not be able to qualify as a REIT, unless we qualify for certain relief provisions. In addition, any change in a Partnership's status for tax purposes to a corporation might be treated as a taxable event, in which case we might incur tax liability without any related cash distribution. Further, items of income and deduction of such Partnership would not pass through to its partners, and its partners would be treated as shareholders for tax purposes. Consequently, such Partnership would be required to pay income tax at corporate rates on its net income, and distributions to its partners would constitute dividends that would not be deductible in computing such Partnership's taxable income.

        Partners, not the partnerships, subject to tax.     A partnership is not a taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will therefore take into account our allocable share of each Partnership's income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits for each taxable year of the Partnership ending with or within our taxable year, even if we receive no distribution from the Partnership for that year or a distribution less than our share of taxable income. Similarly, even if we receive a distribution, it may

187


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



not be taxable if the distribution does not exceed our adjusted tax basis in our interest in the Partnership.

        Partnership allocations.     Although a partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of income and losses among partners, allocations will be disregarded for tax purposes if they do not comply with the provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations. If an allocation is not recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership, which will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item.

        Tax allocations with respect to contributed properties.     Income, gain, loss, and deduction attributable to (1) appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership (including in our formation transactions) or (2) property revalued on the books of a partnership must be allocated in a manner such that the contributing partner is charged with, or benefits from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of such unrealized gain or unrealized loss, referred to as "built-in gain" or "built-in loss," is generally equal to the difference between the fair market value of the contributed or revalued property at the time of contribution or revaluation and the adjusted tax basis of such property at that time, referred to as a book-tax difference. Such allocations are solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued regulations requiring partnerships to use a "reasonable method" for allocating items with respect to which there is a book-tax difference and outlining several reasonable allocation methods.

        Under certain available methods, the carryover basis of contributed properties in the hands of our operating partnership (1) would cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if all contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of the contribution and (2) in the event of a sale of such properties, could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in excess of the economic or book gain allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the contributing partners. An allocation described in (2) above might cause us to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements and may result in a greater portion of our distributions being taxed as dividends.

        Basis in partnership interest.     Our adjusted tax basis in any partnership interest we own generally will be:

        Loss allocated to us in excess of our basis in a partnership interest will not be taken into account until we again have basis sufficient to absorb the loss. A reduction of our share of partnership indebtedness will be treated as a constructive cash distribution to us, and will reduce our adjusted tax

188


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



basis. Distributions, including constructive distributions, in excess of the basis of our partnership interest will constitute taxable income to us. Such distributions and constructive distributions normally will be characterized as long-term capital gain if we held the partnership interest for more than one year.

        Sale of a partnership's property.     Generally, any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of property held for more than one year will be long-term capital gain, except for any portion of the gain treated as depreciation or cost recovery recapture. Any gain or loss recognized by a Partnership on the disposition of contributed or revalued properties will be allocated first to the partners who contributed the properties or who were partners at the time of revaluation, to the extent of their built-in gain or loss on those properties for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The partners' built-in gain or loss on contributed or revalued properties is the difference between the partners' proportionate share of the book value of those properties and the partners' tax basis allocable to those properties at the time of the contribution or revaluation. Any remaining gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of contributed or revalued properties, and any gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of other properties, will generally be allocated among the partners in accordance with their percentage interests in the Partnership.

        Our share of any Partnership gain from the sale of inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the Partnership's trade or business will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction subject to a 100% tax. Income from a prohibited transaction may have an adverse effect on our ability to satisfy the gross income tests for REIT status. We do not presently intend to acquire or hold, or to allow any Partnership to acquire or hold, any property that is likely to be treated as inventory or property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our, or the Partnership's, trade or business.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        We will report to our domestic shareholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. Under the backup withholding rules, a domestic shareholder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid unless the holder is a corporation or comes within other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact or provides a taxpayer identification number or social security number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A domestic shareholder that does not provide his or her correct taxpayer identification number or social security number may also be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of a capital gain distribution to any domestic shareholder who fails to certify its non-foreign status.

        We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. shareholder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. shareholder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. shareholder may be subject to backup withholding unless applicable certification requirements are met.

        Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the U.S. is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury that it is a non-U.S. shareholder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person) or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of the

189


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS



proceeds of a sale of our common stock conducted through certain U.S. related financial intermediaries is subject to information reporting (but not backup withholding) unless the financial intermediary has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. shareholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Legislative or Other Actions Affecting REITs

        The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department. Changes to the federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could adversely affect an investment in our stock.

State, Local and Foreign Taxes

        We and our subsidiaries and shareholders may be subject to state, local or foreign taxation in various jurisdictions including those in which we or they transact business, own property or reside. We may own real property assets located in numerous jurisdictions, and may be required to file tax returns in some or all of those jurisdictions. Our state, local or foreign tax treatment and that of our shareholders may not conform to the federal income tax treatment discussed above. We may own foreign real estate assets and pay foreign property taxes, and dispositions of foreign property or operations involving, or investments in, foreign real estate assets may give rise to foreign income or other tax liability in amounts that could be substantial. Any foreign taxes that we incur do not pass through to shareholders as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the application and effect of state, local and foreign income and other tax laws on an investment in our stock.

190


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

General

        ERISA imposes certain requirements on employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, including entities such as collective investment funds and separate accounts whose underlying assets include the assets of such plans (collectively, "ERISA Plans"), and on those persons who are fiduciaries with respect to ERISA Plans. Investments by ERISA Plans are subject to ERISA's general fiduciary requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and diversification. In addition, ERISA requires the fiduciary of an ERISA Plan to maintain the indicia of ownership of the ERISA Plan's assets within the jurisdiction of the United States district courts, unless an exception applies. The prudence of a particular investment must be determined by the responsible fiduciary of an ERISA Plan by taking into account the ERISA Plan's particular circumstances and all of the facts and circumstances of the investment including, but not limited to, the matters discussed above under "Risk Factors," the nature of our business, the length of our operating history and the fact that in the future there may be no market in which such fiduciary will be able to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of our common stock.

        Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan (as well as those plans that are not subject to ERISA but which are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, such as individual retirement accounts (together with ERISA Plans, "Plans")) and certain persons (referred to as "parties in interest" or "disqualified persons") having certain relationships to such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption is applicable to the transaction. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to non-deductible excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code, and the transaction might have to be rescinded.

        Governmental plans and certain church plans, while not subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or the provisions of Section 4975 of the Code, may nevertheless be subject to local, state or other federal laws that are substantially similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA and the Code. Fiduciaries of any such plans should consult with their counsel before purchasing our common stock.

The Plan Assets Regulation

        The United States Department of Labor has issued a regulation, 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 (as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, the "Plan Assets Regulation"), describing what constitutes the assets of a Plan with respect to the Plan's investment in an entity for purposes of certain provisions of ERISA, including the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA, and Section 4975 of the Code. Under the Plan Assets Regulation, if a Plan invests in an "equity interest" of an entity that is neither a "publicly offered security" nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, the Plan's assets include both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity's underlying assets, unless it is established that the entity is an "operating company" or that "benefit plan investors" hold less than 25% of each class of equity interests in the entity. Our common stock would constitute an "equity interest" for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation.

Publicly Offered Security

        Under the Plan Assets Regulation, a "publicly offered security" is a security that is:

191


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS


        Whether a security is considered "freely transferable" depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. Under the Plan Assets Regulation, if the security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, then any restriction on or prohibition against any transfer or assignment of the security for the purposes of preventing a termination or reclassification of the entity for federal or state tax purposes will not ordinarily prevent the security from being considered freely transferable. Additionally, limitations or restrictions on the transfer or assignment of a security which are created or imposed by persons other than the issuer of the security or persons acting for or on behalf of the issuer will ordinarily not prevent the security from being considered freely transferable.

        A class of securities is considered "widely held" if it is a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be "widely held" because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer's control.

        The shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus should meet the criteria of the publicly offered securities exception to the look-through rule, based upon the following analysis.

        First, although the Department of Labor and the courts have provided little guidance on this requirement, we believe the common stock should be considered to be freely transferable, as the minimum investment will be less than $10,000 and the only restrictions upon its transfer are those generally permitted under the Plan Assets Regulation, i.e., those required under federal tax laws to maintain our status as a REIT, resale restrictions under applicable federal securities laws with respect to securities not purchased pursuant to this prospectus and those owned by our officers, directors and other affiliates, and lock-up restrictions imposed on certain shareholders in connection with our formation transactions.

        Second, we expect (although we cannot confirm) that our common stock will be held by 100 or more investors, and we expect that at least 100 or more of these investors will be independent of us and of one another.

        Third, the shares of our common stock will be part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the common stock will be timely registered under the Exchange Act.

The 25% Limit

        Under the Plan Assets Regulation, and assuming no other exemption applies, an entity's assets would be deemed to include "plan assets" subject to ERISA on any date if, immediately after the most recent acquisition of any equity interest in the entity, 25% or more of the value of any class of equity interests in the entity is held by "benefit plan investors" (the "25% Limit"). For purposes of this determination, the value of equity interests held by a person (other than a benefit plan investor) that has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity or that provides investment

192


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS



advice for a fee with respect to such assets (or any affiliate of such a person) is disregarded. The term "benefit plan investor" is defined in the Plan Assets Regulation as:

        Thus, while our assets would not be considered to be "plan assets" for purposes of ERISA if the 25% Limit were not exceeded, no assurance can be given that the 25% Limit will not be exceeded at all times.

Operating Companies

        Under the Plan Assets Regulation, an entity is an "operating company" if it is primarily engaged, directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries, in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital. In addition, the Plan Assets Regulation provides that the term operating company includes an entity qualifying as a real estate operating company ("REOC") or a venture capital operating company ("VCOC"). An entity is a REOC if:

        The "initial valuation date" is the date on which an entity first makes an investment that is not a short-term investment of funds pending long-term commitment. An entity's "annual valuation period" is a pre-established period not exceeding 90 days in duration, which begins no later than the anniversary of the entity's initial valuation date. Certain examples in the Plan Assets Regulation clarify that the management and development activities of an entity looking to qualify as a REOC may be carried out by independent contractors (including, in the case of a partnership, affiliates of the general partners) under the supervision of the entity. An entity will qualify as a VCOC if:

        The Plan Assets Regulation defines the term "venture capital investments" as investments in an operating company (other than a VCOC) with respect to which the investor obtains management rights. We have not endeavored to determine whether we will satisfy the REOC or VCOC exceptions.

Our Status Under ERISA

        We believe that our assets should not constitute "plan assets" for purposes of ERISA, based on the publicly offered security exception in the Plan Assets Regulation. We further believe that our

193


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS



operating partnership's assets should not constitute "plan assets" for purposes of ERISA, based on the 25% Limit in the Plan Assets Regulation. However, no assurance can be given that this will be the case.

        If for any reason our assets or our operating partnership's assets are deemed to constitute "plan assets" under ERISA, certain of the transactions in which we might normally engage could constitute a non-exempt "prohibited transaction" under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. In such circumstances, we, in our sole discretion, may void or undo any such prohibited transaction. In addition, if our assets or our operating partnership's assets are deemed to be "plan assets," our management may be considered to be fiduciaries under ERISA.

        A fiduciary of an ERISA plan or other plan that proposes to cause such entity to purchase shares of our common stock should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code to such an investment, and to confirm that such investment will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction or any other violation of ERISA.

        The sale of shares of our common stock to a Plan is in no respect a representation by us or any other person associated with the offering of shares of our common stock that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular Plan, or that such an investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.

194


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

        Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

                       Underwriter
 
Number of
Shares
 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                      Incorporated

       

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 

       

UBS Securities LLC

       
       

                      Total

       
       

        Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

        The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 
  Per Share   Without
Option
  With
Option
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discount

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

        The expenses of the offering, including the filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in connection with the FINRA filings, but not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $     million and are payable by us.

195


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING


Overallotment Option

        We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to            additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to             shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. Only reserved shares purchased by our directors and officers will be subject to the lock-up provisions described below. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares of our common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for a period of 180 days in the case of our company and 12 months in the case of our executive officers, directors and other existing securityholders after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and UBS Securities LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

        This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall

196


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING



continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

        We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol "STIR." In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned

197


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING



that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

        In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, an underwriter may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. An underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet web sites maintained by one or more underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's web site is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

        Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. As of June 30, 2010, we had mortgage debt outstanding with an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and another lender totaling approximately $86.6 million, all of which is expected to be repaid with proceeds of this offering. Because Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith's affiliate has a 50% interest in this mortgage debt to be repaid, more than 5% of the net proceeds of this offering may be used to repay amounts owed to the affiliate. In addition, as of June 30, 2010, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated was a tenant in five of our properties and represented 4.4% of our total annualized rent.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the "Shares") may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares

198


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING



may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by STAG Industrial, Inc. or any Manager of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

        Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

        In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial

199


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING


Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the "Order") and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        This document as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the "Shares") does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Articles 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the Shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The Shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the Issuer from time to time. This document as well as any other material relating to the Shares is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the Issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This offering memorandum relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This offering memorandum is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this offering memorandum nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the offering memorandum. The shares to which this offering memorandum relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this offering memorandum you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an

200


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING



accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, then securities, debentures and units of securities and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the securities under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

        No prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement in relation to the common shares has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or the Australian Stock Exchange Limited. Accordingly, a person may not (a) make, offer or invite applications for the issue, sale or purchase of common shares within, to or from Australia (including an offer or invitation which is received by a person in Australia) or (b) distribute or publish this prospectus or any other prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement relating to the common shares in Australia, unless (i) the minimum aggregate consideration payable by each offeree is the U.S. dollar equivalent of at least A$500,000 (disregarding moneys lent by the offeror or its associates) or the offer otherwise does not require disclosure to investors in accordance with Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (CWLTH) of Australia; and (ii) such action complies with all applicable laws and regulations.

201


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for us by DLA Piper LLP (US). In addition, the description of federal income tax consequences contained in the section of the prospectus entitled "U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations" is based on the opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US). Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Goodwin Procter LLP.

EXPERTS

        The combined financial statements of STAG Predecessor Group as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and financial statement schedule as of December 31, 2009, the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of STAG Contribution Group for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and December 20, 2007 to July 27, 2008, the consolidated balance sheet of STAG Industrial, Inc. as of July 21, 2010, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Newton Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Charlotte Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Goshen Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the O'Fallon Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties for the year ended December 31, 2009, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Charlotte II Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Madison Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Streetsboro Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Rogers and Vonore Properties for the year ended December 31, 2009, the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Salem Properties for the year ended December 31, 2009, and the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Walker Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, all included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement may be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file periodic reports, proxy statements and will make available to our shareholders annual reports containing audited financial information for each year and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

202


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

   
 

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2010

  F-4
 

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-5
 

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010

  F-6
 

Notes to Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

Consolidated Historical Financial Statements:

   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-14
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 21, 2010

  F-15
 

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet

  F-16

STAG PREDECESSOR GROUP

   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-18
 

Combined Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008

  F-19
 

Combined Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the periods from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007

  F-20
 

Combined Statements of Changes in Owners' Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the periods from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007

  F-21
 

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the periods from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007

  F-22
 

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

  F-23
 

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation as of December 31, 2009

  F-37

STAG CONTRIBUTION GROUP

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-39
 

Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and December 20, 2007 to July 27, 2008

  F-40
 

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-41

NEWTON PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-44
 

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-45
 

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-46

CHARLOTTE PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-48
 

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-49
 

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-50

F-1


Table of Contents

GOSHEN PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-52
 

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-53
 

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-54

O'FALLON PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-56
 

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-57
 

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-58

PISCATAWAY & LOPATCONG PROPERTIES

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-60
 

Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-61
 

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-62

CHARLOTTE II PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-64
 

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-65
 

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-66

MADISON PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-68
 

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-69
 

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-70

STREETSBORO PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-72
 

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-73
 

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-74

ROGERS AND VONORE PROPERTIES

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-76
 

Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-77
 

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-78

SALEM PROPERTIES

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-80
 

Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-81
 

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-82

WALKER PROPERTY

   
 

Report of Independent Auditors

  F-84
 

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009

  F-85
 

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

  F-86

F-2


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of STAG Industrial, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the "Company") as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 are derived from the financial statements of: (1) STAG Predecessor Group, which consists of the properties being contributed by STAG Investments III, LLC, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, (2) STAG Contribution Group, which consists of properties being contributed by STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC, and (3) the management company. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2010 gives effect to the Company's initial public offering and the related formation transactions, including STAG GI's acquisition of its properties and its incurrence of associated indebtedness, as if these events had occurred on June 30, 2010. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 give effect to the Company's initial public offering and the related formation transactions as if these events had occurred on January 1, 2009. The pro forma adjustments give effect to the following:

        The Company's pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The adjustments to the Company's pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are based on available information and assumptions that the Company considers reasonable. The Company's pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements do not purport to (1) represent the Company's financial position that would have actually occurred had this offering, the formation transactions or the financing transactions occurred on June 30, 2010, (2) represent the results of the Company's operations that would have actually occurred had this offering, the formation transactions, the financing transactions occurred on January 1, 2009, or (3) project the Company's financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period, as applicable. The pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements include adjustments relating to acquisitions only when it is probable that the Company will acquire the properties.

F-3


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

June 30, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 
  STAG
Predecessor
Group
  STAG
Contribution
Group
  The
Management
Company
  Formation
Adjustments
  Company
Pro forma
Prior to
Offering
  Offering
Adjustments
  Company
Pro forma
 
 
  B
  C
  D
   
   
   
   
 

Assets

                                           

Rental property

                                           
 

Land

  $ 25,086   $     $       $   $     $     $    
 

Building and improvements

    184,995                                      
                               
 

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (17,090 )                                    
                               
   

Total rental property

    192,991                                      

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,389                         (A)            

                              (E)            

                              (E)            

                              (F)            

                              (G)            

                              (H)            

                      (I)                      

Restricted cash and escrows

    2,352                                      

Rents receivable, net

    3,684                                      

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    426                                      

Deferred financing costs, net

    176                         (J)            

Leasing commissions, net

    48                                      

Deferred leasing intangibles, net

    13,040                                      

Other identifiable intangible assets

                                         

Goodwill

                                         

Due from related parties

                    (K)                    
                               

Total assets

  $ 215,106   $     $       $   $     $     $    
                               

Liabilities and equity

                                           

Mortgage notes payable, net

  $ 205,481   $             $   $   (E) $     $    

Notes payable—related party

    4,384                         (E)            

Line of credit

                            (E)            

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    2,520                                      

Interest rate swaps

    3,930                         (F)            

Tenant security deposits

    802                                      

Prepaid rent

    340                                      

Deferred leasing intangibles

    1,167                                      

Due to related party

    1,731                 (K)                    
                               
 

Total liabilities

    220,355                                      
                               

Owners'/shareholders' equity (deficit)

    (5,249 )                       (A)            

                              (E)            

                              (G)            

                              (H)            

                      (I)                      

                              (J)            

                              (L)            

Non-controlling interest in operating partnership

                            (L)            
                               
 

Total owners'/shareholders' equity (deficit)

    (5,249 )                                    
                               

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 215,106   $     $       $   $     $     $    
                               

See accompanying notes to pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements

F-4


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  STAG
Predecessor
Group
  STAG
Contribution
Group
  The
Management
Company
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Company
Pro Forma
 
 
  AA
  BB
  CC
   
   
 

Revenue

                               
   

Rental income

  $ 25,658   $     $     $     $    
   

Tenant recoveries

    4,508                          
   

Other

                             
                       
     

Total revenue

    30,166                          
                       

Expenses

                               
 

Property

    9,009                          
 

General and administrative

    478             (DD)            
 

Depreciation and amortization

    10,257                          
                       
     

Total expenses

    19,744                          
                       

Other income (expense)

                               
 

Interest income

    66                          
 

Interest expense

    (14,328 )           (EE)            

                  (FF)            
 

Loss on interest rate swaps

    (1,720 )           (GG)            
                       
 

Total other income (expense)

    (15,982 )                        
                       
 

Net income (loss) before non-controlling interest

    (5,560 )                        
                       
 

Non-controlling interest in operating partnership

                (HH)            
                       
 

Net income (loss) allocable to the Company

  $ (5,560 ) $     $     $     $    
                       
 

Pro forma loss per share basic allocable to the Company

                        (II)      
 

Pro forma weighted average outstanding shares basic

                               
 

Pro forma loss per share diluted allocable to the Company

                               
 

Pro forma weighted average outstanding shares diluted

                               

See accompanying notes to pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements

F-5


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  STAG
Predecessor
Group
  STAG
Contribution
Group
  The
Management
Company
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Company
Pro Forma
 
 
  AA
  BB
  CC
   
   
 

Revenue

                               
   

Rental income

  $ 12,574   $     $     $     $    
   

Tenant recoveries

    2,445                          
   

Other

                             
                       
     

Total revenue

    15,019                          
                       

Expenses

                               
 

Property

    3,611                          
 

General and administrative

    231             (DD)            
 

Depreciation and amortization

    5,326                          
                       
     

Total expenses

    9,168                          
                       

Other income (expense)

                               
 

Interest income

    2                          
 

Interest expense

    (6,934 )           (EE)            

                  (FF)            
 

Loss on interest rate swaps

    (935 )         (GG)            
                       
     

Total other income (expense)

    (7,867 )                        
                       

Net income (loss) before non-controlling interest

    (2,016 )                        
                       

Non-controlling interest in operating partnership

                (HH)            
                       

Net income (loss) allocable to Company

  $ (2,016 )                        
                       

Pro forma loss per share basic allocable to the Company

                        (II)      

Pro forma weighted average outstanding shares basic

                               

Pro forma loss per share diluted allocable to the Company

                               

Pro forma weighted average outstanding shares diluted

                               

See accompanying notes to pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements

F-6


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        STAG Industrial, Inc. (the "Company") is a newly formed, full service real estate company, primarily focused on the acquisition, ownership, operation and management of single-tenant industrial properties located throughout the United States. Concurrent with this offering, the Company will complete the formation transactions, pursuant to which it will acquire, through a series of contribution transactions, STAG Predecessor Group, STAG Contribution Group, and the management company. Upon completion of the formation transactions and this offering, the Company's properties will consist of 89 industrial real estate properties, which the Company collectively refers to as its properties.

        The Company was formed as a Maryland corporation on July 21, 2010 to continue and grow the single-tenant business conducted by the predecessor business. STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, LP, the Company's operating partnership, was formed as a Delaware limited partnership on December 21, 2009. STAG Industrial GP LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary that the Company formed as a Delaware limited liability company, owns the general partnership interest in the operating partnership.

        The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to an initial public offering of shares of common stock (not including shares included in the underwriters' over-allotment option) or $         million of equity at $        per share. Upon completion of the offering and the formation transactions, the Company expects its operations to be carried on through its operating partnership. At such time, the Company, as a limited partner of, and as sole shareholder of the general partner of, the operating partnership, will own, directly or indirectly,        % of the operating partnership and will have control of the operating partnership, as determined under the consolidation rules of generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, the Company will consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the operating partnership.

        Management has determined that common control does not exist among the STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, STAG Contribution Group, and the management company; accordingly, the formation transactions will be accounted for as a business combination. Any interests contributed by STAG Investments III, LLC are presented in the consolidated financial statements of the STAG Predecessor Group at historical cost. The contribution of all interests other than those directly owned by STAG Investments III, LLC will be accounted for as a business combination under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , and recorded at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities corresponding to their ownership interests. The fair values of tangible assets acquired are determined on an "as-if-vacant" basis. The "as-if-vacant" fair value is allocated to land, building and tenant improvements based on relevant information obtained in connection with the acquisition of these interests. The estimated fair value of acquired in-place leases are the costs the Company would have incurred to lease the property to the occupancy level of the property at the date of acquisition. Such estimates include the fair value of leasing commissions and legal costs that would be incurred to lease the property to this occupancy level. Additionally, the Company evaluates the time period over which such occupancy level would be achieved and includes an estimate of the net operating costs (primarily real estate taxes, insurance and utilities) incurred during the lease-up period. Above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as an asset or liability based on the present value (using an interest rate which reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and the Company's estimate of fair

F-7


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION (Continued)


market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease. Goodwill is recorded based on the difference between the consideration paid and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill related to the contribution of the management company is attributable to the acquisition of an in-place workforce. The fair value of the debt assumed in the formation transactions was determined using current market interest rates for comparable debt financings.

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(A)
To reflect sale of                        shares of common stock for $            per share in this offering:

Gross proceeds from offering

  $ 260,000  

Less:

       

Underwriters' discount and commissions and other offering costs

       
       

Net proceeds from offering

  $    
       
(B)
Represents the historical combined balance sheet of STAG Predecessor Group, which includes the entity that is considered our accounting acquirer, as of June 30, 2010. The acquisition of STAG Predecessor Group, is recorded at historical cost (see Note 1 to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements).

(C)
Through a contribution transaction, the Company will acquire the STAG Contribution Group which consists of properties being contributed by STAG Investments IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC. The prior owners will receive as consideration common units. The net acquisition price of $        reflects                     of common units being issued to STAG Investment IV, LLC and STAG GI Investments, LLC multiplied by $        , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The acquisition of all interests in STAG Contribution Group from all prior investors will be accounted for as an acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , and recorded at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The following pro forma adjustments are necessary to reflect the allocation of purchase price. The allocation of purchase

F-8


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Continued)

    price is based on the Company's best estimates and is subject to change based on the final determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

   

Land

  $    
   

Building and improvements

       
       
     

Total rental property

       
       

Restricted cash and escrows

       

Rents receivable, net

       

Prepaid expenses and other assets

       

Deferred financing costs, net

       
   

Above market leases

       
   

Leases in-place

       
   

Leasing commissions, net

       
   

Tenant relationships

       
       
     

Total deferred leasing intangibles, net

       
       
 

Assets acquired

       
       

Mortgage notes payable, net

       

Accounts payable and other liabilities

       

Interest rate swaps

       

Tenant security deposits

       

Prepaid rent

       

Deferred leasing intangibles

       

Due to related party

       
       
 

Liabilities assumed

       
       
 

Net acquisition price

  $    
       
(D)
Through a contribution transaction, the Company will acquire the management company. The prior owners will receive, as consideration, operating partnership units. The net acquisition price of $        reflects            of common units being issued to the Management Company multiplied by $          , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The acquisition of all interests in the management company will be accounted for as an acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , and recorded at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The following pro forma adjustments are necessary to reflect the initial allocation of purchase price. The allocation of

F-9


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Continued)

    purchase price is based on the Company's preliminary estimates and is subject to change based on the final determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

Cash

  $    

Furniture and equipment

       

Prepaid expenses and other assets

       

Other identifiable intangible assets

       

Goodwill

       

Due from related parties

       
       
 

Assets acquired

       
       

Related party debt

       

Line of credit

       

Other liabilities

       

Due to related party

       
       
 

Liabilities assumed

       
       

Net acquisition price

  $    
       
(E)
Reflects the (1) use of offering proceeds totaling $227,346 for the retirement of $219,097 of mortgage debt and $8,249 of related party debt, which is to affiliates of the Company and (2) $25 in expenditures associated with the retirement of indebtedness and the attainment of lender consents on existing indebtedness (including financing fees, related legal fees, and contingent waiver fees).

(F)
Reflects the termination of a portion of interest rate swaps due to the retirement of mortgage debt as referred to in Note E above.

(G)
Reflects the repayment of the principal amount of mortgage debt secured by the Option Properties. The number of common units to be issued to STAG Investments III, LLC in the Company's formation transactions will be reduced accordingly.

(H)
Reflects an estimate of transaction costs including transfer taxes.

(I)
Represents the adjustment needed to reflect the undistributed working capital due from the prior investors of STAG Predecessor Group and STAG Contribution Group.

(J)
Represents the write off of the deferred financing costs associated with the retirement of mortgage and other related party debt, which is to affiliates of the Company as referred to in Note E above.

(K)
Reflects the elimination of certain balance sheet intercompany transactions between STAG Predecessor Group, STAG Contribution Group, and the management company.

(L)
Represents the reclassification of capital accounts to reflect the capital accounts of the Company and the recording of the non-controlling interest in the operating partnership. The non-controlling interest in the operating partnership represents $       million of the total $         million in equity.

F-10


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

        In connection with the completion of the offering and the other formation transactions, the Company expects to recognize expenditures associated with the retirement of certain indebtedness and attaining of lender consents on existing indebtedness (including financing fees, related legal fees and contingent waiver fees of $25, which have not been included in the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations as these expenditures are nonrecurring and are a direct result of the formation transactions).


        The adjustments to the pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 are as follows:

(AA)
Represents the historical combined statement of operations of STAG Predecessor Group. As discussed in Note 1, revenue and expenses to be recognized by the Company related to STAG Predecessor Group's contributed interests are based on the historical cost basis of the related assets.

(BB)
To reflect the results of operations from the contribution of STAG Contribution Group that will occur upon the formation transactions as discussed in Note C above. The table below illustrates the adjustments to revenue and expenses for STAG Contribution Group. Adjustments to revenue represent the impact of the amortization of the net amount of above- and below-market rents and change in straight-line rent recognition as a result of purchase accounting adjustments. Adjustments to depreciation and amortization represent the additional depreciation expense and amortization of intangibles as a result of these purchase accounting adjustments. Depreciation and amortization amounts were determined in accordance with the Company's policies and are based on management's evaluation of the estimated useful lives of the properties and intangibles. The amounts allocated to building are depreciated over 40 years. The amounts allocated to lease intangibles are amortized over one to 13 years, consistent with the remaining life of the related leases. Interest expense represents the interest expense of the assumed debt at the current negotiated rates.

F-11


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

STAG Contribution Group

 
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2009  
 
  Certain Revenue and Expenses    
   
 
 
   
  Pro
Forma
STAG
Contribution
Group
 
 
  Historical
STAG
Contribution
Group
  Historical (2)
Newton
  Historical (3)
O'Fallon
  Historical (3)
Goshen
  Historical (3)
Charlotte
  Historical (3)
Piscataway
and Lopatcong
  Historical (3)
Streetsboro
  Historical (3)
Charlotte II
  Historical (3)
Salem
  Historical (3)
Rogers
  Historical (3)
Madison
  Historical (3)
Walker
  Adjustments (1)  

Revenues

                                                                                     
 

Rental income

  $ 12,608     658   $ 540   $ 1,132   $ 2,178   $ 1,718   $ 1,345   $ 2,180   $ 811   $ 2,956   $ 1,161   $ 787   $     $    
 

Tenant recoveries

    1,754     4     34     233     207             339     166               196              
                                                           
 

Total revenue

  $ 14,362     662   $ 574   $ 1,365   $ 2,385   $ 1,718   $ 1,345   $ 2,519   $ 977   $ 2,956   $ 1,161   $ 983   $     $    
                                                           

Expenses

                                                                                     
 

Property

  $ 1,963     4   $ 63   $ 233   $ 281         $ 3   $ 340   $ 171               $ 201   $     $    
 

Depreciation and amortization

                                                                                 
 

Interest expense

                                                                                 
                                                           
 

Total expense

  $ 1,963     4   $ 63   $ 233   $ 281   $   $ 3   $ 340   $ 171   $   $   $ 201   $     $    
                                                           

 

 
  For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010  
 
  Certain Revenue and Expenses    
   
 
 
   
  Pro
Forma
STAG
Contribution
Group
 
 
  Historical
STAG
Contribution
Group
  Historical (2)
Newton
  Historical (3)
O'Fallon
  Historical (3)
Goshen
  Historical (3)
Charlotte
  Historical (3)
Piscataway
and Lopatcong
  Historical (3)
Streetsboro
  Historical (3)
Charlotte II
  Historical (3)
Salem
  Historical (3)
Rogers
  Historical (3)
Madison
  Historical (3)
Walker
  Adjustments (1)  

Rental income

  $ 6,148     247   $ 269   $ 566   $ 1,073   $ 859   $ 590   $ 1,090   $ 423   $ 1,478   $ 581   $ 368   $     $    

Tenant recoveries

    689     2         116     104             169     80             108              
                                                           
 

Total revenue

  $ 6,837     249   $ 269   $ 682   $ 1,177   $ 859   $ 590   $ 1,259   $ 503   $ 1,478   $ 581   $ 476   $     $    
                                                           

Property

  $ 1,051     2   $ 4   $ 116   $ 139               $ 170   $ 80               $ 111   $     $    

Depreciation and amortization

                                                                                 

Interest expense

                                                                                 
                                                           
 

Total expense

  $ 1,051     2   $ 4   $ 116   $ 139   $   $   $ 170   $ 80   $   $   $ 111   $     $    
                                                           
(1)
The adjustments relate to above/below market lease amortization, straight-line rent adjustments, adding depreciation and amortization and adding interest expense for the related debt.

(2)
On May 14, 2010, the Newton Property was acquired by STAG Investments IV LLC.

(3)
The property has been acquired, or the acquisition is deemed probable by STAG GI Investments LLC.

(CC)
To reflect estimates of revenue and expenses of the management company that will occur upon the formation transactions as discussed in Note D above as follows:

Annual third party management fee revenue of $1,252 and $568 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, to be earned by the Company from certain contracts to manage industrial properties of Fund II and that will continue to be owned by Fund III.

General and administrative expenses of $          and $          for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Interest expense of $        and $        for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, on a related party loan, which is to an affiliate of the Company.

F-12


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)

(DD)
The Company expects to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a public company, including but not limited to incremental salaries, board of directors' fees and expenses, directors' and officers' insurance, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance costs, and incremental audit and tax fees. The Company estimates that these costs could result in incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $            and $            for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

(EE)
To reflect the change in interest expense as a result of the retirement of mortgage and other related party debt, which is an affiliate of the Company. The Company expects to pay off $227,346 of debt upon the consummation of the formation transactions.

(FF)
To reflect the allocation of net income (loss) to the non-controlling interest and shareholders' equity.

(GG)
Pro forma earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted are calculated by dividing pro forma consolidated net income (loss) allocable to the Company's shareholders by the number of shares of common stock issued in this offering and the formation transactions and the long-term incentive units to be issued to certain executive officers upon closing of this offering.

(HH)
Represents the net income attributable to the non-controlling interest in the operating partnership.

(II)
Represents the basic and diluted earnings per share.

F-13


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Shareholders of
STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of STAG Industrial, Inc. (the "Company") as of July 21, 2010. This consolidated balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of STAG Industrial, Inc. at July 21, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
July 28, 2010

F-14


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of July 21, 2010

 
  July 21, 2010  

Assets

       
 

Cash

  $ 2,000  
       
   

Total assets

  $ 2,000  
       

Shareholders' equity

       
 

Common stock—$0.01 per value; 100,000,000 shares authorized and 100 shares issued and outstanding

  $ 1  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    1,999  
       
   

Total shareholders' equity

  $ 2,000  
       

See accompanying notes to the consolidated balance sheet.

F-15


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet

1. Organization and Description of Business

        STAG Industrial, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Maryland on July 21, 2010. The Company has not had any corporate activity since its formation. The Company is the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. (the "Operating Partnership") which was formed on December 21, 2009. STAG Industrial GP, LLC. (the "GP"), which was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on December 21, 2009 is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. The Company's predecessor business is engaged in the business of acquiring, owning, leasing and managing of real estate, consisting primarily of industrial properties located throughout the United States.

        The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-11 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to a proposed initial public offering (the "Offering") of common stock. As discussed below, the Company intends to operate as a real estate investment trust ("REIT"). Concurrent with the Offering of the common stock of the Company, which is expected to be completed in 2010, the Company, the Operating Partnership, together with the partners and shareholders of the affiliated partnerships and corporations of STAG Capital Partners and other parties which hold direct or indirect interests in the properties (collectively, the "Participants"), will engage in certain formation transactions (the "Formation Transactions"). The Participants will elect to take either stock in the Company, limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership and/or cash pursuant to the Formation Transactions. The Formation Transactions are designed to (i) continue the operations of STAG Predecessor Group, (ii) enable the Company to raise the necessary capital to acquire interests in certain other properties, repay mortgage debt relating thereto and pay other indebtedness, (iii) fund costs, capital expenditures and working capital, (iv) provide a vehicle for future acquisitions, (v) enable the Company to comply with requirements under the federal income tax laws and regulations relating to real estate investment trusts, and (vi) preserve tax advantages for certain Participants.

        The operations of the Company will be carried on primarily through the Operating Partnership. The Company is the sole shareholder of the GP which in turn is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership. It is the intent of the Company to elect the status of and qualify as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company after the completion of the Formation Transactions will be fully integrated, self-administered, and self-managed.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated balance sheet is presented on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and includes the accounts of the Company, the Operating Partnership and the GP. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Income Taxes

        As a REIT, the Company will be permitted to deduct dividends paid to its shareholders, eliminating the federal taxation of income represented by such distributions at the Company level, provided certain requirements are met. REITs are subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, the Company

F-16


Table of Contents


STAG Industrial, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


will be subject to federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on its taxable income at regular corporate tax rates.

Offering Costs

        In connection with the Offering, affiliates have or will incur legal, accounting, and related costs, which will be reimbursed by the Company upon the consummation of the Offering. Such costs will be deducted from the gross proceeds of the Offering. Offering costs have not been accrued because the Company does not have an obligation to reimburse its affiliates for such costs until the closing of the Offering. As of July 21, 2010, the Company's affiliates had incurred costs in connection with the Offering of approximately $2.2 million.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated balance sheet and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Preferred Stock

        The Company has authorized the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock at $0.01 par value per share. There are currently no shares issued or outstanding.

4. Subsequent Events

        On July 26, 2010 the Company issued an additional 10 shares of common stock for $200.

        STAG Industrial, Inc. has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred from July 21, 2010 through July 28, 2010 and noted no additional items requiring adjustment to the consolidated balance sheet or additional disclosure.

F-17


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Shareholders of
STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of STAG Predecessor Group as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in owners' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index. These financial statements and the related schedule are the responsibility of STAG Predecessor Group's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of STAG Predecessor Group's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of STAG Predecessor Group's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of STAG Predecessor Group at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the combined results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the periods in the three years ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
July 28, 2010

F-18


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Combined Balance Sheets

(dollars in thousands)

 
  June 30,   December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
 

Assets

                   

Rental Property

                   
 

Land

  $ 25,086   $ 25,086   $ 25,136  
 

Buildings

    173,456     173,456     173,456  
 

Tenant improvements

    8,755     9,440     9,506  
 

Building improvements

    2,784     2,027     850  
 

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (17,090 )   (14,626 )   (8,680 )
               
   

Total rental property

    192,991     195,383     200,268  

Cash and cash equivalents

   
2,389
   
2,772
   
3,371
 

Restricted cash

    2,352     1,983     1,186  

Tenant accounts receivable, net

    3,684     3,580     3,574  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    426     585     473  

Deferred financing fees, net

    176     235     348  

Leasing commissions, net

    48     32     27  

Deferred leasing intangibles, net

    13,040     15,518     20,473  

Due from related parties

    0     28     11  
               
   

Total assets

  $ 215,106   $ 220,116   $ 229,731  
               

Liabilities and Owners' Equity

                   

Liabilities:

                   

Mortgage notes payable

  $ 205,481   $ 207,748   $ 216,178  

Notes payable to related party

    4,384     4,384      

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    2,520     2,777     2,014  

Interest rate swaps

    3,930     2,995     1,275  

Tenant security deposits

    802     1,294     1,303  

Prepaid rent

    340     770     171  

Deferred leasing intangibles, net

    1,167     1,497     2,058  

Due to related parties

    1,731     172     172  
               
   

Total liabilities

    220,355     221,637     223,171  
               

Owners' equity (deficit)

    (5,249 )   (1,521 )   6,560  
               
   

Total liabilities and owners' equity

  $ 215,106   $ 220,116   $ 229,731  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements

F-19


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Combined Statements of Operations

(dollars in thousands)

 
  STAG Predecessor Group    
 
 
  Antecedent  
 
  Six months
ended
June 30,
   
   
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,   June 1,
2007 -
December 31,
2007
  January 1,
2007 -
May 31,
2007
 
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008  
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
   
   
 

Revenue

                                     
 

Rental income

  $ 12,574   $ 13,026   $ 25,658   $ 27,319   $ 9,145   $ 2,017  
 

Tenant recoveries

    2,445     2,353     4,508     3,951     1,326      
                           
   

Total revenue

    15,019     15,379     30,166     31,270     10,471     2,017  
                           

Expenses

                                     
 

Property

    1,745     2,657     5,342     3,009     520     32  
 

General and administrative

    231     178     478     502     378     26  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    1,569     1,524     3,067     2,804     793     92  
 

Asset management fees

    297     297     600     610     213     31  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    5,326     5,592     10,257     12,108     4,029     658  
 

Loss on impairment of assets

                3,728          
                           
   

Total expenses

    9,168     10,248     19,744     22,761     5,933     839  
                           

Other income (expense)

                                     
 

Interest income

    2     6     66     140     142     21  
 

Interest expense

    (6,934 )   (6,803 )   (14,328 )   (15,058 )   (6,501 )   (1,360 )
 

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

    (935 )   800     (1,720 )   (1,275 )        
                           
   

Total other income (expenses)

    (7,867 )   (5,997 )   (15,982 )   (16,193 )   (6,359 )   (1,339 )
                           

Net loss

  $ (2,016 ) $ (866 ) $ (5,560 ) $ (7,684 ) $ (1,821 ) $ (161 )
                           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements

F-20


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Combined Statements of Changes in Owners' Equity

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Total  

Balance January 1, 2007—Antecedent

  $ 3,670  
 

Contributions

    3,739  
 

Distributions

       
 

Net loss

    (161 )
       

Balance May 31, 2007—Antecedent

  $ 7,248  
       

 
 
 

Contributions of property from Antecedent and cash contributed from owners

   
26,626
 
 

Distributions

    (3,219 )
 

Net loss

    (1,821 )
       

Balance December 31, 2007—STAG Predecessor Group

    21,586  
 

Distributions

    (7,342 )
 

Net loss

    (7,684 )
       

Balance December 31, 2008—STAG Predecessor Group

    6,560  
 

Distributions

    (2,521 )
 

Net loss

    (5,560 )
       

Balance December 31, 2009—STAG Predecessor Group

    (1,521 )
 

Distributions (Unaudited)

    (1,712 )
 

Net loss (Unaudited)

    (2,016 )
       

Balance June 30, 2010—STAG Predecessor Group (Unaudited)

  $ (5,249 )
       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements

F-21


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in thousands)

 
  STAG Predecessor Group    
 
 
  Six months
ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,    
  Antecedent  
 
  June 1, 2007 -
December 31,
2007
  January 1,
2007 - May 31,
2007
 
 
  2010   2009   2009   2008  
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
   
   
 

Cash flow from operating activities

                                     

Net loss

  $ (2,016 ) $ (866 ) $ (5,560 ) $ (7,684 ) $ (1,821 ) $ (161 )
                           

Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

                                     
 

Depreciation and amortization

    5,374     5,911     10,708     12,619     4,185     720  
 

Intangible amortization in rental income

    (14 )   182     284     (563 )   (7 )   (16 )
 

Loss on impairment of assets

                3,728          
 

(Gain) loss on interest rate swaps

    935     (800 )   1,720     1,275          
 

Change in assets and liabilities:

                                     
   

Tenant accounts receivable, net

    (104 )   13     (6 )   (1,600 )   (1,974 )   (117 )
   

Leasing commissions, net

    (16 )   (20 )   (5 )   11     (39 )    
   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    159     34     (112 )   527     (866 )   (31 )
   

Due from related parties

    28     (17 )   (17 )   (11 )   140     (2 )
   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (257 )   228     763     54     1,960     11  
   

Tenant security deposits

    (492 )       (9 )   87     1,216     75  
   

Due to related parties

    1,559     (172 )       33         (2 )
   

Prepaid rent

    (430 )   258     599     (45 )   217      
                           
   

Total adjustments

    6,742     5,617     13,925     16,115     4,832     638  
                           
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    4,726     4,751     8,365     8,431     3,011     477  
                           

Cash flow from investing activities:

                                     
 

Additions of land, buildings and improvements

    (761 )   (913 )   (1,295 )   (384 )   (152,140 )   (28,040 )
 

Proceeds from sale of land

            50              
 

Restricted cash—escrow

    (369 )   (467 )   (797 )   (25 )   (1,161 )   (596 )
 

Additions to deferred leasing intangibles

                    (18,405 )   (3,327 )
                           
 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,130 )   (1,380 )   (2,042 )   (409 )   (171,706 )   (31,963 )
                           

Cash flow from financing activities:

                                     
 

Proceeds from notes payable to related parties

            4,384             28,503  
 

Proceeds from mortgage notes payable

                    156,980      
 

Repayment or mortgage notes payable

    (2,267 )   (1,800 )   (8,430 )   (1,182 )        
 

Additions to deferred financing fees

        (353 )   (354 )       (1,030 )   (228 )
 

Contributions

                    19,836     3,739  
 

Distributions

    (1,712 )   (750 )   (2,521 )   (7,342 )   (3,219 )    
                           
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (3,979 )   (2,903 )   (6,921 )   (8,524 )   172,567     32,014  
                           

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (383 )   468     (598 )   (502 )   3,872     528  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    2,772     3,371     3,371     3,871         492  
                           

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 2,389   $ 3,839   $ 2,773   $ 3,369   $ 3,872   $ 1,020  
                           

Supplemental cash flow information

                                     
 

Cash paid for interest

    5,668     6,335     13,487     14,535     6,342     1,299  
 

Rental property contributed

                    60,548      
 

Deferred leasing intangibles contributed

                    6,487      
 

Mortgage notes payable assumed

                    60,380      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements

F-22


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands)

1. Organization and Description of Business

        STAG Predecessor Group (the "predecessor" for accounting purposes), is not a legal entity, but a collection of real estate entities and holdings of STAG Investments III, LLC. STAG Predecessor Group is engaged in the business of owning, leasing and operating real estate consisting primarily of industrial properties located throughout the United States. STAG Predecessor Group generates the majority of its revenue by entering into long-term, triple-net leases with local, regional, and national companies.

        STAG Predecessor Group is the predecessor of STAG Industrial, Inc. (the "Company"). Concurrent with an initial public offering (the "Offering") of the common stock of the Company, which is expected to be completed in 2010, the Company and a newly formed majority owned limited partnership, STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. (the "Operating Partnership"), together with the partners and shareholders of the affiliated partnerships and corporations of the Company and other parties which hold direct or indirect interests in the properties (collectively, the "Participants"), will engage in certain formation transactions (the "Formation Transactions"). The Participants will elect to take either stock in the Company, or limited partnership units in the Operating Partnership pursuant to the Formation Transactions. The Formation Transactions are designed to (i) continue the operations of STAG Predecessor Group, (ii) enable the Company to raise the necessary capital to acquire interests in certain other properties, repay mortgage debt relating thereto and pay other indebtedness, (iii) fund costs, capital expenditures and working capital, (iv) provide a vehicle for future acquisitions, (v) enable the Company to comply with requirements under the federal income tax laws and regulations relating to real estate investment trusts, and (vi) preserve tax advantages for certain Participants.

        The operations of the Company will be carried on primarily through the Operating Partnership. It is the intent of the Company to elect the status of and qualify as a REIT under the Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, will be the sole general partner in the Operating Partnership. The Company after the completion of the Formation Transactions will be fully integrated, self-administered and self-managed.

        Certain properties included as part of STAG Predecessor Group were owned by a related party for the period August 11, 2006 through May 31, 2007 and were acquired by STAG Investments III, LLC on June 1, 2007, its commencement date of operations. The period for which certain properties were owned by a related party is labeled Antecedent in the accompanying combined financial statements. Combined financial statements are presented due to common management of the Antecedent and STAG Predecessor Group from the date of acquisition by the Antecedent. The two periods of separate ownership have been separated by a vertical or horizontal line on the face of the combined financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. The accounting policies followed by the Antecedent in the preparation of the combined financial statements are consistent with those of STAG Predecessor Group and are further described below.

        The combined balance sheet of STAG Predecessor Group as of June 30, 2010 and the related combined statements of operations, changes in equity, and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 have not been audited.

        The properties included as part of STAG Predecessor Group were acquired in the following quarters: four properties during the three months ended December 31, 2006; one property during the

F-23


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

1. Organization and Description of Business (Continued)


three months ended March 31, 2007; 11 properties during the three months ended June 30, 2007; 11 properties during the three months ended September 30, 2007; and 18 properties during the three months ended December 31, 2007.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying combined financial statements have been presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the combination of entities.

Estimates

        The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Rental Property and Depreciation

        Rental property is carried at cost. The properties are reviewed on a periodic basis for impairment and a provision is provided for if impairments are identified. To determine if an impairment may exist, STAG Predecessor Group reviews its properties and identifies those that have had either an event of change or event of circumstances warranting further assessment of recoverability (such as a decrease in occupancy). If further assessment of recoverability is needed, STAG Predecessor Group estimates the future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the property and its eventual disposition, on an individual property basis. If the sum of the expected future net cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the property on an individual property basis, STAG Predecessor Group will recognize an impairment loss based upon the estimated fair value of such property as compared to its current carrying value. For properties considered held for sale, STAG Predecessor Group ceases depreciating the properties and values the properties at the lower of depreciated cost or fair value, less costs to dispose. If circumstances arise that were previously considered unlikely, and, as a result, STAG Predecessor Group decided not to sell a property previously classified as held for sale, STAG Predecessor Group will reclassify such property as held and used. Such property is measured at the lower of its carrying amount (adjusted for any depreciation and amortization expense that would have been recognized had the property been continuously classified as held and used) or fair value at the date of the subsequent decision not to sell. STAG Predecessor Group classifies properties as held for sale when all criteria within the Financial Accounting Standards Board's (the "FASB") Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 360 Property, Plant and Equipment ("ASC 360") (formerly known as Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets ) are met.

F-24


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method based on the following useful lives:

Buildings   40 years
Building and land improvements   5-20 years
Tenant improvements   Shorter of useful life or terms of related lease

        Expenditures for tenant improvements, leasehold improvements and leasing commissions are capitalized and amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of each specific lease. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized.

        STAG Predecessor Group accounts for all acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , (formerly known as SFAS No. 141(R)). The FASB issued ASC 805 to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. The statement is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. STAG Predecessor Group adopted ASC 805 on January 1, 2009 and the adoption did not have a material effect on the combined financial statements.

        Upon acquisition of a property, STAG Predecessor Group allocates the purchase price of the property based upon the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, which generally consist of land, buildings, tenant improvements and intangible assets including in-place leases, above market and below market leases and tenant relationships. STAG Predecessor Group allocates the purchase price to the fair value of the tangible assets of an acquired property by valuing the property as if it were vacant. Acquired above and below market leases are valued based on the present value of the difference between prevailing market rates and the in-place rates measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above market leases and the initial term plus the term of any below market fixed rate renewal options for below market leases that are considered bargain renewal options. The above market lease values are amortized as a reduction of rental income over the remaining term of the respective leases, and the below market lease values are amortized as an increase to base rental income over the remaining initial terms plus the terms of any below market fixed rate renewal options that are considered bargain renewal options of the respective leases.

        The purchase price is further allocated to in-place lease values and tenant relationships based on STAG Predecessor Group's evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant's lease and its overall relationship with the respective tenant. The value of in-place lease intangibles and tenant relationships, which are included as components of deferred leasing intangibles are amortized over the remaining lease term (and expected renewal periods of the respective lease for tenant relationships) as adjustments to depreciation and other amortization expense. If a tenant terminates its lease early, the unamortized portion of leasing commissions, above and below market leases, the in-place lease value and tenant relationships are immediately written off.

F-25


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. STAG Predecessor Group maintains cash and cash equivalents in United States banking institutions that may exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. While STAG Predecessor Group monitors the cash balances in its operating accounts, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or are subject to other adverse conditions in the financial markets. To date, STAG Predecessor Group has experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in its operating accounts.

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash includes security deposits and cash held in escrow for real estate taxes and capital improvements as required in various mortgage loan agreements.

Tenant Accounts Receivable, net

        STAG Predecessor Group maintains an allowance for estimated losses that may result from the inability of tenants to make required payments. If a tenant fails to make contractual payments beyond any allowance, STAG Predecessor Group may recognize bad debt expense in future periods equal to the amount of unpaid rent and deferred rental income. As of June 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009 and 2008, STAG Predecessor Group had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $27, $1,920 and $0, respectively.

        STAG Predecessor Group accrues rental revenue earned but not yet receivable. STAG Predecessor Group maintains an allowance for estimated losses that may result from those revenues. If a tenant fails to make contractual payments beyond any allowance, STAG Predecessor Group may recognize bad debt expense in future periods equal to the amount of unpaid rent and accrued rental revenue. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, STAG Predecessor Group had an allowance on accrued rent revenue of $109, $96 and $201, respectively.

        As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, STAG Predecessor Group had a total of approximately $2,280, $2,490 and $2,499, respectively, of total lease security available on existing letters of credit; and $802, $1,294 and $1,303, respectively, of security available in security deposits.

Deferred Financing Fees

        Costs incurred in obtaining mortgage notes payable are capitalized. The deferred financing fees are amortized to interest expense over the life of the respective loans. Any unamortized amounts upon early repayment of mortgage notes payable are written off in the period of repayment. For six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the period from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and the period from January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007, amortization of deferred finance charges included in interest expense was $59, $320, $466, $522, $160 and $61, respectively. Fully amortized deferred charges are removed from the books upon maturity of the underlying debt.

F-26


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, tenant accounts receivable, interest rate swaps, accounts payable, other accrued expenses and mortgage notes payable. The fair values of the cash and cash equivalents, tenant accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued expenses approximate their carrying or contract values. See Note 4 for the fair values of the mortgage notes payable. See Note 5 for the fair value of interest rate swaps. The carrying value of notes payable to related parties approximates fair value.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

        STAG Predecessor Group entered into interest rate swaps to hedge against interest rate risk on its variable rate loan with Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited ("Anglo Irish Bank"). The interest rate swaps are contracts to fix, for a period of time, the LIBOR component of the loan and allow for net settlement. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, STAG Predecessor Group was party to separate interest rate swaps with notional amounts $157,815, $157,815 and $87,678, respectively.

        STAG Predecessor Group accounts for its interest rate swaps in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , (formerly known as SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities) . On January 1, 2009, STAG Predecessor Group adopted SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS 161), which changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. The adoption of SFAS 161 (now included in ASC 815) did not have a material impact on STAG Predecessor Group's results of operations or financial condition.

        STAG Predecessor Group has designated the interest rate swaps as non-hedge instruments. Accordingly, STAG Predecessor Group recognizes the fair value of the interest rate swap as asset or liability on the combined balance sheets with the changes in fair value recognized in the combined statements of operations.

        By using interest rate swaps, STAG Predecessor Group exposes itself to market and credit risk. Market risk is the risk of an adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument that results from a change in interest rates. Credit risk is the risk of failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the contract. STAG Predecessor Group minimizes the credit risk in interest rate swaps by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties whose credit rating is higher than Aa. STAG Predecessor Group's exposure to credit risk at any point is generally limited to amounts recorded as assets or liabilities on the combined balance sheets.

Revenue and Gain Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

F-27


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Certain tenants are obligated to make payments for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenants under the terms of their respective leases, are not reflected in STAG Predecessor Group's combined financial statements. To the extent any tenant responsible for these costs under their respective lease defaults on their lease or it is deemed probable that they will fail to pay for such costs, we would record a liability for such obligation. The Company estimates that real estate taxes which are the responsibility of all such tenants was approximately $948 and $1,868 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

        Rental revenue from month-to-month leases or leases with no scheduled rent increases or other adjustments is recognized on a monthly basis when earned.

        Lease termination fees are recognized as termination revenue when the related leases are canceled and STAG Predecessor Group has no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants. STAG Predecessor Group has no lease termination revenue for the periods presented.

Segment Reporting

        STAG Predecessor Group manages its operations on a consolidated, single segment basis for purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions and accordingly, has only one reporting segment.

Income Taxes

        STAG Predecessor Group represents a combination of entities that are limited liability companies. Generally, absent an election to the contrary, an LLC is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity under applicable federal and state income tax rules. Therefore, the allocated share of net income or loss from the limited liability companies is reportable in the income tax returns of the respective member or members. Accordingly, no income tax provision is included in the accompanying combined financial statements.

        STAG Predecessor Group adopted the authoritative guidance on accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions (ASC 740, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes", (formerly FIN 48, "Uncertain Tax Positions")) on January 1, 2009, which required STAG Predecessor Group to determine whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. STAG Predecessor Group has determined that there was no effect on the financial statements from its adoption of this authoritative guidance.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In July 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105, "The FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("FASB Codification") and Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles." This pronouncement establishes the FASB Codification as the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be

F-28


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


applied by nongovernmental entities. STAG Predecessor Group adopted this pronouncement on July 1, 2009 and has updated its references to specific GAAP literature to reflect the codification.

        On January 1, 2009, STAG Predecessor Group adopted ASC 810-10-65 , Consolidation , which clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements. ASC 810-10-65 also requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest and requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated statement of operations, of the amounts of combined net income (loss) attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest.

        ASC 810-10-65 was required to be applied prospectively after adoption, with the exception of the presentation and disclosure requirements, which were applied retrospectively for all periods presented. STAG Predecessor Group adopted the standard as of January 1, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on STAG Predecessor Group's financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855-10, Subsequent Events , which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. It is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. STAG Predecessor Group has adopted this standard as of June 30, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on STAG Predecessor Group's combined financial statements.

F-29


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. Deferred Leasing Intangibles

        Deferred leasing intangibles included in total assets consist of the following:

 
  June 30,   December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

In-place leases

  $ 12,068   $ 13,217   $ 13,558  

Lease: Accumulated amortization

    (6,127 )   (6,096 )   (3,952 )
               
 

In-place leases, net

    5,941     7,121     9,606  
               

Above market leases

    3,481     3,568     3,667  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (1,959 )   (1,730 )   (984 )
               
 

Above market leases, net

    1,522     1,838     2,683  
               

Tenant relationships

    3,501     3,908     3,979  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (1,339 )   (1,258 )   (728 )
               
 

Tenant relationships, net

    2,162     2,650     3,251  
               

Lease commission

    5,626     5,939     6,186  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (2,211 )   (2,030 )   (1,253 )
               
 

Lease commission, net

    3,415     3,909     4,933  
               
 

Total deferred leasing intangibles, net

  $ 13,040   $ 15,518   $ 20,473  
               

        Deferred leasing intangibles included in our total liabilities consist of the following:

 
  June 30,   December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Below market leases

  $ 2,732   $ 2,880   $ 2,881  

Less: Accumulated amortization

    (1,565 )   (1,383 )   (823 )
               
 

Total deferred leasing intangibles, net

  $ 1,167   $ 1,497   $ 2,058  
               

        Amortization expense related to in-place leases, lease commissions and tenant relationships of deferred leasing intangibles was $2,162, $2,420, $4,126, $5,427, $1,634 and $195 for six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and the period from January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007, respectively. Rental income increased (decreased) by $14, ($182), ($284), $563, $7 and $16 related to net amortization of above (below) market leases for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and the period from January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007, respectively.

F-30


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. Deferred Leasing Intangibles (Continued)

        Amortization related to deferred leasing intangibles over the next five years is as follows:

 
  Estimated Net Amortization
of In-Place Leases and
Tenant Relationships
  Net Decrease to Rental Revenue
Related to Above and Below
Market Leases
 

2010

  $ 2,868   $ 14  

2011

    2,471     19  

2012

    1,963     89  

2013

    1,377     102  

2014

    931     14  

4. Mortgage Notes Payable

        Payments on mortgage notes are generally due in monthly installments of principal amortization and interest. A summary of mortgage notes payable as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008 follows:

Loan
  Principal
outstanding as of
June 30,
2010
  Principal
outstanding as of
December 31,
2009
  Principal
outstanding as of
December 31,
2008
  Maturity  

Anglo Irish Variable Amount

  $ 12,877   $ 14,745   $ 92,636     Jan-31-2012  

Anglo Irish Fixed Amount

    157,815     157,815         Jan-31-2012  

Anglo Irish Fixed Amount

            87,678     Jan-31-2012  

Anglo Irish Bridge Loan

    34,789     35,188     35,864     Jan-31-2012  
                     

  $ 205,481   $ 207,748   $ 216,178        
                     

        STAG Predecessor Group is party to a master loan agreement with Anglo Irish Bank. The agreement had an original maturity date of August 10, 2009. According to the original loan agreement, all loans under the loan agreement were interest only through the maturity date, at which time all unpaid principal and interest was scheduled to be due. The borrowing rate was variable and calculated based on the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.75%.

        In January 2009 the terms of the master loan agreement were amended. The current terms stipulate that interest and principal payments are to be made monthly based on a 25-year amortization schedule. The loan also requires a capital improvement escrow to be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under the 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan. Additionally, a $5,000 principal payment was made on the loan prior to commencing monthly principal payments. The maturity date was extended to January 31, 2012. Notwithstanding the interest rate swap transactions discussed below, the borrowing rate is variable and calculated based on the applicable LIBOR rate plus 3.00%. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, the outstanding balance under this loan agreement was $170,692, $172,560 and $180,314, respectively. The LIBOR rate as of June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was 0.35%, 0.24% and 1.90%, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

4. Mortgage Notes Payable (Continued)

        On May 1, 2008 STAG Predecessor Group entered into an $87,678 notional amount interest rate swap transaction with Anglo Irish Bank. STAG Predecessor Group swapped $87,678 of the outstanding debt under the loan agreement to a fixed rate of 3.055%. The swap terminated on August 11, 2009.

        On February 5, 2009 STAG Predecessor Group entered into a forward swap agreement with Anglo Irish Bank. The terms of this agreement stipulated that on August 11, 2009, $157,815 of the outstanding debt under this loan agreement converted to a fixed rate of 2.165% plus the loan spread of 3.00% (5.165%). The swap terminates on January 31, 2012.

        STAG Predecessor Group is also party to a bridge loan agreement with Anglo Irish Bank. The loan agreement had an original maturity date of December 31, 2007. The original terms stipulated that the loan was interest only through the maturity date, at which time all unpaid principal and interest was to be due. The borrowing rate was variable and calculated based on the applicable Libor rate plus 3.00%.

        In January 2009 the terms of the bridge loan agreement were amended. The current terms stipulate that interest and principal payments are to be made monthly based on a 25-year amortization schedule. The loan also requires a capital improvement escrow to be funded monthly in an amount equal to the difference between the payments required under the 25-year amortizing loan and a 20-year amortizing loan. The maturity date of the bridge loan was extended to January 31, 2012. The current borrowing rate is variable and calculated based on the applicable LIBOR rate plus 4.25%. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008 the outstanding balance under this loan agreement was $34,789 and $35,188 and $35,864, respectively.

        The master loan and bridge loan are both collateralized by the specific properties financed under the loans and a first priority collateral assignment of the specific leases and rents. The bridge loan is also subject to a collective, joint and several repayment guaranty by two individual related parties of STAG Predecessor Group. These loans are subject to certain financial covenants. STAG Predecessor Group believes they are in compliance with such covenants as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009.

        Annual principal payments due under mortgage notes over the next 5 years are as follows:

2010

  $ 4,555  

2011

    4,788  

2012

    198,405  

2013

     

2014

     
       
 

Total

  $ 207,748  
       

        For purposes of financial reporting disclosures, STAG Predecessor Group calculates the fair value of mortgage notes payable. The fair values of the Company's mortgage notes payable were determined by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings for loans with similar remaining maturities and similar loan-to-value ratios. The following table presents the aggregate carrying value of STAG Predecessor Group's mortgage notes

F-32


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

4. Mortgage Notes Payable (Continued)


payable and STAG Predecessor Group's corresponding estimate of fair value as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008:

June 30, 2010   December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008  
Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
 
$ 205,481   $ 203,218   $ 207,748   $ 203,998   $ 216,178   $ 213,130  

5. Derivative Instruments

        A summary of the fair values of interest rate swaps outstanding as of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 
  Notional Amount   Fair Value
June 30,
2010
  Fair Value
December 31,
2009
  Fair Value
December 31,
2008
 

Anglo Master Loan Swap

  $ 87,678     N/A     N/A   $ (1,275 )

Anglo Master Loan Swap

  $ 157,815   $ (3,930 ) $ (2,995 )   N/A  

        STAG Predecessor Group adopted the fair value measurement provisions as of January 1, 2008 for its interest rate swaps recorded at fair value. The new guidance establishes a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, STAG Predecessor Group applied the provisions of this standard to the valuation of its interest rate swaps, which are the only financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

        During the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the periods from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007, STAG Predecessor Group recognized gains (losses) relating to the change in fair market value of its interest rate swaps of ($935), ($860), ($1,720), ($1,275), $0 and $0, respectively.

        The following sets forth the Company's financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 
   
  Fair Market Measurements as of
December 31, 2009 Using:
 
 
  December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Liabilities:

                         

Interest Rate Swap

  $ 2,995       $ 2,995      

F-33


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

5. Derivative Instruments (Continued)

 
   
  Fair Market Measurements as of
December 31, 2008 Using:
 
 
  December 31,
2008
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Liabilities:

                         

Interest Rate Swap

  $ 1,275       $ 1,275      

6. Minimum Future Rental Revenue

        STAG Predecessor Group leases space to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases, which generally contain provisions for a base rent plus reimbursement for certain operating expenses.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 22,608  

2011

    20,132  

2012

    17,533  

2013

    13,427  

2014

    9,866  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of deferred rent receivables and above/below-market lease intangibles. Some leases are subject to termination options. In general, these leases provide for termination payments should the termination options be exercised. The above table is prepared assuming such options are not exercised.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

        STAG Predecessor Group is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance subject to deductible requirements. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on STAG Predecessor Group's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

8. Impairment Charges

        STAG Predecessor Group adopted the fair value measurement provisions as of January 1, 2008 for the impairment of long-lived assets recorded at fair value. In connection with the periodic review of the carrying values of the Company's properties, STAG Predecessor Group determined during the year ended December 31, 2008 that an impairment loss in the amount of $3,728 should be recorded for STAG Predecessor Group's property located in Daytona Beach, Florida. The determination that an impairment loss should be recorded was made as a result of a tenant default and subsequent vacancy.

F-34


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

8. Impairment Charges (Continued)

        The following table presents information about the Company's impairment charge which was measured on a fair value basis for the year ended December 31, 2008. The table indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company utilized to determine fair value. Fair value was determined by estimating the future cash flows from the property discounted to the present value using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved in those cash flows.

 
   
  Fairy Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2008 Using
   
 
 
  December 31,
2008
  Quoted
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Total
Losses
 

Daytona Beach, FL property

  $ 1,883   $   $   $ 1,883   $ (3,728 )

9. Related-Party Transactions

        On January 31, 2009, STAG Predecessor Group entered into a $4,384 loan agreement with NED Credit, Inc. (a related party). The note has an original maturity date of January 31, 2012 and is interest only through the maturity date, at which time all unpaid principal and interest due. The borrowing rate is variable and calculated based on the applicable LIBOR rate plus 12.50%. In the event of default, all outstanding amounts shall bear interest at the applicable LIBOR rate plus 16.50%. The loan is classified as notes payable- related party on the combined balance sheets. STAG Predecessor Group expensed $274, $228, and $521 in interest expense related to this note payable for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

        STAG Predecessor Group is obligated to pay asset management fees to STAG Capital Partners, LLC and STAG Capital Partners III, LLC (collectively the "Manager") in consideration of the Manager's agreement that it shall provide reasonable and customary advisory and asset management services to STAG Predecessor Group. The management fee is payable quarterly in arrears on the first business day of each succeeding calendar quarter. Each quarterly installment of the management fee is equal to 1 / 4 of one-quarter of one percent (0.0625%) of the aggregate acquisition costs of all investments of STAG Predecessor Group, with the acquisition costs of investments made or sold during such quarter calculated on a weighted average basis according to the point during the quarter when such investments were made or sold.

        STAG Predecessor Group expensed $298, $297, $600, $610, $213 and $31 in such asset management fees for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the periods from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007, respectively. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, STAG Predecessor Group had $150, $172 and, $172, respectively, in accrued and unpaid asset management fees.

        STAG Predecessor Group is obligated to reimburse certain expenses related to STAG Predecessor Group's operations incurred by the Manager (or its designated Affiliate). STAG Predecessor Group expensed $12, $42, $82, $86, $180 and $0 in legal costs incurred by the Manager for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the periods from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007, respectively.

F-35


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

9. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

        STAG Predecessor Group was required to pay acquisition service fees to the Manager upon the acquisition of properties, in an amount of 1% of the Gross Acquisition Price of such property (as defined in the Operating Agreement). No acquisitions were made in 2008 or 2009. STAG Predecessor Group paid $1,693 and $306 in acquisition service fees to the Manager for the period from June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007, respectively.

10. Subsequent Events

        STAG Predecessor Group has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through July 28, 2010 and noted no items requiring adjustment of the financial statements or additional disclosure.

F-36


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation as of December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

SCHEDULE III

REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

 
   
   
   
   
  Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition
and Valuation
Provision
  Gross Amount Carried at
Close of Period 12/31/09
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Initial Cost    
   
 
 
   
   
  Building and
Improvements
   
   
  Accumulated
Depreciation
12/31/09
  Year
Acquired
 
Building Address
  City/State   Encumbrances   Building   Land   Land   Total  

1515 East State Road 8

  Albion, IN     9,319     8,245     1,065         8,245     1,065     9,310     586     2006  

37 Hunt Road

  Amesbury, MA     5,239     3,638     1,022         3,638     1,022     4,660     293     2007  

2111 N. Sandra Street

  Appleton, WI     4,608     3,916     495     332     4,249     495     4,744     323     2007  

3311 Pinewood Drive

  Arlington, TX     2,882     2,455     413         2,455     413     2,868     174     2007  

365 McClurg Road

  Boardman, OH     3,840     3,500     282     283     3,784     282     4,066     213     2007  

8401 Southern Blvd

  Boardman, OH     2,155     1,990     192         1,990     192     2,182     118     2007  

818 Mulberry Street

  Canton, OH     6,000     5,595     586     51     5,646     586     6,232     767     2007  

50501/50371/50271/50900 E. Russell Schmidt

  Chesterfield, MI     9,799     8,137     1,449     405     8,542     1,449     9,991     908     2007  

1011 Glendale Milford Road

  Cincinnati, OH     5,337     5,284     384     14     5,297     384     5,681     454     2007  

4646 Needmore Road

  Dayton, OH     4,148     3,650     391         3,650     391     4,041     403     2007  

530 Fentress Boulevard

  Daytona Beach, FL     6,047     4,789     1,237     (3,686 )   917     1,237     2,154     197     2007  

53105 Marina Drive/23590 CR6

  Elkhart, IN     4,169     3,877     447     28     3,905     447     4,352     340     2007  

6051/2311 North Lee Highway

  Fairfield, VA/Lexington, VA     3,357     2,719     354         2,719     354     3,073     188     2007  

5786 Collett Road

  Farmington, NY     5,609     5,342     410     159     5,502     410     5,912     345     2007  

One Fuller Way

  Great Bend, KS     8,163     7,222     1,065         7,222     1,065     8,287     496     2007  

900 Brooks Avenue

  Holland, MI     5,959     5,235     489     495     5,732     489     6,221     406     2007  

414 E. 40th Street

  Holland, MI     4,517     4,046     497         4,046     497     4,543     300     2007  

1102 Chastain Drive/4795 I-55 North

  Jackson, MS     4,858     4,068     968         4,068     968     5,036     249     2007  

165 American Way

  Jefferson, NC     3,026     2,875     119         2,875     119     2,994     182     2007  

19 Mollison Way

  Lewiston, ME     5,347     5,515     173     119     5,633     173     5,806     406     2007  

243/219 Medford Street

  Malden, MA     7,589     6,778     873         6,778     873     7,651     448     2007  

800 Pennsylvania Avenue

  Salem, OH     7,502     7,245     858         6,849     858     7,707     442     2006  

605 Fourth Street

  Mayville, WI     4,821     4,118     547         4,118     547     4,665     260     2007  

8900 N. 55th Street

  Milwaukee, WI     4,597     4,090     456     5     4,095     456     4,551     247     2007  

200 West Capitol Drive

  Milwaukee, WI     6,177     5,283     1,048         5,283     1,048     6,331     457     2007  

111/113 Pencader Drive

  Newark, DE     4,804     3,957     527     126     4,083     527     4,610     301     2007  

3100 West Fairfield Drive

  Pensacola, FL     230     206     42     79     285     42     327     15     2007  

1301 North Palafox Street

  Pensacola, FL     5,283     4,705     282     71     4,776     282     5,058     282     2007  

805 North Main Street

  Pocatello, ID     3,754     3,472     399         3,472     399     3,871     280     2007  

1400 Turbine Drive

  Rapid City, SD     13,970     11,957     2,306         11,957     2,306     14,263     1,124     2007  

2550 N. Mays Street

  Round Rock, TX     3,847     3,399     444     5     3,403     394     3,797     334     2007  

102 Sergeant Square Drive

  Sergeant Bluff, IA     13,074     11,675     736         11,675     736     12,411     1,012     2007  

15 Loveton Circle

  Sparks, MD     4,297     3,577     790         3,577     790     4,367     267     2007  

8950 & 8970 Pershall Road

  Hazelwood, MO     7,558     5,822     1,960         5,821     1,960     7,780     506     2006  

F-37


Table of Contents


STAG Predecessor Group

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation as of December 31, 2009 (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 
   
   
   
   
  Costs
Capitalized
Subsequent to
Acquisition
and Valuation
Provision
  Gross Amount Carried at
Close of Period 12/31/09
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Initial Cost    
   
 
 
   
   
  Building and
Improvements
   
   
  Accumulated
Depreciation
12/31/09
  Year
Acquired
 
Building Address
  City/State   Encumbrances   Building   Land   Land   Total  

476 Southridge Industrial Drive

  Tavares, FL     6,912     6,340     722         6,340     722     7,061     544     2006  

7990 Bavaria Road

  Twinsburg, OH     7,064     6,497     590         6,497     590     7,087     356     2007  

300 Spencer Mattingly Lane

  Bardstown, KY     2,733     2,399     379         2,399     379     2,778     166     2007  

1100 Performance Place

  Youngstown, OH     3,541     3,400     139         3,400     139     3,539     237     2007  
                                             

Total

        212,132     187,018     25,136     (1,514 )   184,923     25,086     210,007     14,626        
                                             

Reconciliation of Real Estate Investments

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 208,948   $ 212,688   $ 32,508  
 

Additions during period

                   
   

Other acquisitions

            179,644  
   

Improvements, etc. 

    1,295     384     536  
   

Other additions

             
 

Deductions during period

                   
   

Cost of real estate sold

    (50 )        
   

Write-off of tenant improvements

    (184 )   (396 )    
   

Asset Impairments

        (3,728 )    
               

                 

Balance at close of period

  $ 210,009   $ 208,948   $ 212,688  

        The unaudited aggregate cost of real estate properties for federal tax purposes as of December 31, 2009 was $225,623.

Reconciliation of Accumulated Depreciation

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 8,680   $ 2,395   $ 0  
 

Additions during period

    5,979     6,307     2,395  
   

Depreciation and amortization expense

             
   

Other additions

             
 

Reductions during period

                   
   

Disposals

    (33 )   (22 )    
   

Other reductions

             
               

Balance at close of period

  $ 14,626   $ 8,680   $ 2,395  

F-38


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

The Shareholders of
STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statements") of the STAG Contribution Group for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and December 20, 2007 to July 27, 2008. These Statements are the responsibility of the management of the STAG Contribution Group. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these Statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statements were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the STAG Contribution Group's combined revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the STAG Contribution Group for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and December 20, 2007 to July 27, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
July 28, 2010

F-39


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Ownership I   Ownership II  
 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  July 28 -
December 31,
2008
  December 20,
2007 - July 27,
2008
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
   
   
 

Revenue

                         
 

Rental income

  $ 6,148   $ 12,608   $ 4,240   $ 3,502  
 

Tenant recoveries

    689     1,754     803     674  
                   
   

Total revenue

  $ 6,837   $ 14,362   $ 5,043   $ 4,176  

Certain expenses

                         
 

Cost of rental operations

    492     927     553     530  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    559     1,036     420     349  
                   
 

Certain expenses

    1,051     1,963     973     879  
                   

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 5,786   $ 12,399   $ 4,070   $ 3,297  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-40


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

1. Organization

        STAG Contribution Group (the "Properties"), which is not a legal entity, but rather a combination of certain real estate entities and operations as described below, is engaged in the business of owning and operating real estate consisting primarily of industrial properties located throughout the United States. The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relates to the operations of the Properties which consist of 19 industrial buildings located in 10 states.

        The Properties are owned by STAG Investments IV, LLC (the "Fund") and will be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The acquisition of the Properties is expected to occur upon the consummation of the proposed initial public offering.

        Since these properties are being acquired from a related party as part of the initial public offering, these statements have been prepared for the period of ownership by the related parties, which is less than three years. The properties are being combined as they are all under common management for all periods being presented. Certain properties being contributed were initially purchased by a related party and affiliate of the Fund and were subsequently contributed to the Fund. Accordingly, the Statements are presented for two periods, labeled Ownership I and Ownership II. The two periods have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the Statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting. The accounting policies followed during the Ownership I period in the preparation of the Statements are consistent with those of the Ownership II period and are further described below. The Ownership II period began on December 20, 2007 and ended with the contribution of properties to the Fund on July 28, 2008. The Statements for the ten day period ended December 31, 2007 were negligible and therefore have been combined with the Ownership II 2008 period.

        The properties included as part of STAG Contribution Group were acquired in the following quarters: four properties in the three months ended December 31, 2007; three properties in the three months ended March 31, 2008; one property in the three months ended June 30, 2008; three properties in the three months ended September 30, 2008; one property in the three months ended December 31, 2008; and one property in the three months ended June 30, 2010.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Properties and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Properties for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the periods from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and December 20, 2007 to July 27, 2008, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Properties:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

F-41


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Properties.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the leases are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $209, $474, $141 and $58 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the year ended December 31, 2009, the period from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and the period from December 20, 2007 to July 27, 2008, respectively. Tenant recoveries represent additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance, real estate taxes, and certain other expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        Certain tenants make payments for insurance, real estate taxes and certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenants under the terms of their respective leases, are not reflected in the Properties' financial statements.

        Rental revenue from month-to-month leases or leases with no scheduled rent increases or other adjustments is recognized on a monthly basis when earned.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Combined Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

3. Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Properties are leased to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases which vary in length.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 11,220  

2011

    10,585  

2012

    9,274  

2013

    6,773  

2014

    6,041  

F-42


Table of Contents


STAG Contribution Group

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

3. Description of Leasing Arrangements (Continued)

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of deferred rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles. Some leases are subject to termination options. In general, these leases provide for termination payments should the termination options be exercised. The above table is prepared assuming such options are not exercised.

        One tenant, Bank of America, N.A., represented 19% of the total base rental income revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. The building occupied by this tenant was purchased on November 25, 2008. Bank of America N.A.'s financial information is publicly available.

4. Ground Lease Commitments

        Certain properties are subject to non-cancelable operating ground lease agreements. The ground leases provide for monthly minimum rent and future rent increases. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), year ended December 31, 2009, the period from July 28, 2008 to December 31, 2008 and the period from December 20, 2007 to July 27, 2008, the Properties expensed ground lease payments under these operating leases in the amount of $57, $110, $47, and $38, respectively.

        The following is a schedule of minimum ground lease payments due over the next five years as of December 31, 2009:

2010

  $ 110  

2011

    110  

2012

    110  

2013

    115  

2014

    115  

5. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Properties are subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Properties revenue and certain operating expenses.

6. Acquisition

        On May 14, 2010 the Fund acquired a 100% occupied single tenant manufacturing property in Newton, NC for approximately $6,500. A statement of revenue and certain expenses for this property for the period January 1, 2010 to May 13, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, prepared in accordance with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

7. Subsequent Events

        STAG Contribution Group has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010, the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no additional items requiring adjustment to the Statements or additional disclosure with the exception of the items discussed below.

        In August 2010 one tenant terminated its lease agreement. In accordance with the terms of the lease agreement, the property paid a $475 lease termination fee.

F-43


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders
of STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Newton Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
July 28, 2010

F-44


Table of Contents


Newton Property
Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Period Ended
May 13,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009  
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental income

  $ 247   $ 658  
 

Tenant recoveries

    2     4  
           
 

Total revenue

    249     662  

Certain expenses

             
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    2     4  
           
 

Certain expenses

    2     4  
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 247   $ 658  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-45


Table of Contents


Newton Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Newton Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Newton, NC. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to May 14, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On May 14, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG IV Newton, LLC ("STAG IV") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. The operating results of this property from May 14, 2010 to June 30, 2010 are included in STAG Contribution Group.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $1 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and decreased revenue by approximately $3 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Tenant recoveries represent additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        The tenant makes payments for certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, are not reflected in the Statements.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-46


Table of Contents


Newton Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of December 31, 2016.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 662  

2011

    662  

2012

    662  

2013

    662  

2014

    662  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below -market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010, the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-47


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders of
STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Charlotte Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-48


Table of Contents


Charlotte Property
Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 1,073   $ 2,178  
 

Tenant recoveries

    104     207  
           
   

Total revenue

    1,177     2,385  

Certain expenses

             
 

Property

    59     125  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    80     156  
           
 

Certain expenses

    139     281  
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 1,038   $ 2,104  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-49


Table of Contents


Charlotte Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Charlotte Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Charlotte, NC. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to September 17, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On September 17, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI Charlotte, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, is not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $128 and $170 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance and other expenditures are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-50


Table of Contents


Charlotte Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of April 30, 2019.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 1,890  

2011

    1,890  

2012

    2,004  

2013

    2,102  

2014

    2,165  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-51


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders of
STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Goshen Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-52


Table of Contents


Goshen Property
Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 566   $ 1,132  
 

Tenant recoveries

    116     233  
           
   

Total revenue

    682     1,365  

Certain expenses

             
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    116     233  
           
 

Certain expenses

    116     233  
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 566   $ 1,132  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-53


Table of Contents


Goshen Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Goshen Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Goshen, IN. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to August 13, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On August 13, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI Goshen, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes and insurance are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

F-54


Table of Contents


Goshen Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of June 30, 2022.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 1,146  

2011

    1,156  

2012

    1,156  

2013

    1,156  

2014

    1,156  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-55


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders of
STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the O'Fallon Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-56


Table of Contents


O'Fallon Property
Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 269   $ 540  
 

Tenant recoveries

        34  
           
   

Total revenue

    269     574  

Certain expenses

             
 

Property

    4     29  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

        34  
           
 

Certain expenses

    4     63  
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 265   $ 511  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-57


Table of Contents


O'Fallon Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The O'Fallon property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in O'Fallon, MO. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Property.

        Prior to July 30, 2010, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. On July 30, 2010, the Property was acquired by STAG GI O'Fallon, LLC ("GI") and is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the leases are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $19 and $22 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Tenant recoveries represent additional rents from expense reimbursements for insurance and real estate taxes are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

        The tenant makes payments for certain other expenses and these costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, are not reflected in the Statements.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-58


Table of Contents


O'Fallon Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of June 30, 2016.

        Future minimum base rentals on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 501  

2011

    523  

2012

    539  

2013

    552  

2014

    562  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-59


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders of
STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties (the "Properties") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Properties' revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the combined revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Properties for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-60


Table of Contents


Piscataway & Lopatcong Properties
Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 859   $ 1,718  
           
   

Total revenue

    859     1,718  
           

Certain expenses

             
 

Certain expenses

         
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 859   $ 1,718  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-61


Table of Contents


Piscataway & Lopatcong Properties

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties (the "Properties"), are single tenant industrial properties located in Piscataway, NJ and Lopatcong, NJ, respectively. The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Properties.

        For the periods presented in the Statements the Properties were under common management and owned by an unaffiliated third party. Therefore they are being presented on a combined basis. The acquisition of the Properties by STAG GI Piscataway, LLC ("GI") is considered probable. The Properties are intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Properties, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Properties:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Properties.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and is not reflected in the Statements.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The combined statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

F-62


Table of Contents


Piscataway & Lopatcong Properties

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Properties are leased to two tenants under non-cancelable operating leases which have an expiration date of May 30, 2017.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 1,718  

2011

    1,718  

2012

    1,718  

2013

    1,718  

2014

    1,718  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Properties are subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Properties' revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-63


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders
of STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Charlotte II Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-64


Table of Contents


Charlotte II Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 1,090   $ 2,180  
 

Tenant recoveries

    169     339  
           
 

Total revenue

    1,259     2,519  

Certain expenses

             
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    117     233  
 

Property

    53     107  
           
 

Certain expenses

    170     340  
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 1,089   $ 2,179  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-65


Table of Contents


Charlotte II Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(Dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Charlotte II Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Charlotte, NC. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Property.

        For the periods presented in the Statements the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. The acquisition of the Property by STAG GI Charlotte II, LLC ("GI") is considered probable. The Property is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment decreased revenue by approximately $21 and $5 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance and other expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-66


Table of Contents


Charlotte II Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


    (d)

    (d) Unaudited Interim Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of March 31, 2017.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 2,240  

2011

    2,290  

2012

    2,342  

2013

    2,395  

2014

    2,449  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-67


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders
of STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Madison Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-68


Table of Contents


Madison Property
Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

    581     1,161  
           
 

Total revenue

    581     1,161  
           
 

Certain expenses

             
   

Certain expenses

         
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 581   $ 1,161  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-69


Table of Contents


Madison Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Madison Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Madison, TN. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Property.

        For the periods presented in the Statements the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. The acquisition of the Property by STAG GI Madison, LLC ("GI") is considered probable. The Property is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
       Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $15 and $31 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

        The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and are not reflected in the Statements.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-70


Table of Contents


Madison Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of December 22, 2014.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 1,130  

2011

    1,151  

2012

    1,172  

2013

    1,172  

2014

    1,186  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-71


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders
of STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Streetsboro Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-72


Table of Contents


Streetsboro Property
Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 590   $ 1,345  
           
 

Total revenue

    590     1,345  
           

Certain expenses

             
 

Property

        3  
           
 

Certain expenses

        3  
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 590   $ 1,342  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-73


Table of Contents


Streetsboro Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(Dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Streetsboro Property (the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Streetsboro, OH. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Property.

        For the periods presented in the Statements the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. The acquisition of the Property by STAG GI Streetsboro, LLC ("GI") is considered probable. The Property is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Property and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment decreased revenue by approximately $1 and $117 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.

        The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and are not reflected in the Statements.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-74


Table of Contents


Streetsboro Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of December 31, 2014.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 1,181  

2011

    1,199  

2012

    1,216  

2013

    1,236  

2014

    1,253  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-75


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders
of STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Rogers and Vonore Properties (the "Properties") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Properties' revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the combined revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Properties for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-76


Table of Contents


Rogers & Vonore Properties
Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 1,478   $ 2,956  
           
 

Total revenue

    1,478     2,956  

Certain expenses

             
 

Certain expenses

         
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 1,478   $ 2,956  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-77


Table of Contents


Rogers & Vonore Properties

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Rogers and Vonore Properties (the "Properties"), are single tenant industrial properties located in Rogers, MN and Vonore, TN, respectively. The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Properties.

        For the periods presented in the Statements, the Properties were under common management and owned by an unaffiliated third party. Therefore, their results are being presented on a combined basis. The acquisition of the Properties by STAG GI Rogers, LLC ("GI1") and STAG GI Vonore, LLC ("GI2") is considered probable. The Properties are intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Properties and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Properties, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Properties:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Properties.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment decreased revenue by approximately $73 and $145 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. The tenant makes payments for certain expenses and costs, which have been assumed by the tenant under the terms of their respective lease, and are not reflected in the Statements.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period to prepare the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-78


Table of Contents


Rogers & Vonore Properties

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The combined statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the combined statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Properties are leased to two tenants under non-cancelable operating leases which have expiration dates of June 30, 2014 and October 14, 2016, respectively.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 3,011  

2011

    3,061  

2012

    3,361  

2013

    3,426  

2014

    2,635  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Properties are subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Properties' revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-79


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders
of STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Salem Properties (the "Properties") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Properties' revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the combined revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Properties for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-80


Table of Contents


Salem Properties

Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 423   $ 811  
 

Tenant recoveries

    80     166  
           
 

Total revenue

    503     977  

Certain expenses

             
 

Property

    7     20  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    73     151  
           
 

Certain expenses

    80     171  
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 423   $ 806  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-81


Table of Contents


Salem Properties

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Salem Properties (the "Properties") are two industrial properties located in Salem, OR. The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Properties.

        For the periods presented in the Statements, the Properties were under common management and owned by an unaffiliated third party. Therefore, their results are being presented on a combined basis. The acquisition of the Properties by STAG GI Salem, LLC ("GI") is considered probable. The Properties are intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Properties and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Properties, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Properties:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Properties.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment increased revenue by approximately $15 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited); and decreased revenue by approximately $30 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.

    (c)
    Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-82


Table of Contents


Salem Properties

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        

    (d)
    Unaudited Interim Statement

        The combined statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Properties are leased to three tenants under non-cancelable operating leases which have expiration dates of March 31, 2012, February 28, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 830  

2011

    846  

2012

    736  

2013

    710  

2014

    582  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Properties are subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Properties' revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-83


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Shareholders
of STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying statement of revenue and certain expenses (the "Statement") of the Walker Property (the "Property") for the year ended December 31, 2009. This Statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (for inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-11 of STAG Industrial, Inc.), as described in note 2 and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Property's revenue and expenses.

        In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as described in note 2, of the Property for the year ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010

F-84


Table of Contents


Walker Property

Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 
 
  (Unaudited)
   
 

Revenue

             
 

Rental revenue

  $ 368   $ 787  
 

Tenant recoveries

    108     196  
           
 

Total revenue

    476     983  

Certain expenses

             
 

Property

    48     69  
 

Real estate taxes and insurance

    63     132  
           
 

Certain expenses

    111     201  
           

Revenue in excess of certain expenses

  $ 365   $ 782  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part to the statements of revenue and certain expenses.

F-85


Table of Contents


Walker Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

(dollars in thousands)

(1) Organization

        The Walker Property(the "Property"), is a single tenant industrial property located in Walker, MI. The accompanying statements of revenue and certain expenses ("Statements") relate to the operations of the Property.

        For the periods presented in the Statements, the Property was owned by an unaffiliated third party. The acquisition of the Property by STAG GI Walker, LLC ("GI") is considered probable. The Property is intended to be contributed to STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. in connection with the proposed initial public offering of STAG Industrial, Inc., the majority owner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

        

    (a)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying Statements relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, are not representative of the actual results of operations of the Property, due to the exclusion of the following revenue and expenses which may not be comparable to the proposed future operations of the Property:

    Depreciation and amortization

    Interest income and expense

    Amortization of above and below market leases

    Other miscellaneous revenue and expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Property.

    (b)
    Revenue Recognition

        Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases when collectability is reasonably assured. Differences between rental revenue earned and amounts due under the lease are charged or credited, as applicable, to accrued rental revenue. The impact of the straight-line rent adjustment decreased revenue by approximately $32 and $56 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. Tenant recoveries representing additional rents from expense reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses are recognized in the period in which the related expenses are incurred.


    (c)

    (c) Use of Estimates

        Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenue and certain expenses during the reporting period in preparing the Statement in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-86


Table of Contents


Walker Property

Notes to Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses (Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


    (d)

    (d) Unaudited Interim Statement

        The statement of revenue and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, the statement reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim period. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

(3) Description of Leasing Arrangements

        The Property is leased to one tenant under a non-cancelable operating lease which has an expiration date of August 31, 2017.

        Future minimum base rentals over the next five years on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

2010

  $ 744  

2011

    704  

2012

    704  

2013

    704  

2014

    704  

        The above future minimum lease payments exclude tenant reimbursements, amortization of accrued rental revenue and above/below-market lease intangibles.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

        The Property is subject to legal claims and disputes in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of any existing potential claims and disputes would not have a material impact on the Property's revenue and certain operating expenses.

(5) Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated the events and transactions that have occurred through September 23, 2010 the date which the Statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the Statements or additional disclosure.

F-87


Table of Contents

        Until            , 2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                        Shares

LOGO

Common Stock


P R O S P E C T U S


BofA Merrill Lynch

J.P. Morgan

UBS Investment Bank

                                                 , 2010


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 31.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table shows the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts, to be paid by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA fee are estimated.

SEC registration fee

  $ 21,390  

FINRA filing fee

    30,500  

NYSE fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses (including Blue Sky fees)

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Transfer agent fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous

    *  
       
 

Total

  $ *  
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 32.   Sales to Special Parties.

        See response to Item 33 below.

Item 33.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        On July 21, 2010, we issued 100 shares of common stock to Benjamin S. Butcher in exchange for $2,000 in cash as its initial capitalization. On July 26, 2010, we issued 10 shares of common stock to Kathryn Arnone in exchange for $200 in cash. Such issuances were exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

        In connection with the formation transactions,                    common units of limited partnership in our operating partnership with an aggregate value of $                    , assuming a price per share or unit at the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement, will be issued to certain persons transferring interests in our historical predecessor companies to us in consideration of such transfer. All such persons had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us. All of such persons are "accredited investors" as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. Each such person is a holder of an interest in our predecessor business and we have dealt with such persons throughout the tenure of such person's ownership of interests in our predecessor business. The issuance of such units will be effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act in which no general solicitation was undertaken. All such persons were provided with and had access to information about the issuer of these securities including business objectives and historical property and financial information.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we are granting an aggregate of                    LTIP units that will be issued to our executive officers under our equity incentive plan. All such persons had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us. The issuance of such LTIP units will be effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in which no general solicitation was undertaken. All such persons were provided with and had access to information about the issuer of these securities including business objectives and historical property and financial information.

II-1


Table of Contents


Item 34.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its shareholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

    actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

    active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action.

        Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates directors' and officers' liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and do not generally affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

        Our charter also authorizes our company, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to obligate our company to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at the request of our company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

        Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at the request of our company, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our charter and bylaws also permit our company to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of our company in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

        Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

        However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis of

II-2


Table of Contents


that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation's receipt of:

    a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

    a written undertaking by him or her on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

        We will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        The indemnification agreements will provide that if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as a director, officer or employee of our company, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, unless it has been established that:

    the act or omission of the director or executive officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the director or executive officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or other services; or

    with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or executive officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        The indemnification agreements will also provide that upon application of a director or executive officer of our company to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the court may order indemnification of such director or executive officer if:

    the court determines the director or executive officer is entitled to indemnification under the applicable section of the MGCL, in which case the director or executive officer shall be entitled to recover from us the expenses of securing such indemnification; or

    the court determines that such director or executive officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the director or executive officer has met the standards of conduct set forth in the applicable section of the MGCL or has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper benefit under the applicable section of the MGCL; provided, however, that our indemnification obligations to such director or executive officer will be limited to the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with any proceeding by or in the right of our company or in which the executive officer or director shall have been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under the applicable section of the MGCL.

        Notwithstanding, and without limiting, any other provisions of the indemnification agreements, if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as a director, executive officer or employee of our company, and such director or executive officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, including any claim, issue or matter in such a proceeding that is terminated by dismissal, with or without prejudice.

II-3


Table of Contents

        In addition, the indemnification agreements will require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within 10 days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied by:

    a written affirmation of the indemnitee's good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

    an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnitee to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

        The indemnification agreements will also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, executive officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 35.    Treatment of Proceeds From Stock Being Registered.

        None of the proceeds will be credited to an account other than the appropriate capital share account.

Item 36.    Financial Statements and Exhibits.

        (a)   Financial Statements. See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements included in this registration statement.

        (b)   Exhibit. The following is a complete list of exhibits filed as part of the registration statement, which are incorporated herein:

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1   Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of STAG Industrial, Inc.
  3.2   Form of Bylaws of STAG Industrial, Inc.
  4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of STAG Industrial, Inc.
  5.1   Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) relating to the legality of the securities being registered (including consent of such firm)*
  8.1   Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) regarding tax matters (including consent of such firm)*
  10.1   Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.
  10.2   2010 Equity Incentive Plan*†
  10.3   Form of LTIP Unit Agreement*†
  10.4   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement*†
  10.5   Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Butcher*†
  10.6   Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Sullivan*†
  10.7   Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Mecke*†
  10.8   Form of Employment Agreement with Ms. Arnone*†

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.9   Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. King*†
  10.10   Form of Indemnification Agreement between STAG Industrial, Inc. and its directors and officers*
  10.11   Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  10.12   Form of Voting Agreement
  10.13   Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., and STAG Investments III, LLC*
  10.14   Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., and STAG Investments IV, LLC*
  10.15   Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., Net Lease Aggregation Funds, LLC, Innovative Promotions LLC, Gregory W. Sullivan and Roseview Capital Partners LLC*
  10.16   Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., BSB STAG III, LLC, STAG III Employees, LLC, Benjamin S. Butcher, NED STAG III Residual LLC, Gregory W. Sullivan and Roseview Capital Partners LLC*
  10.17   Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. and STAG GI Investments, LLC*
  10.18   Purchase Option Agreement by STAG Investments III, LLC in favor of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.*
  10.19   Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 by and among affiliates of STAG Investments III, LLC, Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited and certain other lenders party thereto, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2007, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated February 12, 2008, as amended by that certain Third Modification to Senior Loan Agreement, Eight Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement and Agreement to Release Properties dated July 28, 2008, as further amended by that certain Fourth Modification to Senior Loan Agreement dated as of January 31, 2009
  10.20   Master Loan Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2010, by and among STAG GI Investments Holdings, LLC and Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
  10.21   Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager II, LLC
  10.22   Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager III, LLC
  10.23   Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager IV, LLC
  21.1   Subsidiaries of STAG Industrial, Inc.*
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  23.2   Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)*
  23.3   Consent of CB Richard Ellis—Econometric Advisors

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  99.1   Consent of F. Alexander Fraser
  99.2   Consent of Jeffrey D. Furber
  99.3   Consent of Larry T. Guillemette
  99.4   Consent of Francis X. Jacoby III
  99.5   Consent of Edward F. Lange, Jr.
  99.6   Consent of Hans S. Weger

*
To be filed by amendment

Compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 37.   Undertakings

        (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (b)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

      (i)
      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

      (ii)
      For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 23rd day of September, 2010.

    STAG Industrial, Inc.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ BENJAMIN S. BUTCHER

    Name:   Benjamin S. Butcher
    Title:   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ BENJAMIN S. BUTCHER

Name: Benjamin S. Butcher
  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President   September 23, 2010

/s/ GREGORY W. SULLIVAN

Name: Gregory W. Sullivan

 

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

September 23, 2010

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*

3.1

 

Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of STAG Industrial, Inc.

3.2

 

Form of Bylaws of STAG Industrial, Inc.

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate of STAG Industrial, Inc.

5.1

 

Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) relating to the legality of the securities being registered (including consent of such firm)*

8.1

 

Opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US) regarding tax matters (including consent of such firm)*

10.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

10.2

 

2010 Equity Incentive Plan*†

10.3

 

Form of LTIP Unit Agreement*†

10.4

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement*†

10.5

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Butcher*†

10.6

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Sullivan*†

10.7

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. Mecke*†

10.8

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Ms. Arnone*†

10.9

 

Form of Employment Agreement with Mr. King*†

10.10

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between STAG Industrial, Inc. and its directors and officers*

10.11

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

10.12

 

Form of Voting Agreement

10.13

 

Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., and STAG Investments III, LLC*

10.14

 

Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., and STAG Investments IV, LLC*

10.15

 

Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., Net Lease Aggregation Funds, LLC, Innovative Promotions LLC, Gregory W. Sullivan and Roseview Capital Partners LLC*

10.16

 

Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., BSB STAG III, LLC, STAG III Employees, LLC, Benjamin S. Butcher, NED STAG III Residual LLC, Gregory W. Sullivan and Roseview Capital Partners LLC*

10.17

 

Contribution Agreement, by and among STAG Industrial, Inc., STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. and STAG GI Investments, LLC*

10.18

 

Purchase Option Agreement by STAG Investments III, LLC in favor of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.*

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
10.19   Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 by and among affiliates of STAG Investments III, LLC, Anglo Irish Bank Corporation Limited and certain other lenders party thereto, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2007, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated February 12, 2008, as amended by that certain Third Modification to Senior Loan Agreement, Eight Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement and Agreement to Release Properties dated July 28, 2008, as further amended by that certain Fourth Modification to Senior Loan Agreement dated as of January 31, 2009

10.20

 

Master Loan Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2010, by and among STAG GI Investments Holdings, LLC and Connecticut General Life Insurance Company

10.21

 

Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager II, LLC

10.22

 

Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management, LLC and STAG Manager III, LLC

10.23

 

Form of Services Agreement between STAG Industrial Management LLC and STAG Manager, LLC

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of STAG Industrial, Inc.*

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.2

 

Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)*

23.3

 

Consent of CB Richard Ellis—Econometric Advisors

99.1

 

Consent of F. Alexander Fraser

99.2

 

Consent of Jeffrey D. Furber

99.3

 

Consent of Larry T. Guillemette

99.4

 

Consent of Francis X. Jacoby III

99.5

 

Consent of Edward F. Lange, Jr.

99.6

 

Consent of Hans S. Weger

*
To be filed by amendment

Compensatory plan or arrangement.



Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

of

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

FIRST:  STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

 

SECOND:  The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME

 

The name of the corporation is STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

PURPOSE

 

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code”)) for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.  For purposes of the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”), “REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

 

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.  The name and address of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.  The resident agent is a Delaware corporation qualified to transact business in the state of Maryland.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING
AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE
CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 4.1                                       Number of Directors .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.  The number of directors of the Corporation initially shall be one, which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”) but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”).  The name of the initial director who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify is:

 

Benjamin S. Butcher

 

The Board of Directors may increase the number of directors and may fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

 

The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible under Section 3-802 of the MGCL to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, that, except as

 

2



 

may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of stock, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred.

 

Section 4.2                                       Extraordinary Actions .  Notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Section 4.3                                       Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance .  The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the MGCL, the Charter or the Bylaws.

 

Section 4.4                                       Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights .  Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 5.4 or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the Board of Directors, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation that it may issue or sell.  Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to

 

3



 

exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

Section 4.5                                               Indemnification .  The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in any of the foregoing capacities.  The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.6                                               Determinations by Board .  The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the Charter, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and

 

4



 

every holder of shares of its stock:  the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of stock of the Corporation; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; the number of shares of stock of any class of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.7                                       REIT Qualification .  If the Corporation elects to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a REIT, the Board of Directors shall take such actions as it determines necessary or appropriate to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT; however, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Directors may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code.  The Board of Directors also may

 

5



 

determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and transfers set forth in Article VI is no longer required for REIT qualification.

 

Section 4.8                                       Removal of Directors .  Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1                                       Authorized Shares .  The Corporation has authority to issue 110,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”).  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,100,000.  If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to Section 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4 of this Article V, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph.  The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, and without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of

 

6



 

stock of the Corporation or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

Section 5.2                                       Common Stock .  Subject to the provisions of Article VI and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of Common Stock, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.  The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 5.3                                       Preferred Stock .  The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series from time to time, in one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 5.4                                       Classified or Reclassified Shares .  Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall:  (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VI and subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers (including the ability to grant exclusive voting rights on a Charter amendment that would alter the contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, only of the specified class or series of stock), restrictions, including without limitation, restrictions as to transferability, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.  Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 5.4 may be made dependent upon

 

7



 

facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other charter document.

 

Section 5.5                                       Charter and Bylaws .  The rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.  The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of the Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

Section 6.1                                       Definitions .  For the purpose of this Article VI, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit .  The term “Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than nine and eight-tenths percent (9.8%) in value or in the number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock.  The value and number of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.

 

Beneficial Ownership .  The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) and

 

8



 

Section 856(h)(3) of the Code.  The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Business Day .  The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Capital Stock .  The term “Capital Stock” shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

Charitable Beneficiary .  The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Charitable Trust as determined pursuant to Section 6.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under one of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

Charitable Trust .  The term “Charitable Trust” shall mean any Charitable Trust provided for in Section 6.3.1.

 

Common Stock Ownership Limit .  The term “Common Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than nine and eight-tenths percent (9.8%) in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the aggregate outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation excluding any outstanding shares of Common Stock not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes.  The number and value of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.  For purposes of determining the percentage ownership of Common Stock by any Person, shares of Common Stock that may be acquired upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities of the Corporation directly or

 

9



 

constructively held by such Person, but not Common Stock issuable with respect to the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities for the Corporation held by other Persons, shall be deemed to be outstanding prior to conversion, exchange or exercise.

 

Constructive Ownership .  The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code.  The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Excepted Holder .  The term “Excepted Holder” shall mean a stockholder of the Corporation for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by the Charter or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 6.2.6.

 

Excepted Holder Limit .  The term “Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Charter or the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 6.2.6 and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 6.2.7, the percentage limit established for an Excepted Holder by the Charter or the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 6.2.6.

 

Initial Date .  The term “Initial Date” shall mean the date of the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the initial underwritten public offering of Common Stock or such other date as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

 

Market Price .  The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, the Closing Price for such Capital Stock on such date.  The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last reported sale price for such Capital

 

10



 

Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Capital Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Capital Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Capital Stock selected by the Board of Directors or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Capital Stock, the fair market value of the Capital Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

NYSE .   The term “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Person .  The term “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a “group” as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.

 

11


 

Prohibited Owner .  The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 6.2.1, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in violation of the provisions of Section 6.2.1(a).  If appropriate in the context, “Prohibited Owner” shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares of Capital Stock that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

 

Restriction Termination Date .  The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Directors determines pursuant to Section 4.7 of the Charter that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Capital Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.

 

Transfer .  The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Capital Stock or the right to vote or receive dividends on Capital Stock, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any interest in Capital Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by

 

12



 

operation of law or otherwise.  The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Trustee .  The term “Trustee” shall mean DLA Piper LLP (US).  Any replacement or successor trustee shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Charitable Trust.

 

Section 6.2                                       Capital Stock .

 

Section 6.2.1                                              Ownership Limitations .  During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date but subject to Section 6.4:

 

(a)                                   Basic Restrictions .

 

(i)                                      (1) No Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, (2) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and (3) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.

 

(ii)                                   Except as provided in Section 6.2.6 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock would result in the Corporation (A) being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or (B) being treated as a “pension held REIT” within the meaning of Section 856(h)(3)(D) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year).

 

13



 

(iii)                                No person shall Transfer shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Transfer would result in the Capital Stock being beneficially owned by fewer than one hundred (100) Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code).

 

(iv)                               Except as provided in Section 6.2.6 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own ten percent (10%) or more of the ownership interests in a tenant of the Corporation’s real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code.

 

(v)                                  Except as provided in Section 6.2.6 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of capital stock to the extent that such ownership would cause any independent contractor of the Corporation to not be treated as such under Section 856(d)(3) of the Code.

 

(vi)                               No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT.

 

(b)                                  Transfer in Trust .  If any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock (or any other event) occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi),

 

(i)                                      then that number of shares of the Capital Stock the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Charitable Trust for the benefit of a Charitable

 

14



 

Beneficiary, as described in Section 6.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock; or

 

(ii)                                   if the transfer to the Charitable Trust described in clause (i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Capital Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

 

Section 6.2.2                                              Remedies for Breach .  If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof or other designees if permitted by the MGCL shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 6.2.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 6.2.1 (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or other designees if permitted by the MGCL shall take such action as it deems advisable, in its sole discretion, to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares of Capital Stock, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided , however , that any Transfers or attempted Transfers or other events in violation of Section 6.2.1 shall automatically result in the transfer to the Charitable Trust described above, or, where applicable, such Transfer (or other

 

15



 

event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 6.2.3                                              Notice of Restricted Transfer .  Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock that will or may violate Section 6.2.1(a) or any Person who would have owned shares of Capital Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2.1(b) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event, or in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 6.2.4                                              Owners Required To Provide Information .  From the Initial Date and until the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a)                                   Every owner of more than five percent (5%) (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) in value of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, within thirty (30) days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class or series of Capital Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held.  Each such owner shall provide promptly to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit; and

 

16



 

(b)                                  each Person who is a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner of Capital Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Capital Stock for a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner shall provide promptly to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit.

 

Section 6.2.5                                              Remedies Not Limited .  Subject to Section 4.7 of the Charter, nothing contained in this Section 6.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 6.2.6                                              Exceptions .

 

(a)                                   The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, the Common Stock Ownership Limit or the restrictions under 6.2.1(a)(iv) and (v), as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if the Board of Directors obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption and/or establishing or increasing the Excepted Holder Limit, as the case may be, will not cause the Corporation to lose its status as a REIT.

 

(b)                                  Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 6.2.6(a), the Board of Directors may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole

 

17



 

discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation’s status as a REIT.  Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii) and (iii), an underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser that participates in a public offering, a private placement or private resale of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, the Common Stock Ownership Limit, or both such limits, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering, private placement or resale of such Capital Stock, and provided that the restrictions contained in Section 6.2.1(a) will not be violated following the distribution by such underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser of such shares of Capital Stock.

 

Section 6.2.7                                              Change in Aggregate Stock Ownership and Common Stock Ownership Limits .  The Board of Directors may from time to time increase or decrease the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit; provided, however, that a decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person whose Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock is in excess of such decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit until such time as such Person’s Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock equals or falls below the decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, but until such time as such Person’s Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock falls below such decreased Common

 

18



 

Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit any further acquisition or increase in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock will be in violation of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer Persons (taking into account all Excepted Holders) to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Capital Stock.

 

Section 6.2.8                                              Legend .  Each certificate for shares of Capital Stock shall bear a legend summarizing the provisions of this Article VI.  Instead of such legend, the certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a stockholder on request and without charge.

 

Section 6.3                                       Transfer of Capital Stock in Trust .

 

Section 6.3.1                                              Ownership in Trust .  Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 6.2.1(b) that would result in a transfer of shares of Capital Stock to a Charitable Trust, such shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries.  Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 6.2.1(b).  The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner.  Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 6.3.6.

 

Section 6.3.2                                              Status of Shares Held by the Trustee .  Shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee shall continue to be issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation.  The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the Capital Stock held by the

 

19



 

Trustee.  The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Charitable Trust.

 

Section 6.3.3                                              Dividend and Voting Rights .  The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Charitable Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary.  Any dividend or other distribution paid to a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid with respect to such shares of Capital Stock by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee.  Any dividends or distributions so paid over to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary.  The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Charitable Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided , however , that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VI, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred into a Charitable Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other

 

20


 

stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.

 

Section 6.3.4                                              Sale of Shares by Trustee .  Within twenty (20) days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Trustee of the Charitable Trust shall sell the shares held in the Charitable Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 6.2.1(a).  Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 6.3.4.  The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Charitable Trust ( e.g. , in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Charitable Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Charitable Trust.  The Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the Prohibited Owner and owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3.3 of this Article VI.  Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary.  If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Charitable Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the

 

21



 

amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 6.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

 

Section 6.3.5                                              Purchase Right in Stock Transferred to the Trustee .  Shares of Capital Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer.  The Corporation may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the Prohibited Owner and owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3.3 of this Article VI.  The Corporation may pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary.  The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 6.3.4.  Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the Trustee shall be paid to the Charitable Beneficiary.

 

Section 6.3.6                                              Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries .  By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Charitable Trust such that (i) the shares of Capital Stock held in the Charitable Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 6.2.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in

 

22



 

Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under one of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

Section 6.4                                       NYSE Transactions .  Nothing in this Article VI shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system.  The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VI and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VI.

 

Section 6.5                                       Enforcement .  The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VI.

 

Section 6.6                                       Non-Waiver .  No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

 

Section 6.7                                       Ambiguity .  In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article VI, including any definition contained in Section 6.1 of this Article VI, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock.  All

 

23



 

rights and powers conferred by the Charter on stockholders, directors or officers are granted subject to this reservation.  Except for those amendments permitted to be made without stockholder approval under Maryland law or by specific provision in the Charter, any amendment to the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages.  Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act that occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

THIRD: The amendment to and restatement of the Charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

 

FOURTH: The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.

 

FIFTH: The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.

 

SIXTH: The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

24



 

EIGHTH: The undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

25



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, STAG Industrial, Inc. has caused the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this        day of                 , 2010.

 

 

 

STAG Industrial, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Kathryn Arnone

 

 

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

26




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

of

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.

 

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

 

Section 1.               PRINCIPAL OFFICE .  The principal office of STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

Section 2.               ADDITIONAL OFFICES .  The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.               PLACE .  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.               ANNUAL MEETING .  An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on a date and at the time set by the Board of Directors during the month of May of each year, or in the absence of such determination, the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the second Monday in the month of May at 1:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

 



 

Section 3.               SPECIAL MEETINGS .

 

(a)           General .  The chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the stockholders.  Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of the stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of the stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.  Except as provided in paragraph (4) of subsection (b) of this Section 3, any special meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the chairman of the Board of Directors, president, chief executive officer or Board of Directors, whoever has called the meeting.  In fixing a date for any special meeting, the chairman of the Board of Directors, president, chief executive officer or Board of Directors may consider such factors as he, she or it deems relevant within the good faith exercise of business judgment, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting.

 

(b)           Stockholder Requested Special Meetings .

 

(1)           Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary of the Corporation (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”).  The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth in detail the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such

 

2



 

stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder that must be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”).  Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date.  The Request Record Date shall not precede, and shall not be more than, ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which the Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.

 

(2)           In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting, one or more written requests for a special meeting signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) of all of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Request”) shall be delivered to the secretary.  In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth in detail the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), the class, series and number of all

 

3



 

shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned by each such stockholder and the name and address of the nominee holder for, and class, series and number of, shares owned by such stockholder beneficially but not of record, (d) be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the secretary within sixty (60) days after the Request Record Date.  Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation or the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

 

(3)           The secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials).  The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment from such requesting stockholder of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing of any notice of the meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials).

 

(4)           In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the date of any Stockholder Requested Meeting shall be not more than ninety (90) days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten (10) days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. local time on the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such ninetieth (90 th ) day is not a

 

4



 

Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder Requested Meeting within ten (10) days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.  In the case of any Stockholder Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within thirty (30) days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date.  The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of subsection (b) of this Section 3.

 

(5)           If written revocations of requests for the special meeting have been delivered to the secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting to the secretary, the secretary shall:  (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been mailed, refrain from mailing the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been mailed and if the secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the secretary’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting, revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten (10) days before the commencement of the meeting.  Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

 

5



 

(6)           The chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections (who may be the transfer agent for shares of the Corporation, or an affiliate thereof) to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported request received by the secretary.  For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the secretary until the earlier of (i) ten (10) Business Days after receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the secretary represent at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of stock that would be entitled to vote at such meeting.  Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such ten (10) Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

 

(7)           For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Section 4.               NOTICE .  Not less than ten (10) nor more than ninety (90) days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting written or printed notice stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is

 

6



 

called, either by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

Subject to subsection (a) of Section 11 of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice.  No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice.

 

Section 5.               ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT .  Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment, by the chairman of the Board of Directors or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the Board of Directors, by one of the following officers present at the meeting:  the vice chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy.  The secretary, or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary.  In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the stockholders, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such

 

7



 

appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting.  The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting.  The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies or other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) determining when the polls should be opened and closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; and (h) concluding the meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and place announced at the meeting.  Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 6.               QUORUM .  At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the

 

8



 

stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and convened, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 7.               VOTING .  A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a Director.  Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted.  A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Charter of the Corporation.  Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 8.               PROXIES .  A stockholder may cast the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of stock owned of record by the stockholder in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law.  Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

9



 

Section 9.               VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS .  Shares of stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such shares pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such shares.  Any fiduciary may vote shares of stock registered in his or her name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

 

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder.  The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date or closing of the stock transfer books, the time after the record date or closing of the stock transfer books within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable.  On receipt of such

 

10


 

certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of the specified shares of stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

 

Section 10.             INSPECTORS .  The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more individual inspectors or one or more entities that designate individuals as inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the individual presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors.  In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting.  The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.  Each such report shall be in writing and signed by him or her or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.  The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

11



 

Section 11.             ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER PROPOSALS BY STOCKHOLDERS .

 

(a)           Annual Meetings of Stockholders .  (1)  Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

 

(2)           For nominations for election to the Board of Directors or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and such other business shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders nor earlier than on the one hundred fiftieth (150 th ) day prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting of stockholders is advanced or delayed by more than thirty (30) days from the first (1 st ) anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (or in the case of

 

12



 

the first annual meeting of stockholders), notice by the stockholder to be timely must be delivered not earlier than on the one hundred fiftieth (150 th ) day prior to the date of such annual meeting of stockholders and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the date of such annual meeting of stockholders or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting of stockholders is first made by the Corporation.  In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting of stockholders to a later date or time commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (i) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such individual, (B) the class, series and number of any shares of stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by such individual, (C) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (D) all other information relating to such individual that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder (including such individual’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description in reasonable detail of such business, the complete text of any resolutions intended to be presented at the annual meeting, the reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder and the

 

13



 

Stockholder Associated Person therefrom; (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned by such stockholder and by such Stockholder Associated Person, if any, and the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder and by any such Stockholder Associated Person; (iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (2) of this Section 11(a), the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger and current name and address, if different, and of such Stockholder Associated Person; (v) a representation that the stockholder giving the notice intends to appear at the meeting in person or by proxy to submit the business specified in such notice; (vi) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a Director or the proposal of other business on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (vii) all other information relating to the nomination or proposed business which may be required to be disclosed under applicable law.  In addition, a stockholder seeking to submit such nominations or business at the meeting shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event the Board of Directors increases the number of Directors, and there is no public announcement of such action at least one hundred thirty (130) days prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if the notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not

 

14



 

later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(4)           For purposes of this Section 11, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

(b)           Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which Directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, and either (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that Directors shall be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder provided for in this Section 11(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with this Section 11(b).  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a Director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice containing the information required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 11 shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m.,

 

15



 

Eastern Time, on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting to a later date or time commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)           General .  (1)  Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a Director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall provide, within five (5) Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11.  If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification within such period, the information as to which written verification was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.

 

(2)           Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as Directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this

 

16



 

Section 11 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 11, to declare that such defective nomination or proposal shall be disregarded.

 

(3)           For purposes of this Section 11, (a) the “date of mailing of the notice” shall mean the date of the proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for election of Directors and (b) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release transmitted to the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(4)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11.  Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, nor the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.  Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a resolution or motion shall be considered for vote only if proposed by a stockholder or a duly authorized proxy and seconded by a stockholder or duly authorized proxy other than the stockholder who proposed the resolution or motion.

 

Section 12.             VOTING BY BALLOT .  Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order that voting be by ballot.

 

Section 13.             CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT .  Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), or any successor statute shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

17



 

Section 14.             BUSINESS COMBINATION ACT .  By virtue of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors prior to or at the time of adoption of these Bylaws, any business combination (as defined in Section 3-601(e) of the MGCL) between the Corporation and any of its present or future stockholders, or any affiliates or associates of the Corporation or any present or future stockholder of the Corporation, or any other person or entity or group of persons or entities, is exempt from the provisions of Subtitle 6 of Title 3 of the MGCL entitled “Special Voting Requirements,” including, but not limited to, the provisions of Section 3-602 of such Subtitle. The Board of Directors may not revoke, alter or amend such resolution or otherwise adopt any resolution that is inconsistent with a prior resolution of the Board of Directors that exempts any business combination (as defined in Section 3-601(e) of the MGCL) between the Corporation and any other person, whether identified specifically, generally or by type from the provisions of Subtitle 6 of Title 3 of the MGCL without the approval of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all votes cast by the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation

 

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.               GENERAL POWERS .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.               NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS .  At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of Directors; provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL, nor more than fifteen (15); and further provided that the tenure of office of a Director shall not be affected by any decrease in the

 

18



 

number of Directors.  A Director shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under legal disability.  A majority of the Board of Directors shall be Directors whom the Board has determined are “independent” under the standards established by the Board of Directors.  All nominations must be submitted through and approved by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and follow the nominating process established by that committee for the nomination of Directors and must satisfy the standards for membership on the Board of Directors approved by that committee from time to time.

 

Section 3.               ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS .  An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary.  In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

 

Section 4.               SPECIAL MEETINGS .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the Directors then in office.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.  The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Directors without notice other than such resolution.

 

Section 5.               NOTICE .  Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, United States mail

 

19



 

or courier to each Director at his or her business or residence address.  Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least twenty four (24) hours prior to the meeting.  Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three (3) days prior to the meeting.  Notice by courier shall be given at least two (2) days prior to the meeting.  Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the Director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the Director or his or her agent is a party.  Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the Director.  Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the Director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt.  Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid.  Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6.               QUORUM .  A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such Directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Charter, these Bylaws or the provisions of any applicable committee charter, the vote of a majority of a particular group of Directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority of such group.

 

20


 

The Directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and convened may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Directors to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 7.              VOTING .  The action of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.  If enough Directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave less than a quorum but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of a majority of that number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.              ORGANIZATION .  At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or in the absence of the president, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 9.              TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear, and speak to, each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

21



 

Section 10.            CONSENT BY DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each Director and is filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 11.            VACANCIES If for any reason any or all the Directors cease to be Directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining Directors hereunder (even if fewer than three Directors remain).  Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of shares of stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining Directors and in accordance with the Director qualifications set forth in Section 2 of this Article III, even if the remaining Directors do not constitute a quorum.  Any Director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Section 12.            COMPENSATION .  Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as Directors, but, by resolution of the Directors, Directors that are not employed by the Corporation may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned, leased or to be acquired by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as Directors.  Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they performed or engaged in as Directors; but nothing herein

 

22



 

contained shall be construed to preclude any Directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 13.            RESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS .  Any director may resign by written notice to the Board of Directors, effective upon execution and delivery to the Corporation of such written notice or upon any future date specified in the notice.

 

Section 14.            LOSS OF DEPOSITS .  No Director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or shares of stock have been deposited.

 

Section 15.            SURETY BONDS .  Unless required by law, no Director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

 

Section 16.            RELIANCE .  Each Director, officer, employee and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be fully justified and protected with regard to any act or failure to act in reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, upon an opinion of counsel or upon reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees or by the adviser, accountants, appraisers or other experts or consultants selected by the Board of Directors or officers of the Corporation, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Director, to the extent set forth in Section 2-405.1 (or any successor provision) of the MGCL.

 

Section 17.            CERTAIN RIGHTS OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS .  The Directors shall have no responsibility to devote their full time to the affairs of the Corporation.  Any Director or officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to or in addition

 

23



 

to or in competition with those of or relating to the Corporation, except as set forth in a written agreement between the Corporation and such Director or officer, employee or agent of the Corporation; provided that such Director or officer, employee or agent complies with the applicable terms of the then existing conflicts of interest policy of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.              NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS .  The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more Directors as required by applicable law, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.              POWERS .  The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article IV any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law.

 

Section 3.              MEETINGS .  Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

A majority of the members of any committee shall be present in person at any meeting of such committee in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the act of a majority of the committee members present shall be the act of such committee.  The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of such chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide.  In the event of the absence or disqualification of any member of any such

 

24



 

committee, the members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member.

 

Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and shall report the same to the Board of Directors at the next succeeding meeting, and any action by the committee shall be subject to revision and alteration by the Board of Directors to the extent permissible by applicable law, provided that no rights of third persons shall be affected by any such revision or alteration.

 

Section 4.              TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 5.              CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

 

Section 6.              VACANCIES .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

 

25



 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.              GENERAL PROVISIONS .  The officers of the Corporation shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the Board of Directors, a vice chairman of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief investment officer, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, a chief accounting officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers.  In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable.  The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers or other officers.  Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.  Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person.  Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

 

Section 2.              REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION .  Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the notice of

 

26



 

resignation.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.  Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.              VACANCIES .  A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

 

Section 4.              CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER .  The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer.  The chief executive officer, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other responsibilities and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.  He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.

 

Section 5.              CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER .  The Board of Directors may designate a chief investment officer.  The chief investment officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 6.              CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER .  The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer.  The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 7.              CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER .  The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer.  The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

27



 

Section 8.              CHIEF ACCOUNTING OFFICER .  The Board of Directors may designate a chief accounting officer.  The chief accounting officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 9.              CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD .  The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of the Board of Directors.  The chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present.  The chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10.            PRESIDENT .  In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief operating officer.  He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

Section 11.            VICE PRESIDENTS .  In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by

 

28



 

the chief executive officer, president or by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

 

Section 12.            SECRETARY .  The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 13.            TREASURER .  The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.

 

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

29



 

If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, moneys and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 14.            ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS .  The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the chief executive officer, president or the Board of Directors.  The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful performance of their duties in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

 

Section 15.            SALARIES .  The salaries and other compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director.

 

ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1.              CONTRACTS .  The Board of Directors or a committee thereof within the scope of its delegated authority may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when duly authorized or

 

30


 

ratified by action of the Board of Directors or such committee and executed by an authorized person.

 

Section 2.              CHECKS AND DRAFTS .  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.              DEPOSITS .  All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

ARTICLE VII
STOCK

 

Section 1.              CERTIFICATES .  Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, this Article VII shall not be interpreted to limit the authority of the Board of Directors to issue some or all of the shares of any or all of the Corporation’s classes or series without certificates.  Each stockholder, upon written request to the secretary of the Corporation, shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates which shall represent and certify the number of shares of each class of stock held by him, her or it in the Corporation.  Each certificate shall be signed by the chairman or vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the president, the chief financial officer or a vice president and countersigned by the secretary or an assistant secretary or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer and may be sealed with the seal, if any, of the Corporation.  The signatures may be either manual or facsimile.  Certificates shall be consecutively numbered; and if the Corporation shall, from time to time, issue several classes of shares of capital stock, each class may have its own number series.  A certificate is valid and

 

31



 

may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued.  Each certificate representing shares of capital stock which are restricted as to their transferability or voting powers, which are preferred or limited as to their dividends or as to their allocable portion of the assets upon liquidation or which are redeemable at the option of the Corporation, shall have a statement of such restriction, limitation, preference or redemption provision, or a summary thereof, plainly stated on the certificate.  If the Corporation has authority to issue shares of capital stock of more than one class, the certificate shall contain on the face or back a full statement or summary of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class of shares of capital stock and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series to the extent they have been set and the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series.  In lieu of such statements or summaries, the Corporation may set forth upon the face or back of the certificate a statement that the Corporation will furnish to any stockholder, upon receipt of a written request and without charge, a full statement of such information.

 

Section 2.              TRANSFERS .  Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a stock certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable

 

32



 

or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class of stock will be subject in all respects to the Charter of the Corporation and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

Section 3.              REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE .  Any officer designated by the Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing the issuance of a new certificate, an officer designated by the Board of Directors may, in his or her discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the owner’s legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as he or she shall require and/or to give bond, with sufficient surety, to the Corporation to indemnify it against any loss or claim which may arise as a result of the issuance of a new certificate.

 

Section 4.              CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE .  The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than ninety (90) days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten (10) 

 

33



 

days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

 

In lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not longer than twenty (20) days.  If the stock transfer books are closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.

 

Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, if no record date is fixed and the stock transfer books are not closed for the determination of stockholders, (a) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the day on which the notice of meeting is mailed or the thirtieth (30 th ) day before the meeting, whichever is the closer date to the meeting; and (b) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any other rights shall be 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the day on which the resolution of the Board of Directors, declaring the dividend or allotment of rights, is adopted.

 

When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, except when (i) the determination has been made through the closing of the transfer books and the stated period of closing has expired or (ii) the meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the record date fixed for the original meeting, in either of which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.

 

Section 5.              STOCK LEDGER .  The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate stock ledger

 

34



 

containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

 

Section 6.              FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS .  The Board of Directors may issue fractional stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as they may determine.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation.  Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

 

ARTICLE VIII
ACCOUNTING YEAR

 

The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

 

ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 1.              AUTHORIZATION .  Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.  Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or shares of stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.

 

Section 2.              CONTINGENCIES .  Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its

 

35



 

absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

ARTICLE X
INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Subject to the provisions of the Charter, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation, as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE XI
SEAL

 

Section 1.              SEAL .  The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation.  The seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the year of its formation.  The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

 

Section 2.              AFFIXING SEAL .  Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate

 

36



 

entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former Director or officer of the Corporation and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a Director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a Director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.  The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.  The indemnification and payment of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, regulation, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or Charter of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE XIII
WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever any notice is required to be given pursuant to the Charter or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled

 

37



 

to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute.  The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws, provided, however, that Sections 2.13 and 2.14 of Article II of these Bylaws may not be altered, amended or repealed except by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the matter by the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the provision in the preceding sentence governing the amendment of Section 2.13 and 2.14 of Article II of these Bylaws may not be altered, amended or repealed except by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation.

 

38




Exhibit 4.1

 

COMMON STOCK

CUSIP [ · ]

No.

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN

 

DEFINITIONS AND A STATEMENT AS TO THE

 

RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES AND

 

RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES

 

GRAPHIC

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

This Certifies that                        is the owner of                       fully paid and non-assessable Shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of STAG Industrial, Inc. transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.  This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Corporation’s charter, as amended, and bylaws, as amended.  This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and to be sealed with the Seal of the Corporation.

 

Dated:

 

 

Authorized Signatures:

 

 

 

 

Kathryn Arnone, Secretary

 

Benjamin S. Butcher, President

 

 

 

Countersigned and Registered:

 

 

[ · ]

 

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

 

 



 

[REVERSE SIDE OF CERTIFICATE]

 

The Corporation will furnish to any stockholder, on request and without charge, a full statement of the information required by Section 2-211(b) of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland with respect to the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each class of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, (i) the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series to the extent that they have been set and (ii) the authority of the board of directors of the Corporation to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series. The summary below does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the charter of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time.

 

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose, among others, of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s charter, (i) (a) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, (b) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and (c) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder; (ii) no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock would result in the Corporation (a) being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or (b) being treated as a “pension held REIT” within the meaning of Section 856(h)(3)(D) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year); (iii) no person shall Transfer shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Transfer would result in the Capital Stock being beneficially owned by fewer than one hundred (100) Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code); (iv) except as provided in Section 6.2.6 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own ten percent (10%) or more of the ownership interests in a tenant of the Corporation’s real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code; (v) except as provided in Section 6.2.6 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of capital stock to the extent that such ownership would cause any independent contractor of the Corporation to not be treated as such under Section 856(d)(3) of the Code; and (vi) no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT.

 

Any Person who Beneficially Owns or Constructively Owns (or attempts to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own) shares of Capital Stock which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation (or in the case of an attempted transaction, to provide the corporation with at least 15 days’ prior written notice). If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership are violated, the shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may redeem shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio. All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the charter of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Capital Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its principal office.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

 

 

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT —

TEN COM

as tenants in common

Custodian

TEN ENT

as tenants by the entireties

(Cust)                                            (Minor)

JT TEN

as joint tenants with right of

under Uniform Gifts to Minors

 

 

survivorship and not as tenants

Act

 

 

in common

(State)

 

For value received,                         hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                (Please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee)                                                                 (Please print or typewrite name and address, including zip code, of assignee)                                 Shares represented by the within Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                             Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated

 

 

X

 

 

 

NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM) PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17-Ad.

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

OF

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

a Delaware limited partnership

 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE PARTNERSHIP AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE PARTNERSHIP, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1

DEFINED TERMS

1

 

 

 

 

2

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

14

 

Section 2.1

Continuation

14

 

Section 2.2

Name

14

 

Section 2.3

Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office

14

 

Section 2.4

Power of Attorney

14

 

Section 2.5

Term

16

 

Section 2.6

Partnership Interests Are Securities

16

 

 

 

 

3

PURPOSE

 

16

 

Section 3.1

Purpose and Business

16

 

Section 3.2

Powers

16

 

Section 3.3

Representations and Warranties by the Parties

17

 

Section 3.4

Not Publicly Traded

18

 

 

 

 

4

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

19

 

Section 4.1

Capital Contributions of the Partners

19

 

Section 4.2

Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests

19

 

Section 4.3

Contribution of Proceeds of Issuance of Securities by STAG REIT

20

 

Section 4.4

Additional Funds

21

 

Section 4.5

Preemptive Rights

21

 

Section 4.6

LTIP Units

21

 

 

 

 

5

DISTRIBUTIONS

24

 

Section 5.1

Requirement and Characterization of Distributions

24

 

Section 5.2

Amounts Withheld

25

 

Section 5.3

Distributions upon Liquidation

25

 

Section 5.4

Restricted Distributions

25

 

 

 

 

6

ALLOCATIONS

26

 

Section 6.1

Allocations for Capital Account Purposes

26

 

 

 

 

7

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

28

 

Section 7.1

Management

28

 

Section 7.2

Certificate of Limited Partnership

31

 

Section 7.3

Restrictions on General Partner Authority

32

 

Section 7.4

Reimbursement of the General Partner

32

 

Section 7.5

Outside Activities of the General Partner

33

 

Section 7.6

Contracts with Affiliates

33

 

Section 7.7

Indemnification

34

 

Section 7.8

Liability of the General Partner

36

 

Section 7.9

Other Matters Concerning the General Partner

37

 

Section 7.10

Title to Partnership Assets

37

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Article

 

Page

 

 

 

 

Section 7.11

Reliance by Third Parties

38

 

 

 

 

8

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

38

 

Section 8.1

Limitation of Liability

38

 

Section 8.2

Management of Business

38

 

Section 8.3

Outside Activities of Limited Partners

39

 

Section 8.4

Return of Capital

39

 

Section 8.5

Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership

39

 

Section 8.6

Redemption Right

40

 

Section 8.7

Conversion of LTIP Units

42

 

Section 8.8

Voting Rights of LTIP Units

44

 

Section 8.9

Merger and Sale of Assets

45

 

 

 

 

9

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

45

 

Section 9.1

Records and Accounting

45

 

Section 9.2

Fiscal Year

45

 

Section 9.3

Reports

45

 

 

 

 

10

TAX MATTERS

46

 

Section 10.1

Preparation of Tax Returns

46

 

Section 10.2

Tax Elections

46

 

Section 10.3

Tax Matters Partner

46

 

Section 10.4

Organizational Expenses

48

 

Section 10.5

Withholding

48

 

 

 

 

11

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

49

 

Section 11.1

Transfer

49

 

Section 11.2

Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest

50

 

Section 11.3

Transfer of Limited Partners’ Partnership Interests

51

 

Section 11.4

Substituted Limited Partners

52

 

Section 11.5

Assignees

53

 

Section 11.6

General Provisions

53

 

 

 

 

12

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

54

 

Section 12.1

Admission of Successor General Partner

54

 

Section 12.2

Admission of Additional Limited Partners

54

 

Section 12.3

Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

55

 

Section 12.4

Limit on Number of Partners

55

 

 

 

 

13

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

55

 

Section 13.1

Dissolution

55

 

Section 13.2

Winding Up

56

 

Section 13.3

Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations

58

 

Section 13.4

Deemed Contribution and Distribution

58

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Article

 

Page

 

 

 

 

Section 13.5

Rights of Limited Partners

58

 

Section 13.6

Notice of Dissolution

58

 

Section 13.7

Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

59

 

Section 13.8

Reasonable Time for Winding Up

59

 

Section 13.9

Waiver of Partition

59

 

 

 

 

14

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS

59

 

Section 14.1

Amendment of Partnership Agreement

59

 

Section 14.2

Meetings of the Partners

60

 

 

 

 

15

GENERAL PROVISIONS

62

 

Section 15.1

Addresses and Notice

62

 

Section 15.2

Titles and Captions

62

 

Section 15.3

Pronouns and Plurals

62

 

Section 15.4

Further Action

62

 

Section 15.5

Binding Effect

62

 

Section 15.6

Creditors

62

 

Section 15.7

Waiver

62

 

Section 15.8

Counterparts

63

 

Section 15.9

Applicable Law

63

 

Section 15.10

Invalidity of Provisions

63

 

Section 15.11

Entire Agreement

63

 

Section 15.12

No Rights as Stockholders of STAG REIT

63

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A — Partners’ Contributions and Partnership Interests

Exhibit B — Capital Account Maintenance

Exhibit C — Special Allocation Rules

Exhibit D — Notice of Redemption

Exhibit E — Constructive Ownership Definition

Exhibit F — Notice of Conversion

Exhibit G — Notice of Forced Conversion

Exhibit H — Schedule of Partners’ Ownership with Respect to Tenants

 

iii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [                            , 2010], is entered into by and among STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Fund III ”), STAG REIT (as defined below) and the other Persons (as defined below) that are party hereto from time to time and whose names are set forth on Exhibit A as attached hereto (as it may be amended from time to time) (each, a “ Limited Partner ”).

 

WHEREAS, the limited partnership was formed on December 21, 2009 and an Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of December 21, 2009 (the “ Original Agreement ”), was entered into between the General Partner, as general partner, and STAG REIT and STAG Investments II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Fund II ”), as the initial limited partners.

 

WHEREAS, Fund II assigned its limited partnership interest in the limited partnership to Fund III (the General Partner, STAG REIT and Fund III collectively, the “ Initial Partners ”);

 

WHEREAS, STAG REIT and the other Partners intend to consolidate the ownership and management of a portfolio of primarily single tenant real estate assets in STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) through the Initial Public Offering (as defined below) and a series of contribution transactions involving the Limited Partners (other than STAG REIT) pursuant to that certain Master Roll-Up Agreement dated as of July 2, 2010 (the “ Roll-Up Agreement ”) and those certain contribution agreements dated as of [                   , 2010] (each, a “ Contribution Agreement ” and together, the “ Contribution Agreements ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Initial Partners desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety and enter into this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the foregoing recitals are incorporated into, and made a part of this Agreement, and the parties hereto hereby further agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINED TERMS

 

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

 

704(c) Value ” means (i) in the case of Contributed Property, the fair market value of such Contributed Property or other consideration at the time of contribution, and (ii) in the case

 



 

of Adjusted Property, the fair market value of such Adjusted Property at the time its carrying value is adjusted pursuant to Exhibit B , in each case as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.  Subject to Exhibit B hereof, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate to allocate the aggregate of the 704(c) Values of Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties in a single or integrated transaction among separate properties on a basis proportional to their respective fair market values.

 

Act ” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. §17-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

Additional Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a)  hereof.

 

Additional Limited Partner ” means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof and who is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

 

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each Partnership taxable year (i) increased by any amounts which such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5) and (ii) decreased by the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership taxable year.

 

Adjusted Property ” means any property, the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Exhibit B hereof.

 

Adjustment Event ” means any of the following events: (i) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding OP Units in OP Units; (ii) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding OP Units into a greater number of OP Units or combines the outstanding OP Units into a smaller number of OP Units; or (iii) the Partnership issues any OP Units in exchange for its outstanding OP Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its OP Units.  If more than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units under Section 4.6(a)  need be made only once using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously.  For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be Adjustment Events: (x) the issuance of OP Units in a financing, reorganization, acquisition or other similar business transaction, (y) the issuance of OP Units pursuant to the Plan, or any other long-term incentive plan, any employee benefit or compensation plan or distribution reinvestment plan, or (z) the issuance of any OP Units to STAG REIT in respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds from the sale of securities by STAG REIT.

 

2



 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power, alone or together, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agreed Value ” means (i) in the case of any Contributed Property as of the time of its contribution to the Partnership, the 704(c) Value of such property, as reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed; and (ii) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution as determined under Section 752 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

 

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Assignee ” means a Person to whom all or a portion of a Partnership Interest has been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in Section 11.5 .

 

Available Cash ” means, with respect to any period for which such calculation is being made, all cash revenues and funds received plus any reduction in reserves and less interest and principal payments on debt, all cash expenditures (including capital expenditures), investments in any entity and any additions to reserves and other adjustments, as determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of STAG REIT.

 

Book-Tax Disparities ” means, with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date.  A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Exhibit B and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Exhibit B hereof.

 

3



 

Capital Account Limitation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(a) .

 

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, any cash, cash equivalents or the Agreed Value of Contributed Property which such Partner contributes or is deemed to contribute to the Partnership pursuant to Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , or 4.3 hereof.

 

Carrying Value ” means (i) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the 704(c) Value of such property, reduced (but not below zero) by all Depreciation with respect to such property charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts following the contribution of or adjustment with respect to such property; and (ii) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination.  The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Exhibit B hereof, and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

 

Cash Amount ” means an amount of cash per OP Unit equal to the Value on the Valuation Date of the REIT Shares Amount.

 

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership as filed in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State on December 21, 2009, as amended and/or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

 

Charter ” means the charter of STAG REIT filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland on December 16, 2009, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of consummation of the first sale of REIT Shares pursuant to the Initial Public Offering.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time or any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder.  Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

 

Common Units ” means the OP Units other than any series of units of limited partnership interest issued in the future and designated as preferred or otherwise different from the common units, including, but not limited to, with respect to the payment of distributions, including distributions upon liquidation.

 

Compensation Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

Consent ” means the consent to, approval of, or vote in favor of a proposed action by a Partner given in accordance with Section 14.2 hereof.

 

Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(g) .

 

4


 

Constructively Own ” means ownership under the constructive ownership rules described in Exhibit E .

 

Contribution Agreement ” and “ Contribution Agreements ” each has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act (but excluding cash), contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership.  Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Exhibit B hereof, such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property for purposes of Exhibit B hereof, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property for such purposes.

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(b) .

 

Conversion Factor ” means 1.0, subject to adjustment as follows: (i) in case STAG REIT shall (A) make a distribution on the outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares and the Partnership does not make a corresponding distribution with respect to all OP Units, (B) subdivide or reclassify the outstanding REIT Shares into a greater number of REIT Shares, or (C) combine or reclassify the outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares, the Conversion Factor in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution or subject to such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that a holder of OP Units shall be entitled to receive, upon exchange thereof, the number of REIT Shares which the holder would have owned at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination had such OP Units been exchanged immediately prior to such determination; (ii) in case the Partnership shall subdivide or reclassify the outstanding OP Units into a greater number of OP Units, the Conversion Factor in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of OP Unit holders subject to such subdivision or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that a holder of OP Units shall be entitled to receive, upon exchange thereof, the number of REIT Shares which the holder would have owned at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination had such OP Units been exchanged immediately prior to such determination; (iii) in case the General Partner or STAG REIT distributes any rights, options or warrants to all holders of REIT Shares to subscribe for or to purchase or to otherwise acquire REIT Shares, or other securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for REIT Shares, at a price per share less than the Value of a REIT Share on the record date for such distribution (each a “ Distributed Right ”), then, as of the distribution date of such Distributed Rights or, if later, the time such Distributed Rights become exercisable, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor previously in effect by a fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable) plus the maximum number of REIT Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights and (b) the denominator of which shall be the sum of (x) number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable) plus (y) a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the maximum number of REIT Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights times the minimum purchase price per REIT Share under such Distributed Rights and (2) the denominator of which is the Value of a REIT Share as of the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable);

 

5



 

provided , however , that, if any such Distributed Rights expire or become no longer exercisable, then the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted, effective retroactive to the date of distribution of the Distributed Rights, to reflect a reduced maximum number of REIT Shares or any change in the minimum purchase price for the purposes of the above fraction; and (iv) in case STAG REIT shall, by distribution or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its REIT Shares, (A) capital shares of any class other than its REIT Shares, (B) evidence of its indebtedness or (C) assets (excluding any rights or warrants referred to in clause (iii) above, any cash distribution lawfully paid under the laws of the state of organization of STAG REIT, and any distribution referred to in clause (i) above) and shall not cause a corresponding distribution to be made to all holders of OP Units, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the ratio determined by multiplying the Conversion Factor in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the Daily Market Price per REIT Share on the date fixed for such determination, and of which the denominator shall be such Daily Market Price per REIT Share less the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a Board resolution certified by the Secretary of STAG REIT and delivered to the holders of the OP Units) of the portion of the capital shares or evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed applicable to one REIT Share, such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution.

 

Conversion Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(b) .

 

Conversion Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(a) .

 

Covered Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a) .

 

Daily Market Price ” means, with respect to a Trading Day, the last sale price for REIT Shares, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for REIT Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such REIT Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the principal automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such REIT Shares are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such REIT Shares selected by the Board of Directors or, in the event that no trading price is available for such REIT Shares, the fair market value of the REIT Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

Debt ” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination; (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing

 

6



 

payment or other performance of obligations by such Person; (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof; and (iv) obligations of such Person incurred in connection with entering into a lease which, in accordance with GAAP, should be capitalized.

 

Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Carrying Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, “Depreciation” shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the beginning Carrying Value of such asset as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to the beginning adjusted tax basis of such asset; provided , however , that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to the beginning Carrying Value of such asset using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

 

Distributed Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection (iii) of the definition of “Conversion Factor.”

 

Distribution Payment Date ” means the dates upon which the General Partner makes distributions in accordance with Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

Economic Capital Account Balances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c) .

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder.  Any reference herein to a specific section or Title of ERISA shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

 

Event of Bankruptcy ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(g) .

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

final adjustment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(b)(ii) .

 

flow through entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c)(iii) .

 

Forced Conversion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(c) .

 

Forced Conversion Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(d) .

 

Fund II ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

7



 

Funding Debt ” means any Debt incurred by or on behalf of the General Partner or STAG REIT for the purpose of providing funds to the Partnership.

 

GAAP ” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

General Partner ” means STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or any Person who becomes an additional or a successor general partner of the Partnership.  STAG Industrial, GP, LLC is wholly-owned by the STAG REIT, and is an entity that is disregarded as separate from its sole owner for federal income tax purposes under Treas. Reg. Section 301.7701-3.

 

General Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest held by the General Partner, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership.  A General Partner Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of OP Units.

 

Incapacity ” or “ Incapacitated ” means, (i) as to any individual Partner, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating him incompetent to manage his Person or his estate; (ii) as to any corporation which is a Partner, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter; (iii) as to any partnership or limited liability company which is a Partner, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership or limited liability company; (iv) as to any estate which is a Partner, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Partnership; (v) as to any trustee of a trust which is a Partner, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a new trustee); or (vi) as to any Partner, the bankruptcy of such Partner. For purposes of this definition, bankruptcy of a Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when (a) the Partner commences a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; (b) the Partner is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect has been entered against the Partner; (c) the Partner executes and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of the Partner’s creditors; (d) the Partner files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Partner in any proceeding of the nature described in clause (b) above; (e) the Partner seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Partner or for all or any substantial part of the Partner’s properties; (f) any proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief of or against such Partner under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect has not been dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement thereof; (g) the appointment without the Partner’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator has not been vacated or stayed within ninety (90) days of such appointment; or (h) an appointment referred to in clause (g) which has been stayed is not vacated within ninety (90) days after the expiration of any such stay.

 

Indemnitee ” means (i) any Person made, or threatened to be made, a party to a proceeding by reason of (a) his or its status as the General Partner, or as a trustee, director, officer, stockholder, partner, member, employee, representative or agent of STAG REIT or the General Partner or any of their Subsidiaries or as an officer, employee, representative or agent of the Partnership or (b) his or its liabilities, pursuant to a loan guarantee or otherwise, for any

 

8



 

indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken assets subject to); and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates or employees of STAG REIT, the General Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Initial Partners ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial public offering of REIT Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to that certain underwriting agreement, dated [                 , 2010] among STAG REIT, the Partnership and the underwriters named therein.

 

Initial REIT Capitalization ” means the issuance of one thousand (1,000) REIT Shares by STAG REIT for cash on December 16, 2009, constituting the initial capitalization of STAG REIT.

 

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service, which administers the internal revenue laws of the United States.

 

Limited Partner ” means any Person named as a limited partner of the Partnership in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time, or any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.  For purposes of this Agreement and the Act, the Limited Partners shall constitute a single class or group of limited partners.  The initial Limited Partners are Fund III and STAG REIT.

 

Limited Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Partners and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled, as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  A Limited Partner Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of OP Units.

 

Liquidating Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 .

 

Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2 .

 

LTIP Unit ” means an OP Unit which is designated as an “LTIP Unit,” which represents a profits interest in future appreciation and certain distributions of Available Cash, and which has the rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Section 4.6 hereof and elsewhere in this Agreement and in the Plan in respect of LTIP Unitholders.  The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A , as may be amended from time to time by the General Partner.

 

LTIP Unit Agreement ” means each or any, as the context implies, LTIP unit agreement entered into by an LTIP Unitholder and the Partnership upon acceptance of an award of LTIP

 

9



 

Units under the Plan (as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time).

 

LTIP Unitholder ” means a Person that holds LTIP Units.

 

Management Company ” means STAG Industrial Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Partnership, and any successor thereto, provided that such successor continues to manage or advise the General Partner.

 

Net Income ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable period.  The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, subject to the specific adjustments provided for in Section l(b)  of Exhibit B .

 

Net Loss ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain for such taxable period.  The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, subject to the specific adjustments provided for in Section l(b)  of Exhibit B .

 

New Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)  hereof.

 

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(l), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

 

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.752-l(a)(2).

 

Notice of Redemption ” means the Notice of Redemption substantially in the form of Exhibit D to this Agreement.

 

OP Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 4.1 , 4.2 and 4.3 .  The number of OP Units outstanding and the Percentage Interest in the Partnership represented by such OP Units are set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time.  The ownership of OP Units shall be evidenced by such form of certificate for units as the General Partner adopts from time to time unless the General Partner determines that the OP Units shall be uncertificated securities.

 

OP Unit Economic Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(c) .

 

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Partner ” means the General Partner or a Limited Partner, and “ Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners collectively.

 

Partner Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt

 

10



 

were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2), and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

Partnership ” means STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a limited partnership heretofore formed and continued under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

 

Partnership Interest ” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by either a Limited Partner or the General Partner and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  There may be one or more classes or series of Partnership Interests.  A Partnership Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of OP Units.

 

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2), and the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain, as well as any net increase or decrease in a Partnership Minimum Gain, for a Partnership taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).

 

Partnership Record Date ” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of Available Cash pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the record date established by STAG REIT for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.

 

Partnership Year ” means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which shall be the calendar year.

 

Percentage Interest ” means, as to a Partner, its interest in the Partnership as determined by dividing the OP Units owned by such Partner by the total number of OP Units then outstanding and as specified in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time.

 

Person ” means an individual or a real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.

 

Plan ” means the STAG Industrial, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as such plan may be amended from time to time.

 

Plan Asset Regulation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(e)  hereof.

 

11



 

Recapture Income ” means any gain recognized by the Partnership upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

 

Redeeming Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a)  hereof.

 

Redemption Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a)  hereof.

 

Regulations ” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

REIT ” means a real estate investment trust under Section 856 of the Code.

 

REIT Share ” means a share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of STAG REIT.

 

REIT Share Offering ” means a primary offering by STAG REIT of its REIT Shares, including, without limitation, the Initial Public Offering and any other offerings.

 

REIT Shares Amount ” means a number of REIT Shares equal to the product of the number of OP Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Partner, multiplied by the Conversion Factor in effect as of the specified redemption date; provided , that, in the event that STAG REIT or the General Partner issues to all holders of REIT Shares and not to holders of OP Units as of a certain record date Distributed Rights, with the record date for such Distributed Rights issuance falling within the period starting on the date of the Notice of Redemption and ending on the day immediately preceding the Specified Redemption Date, which Distributed Rights have not expired or are still exercisable as of the relevant Specified Redemption Date, then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Distributed Rights that a holder of that number of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive, expressed, where relevant hereunder, in a number of REIT Shares determined by the General Partner.

 

Residual Gain ” or “ Residual Loss ” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 2(b)(i)(A)  or 2(b)(ii)(A)  of Exhibit C to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

 

Roll-Up Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Specified Redemption Date ” means the tenth (10th) Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of a Notice of Redemption; provided , that if STAG REIT combines its outstanding

 

12



 

REIT Shares, no Specified Redemption Date shall occur after the record date of such combination of REIT Shares and prior to the effective date of such combination.

 

STAG REIT ” means STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation and the sole member of the General Partner, and any successor thereto.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities; or (ii) the outstanding equity interests, is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Substituted Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.4 .

 

Tenant ” means any tenant from which STAG REIT derives rent either directly or indirectly through partnerships or limited liability companies, including through the General Partner and the Partnership.

 

Terminating Capital Transaction ” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.

 

Trading Days ” means days on which the primary trading market for REIT Shares, if any, is open for trading.

 

Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.7(g) .

 

Unrealized Gain ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the fair market value of such property (as determined under Exhibit B hereof) as of such date; over (ii) the Carrying Value of such property (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Exhibit B hereof) as of such date.

 

Unrealized Loss ” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (i) the Carrying Value of such property (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Exhibit B hereof) as of such date; over (ii) the fair market value of such property (as determined under Exhibit B hereof) as of such date.

 

Unvested LTIP Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(b)(i) .

 

Valuation Date ” means the date of receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

Value ” means, on any Valuation Date with respect to a REIT Share, the average of the Daily Market Price for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the Valuation Date.

 

Vested LTIP Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(b)(i) .

 

13



 

ARTICLE 2

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

 

Section 2.1             Continuation .

 

The Partners hereby continue the Partnership as a limited partnership under and pursuant to the Act.  Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.  The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

 

Section 2.2             Name .

 

The name of the Partnership heretofore formed and continued hereby shall be “ STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. ”.  The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof.  The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP”, “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires.  The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

 

Section 2.3             Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office .

 

The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware and the name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.  The principal office of the Partnership shall be c/o STAG Industrial, Inc., 99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor, Boston, MA 02111, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.  The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems advisable.

 

Section 2.4             Power of Attorney .

 

(a)           Each Limited Partner and each Assignee hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to:

 

(i)            execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments, supplements or restatements thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability to the extent provided by applicable law) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may or plans to conduct business or own property; (B) all instruments that the

 

14



 

General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (C) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certificate of cancellation; (D) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the distribution or exchange of assets of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (E) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article 11 , 12 or 13 hereof or the Capital Contribution of any Partner; and (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of Partnership Interests; and

 

(ii)           execute, swear to, seal, acknowledge and file all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement.

 

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner or any Liquidator to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article 14 hereof or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(b)           The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Partners will be relying upon the power of the General Partner and any Liquidator to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or other action by it on behalf of the Partnership, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s OP Units and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or any Liquidator, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney, and each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or any Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of attorney.  Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the General Partner’s or Liquidator’s request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator, as the case may be, deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2.4(b) , no Limited Partner shall incur any personal liability for any action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken under such power of attorney.

 

15



 

Section 2.5             Term .

 

The term of the Partnership commenced on the date that the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Partnership is dissolved sooner pursuant to the provisions of Article 13 or as otherwise provided by law.

 

Section 2.6             Partnership Interests Are Securities .

 

All Partnership Interests shall be securities within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction.

 

ARTICLE 3

PURPOSE

 

Section 3.1             Purpose and Business .

 

The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership formed pursuant to the Act; provided , however , that, from and after the Closing Date, such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit STAG REIT at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless STAG REIT ceases to qualify as a REIT for reasons other than the conduct of the business of the Partnership or voluntarily revokes its election to be a REIT; (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or to own interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing; and (iii) to do anything necessary, convenient or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without limiting the right of the board of STAG REIT, in its sole discretion, to cause STAG REIT to cease to qualify as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that, after the Closing Date, STAG REIT’s status as a REIT shall inure to the benefit of all of the Partners and not solely to the General Partner, STAG REIT or their Affiliates.

 

Section 3.2             Powers .

 

The Partnership is empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership, and shall have, without limitation, any and all of the powers that may be exercised on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however, that the Partnership shall not take, or refrain from taking, any action which, in the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion; (i) could adversely affect the ability of STAG REIT to qualify and to continue to qualify as a REIT; (ii) could subject STAG REIT to any additional taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981 or any other related or successor provision of the Code; or (iii) could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over STAG REIT, its securities, the General Partner or the Partnership, unless such action (or inaction) under clause (i), clause (ii) or clause (iii) above shall have been specifically consented to by the General Partner in writing.

 

16


 

Section 3.3             Representations and Warranties by the Parties .

 

(a)           Each Partner that is an individual (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants to each other Partner that (i) such Partner has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and perform such Partner’s obligations hereunder; (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by such Partner will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, any agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s property is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner is subject; and (iii) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, as from time to time in effect, or the application of equitable principles.

 

(b)           Each Partner that is not an individual (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants to each other Partner that (i) its execution and delivery of this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including without limitation, that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s), beneficiaries, director(s), member(s) and/or stockholder(s), as the case may be, as required; (ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, its certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, trust agreement, limited liability company operating agreement, charter or bylaws, as the case may be, any agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s properties or any of its partners, beneficiaries, trustees, directors, members or stockholders, as the case may be, is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner or any of its partners, trustees, beneficiaries, directors, members or stockholders, as the case may be, is or are subject; and (iii) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, as from time to time in effect, or the application of equitable principles.

 

(c)           Each Partner further represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:

 

(i)            Except as provided in Exhibit H hereto, at any time such Partner actually owns or Constructively Owns a 25% or greater capital interest or profits interest in the Partnership, it does not and will not, without the prior written consent of the General Partner, actually own or Constructively Own (A) with respect to any Tenant that is a corporation, any stock of such Tenant; and (B) with respect to any Tenant that is not a corporation, any interest in either the assets or net profits of such Tenant.

 

(ii)           Upon request of the General Partner, it will promptly disclose to the General Partner the amount of REIT Shares or other capital shares of STAG REIT that it actually owns or Constructively Owns.

 

Each Partner understands that if, for any reason; (A) the representations, warranties or agreements set forth above are violated, or (B) the Partnership’s actual or Constructive

 

17



 

Ownership of REIT Shares or other capital shares of STAG REIT violates the limitations set forth in the Charter, then (x) some or all of the Redemption Rights of the Partners may become non-exercisable; and (y) some or all of the REIT Shares owned by the Partners may be automatically transferred to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary, as provided in the Charter.

 

(iii)          Without the consent of the General Partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion, no Partner shall take any action that would cause the Partnership at any time to have more than one hundred (100) partners (including as partners those Persons indirectly owning an interest in the Partnership through a partnership, limited liability company, S corporation or grantor trust (such entity, a “ flow through entity ”), but only if substantially all of the value of such Person’s interest in the flow through entity is attributable to the flow through entity’s interest (direct or indirect) in the Partnership).

 

(d)           The representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.3 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Partner (and, in the case of an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner, the admission of such Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership.

 

(e)           Each Partner (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) hereby acknowledges that no representations as to potential profit, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if any, in respect of the Partnership, the General Partner or STAG REIT have been made by any Partner or any employee or representative or Affiliate of any Partner, and that projections and any other information, including, without limitation, financial and descriptive information and documentation, which may have been in any manner submitted to such Partner shall not constitute any representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied.

 

Section 3.4             Not Publicly Traded .

 

The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, shall use its best efforts not to take any action which would result in the Partnership being a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of either Section 469(k)(2) or 7704(b) of the Code.  Subject to this Section 3.4 , it is expressly acknowledged and agreed by the Partners that the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, waive or otherwise modify the application with respect to any Partner(s) or Assignee(s) of any provision herein restricting, prohibiting or otherwise relating to (i) the transfer of a Limited Partner Interest or the OP Units evidencing the same; (ii) the admission of any Limited Partners; and (iii) the Redemption Rights of such Partners, and that such waivers or modifications may be made by the General Partner at any time or from time to time, including, without limitation, concurrently with the issuance of any OP Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 4
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1             Capital Contributions of the Partners .

 

At the time of their respective execution of this Agreement, the Partners shall make or shall have made Capital Contributions as set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement.  Following their respective contributions, the Partners shall own OP Units in the amounts set forth in Exhibit A and shall have a Percentage Interest in the Partnership as set forth in Exhibit A , which Percentage Interest shall be adjusted from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately exchanges, redemptions, additional Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional OP Units, or similar events having an effect on any Partner’s Percentage Interest, as set forth in the records of the Partnership.  Except as provided in Sections 4.2 , 4.3 , 4.4 and 10.5 , the Partners shall have no obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership.

 

Section 4.2             Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests .

 

(a)           The General Partner is hereby authorized, without the need for any vote or approval of any Partner or any other Person who may hold OP Units or Partnership Interests, to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue to any existing Partner (including the General Partner) or to any other Person (including Affiliates of the General Partner), and to admit such Person as a limited partner in the Partnership, OP Units (including, without limitation, Common Units and preferred OP Units) or other Partnership Interests, in each case in exchange for the contribution by such Person of property or other assets, in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, or otherwise with such designations, preferences, redemption and conversion rights and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to other classes of Limited Partner Interests, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion subject to Delaware law, including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Interests; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Interests to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided , that no such additional OP Units or other Partnership Interests shall be issued to the General Partner or STAG REIT unless either (A)(1) the additional Partnership Interests are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other securities by STAG REIT, which securities have designations, preferences and other rights such that the economic interests attributable to such securities are comparable to the designations, preferences and other rights, except voting rights, of the additional Partnership Interests issued to the General Partner or STAG REIT in accordance with this Section 4.2(a) , and (2) the General Partner or STAG REIT shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the proceeds, if any, raised in connection with such issuance; or (B) the additional Partnership Interests are issued to all Partners holding Partnership Interests in the same class in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in such class.  In addition, the General Partner or STAG REIT may acquire OP Units from other Partners pursuant to this Agreement.

 

19



 

(b)           In accordance with, and subject to the terms of Section 4.3 hereof, STAG REIT shall not issue any REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issued pursuant to Section 8.6 ) or other securities, or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities containing the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares or other securities of STAG REIT (or any Debt issued by STAG REIT that provides any of the foregoing rights) (collectively, “ New Securities ”) other than to all holders of REIT Shares unless (i) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to STAG REIT Partnership Interests or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Partnership having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are comparable to those of the REIT Shares or other securities or New Securities; and (ii) STAG REIT contributes to the Partnership the proceeds, if any, from the issuance of such REIT Shares, other securities or New Securities and, if applicable, from the exercise of rights contained in such New Securities. Without limiting the foregoing, STAG REIT is expressly authorized to issue REIT Shares, other securities or New Securities for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to STAG REIT corresponding Partnership Interests, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the interests of STAG REIT and the Partnership (for example, and not by way of limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding OP Units in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares under the Plan or another long-term incentive plan of STAG REIT or pursuant to an employee share purchase plan providing for employee purchases of REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value or employee share options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, or in order to comply with the REIT share ownership requirements set forth in Section 856(a)(5) of the Code); and (y) the General Partner contributes all proceeds from such issuance and exercise to the Partnership.

 

Section 4.3             Contribution of Proceeds of Issuance of Securities by STAG REIT .

 

On the Closing Date, STAG REIT shall contribute to the Partnership the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the Initial REIT Capitalization received from STAG REIT in exchange for OP Units; and, in connection with any subsequent closings of the Initial Public Offering, any other REIT Share Offering and any other issuance of REIT Shares, other securities or New Securities pursuant to Section 4.2 , STAG REIT shall contribute to the Partnership any proceeds (or a portion thereof) raised in connection with such issuance and received by STAG REIT in exchange for Partnership Interests or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Partnership having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are comparable to those of the REIT Shares or other securities or New Securities contributed to the Partnership; provided , that, in each case, if the proceeds actually received by STAG REIT are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then STAG REIT shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount and other expenses paid by STAG REIT and/or the General Partner (which discount and expense shall be treated as an expense for the benefit of the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.4 ). In the case of employee purchases of New Securities at a discount from fair market value, the amount of such discount representing compensation to the employee, as determined by the General Partner, shall be treated as an expense of the issuance of such New Securities.

 

20



 

Section 4.4             Additional Funds .

 

(a)           The General Partner may, at any time and from time to time, determine that the Partnership requires additional funds (“ Additional Funds ”) for the acquisition of additional assets, for the redemption of OP Units or for such other purposes as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion.  Additional Funds may be obtained by the Partnership, at the election of the General Partner, in any manner provided in, and in accordance with, the terms of this Section 4.4 without the approval of any Limited Partners.

 

(b)           The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by accepting Capital Contributions from any Partners or other Persons.  In connection with any such Capital Contribution, the General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue additional OP Units (as set forth in Section 4.2 above) in consideration therefor, and the Percentage Interests of the Partners shall be adjusted to reflect the issuance of such additional OP Units.

 

(c)           The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt to any Person (other than the General Partner (but, for this purpose, disregarding any Debt that may be deemed incurred to the General Partner by virtue of clause (iii) of the definition of Debt)) upon such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate, including making such Debt convertible, redeemable or exchangeable for OP Units; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if (i) a breach, violation or default of such indebtedness would be deemed to occur by virtue of the transfer of any Partnership Interest; or (ii) such Debt is recourse to any Partner (unless the Partner otherwise agrees).

 

(d)           The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt to STAG REIT if (i) such Debt is, to the extent permitted by law, on substantially the same terms and conditions (including interest rate, repayment schedule, and conversion, redemption, repurchase and exchange rights) as Funding Debt incurred by STAG REIT, the net proceeds of which are loaned to the Partnership to provide such Additional Funds; or (ii) such Debt is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Partnership than would be available to the Partnership from any third party; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if (A) a breach, violation or default of such Debt would be deemed to occur by virtue of the transfer of any Partnership Interest; or (B) such Debt is recourse to any Partner (unless the Partner otherwise agrees).

 

Section 4.5             Preemptive Rights .

 

No Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to (i) additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership; or (ii) the issuance or sale of any OP Units or other Partnership Interests.

 

Section 4.6             LTIP Units .

 

(a)           The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may from time to time issue LTIP Units to Persons who provide services to the Partnership, the General Partner or STAG REIT, including any Person who performs services as an employee of the Management

 

21



 

Company, or any Affiliate of either of them, for such consideration as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate for services rendered by such Persons to the Partnership, the General Partner or STAG REIT in its capacity as a Partner or in anticipation of becoming a Partner, and admit such Persons as Limited Partners.  Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.6 and the special provisions of Sections 6.1(c) , 8.7 and 8.8 , LTIP Units shall be treated as OP Units, with all of the rights, privileges and obligations attendant thereto.  For purposes of computing the Partners’ Percentage Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Limited Partners and LTIP Units shall be treated as OP Units.  The General Partner may, on behalf of the Partnership, grant LTIP Units to any Person at any time, in its sole and absolute discretion.  In particular, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the Partnership shall maintain at all times a one-to-one correspondence between LTIP Units and OP Units for conversion, distribution and other purposes, including without limitation complying with the following procedures:

 

(i)            If an Adjustment Event occurs, the General Partner shall make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and economic equivalence ratio between OP Units and LTIP Units.  If the Partnership takes an action affecting the OP Units other than actions specifically defined herein as “Adjustment Events” and in the opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General Partner shall have the right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent permitted by law and by the Plan, in such manner and at such time as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine to be appropriate under the circumstances. If an adjustment is made to the LTIP Units as herein provided, the Partnership shall promptly file in the books and records of the Partnership an officer’s certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, which certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error.  Promptly after the filing of such certificate, the Partnership shall mail a notice to each LTIP Unitholder setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of such adjustment; and

 

(ii)           The LTIP Unitholders shall, in respect of each Distribution Payment Date, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per OP Unit paid to holders of record on the same record date established by the General Partner with respect to such Distribution Payment Date; provided , however , that no distributions shall be made in respect of any LTIP Unit that would cause the Economic Capital Account Balance of the holder of such LTIP Unit to have a negative balance that is greater than the negative balance of the Economic Capital Account Balance of each OP Unit generally. During any distribution period, so long as any LTIP Units are outstanding, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be authorized, declared or paid on OP Units, unless equal distributions have been or contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units for such distribution period, except in the circumstances described in the proviso to the preceding sentence.  Except to the extent required by the aforementioned proviso, the LTIP Units shall rank pari passu with the OP Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  As to the payment of distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any class or series of OP Units or Partnership Interests which by its

 

22



 

terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on a parity with, or senior to the OP Units shall also rank junior to, or pari passu with, or senior to, as the case may be, the entitlement of the LTIP Units to such distribution.  Subject to the terms of any LTIP Unit Agreement, an LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent and subject to the same restrictions as holders of OP Units are entitled to transfer their OP Units pursuant to Article 11 .

 

(b)           LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special provisions:

 

(i)            LTIP Unit Agreements .  LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on transfer pursuant to the terms of an LTIP Unit Agreement.  The terms of any LTIP Unit Agreement may be modified by the Compensation Committee from time to time in its sole discretion, subject to any restrictions on amendment imposed by the relevant LTIP Unit Agreement or by the Plan, if applicable.  LTIP Units that are no longer subject to forfeiture under the terms of the LTIP Unit Agreement are referred to herein as “ Vested LTIP Units ;” all other LTIP Units shall be treated as “ Unvested LTIP Units .”

 

(ii)           Forfeiture .  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable LTIP Unit Agreement, upon the occurrence of any event specified in an LTIP Unit Agreement as resulting in either the right of the Partnership or the General Partner to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, if the Partnership or the General Partner exercises such right to repurchase or some other forfeiture occurs in accordance with the applicable LTIP Unit Agreement, then the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable LTIP Unit Agreement, no consideration or other payment shall be due with respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any distributions declared with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date of the forfeiture.  In connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the balance of the portion of the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to all of his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the target balance contemplated by Section 6.1(c) , calculated with respect to the LTIP Unitholder’s remaining LTIP Units, if any.

 

(iii)          Allocations .  LTIP Units shall generally be treated as OP Units for purposes of Article 6 , but shall receive certain special allocations of gain under Section 6.1(c) .

 

(iv)          Redemption .  The Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners under Section 8.6 shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they are converted to OP Units as provided in clause (vi) below and Section 8.7 .

 

(v)           Legend .  Any certificate evidencing an LTIP Unit shall bear an appropriate legend indicating that additional terms, conditions and restrictions on transfer, including without limitation any LTIP Unit Agreement, apply to the LTIP Unit.

 

(vi)          Conversion to OP Units .  Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted into OP Units under Section 8.7 .

 

23



 

(vii)         Voting .  LTIP Units shall have the voting rights provided in Section 8.8 .

 

(viii)        Tax Classification .  The Partners intend that the LTIP Units shall be classified as “profits interests” within the meaning of IRS Revenue Procedure 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343, as clarified by IRS Revenue Procedure 2001-43, 2001-2 C.B. 191, and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent.

 

(c)           Code Section 83 Safe Harbor Election .

 

(i)            By executing this Agreement, each Partner authorizes and directs the Partnership to elect to have the “Safe Harbor” described in the proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in IRS Notice 2005-43 (the “ Notice ”) apply to the LTIP Units and any other interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider by the Partnership on or after the effective date of such Revenue Procedure in connection with services provided to the Partnership.  For purposes of making such Safe Harbor election, the General Partner is hereby designated as the “partner who has responsibility for federal income tax reporting” by the Partnership and, accordingly, execution of such Safe Harbor election by the General Partner constitutes execution of a “Safe Harbor Election” in accordance with Section 3.03(1) of the Notice.  The Partnership and each Partner hereby agree to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor described in the Notice, including, without limitation, the requirement that each Partner shall prepare and file all federal income tax returns reporting the income tax effects of each interest in the Partnership issued by the Partnership covered by the Safe Harbor in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Notice.

 

(ii)           Each Partner authorizes the General Partner to amend Section 4.6(c) to the extent necessary to achieve substantially the same tax treatment with respect to LTIP Units and any other interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider by the Company in connection with services provided to the Partnership as set forth in Section 4 of the Notice ( e.g. , to reflect changes from the rules set forth in the Notice in subsequent IRS guidance), provided that such amendment is not adverse to such Partner (as compared with the after-tax consequences that would result to such Partner if the provisions of the Notice applied to all interests in the Partnership transferred to a service provider by the Partnership in connection with services provided to the Partnership).

 

ARTICLE 5
DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1             Requirement and Characterization of Distributions .

 

The General Partner shall distribute at least quarterly all or such portion as the General Partner may in its sole discretion determine of Available Cash generated by the Partnership during such quarter or shorter period to the Partners that are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter or shorter period in the following priority:

 

(a)           First, to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests in arrears with respect to the immediately preceding calendar quarter in an amount equal to (i) the sum of (A) the General Partner’s reasonable estimate of the Net Income allocable to the Partners

 

24



 

in accordance with their Percentage Interests under Section 6.l(a)  with respect to such immediately preceding calendar quarter and (B) the General Partner’s determination of the Net Income so allocated in prior calendar quarters in the same calendar year, reduced by (ii) the sum of (A) all distributions previously made under this subsection or under subsection (b) with respect to all calendar quarters during the same calendar year and (B) any Net Loss allocable to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests in such calendar quarter or any preceding calendar quarter of the same calendar year under Section 6.1(b) .

 

(b)           Second, to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests; provided , that in no event may a Partner receive a distribution of Available Cash with respect to an OP Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a distribution out of such Available Cash with respect to a REIT Share for which such OP Unit has been exchanged, and any such distribution shall be made to the General Partner; and provided , further , that no LTIP Unitholder shall receive any distribution of Available Cash if and to the extent the balance of such LTIP Unitholder’s Adjusted Capital Account would be equal to or less than zero after such distribution is made unless the balances of the Adjusted Capital Accounts of all Partners in the Partnership would also be equal to or less than zero after such distribution is made.

 

The General Partner shall take such reasonable efforts, as determined by it in its sole and absolute discretion and consistent with Section 3.5 and STAG REIT’s qualification as a REIT, to distribute Available Cash to the Limited Partners so as to preclude any such distribution or portion thereof from being treated as part of a sale of property to the Partnership by a Limited Partner under Section 707 of the Code or the Regulations thereunder; provided , that the General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to a Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of any distribution to a Limited Partner being so treated.

 

Section 5.2             Amounts Withheld .

 

To the extent provided in Section 10.5, all amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state or local tax law and Section 10.5 hereof with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to the Partners or Assignees shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Partners or Assignees pursuant to Section 5.1 for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.3             Distributions upon Liquidation .

 

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 5 , net proceeds from a Terminating Capital Transaction and any other cash received or reductions in reserves made after commencement of the liquidation of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 13.2 .

 

Section 5.4             Restricted Distributions .

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership, and the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, shall not make a distribution to any Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership if such distribution would violate Section 17-607 of the Act or other applicable law.

 

25



 

ARTICLE 6
ALLOCATIONS

 

Section 6.1             Allocations for Capital Account Purposes .

 

For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Exhibit B hereof) shall be allocated among the Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided herein below.

 

(a)           After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit C attached hereto, Net Income shall be allocated to the Partners in the following order of priority:

 

(i)            First, to the Partners that have been allocated Net Losses pursuant to the last sentence of Section 6.1(b), in proportion to and to the extent of the excess, in the case of each such Partner, of (A) the Net Loss allocated to such Partner under the last sentence of Section 6.1(b), over (B) all prior allocations of Net Income to such Partner under this Section 6.1(a)(i); and

 

(ii)           Second, to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

 

(b)           After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit C attached hereto, Net Losses shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.  In no event shall Net Losses be allocated to a Limited Partner to the extent such allocation would result in such partner having an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (per Unit) at the end of any taxable year in excess of the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (per Unit) of any other Limited Partner.  All such Net Losses shall be allocated to the other Partners.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1(a)  and (b)  above, any net capital gains (computed in accordance with Exhibit B) realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net capital gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code, shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders until the aggregate Economic Capital Account Balances of such LTIP Unitholders, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units, are equal to the product of (i) the OP Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of such LTIP Unitholders’ LTIP Units.

 

For this purpose, the “ Economic Capital Account Balances ” of the LTIP Unitholders will be equal to their Capital Account balances, computed for book purposes, plus the amount of their shares of any Partner Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units.  Similarly, the “ OP Unit Economic Balance ” shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of STAG REIT, plus the amount of STAG REIT’s share of any Partner Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to STAG REIT’s ownership of OP Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations through the date on which any allocation is made under this

 

26



 

Section 6.1(c) , divided by (ii) the number of STAG REIT’s OP Units.  Any allocations under this Section 6.1(c)  shall be made among the LTIP Unitholders in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this Section 6.l(c) .  The parties agree that the intent of this Section 6.1(c)  is to make the Capital Account balances of the LTIP Unitholders with respect to each of their LTIP Units economically equivalent to the Capital Account balance of STAG REIT with respect to each of its OP Units if the Carrying Value of the Partnership’s property has been adjusted in accordance with Exhibit B in a corresponding amount.

 

(d)           Subject to Section 6.1(e) , if and to the extent any payment or reimbursement to the General Partner or STAG REIT made pursuant to Section 7.7 or otherwise is determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes not to constitute a payment of expenses to the Partnership, the amount so determined shall constitute a guaranteed payment with respect to capital within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code, shall be treated consistently therewith by the Partnership and all Partners and shall not be treated as a distribution for purposes of computing the Partners’ Capital Accounts.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Partnership pays or reimburses (directly or indirectly, including by reason of giving the General Partner or the STAG REIT or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the STAG REIT Capital Account credit in excess of actual Capital Contributions made by the General Partner or the STAG REIT or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the STAG REIT) fees, expenses or other costs pursuant to Section 4.2 , Section 4.3 , Section 7.4 and/or Section 7.7 or otherwise, and if failure to treat all or part of such payment or reimbursement as a distribution to the General Partner, the STAG REIT or any Subsidiary of the STAG REIT (as appropriate), or the receipt of Capital Account credit in excess of actual capital contributions, would cause the STAG REIT to recognize income that would cause the STAG REIT to fail to qualify as a REIT, then such payment or reimbursement (or portion thereof) shall be treated as a distribution to the General Partner, the STAG REIT or direct or indirect Subsidiary of the STAG REIT (as appropriate) for purposes of this Agreement, or the Capital Account credit in excess of actual capital contributions shall be reduced, in each case to the extent necessary to preserve the STAG REIT’s status as a REIT.  The Capital Account of the General Partner, the STAG REIT or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the STAG REIT (as appropriate) shall be reduced by such direct or indirect payment or reimbursement (or a portion thereof) in the same manner as an actual distribution to the General Partner, the STAG REIT, or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the STAG REIT (as appropriate).  To the extent treated as distributions, such fees, expenses or other costs shall not be taken into account as Partnership fees, expenses or costs for the purposes of this Agreement.  In the event that amounts are recharacterized as distributions or Capital Accounts are reduced pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) , allocations under Section 6.1(a) , (b)  and (c)  for the current and subsequent periods shall be adjusted, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, so that to the extent possible the Partners have the same Capital Account balances they would have had if this Section 6.1(e)  had not applied.  This Section 6.1(e)  is intended to prevent direct or indirect reimbursements or payments under this Agreement from giving rise to a violation of the STAG REIT’s REIT requirements while at the same time preserving to the extent possible the parties’ intended economic arrangement and shall be interpreted and applied consistent with such intent.

 

27



 

ARTICLE 7
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

 

Section 7.1             Management .

 

(a)           Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership are and shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right to participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership.  The General Partner may not be removed by the Limited Partners, with or without cause, except with the consent of the General Partner.  In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted to a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3 hereof, shall have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary, desirable or convenient by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 3.2 hereof and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, including, without limitation:

 

(i)            the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money (including, without limitation, making prepayments on loans and borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions to its Partners in such amounts as will permit STAG REIT (so long as STAG REIT desires to maintain its qualification as a REIT) to avoid the payment of any federal income tax (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Section 4981 of the Code) and to make distributions to its stockholders in amounts sufficient to permit STAG REIT to maintain its qualification as a REIT), the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidence of indebtedness (including the securing of the same by deed, mortgage, deed of trust or other lien or encumbrance on the Partnership’s assets) and the incurring of any obligations it deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership;

 

(ii)           the making of tax, regulatory and other filings or elections, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

 

(iii)          the acquisition, sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege, or subscription right or other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Partnership) or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another entity (all of the foregoing subject to any prior approval only to the extent required by Section 7.3 or 8.9 hereof);

 

(iv)          the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation of any assets of the Partnership, the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and on any terms that it sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership, the General Partner, STAG REIT or any of the Partnership’s, the General Partner’s or STAG REIT’s Subsidiaries, the lending of funds to other Persons (including, without

 

28



 

limitation, the Subsidiaries of the Partnership, the General Partner and/or STAG REIT) and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity investment, and the making of capital contributions to its Subsidiaries;

 

(v)           the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments that the General Partner considers useful or necessary or convenient to the conduct of the Partnership’s operations or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement, including, without limitation, contracting with consultants, accountants, legal counsel, other professional advisors and other agents and the payment of their expenses and compensation out of the Partnership’s assets;

 

(vi)          the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(vii)         holding, managing, investing and reinvesting cash and other assets of the Partnership;

 

(viii)        the collection and receipt of revenues and income of the Partnership;

 

(ix)           the establishment of one or more divisions of the Partnership, the selection and dismissal of employees of the Partnership (including, without limitation, employees who may be designated as officers with titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer” of the Partnership), and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the Partnership, and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

(x)            the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partners as it deems necessary or appropriate;

 

(xi)           the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property to, any further limited or general partnerships, limited liability companies, real estate investment trusts, corporations, entities that are treated as REITs, “taxable REIT subsidiaries” or foreign corporations for federal income tax purposes, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property or the making of loans to, its, STAG REIT’s or the General Partner’s Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity investment from time to time or the incurrence of indebtedness on behalf of such Persons or the guarantee of obligations of such Persons and the making of any tax, regulatory or other filing or election with respect to any of the foregoing Persons); provided , that as long as STAG REIT has determined to continue to qualify as a REIT, the Partnership may not engage in any such formation, acquisition or contribution that would cause STAG REIT to fail to qualify as a REIT;

 

(xii)          the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the settlement, compromise, submission to arbitration or any other form of dispute resolution, or abandonment of, any claim, cause of action, liability, debt or damages, due or owing to or from the Partnership, the commencement or defense of suits, legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, and

 

29



 

the representation of the Partnership in all suits or legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, the incurrence of legal expense, and the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

(xiii)         the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s direct or indirect investment in any Subsidiary or any other Person (including, without limitation, the contribution or loan of funds by the Partnership to such Persons);

 

(xiv)        except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, the determination of the fair market value of any Partnership property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as the General Partner may adopt;

 

(xv)         the enforcement of any rights against any Partner pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities relating to such Partner’s contribution of property or assets to the Partnership;

 

(xvi)        the exercise, directly or indirectly, through any attorney-in-fact acting under a general or limited power of attorney, of any right, including the right to vote, appurtenant to any asset or investment held by the Partnership;

 

(xvii)       the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of or in connection with any Subsidiary of the Partnership or any other Person in which the Partnership has a direct or indirect interest, or jointly with any such Subsidiary or other Person;

 

(xviii)      the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of any Person in which the Partnership does not have an interest pursuant to contractual or other arrangements with such Person;

 

(xix)         the making, execution, delivery and performance of any and all deeds, leases, notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, conveyances, contracts, guarantees, warranties, indemnities, waivers, releases or legal instruments or agreements in writing necessary, appropriate or convenient, in the judgment of the General Partner, for the accomplishment of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement;

 

(xx)          the issuance of additional OP Units and other partnership interests, as appropriate, in connection with Capital Contributions by Additional Limited Partners and additional Capital Contributions by Partners pursuant to Article 4 hereof;

 

(xxi)         the taking of any action necessary or appropriate to enable STAG REIT to qualify as a REIT;

 

(xxii)        the management, operation, leasing, landscaping, repair, alteration, demolition, replacement or improvement of any Property;

 

(xxiii)       an election to dissolve the Partnership pursuant to Section 13.1(c)  hereof;

 

30


 

(xxiv)                     the amendment and restatement of Exhibit A hereto to reflect accurately at all times the Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests of the Partners as the same are adjusted from time to time to the extent necessary to reflect redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of OP Units, the admission of any Additional Limited Partner or any Substituted Limited Partner or otherwise;

 

(xxv)                        the registration of any class of securities of the Partnership under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and the listing of any debt securities of the Partnership on any exchange; and

 

(xxvi)                     the taking of any and all acts necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” under Code Section 7704.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Limited Partners agrees that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (except as provided in Section 7.3 ), the Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, to the fullest extent permitted under the Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation.  The execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner or the Partnership of any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

 

(c)                                   At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to establish and maintain working capital accounts and other cash or similar balances in such amounts as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.

 

(d)                                  In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any Partner of any action taken by it.  The General Partner and the Partnership shall not be liable to a Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of an income tax liability incurred by such Limited Partner as a result of an action (or inaction) by the General Partner taken pursuant to its authority under this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of Section 7.3 .

 

Section 7.2                                       Certificate of Limited Partnership .

 

The General Partner has filed the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Act.  The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and any other state, or the District of Columbia, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.  To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate or convenient, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate and do all of the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited

 

31



 

partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware and each other state, or the District of Columbia, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 8.5(a)(iv)  hereof, the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate or any amendment thereto or restatement thereof to any Limited Partner.

 

Section 7.3                                       Restrictions on General Partner Authority .

 

The General Partner may not take any action in contravention of an express prohibition or limitation of this Agreement without the written Consent of the Limited Partners, or such other percentage of the Limited Partners as may be specifically provided for under a provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4                                       Reimbursement of the General Partner .

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 regarding distributions, payments, and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.

 

(b)                                  The General Partner and its Affiliates shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, for all expenditures that each incurs relating to the ownership and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership; provided , that the amount of any such reimbursement shall be reduced by any interest earned by the General Partner with respect to bank accounts or other instruments or accounts held by it on behalf of the Partnership; and provided , further , that the General Partner and its Affiliates shall not be reimbursed for any (i) directors’ fees; (ii) income tax liabilities or (iii) filing or similar fees in connection with maintaining the General Partner’s or any such Affiliate’s continued existence that are incurred by the General Partner or an Affiliate, but the Partners acknowledge that all other expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates are deemed to be for the benefit of the Partnership. Such reimbursement shall be in addition to any reimbursement made as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof.  Included among the expenditures for which the General Partner shall be entitled to reimbursement hereunder shall be any payments of debt service made by the General Partner, in its capacity as General Partner, as guarantor or otherwise, with respect to indebtedness encumbering any property held by the Partnership.

 

(c)                                   As set forth in Section 4.3 , STAG REIT shall be treated as having made a Capital Contribution in the amount of all expenses that it incurs and pays relating to the Initial Public Offering, any other REIT Share Offering and any other issuance of REIT Shares, other securities or New Securities pursuant to Section 4.2 , the proceeds from the issuance of which are contributed to the Partnership.

 

(d)                                  In the event that STAG REIT shall elect to purchase from its stockholders REIT Shares for the purpose of delivering such REIT Shares to satisfy an obligation under any distribution reinvestment program adopted by STAG REIT, any employee share purchase plan adopted by STAG REIT or Management Company, or any similar obligation or arrangement

 

32



 

undertaken by STAG REIT in the future, the purchase price paid by STAG REIT for such REIT Shares and any other expenses incurred by STAG REIT in connection with such purchase shall be considered expenses of the Partnership and shall be reimbursed to the General Partner, subject to the condition that: (i) if such REIT Shares subsequently are sold by STAG REIT, the General Partner shall pay to the Partnership any proceeds received by STAG REIT for such REIT Shares (which sales proceeds shall include the amount of distributions reinvested under any distribution reinvestment or similar program; provided , that a transfer of REIT Shares for OP Units pursuant to Section 8.6 would not be considered a sale for such purposes); and (ii) if such REIT Shares are not retransferred by STAG REIT within thirty (30) days after the purchase thereof, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to cancel a number of OP Units held by STAG REIT equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Factor by the number of such REIT Shares (in which case such reimbursement shall be treated as a distribution in redemption of OP Units held by the General Partner).

 

Section 7.5                                       Outside Activities of the General Partner .

 

Neither the General Partner nor STAG REIT shall directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any business, other than in connection with, (a) the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Partnership Interests, (b)  the management of the business and affairs of the Partnership, (c) the operation of STAG REIT as a reporting company with a class (or classes) of securities registered under the Exchange Act, (d) the operations of STAG REIT as a REIT, (e) the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests of STAG REIT or the Partnership, (f) financing or refinancing of any type related to the Partnership or its assets or activities, and (g) such activities as are incidental thereto; provided , however , that the General Partner or STAG REIT may, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time hold or acquire assets in its own name or otherwise other than through the Partnership so long as the General Partner or STAG REIT, as applicable, takes commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the economic benefits and burdens of such Property are otherwise vested in the Partnership, through assignment, mortgage loan or otherwise. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit the General Partner or STAG REIT from executing guarantees of Partnership debt.

 

Section 7.6                                       Contracts with Affiliates .

 

(a)                                   The Partnership may lend or contribute funds or other assets to its, the General Partner’s or STAG REIT’s Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it, the General Partner or STAG REIT has an equity investment and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner.  The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.

 

(b)                                  The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, limited liability companies, real estate investment trusts, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.

 

33



 

(c)                                   Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are determined by the General Partner in good faith to be fair and reasonable.

 

(d)                                  The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and without the approval of the Limited Partners, may propose and adopt, on behalf of the Partnership, employee benefit plans, share option plans, and similar plans (including without limitation plans that contemplate the issuance of LTIP Units) funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of Management Company, STAG REIT, the General Partner, the Partnership, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership, the General Partner, STAG REIT or any Subsidiaries of the Partnership.

 

(e)                                   The General Partner is expressly authorized to enter into, in the name and on behalf of the Partnership, and without the approval of the Limited Partners, a right of first opportunity arrangement and other conflict avoidance agreements with the General Partner, STAG REIT, the Management Company and various Affiliates of the Partnership, the General Partner, STAG REIT, the Management Company, on such terms as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable, including but not limited to, a co-investment and allocation agreement.

 

(f)                                     The General Partner is expressly authorized to enter into, in the name and on behalf of the Partnership, any services agreement with Affiliates of any of the Partnership, the General Partner, STAG REIT, on such terms as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.

 

Section 7.7                                       Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Partnership shall indemnify each Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership or the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement, in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, except to the extent such Indemnitee acted in bad faith, or with gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnitee, pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including without limitation, any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken subject to), and the General Partner is hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Partnership, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.7 in favor of any Indemnitee having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, and neither the General Partner nor any Limited Partner shall have any obligation to

 

34



 

contribute to the capital of the Partnership, or otherwise provide funds, to enable the Partnership to fund its obligations under this Section 7.7 .

 

(b)                                  Reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in Section 7.7(a)  has been met, and (ii) an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 7.7(a) .

 

(c)                                   The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnitee or in the writing pursuant to which such Indemnitee is indemnified.

 

(d)                                  The Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Any liabilities which an Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Partnership, the General Partner or STAG REIT (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the IRS, penalties assessed by the Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise) shall be treated as liabilities or judgments or fines under this Section 7.7 , unless such liabilities arise as a result of (i) such Indemnitee’s intentional misconduct or knowing violation of the law; (ii) any transaction in which such Indemnitee received a personal benefit in violation or breach of any provision of this Agreement or applicable law; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

 

(f)                                     In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

35



 

(h)                                  The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.  Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the Partnership’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.7 , as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification, or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

Section 7.8                                       Liability of the General Partner .

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, none of the General Partner, its Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, trustees, directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees, representatives or agents or any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Partnership and its Affiliates (individually, a “ Covered Person ” and collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”) shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, any Partners or any Assignees for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or of any act or omission if the Covered Person’s conduct did not constitute bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(b)                                  The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership and the stockholders of STAG REIT collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (except as otherwise provided herein) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions, and that the General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by Limited Partners in connection with such decisions; provided , that the General Partner has acted in good faith.

 

(c)                                   The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its employees and agents.  The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such employee or agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

 

(d)                                  Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the Covered Person’s liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

(e)                                   To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, any Covered Person acting under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.  The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a

 

36



 

Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

 

(f)                                     Whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” or under a similar grant of authority or latitude, the General Partner shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires and may consider its own interests and the interests of STAG REIT, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership or the Limited Partners; or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or by law or in equity or any other agreement contemplated herein or otherwise.

 

Section 7.9                                       Other Matters Concerning the General Partner .

 

(a)                                   The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting, or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

(b)                                  The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

 

(c)                                   The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers and duly appointed attorneys-in-fact.  Each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and duty which is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of STAG REIT to continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to avoid STAG REIT incurring any taxes under Section 337(d), 857, 1374 or 4981 of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.

 

Section 7.10                                 Title to Partnership Assets .

 

Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof.  Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the

 

37



 

Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, including Affiliates of the General Partner.  The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

 

Section 7.11                                 Reliance by Third Parties .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner has full power and authority, without consent or approval of any other Partner or Person, to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and take any and all actions on behalf of the Partnership and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if the General Partner were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially.  Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies which may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or its representatives.  Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect; (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership; and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE 8

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 8.1                                       Limitation of Liability .

 

The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement (other than for breach thereof) except as expressly provided in this Agreement, including Section 10.5 hereof, or under the Act.

 

Section 8.2                                       Management of Business .

 

No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, trustee, director, member, employee or agent of the General Partner, the Partnership

 

38



 

or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership.  The transaction of any such business by the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, trustee, director, member, employee or agent of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.3                                       Outside Activities of Limited Partners .

 

Subject to any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 7.6(e)  hereof and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate thereof, any Limited Partner and any officer, trustee, director, member, employee, agent, Affiliate or stockholder of any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities that are in direct competition with the Partnership or that are enhanced by the activities of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee.  None of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the Partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person (other than the General Partner, to the extent expressly provided herein) and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement, subject to the provisions of any other written agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Partnership or a Subsidiary, to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, the General Partner or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, the General Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such Person.

 

Section 8.4                                       Return of Capital .

 

Except pursuant to the right of redemption set forth in Section 8.6 , no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership as provided herein.  Except to the extent provided by Exhibit C hereof or as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee, either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

 

Section 8.5                                       Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership .

 

(a)                                   In addition to the other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, and except as limited by Section 8.5(c)  hereof, each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon written demand with a statement of the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense (including such copying and administrative charges as the General Partner may establish from time to time):

 

39



 

(i)                                      to obtain a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly reports prepared by STAG REIT and distributed to its stockholders, including annual and quarterly reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by STAG REIT pursuant to the Exchange Act;

 

(ii)                                   to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each Partnership Year;

 

(iii)                                to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner; and

 

(iv)                               to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate and all amendments thereto have been executed.

 

(b)                                  The Partnership shall notify the requesting Limited Partner, upon the written request of such Limited Partner, of the then current Conversion Factor.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.5 , the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be reasonable, any information that (i) the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information, the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership or its business; or (ii) the Partnership is required by law or by agreements with an unaffiliated third party to keep confidential.

 

Section 8.6                                       Redemption Right .

 

(a)                                   On or after the date that is one year from the date of the issuance of an OP Unit or Units to a Limited Partner, subject to Sections 8.6(b) and 8.6(c)  hereof and any separate agreement entered into between the Partnership and a Limited Partner, such Limited Partner shall have the right (the “ Redemption Right ”) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the OP Units ( provided , that such OP Units constitute Common Units) held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price per OP Unit equal to and in the form of the Cash Amount to be paid by the Partnership; provided that the foregoing limitation shall not affect the Limited Partner’s rights under Section 11.2(b)  hereof.  The Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Redemption delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the redemption right (the “ Redeeming Partner ”); provided , however , that the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Redemption Right if the STAG REIT elects to purchase the OP Units subject to the Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.6(b) .  A Limited Partner may not exercise the Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) OP Units at any one time or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) OP Units, all of the OP Units held by such Partner.  The Redeeming Partner shall have no right, with respect to any OP Units so redeemed, to receive any distributions with a Partnership Record Date on or after the Specified Redemption Date.  The Assignee of any Limited Partner may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6 , and such Limited Partner shall be deemed to have assigned

 

40



 

such rights to such Assignee and shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by such Assignee.  In connection with any exercise of such rights by an Assignee on behalf of a Limited Partner, the Cash Amount shall be paid by the Partnership directly to such Assignee and not to such Limited Partner.  Any OP Units redeemed by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 8.6(a)  shall be cancelled upon such redemption.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6(a) , a Limited Partner that exercises the Redemption Right shall be deemed to have offered to sell the OP Units described in the Notice of Redemption to STAG REIT, and STAG REIT may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to purchase directly and acquire such OP Units by paying to the Redeeming Partner the REIT Shares Amount on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon STAG REIT shall acquire the OP Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such OP Units.  If STAG REIT shall elect to exercise its right to purchase OP Units under this Section 8.6(b)  with respect to a Notice of Redemption, it shall so notify the Redeeming Partner within five (5) Business Days after the receipt by it of such Notice of Redemption.  Unless STAG REIT (in its sole and absolute discretion) shall exercise its right to purchase OP Units from the Redeeming Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6(b) , STAG REIT shall not have any obligation to the Redeeming Partner or the Partnership with respect to the Redeeming Partner’s exercise of the Redemption Right.  In the event STAG REIT shall exercise its right to purchase OP Units with respect to the exercise of a Redemption Right in the manner described in the first sentence of this Section 8.6(b) , the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Partner with respect to such Redeeming Partner’s exercise of such Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Partner, the Partnership, the General Partner, and STAG REIT shall treat the transaction between STAG REIT and the Redeeming Partner, for federal income tax purposes, as a sale of the Redeeming Partner’s OP Units to STAG REIT. Each Redeeming Partner agrees to execute such documents as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares upon exercise of the Redemption Right, including, if STAG REIT is relying upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, or any successor rule, a document pursuant to which the Redeeming Partner makes a representation that it is an accredited investor; provided , however , that if the Redeeming Partner cannot make such representation, then the Redeeming Partner shall have no right to exercise its Redemption Right.  In case of any reclassification of the REIT Shares (including, but not limited to, any reclassification upon a consolidation or merger in which STAG REIT is the continuing corporation) into securities other than REIT Shares, for purposes of this Section 8.6(b) , STAG REIT may thereafter exercise its right to purchase OP Units for the kind and amount of shares of such securities receivable upon such reclassification by a holder of the number of REIT Shares for which such OP Units could be purchased pursuant to this Section immediately prior to such reclassification.  Any REIT Shares issued to a Redeeming Partner upon the exercise by STAG REIT of its right to purchase OP Units under this Section 8.6(b) , shall not be required to be registered under the Securities Act, unless subject to a separate agreement between STAG REIT and the Redeeming Partner.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6(a)  and Section 8.6(b) , a Partner shall not be entitled, except as otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Partner and the Partnership, to exercise the Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.6(a)  to the extent that the delivery of REIT Shares to such Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by

 

41



 

STAG REIT pursuant to Section 8.6(b)  (regardless of whether or not STAG REIT would in fact exercise its rights under Section 8.6(b) ) would (i) be prohibited under the Charter; (ii) require registration under the Securities Act; (iii) cause STAG REIT to no longer qualify as a REIT under the Code; or (iv) otherwise violate any applicable laws or regulations.

 

Section 8.7                                       Conversion of LTIP Units .

 

(a)                                   An LTIP Unitholder shall have the right (the “ Conversion Right ”), at his or her option, at any time to convert all or a portion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into OP Units; provided , however , that a holder may not exercise the Conversion Right for less than one hundred (100) Vested LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less than one hundred (100) Vested LTIP Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such Limited Partner, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the OP Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion (the “ Capital Account Limitation ”).  LTIP Unitholders shall not have the right to convert Unvested LTIP Units into OP Units until they become Vested LTIP Units; provided , however , that when an LTIP Unitholder is notified of the expected occurrence of an event that will cause his or her Unvested LTIP Units to become Vested LTIP Units, such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice conditioned upon and effective as of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless subsequently revoked by the LTIP Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such condition.  Subject to Section 8.7(c) , the General Partner shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested LTIP Units into OP Units.  In all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into OP Units shall be subject to the conditions and procedures set forth in this Section 8.7 .

 

(b)                                  Subject to the Capital Account Limitation, a holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such Units into an equal number of fully paid and non-assessable OP Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.6(a) .  In order to exercise his or her Conversion Right, an LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a “ Conversion Notice ”) in the form attached as Exhibit F to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to a date (the “ Conversion Date ”) specified in such Conversion Notice; provided, however, that if the General Partner has not given the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Transaction at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth (10th) day after such notice from the General Partner of a Transaction or (y) the third (3rd) Business Day immediately preceding the effective date of such Transaction. A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 15.1 .  Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all Vested LTIP Units to be converted pursuant to this Section 8.7(b)  shall be free and clear of all liens.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 8.6(a)  hereof relating to those OP Units that will be issued to such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into OP Units in advance of the Conversion Date; provided , however , that the redemption of such OP Units by the Partnership shall in no event take place until after the Conversion Date.  For clarity, it is noted that the objective of this paragraph is to put an LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if he or she so wishes, the OP Units into which his or her Vested LTIP Units will be converted can be redeemed

 

42



 

by the Partnership simultaneously with such conversion, with the further consequence that, if the STAG REIT elects to assume the Partnership’s redemption obligation with respect to such OP Units under Section 8.6(b)  hereof by delivering to such holder REIT Shares rather than cash, then such holder can have such REIT Shares issued to him or her simultaneously with the conversion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into OP Units. The General Partner shall cooperate with an LTIP Unitholder to coordinate the timing of the different events described in the foregoing sentence.

 

(c)                                   The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number of Vested LTIP Units held by an LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a “ Forced Conversion ”) into an equal number of OP Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.6(a) ; provided , however , that the Partnership may not cause a Forced Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 8.7(b) .

 

(d)                                  In order to exercise its right of Forced Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a “ Forced Conversion Notice ”) in the form attached as Exhibit G to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice.  A Forced Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 15.1 .

 

(e)                                   A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of OP Units issuable upon such conversion. After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a certificate of the General Partner certifying the number of OP Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held by such LTIP Unitholder immediately after such conversion.  The Assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to Article 11 hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.7 and such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the Assignee.

 

(f)                                     For purposes of making future allocations under Section 6.1(c)  and applying the Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account Balance of the applicable LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced, as of the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units converted and the OP Unit Economic Balance.

 

(g)                                  If the Partnership, the General Partner or STAG REIT shall be a party to any transaction (including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self tender offer for all or substantially all OP Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets, but excluding any transaction which constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which OP Units shall be exchanged for or converted into the right, or the holders of such OP Units shall otherwise be entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being

 

43



 

referred to herein as a “ Transaction ”), then the General Partner shall, immediately prior to the Transaction, exercise its right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible for conversion, taking into account any allocations that occur in connection with the Transaction or that would occur in connection with the Transaction if the assets of the Partnership were sold at the Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined by the General Partner in good faith using the value attributed to the OP Units in the context of the Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective date of the Transaction). In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Transaction, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be afforded the right to receive in connection with such Transaction in consideration for the OP Units into which his or her LTIP Units will be converted the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the consummation of such Transaction by a holder of the same number of OP Units, assuming such holder of OP Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or into which the Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (a “ Constituent Person ”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person. In the event that holders of OP Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type of consideration to be received upon consummation of a Transaction, prior to such Transaction the General Partner shall give prompt written notice to each LTIP Unitholder of such election, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP Unitholders the right to elect, by written notice to the General Partner, the form or type of consideration to be received upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into OP Units in connection with such Transaction. If an LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an election, such holder (and any of its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by him or her (or by any of his or her transferees) the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of an OP Unit would receive if such OP Unit holder failed to make such an election.  Subject to the rights of the Partnership and the General Partner under any LTIP Unit Agreement and the Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the terms of any Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of this Section 8.7(g)  and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into OP Units in connection with the Transaction that will (i) contain provisions enabling the holders of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Transaction to convert their LTIP Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under the circumstances to the OP Units; and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances the distribution, special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders.

 

Section 8.8                                       Voting Rights of LTIP Units .

 

LTIP Unitholders shall have (a) those voting rights required from time to time by applicable law, if any, (b) the same voting rights as a holder of OP Units, with the LTIP Units voting as a single class with the OP Units and having one vote per LTIP Unit; and (c) the additional voting rights that are expressly set forth below.  So long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the LTIP Units outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP Units so as to

 

44



 

materially and adversely affect any right, privilege or voting power of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal affects equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and voting powers of the holders of OP Units; but subject, in any event, to the following provisions: (i) with respect to any Transaction, so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 8.7(g)  hereof, the consummation of such Transaction shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such; and (ii) any creation or issuance of any OP Units or of any class or series of Partnership Interest, including, without limitation, additional OP Units or LTIP Units, whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such. The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units shall have been converted into OP Units.

 

ARTICLE 9

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

 

Section 9.1                                       Records and Accounting .

 

The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership those records and documents required to be maintained by the Act and other books and records deemed by the General Partner to be appropriate with respect to the Partnership’s business, including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.  Any records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided , that the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time.  The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with GAAP, or such other basis as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 9.2                                       Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.

 

Section 9.3                                       Reports .

 

(a)                                   As soon as practicable, but in no event later than the date on which STAG REIT mails its annual report to its stockholders, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner as of the close of the Partnership Year, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership, or of STAG REIT if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with STAG REIT, for such Partnership Year, presented in accordance with GAAP, such statements to be audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

 

45


 

(b)                                  As soon as practicable, but in no event later than the date on which STAG REIT mails its quarterly report to its stockholders, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner as of the last day of the calendar quarter (except the last calendar quarter of each year), a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership, or of STAG REIT if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with STAG REIT, and such other information as may be required by applicable law or regulation, or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

 

(c)                                   The Partnership shall also cause to be prepared such reports and/or information as are necessary for STAG REIT to determine its qualification as a REIT and its compliance with the requirements for REITs pursuant to the Code and Regulations.

 

ARTICLE 10
TAX MATTERS

 

Section 10.1                                 Preparation of Tax Returns .

 

The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, within ninety (90) days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by Limited Partners for federal and state income tax reporting purposes.

 

Section 10.2                                 Tax Elections .

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code.  Notwithstanding the above, in making any such tax election the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to the Limited Partners resulting from any such election.

 

The General Partner shall make such tax elections on behalf of the Partnership as the Limited Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners request; provided , that the General Partner believes that such election is not adverse to the interests of STAG REIT, including its interest in preserving its qualification as a REIT under the Code.  The General Partner can elect to use any method permitted by Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of any property of the Partnership (including any property contributed to the Partnership by any Partner after the date hereof) and such property’s Carrying Value.  The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any tax election it makes (including, without limitation, an election under Section 754 of the Code) upon the General Partner’s determination, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such revocation is in the best interests of the Partners.

 

Section 10.3                                 Tax Matters Partner .

 

(a)                                   The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes.  Pursuant to Section 6230(e) of the Code, upon receipt of notice from the IRS of the beginning of an administrative proceeding with respect to the Partnership,

 

46



 

the tax matters partner shall furnish the IRS with the name, address, taxpayer identification number, and profit interest of each of the Limited Partners and the Assignees; provided , however , that such information is provided to the Partnership by the Limited Partners and the Assignees.

 

(b)                                  The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:

 

(i)                                      to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a “tax audit” and such judicial proceedings being referred to as “judicial review”), and in the settlement agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement agreement shall not bind any Partner (i) who (within the time prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a statement with the IRS providing that the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement on behalf of such Partner; or (ii) who is a “notice partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(8) of the Code) or a member of a “notice group” (as defined in Section 6223(b)(2) of the Code);

 

(ii)                                   in the event that a notice of a final administrative adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes (a “ final adjustment ”) is mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such final adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with the Tax Court or the filing of a complaint for refund with the United States Claims Court or the District Court of the United States for the district in which the Partnership’s principal place of business is located;

 

(iii)                                to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for judicial review of a final adjustment;

 

(iv)                               to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the IRS and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the IRS, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint) for judicial review with respect to such request;

 

(v)                                  to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period for assessing any tax which is attributable to any item required to be taken account of by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such item; and

 

(vi)                               to take any other action on behalf of the Partners or the Partnership in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.

 

The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax matters partner, and the provisions relating to indemnification or liability of the General Partner set forth in Section 7.7 and Section 7.8 , respectively, of this Agreement shall be fully applicable to the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.

 

47



 

(c)                                   The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services.  All third party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Partnership.  Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting and/or law firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties hereunder, so long as the compensation paid by the Partnership for such services is reasonable.

 

Section 10.4                                 Organizational Expenses .

 

The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it in forming the Partnership ratably over a one-hundred eighty (180) month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

 

Section 10.5                                 Withholding .

 

Each Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from, or pay on behalf of or with respect to, such Limited Partner any amount of federal, state, local or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines that the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Partnership pursuant to Section 1441, 1442, 1445, or 1446 of the Code. Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner shall constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by such Limited Partner within fifteen (15) days after notice from the General Partner that such payment must be made unless (i) the Partnership withholds such payment from a distribution which would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner, (ii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such payment may be satisfied out of the available funds of the Partnership which would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner or (iii) treatment as a loan would jeopardize the STAG REIT’s status as a REIT (in which case such Limited Partner shall pay such amount to the Partnership on or before the date the Partnership pays such amount on behalf of such Limited Partner). Any amounts withheld pursuant to the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) shall be treated as having been distributed to such Limited Partner unless, in the case of amounts governed by clause (iii), the Limited Partner timely pays the amount withheld to the Partnership.  Each Limited Partner hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Partnership a security interest in such Limited Partner’s obligation to pay to the Partnership any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 10.5 .  In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amounts owed to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 10.5 when due, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such defaulting Limited Partner, and in such event shall be deemed to have loaned such amount to such defaulting Limited Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership as against such defaulting Limited Partner.  Without limitation, in such event the General Partner shall have the right to receive distributions that would otherwise be distributable to such defaulting Limited Partner until such time as such loan, together with all interest thereon, has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been distributed to the defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid by the defaulting Limited Partner to the General Partner in repayment of such loan. Any amounts payable by a Limited Partner hereunder shall bear interest at the lesser of (A) the base rate on corporate loans

 

48



 

at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , plus four (4) percentage points, or (B) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date such amount is due (i.e., fifteen (15) days after demand) until such amount is paid in full.  Each Limited Partner shall take such actions as the Partnership or the General Partner shall request in order to (i) perfect or enforce the security interest created hereunder and (ii) cause any loan arising hereunder to be treated as a real estate asset for purposes of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code.  Upon a Limited Partner’s complete withdrawal from the Partnership, such Limited Partner shall be required to restore funds to the Partnership to the extent that the cumulative amount of taxes withheld from or paid on behalf of, or with respect to, such Limited Partner exceeds the sum of such amounts (i) repaid to the Partnership by such Limited Partner; (ii) withheld from distributions to such Limited Partner; and (iii) paid by the General Partner on behalf of such Limited Partner.

 

ARTICLE 11
TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

 

Section 11.1                                 Transfer .

 

(a)                                   The term “transfer,” when used in this Article 11 with respect to an OP Unit, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the General Partner purports to assign all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person or by which a Limited Partner purports to assign all or any part of its Limited Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise.  The term “transfer” when used in this Article 11 does not include (i) any redemption of Partnership Interests by the Partnership from a Limited Partner; (ii) any acquisition of OP Units from a Limited Partner by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.6(b) ; or (iii) any distribution of OP Units by a Limited Partner to its beneficial owners.

 

(b)                                  No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 11 .  Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article 11 shall be null and void.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 11 , the General Partner may transfer all of its Partnership Interests at any time to any Person that is, at the time of such transfer, an Affiliate of the General Partner, including any “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2)), without the Consent of any Limited Partners. The provisions of Sections 11.2(c) , 11.3 , 11.4(a)  and 11.5 hereof shall not apply to any transfer permitted by this Section 11.1(c) .

 

(d)                                  No part of the interest of a Partner shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, to any spouse for alimony or support, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for in this Agreement.

 

49



 

Section 11.2                                 Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest .

 

(a)                                   The General Partner may not transfer any of its General Partner Interest or withdraw as General Partner, except as provided in Sections 11.l(c)  or 11.2(b)  hereof.

 

(b)                                  The General Partner and STAG REIT may, with the Consent of the Limited Partners (excluding the Percentage Interests held directly or indirectly by STAG REIT), engage in, or transfer all of their respective Partnership Interest in connection with, (i) a merger, consolidation or other combination of their assets with another entity, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of their assets, whether or not in the ordinary course, or (iii) a reclassification, recapitalization or change of any outstanding shares of STAG REIT’s stock or other outstanding equity interests (each, a “ Termination Transaction ”).  In addition, the General Partner and STAG REIT may, without the Consent of the Limited Partners, engage in, or transfer all of their respective Partnership Interest in connection with, a Termination Transaction if:

 

(i)                                      in connection with such Termination Transaction, all of the Limited Partners will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for each Common Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share pursuant to the terms of such Termination Transaction; provided, that if, in connection with such Termination Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Common Units shall receive, or shall have the right to elect to receive, the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property which such holder of Common Units would have received had it exercised its right to Redemption pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof and received REIT Shares in exchange for its Common Units immediately prior to the expiration of such purchase, tender or exchange offer and had thereupon accepted such purchase, tender or exchange offer and then such Termination Transaction shall have been consummated; or

 

(ii)                                   all of the following conditions are met:  (A) substantially all of the assets directly or indirectly owned by the surviving entity are owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership or another limited partnership or limited liability company which is the survivor of a merger, consolidation or combination of assets with the Partnership (in each case, the “ Surviving Partnership ”); (B) the Persons who were Limited Partners immediately prior to the consummation of such Termination Transaction own a percentage interest of the Surviving Partnership based on the relative fair market value of the net assets of the Partnership and the other net assets of the Surviving Partnership immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction; (C) the rights, preferences and privileges in the Surviving Partnership of such Limited Partners are at least as favorable in all material respects as those in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and as those applicable to any other limited partners or non-managing members of the Surviving Partnership; and (D) the rights of such Limited Partners include at least one of the following: (1) the right to redeem their interests in the Surviving Partnership for the consideration available to such Persons pursuant to Section 11.2(b)(i)  or (2) the right to redeem their interests in the Surviving Partnership for cash on terms substantially equivalent to those in effect with respect to their OP Units immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, or, if the ultimate controlling Person of the Surviving Partnership has publicly traded common equity securities, such common equity securities, with an exchange ratio based on the determination of relative fair market value of such securities and the REIT Shares.

 

50



 

(c)                                   Except as set forth in Section 11.1(c)  or 11.2(b) , the General Partner shall not withdraw from the Partnership and shall not transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest (whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise).  Upon any transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest in accordance with the provisions of this Article 11 , the transferee shall become a successor General Partner for all purposes herein, and shall be vested with the powers and rights of the transferor General Partner, and shall be liable for all obligations and responsible for all duties of the General Partner, once such transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest so acquired. It is a condition to any transfer by the General Partner otherwise permitted hereunder that the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the transferor General Partner under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Partnership Interest, and such transfer shall relieve the transferor General Partner of its obligations under this Agreement.  In the event that the General Partner withdraws from the Partnership, in violation of this Agreement or otherwise, or otherwise dissolves or terminates, or upon an Event of Bankruptcy of the General Partner, as described in Section 13.1(g)  hereof, the remaining Partners may agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership by selecting a successor General Partner in accordance with the Act.

 

Section 11.3                                 Transfer of Limited Partners’ Partnership Interests .

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in Section 11.3(b) , no Limited Partner shall transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any transferee without the written consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that if a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, such Incapacitated Limited Partner may transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 11 (but in all cases subject to the other provisions of this Section 11.3 ), a Limited Partner may transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any of its Affiliates and such transferee shall be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, all without obtaining the consent of the General Partner.

 

(c)                                   If a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator or receiver of such Limited Partner’s estate shall have all of the rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners, for the purpose of settling or managing the estate and such power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to transfer all or any part of his or its interest in the Partnership.  The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.

 

(d)                                  Without limiting the generality of Section 11.3(a)  hereof, the General Partner may prohibit any transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Interest if, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Partnership, such transfer would require filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the OP Units.

 

(e)                                   No transfer by a Limited Partner of its OP Units may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it could reasonably be expected to

 

51



 

cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of either Code Section 469(k)(2) or 7704(b) or to fail to qualify for any safe harbor from treatment as a publicly traded partnership; (ii) such transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code; (iii) such transfer would cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA or to Section 4975 of the Code, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code); (iv) such transfer would, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101; (v) such transfer would subject the Partnership to be regulated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA; or (vi) such transfer would cause the Partnership to be terminated for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708.

 

(f)                                     No transfer of any OP Units may be made to a lender to the Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section 1.752-4(b) of the Regulations) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan constitutes a Nonrecourse Liability, without the consent of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(g)                                  The General Partner shall keep a register for the Partnership on which the transfer, pledge or release of OP Units shall be shown and pursuant to which entries shall be made to effect all transfers, pledges or releases as required by the applicable sections of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the State of Delaware; provided , however , that if there is any conflict between such requirements, the provisions of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code shall govern. The General Partner shall (i) place proper entries in such register clearly showing each transfer and each pledge and grant of security interest and the transfer and assignment pursuant thereto, such entries to be endorsed by the General Partner; and (ii) maintain the register and make the register available for inspection by all of the Partners and their pledgees at all times during the term of this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall be deemed a consent to any pledge or transfer otherwise prohibited under this Agreement.

 

Section 11.4                                 Substituted Limited Partners .

 

(a)                                   A transferee of the interest of a Limited Partner pursuant to a transfer consented to by the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.3(a)  may be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.  The General Partner’s failure or refusal to permit a transferee of any such interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Partnership or the General Partner.  A Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Substituted Limited Partner only upon the aforementioned consent of the General Partner and the furnishing to the General Partner of (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof; (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Person; and (iii) such other documents and instruments as may be required or advisable, in

 

52



 

the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner, to effect such Person’s admission as a Substituted Limited Partner. The admission of any Person as a Substituted Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.

 

(b)                                  A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner in accordance with this Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A to reflect the name, address, number of OP Units and Percentage Interest (as applicable) of such Substituted Limited Partner and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and interest of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.

 

Section 11.5                                 Assignees .

 

If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, does not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee as a Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 11.4 , such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement.  An Assignee shall be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest under the Act, including the right to receive distributions from the Partnership and the share of Net Income, Net Losses, Recapture Income and any other items of gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Partnership attributable to the Partnership Interest assigned to such transferee, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of a Partnership Interest for any other purpose under this Agreement, and shall not be entitled to request a redemption of its interest or to vote such Partnership Interest in any matter presented to the Limited Partners for a vote (such right to vote fully remaining with the transferor Limited Partner). In the event any such transferee desires to make a further assignment of any such Partnership Interest, such transferee shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Article 11 to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of his or its Partnership Interest.

 

Section 11.6                                 General Provisions .

 

(a)                                   No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest in accordance with this Article 11 or pursuant to redemption of all of its OP Units, or the acquisition thereof by the General Partner, under Section 8.6 .

 

(b)                                  Any Limited Partner who shall transfer all of its Partnership Interest in a transfer permitted pursuant to this Article 11 shall cease to be a Limited Partner upon the admission of all Assignees of such Partnership Interest as Substituted Limited Partners.  Similarly, any Limited Partner who shall transfer all of its OP Units pursuant to a redemption of all of its OP Units, or the acquisition thereof by the General Partner, under Section 8.6 shall cease to be a Limited Partner.

 

(c)                                   If any Partnership Interest is transferred or assigned in compliance with the provisions of this Article 11 or redeemed or transferred pursuant to Section 8.6 on any day

 

53



 

other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items attributable to such interest for such Partnership Year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor Partner and the transferee Partner by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim closing of the books method or another permissible method selected by the General Partner it is sole and absolute discretion.  Solely for purposes of making such allocations, unless the General Partner decides in its sole and absolute discretion to use another method permitted under the Code, each of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer occurs shall be allocated to the transferee Partner and none of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer or a Redemption occurs shall be allocated to the transferor Partner, or the Tendering Party (as the case may be) if such Transfer occurs on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the month, otherwise such items shall be allocated to the transferor.  All distributions of Available Cash attributable to such Partnership Interest with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such transfer, assignment, or redemption shall be made to the transferor Partner or the Redeeming Partner, as the case may be, and in the case of a transfer or assignment other than a redemption, all distributions of Available Cash thereafter attributable to such Partnership Interest shall be made to the transferee Partner.

 

ARTICLE 12
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

 

Section 12.1                                 Admission of Successor General Partner .

 

A successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 11.1(c)  or 11.2 hereof who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately upon such transfer.  Upon any such Transfer and the admission of any such transferee as a successor General Partner in accordance with this Section 12.1 , the transferor General Partner shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement and shall cease to be a general partner of the Partnership without any separate Consent of the Limited Partners or the consent or approval of any other Partners.  Any such transferee shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.  In each case, the admission shall be subject to the successor General Partner executing and delivering to the Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect the admission.  Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of a successor General Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number and classes and/or series of Partnership Units of such successor General Partner.  In the case of such admission on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, all items attributable to the General Partner Interest for such Partnership Year shall be allocated between the transferring General Partner and such successor as provided in Section 11.6(c)  hereof.

 

Section 12.2                                 Admission of Additional Limited Partners .

 

(a)                                   A Person who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, of all of the terms and conditions of this

 

54



 

Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof; (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Person; and (iii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in the discretion of the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner.  Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of an Additional Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number and classes and/or series of Partnership Units of such Additional Limited Partner.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.2 , no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion.  The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.

 

(c)                                   If any Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items allocable among Partners and Assignees for such Partnership Year shall be allocated among such Additional Limited Partner and all other Partners and Assignees by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim closing of the books method. All distributions of Available Cash with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such admission shall be made solely to Partners and Assignees, other than such Additional Limited Partner, and all distributions of Available Cash thereafter shall be made to all of the Partners and Assignees, including such Additional Limited Partner.

 

Section 12.3                                 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership .

 

For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Act to amend the records of the Partnership and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement (including an amendment of Exhibit A ) and, if required by law, shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate and may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof.

 

Section 12.4                                 Limit on Number of Partners .  Unless otherwise permitted by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, no Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner if the effect of such admission would be to cause the Partnership to have a number of Partners that would cause the Partnership to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act.

 

ARTICLE 13
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

 

Section 13.1                                 Dissolution .

 

The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance

 

55



 

with the terms of this Agreement.  Upon the withdrawal of the General Partner, any successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership without dissolution.  The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, only upon the first to occur of any of the following (“ Liquidating Events ”):

 

(a)                                   the redemption (or acquisition by the General Partner) of all OP Units other than OP Units held by the General Partner;

 

(b)                                  an event of withdrawal of the General Partner, as defined in the Act, other than an event of bankruptcy as defined in the Act, unless; (i) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one remaining general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to and does carry on the business of the Partnership; or (ii) within ninety (90) days after such event of withdrawal not less than a majority of the Percentage Interests of the remaining Partners (or such greater Percentage Interest as may be required by the Act and determined in accordance with the Act), determined, in case the withdrawing General Partner continues as a Limited Partner, by both excluding and including Limited Partner Interests continuing to be held by the withdrawing General Partner, agrees in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal, of a successor General Partner;

 

(c)                                   an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion;

 

(d)                                  entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act;

 

(e)                                   the occurrence of a Terminating Capital Transaction; or

 

(f)                                     a final and non-appealable judgment is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction ruling that the General Partner is bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction against the General Partner, in each case under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws as now or hereafter in effect (hereinafter referred to as an “ Event of Bankruptcy ,” and such term as used herein is intended and shall be deemed to supersede and replace the events of withdrawal described in Section 17-402(a)(4) and (5) of the Act), unless prior to the entry of such order or judgment a majority of the remaining Partners by Percentage Interest agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of a date prior to the date of such order or judgment, of a substitute General Partner.

 

Section 13.2                                 Winding Up .

 

(a)                                   Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners.  No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs.  The General Partner, or, in the event there is no remaining General Partner, any Person elected by a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners (the General Partner or such other Person being referred to herein as the “ Liquidator ”), shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the

 

56



 

Partnership’s liabilities and property and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, include REIT Shares) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

 

(i)                                      First, in satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof);

 

(ii)                                   Second, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the General Partner;

 

(iii)                                Third, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the other Partners; and

 

(iv)                               The balance, if any, to the General Partner and Limited Partners in accordance with their Capital Accounts, after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, and allocations for all periods.

 

The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article 13 .

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2(a)  hereof which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including to those Partners as creditors) and/or distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2(a)  hereof, undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Partners, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time.  The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

 

(c)                                   In the discretion of the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this Article 13 may be:

 

(i)                                      distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General Partner and Limited Partners for the purposes of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership.  The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the Liquidator, in the same proportions

 

57



 

as the amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would otherwise have been distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

(ii)                                   withheld or escrowed to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership; provided , that such withheld or escrowed amounts shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners in the manner and order of priority set forth in Section 13.2(a)  as soon as practicable.

 

Section 13.3                                 Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations .

 

In the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(g), distributions shall be made pursuant to this Article 13 to the General Partner and Limited Partners who have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  If any Partner has a deficit balance in his or its Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Partner shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.

 

Section 13.4                                 Deemed Contribution and Distribution .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 13 , in the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership’s property shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up.  Instead, for federal income tax purposes and for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts pursuant to Exhibit B hereto, the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed all Partnership property and liabilities to a new limited partnership in exchange for an interest in such new limited partnership and, immediately thereafter, the Partnership will be deemed to liquidate by distributing interests in the new limited partnership to the Partners.

 

Section 13.5                                 Rights of Limited Partners .

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Limited Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of its Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner shall have priority over any other Partner as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions, or allocations.

 

Section 13.6                                 Notice of Dissolution .

 

In the event a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for the provisions of an election by one or more Partners pursuant to Section 13.1 , result in a dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners.

 

58


 

Section 13.7                                 Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership .

 

Upon the completion of the winding up of the Partnership and liquidation of its assets, as provided in Section 13.2 hereof, the Partnership shall be terminated by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, canceling all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware and taking such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

 

Section 13.8                                 Reasonable Time for Winding Up .

 

A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof, in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect among the Partners during the period of liquidation.

 

Section 13.9                                 Waiver of Partition .

 

Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

 

ARTICLE 14
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS

 

Section 14.1                                 Amendment of Partnership Agreement .

 

(a)                                   Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by the General Partner or by Limited Partners holding twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Partnership Interests.  Following such proposal, the General Partner shall submit any proposed amendment to the Limited Partners.  The General Partner shall seek the written vote of the Partners on the proposed amendment or shall call a meeting to vote thereon and to transact any other business that it may deem appropriate.  For purposes of obtaining a written vote, the General Partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen (15) days, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a vote which is consistent with the General Partner’s recommendation with respect to the proposal.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a proposed amendment shall be adopted and be effective as an amendment hereto if it is approved by the General Partner and it receives the Consent of the Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Partners.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding Section 14.1(a) , the General Partner shall have the power, without the consent of the Limited Partners, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

 

(i)                                      to add to the obligations of the General Partner or surrender any right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;

 

(ii)                                   to reflect the admission, substitution, termination, or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

 

59



 

(iii)                                to set forth the designations, rights (including redemption rights that differ from those specified in Section 8.6 ), powers, duties, and preferences of OP Units or other Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 4.2(a)  hereof;

 

(iv)                               to reflect a change that does not adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners hereunder in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(v)                                  to modify the manner in which capital accounts are computed;

 

(vi)                               to include provisions referenced in future federal income tax guidance relating to compensatory partnership interests that the General Partner believes are reasonably necessary in respect of such guidance, including as provided in Section 4.6(c); and

 

(vii)                            to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law.

 

The General Partner shall provide notice to the Limited Partners when any action under this Section 14.1(b)  is taken.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding Section 14.1(a)  and 14.1(b)  hereof, this Agreement shall not be amended without the consent of each Partner (or Assignee who is a bona fide financial institution that loans money or otherwise extends credit to a Limited Partner) whose rights hereunder are adversely affected if such amendment would (i) convert a Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership into a General Partner Interest; (ii) modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner; (iii) alter rights of such Partner to receive distributions pursuant to Article 5 or Article 13 , or the allocations specified in Article 6 (except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.2 and Section 14.1(b)(iii)  hereof) in a manner adverse to such Partner; (iv) materially alter or modify the Redemption Right and REIT Shares Amount as set forth in Section 8.6 , and the related definitions; (v) amend this Section 14.1(c) .

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding Section 14.1(a)  or Section 14.1(b)  hereof, the General Partner shall not amend Sections 4.2 , 4.3 , 7.3 , 7.5 , 7.6 , 7.8 , 8.5 , 11.2 or 14.2 without the Consent of the Limited Partners (excluding the Percentage Interests held directly or indirectly by STAG REIT).

 

Section 14.2                                 Meetings of the Partners .

 

(a)                                   Meetings of the Partners may be called by the General Partner and shall be called upon the receipt by the General Partner of a written request by Limited Partners holding twenty percent (20%) or more of the Partnership Interests.  The request shall state the nature of the business to be transacted.  Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Partners not less than seven (7) days nor more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of such meeting.  Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting.  Whenever the vote or “Consent of the Limited Partners” is permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote or Consent may be given at a

 

60



 

meeting of the Partners or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 14.2(b)  hereof.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Consent of holders of a majority of the Percentage Interests held by Limited Partners shall be deemed “Consent” and “Consent of the Limited Partners”.

 

(b)                                  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement).  Such consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as a vote of a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement).  Such consent shall be filed with the General Partner.  An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so certified.

 

(c)                                   Each Limited Partner may authorize any Person or Persons to act for him by proxy on all matters in which a Limited Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting.  Every proxy must be signed by the Limited Partner or his or its attorney-in-fact.  No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Limited Partner executing it, such revocation to be effective upon the Partnership’s receipt of written notice of such revocation from the Limited Partner executing such proxy.

 

(d)                                  The General Partner may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining the Partners (i) entitled to consent to any action, (ii) entitled to receive notice of or vote at any meeting of the Partners or (iii) in order to make a determination of Partners for any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than ninety (90) days and, in the case of a meeting of the Partners, not less than five (5) days, before the date on which the meeting is to be held.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for the determination of Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Partners shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of the meeting is sent, and the record date for any other determination of Partners shall be the effective date of such Partner action, distribution or other event.  When a determination of the Partners entitled to vote at any meeting of the Partners has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

(e)                                   Each meeting of the Partners shall be conducted by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person deems appropriate.  Without limitation, meetings of Partners may be conducted in the same manner as meetings of the stockholders of STAG REIT and may be held at the same time, and as part of, meetings of the stockholders of STAG REIT.

 

(f)                                     On matters on which Limited Partners are entitled to vote, each Limited Partner holding OP Units shall have a vote equal to the number of OP Units held.

 

61



 

ARTICLE 15
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 15.1                                 Addresses and Notice .

 

Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written or electronic communication (including by telecopy, facsimile, electronic mail or commercial courier service) to such Partner or Assignee at the address set forth in Exhibit A or such other address of which such Partner shall notify the General Partner in writing.

 

Section 15.2                                 Titles and Captions .

 

All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only.  They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof.  Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.3                                 Pronouns and Plurals .

 

Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

Section 15.4                                 Further Action .

 

The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.5                                 Binding Effect .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

Section 15.6                                 Creditors .

 

Other than as expressly set forth herein with respect to the Indemnitees, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

 

Section 15.7                                 Waiver .

 

(a)                                   No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

62



 

(b)                                  The restrictions, conditions and other limitations on the rights and benefits of the Limited Partners contained in this Agreement, and the duties, covenants and other requirements of performance or notice by the Limited Partners, are for the benefit of the Partnership and, except for an obligation to pay money to the Partnership, may be waived or relinquished by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, on behalf of the Partnership in one or more instances from time to time and at any time; provided , however , that any such waiver or relinquishment may not be made if it would have the effect of (i) creating liability for any other Limited Partner, (ii) causing the Partnership to cease to qualify as a limited partnership, (iii) reducing the amount of cash otherwise distributable to the Limited Partners (other than any such reduction that affects all of the Limited Partners holding the same class or series of Partnership Units on a uniform or pro rata basis, if approved by a majority of the Limited Partners holding such class or series of OP Units), (iv) resulting in the classification of the Partnership as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation or causing the Partnership to fail to qualify for a safe harbor necessary for the Partnership to avoid being treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation or (v) violating the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state “blue sky” or other securities laws; and provided , further , that any waiver relating to compliance with the ownership limits or other restrictions in the Charter shall be made and shall be effective only as provided in the Charter.

 

Section 15.8                                 Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all of the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.  Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing his or its signature hereto.

 

Section 15.9                                 Applicable Law .

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

 

Section 15.10                           Invalidity of Provisions .

 

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 15.11                           Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes the Original Agreement and any other prior written or oral understandings or agreements among them with respect thereto.

 

Section 15.12                           No Rights as Stockholders of STAG REIT .

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the holders of OP Units any rights whatsoever as stockholders of STAG REIT, including, without limitation, any right to receive dividends or other distributions made to stockholders of STAG REIT or to

 

63



 

vote or to consent or receive notice as stockholders in respect of any meeting of the stockholders of STAG REIT for the election of directors or any other matter.

 

[signature page follows]

 

64


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

 

 

 

STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial, Inc., its member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INITIAL LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

 

 

STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG Manager III, LLC, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

Title:

Executive Manager

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

 

STAG GI Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

STAG Capital Partners, LLC, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

STAG Investments IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG Manager IV, LLC, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

Net Lease Aggregation Funds, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

BSB STAG III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

Title:  Manager

 

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

STAG III Employees, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

BSB STAG III, LLC, its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

Innovative Promotions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

NED STAG III Residual LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Stephen R. Karp

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Stephen S. Fischman

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

Roseview Capital Partners, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 



 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

Limited Partner Signature Page

 

The undersigned, desiring to become a Limited Partner of STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby becomes a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), to which STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is a party as the general partner and to which STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, are parties as limited partners.  The undersigned hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Partnership Agreement and agrees that this signature page may be attached to any counterpart copy of the Partnership Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory W. Sullivan

 

 

Date:                 , 2010

 

 

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P.

 


 

 

Exhibit A

 

PARTNERS’ CONTRIBUTIONS AND PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

[to be attached]

 

A-1



 

Exhibit B

 

CAPITAL ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE

 

1.                                        Capital Accounts of the Partners

 

(a)                                   The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner a separate Capital Account in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv).  Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions and any other deemed contributions made by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section l(b)  herein and allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement and Exhibit C hereof, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made to such Partner pursuant to the Agreement, and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section l(b)  herein and allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement and Exhibit C hereof.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, deduction or loss to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

(i)                                      Except as otherwise provided in Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership; provided , that the amounts of any adjustments to the adjusted bases of the assets of the Partnership made pursuant to Section 734 of the Code as a result of the distribution of property by the Partnership to a Partner (to the extent that such adjustments have not previously been reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts) shall be reflected in the Capital Accounts of the Partners in the manner and subject to the limitations prescribed in Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4).

 

(ii)                                   The computation of all items of income, gain, and deduction shall be made without regard to the fact that items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes.

 

(iii)                                Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

 

B-1



 

(iv)                               In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such fiscal year.

 

(v)                                  In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to Section 1(d)  herein, the amount of any such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset.

 

(vi)                               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1(b) , any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Exhibit C or Section 6.1(c)  of the Agreement shall not be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss.

 

The amounts of the items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Exhibit C or Section 6.1(c)  of the Agreement shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in Sections l(b)(i)  through l(b)(v)  above.

 

(c)                                   Generally, a transferee (including an Assignee) of an OP Unit shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor.

 

(d)                                  (i)                                      Consistent with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(f), and as provided in Section l(d)(ii), the Carrying Value of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as of the times of the adjustments provided in Section 1 (d)(ii), as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property and allocated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Such adjustments shall be made as of the following times: (A) immediately prior to the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (B) immediately prior to the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership; (C) in connection with the grant of an interest (including LTIP Units) in the Partnership (other than a de minimis interest), as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership by an existing Partner acting in a partner capacity or by a new partner acting in a partner capacity or in anticipation of being a partner; and (D) immediately prior to the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided , however , that adjustments pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C) above shall be made only if the General Partner determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership.

 

(iii)                                In accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(e), the Carrying Value of Partnership assets distributed in kind shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as of the time any such asset is distributed.

 

(iv)                               The Carrying Value of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken

 

B-2



 

into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and Section l(b)(i)  hereof or Section l(f)  of Exhibit C : provided , however , that Carrying Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this Section 1(d)(iv) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to Section 1(d)(ii)  is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this Section 1(d)(iv) .

 

(v)                                  In determining Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss for purposes of this Exhibit B , the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including cash or cash equivalents) shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt, or in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Article 13 of the Agreement, shall be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.  The General Partner, or the Liquidator, as the case may be, shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines in its sole and absolute discretion to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties).

 

If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to Section l(b)(ii)  or Section l(b)(iv) , such Carrying Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset, for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Loss.

 

(e)                                   The provisions of the Agreement (including this Exhibit B and other Exhibits to the Agreement) relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.  In the event the General Partner shall determine that it is prudent to modify (i) the manner in which the Capital Accounts or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Partnership, the General Partner, or the Limited Partners) are computed; or (ii) the manner in which items are allocated among the Partners for federal income tax purposes, in order to comply with such Regulations or to comply with Section 704(c) of the Code, the General Partner may make such modification without regard to Article 14 of the Agreement; provided , that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any Person pursuant to Article 13 of the Agreement upon the dissolution of the Partnership.  The General Partner also shall (i) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the Partnership’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(q); and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause the Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-l(b).  In addition, the General Partner may adopt and employ such methods and procedures for (i) the maintenance of book and tax capital accounts; (ii) the determination and allocation of adjustments under Sections 704(c), 734 and 743 of the Code; (iii) the determination of Net Income, Net Loss, taxable income, taxable loss and items thereof under the Agreement and pursuant to the Code; (iv) the adoption of reasonable conventions and methods for the valuation of assets and the determination of tax basis; (v) the allocation of asset value and tax basis; and (vi) conventions for the determination of cost recovery, depreciation and amortization deductions, as it determines in its sole discretion are

 

B-3



 

necessary or appropriate to execute the provisions of the Agreement, to comply with federal and state tax laws, and are in the best interest of the Partners.

 

2.                                        No Interest

 

No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions or on balances in Partners’ Capital Accounts.

 

3.                                        No Withdrawal

 

No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of his or its Capital Contribution or his or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as provided in Articles 4 , 5 and 13 of the Agreement.

 

B-4



 

Exhibit C

 

SPECIAL ALLOCATION RULES

 

1.                                        Special Allocation Rules

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or this Exhibit C , the following special allocations shall be made in the following order:

 

(a)                                   Minimum Gain Chargeback .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1 of the Agreement or any other provisions of this Exhibit C , if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(2)-(5), each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, as determined under Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto.  The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(6).  This Section l(a)  is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.  Solely for purposes of this Section 1(a) , each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Deficit shall be determined prior to any other allocations pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement of Partner Minimum Gain during such Partnership taxable year.

 

(b)                                  Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback .  Notwithstanding any other provision of Section 6.1 of the Agreement or any other provisions of this Exhibit C (except Section 1(a)  hereof), if there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions referred to in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), each Partner who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto.  The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4).  This Section 1(b)  is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in such Section of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.  Solely for purposes of this Section 1(b) , each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Deficit shall be determined prior to any other allocations pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement or this Exhibit with respect to such Partnership taxable year, other than allocations pursuant to Section 1(a)  hereof.

 

(c)                                   Qualified Income Offset .  In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), and after giving effect to the

 

C-1



 

allocations required under Sections 1(a)  and 1(b)  hereof, such Partner has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income, including gross income and gain for the Partnership taxable year) shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations, its Adjusted Capital Account Deficit created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible. This Section l(c)  is intended to constitute a qualified income offset under Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(d)                                  Nonrecourse Deductions .  Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership taxable year shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.  If the General Partner determines in its good faith discretion that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions must be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the Limited Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio for such Partnership taxable year which would satisfy such requirements.

 

(e)                                   Partner Nonrecourse Deductions .  Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

 

(f)                                     Code Section 754 Adjustments .  To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Regulations.

 

(g)                                  Curative Allocations .  The allocations set forth in Section 1(a)  through l(f)  of this Exhibit C (the “ Regulatory Allocations ”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code.  The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions.  Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of income, gain, deduction and loss among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners.  In general, the Partners anticipate that, if necessary, this will be accomplished by specially allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each person is zero.  However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner; provided , however , that no allocation pursuant to this Section l(g)  shall cause the Partnership to fail to comply with the requirements of Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d), -2(e) or -2(i).

 

C-2



 

2.                                        Allocations for Tax Purposes

 

(h)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement and Section 1 of this Exhibit C .

 

(i)                                      In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, and deduction shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:

 

(i)                                                  (A)                               In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners, consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, and with the procedures and methods described in Section 10.2 of the Agreement, to take into account the variation between the 704(c) Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and

 

(B)                                 any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement and Section 1 of this Exhibit C .

 

(ii)                                   (A)                               In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall:

 

(I)                                     first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Exhibit B ; and

 

(II)                                 second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 2(b)(i)  of this Exhibit C ; and

 

(B)                                 any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Agreement and Section 1 of this Exhibit C .

 

(j)                                      To the extent that the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit the Partnership to utilize alternative methods to eliminate the disparities between the Carrying Value of property and its adjusted basis, the General Partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the Partnership and such election shall be binding on all Partners.

 

C-3



 

3.                                        No Withdrawal

 

No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as provided in Articles 4 , 5 and 13 of the Agreement.

 

C-4


 

Exhibit D

 

NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

 

The undersigned Limited Partner hereby irrevocably requests STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), to redeem                    OP Units in the Partnership in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership (the “ Agreement ”) and the Redemption Right referred to therein; and the undersigned Limited Partner irrevocably (i) surrenders such OP Units and all right, title and interest therein; and (ii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount (as determined by the General Partner) deliverable upon exercise of the Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at the address(es) specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has marketable and unencumbered title to such OP Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other Person; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to request such redemption and surrender such OP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent or approval of all Persons, if any, having the right to consent or approve such redemption and surrender of such OP Units.  The undersigned Limited Partner further agrees that, in the event that any state or local property tax is payable as a result of the transfer of its OP Units to the Partnership or STAG REIT, the undersigned Limited Partner shall assume and pay such transfer tax.

 

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

(Please Print Name of Limited Partner)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Limited Partner)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Street Address)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social security or identifying number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

D-1



 

Exhibit E

 

CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP DEFINITION

 

The term “ Constructively Owns ” means ownership determined through the application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 318 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code.  Generally, as of the date of the Agreement, these rules provide the following:

 

a.                                        an individual is considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for his spouse, his children, his grandchildren, and his parents;

 

b.                                       an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for a partnership, limited liability company or estate is considered as owned proportionately by its partners or beneficiaries;

 

c.                                        an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for a trust is considered as owned by its beneficiaries in proportion to the actuarial interest of such beneficiaries (provided , however , that in the case of a “grantor trust” the Ownership Interest will be considered as owned by the grantors);

 

d.                                       if ten percent (10%) or more in value of the stock in a corporation is owned, actually or constructively, by or for any Person, such Person shall be considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for such corporation in that proportion which the value of the stock which such Person so owns bears to the value of all the stock in such corporation;

 

e.                                        an Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for a partner or member which actually or constructively owns a 25% or greater capital interest or profits interest in a partnership or limited liability company, or by or to or for a beneficiary of an estate or trust shall be considered as owned by the partnership, limited liability company, estate, or trust (or, in the case of a grantor trust, the grantors);

 

f.                                          if ten percent (10%) or more in value of the stock in a corporation is owned, actually or constructively, by or for any Person, such corporation shall be considered as owning the Ownership Interest that is owned, actually or constructively, by or for such Person;

 

g.                                       if any Person has an option to acquire an Ownership Interest (including an option to acquire an option or any one of a series of such options), such Ownership Interest shall be considered as owned by such Person;

 

h.                                       an Ownership Interest that is constructively owned by a Person by reason of the application of the rules described in paragraphs (a) through (g) above shall, for purposes of applying paragraphs (a) through (g), be considered as actually owned by such Person; provided , however , that (i) an Ownership Interest constructively owned by an individual by reason of paragraph (a) shall not be considered as owned by him for purposes of again applying paragraph (a) in order to make another Person the constructive owner of such Ownership Interest; (ii) an Ownership Interest constructively owned by a partnership, estate, trust, or corporation by reason

 

E-1



 

of the application of paragraphs (e) or (f) shall not be considered as owned by it for purposes of applying paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) in order to make another Person the constructive owner of such Ownership Interest; (iii) if an Ownership Interest may be considered as owned by an individual under paragraph (a) or (g), it shall be considered as owned by him under paragraph (g), and (iv) for purposes of the above described rules, an S corporation shall be treated as a partnership and any stockholder of the S corporation shall be treated as a partner of such partnership except that this rule shall not apply for purposes of determining whether stock in the S corporation is constructively owned by any Person.

 

i.                                           For purposes of the above summary of the constructive ownership rules, the term “ Ownership Interest ” means the ownership of stock with respect to a corporation and, with respect to any other type of entity, the ownership of an interest in either its assets or net profits.

 

E-2



 

Exhibit F

 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

The undersigned LTIP Unitholder hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of LTIP Units in STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) set forth below into OP Units in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time; and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of OP Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion be delivered to the address specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent or approve such conversion.

 

Name of LTIP Unitholder:

 

 

 

(Please Print Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)

 

 

 

Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:

 

 

 

 

Date of this Notice:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Limited Partner: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)

 

 

 

 

 

(Street Address)

(City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed by:

 

 

 

F-1



 

Exhibit G

 

NOTICE OF FORCED CONVERSION

 

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) hereby irrevocably elects to cause the number of LTIP Units held by the LTIP Unitholder set forth below to be converted into OP Units in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented and restated from time to time.

 

Name of LTIP Unitholder:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:

 

 

 

 

 

Date of this Notice:

 

 

 

G-1



 

Exhibit H

 

SCHEDULE OF PARTNERS’ OWNERSHIP
WITH RESPECT TO TENANTS

 

[None.]

 

H-1




Exhibit 10.11

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC.,

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

AND THE CONTRIBUTORS

 

DATED AS OF                       , 2010

 



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (including all exhibits and schedules, this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                       , 2010, by and among STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), and the contributors whose names are set forth on the signature pages hereto (each a “ Contributor ” and collectively, the “ Contributors ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.             In connection with the initial public offering of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), the Company, the Operating Partnership and the Contributors will engage in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) whereby:

 

(i)             the Contributors will contribute to the Operating Partnership their interests in entities owning certain real estate properties and other assets (the “ Propertie s”); and

 

(ii)            the Contributors will receive common units of limited partnership in the Operating Partnership (“ OP Units ”) in exchange for their respective indirect interests in the Properties, and a subsidiary of the Company will be the general partner of the Operating Partnership.

 

B.             Pursuant to the Partnership Agreement (as defined below), the OP Units will be redeemable for cash or, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company, exchangeable for shares of Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Partnership Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

1.1            Definitions .  In addition to the definitions set forth above, the following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 



 

Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Charter ” means the amended and restated charter of the Company as filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland on           , 2010, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Confidential Information ” means Confidential Information as defined in Section 2.13(a) .

 

Demand Registration ” means a Demand Registration as defined in Section 2.2 .

 

Demand Registration Statement ” means a Demand Registration Statement as defined in Section 2.2 .

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Family Member ” of any individual means such individual’s spouse, ex-spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood or by adoption), brothers and sisters and intervivos or testamentary trusts of which only such Person and his spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood or by adoption), brothers and sisters are beneficiaries.

 

“GI Entities” means GI STAG Investco, LLC, STAG GI Investments, LLC, GI Partners Fund III-A L.P., GI Partners Fund III-B L.P., GI Partners Fund III L.P., GI STAG UBTI Blocker, Inc. and GI STAG ECI Blocker, Inc.

 

Holder ” means any Initial Holder who is the record or beneficial owner of any Registrable Security or any assignee or transferee of such Registrable Security (including assignments or transfers of Registrable Securities to such assignees or transferees as a result of the foreclosure on any loans secured by such Registrable Securities) to the extent (x) permitted under the Partnership Agreement, the Charter or a separate written agreement between the Holder and the Company, as applicable, and (y) (1) the Company is furnished with written notice of the name and address of such assignee or transferee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (2) such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions hereof, unless such Registrable Security is acquired in a public distribution pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act where securities sold in such transaction may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

 

Indemnified Party ” means an Indemnified Party as defined in Section 2.9 .

 

Indemnifying Party ” means an Indemnifying Party as defined in Section 2.9 .

 

2



 

Indemnitee ” means Indemnitee as defined in Section 2.7 .

 

Initial Holder ” means (i) any Contributor, (ii) any partner, member or stockholder of any Contributor and any of their respective partners, members or stockholders (and continuing to any and all other partners, members or stockholders that receive a permitted distribution of OP Units or Registrable Securities), (iii) any Affiliate of any such partner, member or stockholder, and (iv) any Family Member of any of the foregoing.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the offering of Common Stock pursuant to the Form S-11 Registration Statement (No. 333-              ) filed by the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act.

 

Inspectors ” means Inspectors as defined in Section 2.5(g) .

 

Losses ” means Losses as defined in Section 2.7 .

 

Market Value ” means, with respect to the Common Stock, the average of the daily market price for the ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of a written request for registration pursuant to Section 2.2 .  The market price for each such trading day shall be:

 

(i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange, the closing price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system,

 

(ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the Company, or

 

(iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the Company, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than (10) days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported;

 

provided that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten (10) days prior to the date in question, the Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

 

Notice Period ” means the Notice Period as defined in Section 2.2(a) .

 

3



 

Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership dated as of                     , 2010, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

 

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” means a Piggy-Back Registration as defined in Section 2.3 .

 

Records ” means Records as defined in Section 2.5(g) .

 

Registrable Securities ” means shares of Common Stock at any time owned, either of record or beneficially, by any Holder and issued in the Formation Transactions or upon exchange of OP Units received in the Formation Transactions and any additional Common Stock issued as a dividend, distribution or exchange for, or in respect of such shares until

 

(i)             a registration statement covering such shares has been declared effective by the Commission and such shares have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement;

 

(ii)            such shares shall have ceased to be outstanding;

 

(iii)           such shares are sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act are met;

 

(iv)           such shares held may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule or regulation then in effect) without limitation as to volume or manner of sale; or

 

(v)            such shares have been sold or otherwise transferred in a transaction that would constitute a sale thereof under the Securities Act, the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such shares not bearing the Securities Act restricted stock legend and such shares may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act;

 

provided, however, that “Registrable Securities” for purposes of the indemnification obligations contained in Sections 2.7 and 2.8 shall mean all shares that are registered on the applicable Shelf Registration, Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration, notwithstanding that such shares may not otherwise be “Registrable Securities” by operation of clause (iv) above.

 

Registration Expenses ” means Registration Expenses as defined in Section 2.6 .

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Selling Holder ” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

4



 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration statement as defined in Section 2.1 .

 

STAG Parties ” means STAG Investments III, LLC and STAG Investments IV, LLC.

 

Suspension ” means a Suspension as defined in Section 2.14 .

 

Suspension Notice ” means a Suspension Notice as defined in Section 2.14 .

 

Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

 

ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1            Shelf Registration .  Within two weeks after the anniversary of the consummation date of the Initial Public Offering, subject to Section 2.13 and 2.14 ,  the Company shall prepare and file a “shelf” registration statement with respect to the resale (except as provided in the next sentence) of the Registrable Securities on an appropriate form for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective on or as soon as practicable thereafter, and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending when all shares of Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Securities.  With respect to Holders other than Affiliates of the Company (including as an Affiliate of the Company, for purposes of this Section 2.1 , the GI Entities), the Company may, at its option, satisfy its obligation in this Section 2.1 to register on a Shelf Registration Statement the resale of the Registrable Securities by instead registering on a Shelf Registration Statement the issuance of the Registrable Securities by the Company to such Holders, provided such issuance Shelf Registration Statement is initially filed within the time period required by the staff of the Commission.  In the event that the Company fails to file, or if filed fails to maintain the effectiveness of, a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders may participate in a Piggy-Back Registration (as defined below) pursuant to Section 2.3 herein; provided , further, that if and so long as a Shelf Registration Statement is on file and effective, then the Company shall have no obligation to allow participation in a Piggy-Back Registration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement unless the Company is eligible to file a registration Statement on Form S-3 or any successor form.

 

2.2            Demand Registration

 

(a)            Request for Registration .  Commencing on or after the date which is one year after the consummation date of the Initial Public Offering, Holders (which may include the GI Entities and the STAG Entities), the GI Entities (so long as they are Holders) or the STAG Entities (so long as they are Holders) may, subject to Section 2.13 and Section 2.14 , deliver to the Company a written request that the Company prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act (together with any

 

5



 

amendments or supplements thereto, a “ Demand Registration Statement ”), registering under the Securities Act all or part of its or their Registrable Securities (a “ Demand Registration ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, a Demand Registration requested by the Holders is referred to as a “ Holder Demand Registration ,” a Demand Registration requested by the GI Entities is referred to a “ GI Demand Registration, ” and a Demand Registration requested by the STAG Entities is referred to as a “ STAG Demand Registration .”  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than six Demand Registrations in total, one GI Demand Registration in total or one STAG Demand Registration in total or more than one Demand Registration in any twelve month period, except that a GI Demand Registration may occur six months before or after a Holder Demand Registration or a STAG Demand Registration, and (ii) in the case of a Holder Demand Registration, the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Holders making such written request shall have a Market Value of at least $20,000,000.  Any request for a Demand Registration will specify the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and will also specify the intended method of disposition thereof.  Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such request, the Company will give written notice of such registration request to all other Holders and include in such registration all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) Business Days after the mailing of the Company’s notice to the applicable Holder (the “ Notice Period ”).  Each such request will also specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition thereof (which may include an underwritten offering).

 

(b)            Effective Registration .  A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until it has become effective.  For purposes of this Agreement, an offering on a Demand Registration Statement is deemed to be effected on the effective date thereof and has remained effective and available for at least 180 days.

 

(c)            Selling Holders Become Party to Agreement .  Each Holder acknowledges that by asserting or participating in its registration rights pursuant to this Article II , he or she may become a Selling Holder and thereby will be deemed a party to this Agreement and will be bound by each of its terms.

 

(d)            Underwritten Demand Registrations .  If the Holders of a majority of shares of the Registrable Securities to be registered in a Demand Registration so elect by written notice to the Company, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering.  The Company shall select the book-running managing Underwriter in connection with any such Demand Registration; provided that such managing Underwriter must be reasonably satisfactory to (i) in the case of a Holder Demand Registration, the Holders of a majority of the shares of the Registrable Securities to be registered on such Demand Registration and, as long as the GI Entities register on such Demand Registration Registrable Securities with a Market Value of at least $5,000,000, the GI Entities, (ii) in the case of a GI Demand Registration, the GI Entities and (iii) in the case of a STAG Demand Registration, the STAG Entities.  The Company may select any additional investment banks and managers to be used in connection with the offering; provided that such additional investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to a majority of the Holders of the Registrable Securities initiating such Demand Registration.

 

6



 

2.3            Piggy-Back Registration .

 

(a)            Subject to Section 2.1 hereof, if the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act (or a prospectus supplement to effect a takedown from an effective shelf registration statement) with respect to an underwritten equity offering by the Company for its own account or for the account of any of its respective security holders of any class of security (other than (i) any registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act relating to an offering of Common Stock for its own account as a result of the exercise of the exchange rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement, (ii) any registration statement filed in connection with a demand registration other than a Demand Registration under this Agreement or (iii) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission) or filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing security holders), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) Business Days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein.

 

(b)            The Company shall select the lead underwriter or underwriters and any co-manager or co-managers to administer any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Piggy-Back Registration.  In the event the Company gives the Holders notice of its intention to effect an offering pursuant to a Piggy-Back Registration and subsequently declines to proceed with such offering, the Holders shall have no rights in connection with such offering; provided , however, that, subject to Sections 2.13 and 2.14 , at the request of the Holders, the Company shall proceed with such offering with respect to the Registrable Securities included therein, which offering shall be deemed a Demand Registration for all purposes hereunder. The Holders shall participate in any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Piggy-Back Registration (or deemed Demand Registration, if applicable) in accordance with the same plan of distribution for such Piggy-Back Registration as the Company or the holder or holders of Common Stock that proposed such Piggy-Back Registration, as the case may be.

 

2.4            Reduction of Offering .  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of an offering described in Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 hereof advise the Company and the Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering that, in their judgment, (i) the size of the offering that the Holders, the Company and such other Persons intend to make or (ii) in the case of a Piggy-Back Registration only, the kind of securities that the Holders, the Company and/or any other Persons intend to include in such offering are such that the marketability of the offering would be adversely affected by inclusion of the Registrable Securities requested to be included, then

 

(A)           if the size of the offering is the basis of such Underwriter’s advice, the amount of securities to be offered for the accounts of Holders shall be reduced pro rata (according to the

 

7



 

number of Registrable Securities proposed for registration) to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing Underwriter or Underwriters; provided , that, in the case of a Demand Registration, the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Demand Registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from such underwriting; provided further, that, in the case of a GI Demand Registration, the number of Registrable Securities of the GI Entities to be included in such Demand Registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from such underwriting; provided further, that, in the case of a STAG Demand Registration, the number of Registrable Securities of the STAG Entities to be included in such Demand Registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from such underwriting; provided further, that, in the case of a Piggy-Back Registration, if securities are being offered for the account of other Persons as well as the Company, then the Company shall include in such offering:

 

(1)            first, securities that the Company proposes to offer;

 

(2)            second, securities requested to be included therein by the Holders, pro rata;

 

(3)            third, securities that any other Person proposes to offer pursuant to contractual rights of such holder or holders, pro rata; and

 

(4)            fourth, any other securities; and

 

(B)            if the combination of securities to be offered is the basis of such Underwriter’s advice, (x) the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering shall be reduced as described in clause (A) above (subject to the provisos in clause (A)) or (y) if the actions described in clause (x) would, in the judgment of the managing Underwriter or Underwriters, be insufficient to substantially eliminate the adverse effect that inclusion of the Registrable Securities requested to be included would have on such offering, such Registrable Securities will be excluded from such offering; provided that no Registrable Securities will be excluded from an offering pursuant to this clause (B) in the case of a Demand Registration.

 

2.5            Registration Procedures; Filings; Information .  In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1 or whenever Holders request that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof (which in the case of a Demand Registration but not in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement may include an underwritten offering) as quickly as practicable, and in connection with any such request:

 

(a)            Subject to Section 2.13 , the Company will as expeditiously as possible within the time periods set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 but in any event no later than 30 days after the Notice Period for a Demand Registration, prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of

 

8



 

distribution thereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective: (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, for a period ending when all shares of Common Stock covered by the Shelf Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Securities; and (ii) in the case of a Demand Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, for at least 180 days.

 

(b)            The Company will, if requested, prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to each Selling Holder and each Underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter furnish to such Selling Holder and Underwriter, if any, such number of conformed copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such Selling Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder.

 

(c)            After the filing of the registration statement, the Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.

 

(d)            The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (where an exemption does not apply) as any Selling Holder or managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, reasonably (in light of such Selling Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (d), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

 

(e)            The Company will immediately notify each Selling Holder, at any time when a preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and promptly make available to each Selling Holder any such supplement or amendment.

 

(f)             The Company will enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement, if any, in customary form) and take such other actions as the Selling

 

9


 

 

Holders reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, in the case of a GI Demand Registration or a STAG Demand Registration and to the extent reasonably requested by the lead or managing Underwriters, sending appropriate officers of the Company to attend “roadshows” scheduled in reasonable number and at reasonable times.

 

(g)            The Company will make available for inspection by any Selling Holder, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Selling Holder or Underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement.  Records which the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction.  Each Selling Holder agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of the Company unless and until such is made generally available to the public.  Each Selling Holder further agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

 

(h)            The Company will furnish to each Selling Holder and to each Underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Selling Holder or Underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) if eligible under applicable accounting standards, a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such offering or the managing Underwriter or Underwriters therefore reasonably requests.

 

(i)             The Company will otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder (or any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission).

 

(j)             So long as Common Stock is listed or quoted on any United States securities exchange or quotation system, the Company will use its commercially reasonable

 

10



 

efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

The Company may require each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities to promptly furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding such Selling Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration.

 

2.6            Registration Expenses .  In connection with any registration statement required to be filed hereunder, the Company shall pay the following registration expenses incurred in connection with the registration hereunder (the “ Registration Expenses ”): (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) printing expenses, (iv) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities, (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses of any legal opinions or comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by counsel or independent certified public accountants, as applicable, of an opinion or opinions or comfort letter or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 2.5(h)  hereof), and (vii) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration; provided , that the Company shall not be required to pay any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn (other than if such withdrawal (i) is the result of any change, or development that would reasonably be expected to have a change, in the financial markets in the United States or in national financial or economic conditions that would adversely affect the marketability of the offering or (ii) is the result of any change, or development that would reasonably be expected to have a change, in the financial condition or results of operations of the Company that would adversely affect the marketability of the offering, and, in either case, such withdrawal is made with reasonable promptness following such change or development) at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration).  If such Holders shall fail to reimburse the Company for such expenses, the Company shall not be obligated to file another Demand Registration Statement for a period of 12 months from the date such registration statement was withdrawn.  The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, any fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, or any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders (or the agents who manage their accounts) or any transfer taxes relating to the registration or sale of the Registrable Securities.

 

2.7            Indemnification by the Company .  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder, its officers, directors and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20

 

11



 

of the Exchange Act (each an “ Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) (collectively, “ Losses ”) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement contemplated by this Agreement or any related preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement relating to the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such Losses are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission included or omitted in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnitee or on such Indemnitee’s behalf expressly for inclusion therein.   The Company also agrees to indemnify any Underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Selling Holders provided in this Section 2.7 .  The indemnity provided for in this Section 2.7 shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Selling Holder.

 

2.8            Indemnification by Selling Holders .  Each Selling Holder agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Selling Holder, but only with respect to Losses caused by any untrue statement or omission included or omitted in conformity with information relating to such Selling Holder furnished in writing by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement contemplated by this Agreement or any related preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement relating to the Registrable Securities (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto).  In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company or its officers, directors or agents or any such controlling person, in respect of which indemnity may be sought against such Selling Holder, such Selling Holder shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company or its officers, directors or agents or such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to such Selling Holder, by Section 2.7 .  Each Selling Holder also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 2.8 .  The liability of any Selling Holder pursuant to this Section 2.8 may not, in any event, exceed the net proceeds received by such Selling Holder from sales of Registrable Securities giving rise to the indemnification obligations of such Selling Holder.

 

2.9            Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 2.7 or 2.8 , such person (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (an

 

12



 

Indemnifying Party ”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them and, in all such cases, the Indemnifying Party shall only be responsible for the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties not having actual or potential differing interests among them, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by (i) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, the Selling Holders which owned a majority of the Registrable Securities sold under the applicable registration statement and (ii) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.8 , the Company.  The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any Loss (to the extent stated above) resulting from such settlement or judgment.  No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party.

 

2.10          Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 2.7 or 2.8 hereof is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses , claims, damages or liabilities (i) as between the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the securities, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations and (ii) between the Company on the one hand and each Selling Holder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each Selling Holder in connection with such statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as

 

13



 

any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Holders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the prospectus.  The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Holders on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Holders or by the Underwriters.  The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each Selling Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Indemnifying Party shall not be required to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.10 if there has been a settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent.

 

The Company and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Losses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.10 , no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total commissions and discounts received by such Underwriter in connection with the sale of the securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no Selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds from the sale of the securities of such Selling Holder to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Selling Holder’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.10 are several in proportion to the proceeds of the offering received by such Selling Holder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all the Selling Holders and not joint.

 

2.11          Participation in Underwritten Registrations .  No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires,

 

14



 

powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, custodian agreements  and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and these registration rights provided for in this Article II .

 

2.12          Rule 144 .  Until such date as no Holder owns any Registrable Securities, the Company covenants that it will file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and that it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable Holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.  Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

2.13          Holdback Agreements .

 

(a)            Temporary Suspension of Rights to Sell Based on Confidential Information or Material Transaction .  If the Company determines in its good faith judgment that the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1 or a Demand Registration under Section 2.2 hereof or the use of any related preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement (i) would require the public disclosure of previously non-public material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential that the Company is not otherwise required by applicable securities laws or regulations to disclose (the “ Confidential Information ”) or (ii) would materially interfere with any good faith proposal or plan by the Company or any of its Affiliates to engage in any material acquisition, merger, consolidation, tender offer, securities offering or other material transaction, and upon written notice of such determination by the Company, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or a Demand Registration or to require the Company to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or a Demand Registration shall be suspended until the date upon which the Company notifies the Holders in writing that suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this Section 2.13(a)  is no longer necessary; provided, however, in no event shall any such suspension be for more than an aggregate of 120 days in any rolling twelve month period or for more than 90 consecutive days.  The Company agrees to give such notice as promptly as practicable following the date that such suspension of rights is no longer necessary.  Nothing in this Section 2.13(a)  shall prevent a Holder from offering, selling or distributing pursuant to Rule 144 at any time.

 

(b)            Temporary Suspension of Rights to Sell Based on Exchange Act Reports Not Yet Filed or Regulation S-X .  (i) If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date without regard to any extension, (ii) if the consummation of any business combination by the Company has occurred or is probable for purposes of Rule 3-05 or Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Act, or (iii) if the Company has acquired or proposes to acquire one or more properties which in the aggregate are significant for purposes of Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant

 

15



 

to the Shelf Registration Statement or a Demand Registration or to require the Company to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or a Demand Registration shall be suspended (to the extent required under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) until the date on which the Company has filed such reports or obtained and filed the financial information required by Rule 3-05, Rule 3-14 or Article 11 of Regulation S-X to be included or incorporated by reference, as applicable, in the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement, and the Company shall notify the Holders as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.  The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file such reports or obtain and file the financial information required by Rule 3-05, Rule 3-14 or Article 11 of Regulation S-X to be included or incorporated by reference, as applicable, in the Shelf Registration Statement or Demand Registration Statement as promptly as practicable. Nothing in this Section 2.13(b)  shall prevent a Holder from offering, selling or distributing pursuant to Rule 144 at any time.

 

(c)            Restrictions on Public Sale by Holder of Registrable Securities. With respect to underwritten offerings prior to the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement, for so long as the Holder beneficially owns one percent or more of the outstanding Common Stock (assuming conversion of such Holder’s OP Units or other convertible securities but not any other OP Units or convertible securities), each Holder agrees not to sell, offer for sale or otherwise transfer any Registrable Securities during any of the following periods:

 

(i)             unless the lead Underwriter administering the offering otherwise agrees, the period commencing five days prior to the anticipated effective date of a registration statement for any underwritten public offering of Common Stock (or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the Common Stock) and ending 90 days after such effectiveness; and

 

(ii)            in the case of a Rule 415 registration statement, unless the lead Underwriter administering the offering otherwise agrees, the period commencing five days prior to the anticipated date of the Company’s notice of commencement of distribution in connection with such offering and ending 90 days after the commencement of such distribution.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.13(c) :

 

(i)             any applicable period shall terminate on such earlier date as the Company gives notice to the Holders that the Company declines to proceed with any such offering set forth in Section 2.13(c) ;

 

(ii)            all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock of the Company shall enter into similar agreements for not less than the entire time period required of the Holders hereunder; and

 

(iii)           the Holders shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any executive officer or director that entered into similar agreements.

 

16



 

2.14          Suspension Rights .  In the event of:

 

(a)            any request by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority during the period of effectiveness of a registration statement contemplated by this Agreement for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or related preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement or for additional information;

 

(b)            the issuance by the Commission or any other federal or state governmental authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement contemplated by this Agreement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

 

(c)            the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; or

 

(d)            any event or circumstance that necessitate the making of any changes in a registration statement contemplated by this Agreement or related preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement, or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, so that, in the case of a registration statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that, in the case of a preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

then the Company shall deliver a written notice to the Holders with Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or related preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospects supplement (the “ Suspension Notice ”) to the effect of the foregoing (which do not disclose the content of any material non-public information and will indicate the date of the beginning and end of the intended suspension, if known), and, upon receipt of such Suspension Notice, such Holders will refrain from selling any Registrable securities pursuant to such registration statement (a “ Suspension ”) until such Holder’s receipt of copies of a supplemented or amended preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement prepared an filed by the Company, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the current preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplement filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in any such preliminary prospectus, prospectus or prospectus supplement.  In the event of any Suspension, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the use of the preliminary prospectus, the prospectus or the prospectus supplement so suspended to be resumed as soon as reasonably practicable after delivery of a Suspension Notice to such Holders, subject to Section 2.13 .  The Suspension and Suspension Notice shall be held in confidence and not disclosed by such Holders, except as required by law.

 

2.15          Other Registration Rights .  Nothing herein shall prohibit the Company from granting to any Person the right to cause the Company to register any securities of the Company under the Securities Act; provided, that the Company shall not enter into any agreement (or

 

17



 

amendment or waiver of the provisions of any agreement) with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder registration rights that are pari passu or senior to the registration rights provided in this Agreement to the Holders or any other rights that conflict with the rights of the Holders under this Agreement or otherwise limits or reduces such rights.  The Company shall cause each other holder of Common Stock (or any security convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock) who obtains the right, after the date of this Agreement, to propose a registration giving rise to a Piggy-Back Registration, if any, to agree not to transfer any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, for the applicable periods set forth in Section 2.13(c) .

 

2.16          Survival .  The obligations of the Company and the Holders under Sections 2.7 , 2.8 , 2.9 and 2.10 hereof shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1            Remedies .  In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein and granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Holders shall be entitled to specific performance of the rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

3.2            Amendments and Waivers .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, in each case without the written consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.  No failure or delay by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon any breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

3.3            Notices .  All notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery to the address set forth on the signature page hereto, or to such other address and to such other Persons as any party hereto may hereafter specify in writing.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when received if deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

 

3.4            Successors and Assigns .  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Initial Holders under this Agreement shall not be assignable by any

 

18



 

Initial Holder to any Person that is not an Initial Holder.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

3.5            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.

 

3.6            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.

 

3.7            Severability .  In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

3.8            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein.  There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities.  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

3.9            Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

3.10          No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing express or implied herein is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

19


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor

 

 

 

Boston, MA 02111

 

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

 

Fax: 617-514-0052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

 

STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG Industrial GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor

 

 

 

Boston, MA 02111

 

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

 

Fax: 617-514-0052

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

CONTRIBUTORS

 

 

 

 

 

STAG GI INVESTMENTS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG MANAGER, LLC, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

STAG INVESTMENTS III, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG MANAGER III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG INVESTMENTS IV, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG MANAGER IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

NET LEASE AGGREGATION FUNDS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INNOVATIVE PROMOTIONS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

 

 

GREGORY W. SULLIVAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROSEVIEW CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

BSB STAG III, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III EMPLOYEES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

NED STAG III RESIDUAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BENJAMIN S. BUTCHER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 



Exhibit 10.12

 

VOTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS VOTING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                   , 2010, by and among STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), GI STAG INVESTCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ GISI ”) and the undersigned contributors (each a “ Contributor ” and collectively, the “ Contributors ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    WHEREAS, on                   , 2010, the Company and the Operating Partnership entered into several contribution agreements (the “ Contribution Agreements ”) with the Contributors, which provide for the contribution of various portfolios of primarily single-tenant real estate assets (the “ Contributions ”) in connection with a proposed initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ” and together with the Contributions, the “ Formation Transactions ”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”);

 

B.                                      WHEREAS, each Contributor is the record owner or beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) of, and has the right to direct the voting or disposition of, the number of shares of Common Stock, or common units of limited partnership in the Operating Partnership (“ OP Units ”), indicated on the signature page of this Agreement (such shares of common stock and shares of Common Stock issuable upon redemption of the OP Units, the “ Shares ”); and

 

C.                                      WHEREAS, as an inducement for (i) GISI to enter into the limited liability company agreement (the “ JV Agreement ”) of STAG GI INVESTMENTS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ STAG GI ”), and (ii) each of the Contributors to enter into such Contributor’s Contribution Agreement with the Company and the Operating Partnership, and as part of the conditions to the consummation of the Formation Transactions, the Company desires to agree to provide GISI the right to select up to two individuals to be nominated to serve on the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), and each Contributor desires to agree to vote the Shares over which the Contributor has voting power as described below;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Initial Board of Directors .

 

(a)                                   If GISI, through its interest in STAG GI, receives beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 10% or more of the total OP Units issued by the Operating Partnership in the Contributions, then immediately following the Public Offering, the Board shall consist of seven directors, at least five of whom will be Independent Directors (as defined below), each of whom will serve a one-year term and two of whom shall have been selected by GISI.  Of the two directors to be selected by GISI, both must be Qualified Nominees (as defined below) and at least one must qualify as an Independent Director and qualify to serve as chairperson of at least one of the compensation, audit, nominating and investment committees of the Board and will be required to serve as chairperson

 



 

of one of the aforesaid committees; provided, however, the composition of the Board and each committee thereof shall satisfy all listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.  GISI agrees to notify the Company of its proposed appointments for the initial Board at least one week in advance of the expected filing of the first amendment to the registration statement for the Public Offering, together with any information regarding such appointees as the Company reasonably requests.

 

(b)                                  Independent Director ” means an individual who qualifies as an “independent director” under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(c)                                   Qualified Nominee ” means an individual (i) who is not a competitor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an affiliate of a competitor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by the Board, (ii) who does not have a material conflict of interest in serving as a member of the Board or would be unable to comply with the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics and corporate governance guidelines, as reasonably determined by the Board, (iii) with respect to whom none of the events described in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any successor regulation), has occurred in the prior 10 years and (iv) whose nomination and recommendation by the Board, in the good faith determination of the Board, would not be inconsistent with the Board’s duties to the Company and its stockholders.  For purposes of this definition, a managing director or director of GI Partners shall not be deemed to be a competitor or an affiliate of a competitor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to have a material conflict of interest in serving as a member of the Board by reason of such position or any ownership interest in GI Partners or its subsidiaries.

 

2.                                        Agreement to Nominate Directors .

 

(a)                                   If GISI, through its interest in STAG GI, receives beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 10% or more of the total OP Units issued by the Operating Partnership in the Contributions, then from the date hereof until the Expiration Date (defined below) and subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement, at every annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company relating to the election of members of the Board, the Company shall cause two individuals selected by GISI (both of whom must be Qualified Nominees and at least one of whom must be an Independent Director and qualify to serve as chairperson of at least one of the compensation, audit, nominating and investment committees of the Board and will be required to serve as chairperson of one of the aforesaid committees) to be nominated for election to the Board; provided, however, the composition of the Board and each committee thereof shall satisfy all listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(b)                                  If at any time while the Company’s obligations under this Section 2 are in effect, the Board shall be classified with the result that directors serve for terms of greater than one year, the Company shall not be required to make any nominations otherwise required under this Section 2, except at an annual meeting at which the term of an individual nominated pursuant to this Section 2 and elected to the Board in connection with such nomination (a “ GI Director ”), is scheduled to expire; provided that if the Board shall be classified, the GI Directors shall be placed in different classes.

 

2



 

(c)                                   This Agreement shall not, and shall not be construed to, grant any other rights with regard to the nomination of directors other than the limited rights set forth in this Section 2.

 

3.                                        Agreement to Vote Shares .

 

(a)                                   From the date hereof until the Expiration Date, at every annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company relating to the election of members of the Board, each of GISI and the Contributors (in the capacity as a stockholder) shall appear at the meeting or otherwise cause the Shares, if any, to be present for purposes of establishing a quorum and shall vote the Shares, if any,  in favor of the election of the nominee or nominees, as applicable, for the Board selected by GISI pursuant to, and in accordance with, this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  If GISI or a Contributor is the beneficial owner, but not the record holder, of the Shares, GISI or such Contributor, as applicable, agrees to take all reasonable actions necessary to cause the record holder and any nominees to vote all of the Shares, if any, in the manner provided in Section 3(a).

 

(c)                                   This Agreement shall not, and shall not be construed to, grant any other rights with regard to the voting of the Shares, if any, other than the limited rights set forth in this Section 3. None of GISI and the Contributors shall have any right to influence in any manner the voting of the Shares, if any, on any other matters that may come before the stockholders of the Company.

 

(d)                                  This Agreement shall not, and shall not be construed to, restrict the ability of GISI or any Contributor to sell or dispose of any Shares or other securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership, in the open market or otherwise.

 

4.                                        Action in Stockholder Capacity Only . None of GISI and the Contributors makes any agreement or understanding herein as director or officer of the Company or as a fiduciary of, or participant in, any compensation plan of the Company. Each of GISI and the Contributors has entered into this Agreement solely in an individual capacity as a record holder and/or beneficial owner of Shares and OP Units, and nothing herein shall limit or affect any actions taken in a capacity as an officer or director of the Company or as a fiduciary of, or participant in, any compensation plan of the Company.

 

5.                                        Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Operating Partnership .  The Company and the Operating Partnership represent and warrant as follows:

 

(a)                                   The Company and the Operating Partnership have full power and authority to make, enter into and carry out the terms of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and the Operating Partnership and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company and the Operating Partnership enforceable against them in accordance with its terms.

 

3



 

(b)                                  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Company and the Operating Partnership of their agreements and obligations hereunder will not result in any breach or violation of or be in conflict with or constitute a default under any term of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree, law, regulation or arrangement to which the Company or the Operating Partnership is a party or by which they (or any of their assets) is bound.

 

6.                                        Representations and Warranties of Contributor .  Each Contributor severally and not jointly represents as follows:

 

(a)                                   As of the date of this Agreement, Contributor is the beneficial or record owner of the Shares and OP Units indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, and Contributor does not beneficially own any securities of the Company other than (i) the Shares and OP Units set forth on the signature page of this Agreement and (ii) any Common Stock beneficially owned under any compensation plan of the Company.  Contributor has full power and authority to make, enter into and carry out the terms of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Contributor and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Contributor enforceable against such Contributor in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)                                  Except for this Agreement or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, Contributor has full legal power, authority and right to vote or to direct the voting of all of the Shares then owned of record or beneficially as described in this Agreement, without the consent or approval of, or any other action on the part of, any other person or entity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Contributor has not entered into any voting agreement (other than this Agreement) with any person or entity with respect to any of the Shares, granted any person or entity any proxy (revocable or irrevocable) or power of attorney with respect to any of the Shares, deposited any of the Shares in a voting trust, or entered into any arrangement or agreement with any person or entity limiting or affecting such Contributor’s legal power, authority or right to vote the Shares on any matter.

 

(c)                                   The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by Contributor of such Contributor’s agreements and obligations hereunder will not result in any breach or violation of or be in conflict with or constitute a default under any term of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree, law, regulation or arrangement to which Contributor is a party or by which Contributor (or any of such Contributor’s assets) is bound.

 

7.                                        Representations and Warranties of GISI .  GISI represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)                                   As of the date of this Agreement, GISI is the beneficial or record owner of the Shares and OP Units indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, and GISI does not beneficially own any securities of the Company other than (i) the Shares and OP Units set forth on the signature page of this Agreement and (ii) any Common Stock beneficially owned under any compensation plan of the Company. GISI has full power and authority to make, enter into and carry out the terms of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by GISI and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of GISI enforceable against GISI in accordance with its terms.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Except for this Agreement or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, GISI has full legal power, authority and right to vote or to direct the voting of all of the Shares then owned of record or beneficially as described in this Agreement, without the consent or approval of, or any other action on the part of, any other person or entity (subject to the terms of the JV Agreement with respect to Shares owned through STAG GI). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, GISI has not entered into any voting agreement (other than this Agreement and the JV Agreement) with any person or entity with respect to any of the Shares, granted any person or entity any proxy (revocable or irrevocable) or power of attorney with respect to any of the Shares, deposited any of the Shares in a voting trust, or entered into any arrangement or agreement with any person or entity limiting or affecting GISI’s legal power, authority or right to vote the Shares on any matter.

 

(c)                                   The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by GISI of its agreements and obligations hereunder will not result in any breach or violation of or be in conflict with or constitute a default under any term of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree, law, regulation or arrangement to which GISI is a party or by which GISI (or any of its assets) is bound.

 

(d) GISI is controlled by GI Partners.

 

8.                                        Termination .

 

(a)                                   This Agreement shall terminate if:

 

(i) at any time immediately following a transfer by GISI or any of the GI Controlled Affiliates of any interest in the Formation Securities, GISI and the GI Controlled Affiliates no longer beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), 10% or more of the total shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on a fully diluted basis immediately following such transfer (assuming all securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock, including all OP Units not held directly or indirectly by the Company, are converted or exchanged into or redeemed for shares of Common Stock), or

 

(ii) at any time on or after the third anniversary of the Public Offering, GISI and the GI Controlled Affiliates no longer beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), 10% or more of the total shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on a fully diluted basis (assuming all securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock, including all OP Units not held directly or indirectly by the Company, are converted or exchanged into or redeemed for shares of Common Stock)  (the earlier to occur of the events in clause (i) and (ii), the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

(b)                                  Upon such termination, no party shall have any further obligations or liabilities hereunder; provided that such termination shall not relieve any party from liability for any breach of this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

5



 

(c)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “ transfer ” means any transfer, sale, assignment, gift, exchange or redemption (other than an exchange or redemption of OP Units for shares of Common Stock), distribution or any other disposition by law or otherwise; (ii) “ Formation Securities ” means the OP Units issued to GISI (through STAG GI) in the Formation Transactions and shares of Common Stock issued upon redemption of any such OP Units (or any securities issued as a dividend or distribution on, or in exchange for such OP Units or shares of Common Stock); and (iii) “ GI Controlled Affiliates ” means, so long as they are controlled by GI Partners, GI Partners Fund III-A L.P., GI Partners Fund III-B L.P., GI Partners Fund III L.P., GI STAG UBTI Blocker, Inc. and GI STAG ECI Blocker, Inc.

 

9.                                        Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                   Amendments, Modifications and Waivers . No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement shall be effective against any party unless it shall be in writing and signed by the Company, the Operating Partnership, GISI and the Contributors.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties to this Agreement and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)                                   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

(d)                                  Assignment and Successors . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto. This Agreement and all the provisions hereof are personal to each of the parties hereto, shall not inure to a party’s respective successors and may not be assigned, other than to one of the GI Controlled Affiliates, by a party without the prior written consent of the other parties. Any assignment in violation of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect.

 

(e)                                   No Third Party Rights . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto) any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                     Cooperation . Each of the parties hereto agrees to cooperate fully with the other parties and to execute and deliver such further documents, certificates, agreements and instruments and to take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by another party to evidence or reflect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto agrees that the other parties may publish and disclose each party’s identity and ownership of Shares, OP Units and other securities of the Company or the Operating Partnership and the nature of each party’s commitments, arrangements and understandings under this Agreement as may be required by applicable law in any filing made by a party with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(g)                                  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will

 

6



 

remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

 

(h)                                  Specific Performance; Injunctive Relief . Each party hereto acknowledges that the other parties may be irreparably harmed and that there may be no adequate remedy at law for a breach of any of the covenants or agreements of a party’s set forth in this Agreement. Therefore, each party hereto hereby agree that, in addition to any other remedies that may be available upon any such breach, each party shall have the right to seek specific performance, injunctive relief or any other remedies available to such party at law or in equity without posting any bond or other undertaking in order to enforce such covenants and agreements.

 

(i)                                      Notices . All notices, consents, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing (which shall include communications by e-mail) and shall be delivered (a) in person or by courier or overnight service, or (b) by e-mail with a copy delivered as provided in clause (a). If to a Contributor, to Contributor’s address or e-mail address shown below Contributor’s signature on the signature pages hereof, and

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

STAG Capital Partners, LLC

99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor

Boston, MA  02111

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: 617-514-0052

E-mail: karnone@stagcapital.com

 

with a further copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

DLA Piper LLP (US)
33 Arch Street, 26th Floor
Boston, MA 02110
Attn: John L. Sullivan, Esq.
Fax:  617-406-6100

E-mail: john.sullivan@dlapiper.com

 

If to the Company and the Operating Partnership:

 

STAG Industrial, Inc.

99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor

Boston, MA  02111

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: 617-514-0052

E-mail: karnone@stagcapital.com

 

7



 

If to GISI:

 

GI Partners

2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 210

Menlo Park, CA  94025

Attention: Alexander Fraser

Fax: 650-233-3601

E-mail: alexander@gipartners.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

STAG Capital Partners, LLC

99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor

Boston, MA  02111

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: 617-514-0052

E-mail: karnone@stagcapital.com

 

with a further copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP

695 Town Center Drive, Seventeenth Floor Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Attn:  John Simonis, Esq.
Fax:  714-668-6336

E-mail: johnsimonis@paulhastings.com

 

or to such other address or facsimile number as the parties hereto may designate in writing to the other in accordance with this Section 9(i). Any party may change the address or facsimile number to which notices are to be sent by giving written notice of such change of address or number to the other parties in the manner above provided for giving notice. If delivered personally or by courier, the date on which the notice, request, instruction or document is delivered shall be the date on which such delivery is made and if delivered by facsimile or e-mail transmission or mail as aforesaid, the date on which such notice, request, instruction or document is received shall be the date of delivery.

 

(j)                                      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties; it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

8



 

(k)                                   Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

[Signatures on the Following Pages]

 

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

STAG INDUSTRIAL GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

GISI

 

 

 

GI STAG INVESTCO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (ownership is through STAG GI Investments, LLC and duplicative of the “Shares Beneficially Owned” indicated for STAG GI Investment, LLC below):

 

 

 

                shares of Common Stock

 

                OP Units

 

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]

 



 

 

CONTRIBUTORS

 

 

 

STAG GI INVESTMENTS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

STAG MANAGER, LLC, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned:

 

 

 

             shares of Common Stock

 

             OP Units

 

 

 

STAG INVESTMENTS III, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG MANAGER III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned:

 

 

 

             shares of Common Stock

 

             OP Units

 

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]

 



 

 

STAG INVESTMENTS IV, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

STAG MANAGER IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned:

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

 

 

NET LEASE AGGREGATION FUNDS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (excludes any shares of Common Stock or OP Units owned through STAG GI Investments, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC or STAG Investment IV, LLC):

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]

 



 

 

INNOVATIVE PROMOTIONS LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (excludes any shares of Common Stock or OP Units owned through STAG GI Investments, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC or STAG Investment IV, LLC):

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

 

 

 

 

GREGORY W. SULLIVAN

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (excludes any shares of Common Stock or OP Units owned through STAG GI Investments, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC or STAG Investment IV, LLC):

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]

 



 

 

ROSEVIEW CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (excludes any shares of Common Stock or OP Units owned through STAG GI Investments, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC or STAG Investment IV, LLC):

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

 

 

BSB STAG III, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (excludes any shares of Common Stock or OP Units owned through STAG GI Investments, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC or STAG Investment IV, LLC):

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]

 



 

 

STAG III EMPLOYEES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (excludes any shares of Common Stock or OP Units owned through STAG GI Investments, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC or STAG Investment IV, LLC):

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

 

 

NED STAG III RESIDUAL LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (excludes any shares of Common Stock or OP Units owned through STAG GI Investments, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC or STAG Investment IV, LLC):

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]

 



 

 

 

 

BENJAMIN S. BUTCHER

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned (excludes any shares of Common Stock or OP Units owned through STAG GI Investments, LLC, STAG Investments III, LLC or STAG Investment IV, LLC):

 

 

 

           shares of Common Stock

 

           OP Units

 

[Signature Page to Voting Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Dated: As of August 11, 2006

 

Between

 

STAG III ALBION, LLC

 

 (individually and collectively, together with each other party who may become a borrower hereunder,  “Borrower”,)

 

and

 

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC (“Agent”)

 

and

 

any other Lenders, if any, which may become parties to this Agreement

(together with ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC, collectively the “Lenders”)

 

up to $300,000,000.00 TERM LOAN

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

BACKGROUND

1

 

 

 

 

1.1

Defined Terms

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

Borrower

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

Land and Improvements; Property

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

Use of Loan Proceeds

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

Guaranties and Indemnities

2

 

 

 

 

 

1.6

Loan

2

 

 

 

 

2.

LOAN PROVISIONS

2

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Amount of Loan

2

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

Term of Loan; Extension Right

2

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

Interest Rate and Payment Terms

2

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

Loan Fees

3

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

Acceleration

3

 

 

 

 

 

2.6

Conditions to Extending Loan

3

 

 

 

 

 

2.7

Additional Property/Borrower

4

 

 

 

 

 

2.8

Joint and Several

4

 

 

 

 

3.

SECURITY FOR THE LOAN; LOAN AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Security

5

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Loan Documents and Security Documents

6

 

 

 

 

4.

CONTINUING AUTHORITY OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES

6

 

 

 

 

5.

CONSULTANTS

7

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

Right to Employ

7

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

Functions

7

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

Payment

7

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

Access

7

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

No Liability

7

 

i



 

6.

LOAN DISBURSEMENT AND BORROWER’S REQUIRED EQUITY CONTRIBUTIONS

7

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

Advance of Loan Proceeds

8

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

Required Equity Contribution; Additional Funds From Borrower

8

 

 

 

 

7.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

8

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

Satisfactory Loan Documents

8

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

No Material Change

8

 

 

 

 

 

7.3

Warranties and Representations Accurate

8

 

 

 

 

 

7.4

Financials and Appraisals

8

 

 

 

 

 

7.5

Validity and Sufficiency of Security Documents

9

 

 

 

 

 

7.6

No Other Liens; Taxes and Municipal Charges Current

9

 

 

 

 

 

7.7

Property Matters

9

 

 

 

 

 

7.8

Compliance With Law

9

 

 

 

 

 

7.9

Title Insurance; other Evidence of Perfection

9

 

 

 

 

 

7.10

Survey

9

 

 

 

 

 

7.11

Condition of Property

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.12

No Takings

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.13

Insurance

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.14

Utilities; Water; Drainage

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.15

Hazardous Waste, Hazardous Materials and Toxic Substances

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.16

Organizational Documents and Entity Agreements

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.17

Votes, Consents and Authorizations

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.18

Legal and Other Opinions

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.19

Leasing Matters

11

 

 

 

 

 

7.20

Zoning Compliance

11

 

 

 

 

 

7.21

No Default

11

 

 

 

 

8.

WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

11

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

Financial Information

11

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

No Violations

11

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

No Litigation

11

 

 

 

 

 

8.4

Leases

11

 

ii



 

 

8.5

Compliance With Legal Requirements

12

 

 

 

 

 

8.6

Required Licenses and Permits

12

 

 

 

 

 

8.7

Curb Cuts and Utility Connections

12

 

 

 

 

 

8.8

Good Title and No Liens

12

 

 

 

 

 

8.9

Use of Proceeds

12

 

 

 

 

 

8.10

Entity Matters

12

 

 

 

 

 

8.11

Valid and Binding

13

 

 

 

 

 

8.12

Deferred Compensation and ERISA

13

 

 

 

 

 

8.13

No Material Change; No Default

13

 

 

 

 

 

8.14

No Broker or Finder

13

 

 

 

 

 

8.15

Background Information and Certificates

13

 

 

 

 

 

8.16

Guarantor’s Warranties and Representations

14

 

 

 

 

9.

COVENANTS

14

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

Notices

14

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

Financial Statements and Reports

14

 

 

 

 

 

9.3

Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations

15

 

 

 

 

 

9.4

Conduct of Business; Compliance With Law

15

 

 

 

 

 

9.5

Insurance

15

 

 

 

 

 

9.6

Restrictions on Liens, Transfers and Additional Debt

15

 

 

 

 

 

9.7

Limits on Guaranties and Distributions

18

 

 

 

 

 

9.8

Restrictions on Investments

18

 

 

 

 

 

9.9

Indemnification Against Payment of Brokers’ Fees

19

 

 

 

 

 

9.10

Limitations On Certain Transactions

19

 

 

 

 

 

9.11

Approval of Management and Management Contract

19

 

 

 

 

 

9.12

RESERVED

19

 

 

 

 

 

9.13

Place for Records: Inspection

19

 

 

 

 

 

9.14

Costs and Expenses

20

 

 

 

 

 

9.15

Compliance with Legal Requirements

20

 

 

 

 

 

9.16

Indemnification

20

 

 

 

 

 

9.17

Leasing Matters

21

 

 

 

 

 

9.18

Loan To Value Ratio Covenant

22

 

 

 

 

 

9.19

Debt Service Coverage Ratio

23

 

iii



 

 

9.20

Replacement Documentation

25

 

 

 

 

 

9.21

Partial Release

25

 

 

 

 

10.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

25

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

Right to Contest

25

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

Limited Recourse Provisions

26

 

 

 

 

11.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

26

 

 

 

 

 

11.1

Default and Events of Default

26

 

 

 

 

 

11.2

Grace Periods and Notice

28

 

 

 

 

 

11.3

Certain Remedies. If an Event of Default shall occur:

29

 

 

 

 

12.

ADDITIONAL REMEDIES

29

 

 

 

 

 

12.1

Remedies

29

 

 

 

 

 

12.2

Reimbursement

30

 

 

 

 

 

12.3

Power of Attorney

30

 

 

 

 

13.

SECURITY INTEREST

30

 

 

 

 

 

13.1

Security Interest

30

 

 

 

 

14.

CASUALTY AND TAKING

31

 

 

 

 

 

14.1

Casualty and Obligation To Repair

31

 

 

 

 

 

14.2

Adjustment of Claims

31

 

 

 

 

 

14.3

Payment and Application of Insurance Proceeds

31

 

 

 

 

 

14.4

Conditions To Release of Insurance Proceeds

32

 

 

 

 

 

14.5

Taking

32

 

 

 

 

15.

THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS

33

 

 

 

 

 

15.1

Appointment of Agent

33

 

 

 

 

 

15.2

Administration of Loans by Agent

33

 

 

 

 

 

15.3

Delegation of Duties

34

 

 

 

 

 

15.4

Exculpatory Provisions

34

 

 

 

 

 

15.5

Reliance by Agent

34

 

 

 

 

 

15.6

Notice of Default

34

 

 

 

 

 

15.7

Lenders’ Credit Decisions

35

 

iv



 

 

15.8

Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification

35

 

 

 

 

 

15.9

Agent in its Individual Capacity

35

 

 

 

 

 

15.10

Successor Agent

35

 

 

 

 

 

15.11

Duties in the Case of Enforcement

36

 

 

 

 

 

15.12

Respecting Loans and Payments

36

 

 

 

 

 

15.13

Delinquent Lender

39

 

 

 

 

 

15.14

Holders

40

 

 

 

 

 

15.15

Assignment and Participation

40

 

 

 

 

 

15.16

Disclosure

43

 

 

 

 

 

15.17

Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions

43

 

 

 

 

 

15.18

Assignment by Borrower

43

 

 

 

 

 

15.19

Administrative Matters

43

 

 

 

 

 

15.20

Deemed Consent or Approval

44

 

 

 

 

16.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

45

 

 

 

 

 

16.1

Notices

45

 

 

 

 

 

16.2

Limitations on Assignment

46

 

 

 

 

 

16.3

Further Assurances

46

 

 

 

 

 

16.4

Parties Bound

46

 

 

 

 

 

16.5

Waivers, Extensions and Releases

46

 

 

 

 

 

16.6

Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial

46

 

 

 

 

 

16.7

Survival

48

 

 

 

 

 

16.8

Cumulative Rights

48

 

 

 

 

 

16.9

Claims Against Agent or the Lenders

48

 

 

 

 

 

16.10

Obligations Absolute

49

 

 

 

 

 

16.11

Table of Contents, Title and Headings

49

 

 

 

 

 

16.12

Counterparts

49

 

 

 

 

 

16.13

Satisfaction of Commitment

49

 

 

 

 

 

16.14

Time Of the Essence

49

 

 

 

 

 

16.15

Integration/No Oral Change

49

 

 

 

 

 

16.16

Monthly Statements

50

 

 

 

 

 

16.17

Survival

50

 

v



 

Signatures

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

-

Definitions

53

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

-

Ownership Interests and Taxpayer Identification Numbers

58

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C

-

Authorized Representatives

59

 

 

 

 

Exhibit D

-

Required Property, Hazard and Other Insurance

60

 

 

 

 

Exhibit E

-

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

63

 

 

 

 

Exhibit F

-

Lenders’ Commitment

66

 

 

 

 

Exhibit G

-

Note

67

 

vi



 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Loan Agreement (“Loan Agreement” or “Agreement”) made and entered into as of the 11th day of August, 2006, by and between STAG III ALBION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having an address at c/o STAG Capital Partners, 99 Chauncy Street, 10th floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (individually and/or collectively, as the context so requires, together with each other party who may hereafter become a borrower hereunder, the “Borrower”) and ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC, a banking corporation having an address at 265 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 and the other lending institutions which may become parties to this Agreement pursuant to Section 15.15 hereof (collectively the “Lenders”) and ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC, as agent for itself and such other lending institutions (the “Agent”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

1.                                        BACKGROUND .

 

1.1                                               Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined either in Exhibit A , or in specific sections of this Agreement, or in another Loan Document, as referenced in Exhibit A .

 

1.2                                               Borrower .  Each Borrower is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, whose sole member and manager is STAG Investments Holdings III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter, “STAG III”).  The sole member and manager of STAG III is SAgE III Aggregation, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter “SAgE”).

 

1.3                                               Land and Improvements; Property .  A respective Borrower (or an affiliate of the Borrower) has acquired or proposes to acquire, among other Properties, the following described parcels of land:

 

1.3.1                                                  the parcels of land (the “Milwaukee Land”) located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin more particularly described in the Mortgage, which Milwaukee Land is presently improved by a 270,000 warehouse/distribution facility with associated parking (the “Milwaukee Improvements”).  The Milwaukee Land and Milwaukee Improvements are collectively called the “Milwaukee Property”; and

 

1.3.2                                                  the parcels of land (the “Kendallville Land”) located in Kendallville, Indiana and Albion, Indiana more particularly described in the Mortgage, which Kendallville Land is presently improved by a 294,253 manufacturing facility with associated parking (the “Kendallville Improvements”).  The Kendallville Land and Kendallville Improvements are collectively called the “Kendallville Property”.

 

(The Milwaukee Land and the Kendallville Land (in each instance, to the extent same are made subject to the lien of the Security Documents), together with any other land which hereafter is made subject to the lien of the Security Documents as set forth in Section 2.7,  are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Land”; the Milwaukee Improvements and the Kendallville Improvements (in each instance, to the extent same

 



 

are made subject to the lien of the Security Documents), together with any other improvements which is hereafter made subject to the lien of the Security Documents as set forth in Section 2.7, are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Improvements”; and the Milwaukee Property and the Kendallville Property (in each instance, to the extent same are made subject to the lien of the Security Documents), together with any other property which is hereafter made subject to the lien of the Security Documents as set forth in Section 2.7, are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Property”).

 

1.4                                               Use of Loan Proceeds .  Borrower has applied to Agent for loans up to the maximum aggregate amount of THREE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($300,000,000.00) (each, a “Loan” and collectively, the “Loans”), a portion of the proceeds of which are to be used to acquire the Kendallville Property and to pay costs and expenses incident to closing the Loans, and the remainder of which may, under Section 2.7 below, be used to acquire additional Properties, including, without limitation the Milwaukee Property.

 

1.5                                               Guaranties and Indemnities .  As an inducement to Agent and the Lenders to make the Loans, STAG Investments Holdings III, LLC (in such capacity, “Guarantor”) has agreed to furnish certain guaranties and indemnities.

 

1.6                                               Loan .  Subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, and of the agreements and instruments referred to herein, each of the Lenders agrees severally to make loans to the Borrower up to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment, and each Borrower agrees to accept and jointly and severally repay the Loans.

 

2.                                        LOAN PROVISIONS .

 

2.1                                               Amount of Loan .  The Loans shall be in the maximum aggregate amount of $300,000,000.00; however, any advances of proceeds of the Loans shall be made by the Lenders pro rata, in accordance with each Lender’s Commitment Percentage.  The amounts available to be advanced for each Property shall be limited to the lesser of (i) seventy five percent (75%) of the acquisition cost of each such Property,  or (ii) the amount determined to be advanced by the Lenders (as to each Property, its “Loan Amount”).

 

2.2                                               Term of Loan; Extension Right .  The Loans shall be for a term (“Initial Term”) commencing on the date hereof and ending on August 11, 2009 (“Maturity Date”).  The Initial Term may be extended for an “Extended Term” until August 11, 2010 (“Extended Maturity Date”) upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.6.

 

2.3                                               Interest Rate and Payment Terms .  The Loans shall be payable as to interest and principal in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Note.  This Agreement also provides for interest at a Default Rate, Late Charges and prepayment rights and fees.  All payments for the account of Lenders shall be applied to the respective accounts of the Lenders in accordance with each Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Loans.  The Agent will disburse such payments to the Lenders on the date of receipt thereof if received prior to 11:00 a.m. on such date and, if not, on the next Business Day.  Any and all interest rate selection and conversion provisions in this Agreement are to be administered by the Agent and to be allocated

 

2



 

on a pro rata basis to the Note held by each Lender based upon such Lender’s Commitment Percentage.

 

2.4                                               Loan Fees .  Borrower shall pay a commitment fee equal to 50 basis points of each Loan Amount in connection with the advance of each Loan Amount made under the Loan.

 

2.5                                               Acceleration .  The Agent may, and upon the request of the Majority Lenders shall, accelerate the Loans, during the continuance of an Event of Default.  Upon such an acceleration, all principal, accrued interest and costs and expenses shall be due and payable together with interest on such principal at the Default Rate and any applicable Make Whole Provisions and Yield Maintenance Prepayment Fee.

 

2.6                                               Conditions to Extending Loan .  Upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions, Borrower may extend the Loans until the Extended Maturity Date:

 

2.6.1                                                  No Default .  No Default shall exist;

 

2.6.2                                                  Notice From Borrower .  Borrower shall have given Agent and the Lenders written notice of Borrower’s request to exercise its extension right at least sixty (60) days, but not more than one hundred twenty (120) days, before the Maturity Date;

 

2.6.3                                                  Covenant Compliance .  No breach of any covenants imposed upon Borrower shall exist including, without limitation, the covenants relating to Debt Service Coverage and Loan To Value Ratio;

 

2.6.4                                                  Conditions Satisfied .  All of the conditions set forth in §7 of this Agreement, to the extent applicable, shall continue to be satisfied;

 

2.6.5                                                  Extension Fee .  A extension fee equal to 12.5 basis points of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loans as of the extension of the term shall have been paid at least five (5) days prior to the Maturity Date;

 

2.6.6                                                  Additional Documents .  Borrower and Guarantor shall have executed and delivered to Agent such agreements and documents as the Agent may reasonably require incident to the extension as long as such agreements or documents do not materially increase Borrower’s or Guarantor’s obligations under the Loan Documents; and

 

2.6.7                                                  Before End of Term .  Each of the foregoing conditions are satisfied not later than, and on, the Maturity Date.

 

Within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Agent and each of the Lenders of Borrower’s written notice under clause 2.6.2 above requesting the extension, the Agent shall notify Borrower in writing if all of the conditions precedent to the extension, other than payment of the extension fee, have been satisfied, or if further information or certificates are required.  If the Agent determines that the conditions to extension have been satisfied, other than payment of the extension fee, the Agent shall so notify Borrower and upon the Agent’s receipt of the extension fee not later than five (5) days prior to the Maturity Date, so long as no Default exists, the Loan

 

3



 

Term shall be extended until the Extended Maturity Date.

 

2.7                                               Additional Property/Borrower .  At the request of the Borrower, the Lenders will advance additional amounts hereunder, not to exceed the Loan Amount for each Property, and, as necessary, consider the increase of the maximum Commitment amount and the acceptance of additional affiliate(s) of the Borrower as a new Borrower(s), and the granting of additional Properties as collateral hereunder, on the following terms and conditions:

 

2.7.1                                                  The acceptance of the affiliate as a Borrower and the new Property as Collateral, and the amount of the additional Loans to be provided with respect thereto, shall be in the sole discretion of the Agent and the Lenders, and shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Agent and the Lenders may impose;

 

2.7.2                                                  The Borrower shall supply the Agent with such financial information as the Agent may require with respect to the new Property and the new Borrower;

 

2.7.3                                                  The Borrower and such affiliate shall execute such documents as the Agent may request to effect such transaction, including (a) the execution of Security Documents with respect to such new Property and a joinder by such affiliate becoming a party to this Loan Agreement, and (b) an amendment to, or an amendment and restatement of, the Note, as necessary, to reflect such advances; and

 

2.7.4                                                  The Agent shall have received and approved all due diligence and other items required with respect to any Property pursuant to Section 7 of this Loan Agreement, and shall have otherwise satisfied the conditions of said Section 7 hereof.

 

2.8                                               Joint and Several.

 

2.8.1                                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, each Borrower hereby accepts (or shall accept) joint and several liability hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in consideration of the financial accommodations to be provided by the Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each Borrower and in consideration of the undertakings of each other Borrower to accept joint and several liability for the Loan and the other Obligations hereunder.  Each Borrower, jointly and severally, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts (or shall accept), not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with each other Borrower, with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations (including, without limitation, any Obligations arising under this Section 2.8, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each Borrower without preferences or distinction among them.  If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such event each other Borrower will make such payment with respect to, or perform, such Obligation.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Obligations of each Borrower under the provisions of this Section 2.8 constitute the absolute and unconditional, full recourse Obligations of each Borrower enforceable against each such person to the full extent of its properties and assets, irrespective of the

 

4



 

validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other circumstances whatsoever.

 

2.8.2                                                  The provisions of this Section 2.8 are made for the benefit of the Agent, the Lender and their successors and assigns, and may be enforced by them from time to time against any Borrower as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement on the part of the Agent, the Lender or such successors or assigns first to marshall any of its or their claims or to exercise any of its or their rights against any other Borrower or to exhaust any remedies available to it or them against any other Borrower or to resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations hereunder or to elect any other remedy.  The provisions of this Section 2.8 shall remain in effect until all of the Obligations shall have been paid in full or otherwise fully satisfied.

 

2.8.3                                                  Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will not enforce any of its rights of contribution or subrogation against any other Borrower with respect to any liability incurred by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, any payments made by it to the Agent or the Lenders with respect to any of the Obligations or any Collateral until such time as all of the Obligations have been paid in full.  Any claim which any Borrower may have against another Borrower with respect to any payments to the Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under any other Loan Documents are hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of payment, without limitation as to any increases in the Obligations arising hereunder or thereunder, to the prior payment in full of the Obligations and, in the event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction relating to any Borrower, its debts or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such Obligations shall be paid in full before any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to another Borrower therefor.

 

3.                                        SECURITY FOR THE LOAN; LOAN AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS .

 

3.1                                               Security .  The Loans together with interest thereon and all other charges and amounts payable by, and all other obligations of, Borrower and Guarantor to Agent and each of the Lenders, with respect to each Property, whenever incurred, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, including any obligations under any interest rate cap, swap or other rate management transaction entered into with the Agent (“Obligations”) shall be secured by the following “Security” which Borrower, and Guarantor where applicable, agree to provide and maintain:

 

3.1.1                                                  Mortgage/Deed and Security Agreement .  A first priority mortgage/deed of trust and security agreement (“Mortgage”) granted to the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, on (i) each Property; (ii) all land, improvements, furniture, fixtures, goods, equipment, and other assets (including, without limitation, accounts, contracts, contract rights, Licenses and Permits, general intangibles, documents and instruments), including all after-acquired property, owned, or in which Borrower has or obtains any interest, in connection with each Property; (iii) all insurance proceeds and other proceeds therefrom, and (iv) all other assets of each Borrower whether now owned or hereafter acquired and whether or not related to the Property.

 

5


 

3.1.2                                                  Collateral Assignment of Leases and Rents .  A first priority collateral assignment of leases and rents (“Assignment of Leases and Rents”) granted to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, with respect to each Borrower’s interest in all leases, subleases and occupancy rights of the Property and all income and profits to be derived from the operation and leasing of the Property.

 

3.1.3                                                  Collateral Assignment of Contracts, Licenses and Permits .  A first priority collateral assignment and security agreement (“Assignment of Contracts”) granted to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, with respect to each Borrower’s interest in all Licenses and Permits and all contracts, agreements and warranties now owned or hereafter acquired by a Borrower and related in any manner to the Property.

 

3.1.4                                                  Guaranty .  A guaranty (“Guaranty”) from Guarantor guaranteeing certain exculpating matters.

 

3.1.5                                                  Environmental Compliance and Indemnification Agreement .  At Borrower’s election, either (i) an environmental insurance policy naming Borrower as the named insured and Lender as an additional named insured, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender, or (ii) a compliance and indemnification agreement with respect to environmental matters (“Environmental Indemnity”) from Borrower and Guarantor (collectively, “Indemnitors”).

 

3.2                                               Loan Documents and Security Documents .  The Loans shall be made, evidenced, administered, secured and governed by all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the “Loan Documents”, each as the same may be hereafter modified or amended, consisting of: (i) this Loan Agreement; (ii) separate promissory notes in the form of Exhibit G, annexed hereto, with one Note being payable to each Lender in the original principal amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment, such promissory notes to be in the aggregate original principal amount of up to THREE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($300,000,000.00) (together with any additional Notes delivered as provided herein, and as same may be hereafter amended and/or restated, the “Note”); (iii) the Mortgage, (iv) UCC financing statements; (v) the Assignment of Leases and Rents; (vi) the Assignment of Contracts, Licenses and Permits; (vii) the Guaranty from Guarantor; and (viii) the environmental insurance policy or Environmental Indemnity from Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable.

 

Each of the Loan Documents listed in items (i) through (ix), inclusive is dated of even date herewith.  The Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Assignment of Contracts, Licenses and Permits, UCC Financing Statements, Environmental Indemnity and Guaranty are sometimes collectively referred to as the “Security Documents”.

 

4.                                        CONTINUING AUTHORITY OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES .  Agent and each of the Lenders is authorized to rely upon the continuing authority of the persons, officers, signatories or agents hereafter designated (“Authorized Representatives”) to bind Borrower with respect to all matters pertaining to the Loans and the Loan Documents including, but not limited to, the selection of interest rates.  Such authorization may be changed only upon written notice to Agent accompanied by evidence, reasonably satisfactory to Agent, of the authority of the person giving such notice and such notice shall be effective not sooner than five

 

6



 

(5) Business Days following receipt thereof by Agent.  The present Authorized Representatives are listed on Exhibit C .  Agent shall have a right of approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, over the identity of the Authorized Representatives so as to assure Agent and each of the Lenders that each Authorized Representative is a responsible and senior official of Borrower.

 

5.                                        CONSULTANTS .

 

5.1                                               Right to Employ .  Agent shall have the right to employ its own personnel, on its behalf and on behalf of the Lenders, or one or more engineers, architects, builders or other construction specialists, environmental advisors, scientists, accountants, and attorneys to act as an advisor to Agent and the Lenders in connection with the Loans (each of which shall be a “Lenders’ Consultant”).

 

5.2                                               Functions .  The functions of a Lenders’ Consultant shall include, without limitation: (i) inspection and physical review of the Property at the initial closing of the Loans and restoration of the Property after casualty; (ii) review and analysis of any work to be done in connection with the Property at the initial closing and/or funding of the Loans, the restoration of the Property after casualty or in connection with the exercise by the Agent of its rights and remedies during the existence of an Event of Default; (iii) review and analysis of environmental matters at the initial closing and/or funding of the Loans, in connection with an environmental Event of Default or in connection with the exercise by the Agent of its rights and remedies during the existence of an Event of Default; and (iv) review and analysis of financial and legal matters in connection with the initial closing and/or funding of the Loans and any partial releases under Section 9.21.

 

5.3                                               Payment .  The reasonable and actual costs and fees of Lenders’ Consultants shall be paid by Borrower upon billing therefor.

 

5.4                                               Access .  Subject to the rights of tenants under any Lease, any other occupants of the Property and Borrower’s right to be present at all times, Borrower shall provide Lenders’ Consultants with continuing access to all aspects of the Property and Borrower’s books and records related thereto at reasonable times during the day and upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to Borrower.

 

5.5                                               No Liability .  Neither Agent nor any Lender nor any of Lenders’ Consultants shall have liability to Borrower, Guarantor, or any third party, on account of: (i) services performed by Lenders’ Consultant; (ii) any failure or neglect by Lenders’ Consultant to properly perform services; or (iii) any approval or disapproval of work, plans or other matters, provided nothing contained herein shall be deemed a release of any such party of any claim or liability arising from such party’s willful misconduct or any other act in the nature of a tort claim.  Neither Agent nor any Lender nor Lenders’ Consultant shall have any obligation regarding proper performance of work related to the Property.  Borrower shall have no rights under or relating to any agreement, report, or similar document prepared by any Lenders’ Consultant for Agent or the Lenders.

 

7



 

6.                                        LOAN DISBURSEMENT AND BORROWER’S REQUIRED EQUITY CONTRIBUTIONS .

 

6.1                                               Advance of Loan Proceeds.

 

6.1.1                                               The Lenders shall, on the date of this Agreement, subject to compliance with all of the other terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, make an initial disbursement of the Loan proceeds in an amount equal to the Loan Amount of the Kendallville Property.  Any advances of proceeds of the Loans shall be made by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with each Lender’s Commitment Percentage.

 

6.1.2                                                  At such time as a Borrower desires to obtain a Loan hereunder for the acquisition of a Property, it shall provide the Agent at least fifteen (15) days written notice of such request.  The Lenders providing of Loans for such acquisition shall be subject to (a) there be no Default in existence at such time, (b) the Borrower’s investment of the determined amount of the Required Equity Contribution for the acquisition of such Property, and (c) the Borrower’s satisfaction of all conditions precedent set forth Section 2.7 and Section 7 below with respect to the Property being acquired.

 

6.2                                               Required Equity Contribution; Additional Funds From Borrower .  Borrower agrees to make and maintain Borrower’s “Required Equity Contribution” which shall consist of the initial contribution necessary to complete the acquisition of each Property.

 

7.                                        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT .  It shall be a condition precedent of Lenders’ obligation to close and fund the Loans that each of the following conditions (in each instance, as applicable to the Property being acquired) precedent be satisfied in full (as determined by each Lender in its discretion which discretion shall be exercised in good faith having due regard for the advice of Lenders’ Consultants), unless specifically waived in writing by all of the Lenders at or prior to closing and funding the Loans, Lender’s funding of a Loan conclusively establishing the satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions precedent as to such Loan, such Borrower and such Property being acquired:

 

7.1                                               Satisfactory Loan Documents .  Each of the Loan Documents and Security Documents shall be satisfactory in form, content and manner of execution and delivery to Agent and each of the Lenders and Agent’s counsel.

 

7.2                                               No Material Change .  No material adverse change shall have occurred in the financial condition, business, affairs, operations or control of Borrower , or Guarantor, since the date of their respective financial statements most recently delivered to Agent.

 

7.3                                               Warranties and Representations Accurate .  All warranties and representations made by or on behalf of any of Borrower or Guarantor to Agent or any Lender shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects and shall not omit any material fact necessary to make the same not misleading.

 

7.4                                               Financials and Appraisals .  Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received and approved: (i) financial statements from Guarantor complying with the standards set forth in Section 9.2.; and (ii) an appraisal of the subject Property from an appraiser acceptable to Agent and each of the Lenders setting forth an appraised value of the Property which results in the amount of the Loan being advanced being no greater than 75% of the Appraised Value of the Property being acquired.

 

8



 

7.5                                               Validity and Sufficiency of Security Documents .  The Mortgage and the other Security Documents shall create a valid and perfected lien on the property described therein (“Collateral”) and each of the Security Documents and related UCC filings shall have been duly recorded and filed to the satisfaction of Agent, each of the Lenders and Agent’s counsel.

 

7.6                                               No Other Liens; Taxes and Municipal Charges Current .  The Collateral shall not be subject to any liens or encumbrances, whether inferior or superior to the Loan Documents or the Security Documents, except in respect of: (i) real estate taxes and personal property taxes not yet due and payable; and (ii) Permitted Title Exceptions, if any.  All real estate taxes, personal property taxes and other municipal charges relating to any of the Collateral shall be current.

 

7.7                                               Property Matters .  Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received and independently approved each of the following: (i) evidence of Licenses and Permits for the subject Property sufficient to allow the subject Property to be operated in the ordinary course of business; (ii) a report from a Lenders’ Consultant to the effect that the subject Property is in good repair and safe condition with no structural deficiencies and no material need for repairs or replacements except in the ordinary course of business; (iii) a detailed, current rent roll together with copies of all leases and lease guaranties; and (iv) a copy of each Lease with a Major Tenant.

 

7.8                                               Compliance With Law .  Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received and independently approved evidence that:

 

7.8.1                                                  Present Compliance .  All real estate and tangible personal property constituting or intended to constitute Collateral for the Loan complies with all applicable Legal Requirements and the provisions of all applicable Licenses and Permits.

 

7.8.2                                                  No Prohibitions or Violations .  There are no applicable Legal Requirements which prohibit or adversely limit the use of the subject Property for the purposes the same are intended for, nor is there any outstanding and uncured violation of any applicable Legal Requirements.

 

7.8.3                                                  Licenses and Permits .  All Licenses and Permits and private approvals of every nature whatsoever, if any, which are reasonably necessary in order to allow the operation of the subject Property as contemplated by this Agreement and as needed under applicable Legal Requirements have been duly and finally received with all appeal periods therefrom having elapsed, with no appeal having been taken therefrom, and with no violations existing under the terms thereof.

 

7.9                                               Title Insurance; other Evidence of Perfection .  Agent shall have received: (i) a mortgagee’s title insurance policy (and, as required by the Agent, an endorsement to any existing policy) which meets Agent’s and each of the Lenders’ title insurance requirements previously furnished to Borrower to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent, each of the Lenders and Agent’s counsel; and (ii) such other evidence of the perfection of its security interests as Agent and its counsel may reasonably require.

 

7.10                                         Survey .  Agent shall have received and approved a current, on-site instrument survey of the subject Land containing a certification thereon, or on a separate surveyor’s

 

9



 

certificate, of a Registered Land Surveyor reasonably acceptable to Agent which meets Agent’s survey requirements previously furnished to Borrower.

 

7.11                                         Condition of Property .  There shall have been no material unrepaired or unrestored damage or destruction by fire or otherwise to any of the real or tangible personal property comprising or intended to comprise the Collateral.

 

7.12                                         No Takings .  Neither the subject Property nor any material portion thereof shall have been taken by eminent domain nor shall there be any written threat of such a taking.

 

7.13                                         Insurance .  Borrower shall have provided to Agent and each of the Lenders with respect to the subject Property and the Collateral evidence of: (i) insurance coverages which meet the property, hazard and other insurance requirements set forth on Exhibit D of this Loan Agreement to the satisfaction of Agent and Agent’s Consultants; and (ii) premiums for such insurance have been paid current.

 

7.14                                         Utilities; Water; Drainage .  Agent shall have received reports addressed to Agent from qualified engineers satisfactory to Agent that sanitary drinking water, sanitary sewer disposal systems, utility and power connections and storm drainage adequate for the subject Property are available as a matter of right and that all Licenses and Permits and contracts therefor have been duly obtained or an endorsement to Lender’s title insurance policy reasonably satisfactory to Lender with respect to such matters.

 

7.15                                         Hazardous Waste, Hazardous Materials and Toxic Substances .  Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received, and in its sole discretion approved, satisfactory reports addressed to Agent and each of the Lenders from acceptable, qualified professionals prepared in accordance with Agent’s protocols indicating the acceptability of the environmental risk associated with the subject Property, addressing the existence of any Hazardous Materials at, or which may affect, the subject Property and the Property’s compliance with Environmental Legal Requirements.

 

7.16                                         Organizational Documents and Entity Agreements .  Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received and approved the organizational documents of the subject Borrower, Guarantor, SAgE and of those entities who execute any documents on their behalf.

 

7.17                                         Votes, Consents and Authorizations .  Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received and approved certified copies of all partnership, entity and corporate votes, consents and authorizations as may be reasonably required to evidence authority for: (i) funding the Loans and the transactions contemplated hereby; (ii) providing continuing authorization to designated persons to deal in all respects on behalf of Borrower; and (iii) the execution of all Loan Documents.

 

7.18                                         Legal and Other Opinions .  Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received and approved legal opinion letters from counsel representing Borrower and Guarantor which meet Agent’s and each of the Lenders’ reasonable legal opinion requirements with respect to the due execution and enforceability of the Loan Documents.

 

10



 

7.19                                         Leasing Matters .  Agent shall have received and approved a current rent roll for the subject Property, complete copies of the Major Leases, and a subordination and attornment agreements from the Major Tenants for the subject Property.

 

7.20                                         Zoning Compliance .  Agent shall have received a zoning report regarding the subject Property from Planning and Zoning Resource Corporation or another zoning review company proposed by Borrower and approved by Agent, which report shall be in form and substance acceptable to Agent, and which states the subject Property is in material compliance with applicable zoning requirements.

 

7.21                                         No Default .  There shall not be any Default under any of the Loan Documents or any Bridge Loan Default.

 

8.                                        WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS .  Borrower warrants and represents to Agent and each of the Lenders to Borrower’s knowledge for the express purpose of inducing Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the Loan, and to otherwise complete all of the transactions contemplated hereby, that as of the date of this Agreement, upon the date each Loan is funded and at all times thereafter that Loan funds are outstanding from Lenders to Borrower until the Loans have been repaid and all obligations to each of the Lenders have been satisfied as follows (with each representation and warranty as to each Property becoming effective as of the date such Property becomes collateral for the Loans):

 

8.1                                               Financial Information .  True, accurate and complete financial statements of Borrower and Guarantor have been delivered to Agent and each of the Lenders and the same fairly present the financial condition of Borrower and Guarantor as of the dates thereof and no material and adverse change has occurred in such financial condition since the dates thereof.  All financial statements of Borrower and Guarantor hereafter furnished to Agent and each of the Lenders shall be true, accurate and complete and shall fairly present the financial condition of Borrower and Guarantor as of the dates thereof.

 

8.2                                               No Violations .  The consummation of the Loans and the subsequent payment and performance of the obligations evidenced and secured by the Loan Documents by Borrower shall not constitute a material violation of, or material conflict with, any law, order, regulation, contract, agreement or organizational document to which Borrower or Guarantor is a party or by which Borrower or Guarantor, or the property thereof, may be bound.

 

8.3                                               No Litigation .  There is no material litigation now pending, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge threatened, against Borrower or Guarantor which if adversely decided could materially impair the ability of Borrower or Guarantor to pay and perform its material obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

 

8.4                                               Leases .  True and complete copies of all leases of the Property which are now in effect (and all guaranties thereof) have been delivered to Agent.  Such leases have not been further amended or changed in any respect and are in full force and effect, enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof, subject, however, to the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

11



 

8.5                                               Compliance With Legal Requirements .  The Property complies with, and shall continue to comply with, all material Legal Requirements and any and all covenants, conditions, restrictions or other matters which materially affect the Property.

 

8.6                                               Required Licenses and Permits .  All Licenses and Permits which are reasonably required in order to operate the Property in the usual course of business have been duly and properly obtained, and will remain in full force and effect, and have been, and shall be complied with, in all material respects.

 

8.7                                               Curb Cuts and Utility Connections .  All required curb cuts, utility connections and Licenses and Permits therefor have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect and all utility services as reasonably required for water, gas, electric, telephone, sewer and storm drainage and sanitary waste disposal are and shall be available as a matter of right and to an extent adequate to serve the Property for their intended uses.

 

8.8                                               Good Title and No Liens .  Each Borrower is the lawful owner of the subject Property (or the ground lessee’s interest therein) and of areas over, under or on which utility or passage easements are required to make use of such Property and parking as contemplated by the Loan Documents, and is and will be the lawful owner of such Property, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances of any nature whatsoever, except for the matters, if any, which are listed as Permitted Title Exceptions in the Mortgage and subject to rights of contest pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

8.9                                               Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Loans shall be used solely and exclusively for the purposes set forth in Section 1.4 and payment of costs and expenses incurred in connection with the financing provided by the Loans.  No portion of the proceeds of the Loans shall be used directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately (i) to purchase or carry any margin stock, or to extend credit to others for the purpose thereof, or to repay or refund indebtedness previously incurred for such purpose, or (ii) for any purpose which would violate or is inconsistent with the provisions of regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System including, without limitation, Regulations G, T, U and X thereof.

 

8.10                                         Entity Matters.

 

8.10.1                                            Organization .  Each Borrower is a duly organized validly existing limited liability company in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and is duly qualified in each jurisdiction where the Property owned by such Borrower is situated and in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business is such that qualification is required and has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to own its property, as now conducted or owned, and as contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

 

8.10.2                                            Ownership and Taxpayer Identification Numbers .  All of the members of each Borrower, and a description of the ownership interests and debts of Borrower held by the same, are listed in Exhibit B and no additional ownership interests, or rights or instruments convertible into such ownership interests, shall be issued, nor shall any ownership change, except for Permitted Transfers.  Identity and ownership of any Guarantor which is not a natural person is accurately stated on Exhibit B.  The taxpayer

 

12



 

identification number(s) of each Borrower and the Guarantor are accurately stated in Exhibit B.

 

8.10.3                                            Authorization .  All required entity actions and proceedings have been duly taken so as to authorize the execution and delivery by each Borrower and Guarantor of the Loan Documents.

 

8.11                                         Valid and Binding .  Each of the Loan Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each Borrower and, where applicable, Guarantor and each constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, in accordance with the respective terms thereof, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and, with respect to the availability of the remedies of specific enforcement, subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

8.12                                         Deferred Compensation and ERISA .  Borrower does not have any pension, profit sharing, stock option, insurance or other arrangement or plan for employees covered by Title IV of the Employment Retirement Security Act of 1974, as now or hereafter amended (“ERISA”) except as may be designated to Agent in writing by Borrower from time to time (“ERISA Plan”) and no “Reportable Event” as defined in ERISA has occurred and is now continuing with respect to any such ERISA Plan.  The granting of the Loans, the performance by each Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents and each Borrower’s conducting of its operations do not and will not violate any provisions of ERISA.

 

8.13                                         No Material Change; No Default .  There has been no material and adverse change in the financial condition, business, affairs or control of any Borrower or Guarantor since the date of their respective last financial statements most recently delivered to the Agent and each of the Lenders in accordance with the requirements of Section 9.2. hereof.  No Default exists under any of the Loan Documents or any Major Lease in excess of 10,000 square feet in any single instance, or in excess of 50,000 square feet in the aggregate. There is no Default on the part of Borrower or Guarantor under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and no event has occurred and is continuing which could constitute a Default under any Loan Document.  Each Borrower has filed all required federal, state and local tax returns and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or any assessments against a Borrower or the Property.

 

8.14                                         No Broker or Finder .  Neither Borrower, nor Guarantor, nor anyone on behalf thereof, has dealt with any broker, finder or other person or entity who or which may be entitled to a broker’s or finder’s fee, or other compensation, payable by Agent or any Lender in connection with this Loan.

 

8.15                                         Background Information and Certificates .  All of the factual information contained or referred to in Section 1 of this Agreement and in the Exhibits to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and in the certificates and opinions furnished to Agent or any Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with the Property or the Loans, is true, accurate and complete in all material respects, and omits no material fact necessary to make the same not misleading.

 

13



 

8.16                                         Guarantor’s Warranties and Representations .  Borrower has no reason to believe that any warranties or representations made in writing by Guarantor to Agent are untrue, incomplete or misleading in any respect.

 

9.                                        COVENANTS .  Each Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and so long as any principal amount of the Loans remain unpaid hereunder, or any of the Loans or other obligations remains outstanding, as follows:

 

9.1                                               Notices .  Each Borrower shall, with reasonable promptness, but in all events within ten (10) days after it has actual knowledge thereof, notify Agent and each of the Lenders in writing of the occurrence of any act, event or condition which constitutes a Default under any of the Loan Documents.  Such notification shall include a written statement of any remedial or curative actions which Borrower proposes to undertake to cure or remedy such Default.

 

9.2                                               Financial Statements and Reports .  Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Agent and each of the Lenders from time to time, the following financial statements and reports and other information, all in form, manner of presentation and substance acceptable to Agent and each of the Lenders (provided that Borrower statements, reports and other information provided in forms substantially similar to forms previously delivered to Agent shall be acceptable to Agent and each of the Lenders):

 

9.2.1                                                  Annual Statements .  Within ninety (90) days following the end of each calendar year, audited financial statements of Borrower, Guarantor and SAgE prepared utilizing tax basis accounting, or other recognized method of accounting acceptable to Agent, consistently applied, in form and manner of presentation acceptable to Agent by an independent, certified public accountant acceptable to Agent, such financial statements to include and to be supplemented by such detail and supporting data and schedules as Agent may from time to time reasonably determine;

 

9.2.2                                                  Periodic Statements .  Within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar quarter the following, internally prepared by each Borrower and certified by each Borrower to be true, accurate and complete: (i) an operating statement showing the results of operation for the prior quarter and on a year-to-date basis for the period just ended and, within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar year, an operating statement for the year just ended; (ii) a detailed, current rent roll of the Property, containing such details as Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) cash flows for the quarter just ended;

 

9.2.3                                                  Data Requested .  Within a reasonable period of time and from time to time such other financial data or information as Agent may reasonably request with respect to the Property or a Borrower, including, but not limited to, rent rolls, aged receivables, aged payables, leases, budgets, forecasts, reserves, cash flow projections, physical condition of the Property and pending lease proposals;

 

9.2.4                                                  Tax Returns .  Upon Agent’s request, complete copies of all federal and state tax returns and supporting schedules of Borrower, Guarantor and SAgE;

 

14



 

9.2.5                                                  Lease Notices .  Concurrently with the giving thereof, and within ten (10) Business Days of receipt thereof, copies of all notices, other than routine correspondence, given or received with respect to the leases to a Major Tenant.

 

9.2.6                                                  Pro Forma and Business Plan .  Thirty (30) days prior to the end of each calendar year, a pro-forma cash flow statement for each Property for the next year, in form acceptable to Agent, together with copies of all budgets, forecasts and projections which support the pro-forma and an annual business plan for the ensuing calendar year.

 

9.2.7                                                  Guarantor’s Statements .  The financial statements and reports required to be furnished by Guarantor as set forth in the Guaranty.

 

9.3                                               Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations .  Subject to the right to contest set forth in Section 10.1, each Borrower shall duly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, before the same shall become overdue, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges payable by it, or with respect to the Property, as well as all claims or obligations for labor, materials, supplies or services (involving an amount in excess of $10,000.00 in any instance or $25,000.00 in the aggregate) or for borrowed funds in any amount.

 

9.4                                               Conduct of Business; Compliance With Law .  Each Borrower shall engage solely in the ownership and operation of the Property, and will not enter into any new ventures, or undertake any Investments, except as permitted in Section 9.8, or any new business dealings, if unrelated to the acquisition, development, maintenance, operation or disposition of the Property, without Agent’s express prior written consent in each instance.  As an express inducement to the Lenders to make and maintain the Loans, each Borrower agrees at all times prior to payment and satisfaction of all Obligations to be and remain a single purpose entity.  Each Borrower shall operate the Property and conduct its affairs in a lawful manner and in compliance with all Legal Requirements applicable thereto and all provisions of ERISA.

 

9.5                                               Insurance .  Each Borrower shall at all times maintain or cause to be maintained in full force and effect the insurance coverages set forth in Exhibit D of this Loan Agreement and shall cause Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to be designated as mortgagee/loss payee/additional insured in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit D. All insurance premiums shall be paid annually, in advance, and Agent and each of the Lenders shall be provided with evidence of such prepayment of insurance premiums prior to closing and thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to each annual renewal or replacement of such coverages.

 

9.6                                               Restrictions on Liens, Transfers and Additional Debt.

 

9.6.1                                                  Prohibited Transactions .  Subject to rights of contest under the Loan Documents, except for Permitted Transactions, a Borrower shall not:

 

(i)                                                      create or incur, or suffer to be created or incurred, or to exist, any encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge or other security interest of any kind upon any of its assets of any character whether or not related to the Property, or any portion thereof, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or upon the proceeds or products thereof;

 

15


 

(ii)                                                   create or incur any indebtedness for borrowed funds whether secured or unsecured either directly or as a guarantor except for the Loans and the Bridge Loans;

 

(iii)                                                directly or indirectly permit any sale, transfer, exchange, assignment or pledge of or grant of any security interest in any ownership interests in Borrower; or

 

(iv)                                               sell, convey, transfer or exchange any of its assets of any character, or any portion thereof, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

9.6.2                                                  Permitted Transactions .  The term “Permitted Transactions” shall mean Permitted Transfers, Permitted Additional Debt, Permitted Title Exceptions and Approved Leases.

 

9.6.3                                                  Permitted Transfers .  The term “Permitted Transfers” shall mean:

 

(i)                                                      the Security Documents and other agreements in favor of Agent including the Security Documents in favor of Agent pertaining to the Loans and the Bridge Loans;

 

(ii)                                                   transactions, whether outright or as security, for which Agent’s prior written consent has been obtained, which consent may be withheld, granted or granted conditionally, subject to such protective and other conditions as Agent may require in its sole and absolute discretion;

 

(iii)                                                sales or dispositions in the ordinary course of business of worn, obsolete or damaged items of personal property or fixtures which are suitably replaced;

 

(iv)                                               transfers and sales of a Property subject to the requirements of Section 9.21 below;

 

(v)                                                  any transfer pursuant to the Bridge Loan Documents;

 

(vi)                                               a STAG III Transfer;

 

(vii)                                            an NED Transfer; and

 

(viii)                                         other matters approved by Agent.

 

9.6.4                                                  Permitted Additional Debt .  The term “Permitted Additional Debt” shall mean:

 

(i)                                                      transactions, whether secured or unsecured, for which Agent’s prior written consent has been obtained, which consent may be withheld, granted or granted conditionally subject to such protective and other conditions as Agent may require in its sole and absolute discretion;

 

16



 

(ii)                                                   indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purchase of goods or services which are payable, without interest, within thirty (30) days of billing;

 

(iii)                                                fully subordinated unsecured loans from owners of Borrower the proceeds of which are used solely to pay costs related to the Property so long as the applicable creditor has entered into a subordination and standstill agreement which is fully satisfactory to Agent in Agent’s sole and absolute discretion; and

 

(iv)                                               the Bridge Loan.

 

9.6.5                                                  Additional Funds .  All funds required for the operation of the Property in excess of those available from ordinary cash flow of the Property shall be provided by Borrower, or its owners, or Guarantor, as additional equity contributions or by Permitted Additional Debt.

 

9.6.6                                                  Right To Accelerate Loans .  The Loans shall become due and payable in full, and the Agent shall have the right to accelerate the Loans and declare an Event of Default, at the option of Agent or at the direction of the Majority Lenders, upon any breach or violation of the provisions of Section 9.6., subject to Borrower’s rights to cure; provided, however, except for a voluntary conveyance, mortgage or lien (as to which no notice or grace periods shall be applicable), a Default under Section 9.6 shall be subject to the grace or notice periods provided in Section 11.1.3 or 11.2.4, whichever is shorter.

 

9.6.7                                                  Agent’s Options .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 15.19 Agent may, with the approval of the Majority Lenders, in lieu of accelerating the Loans, and in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 9.6. in any instance upon compliance with such terms and conditions as the Agent or the Majority Lenders may impose, including, without limitation, the payment of a material fee and an increase in the interest rate and other terms.  Except for Permitted Transfers, the Agent or the Majority Lenders may grant or withhold, or conditionally grant, their consent to any proposed transfer in its sole and absolute discretion.  In the case of a sale or transfer with the required prior written consent, or any such Permitted Transfer, the seller or transferor shall remain jointly and severally liable with the purchaser or transferee for all liabilities of Borrower or its owners hereunder.

 

9.6.8                                                  As used herein, an “NED Transfer” means transfers of direct or indirect interests in SAgE as long as, following any such transfer, at least 51% of SAgE continues to be owned, directly or indirectly by NED Investors (as defined below) or their Affiliates (as defined below) and/or by STAG Investors (as defined below) or their Affiliates.

 

As used in this Agreement, “STAG III Transfer”  means transfers of direct or indirect interests in STAG III as long as, following any such transfer, at least 51% of STAG III continues to be owned, directly or indirectly by STAG Investors and/or NED Investors or their Affiliates; provided , however , at the time of such STAG III Transfer, (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) the Bridge Loan shall

 

17



 

have been repaid in full.

 

As used in this Agreement, “NED Investors” means (i) Stephen Karp, (ii) Steven Fischman, (iii) Gregory Sullivan, (iv) their family members or trusts for the benefit of the foregoing individuals or their family members, and/or (y) any entity in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interests are directly or indirectly owned by Stephen Karp, Steven Fischman, Gregory Sullivan, their family members and/or by trusts for the benefit of such individuals and/or their family members.

 

As used in this Agreement, “STAG Investors” means (i) Benjamin S. Butcher, (ii) his family, members or trusts for the benefit of Benjamin S. Butcher and/or his family members, (iii) institutional members of STAG Investments III, LLC, (iv) any entity in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interests are directly or indirectly owned by Benjamin S. Butcher, his family members and/or by trusts for the benefit of Benjamin S. Butcher and/or his family members and/or (v) any entity in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interests are directly or indirectly owned by the Treasurer of the State of North Carolina.

 

As used in this Agreement, “Affiliate(s)” means a person or an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or entity with respect to which the determination is to be made, and the terms “control,” “controls,” and “under common control with,” mean the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the company, partnership, limited liability company, trust or entity with respect to which the determination is to be made, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

9.7                                               Limits on Guaranties and Distributions.

 

9.7.1                                                  Limits .  A Borrower shall not guarantee to anyone the obligations of any person or entity.  A Borrower shall not pay any money or distribute any property (in any form) to its owners, in any capacity, or to any affiliated entity or related party, except for Permitted Distributions.

 

9.7.2                                                  Permitted Distributions .  The term “Permitted Distributions” shall mean so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred (unless waived by the Majority Lenders as set forth in Section 11.4) any of the following payments: payments to owners and affiliates in the normal course of business.

 

9.8                                               Restrictions on Investments .  A Borrower will not make or permit to exist or to remain outstanding any Investment out of proceeds of the Loans or the proceeds of a Property except an Investment in assets as to which Agent has a perfected first lien mortgage or security interest and which are in:

 

(i)                                                      marketable direct or guaranteed general obligations of the United States of America which mature within one year from the date of purchase by Borrower;

 

(ii)                                                   bank deposits, certificates of deposit and banker’ s acceptances, or other obligations in or of Lenders or other banks located within and chartered by the United

 

18



 

States of America or a state and having assets of over $500,000,000.00; and

 

(iii)                                                personal property and real estate acquired in the normal and ordinary course of Borrower’s present business and in connection with a Property.

 

All such Investments shall be made in a manner which assures that Agent shall have and maintain a perfected first lien security interest therein.

 

9.9                                               Indemnification Against Payment of Brokers’ Fees .  Each Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless Agent and each of the Lenders from and against any and all liabilities, damages, penalties, costs, and expenses, relating in any manner to any brokerage or finder’s fees in respect of the Loans.

 

9.10                                         Limitations On Certain Transactions .  Each Borrower agrees to the following limitations:

 

9.10.1                                            No Merger or Acquisition .  Except with respect to Permitted Transactions, a Borrower shall not dissolve or liquidate, nor merge or consolidate with or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other entity.

 

9.10.2                                            Contracts of a Material or Significant Nature .  A Borrower shall not enter into any merger or consolidation agreements.  Except for contracts otherwise complying with this Agreement or any contact for the sale of all or a portion of the Property and contracts incident to the routine operation of the Property such as utilities, insurance and maintenance, Borrower shall not enter into any other contracts, agreements or purchase orders which would involve the expenditure of more than $100,000 in the aggregate in any year relating to each Property without Agent’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, but which consent may be conditioned upon a demonstration by Borrower to Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that the contract, agreement or purchase order is reasonable and that Borrower has adequate resources to pay and perform the same.

 

9.11                                         Approval of Management and Management Contract .  Agent shall have the continuing right to approve the identity of any management company operating a Property and the terms and conditions of the contract for such management.  Agent’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and Agent hereby approves STAG Capital Partners LLC as a management company.

 

9.12                                         RESERVED.

 

9.13                                         Place for Records: Inspection .  Each Borrower shall maintain all of its business records at the address specified at the beginning of this Agreement.  Upon five (5) Business Days, prior notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours Agent shall have the right (through such agents or Consultants as Agent may designate) to examine Borrower’s property and make copies of and abstracts from Borrower’s books of account, correspondence and other records and to discuss its financial and other affairs with any of its owners and any accountants hired by Borrower, it being agreed that Agent and each of the Lenders shall use reasonable efforts to not divulge information obtained from such examination to others except in

 

19



 

connection with Legal Requirements and in connection with administering the Loans, enforcing its rights and remedies under the Loans Documents and in the conduct, operation and regulation of its banking and lending business (which may include, without limitation, the transfer of the Loans or of participation interests therein).  Any assignee or transferee of the Loans, co-lenders or any holder of a participation interest in the Loans shall be entitled to deal with such information in the same manner and in connection with any subsequent transfer of its interest in the Loans or of further participation interests therein.

 

9.14                                         Costs and Expenses .  Borrower shall pay all costs and expenses (excluding salaries or wages of employees of Agent) reasonably incurred by Agent in connection with the implementation of the Loan and the administration of the Loans, including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and disbursements, appraisal fees, inspection fees, plan review fees, travel costs, fees and out-of-pocket costs of independent engineers and consultants, Borrower shall pay all costs and expenses (excluding salary and wages of employees of Agent or any Lender) reasonably incurred by Agent and each of the Lenders in connection with the enforcement of Agent’s and the Lenders’ rights under the Loan Documents.  Borrower’s obligations to pay such costs and expenses shall include, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys, fees and other costs and expenses reasonably incurred for preparing and conducting litigation or dispute resolution arising from any breach by Borrower or any Guarantor or Indemnitor of any covenant, warranty, representation or agreement under any one or more of the Loan Documents.

 

9.15                                         Compliance with Legal Requirements .  Each Borrower shall comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to its Property, such Borrower or both.

 

9.16                                         Indemnification .  Borrower shall at all times, both before and after repayment of the Loans, at its sole cost and expense defend, indemnify, exonerate and save harmless Agent and each of the Lenders and all those claiming by, through or under Agent and each of the Lenders (“Indemnified Party”) against and from all damages, losses, liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation, demands, defenses, judgments, suits, proceedings, costs, disbursements or expenses of any kind whatsoever, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and experts, fees and disbursements, which may at any time (including, without limitation, before or after discharge or foreclosure of the Mortgage) be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or awarded against the Indemnified Party and arising from or out of:

 

(i)                                                      any Hazardous Materials or any violation of, or failure to comply with, any Environmental Legal Requirements all as more particularly provided for in the Environmental Indemnity with respect to the Property or any other Collateral;

 

(ii)                                                   any liability for damage to person or property arising out of any violation of any Legal Requirement applicable to the Property, Borrower, or both, or

 

(iii)                                                any act, omission, negligence or conduct at the Property, or arising or claimed to have arisen, out of any act, omission, negligence or conduct of Borrower or any contractor, sub-contractor, tenant, occupant or invitee thereof, which is in any way related to the Property.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to indemnification in

 

20



 

respect of claims arising from acts of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

9.17                                         Leasing Matters .

 

9.17.1                                            Agent’s Further Approval Required .  Agent’s prior written approval shall be required in each instance as to: the economic and other terms of every lease and occupancy agreement of a Property or any portion thereof; (ii) each tenant; (iii) each guarantor of a tenant’s obligations; (iv) any consent to subletting or assignment; (v) any modification or amendment to a lease; and (vi) any termination, cancellation or surrender of a lease.  Any lease, or modification or amendment of lease, which has been so approved by Agent, and, if so requested by Agent as to which the tenant has executed an SNDA Agreement, estoppel certificate, or both, acceptable to Agent shall be an “Approved Lease.

 

9.17.2                                            Borrower’s Requests .  Any request by a Borrower for an approval from Agent with respect to leasing matters shall be accompanied, at a minimum, by the following, to the extent applicable: (i) the proposed lease or amendment or modification thereof complete with all applicable schedules and exhibits; (ii) a complete copy of any proposed guaranty, if applicable; (iii) comprehensive financial information with respect to the proposed tenant, sub-tenant or assignee and, if applicable, the proposed guarantor (as to new leases or amendments or modifications to existing leases involving material economic changes, and as to proposed sub-lets or assignments); (iv) executive summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed lease, sub-lease or assignment, and, if applicable, the proposed guaranty; and (v) an executive summary of the facts and conditions relating to any proposed termination of lease.

 

9.17.3                                            Agent’s and Lenders’ Response .  The Agent shall act on requests from a Borrower for any approval under Section 9.17.2 in a commercially reasonable manner and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to any such request within ten (10) Business Days following Agent’s receipt thereof.  Agent’s response may consist of an approval or disapproval of the request, or a conditional approval thereof subject to specified conditions, or a request for further data or information, or any combination thereof.  In order to expedite the processing of requests for such approvals, the applicable Borrower agrees to provide Agent with as much advance information as is possible in a commercially reasonable manner in advance of a Borrower’s formal request for an approval.  If the request for approval contains printed in capital letters or boldface type, a legend substantially to the following effect:

 

“THIS COMMUNICATION REQUIRES IMMEDIATE RESPONSE.  FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIFTEEN (15)  BUSINESS DAYS FROM THE RECEIPT OF THIS COMMUNICATION SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEEMED APPROVAL BY THE AGENT OF THE ACTION REQUESTED BY THE BORROWER AND RECITED ABOVE”

 

then in the event that the Agent does not approve, reject or request additional information regarding any such request for consent or acceptance within fifteen (15) Business Days of the receipt by the Agent of such request and all material information for the Agent to reasonably review such request, the Agent shall be deemed to have approved or

 

21



 

consented to the action requested in the request and subject to the following conditions, the lease with respect thereto shall be an Approved Lease: (i) the execution by the Borrower and the subject tenant of a lease on terms that do not materially vary from those set forth in the request, and (ii) Agent shall be provided, within ten (10) Business Days following execution thereof with a full and complete copy of the lease.

 

9.17.4                                            SNDAs and Estoppels .  Agent shall have the right to require each tenant to execute and deliver to Agent a subordination, non-disturbance of possession and attornment agreement (“SNDA Agreement”) in form, content and manner of execution reasonably acceptable to Agent and, from time to time, an estoppel certificate in form and manner of execution reasonably acceptable to Agent.  Upon a Borrower’s request, Agent shall execute an SNDA Agreement with each tenant under an Approved Lease upon:  (i) satisfaction of all landlord obligations under the applicable Approved Lease such that the tenant has taken full possession of the leases premises and is obligated to pay rent, and (ii) receipt by Agent of a satisfactory estoppel certificate confirming the full performance of landlord obligations to date including, but not limited to, landlord obligations relating to the construction of Tenant Improvements, and the absence of any fact or circumstance which constitutes, or with the passage of time or giving of notice, or both, would constitute, a default under such lease.

 

9.18                                         Loan To Value Ratio Covenant.

 

9.18.1                                            LTV .  At all times the ratio (“Loan To Value Ratio” or “LTV”) obtained by dividing: (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, by (ii) the aggregate Value of the Property, expressed as a percentage, shall not be greater than seventy-five percent (75%).  For the purposes of this Loan Agreement, the “Value of the Property” shall mean such Value of the Property (on an aggregate basis) as determined by the Agent pursuant to each Original Appraisal or by a new appraisal ordered by and reasonably acceptable to Agent.

 

9.18.2                                            Updated Appraisals .  Agent shall have the right at its option, from time to time, to order an update, and shall upon Borrower’s request, order an update, to the Original Appraisal or a new appraisal (collectively, an “Updated Appraisal”). Each Updated Appraisal shall be prepared by the original or more recent appraiser unless Agent makes a good faith determination not to have such appraiser prepare the same in which event the Updated Appraisal shall be prepared at Agent’s direction by an appraiser selected by Agent.  Any appraiser selected by Agent shall be: (i) an MAI member with not less than ten (10) years experience appraising properties of a similar type to the Property in the general area, (ii) otherwise qualified pursuant to provisions of applicable laws and regulations under and pursuant to which Agent operates, and (iii) each Updated Appraisal shall be approved by the Majority Lenders, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event that Borrower does not reasonably agree with any Updated Appraisal, Borrower may contest the amount set forth therein by instituting an arbitration proceeding pursuant to Section 9.18.5.

 

9.18.3                                            Costs of Appraisal .  Borrower shall pay for the costs of the Original Appraisal and each Updated Appraisal; provided that Borrower shall not be required to

 

22



 

pay for more than one (1) Updated Appraisal in any twelve (12) month period unless either: (i) an Event of Default has occurred, or (ii) Agent has determined in good faith that there is a material likelihood that an updated Appraisal would reflect a diminution in Value of the Property of ten (10%) percent or more from the most recent appraisal.

 

9.18.4                                            Principal Reduction .  If at any time the Loan To Value Ratio is not satisfied, Borrower shall within thirty (30) days following Agent’s notice, make either (a) a principal payment in an amount sufficient to reduce the Loan To Value Ratio to not more than seventy-five percent (75%) or (b) deliver additional collateral to Agent acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion, together with such customary documentation and due diligence as the Agent may reasonably require, with a value (as determined by the Agent in its reasonable discretion) sufficient to reduce the Loan to Value Ratio to not more than 75%.  It shall be an Event of Default if such payment is not so made or additional collateral delivered within such thirty (30) day period.

 

9.18.5                                            Arbitration . If Borrower disputes the value of the Property set forth in an Updated Appraisal, and if such dispute has not been settled by agreement. either party may submit the dispute to arbitration in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association within sixty (60) days after the Updated Appraisal is delivered to Borrower. The arbitration panel shall consist of one (1) MAI appraiser selected by each of Borrower and Agent, and a third arbitrator jointly selected by the first two arbitrators and if the parties cannot agree on a third arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall be an MAI appraiser with at least ten (10) years’ experience in the market in which the relevant portion of the Property is located who is selected by the highest ranking officer of CB Richard Ellis, it successors or assigns. The arbitration shall be conducted in Boston, Massachusetts. None of the arbitrators shall have a then existing contractual or attorney-client relationship with Borrower or Agent. The arbitrators shall render a written decision stating the reasons therefor. The decision of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on Borrower and Agent and judgment thereon may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Each party shall bear its own costs in connection with any such arbitration.

 

9.19                                         Debt Service Coverage Ratio.

 

9.19.1                                            Certain Definitions .

 

(i)                                                     “Calculation Date” shall mean the last day of each calendar quarter commencing with September 30, 2006.

 

(ii)                                                  “Calculation Period” shall mean each three (3) month period which ends on a Calculation Date.

 

(iii)                                               “Debt Service Coverage” shall mean the ratio for the Calculation Period of:  (A) Net Operating Income (in each instance calculated with respect to each Property which is Collateral) to (B) Debt Service on the Loan.

 

(iv)                                              “Net Operating Income” shall mean all revenues paid to Landlord under Approved Leases ( i.e. , not including any amounts paid by tenants to third

 

23



 

parties pursuant to Approved Leases) and the ownership and operation of the Property and the interim investment of accumulated funds minus all Operating Expenses.

 

(v)                                                 “Operating Expenses” shall mean expenditures of all kinds made by Borrower (and not by Tenant on behalf of Borrower) with respect to the operation of the Property in the normal course of business including, but not limited to, expenditures for taxes, insurance, repairs, replacements, maintenance, management fees, salaries, advertising expenses, professional fees, wages and utility costs, amounts payable with respect to the Property under or with respect to any Permitted Title Exceptions, but expressly excluding: (a) any Debt Service on the Loan, and (b) expenditures made out of reserves previously created, (c) marketing, advertising and leasing costs and (d) non-recurring expenses (including any expenditures related to Tenant Improvements which in accordance with the accrual basis income tax accounting are depreciated or amortized over a period of less than one (1) year).  Any expenditures which in accordance with the accrual basis income tax accounting are depreciated or amortized over a period which exceeds one (1) year shall be treated as an expenditure, for the purposes of the foregoing calculations, ratably over the period of depreciation or amortization.

 

(vi)                                              “Debt Service on the Loan” shall mean (a) if the interest rate under the Loans has been fixed for the duration of the Loans, the actual principal and interest paid or payable under the Loan during the Calculation Period, or (b) if the interest rate under the Loans is a floating rate, the higher of: (i) the actual principal and interest paid or payable under the Loans during the Calculation Period, or (ii) the payments of principal and interest that would have been payable under an assumed loan during the Calculation Period in an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of the Loans at the inception of the relevant Calculation Period bearing interest at the Deemed Rate of Interest payable on a direct reduction basis over twenty (20) years.

 

(vii)                                           “Deemed Rate of Interest” shall mean the higher of (a) the actual rates in effect under the Note, or (b) the annual rate of interest payable on the relevant Calculation Date (that is, the last day of the applicable Calculation Period) on ten (10) year United States Treasury obligations in amounts approximating the principal balance of the Loan at the inception of the Calculation Period plus one and three quarters percent (1.75%).

 

9.19.2                                            DSC Covenant .  The Debt Service Coverage for each Calculation Period determined on each Calculation Date shall be not less than 1.25:1.  If such Debt Service Coverage covenant shall not be satisfied on any Calculation Date, Borrower shall prepay a sufficient amount of principal outstanding on the Loans such that if such principal reduction had been made on the first day of the Calculation Period the Debt Service Coverage covenant would have been satisfied.  It shall be an Event of Default if Borrower fails to make such a prepayment not later than the first to occur of: (i) thirty (30) days after notice from Agent to Borrower properly requesting the payment, or (ii) if Borrower has failed to give Agent sufficient reports to enable Agent to make the necessary calculations, forty-five (45) days following the applicable Calculation Date.

 

24



 

9.20                                         Replacement Documentation .  Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of Agent or any Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note or any other security document which is not of public record, and, in the case of any such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of such Note or other security document, Borrower will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note or other security document in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.

 

9.21                                         Partial Release .  Provided no Event of Default is then in existence hereunder, upon the written request of the Borrower, provided at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the requested release, the Agent shall release a Property from the lien of the Security Documents upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)                                                      The Agent shall have received the Partial Release Payment for such Property. As used herein, “Partial Release Payment” shall mean, for any Property, that amount which is equal to 1.2 multiplied by the Loan Amount advanced with respect to such Property;

 

(ii)                                                   The Borrower shall simultaneous with the delivery of the Partial Release Payment, shall repay the Bridge Loan in an amount equal to the Partial Release Payment required to be paid pursuant to the Bridge Loan Documents;

 

(iii)                                                After giving effect to the release of the subject Property, the Borrower will not violate the minimum Debt Service Coverage covenant, as calculated pursuant to Section 9.19.2; and

 

(iv)                                               After giving effect to the release of the subject Property, the Borrower will not violate the maximum Loan To Value Ratio covenant, as calculated pursuant to Section 9.18.1 hereof.

 

10.                                  SPECIAL PROVISIONS .

 

10.1                                         Right to Contest.

 

10.1.1                                            Taxes and Claims by Third Parties .  Subject to a Tenant’s rights under the applicable Lease, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.3 which obligate Borrower to pay taxes and other obligations to third parties when due, it is agreed that any tax, assessment, charge, levy, claim or obligation to a third party (expressly excluding an obligation created under the Loan Documents) need not be paid while the validity or amount thereof shall be contested currently, diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if Borrower shall have adequate unencumbered (except in favor of Agent, on behalf of the Lenders) cash reserves with respect thereto, and provided that such contest does not create a default by landlord under any lease assigned to Agent, on behalf of Lenders; and provided, further, that Borrower shall pay all taxes, assessments, charges, levies or obligations: (i) immediately upon the commencement of proceedings to enforce any lien which may have attached as security therefor, unless such proceeding is stayed by proper court order pending the outcome of such contest; and (ii) as to claims for labor, materials or supplies, prior to the imposition of any lien on the Property unless the lien is discharged or bonded as set forth in Section 11.1.4.

 

25


 

10.1.2             Legal Requirements .  Each Borrower may contest any claim, demand, levy or assessment under any Legal Requirements by any person or entity if: (i) the contest is based upon a material question of law or fact raised by the Borrower in good faith; (ii) the Borrower properly commences and thereafter diligently pursues the contest; (iii) the contest will not materially impair the ability to ultimately comply with the contested Legal Requirement should the contest not be successful and the conduct of the contest will not materially interfere with the ability to obligate all tenants under Approved Leases to pay rent without offset; (iv) the Borrower demonstrates to Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that Borrower has the financial capability to undertake and pay for such contest and any corrective or remedial action then or thereafter reasonably likely to be necessary; (v) if the likely cost of complying with the Legal Requirement in the event the contest is not successfully resolved, as determined in good faith by Agent, is more than $25,000.00 there is no reason to believe that the contest will not be resolved prior to the Maturity Date or if the Extended Term has become effective, prior to the Extended Maturity Date; (vi) no Event of Default exists; and (vii) if the contest relates to an Environmental Legal Requirement, the conditions set forth in the Environmental Indemnity relating to such contests shall be satisfied.

 

10.2            Limited Recourse Provisions .  Each Borrower shall be fully liable for the Loans and the Obligations of each other Borrower to each of the Lenders; provided, however, that the Agent and the Lenders agree that (a) they shall have no recourse to any portion of the Collateral which has been released pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.21., and (b) upon a release of all Collateral granted by a specific Borrower, such Borrower shall be deemed released from its Obligations under the Loan Documents, other than any Obligations which, by their terms, survive repayment of the Loans.  No member, officer, manager or other direct or indirect owner of a Borrower or Guarantor shall have any liability for the Loan or the obligations of a Borrower or Guarantor to the Agent or the other Lenders.  Guarantor’s recourse is limited to the specific obligations set forth in the Guaranty.

 

11.          EVENTS OF DEFAULT .  The following provisions deal with Default, Events of Default, notice, grace and cure periods, and certain rights of Agent following an Event of Default.

 

11.1            Default and Events of Default .  The term “Default” as used herein or in any of the other Loan Documents shall mean an Event of Default, or any fact or circumstance which constitutes, or upon the lapse of time, or giving of notice, or both, could constitute, an Event of Default.  Each of the following events, unless cured within any applicable grace period set forth or referred to below in this Section 11.1., or in Section 11.2., shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

 

11.1.1             Generally .  A default by any Borrower in the performance of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement to be performed by any Borrower, or a breach, or other failure to satisfy, any other term, provision, condition, covenant or warranty under this Agreement and such default remains uncured beyond any applicable specific grace period provided for in this Agreement, or as set forth in Section 11.2. below;

 

26



 

11.1.2             Note, Mortgage and Other Loan Documents .  A default by any Borrower in the performance of any term or provision of the Note, or of the Mortgage, or of any of the other Loan Documents, or a breach, or other failure to satisfy, any other term, provision, condition or warranty under the Note, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document, regardless of whether the then undisbursed portion of the Loans is sufficient to cover any payment of money required thereby, and the specific grace period, if any, allowed for the default in question shall have expired without such default having been cured and including, without limitation, any Bridge Loan Default;

 

11.1.3             Financial Status and Insolvency .

 

A.     A Borrower shall: (i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; (ii) file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency act; (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a receiver, liquidator or trustee of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its properties or assets; (v) file a petition or answer seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under the Federal Bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law; (vi) have a court of competent jurisdiction enter an order, judgment or decree appointing a receiver, liquidator or trustee of a Borrower, or of the whole or any substantial part of the property or assets of a Borrower, and such order, judgment or decree shall remain unvacated or not set aside or unstayed for one hundred twenty (120) days; (vii) have a petition filed against it seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under the Federal Bankruptcy laws or any other applicable law and such petition shall remain undismissed for one hundred twenty (120) days; (viii) have, under the provisions of any other law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction assume custody or control of a Borrower or of the whole or any substantial part of its property or assets and such custody or control shall remain unterminated or unstayed for one hundred twenty (120) days; (ix) have an attachment or execution levied against any substantial portion of the property of a Borrower or against any portion of the Collateral which is not discharged or dissolved by a bond within thirty (30) days; or

 

B.     any such event shall occur with respect to any Guarantor.

 

11.1.4             Liens .  A lien for the performance of work, or the supply of materials, or a notice of contract, or an attachment, judgment, execution or levy’ is filed against any Land or any Improvements and remains unsatisfied or is not discharged or dissolved by a bond (or by cash collateral acceptable to Agent) for a period of thirty (30) days after the filing thereof or is not being contested pursuant to Article 10;

 

11.1.5             Breach of Representation or Warranty .  Any material representation or warranty made by a Borrower or Guarantor herein or in any other instrument or document relating to the Loans or a Property shall at any time be materially false or misleading, or any warranty shall be materially breached and such breach or

 

27



 

misrepresentation, if capable of being cured, is not cured as set forth in Section 11.2 below;

 

11.1.6             Default Under Assigned Contract or Lease .  A Borrower defaults under any lease of a Property or under any contract assigned to Agent or the Lenders and such default is not cured within the grace period applicable thereto such that the tenant or contracting party obtains the right to terminate the material contract or lease or to claim material damages and such party either terminates such material contract or such default remains uncured beyond the grace period set forth in Section 11.2 below.

 

11.1.7             Guarantor Default .  A default continuing beyond applicable cure periods by Guarantor in the performance of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which Guarantor is a party, or the breach, or any other failure to satisfy any other term, provision, condition or warranty imposed upon the Guarantor in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to which Guarantor is a party or by which Guarantor is bound not cured within all applicable notice and cure grace periods.

 

11.2            Grace Periods and Notice .  As to each of the foregoing events the following provisions relating to grace periods and notice shall apply:

 

11.2.1             No Notice or Grace Period .  There shall be no grace period and no notice provision with respect to the payment of principal at Maturity and no grace period and no notice provision with respect to defaults related to the voluntary filing of bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings or an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or with respect to nonmonetary defaults which are not reasonably capable of being cured, or with respect to a breach of warranty or representation under Section 8.1. (regarding Financial Information), or with respect to breaches under Section 9.6 (Restrictions on Liens, Transfers and Additional Debt) except as provided in Section 8 and 9.7 (Limits on Guaranties and Distributions).

 

11.2.2             Nonpayment of Interest .  As to the nonpayment of interest, there shall be a ten (10) day grace period without any requirement of notice from Agent, except that as to a required principal reduction to comply with the Loan To Value Ratio Covenant in Section 9.18 or the Debt Service Coverage Ratio Covenant in Section 9.19, there shall be no grace period except as stated therein.

 

11.2.3             Other Monetary Defaults .  All other monetary defaults shall have a ten (10) day grace period following notice from Agent, or, if shorter, a grace period without notice until five (5) Business Days before the last day on which payment is required to be made in order to avoid: (i) the cancellation or lapse of required insurance, or (ii) a tax sale or the imposition of late charges or penalties in respect of taxes or other municipal charges.

 

11.2.4             Nonmonetary Defaults Capable of Cure .  As to nonmonetary defaults which are reasonably capable of being cured or remedied, unless there is a specific shorter or longer grace period provided for in this Loan Agreement or in another Loan

 

28



 

Document, there shall be a thirty (30) day grace period following notice from Agent or, if such default would reasonably require more than thirty (30) days to cure or remedy, such longer period of time not to exceed a total of one hundred twenty (120) days from Agent’s notice as may be reasonably required so long as Borrower shall commence reasonable actions to remedy or cure the default within thirty (30) days following such notice and shall diligently prosecute such curative action to completion within such one hundred twenty (120) day period.  However, where there is an emergency situation in which there is danger to person or property such curative action shall be commenced as promptly as possible.  As to breaches of warranties and representations (other than those related to financial information or construction documents) there shall be a thirty (30) day grace period following notice from Agent.

 

11.3            Certain Remedies. If an Event of Default shall occur:

 

11.3.1             Withhold Loan Advance .  The Lenders shall not have any obligation to make any further Loans hereunder (and for the purpose of withholding Loans the Lenders may treat as an Event of Default an event which has occurred without regard to notice or grace periods, if any, but if there is in fact a cure within an applicable grace period, Lenders shall not thereafter withhold the Loan on account thereof);

 

11.3.2             Accelerate Debt .  Agent may, and upon the direction of the Majority Lenders shall, declare the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage immediately due and payable (provided that in the case of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy filed by Borrower or (after the expiration of the grace period if any set forth in Section 11.1.3 above) an involuntary petition in bankruptcy filed against Borrower, such acceleration shall be automatic); and

 

11.3.3             Pursue Remedies .  May pursue any and all remedies provided for hereunder, or under any one or more of the other Loan Documents.

 

11.3.4             Written Waivers .  If a Default or an Event of Default is waived by the Majority Lenders or the Agent, in their sole discretion, pursuant to a specific written instrument executed by an authorized officer of Agent, the Default or Event of Default so waived shall be deemed to have never occurred.

 

12.          ADDITIONAL REMEDIES .

 

12.1            Remedies .  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, whether or not the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage shall be due and payable or Agent shall have instituted any foreclosure or other action for the enforcement of the Mortgage or the Note, Agent may, and shall upon the direction of the Majority Lenders, in addition to any other remedies which Agent may have hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and not in limitation thereof, and in Agent’s sole and absolute discretion:

 

12.1.1             Enter and Perform .  Enter upon the Property to perform obligations under leases, or to operate, maintain, repair and improve the Property and employ watchmen to protect the Property, all at the risk, cost and expense of Borrower, consent to such entry being hereby given by Borrower;

 

29



 

12.1.2             Discontinue Work .  At any time discontinue any work commenced in respect of the Property or change any course of action undertaken by it and not be bound by any limitations or requirements of time whether set forth herein or otherwise;

 

12.1.3             Exercise Rights .  Exercise the rights of Borrower under any contract or other agreement in any way relating to the Property and take over and use all or any part of the labor, materials, supplies and equipment contracted for by Borrower, whether or not previously incorporated into the realty; and

 

12.1.4             Other Actions .  In connection with any work or action undertaken by Agent pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Documents,

 

(i)                  engage builders, contractors, architects, engineers and others for the purpose of furnishing labor, materials and equipment,

 

(ii)                 pay, settle or compromise all bills or claims which may become liens against the property constituting the Collateral, or which have been or may be incurred in any manner in connection with the Property or for the discharge of liens, encumbrances or defects in the title of the Property or the Collateral,

 

(iii)                take or refrain from taking such action hereunder as Agent may from time to time determine, and

 

(iv)               engage marketing and leasing agents and real estate brokers to advertise, lease or sell portions or all of the Property or other Collateral upon such terms and conditions as Agent may in good faith determine.

 

12.2            Reimbursement .  Borrower shall be liable to Agent and each of the Lenders for all sums paid or incurred pursuant to any of the Loan Documents whether the same shall be paid or incurred pursuant to this Section or otherwise, and all payments made or liabilities incurred by Agent or any Lender hereunder of any kind whatsoever shall be paid by Borrower to Agent upon demand with interest at the Default Rate as provided in this Agreement or the Note from the date of payment by Agent or any Lender (which payment date is at least 30 days after invoice to Borrower) to the date of payment to Agent and repayment of such sums with such interest shall be secured by the applicable Security Documents.

 

12.3            Power of Attorney .  For the purpose of exercising the rights granted by this Section 12, as well as any and all other rights and remedies of Agent, Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Agent (or any agent designated by Agent) its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, upon and following any Event of Default, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any instruments and to do and perform any acts permitted hereunder or by law in the name and on behalf of Borrower.

 

13.          SECURITY INTEREST .

 

13.1            Security Interest .  Borrower hereby grants to Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, a lien and security interest and as security for all liabilities and obligations to the Lenders, whether now existing or hereafter arising, upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property,

 

30



 

now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Agent or any Lender or any entity under the control of Anglo Irish Bank Corporation plc, or in transit to any of them.

 

14.          CASUALTY AND TAKING .

 

14.1            Casualty and Obligation To Repair .  In the event of any damage or destruction to a Property or the other Collateral by reason of fire or other hazard or casualty (collectively, a “Casualty”), Borrower shall give written notice thereof to Agent and each of the Lenders as quickly as reasonably possible and proceed with reasonable diligence, in full compliance with all Legal Requirements and the other requirements of the Loan Documents, to repair, restore, rebuild or replace the affected property (collectively, the “Repair Work”).

 

14.2            Adjustment of Claims .  All insurance claims shall be adjusted by Borrower, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, but subject to Agent’s prior written approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that if any Event of Default exists under any of the Loan Documents, Agent shall have the right to adjust and compromise such claims without the approval of Borrower.

 

14.3            Payment and Application of Insurance Proceeds .  All proceeds of insurance in excess of $250,000.00 shall be paid to Agent and, if delivered to Agent, at Agent’s option, be either applied to Borrower’s Obligations (without prepayment premium, breakage costs or Cost Maintenance Fees) or released, in whole or in part, to pay for the actual cost of repair, restoration, rebuilding or replacement (collectively, “Cost To Repair”) as more fully set forth below.  If the Cost To Repair does not exceed $250,000.00, Agent shall release so much of the insurance proceeds as may be required to pay for the actual Cost to Repair in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.4.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent shall also release so much of the insurance proceeds as may be required to pay the actual Cost To Repair if:

 

(i)            In Agent’s good faith judgment such proceeds together with any additional funds as may be deposited with and pledged to Agent are sufficient to pay the Cost To Repair;

 

(ii)           In Agent’s good faith judgment the Repair Work is likely to be completed prior to the Maturity Date;

 

(iii)          No Event of Default exists under the Loan Documents; and

 

(iv)          Each tenant under a Major Lease which might otherwise have a right to terminate its lease on account of such Casualty shall have waived its right to so terminate conditioned upon the Repair Work being completed within a reasonable period of time acceptable to Agent, all such that at completion of the Repair Work the Loan to Value Ratio shall not be less than 75% and the Debt Service Coverage shall be at least 1.25:1 (taking into account any business or rental interruption coverage), as reasonably projected by Agent.

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents to the contrary, if Agent shall apply the insurance proceeds to the Obligations (which application shall be made in accordance with the Note), then Borrower shall have the right (but not the obligation) to prepay the

 

31



 

balance of the Loan subject to the prepayment premium, breakage costs and Cost Maintenance Fees set forth in the Note.

 

14.4            Conditions To Release of Insurance Proceeds .  If Agent elects or is required to release insurance proceeds, Agent may impose reasonable conditions on such release which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 

(i)                  Prior written approval by Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed of plans, specifications, cost estimates, contracts and bonds for the restoration or repair of the loss or damage;

 

(ii)                 Waivers of lien, architect’s certificates, contractor’s sworn statements and other evidence of costs, payments and completion as Agent may reasonably require;

 

(iii)                If the Cost To Repair does not exceed $250,000.00, the funds to pay therefor shall be released to Borrower, otherwise, funds shall be released upon final completion of the Repair Work, unless Borrower requests earlier funding, in which event partial monthly disbursements equal to 95% of the value of the work completed shall be made prior to final completion of the repair, restoration or replacement and the balance of the disbursements shall be made upon full completion and the receipt by Agent of satisfactory evidence of payment and release of all liens, provided further that Agent shall release funds for the payment of any contract, subcontract or materialman that has completed all of such contract’s work in accordance with its contract upon reasonably satisfactory evidence of completion and delivery of appropriate lien waivers;

 

(iv)               Determination by Agent that the undisbursed balance of such proceeds on deposit with Agent, together with additional funds deposited for the purpose, shall be at least sufficient to pay for the remaining Cost To Repair, free and clear of all liens and claims for lien;

 

(v)                All work to comply with the standards, quality of construction and Legal Requirements applicable to the original construction of the Property;

 

(vi)               each tenant of the Property which might otherwise have a right to terminate its lease on account of such Casualty shall have waived its right to so terminate conditioned only upon the Repair Work being completed within a reasonable period of time acceptable to Agent or such period as is expressly provided in the applicable leases, whichever is longer, so long as the period does not exceed the period for which rent loss insurance is available all such that upon completion of the Repair Work the Loan To Value Ratio shall be satisfied and the Debt Service Coverage covenant as projected by Agent will be complied with; and

 

(vii)              the absence of any Default under any Loan Documents.

 

Nothing herein shall limit Borrower’s right to prepay the Loan at any time.

 

14.5            Taking .  If there is any condemnation for public use of the Property or of any Collateral, the awards on account thereof shall be paid to Agent and shall be applied to

 

32



 

Borrower’s obligations, or released to Borrower to pay for the Cost To Repair, in the same manner and subject to the same thresholds and limitations set forth in Sections 14.3 and 14.4 hereof and such taking or condemnation shall not be deemed a violation of Section 9.7.

 

15.          THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS.

 

15.1            Appointment of Agent .  Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Anglo Irish Bank Corporation plc as Agent of such Lender to act as specified herein and in the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent to take such actions, exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to or conferred upon the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Agent agrees to act as such upon the express conditions contained in this Article 15.  The Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents, nor shall it have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against the Agent.  Except as set forth herein, the provisions of this Article 15 are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall not have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions hereof.

 

15.2            Administration of Loans by Agent .  The Agent shall be responsible for administering the Loans on a day-to-day basis.  In the exercise of such administrative duties, the Agent shall use the same diligence and standard of care that is customarily used by the Agent with respect to similar loans held by the Agent solely for its own account.  Borrower may rely, without inquiry, on any waiver or action by Agent under the Loan Documents if Agent indicates such waiver or action is taken as Agent on behalf of the Lenders.

 

Each Lender delegates to the Agent the full right and authority on its behalf to take the following specific actions in connection with its administration of the Loans:

 

(i)                  to fund the Loans in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents, but only to the extent of immediately available funds provided to the Agent by the respective Lenders for such purpose;

 

(ii)                 to receive all payments of principal, interest, fees and other charges paid by, or on behalf of, the Borrower and, except for fees to which the Agent is entitled pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise, to distribute all such funds to the respective Lenders as provided for hereunder;

 

(iii)                to keep and maintain complete and accurate files and records of all material matters pertaining to the Loans, and make such files and records available for inspection and copying by each Lender and its respective employees and agents during normal business hours upon reasonable prior notice to the Agent; and

 

(iv)               to do or omit doing all such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or incident to the implementation, administration and servicing of the Loans and the rights and duties delegated hereinabove.

 

33



 

15.3            Delegation of Duties .  The Agent may execute any of its duties under this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through its agent or attorneys-in-fact, and shall be entitled to the advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its rights and duties hereunder or under the Loan Documents.  The Agent shall not be responsible to the other Lenders for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

 

15.4            Exculpatory Provisions .  Neither the Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be liable to any other Lenders for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, except for its or their gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Neither the Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, or verify (i) any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any of its officers or agents contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or in any certificate or other document delivered in connection therewith; (ii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agreements contained in, or the conditions of, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (iii) the state or condition of any properties of the Borrower or any other obligor hereunder constituting Collateral for the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder, or any information contained in the books or records of the Borrower; (iv) the validity, enforceability, collectibility, effectiveness or genuineness of this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other certificate, document or instrument furnished in connection therewith; or (v) the validity, priority or perfection of any lien securing or purporting to secure the Obligations or the value or sufficiency of any of the Collateral.

 

15.5            Reliance by Agent .  The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, or other document or writing believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person or persons, and upon the advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent.  The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of the taking or failing to take any such action.  The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with any written request of the Majority Lenders, and each such request of the Majority Lenders, and any action taken or failure to act by the Agent pursuant thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required in any event to act, or to refrain from acting, in any manner which is contrary to the Loan Documents or to applicable law.

 

15.6            Notice of Default .  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless the Agent has actual knowledge of the same or has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.  In the event that the Agent obtains such actual knowledge or receives such a notice, the Agent shall give prompt notice

 

34



 

thereof to each of the Lenders.  The Agent shall take such action with respect to such Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Majority Lenders.  Unless and until the Agent shall have received such direction, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to any such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

15.7            Lenders’ Credit Decisions .  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based on the financial statements prepared by the Borrower and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and investigation into the business, assets, operations, property, and financial and other condition of the Borrower and has made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in determining whether or not conditions precedent to closing any Loan hereunder have been satisfied and in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

15.8            Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification .  The Lenders agree to reimburse and indemnify the Agent, ratably in proportion to their respective Commitments, for (i) any amounts not reimbursed by the Borrower for which the Agent is entitled to reimbursement by the Borrower under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (ii) any other expenses incurred by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, amendment, waiver and/or enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (iii) any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, action, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other document delivered in connection therewith or any transaction contemplated thereby, or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent that they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent.  If any indemnity furnished to the Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of the Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the action indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished.

 

15.9            Agent in its Individual Capacity .  With respect to its Commitment as a Lender, and the Loans made by it and the Note issued to it, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder and under any other Loan Document as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Agent in its individual capacity.  The Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with the Borrower or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Borrower as if it were not the Agent hereunder.

 

15.10          Successor Agent .  The Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Lenders and Borrower.  The Majority Lenders, for good cause, may remove Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Agent, the Borrower and the other Lenders.  Upon any such resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders

 

35



 

shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent’s giving notice of resignation or the Majority Lenders’ giving notice of removal, as the case may be, then the retiring Agent may appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Agent.  Each such successor Agent shall be a financial institution which meets the requirements of an Eligible Assignee.  Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any successor Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.  After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article 15 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Agent hereunder.

 

15.11          Duties in the Case of Enforcement .  In the case one or more Events of Default have occurred and shall be continuing, and whether or not acceleration of the Obligations shall have occurred, the Agent shall, at the request, or may, upon the consent, of the Majority Lenders, and provided that the Lenders have given to the Agent such additional indemnities and assurances against expenses and liabilities as the Agent may reasonably request, proceed to enforce the provisions of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents respecting the foreclosure of mortgages, the sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral and the exercise of any other legal or equitable rights or remedies as it may have hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise by virtue of applicable law, or to refrain from so acting if similarly requested by the Majority Lenders.  The Agent shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting upon the instruction of the Majority Lenders, and such instruction shall be binding upon all the Lenders.  The Majority Lenders may direct the Agent in writing as to the method and the extent of any such foreclosure, sale or other disposition or the exercise of any other right or remedy, the Lenders hereby agreeing to indemnify and hold the Agent harmless from all costs and liabilities incurred in respect of all actions taken or omitted in accordance with such direction, provided that the Agent need not comply with any such direction to the extent that the Agent reasonably believes the Agent’s compliance with such direction to be unlawful or commercially unreasonable in any applicable jurisdiction.  The Agent may, in its discretion but without obligation, in the absence of direction from the Majority Lenders, take such interim actions as it believes necessary to preserve the rights of the Lenders hereunder and in and to any Collateral securing the Obligations, including but not limited to petitioning a court for injunctive relief, appointment of a receiver or preservation of the proceeds of any Collateral.  Each of the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that no individual Lender may separately enforce or exercise any of the provisions of any of the Loan Documents, including without limitation the Notes, other than through the Agent.

 

15.12          Respecting Loans and Payments.

 

15.12.1           Procedures for Loans .  Agent shall give written notice to each Lender of each request for a conversion of an existing Loan from a Variable Rate Advance to a LIBO Rate Advance, by facsimile transmission, hand delivery or overnight courier, not later than 11:00 a.m. (Boston time) (i) three (3) Business Days prior to any LIBO Rate

 

36



 

Advance or conversion to a LIBO Rate Advance, or (ii) one (1) Business Day prior to any Variable Rate Advance.  Each such notice shall be accompanied by a written summary of the request for a Loan and shall specify (a) the date of the requested Loan, (b) the aggregate amount of the requested Loan, (c) each Lender’s pro rata share of the requested Loan, and (d) the applicable interest rate selected by Borrower with respect to such Loan, or any portion thereof, together with the applicable Interest Period, if any, selected, or deemed selected, by Borrower.  Each Lender shall, before 11:00 a.m. (Boston time) on the date set forth in any such request for a Loan, make available to Agent, at an account to be designated by Agent at Anglo Irish Bank Corporation plc, in same day funds, each Lender’s ratable portion of the requested Loan.  After Agent’s receipt of such funds and upon Agent’s determination that the applicable conditions to making the requested Loan have been fulfilled, Agent shall make such funds available to Borrower as provided for in this Loan Agreement.  Within a reasonable period of time following the making of each Loan, but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days following such Loan, Agent shall deliver to each Lender a copy of Borrower’s request for Loans.  Promptly after receipt by Agent of written request from any Lender, Agent shall deliver to the requesting Lender the accompanying certifications and such other instruments, documents, certifications and approvals delivered by or on behalf of Borrower to Agent in support of the requested Loan.

 

15.12.2           Nature of Obligations of Lenders .  The obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint.  Failure of any Lender to fulfill its obligations hereunder shall not result in any other Lender becoming obligated to advance more than its Commitment Percentage of the Loans, nor shall such failure release or diminish the obligations of any other Lender to fund its Commitment Percentage provided herein.

 

15.12.3           Payments to Agent .  All payments of principal of and interest on the Loans or the Notes shall be made to the Agent by the Borrower or any other obligor or guarantor for the account of the Lenders in immediately available funds as provided in the Notes and this Agreement.  The Agent agrees promptly to distribute to each Lender, on the same Business Day upon which each such payment is made if possible, such Lender’s proportionate share of each such payment in immediately available funds, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.  The Agent shall upon each distribution promptly notify Borrower of such distribution and each Lender of the amounts distributed to it applicable to principal of, and interest on, the proportionate share held by the applicable Lender.  Each payment to the Agent under the first sentence of this Section 15.12.3 shall constitute a payment by the Borrower to each Lender in the amount of such Lender’s proportionate share of such payment, and any such payment to the Agent shall not be considered outstanding for any purpose after the date of such payment by the Borrower to the Agent without regard to whether or when the Agent makes distribution thereof as provided above.  If any payment received by the Agent from the Borrower is insufficient to pay both all accrued interest and all principal then due and owing, the Agent shall first apply such payment to all outstanding interest until paid in full and shall then apply the remainder of such payment to all principal then due and owing, and shall distribute the payment to each Lender accordingly.

 

37


 

15.12.4                                 Distribution of Liquidation Proceeds .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Agent shall distribute all Liquidation Proceeds in the order and manner set forth below:

 

First:                                               To the Agent, towards any fees and any expenses for which the Agent is entitled to reimbursement under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents not theretofore paid to the Agent.

 

Second:                              To all applicable Lenders in accordance with their proportional share based upon their respective Commitment Percentages until all Lenders have been reimbursed for all expenses which such Lenders have previously paid to the Agent and not theretofore paid to such Lenders.

 

Third:                                         To all applicable Lenders in accordance with their proportional share based upon their respective Commitment Percentages until all Lenders have been paid in full all other amounts due to such Lenders under the Loans including, without limitation, any costs and expenses incurred directly by such Lenders to the extent such costs and expenses are reimbursable to such Lenders by the Borrower under the Loan Documents.

 

Fourth:                                  To all Lenders in accordance with their proportional share based upon their respective Commitment Percentages until all Lenders have been paid in full all principal and interest due to such Lenders under the Loans, with each Lender applying such proceeds for purposes of this Agreement to the outstanding principal balance due to such Lender and to accrued and unpaid interest due under the Loans, in such order or preference as the Agent may determine.

 

Fifth:                                            To the Borrower or such third parties as may be entitled to claim Liquidation Proceeds.

 

15.12.5                                 Adjustments .  If, after Agent has paid each Lender’s proportionate share of any payment received or applied by Agent in respect of the Loans, that payment is rescinded or must otherwise be returned or paid over by Agent, whether pursuant to any bankruptcy or insolvency law, sharing of payments clause of any loan agreement or otherwise, such Lender shall, at Agent’s request, promptly return its proportionate share of such payment or application to Agent, together with the Lender’s proportionate share of any interest or other amount required to be paid by Agent with respect to such payment or application.

 

15.12.6                                 Distribution by Agent .  If in the opinion of the Agent distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder or under the Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents might involve any liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right to make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction or has been resolved by the mutual consent of all Lenders.  In addition, the Agent may request full and complete indemnity, in form and substance satisfactory to it, prior to making any such distribution.  If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received and distributed by the Agent is to be repaid, each person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall either

 

38



 

repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over to the same in such manner and to such persons as shall be determined by such court.

 

15.12.7                                 Actions by Agent .  The Majority Lenders may direct the Agent in writing as to the method and the extent of any sale of the Collateral or other disposition and shall indemnify and hold the Agent harmless from all liabilities incurred in respect to all actions taken or omitted in accordance with such directions provided that Agent need not comply with any such directions to the extent Agent reasonably believes the Agent’s compliance with such directions would constitute a violation of the obligations undertaken by the Agent and/or Lenders under the Loan Documents, or will constitute a violation of any statute, ordinance or regulation applicable to the Agent.

 

15.13                               Delinquent Lender .  If for any reason any Lender shall fail or refuse to abide by its obligations under the Agreement, including without limitation its obligation to make available to Agent its pro rata share of any Loan, expenses or setoff (a “Delinquent Lender”) and such failure is not cured within ten (10) days of receipt from the Agent of written notice thereof, then, in addition to the rights and remedies that may be available to Agent, other Lenders, the Borrower or any other party at law or in equity, and not at limitation thereof, (i) such Delinquent Lender’s right to participate in the administration of, or decision-making rights related to, the Loans, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be suspended during the pendency of such failure or refusal, and (ii) a Delinquent Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Borrower, whether on account of the outstanding Loans, interest, fees or otherwise, to the remaining non-delinquent Lenders for application to, and reduction of, their proportionate shares of the outstanding Loans until, as a result of application of such assigned payments the Lenders’ respective pro rata shares of all the outstanding Loans shall have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency.  The Delinquent Lender’s decision-making and participation rights to payments as set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) hereinabove shall be restored only upon the payment by the Delinquent Lender of its pro rata share of any Loans or expenses as to which it is delinquent, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date when originally due until the date upon which any such amounts are actually paid.

 

The non-delinquent Lenders shall also have the right, but not the obligation, in their respective, sole and absolute discretion, to acquire for no cash consideration, (pro rata, based on the respective Commitments of those Lenders electing to exercise such right) the Delinquent Lender’s Commitment to fund future Loans (the “Future Commitment”).  Upon any such purchase of the pro rata share of any Delinquent Lender’s Future Commitment, the Delinquent Lender’s share in future Loans and its rights under the Loan Documents with respect thereto shall terminate on the date of purchase, and the Delinquent Lender shall promptly execute all documents reasonably requested to surrender and transfer such interest, including, if so requested, an Assignment and Acceptance.  Each Delinquent Lender shall indemnify Agent and each non-delinquent Lender from and against any and all loss, damage or expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and funds advanced by Agent or by any non-delinquent Lender, on account of an Delinquent Lender’s failure to timely fund its pro rata share of a Loan or to otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

39



 

15.14                               Holders .  The Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment, transfer or endorsement thereof, as the case may be, shall have been filed with the Agent.  Any request, authority or consent of any person or entity who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee or endorsee, as the case may be, of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

 

15.15                               Assignment and Participation.

 

15.15.1                                 Conditions to Assignment by Lenders .  Except as provided herein, each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of the Loans at the time owing to it and the Notes held by it), upon satisfaction of the following conditions: (a) each of the Agent and the Borrower shall have given its prior written consent to such assignment (provided that, in the case of the Borrower, such consent will not be unreasonably withheld and shall not be required if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), (b) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, (c) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and while same is continuing each assignment shall be in an amount that is at least Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00) and is a whole multiple of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), (d) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and while same is continuing each Lender which is a Lender at the time of such assignment shall retain, free of any such assignment, an amount of its Commitment of not less than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00), (e) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and while same is continuing the Agent, in its individual capacity as a Lender, shall retain, free of any such assignment, an amount of its Commitment of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00), (f) the parties of such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for recording in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (an “Assignment and Acceptance”), together with any Notes subject to such assignment, and (g) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Anglo Irish Bank Corporation PLC shall remain as Agent.  Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder, and (y) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent provided in such assignment and upon payment to the Agent of the registration fee referred to in Section 15.15.3, be released from its obligations under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event will there be more than three Lenders participating in the Loan, including Agent.  Borrower may rely on the provisions of this Section 15.15.

 

40



 

15.15.2                                 Certain Representations and Warranties: Limitations, Covenants .  By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the parties to the assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:

 

(i)                                                      other than the representation and warranty that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or the attachment, perfection or priority of any security interest or mortgage;

 

(ii)                                                   the assigning  Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower and its affiliates, related entities or subsidiaries or any other person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations, or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any other person primarily secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations or any of their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;

 

(iii)                                                such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statement provided by the Borrower as required by the terms of this Agreement, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;

 

(iv)                                               such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Lender, the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement;

 

(v)                                                  such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible Assignee if required hereunder;

 

(vi)                                               such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;

 

(vii)                                            such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and

 

(viii)                                         such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance.

 

41



 

15.15.3                                 Register .  The Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register or similar list (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment Percentage of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to the Lenders from time to time.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and the Lenders at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  Upon each such recordation, the assigning Lender agrees to pay to the Agent a registration fee in the sum of Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500.00).

 

15.15.4                                 New Notes .  Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by the parties to such assignment, together with each Note subject to such assignment, the Agent shall (a) record the information contained therein in the Register, and (b) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders (other than the assigning Lender).  Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent, in exchange for each surrendered Note, a new Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to the amount assumed by such Eligible Assignee pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Lender has retained some portion of its obligations hereunder, a new Note to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the amount retained by it hereunder.  Such new Notes shall provide that they are replacements for the surrendered Notes, shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the surrendered Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be substantially in the form of the assigned Notes.  Within ten (10) Business Days of issuance of any new Notes pursuant to this Section 15.15.4, the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel, addressed to the Lenders and the Agent, relating to the due authorization, execution and delivery of such new Notes and the legality, validity and binding effect thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.  The surrendered Notes shall be canceled and returned to the Borrower.

 

15.15.5                                 Participations .  Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other financial institutions in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that (a) each such participation shall be in a minimum amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00), (b) each participant shall meet the requirements of an Eligible Assignee, (c) any such sale or participation shall not affect the rights and duties of the selling Lender hereunder to the Borrower, and (d) the only rights granted to the participant pursuant to such participation arrangements with respect to waivers, amendments or modifications of the Loan Documents shall be the rights to approve waivers, amendments or modifications that would reduce the principal of or the interest rate on any Loans, extend the term or increase the amount of the Commitment of such Lender as it relates to such participant, reduce the amount of any commitment fees to which such participant is entitled or extend any regularly scheduled payment date for principal or interest.

 

42



 

15.15.6                                 No Cost to Borrower .  Agent and the Lenders agree that Borrower shall not bear any costs incurred or charged by Agent, Lenders, any Assignee or Participant associated with the assignment and participation of the Loan as provided for under this Agreement.

 

15.16                               Disclosure .  The Borrower agrees that in addition to disclosures made in accordance with standard and customary banking practices any Lender may disclose information obtained by such Lender pursuant to this Agreement to assignees or participants and potential assignees or participants hereunder; provided that such assignees or participants or potential assignees or participants shall agree (a) to treat in confidence such information unless such information otherwise becomes public knowledge, (b) not to disclose such information to a third party, except as required by law or legal process and (c) not to make use of such information for purposes of transactions unrelated to such contemplated assignment or participation.

 

15.17                               Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions .  Any assigning Lender shall retain its rights to be indemnified pursuant to Section 9.16 with respect to any claims or actions arising prior to the date of such assignment.  If any assignee Lender is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, it shall, prior to the date on which any interest or fees are payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for its account, deliver to the Borrower and the Agent certification as to its exemption from deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes.  Anything contained in this Section 15.17 to the contrary notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time pledge all or any portion of its interest and rights under this Agreement (including all or any portion of its Notes to any of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks organized under §4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C.§341).  No such pledge or the enforcement thereof shall release the pledgor Lender from its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

 

15.18                               Assignment by Borrower .  Except as expressly set forth herein, the Borrower shall not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of each of the Lenders.

 

15.19                               Administrative Matters.

 

15.19.1                                 Amendment, Waiver, Consent, Etc.   Except as otherwise provided herein or as to any term or provision hereof which provides for the consent or approval of the Agent, no term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, nor may any consent required or permitted by this Agreement or any other Loan Document be given, unless such change, waiver, discharge, termination or consent receives the written approval of the Majority Lenders.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the unanimous written approval of all the Lenders (other than a Defaulting Lender) shall be required with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver, discharge, termination, or consent which:

 

(i)                                                      has the effect of (a) extending the final scheduled maturity or the date of any amortization payment of any Loan or Note, (b) reducing the rate or extending the time of payment of interest or fees thereon, (c) increasing or reducing the principal

 

43



 

amount thereof, or (d) otherwise postponing or forgiving any indebtedness thereunder,

 

(ii)                                                   releases or discharges any material portion of the Collateral other than in accordance with the express provisions of the Loan Documents,

 

(iii)                                                amends, modifies or waives any provisions of this paragraph,

 

(iv)                                               amends any of the financial covenants set forth in Sections 9.18 and 9.19 of this Agreement,

 

(v)                                                  reduces the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Lenders,

 

(vi)                                               except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, change the amount of any Lender’s Commitment or Commitment Percentage, or

 

(vii)                                            releases or waives any guaranty of the Obligations or indemnifications provided in the Loan Documents;

 

and provided , further , that without the consent of the Agent, no such action shall amend, modify or waive any provision of this Article 15.19 or any other provisions of any Loan Document which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent.

 

15.20                               Deemed Consent or Approval .  With respect to any requested amendment, waiver, consent or other action which requires the approval of the Majority Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or if the Agent is required hereunder to seek, or desires to seek, the approval of the Majority Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be, prior to undertaking a particular action or course of conduct, the Agent in each such case shall provide each Lender with written notice of any such request for amendment, waiver or consent or any other requested or proposed action or course of conduct, accompanied by such detailed background information and explanations as may be reasonably necessary to determine whether to approve or disapprove such amendment, waiver, consent or other action or course of conduct.  The Agent may (but shall not be required to) include in any such notice, printed in capital letters or boldface type, a legend substantially to the following effect;

 

“THIS COMMUNICATION REQUIRES IMMEDIATE RESPONSE.  FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN TEN (10) CALENDAR DAYS FROM THE RECEIPT OF THIS COMMUNICATION SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEEMED APPROVAL BY THE ADDRESSEE OF THE ACTION REQUESTED BY THE BORROWER OR THE COURSE OF CONDUCT PROPOSED BY THE AGENT AND RECITED ABOVE.”

 

and if the foregoing legend is included by the Agent in its communication, a Lender shall be deemed to have approved or consented to such action or course of conduct for all purposes hereunder if such Lender fails to object to such action or course of conduct by written notice to the Agent within ten (10) calendar days of such Lender’s receipt of such notice.

 

44



 

16.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

16.1                                      Notices .  Any notice or other communication in connection with this Loan Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, or any of the other Loan Documents, shall be in writing, and (i) deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, or (ii) hand delivered by any commercially recognized courier service or overnight delivery service such as Federal Express:

 

If to Borrower:

 

c/o STAG Capital Partners
99 Chauncy Street, 10th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
Attention:
                                         Stephen C. Mecke
                                                                                                Chief Investment Officer

 

with copies by regular mail or such hand delivery to:

 

DLA Piper Rudnick Gray Cary US LLP
33 Arch Street, 26th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110-2600
Attention:
                                         John L. Sullivan, Esquire

 

and to:

 

New England Development
1 Wells Avenue, 4
th  Floor
Newton, Massachusetts 02459
Attention:
                                         Gregory Sullivan

 

If to Agent:

 

Anglo Irish Bank Corporation plc
265 Franklin Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attention:
                                         Aidan C. Hume

 

with copies by regular mail or such hand delivery to:

 

Riemer & Braunstein LLP
Three Center Plaza
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
Attention:
                                         Kevin J. Lyons, Esquire

 

and to such addresses as set forth in the Assignment and Acceptance.

 

Any such addressee may change its address for such notices to such other address in the United States as such addressee shall have specified by written notice given as set forth above.

 

45


 

All periods of notice shall be measured from the deemed date of delivery.

 

A notice shall be deemed to have been given, delivered and received for the purposes of all Loan Documents upon the earliest of: (i) if sent by such certified or registered mail, on the date of actual receipt at evidenced by the return receipt, or (ii) if hand delivered at the specified address by such courier or overnight delivery service, when so delivered or tendered for delivery during customary business hours on a Business Day.

 

16.2                                      Limitations on Assignment .  Except for a Permitted Transaction, Borrower may not assign this Agreement or the monies due thereunder or convey or, except for a Permitted Transaction, encumber a Property or other Collateral or any interest therein without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders in each instance.

 

16.3                                      Further Assurances .  Each Borrower shall upon request from Agent from time to time execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments or documents which Agent may reasonably require to better perfect and confirm its rights and remedies hereunder, under the Note, under the Mortgage and under each of the other Loan Documents,

 

16.4                                      Parties Bound .  The provisions of this Agreement and of each of the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Borrower, Agent and each of the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except as otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.  This Agreement is a contract by and among each Borrower, Agent and each of the Lenders for their mutual benefit, and no third person shall have any right, claim or interest against either Agent, or any Lender or a Borrower by virtue of any provision hereof.

 

16.5                                      Waivers, Extensions and Releases .  Except as otherwise provided herein, Agent may, unless otherwise directed by the Majority Lenders, at any time and from time to time waive any one or more of the conditions contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, or extend the time of payment of the Loan, or release portions of the Collateral from the provisions of this Agreement and from the Mortgage or any other Security Document, but any such waiver, extension or release shall be deemed to be made in pursuance and not in modification hereof, and any such waiver in any instance, or under any particular circumstance, shall not be considered a waiver of such condition in any other instance or any other circumstance.

 

16.6                                      Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

16.6.1                                        Substantial Relationship .  It is understood and agreed that all of the Loan Documents were negotiated, executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, which Commonwealth the parties agree has a substantial relationship to the parties and to the underlying transactions embodied by the Loan Documents.

 

16.6.2                                        Place of Delivery .  Each Borrower agrees to furnish to Agent at the Agent’s office in Boston, Massachusetts all further instruments, certifications and documents to be furnished hereunder.

 

16.6.3                                        Governing Law .  This Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Section 16.6.4, and each of the other Loan Documents shall in all respects be governed,

 

46



 

construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

16.6.4                                        Exceptions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing choice of law:

 

(i)                                                      matters relating to the creation, perfection, priority and enforcement of the liens on and security interests in the Property or other assets situated in another jurisdiction, including by way of illustration, but not in limitation, actions for foreclosure, for injunctive relief, or for the appointment of a receiver, shall be governed by the laws of the such state;

 

(ii)                                                   Agent and each of the Lenders shall comply with applicable law in such state to the extent required by the law of such jurisdiction in connection with the foreclosure of the security interests and liens created under the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Property or other assets situated in another jurisdiction; and

 

(iii)                                                provisions of Federal law and the law of such other jurisdiction shall apply in defining the terms Hazardous Materials, Environmental Legal Requirements and Legal Requirements applicable to the Property as such terms are used in this Loan Agreement, the Environmental Indemnity and the other Loan Documents.

 

Nothing contained herein or any other provisions of the Loan Documents shall be construed to provide that the substantive laws of such other jurisdiction shall apply to any parties’ rights and obligations under any of the Loan Documents, which, except as expressly provided in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 16.6.4., are and shall continue to be governed by the substantive law of Commonwealth of Massachusetts, except as set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 16.6.4. In addition, the fact that portions of the Loan Documents may include provisions drafted to conform to the law of such other jurisdiction is not intended, nor shall it be deemed, in any way, to derogate the parties, choice of law as set forth or referred to in this Loan Agreement or in the other Loan Documents.  The parties further agree that the Agent may enforce its rights under the Loan Documents including, but not limited to, its rights to sue the Borrower or to collect any outstanding indebtedness in accordance with applicable law.

 

16.6.5                                        Consent to Jurisdiction .  Each Borrower hereby consents to personal jurisdiction in any state or Federal court located within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

16.6.6                                        JURY TRIAL WAIVER .  EACH BORROWER, AGENT, AND EACH OF THE LENDERS MUTUALLY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LOAN AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS,

 

47



 

STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY.  THIS WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH OF THE LENDERS TO ENTER INTO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

16.7                                      Survival .  All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Borrower, or Guarantor, herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any notice, certificate, or other paper delivered by or on behalf of Borrower or Guarantor pursuant hereto are significant and shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Agent and each of the Lenders notwithstanding any investigation made by Agent or any Lender or on its behalf and shall survive the delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Loan and each advance pursuant thereto until the Loan is repaid.  No review or approval by Agent, or any Lender or by Lenders’ Consultants or any of representatives, of any plans and specifications, opinion letters, certificates by professionals or other item of any nature shall relieve Borrower or anyone else of any of the obligations, warranties or representations made by or on behalf of Borrower or Guarantor, or any one or more of them, under any one or more of the Loan Documents.

 

16.8                                      Cumulative Rights .  All of the rights of Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under each of the other Loan Documents and any other agreement now or hereafter executed in connection herewith or therewith, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singly, together, or in such combination as Agent may determine in its sole good faith judgment.

 

16.9                                      Claims Against Agent or the Lenders.

 

16.9.1                                        Borrower Must Notify .  Agent and each of the Lenders shall not be in default under this Agreement, or under any other Loan Document, unless a written notice specifically setting forth the claim of Borrower shall have been given to Agent and each of the Lenders within one hundred eighty (180) days after Borrower first had actual knowledge or actual notice of the occurrence of the event which Borrower alleges gave rise to such claim and Agent and each of the Lenders do not remedy or cure the default, if any there be, with reasonable promptness thereafter.  Such actual knowledge or actual notice shall refer to what was actually known by, or expressed in a written notification furnished to, any of the persons or officials referred to in Exhibit C as Authorized Representatives.

 

16.9.2                                        Remedies .  If it is determined by the final order of a court of competent jurisdiction, which is not subject to further appeal, that Agent or any Lender has breached any of their obligations under the Loan Documents and has not remedied or cured the same with reasonable promptness following notice thereof, and the Agent’s and the Lenders’ responsibilities shall be limited to: (i) where the breach consists of the failure to grant consent or give approval in violation of the terms and requirements of a Loan Document, the obligation to grant such consent or give such approval and to pay Borrower’s reasonable costs and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys, fees and disbursements in connection with such court proceedings; and (ii) the case of any such failure to grant such consent or give such approval, or in the case of any other such default by Agent or any Lender, where it is also so determined that Agent or any Lender acted in bad faith, or that Agent’s or any Lenders’ default constituted gross

 

48



 

negligence or willful misconduct, the payment of any actual, direct, compensatory damages sustained by Borrower as a result thereof plus Borrower’s reasonable costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection with such court proceedings.

 

16.9.3                                        Limitations .  In no event, however, shall Agent or the Lenders be liable to Borrower or to Guarantor or anyone else for other damages such as, but not limited to, indirect, speculative or punitive damages whatever the nature of the breach by Agent of its obligations under this Loan Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents.  In no event shall Agent or any Lender be liable to Borrower or to Guarantor or anyone else unless a written notice specifically setting forth the claim of Borrower shall have been given to Agent and each of the Lenders within the time period specified above.

 

16.10                               Obligations Absolute .  Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law which cannot be waived, the Obligations of Borrower and the obligations of the Guarantor under the Loan Documents shall be joint and several, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents under all circumstances whatsoever, including, without limitation, the existence of any claim, set off, defense or other right which Borrower or any Guarantor may have at any time against Agent or any Lender whether in connection with the Loan or any unrelated transaction, except for any such claim, setoff, defense or other right, if any, as to which a written notice shall have been given to Agent and each of the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Section 16.9.

 

16.11                               Table of Contents, Title and Headings .  Any Table of Contents, the titles and the headings of sections are not parts of this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document and shall not be deemed to affect the meaning or construction of any of their provisions.

 

16.12                               Counterparts .  This Loan Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered is an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  In making proof of this agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart which is executed by the party against whom enforcement of such loan agreement is sought.

 

16.13                               Satisfaction of Commitment .  The Loans being made pursuant to the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents is being made in satisfaction of Agent’s and each of the Lenders’ obligations under the discussion term sheet dated July 7, 2006.  The terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents supersede the provisions of the term sheet.

 

16.14                               Time Of the Essence .  Time is of the essence of each provision of this Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

16.15                               Integration/No Oral Change .  This Loan Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents is intended by the parties as the final, complete and exclusive statement of the transactions evidenced by this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  All prior or contemporaneous promises, agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, are deemed to be superseded by this Loan Agreement and each of the Loan Documents, and no party is

 

49



 

relying on any promise, agreement or understanding not set forth in this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. Further, this Loan Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents may only be amended, terminated, extended or otherwise modified by a writing signed by the party against which enforcement is sought (except no such writing shall be required for any party which, pursuant to a specific provision of any Loan Document, is required to be bound by changes without such party’s assent).  In no event shall any oral agreements, promises, actions, inactions, knowledge, course of conduct, course of dealings or the like be effective to amend, terminate, extend or otherwise modify this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

16.16                               Monthly Statements .  While Agent may issue invoices or other statements on a monthly or periodic basis (a “Statement”), it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Loan Documents: (i) the failure of Agent to issue any Statement on one or more occasions shall not affect Borrower’s obligations to make payments under the Loan Documents as and when due; (ii) the inaccuracy of any Statement shall not be binding upon Agent and so Borrower shall always remain obligated to pay the full amount(s) required under the Loan Documents as and when due notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in any Statement; (iii) all Statements are issued for information purposes only and shall never constitute any type of offer, acceptance, modification, or waiver of the Loan Documents or any of Agent’s rights or remedies thereunder; and (iv) in no event shall any Statement serve as the basis for, or a component of, any course of dealing, course of conduct, or trade practice which would modify, alter, or otherwise affect the express written terms of the Loan Documents.

 

16.17                               Survival .  Notwithstanding anything else in the Loan Documents to the contrary. the obligations and liabilities of Borrower under Section 9.16 shall terminate (except with respect to pending claims for indemnification thereunder) six (6) months after (i) the date on which the Loan is paid in full, or (ii) with respect to each portion of the Property, the date on which Lender has released such portion of the Property as set forth in Section 9.21. or (iii) the date on which Lender or its designee shall have acquired possession of or title to the Property by foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise in the exercise of remedies after an Event of Default, provided that Borrower’s obligations and liabilities shall be limited to the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Property.

 

[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

50



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:

STAG III ALBION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

AGENT:

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/Patraic Murray

 

Name:

Patraic Murray

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marcus Ryan

 

Name:

Marcus Ryan

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/Patraic Murray

 

Name:

Patraic Murray

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marcus Ryan

 

Name:

Marcus Ryan

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

51



 

EXHIBITS:

 

 

 

 

 

Section

 

 

 

 

Reference

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

-

Definitions

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

-

Ownership Interests and Taxpayer Identification Numbers

 

8.10.2

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C

-

Authorized Representatives

 

4 and 15.9

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit D

-

Required Hazard Property and Other Insurance

 

7.13 and 9.5

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit E

-

Assignment and Acceptance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit F

-

Lenders’ Commitment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit G

-

Note

 

 

 

52



 

EXHIBIT A TO LOAN AGREEMENT

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Agent shall mean Anglo Irish Bank Corporation plc, acting as agent for the Lenders.

 

Agreement as defined in the Preamble.

 

Approved Lease as defined in Section 9.17.2.

 

Authorized Representatives as defined in Section 4. and listed on Exhibit C.

 

Banking Day .  The term “Banking Day” means a day on which banks are not required or authorized by law to close in Boston, Massachusetts.

 

Borrower as defined in the Preamble.

 

Bridge Loan Agreement shall mean that certain Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among Borrower, Agent and Lenders for loans in the maximum aggregate principal amount of $60,000,000.00.

 

Bridge Loan Default shall mean a  Default under any of the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

Bridge Loans shall mean the loans made by Lenders to Borrower under the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

Business Day shall mean: any Banking Day and any other day of the year on which offices of the Agent are not required or authorized by law to be closed for business in Boston, Massachusetts.  If any day on which a payment is due is not a Business Day, then the payment shall be due on the next day following which is a Business Day.  Further, if there is no corresponding day for a payment in the given calendar month (i.e., there is no “February 30th”), the payment shall be due on the last Business Day of the calendar month.

 

Calculation Date as defined in Section 9.19.1(i).

 

Calculation Period as defined in Section 9.19.1(ii).

 

Casualty as defined in Section 14.1

 

Collateral as defined in Section 7.5.

 

Commitment .  With respect to each Lender, the amount set forth on Exhibit F hereto as the amount of such Lender’s commitment to make advances to the Borrower, as may be amended from time to time by the Agent as provided in Section 15.

 

Commitment Percentage .  With respect to each Lender, the percentage set forth on Exhibit F hereto as such Lender’s percentage of the aggregate Commitments of all of the Lenders, as may be amended from time to time by the Agent as provided in Section 15.

 

Consultant as defined in Section 5.1.

 

Cost To Repair as defined in Section 14.3.

 

53



 

Debt Service Coverage as defined in Section 9.19.1(iii).

 

Debt Service on the Loan as defined in Section 9.19.1(vi).

 

Deemed Rate of Interest as defined in Section 9.19.1(vii).

 

Default as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Delinquent Lender as defined in Section 15.13.

 

Depository Bank as defined in Section 9.12.

 

Depository Bank Letter Agreement as defined in Section 9.12.

 

Dollars shall mean lawful money of the United States.

 

Eligible Assignee .  Any of (a) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (b) a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having a net worth of at least $100,000,000, calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the “OECD”), or a political subdivision of any such country, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the country in which it is organized or another country which is also a member of the OECD; and (d) the central bank of any country which is a member of the OECD.

 

Environmental Indemnity as defined in Section 3.1.5.

 

Environmental Legal Requirements as defined in the Environmental Indemnity.

 

ERISA and ERISA Plan each as defined in Section 8.12.

 

Event of Default as defined in Section 11.1.

 

Extended Maturity Date as defined in Sections 2.2 and 2.6.

 

Extended Term as defined in Section 2.2.

 

Future Commitment as defined in Section 15.13.

 

Guaranty as defined in Section 3.1.4.

 

Guarantor as defined in Section 1.5.

 

Hazardous Materials shall mean and include asbestos, flammable materials, explosives, radioactive substances, polychlorinated biphenyls, radioactive substances, other carcinogens, oil and other petroleum products, pollutants or contaminants that could be a detriment to the environment, and any other hazardous or toxic materials, wastes, or substances which are defined, determined or identified as such in any past, present or future federal, state or local laws, rules, codes or regulations, or any judicial or administrative interpretation of such laws, rules, codes or regulations.

 

54



 

Improvements as defined in Section 1.3.

 

Indemnified Party as defined in Section 9.16.

 

Indemnitors as defined in Section 3.1.5.

 

Initial Term as defined in Section 2.2.

 

Investment shall mean the acquisition of any real or tangible personal property or of any stock or other security, any loan, advance, bank deposit, money market fund, contribution to capital, extension of credit (except for accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary terms) , or purchase or commitment or option to purchase or otherwise acquire real estate or tangible personal property or stock or other securities of any party or any part of the business or assets comprising such business, or any part thereof.

 

Kendallville Improvements as defined in Section 1.3.2.

 

Kendallville Land as defined in Section 1.3.2.

 

Kendallville Property as defined in Section 1.3.2.

 

Land as defined in Section 1.3.

 

Legal Requirements shall mean all applicable federal, state, county and local laws, by-laws, rules, regulations, codes and ordinances, and the requirements of any governmental agency or authority having or claiming jurisdiction with respect thereto, including, but not limited to, those applicable to zoning, subdivision, building, health, fire, safety, sanitation, the protection of the handicapped, and environmental matters and shall also include all orders and directives of any court, governmental agency or authority having or claiming jurisdiction with respect thereto.

 

Lenders as defined in the Preamble.

 

Lenders’ Consultants as defined in Section 5.1.

 

Licenses and Permits shall mean all licenses, permits, authorizations and agreements issued by or agreed to by any governmental authority, or by a private party pursuant to a Permitted Title Exception, and including, but not limited to, building permits, occupancy permits and such special permits, variances and other relief as may be required pursuant to Legal Requirements which may be applicable to the Property or the Property.

 

Liquidation Proceeds .  Amounts received by the Agent and/or the Lenders in the exercise of the rights and remedies under the Loan Documents (including, but not limited to, all rents, profits and other proceeds received by the Agent and/or the Lenders from the operation of the Property or the liquidation of any Collateral, but not including any amount bid at a foreclosure sale by or on behalf of the Agent or otherwise credited to the Borrower in, any deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or similar transaction).

 

Loan and Loans as defined in Section 1.4.

 

Loan Agreement as defined in the Preamble.

 

Loan Documents as defined in Section 3.2.

 

Loan Amount as defined in Section 2.1.

 

55


 

Loan To Value Ratio or LTV Ratio as defined in Section 9.18.1.

 

MAI shall mean Member of the Appraisers Institute.

 

Major Lease shall mean a lease(s) for a Property (or a portion thereof) with each Major Tenant.

 

Major Tenant shall mean each tenant in a Property.

 

Majority Lenders .  As of any date, the Lenders holding at least Sixty-six and two thirds (66 2/3%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Note on such date; and if no such principal is outstanding, the Lenders whose aggregate Commitments constitute at least Sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Total Commitment.

 

Make Whole Provision .  As defined in the Note.

 

Maturity shall mean the Maturity Date, or, if the Maturity Date has been extended pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Agreement, the Extended Maturity Date, or in any instance, upon acceleration of the Loan, if the Loan has been accelerated by Agent upon an Event of Default.

 

Maturity Date as defined in Section 2.2.

 

Milwaukee Improvements as defined in Section 1.3.1.

 

Milwaukee Land as defined in Section 1.3.1.

 

Milwaukee Property as defined in Section 1.3.1.

 

Mortgage as defined in Section 3.1.1.

 

NED Investors as defined in Section 9.6.8.

 

Net Operating Income as defined in Section 9.19.1(iv).

 

Note .  Collectively, the Note(s) payable to each of the Lenders in the aggregate principal amount of THREE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($300,000,000.00), as same may be hereafter amended and/or restated.

 

Obligations as defined in Section 3.1

 

Operating Expenses as defined in Section 9.19.1(v).

 

Original Appraisal as defined in Section 9.18.1.

 

Permitted Additional Debt as defined in Section 9.6.4.

 

Permitted Distributions as defined in Section 9.7.2.

 

Permitted Title Exceptions as defined in Exhibit B to the Mortgage.

 

Permitted Transactions as defined in Section 9.6.2.

 

Permitted Transfers as defined in Section 9.6.3.

 

Property as defined in Section 1.3.

 

56



 

Property Costs shall mean all amounts paid or payable in connection with owning, developing, leasing, operating, maintaining, repairing, restoring, and managing a Property including, without limitation, all other costs of construction, tenant inducements, leasing commissions, advertising, interest, taxes, insurance, fees for architects, engineers, lawyers, accountants and consultants, carrying costs, loan fees and other expenses of owning, developing and operating a Property (other than the balance of principal on the Loan due at Maturity).

 

Register as defined in Section 15.15.3.

 

Repair Work as defined in Section 14.1.

 

Reportable Event as defined in Section 8.12.

 

Required Equity Contribution as defined in Section 6.2.

 

Registered Land Surveyor shall mean a land surveyor or engineer licensed as such in the jurisdiction where the Property is situated.

 

SAgE as defined in Section 1.2.

 

Security as defined in Section 3.1.

 

Security Documents as defined in Section 3.2.

 

SNDA Agreement as defined in Section 9.17.4.

 

Statement as defined in Section 15.17.

 

STAG III as defined in Section 1.2.

 

Surveyor and Survey Plan each as defined in Section 1.3.

 

Total Commitment .  The sum of the Commitments of the Lenders, as in effect from time to time.

 

UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the jurisdiction where the Property is situated.

 

Updated Appraisal as defined in Section 9.18.2.

 

Variable Rate .  As defined in the Note.

 

Yield Maintenance Prepayment Fee .   As defined in the Note.

 

57



 

EXHIBIT B TO LOAN AGREEMENT

 

OWNERSHIP INTERESTS AND

TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

 

58



 

EXHIBIT C TO LOAN AGREEMENT

 

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES

 

Benjamin S. Butcher

 

59



 

EXHIBIT D TO LOAN AGREEMENT

 

REQUIRED PROPERTY, HAZARD AND OTHER INSURANCE

 

Borrower shall at all times provide and maintain the following insurance coverages with respect to each Property and the Collateral issued by companies qualified to do business in the jurisdiction where the applicable Property is located, having a Best’s Rating of not less than A-VIII and otherwise acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion:

 

(i)                                                      physical insurance on an all-risk basis without exception (including, without limitation, flood required if property is in a “Special Flood Hazard Area” A or V), vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, boiler explosion, sprinkler coverage, cost of demolition, increased costs of construction and the value of the undamaged portion of the building and soft costs coverage) covering all the real estate, fixtures and personal property to the extent of the full insurable value thereof, on a builder’s risk nonreporting form prior to completion and occupancy to Occupy Endorsement, having replacement cost and agreed amount endorsements (with deductibles not in excess of 1% of insurable value);

 

(ii)                                                   rent loss or business interruption insurance in an amount equal to one year’s projected rentals or gross revenues;

 

(iii)                                                public liability insurance, with underlying and umbrella coverages totaling not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate or such other amounts as may be determined by Agent from time to time;

 

(iv)                                               automobile liability insurance (including nonowned automobile) with a coverage of $1,000,000 per occurrence during construction;

 

(v)                                                  worker’s compensation, employer’s liability and other insurance required by law;

 

(vi)                                               errors and omissions or similar coverages from the Architect and consulting engineers in limits and written by companies satisfactory to Agent; and

 

(vii)                                            such other insurance coverages in such amounts as Agent may request consistent with the customary practices of prudent developers and owners of similar properties.

 

An actual insurance policy or certified copy thereof, or a binder, certificate of insurance, or other evidence of property coverage in the form of Acord 27 (Evidence of Property Coverage), Acord 25 (Certificate of Insurance), or a 30-day binder in form acceptable to Agent with an unconditional undertaking to deliver the policy or a certified copy within thirty (30) days, shall be delivered at closing of the Loan and prior to the first Loan.

 

Flood insurance shall be provided if the property or the collateral is located in a flood prone, flood risk or flood hazard area as designated pursuant to the Federal Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended, and the Regulations thereunder, or if otherwise reasonably

 

60



 

required by Agent.

 

Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall be named as first mortgagee on policies of all risk-type insurance on the Property, as loss payee on the Collateral and its contents, and as first mortgagee on rent-loss or business interruption coverages related thereto.

 

Except with respect to public liability insurance, as to which Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall be named as an additional insured with respect to the Property or the Collateral, all other required insurance coverages shall have a so-called “Mortgagee’s endorsement” or “Agent’s loss-payable endorsement” which shall provide in substance as follows:

 

A.                                                              Loss or damage, if any, under the policy shall be paid to Agent and its successors and assigns (“Agent”) in whatever form or capacity its interest may appear and whether said interest be vested in said Agent in its individual or in its disclosed or undisclosed fiduciary or representative capacity, or otherwise, or vested in a nominee or trustee of said Agent.

 

B.                                                              The insurance under the policy, or under any rider or endorsement attached thereto, as to the interest only of Agent, its successors and assigns, shall not be invalidated nor suspended:

 

(a)       by any error, omission or change respecting the ownership, description, possession or location of the subject of the insurance or the interests therein or the title thereto; or

 

(b)       by the commencement of foreclosure or similar proceedings or the giving of notice of sale of any of the property covered by the policy by virtue of any mortgage, deed of trust, or security interest; or

 

(c)        by any breach of warranty, act, omission, neglect, or noncompliance with any provisions of the policy by the named insured, or any one else, whether before or after a loss, which under the provisions of the policy of insurance, would invalidate or suspend the insurance as to the named insured, excluding, however, any acts or omissions of Agent while exercising active control and management of the insured property.

 

C.                                                              Insurer shall provide Agent and each of the Lenders with not less than thirty (30) days, prior written notice of cancellation of the policy (for non-payment or any other reason) or of the non-renewal thereof.

 

D.                                                              The insurer reserves the right to cancel the policy at any time, but only as provided by its terms.  However, in such case this policy shall continue in force for the benefit of Agent for thirty (30) days after written notice of such cancellation is received by Agent and shall then cease.

 

E.                                                               Should legal title to and beneficial ownership of any of the property covered under the policy become vested in Agent or its agents, successors or assigns, insurance under the policy shall continue for the term thereof for the benefit of Agent.

 

61



 

F.                                                                All notices herein provided to be given by the insurer to Agent in connection with this policy and Agent’s loss payable endorsement shall be mailed to or delivered to Agent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, as follows:

 

Anglo Irish Bank Corporation plc, as Agent

265 Franklin Street

Boston, MA  02110

 

62



 

EXHIBIT E TO LOAN AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

Dated: as of                          

 

Reference is made to the Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”), among STAG III ALBION, LLC and other affiliates which may be joined to the Loan Agreement (“Borrower”) and ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC, as Administrative Agent and the Lenders identified therein.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

                                                                      (the “Assignor”) and                                      (the “Assignee”) agree as follows:

 

1.                                       The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, a                              (        %) interest in and to all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined).  The amount of the Assignor’s Commitment being purchased by and assigned to the Assignee as of the Effective Date is $                            .

 

2.                                       The Assignor (i) represents that as of the date hereof, its Commitment Percentage (without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not yet become effective) is                  and the outstanding balance of the Loan owing to the Assignor under the Note held by the Assignor (unreduced by any assignments thereof which have not yet become effective) is $                    ; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Loan Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that the Assignor is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder, that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim, that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance, and it has no knowledge of the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement; (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower, Guarantor, or any other person which may be primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations or any of their obligations, or the performance or observance by the Borrower, Guarantor, or any other person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the obligations under any of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document delivered or executed

 

63



 

pursuant thereto; and (iv) requests that the Administrative Agent reflect on the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent the assignment to the Assignee of that portion of the Assignor’s Commitment as set forth herein.

 

3.                                       The Assignee (i) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Documents, together with copies of the most recent financial statements of the Borrower and the Guarantor delivered pursuant to the Loan Agreement and such other documents and information as the Assignee has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (iii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor or any Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents; (iv) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (v) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are expressly delegated to or conferred upon the Administrative Agent as agent by the terms of the Loan Documents together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (vi) agrees that it will perform all the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by the Assignee as a Lender in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents; and (vii) specifies as to its address for notices the office set forth beneath its name on the signature page hereof.

 

4.                                       The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall be                                   ,                    (the “Effective Date”).  Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and recording in the Register by the Administrative Agent.

 

5.                                       Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Loan Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder, and (ii) the Assignor shall, with respect to that portion of its interest under the Loan Documents assigned hereunder relinquish its future rights and be released from its future obligations under the Loan Documents but shall remain liable for all obligations which arose prior to such assignment.

 

6.                                       Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the rights and obligations assigned hereby (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee.  The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments for periods prior to the Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

 

7.                                       THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE IS INTENDED TO TAKE EFFECT AS A SEALED INSTRUMENT TO BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS.

 

64



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound, each of the undersigned has caused this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed on its behalf by its officer thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

“Assignor”

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Assignee”

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

Telecopier No.:

 

65



 

EXHIBIT F TO LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Lender

 

Commitment

 

Commitment
Percentage

 

Anglo Irish Bank Corporation plc

 

$

300,000,000.00

 

100

%

 

66



 

EXHIBIT G TO LOAN AGREEMENT

 

(Form of Note)

 

67


 

JOINDER TO LOAN AGREEMENT,

 

MODIFICATION TO SENIOR LOAN AGREEMENT, and

 

THIRD MODIFICATION TO BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is made this 20 th day of December, 2007, by and among:

 

(i) STAG III DANVILLE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter, “ New Borrower ”); (ii) STAG III ALBION, LLC, STAG III MASON, LLC, STAG III ST. LOUIS, LLC, STAG III POMFRET, LLC, STAG III TAVARES, LLC, STAG III STREAMWOOD, LLC, STAG III DAYTONA BEACH, LLC, STAG III MALDEN, LLC,  STAG III GREAT BEND, LLC, STAG III MILWAUKEE, LLC, STAG III YOUNGSTOWN, LLC, STAG III ROUND ROCK, L.P., STAG III CHESTERFIELD, LLC, STAG III ARLINGTON, L.P., STAG III FARMINGTON, LLC, STAG III CINCINNATI, LLC, STAG III APPLETON, LLC, STAG III JEFFERSON, LLC, STAG III ELKHART, LLC, STAG III HOLLAND 2, LLC, STAG III FAIRFIELD, LLC, STAG III MAYVILLE, LLC, STAG III MILWAUKEE 2, LLC, STAG III JACKSON, LLC, STAG III MARYLAND BORROWER, LLC, STAG III POCATELLO, LLC, STAG III CANTON, LLC, STAG III RAPID CITY, LLC, STAG III AMESBURY, LLC, STAG III HOLLAND, LLC, STAG III SERGEANT BLUFF, LLC, STAG III LEWISTON, LLC, STAG III PENSACOLA, LLC, STAG III BOARDMAN, LLC, STAG III NEWARK, LLC, STAG III TWINSBURG, LLC, and STAG III DAYTON, LLC all Delaware limited liability companies or Delaware limited partnerships (collectively referred to as the “ Existing Borrower ”, and, together with New Borrower, collectively, “ Borrower ”), all having principal executive offices at c/o STAG Capital Partners, 99 Chauncy Street, 10 th  Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 and

 

(iii) ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC, with offices at 265 Franklin Street, 19th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, as agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other lenders;

 

in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and benefits to be derived herefrom.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

A.            Reference is made to a certain Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Senior Loan Agreement ”) and a certain Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Bridge Loan Agreement ”), by and among (i) Existing Borrower, (ii) the Agent, and (iii) the Lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”).  All capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

1



 

B.            The New Borrower desires to become a party to, and to be bound by the terms of, the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents in the same capacity and to the same extent as the Existing Borrower thereunder.

 

C.            Pursuant to the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, in order for the New Borrower to become party to the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as provided herein, the New Borrower and the Existing Borrower are required to execute this Joinder.

 

D.            Borrower has requested that Lender permit a Mezzanine Loan (as defined below) by NED SAgE IV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ NED ”) to STAG Investments Holdings III, LLC (“ Holdings ”) in the amount of $20,000,000.00 and, in furtherance thereof, to make certain modifications, among other items, to the constituent ownership structure of New Borrower and additional Borrowers hereafter joined to the Senior and Bridge Loans.  Lender has agreed to the foregoing, subject to the agreements, terms and conditions set forth in this Joinder.

 

E.             The term “ Mezzanine Loan ” as used herein shall mean the loan or loans evidenced by that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of December 18, 2007 by and between NED and Holdings (the “ Mezzanine Loan Agreement ”) as evidenced by a Promissory Note in the amount of $20,000,000.00 (the “ Mezzanine Note ”) of Holdings in favor of NED and secured by a Pledge and Security Agreement (the “ Pledge ”) by Holdings in favor of NED of its interests in SAgE IV Aggregation, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SAgE IV ”).  The term “ Mezzanine Loan Documents ” shall mean the Mezzanine Loan Agreement, Mezzanine Note and the Pledge.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Joinder and Assumption of Obligations .  Effective as of the date of this Joinder, the New Borrower hereby acknowledges that the New Borrower has received and reviewed a copy of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, and acknowledges and agrees to:

 

(a)                                   join in the execution of, and become a party to, the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement as a Borrower thereunder, as indicated with its signature below;

 

(b)                                  be bound by all representations, warranties, covenants, agreements, liabilities and acknowledgments of the Existing Borrower under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case, with the same force and effect as if such New Borrower was a signatory to the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and was expressly named as a Borrower therein; and

 

(c)                                   assume all rights and interests and perform all applicable duties and Obligations of the Existing Borrower under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

2



 

2.                                        Representations, Warranties and Covenants .  The New Borrower hereby makes all representations, warranties, and covenants set forth in the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement as of the date hereof (other than representations, warranties and covenants that relate solely to an earlier date).  To the extent that any changes in any representations, warranties, and covenants require any amendments to the schedules to the Senior Loan Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement, such schedules are hereby updated, as evidenced by any supplemental schedules (if any) annexed to this Joinder.

 

3.                                        Danville, Kentucky Property .  New Borrower will be utilizing loan proceeds advanced under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement to acquire a parcel of land (the “Danville Land”) located at 1355 Lebanon Road, Danville, Boyle County, Kentucky, more particularly described in the Mortgage to be granted by New Borrower.  The Danville Land is presently improved by a manufacturing, warehouse, and light assembly facility containing an aggregate of approximately 766,185 square feet, with related parking and improvements (the “Danville Improvements”).  The Danville Land and the Danville Improvements are collectively called the “Danville Property”, with the Danville Land being “Land” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, the Danville Improvements being “Improvements” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, and the Danville Property being a “Property” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

4.                                        LaGrange, Georgia Property   New Borrower will be utilizing loan proceeds advanced under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement to acquire a parcel of land (the “LaGrange Land”) located at 1707 Shorewood Drive, LaGrange, Troup County, Georgia, more particularly described in the Mortgage to be granted by New Borrower.  The LaGrange Land is presently improved by a manufacturing facility containing an aggregate of approximately 239,537 square feet, with related parking and improvements (the “LaGrange Improvements”).  The LaGrange Land and the LaGrange Improvements are collectively called the “LaGrange Property”, with the LaGrange Land being “Land” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, the LaGrange Improvements being “Improvements” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, and the LaGrange Property being a “Property” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

5.                                        Required Equity Contribution .  Sections 6.2 of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby modified to provide that the Borrower’s Required Equity Contribution may be made by way of proceeds of the Mezzanine Loan.

 

6.                                        Other Liens.   Sections 7.6 of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced with the following:  “ No Other Liens; Taxes and Municipal Charges Current .  The Collateral shall not be subject to any liens or encumbrances, whether inferior or superior to the Loan Documents or the Security Documents, except in respect of: (i) real estate taxes and personal property taxes not yet due and payable; (ii) Permitted Title Exceptions, if any and (iii) the Pledge.  All real estate taxes, personal property taxes and other municipal charges relating to any of the Collateral shall be current.”

 

3



 

7.                                        Ownership of future Borrowers .  Sections 8.10.2 and Exhibit B of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby modified to provide that SAgE IV is permitted to be an owner of 100% of the interests in New Borrower and in additional Borrowers hereafter to be joined to the Loan transaction.

 

8.                                        Permitted Transfers .  Sections 9.6.3 of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby modified by adding an additional subsection “ix” and “viii” respectively, as follows:  “an NED Transfer pursuant to the Mezzanine Loan Documents”.

 

9.                                        Permitted Additional Debt .  Sections 9.6.4 of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby modified by adding an additional subsection “v” at the end thereof as follows:  “the Mezzanine Loan.”

 

10.                                  Name Change .  Borrower (including any future Borrowers) is hereby permitted to change the name of the entities owned by SAgE IV by deleting in such names the roman numerals “III” and replacing with the roman numerals “IV”; provided however, that evidence of such name changes be provided within five (5) days to Agent and subject to such further name change evidences on other documentation as Agent may require.

 

11.                                  Maturity Date of Bridge Loan .  From and after the effective date of this Joinder, it is agreed by and among the Agent, Lender and Borrower that the Maturity Date of the Bridge Loan as defined in Section 2.2 of the Bridge Loan Agreement is hereby March 31, 2008, and wherever stated in the Loan Documents, the Maturity Date of the Bridge Loan is March 31, 2008.

 

12.                                  Ratification of Loan Documents .  Except as specifically amended by this Joinder and the other documents executed and delivered in connection herewith, all of the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect as in effect prior to the date hereof, without releasing any obligors thereon or collateral security therefor.

 

13.                                  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness .  This Joinder shall not be effective until each of the following conditions precedent have been fulfilled to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent:

 

(a)                                   This Joinder shall have been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties hereto, and shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(b)                                  All action on the part of the Borrower and each other party necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Joinder and all other documentation, instruments, and agreements to be executed in connection herewith shall have been duly and effectively taken and evidence thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Agent shall have been provided to the Agent.

 

4



 

(c)                                   All due diligence items required under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to the New Property have been delivered to the Agent.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall have delivered the following to the Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

 

(i)                                      A Certificate of Legal Existence and Good Standing issued by the Secretary of the State of the incorporation or organization of New Borrower.

 

(ii)                                   A certificate of an authorized officer relating to the organization and existence of such party, the authorization of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and this Joinder, and attesting to the true signatures of each Person authorized as a signatory to any of the Loan Documents and this Joinder, together with true and accurate copies of all organizational documents.

 

(iii)                                Execution and delivery by the New Borrower of the following Loan Documents:

 

a)                                       Joinder to the Promissory Note;

 

b)                                      The Security Documents required under Section 3.1 of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement;

 

c)                                       Such other applicable documents and agreements required by the Agent.

 

(e)                                   The Agent shall have received a written legal opinion of the Borrower’s counsel addressed to the Agent and the other Lenders, covering such matters relating to the Borrower, the Loan Documents and/or the transactions contemplated thereby as the Agent shall reasonably request.

 

(f)                                     All fees and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Joinder and related documents (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent) shall have been paid in full.

 

(g)                                  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(h)                                  The Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent such additional documents, instruments, and agreements as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

(i)                                      The Borrower shall have paid a Bridge Loan Extension fee of $65,000.00 to Lender.

 

5



 

14.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   This Joinder may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(b)                                  This Joinder expresses the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.  No prior negotiations or discussions shall limit, modify, or otherwise affect the provisions hereof.

 

(c)                                   Any determination that any provision of this Joinder or any application hereof is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect and in any instance shall not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other instance, or the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provisions of this Joinder.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall pay all fees and expenses of the Agent, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Joinder in accordance with the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The New Borrower warrants and represents that the New Borrower has consulted with independent legal counsel of its selection in connection with this Joinder and is not relying on any representations or warranties of the Agent or the Lenders or their counsel in entering into this Joinder.

 

(f)                                     THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Joinder to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

 

NEW BORROWER:

 

 

 

STAG III DANVILLE, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

AGENT AND LENDER :

 

 

 

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matt Moran

 

Name:

Matt Moran

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Willie McAteer

 

Name:

Willie McAteer

 

Title:

Director

 

7



 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

EXISTING BORROWERS :

 

STAG III ALBION, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III MASON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III ST. LOUIS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III POMFRET, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III TAVARES, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III STREAMWOOD, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

8



 

STAG III DAYTONA BEACH, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III MALDEN, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III GREAT BEND, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III MILWAUKEE, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III YOUNGSTOWN, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III ROUND ROCK, L.P.

 

 

 

By: STAG Investments GP III, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

9



 

STAG III CHESTERFIELD, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III ARLINGTON, L.P.

 

 

 

By: STAG Investments GP III, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III FARMINGTON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III CINCINNATI, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III APPLETON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III JEFFERSON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

10



 

STAG III ELKHART, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III HOLLAND 2, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III FAIRFIELD, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III MAYVILLE, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III MILWAUKEE 2, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III JACKSON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

11



 

STAG III MARYLAND BORROWER, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III POCATELLO, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III CANTON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III RAPID CITY, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III AMESBURY, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III HOLLAND, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

12



 

STAG III SERGEANT BLUFF, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III LEWISTON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III PENSACOLA, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III BOARDMAN, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III NEWARK, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III TWINSBURG, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

STAG III DAYTON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

13



 

Consented to and Agreed:

 

GUARANTOR :

 

STAG INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS III, LLC

 

BY:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

14


 

JOINDER TO LOAN AGREEMENT,

 

SECOND MODIFICATION TO SENIOR LOAN AGREEMENT, and

 

FOURTH MODIFICATION TO BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is made this 12 th  day of February, 2008, by and among:

 

STAG IV LEXINGTON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter, “ New Borrower ”), with its principal executive offices at c/o STAG Capital Partners, 99 Chauncy Street, 10 th  Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, Existing Borrower (as defined in Recital A below and, together with New Borrower, hereinafter collectively the “ Borrower ”); and

 

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC, with offices at 265 Franklin Street, 19th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, as agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other lenders;

 

in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and benefits to be derived herefrom.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

A.                                    Reference is made to a certain Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Senior Loan Agreement ”) and a certain Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Bridge Loan Agreement ”), by and among (i) STAG III ALBION, LLC, STAG III MASON, LLC, STAG III ST. LOUIS, LLC, STAG III POMFRET, LLC, STAG III TAVARES, LLC, STAG III STREAMWOOD, LLC, STAG III DAYTONA BEACH, LLC, STAG III MALDEN, LLC,  STAG III GREAT BEND, LLC, STAG III MILWAUKEE, LLC, STAG III YOUNGSTOWN, LLC, STAG III ROUND ROCK, L.P., STAG III CHESTERFIELD, LLC, STAG III ARLINGTON, L.P., STAG III FARMINGTON, LLC, STAG III CINCINNATI, LLC, STAG III APPLETON, LLC, STAG III JEFFERSON, LLC, STAG III ELKHART, LLC, STAG III HOLLAND 2, LLC, STAG III FAIRFIELD, LLC, STAG III MAYVILLE, LLC, STAG III MILWAUKEE 2, LLC, STAG III JACKSON, LLC, STAG III MARYLAND BORROWER, LLC, STAG III POCATELLO, LLC, STAG III CANTON, LLC, STAG III RAPID CITY, LLC, STAG III AMESBURY, LLC, STAG III HOLLAND, LLC, STAG III SERGEANT BLUFF, LLC, STAG III LEWISTON, LLC, STAG III PENSACOLA, LLC, STAG III BOARDMAN, LLC, STAG III NEWARK, LLC, STAG III TWINSBURG, LLC, STAG III DAYTON, LLC,  STAG III DANVILLE, LLC, STAG III SEVILLE, LLC, STAG III PITTSBURGH, LLC and STAG IV ALEXANDRIA, LLC all Delaware limited liability companies or Delaware limited partnerships, all having an address at c/o STAG Capital Partners, 99 Chauncy Street, 10 th  Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, (collectively referred to as the “ Existing Borrower ”), (ii) the Agent, and (iii) the Lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”).  All capitalized terms used herein, and

 

1



 

not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

B.                                      The New Borrower desires to become a party to, and to be bound by the terms of, the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents in the same capacity and to the same extent as the Existing Borrower thereunder.

 

C.                                      Pursuant to the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, in order for the New Borrower to become party to the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as provided herein, the New Borrower and the Existing Borrower are required to execute this Joinder.

 

D.                                     Borrower has requested that Lender permit a Second Mezzanine Loan (as defined below) by NED SAgE IV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ NED ”) to STAG Investments Holdings III, LLC (“ Holdings ”) in the amount of $5,000,000.00 and, in furtherance thereof, to make certain modifications, among other items, to the constituent ownership structure of New Borrower and additional Borrowers hereafter joined to the Senior and Bridge Loans.  Lender has agreed to the foregoing, subject to the agreements, terms and conditions set forth in this Joinder.

 

E.                                       The term “ Second Mezzanine Loan ” as used herein shall mean the loan or loans evidenced by that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of February 6, 2008 by and between NED and Holdings (the “ Second Mezzanine Loan Agreement ”) as evidenced by a Promissory Note in the amount of $5,000,000.00 (the “ Second Mezzanine Note ”) of Holdings in favor of NED and secured by a Pledge and Security Agreement (the “ Second Pledge ”) by Holdings in favor of NED of its interests in STAG IV Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ STAG IV ”).  The term “ Second Mezzanine Loan Documents ” shall mean the Second Mezzanine Loan Agreement, Second Mezzanine Note and the Second Pledge.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Joinder and Assumption of Obligations .  Effective as of the date of this Joinder, the New Borrower hereby acknowledges that the New Borrower has received and reviewed a copy of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, and acknowledges and agrees to:

 

(a)                                   join in the execution of, and become a party to, the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement as a Borrower thereunder, as indicated with its signature below;

 

(b)                                  be bound by all representations, warranties, covenants, agreements, liabilities and acknowledgments of the Existing Borrower under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case, with the same force and effect as if such New Borrower was a signatory to the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and was expressly named as a Borrower therein; and

 

2



 

(c)                                   assume all rights and interests and perform all applicable duties and Obligations of the Existing Borrower under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

2.                                        Representations, Warranties and Covenants .  The New Borrower hereby makes all representations, warranties, and covenants set forth in the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement as of the date hereof (other than representations, warranties and covenants that relate solely to an earlier date).  To the extent that any changes in any representations, warranties, and covenants require any amendments to the schedules to the Senior Loan Agreement or the Bridge Loan Agreement, such schedules are hereby updated, as evidenced by any supplemental schedules (if any) annexed to this Joinder.

 

3.                                        Lexington, North Carolina Property .  New Borrower will be utilizing loan proceeds advanced under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement to acquire a parcel of land (the “Lexington Land”) located at 200 Woodside Drive, Lexington, Davidson County, North Carolina more particularly described in the Mortgage to be granted by New Borrower.  The Lexington Land is presently improved by a warehouse and distribution facilities containing an aggregate of approximately 201,886 +/- square feet, with related parking and improvements (the “Lexington Improvements”).  The Lexington Land and the Lexington Improvements are collectively called the “Lexington Property”, with the Lexington Land being “Land” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, the Lexington Improvements being “Improvements” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, and the Lexington Property being a “Property” under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

4.                                        Required Equity Contribution .  Sections 6.2 of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby modified to provide that the Borrower’s Required Equity Contribution may be made by way of proceeds of the Second Mezzanine Loan.

 

5.                                        Other Liens.   Sections 7.6 of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced with the following:  “ No Other Liens; Taxes and Municipal Charges Current .  The Collateral shall not be subject to any liens or encumbrances, whether inferior or superior to the Loan Documents or the Security Documents, except in respect of: (i) real estate taxes and personal property taxes not yet due and payable; (ii) Permitted Title Exceptions, if any; (iii) the Pledge; and (iv) the Second Pledge.  All real estate taxes, personal property taxes and other municipal charges relating to any of the Collateral shall be current.”

 

6.                                        Ratification of Loan Documents .  Except as specifically amended by this Joinder and the other documents executed and delivered in connection herewith, all of the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect as in effect prior to the date hereof, without releasing any obligors thereon or collateral security therefor.

 

7.                                        Ownership of future Borrowers .  Sections 8.10.2 and Exhibit B of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby modified to provide that STAG

 

3



 

IV Holdings, LLC is permitted to be an owner of 100% of the interests in New Borrower and in additional Borrowers hereafter to be joined to the Loan transaction.

 

8.                                        Permitted Transfers .  Section 9.6.3 (ix) of the Senior Loan Agreement and Section 9.6.3 (viii) of the Bridge Loan Agreement, respectively are hereby deleted and replaced as follows: “an NED Transfer pursuant to the Mezzanine Loan Documents and the Second Mezzanine Loan Documents”.

 

9.                                        Permitted Additional Debt .  Sections 9.6.4 (v) of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement are hereby deleted and replaced as follows:  “the Mezzanine Loan and the Second Mezzanine Loan.”

 

10.                                  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness .  This Joinder shall not be effective until each of the following conditions precedent have been fulfilled to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent:

 

(a)                                   This Joinder shall have been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties hereto, and shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(b)                                  All action on the part of the Borrower and each other party necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Joinder and all other documentation, instruments, and agreements to be executed in connection herewith shall have been duly and effectively taken and evidence thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Agent shall have been provided to the Agent.

 

(c)                                   All due diligence items required under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement with respect to the New Property have been delivered to the Agent.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall have delivered the following to the Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

 

(i)             A Certificate of Legal Existence and Good Standing issued by the Secretary of the State of the incorporation or organization of New Borrower.

 

(ii)            A certificate of an authorized officer relating to the organization and existence of such party, the authorization of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and this Joinder, and attesting to the true signatures of each Person authorized as a signatory to any of the Loan Documents and this Joinder, together with true and accurate copies of all organizational documents.

 

(iii)           Execution and delivery by the New Borrower of the following Loan Documents:

 

a)                                       Joinder to the Promissory Note;

 

4



 

b)                                      The Security Documents required under Section 3.1 of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement;

 

c)                                       Such other applicable documents and agreements required by the Agent.

 

(e)                                   The Agent shall have received a written legal opinion of the Borrower’s counsel addressed to the Agent and the other Lenders, covering such matters relating to the Borrower, the Loan Documents and/or the transactions contemplated thereby as the Agent shall reasonably request.

 

(f)                                     All fees and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Joinder and related documents (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent) shall have been paid in full.

 

(g)                                  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(h)                                  The Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent such additional documents, instruments, and agreements as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

11.                                  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   This Joinder may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(b)                                  This Joinder expresses the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.  No prior negotiations or discussions shall limit, modify, or otherwise affect the provisions hereof.

 

(c)                                   Any determination that any provision of this Joinder or any application hereof is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect and in any instance shall not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other instance, or the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provisions of this Joinder.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall pay all fees and expenses of the Agent, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Joinder in accordance with the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The New Borrower warrants and represents that the New Borrower has consulted with independent legal counsel of its selection in connection with this Joinder and is not relying on any representations or warranties of the Agent or the Lenders or their counsel in entering into this Joinder.

 

(f)                                     THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF

 

5



 

MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Joinder to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

 

NEW BORROWER :

 

 

 

STAG IV LEXINGTON, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

AGENT AND LENDER :

 

 

 

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nicholas Lyons

 

Name:

Nicholas Lyons

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kieran Dowling

 

Name:

Kieran Dowling

 

Title:

Director

 

7



 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

 

 

EXISTING BORROWERS :

 

 

 

STAG III ALBION, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III MASON, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III ST. LOUIS, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III POMFRET, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III TAVARES, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III STREAMWOOD, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

8



 

STAG III DAYTONA BEACH, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III MALDEN, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III GREAT BEND, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III MILWAUKEE, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III YOUNGSTOWN, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III ROUND ROCK, L.P.

 

 

 

By: STAG Investments GP III, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

9



 

STAG III CHESTERFIELD, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III ARLINGTON, L.P.

 

 

 

By: STAG Investments GP III, LLC, its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III FARMINGTON, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III CINCINNATI, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III APPLETON, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III JEFFERSON, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

10



 

STAG III ELKHART, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III HOLLAND 2, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III FAIRFIELD, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III MAYVILLE, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III MILWAUKEE 2, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III JACKSON, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III MARYLAND BORROWER, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

11



 

STAG III POCATELLO, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III CANTON, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III RAPID CITY, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III AMESBURY, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III HOLLAND, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III SERGEANT BLUFF, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III LEWISTON, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III PENSACOLA, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

12



 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III BOARDMAN, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III NEWARK, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III TWINSBURG, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III DAYTON, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

13



 

STAG III DANVILLE, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III SEVILLE, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III PITTSBURGH, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG IV ALEXANDRIA, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

14



 

Consented to and Agreed:

 

GUARANTOR :

 

 

 

STAG INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS III, LLC

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name: Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title: Authorized Officer

 

 

15


 

THIRD MODIFICATION TO SENIOR LOAN AGREEMENT,

 

EIGHTH MODIFICATION TO BRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT and

 

AGREEMENT TO RELEASE PROPERTIES

 

This Third Modification to Senior Loan Agreement, Eighth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement and Agreement to Release Properties (this “ Agreement ”) is made this 28th day of July, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among STAG III ALBION, LLC, STAG III MASON, LLC, STAG III ST. LOUIS, LLC, STAG III POMFRET, LLC, STAG III TAVARES, LLC, STAG III STREAMWOOD, LLC, STAG III DAYTONA BEACH, LLC, STAG III MALDEN, LLC,  STAG III GREAT BEND, LLC, STAG III MILWAUKEE, LLC, STAG III YOUNGSTOWN, LLC, STAG III ROUND ROCK, L.P., STAG III CHESTERFIELD, LLC, STAG III ARLINGTON, L.P., STAG III FARMINGTON, LLC, STAG III CINCINNATI, LLC, STAG III APPLETON, LLC, STAG III JEFFERSON, LLC, STAG III ELKHART, LLC, STAG III HOLLAND 2, LLC, STAG III FAIRFIELD, LLC, STAG III MAYVILLE, LLC, STAG III MILWAUKEE 2, LLC, STAG III JACKSON, LLC, STAG III MARYLAND BORROWER, LLC, STAG III POCATELLO, LLC, STAG III CANTON, LLC, STAG III RAPID CITY, LLC, STAG III AMESBURY, LLC, STAG III HOLLAND, LLC, STAG III SERGEANT BLUFF, LLC, STAG III LEWISTON, LLC, STAG III PENSACOLA, LLC, STAG III BOARDMAN, LLC, STAG III NEWARK, LLC, STAG III TWINSBURG, LLC, STAG III DAYTON, LLC,  STAG IV DANVILLE, LLC (“ Danville Borrower ”), STAG IV SEVILLE, LLC (“ Seville Borrower ”), STAG IV PITTSBURGH, LLC (“ Pittsburgh Borrower ”),  STAG IV ALEXANDRIA, LLC (“ Alexandria Borrower ”), STAG IV LEXINGTON, LLC (“ Lexington Borrower ”), STAG IV PITTSBURGH 2, LLC (“ Pittsburgh 2 Borrower ”) and STAG IV WACO, L.P. (“ Waco Borrower ”) all Delaware limited liability companies or Delaware limited partnerships (each, a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”) all having principal executive offices at c/o STAG Capital Partners, 99 Chauncy Street, 10 th  Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 and ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC, with offices at 265 Franklin Street, 19th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, as agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other lenders; in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and benefits to be derived herefrom.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

A.                                    Reference is made to a certain:

 

Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2007, as further amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated February 12, 2008 (and as amended, modified, supplemented, or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Senior Loan Agreement ”) in the maximum aggregate amount of $300,000,000.00 (the “ Senior Loan ”) by and among Borrowers, Agent and the lenders party thereto (collectively the “ Lender ”) as

 

1



 

further evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated as of August 11, 2006 in the amount of the Senior Loan (the “ Senior Note ”);

 

and a certain;

 

Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006, as amended by that certain Loan Modification Agreement dated June 6, 2007, as further amended by that certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated July 1, 2007, as further amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2007, as further amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated February 12, 2008, as further amended by that certain Fifth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated March 28, 2008, as further amended by that certain Sixth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated May 15, 2008, as further amended by that certain Seventh Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated June 30, 2008  (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Bridge Loan Agreement ”) in the maximum aggregate amount of $60,000,000.00 (the “ Bridge Loan ”), by and among Borrowers, the Agent and the Lender party thereto, as further evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated as of August 11, 2006 in the amount of the Bridge Loan (the “ Bridge Note ”).

 

All capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

B.                                      Borrowers have requested that Lender release the Alexandria Borrower, Pittsburgh Borrower, Lexington Borrower, Seville Borrower, Danville Borrower, Pittsburgh 2 Borrower and Waco Borrower (collectively, the “ Release Borrowers ”) from their obligations under the Senior Loan Agreement and under the Bridge Loan Agreement; and release the respective properties owned by them and further described on Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively, the “ Release Properties ”) from the lien of any security documents of the Agent and Lender with respect thereto (the “ Release Security Documents ”, also identified on Exhibit A). The term “ Remaining Borrowers ” as used in this Agreement shall mean all of the Borrowers as defined in the initial paragraph to this Agreement, extracting from the list those Borrowers who have been defined herein as Release Borrowers.

 

C.                                      Lender has agreed to release the Release Borrowers from their obligations under the Senior Loan and the Bridge Loan and the Release Properties from the lien of Lender’s security interests, subject to the agreements, terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Senior Loan Principal  Payment .   On or before the Effective Date, Borrowers shall make a payment in the amount of $47,020,009.00 to be applied in reduction of the principal balance on the Senior Loan.

 

2.                                        Maximum Aggregate Senior Loan Amount.   Notwithstanding anything in the Senior Loan Agreement to the contrary, the maximum aggregate amount of the Senior Loan is hereby $206,692,502.00.

 

3.                                        Bridge Loan Principal  Payment .   On or before the Effective Date, Borrowers shall make a payment in the amount of $9,404,004.00 to be applied in reduction of the principal balance on the Bridge Loan.

 

4.                                        Maximum Aggregate Bridge Loan Amount.   Notwithstanding anything in the Bridge  Loan Agreement to the contrary, the maximum aggregate amount of the Bridge Loan is hereby $41,898,738.00.

 

5.                                        Maturity Date of the Bridge Loan . From and after the Effective Date, it is agreed by and among the Agent, Lender and Borrower that the Maturity Date of the Bridge Loan as defined in Section 2.2 of the Bridge Loan Agreement is hereby amended to be August 11, 2009, and wherever stated in the Loan Documents, the Maturity Date of the Bridge Loan is August 11, 2009.

 

6.                                        Amendment to Bridge Note .  The definition of the term “Spread” at Section 5.13 of the Bridge Note is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“The term “Spread” shall mean four hundred (400) basis points.”

 

7.                                        Amendment to Senior Loan Agreement .  Section 9.19.1(iii) of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“Debt Service Coverage” shall mean the ratio for the Calculation Period of:  (A) Net Operating Income (in each instance calculated in the aggregate with respect to each Property which is Collateral) to (B) aggregate Debt Service on the Loan.”

 

8.                                        Release of Release  Borrowers .  As of the Effective Date, the Release Borrowers are hereby released as Borrowers and loan parties pursuant to the Senior Loan Agreement and Bridge Loan Agreement and are hereby released from their obligations arising under the Release Security Documents. The mortgage lien of the Agent with respect to the Release Properties shall terminate as of the Effective Date.  Agent shall execute such  documents and instruments (including UCC-3 financing statements) to effectuate this release and termination.

 

9.                                        Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date at such time when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

3



 

(a)                                   All action on the part of each Borrower and each other party necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Agreement and all other documentation, instruments, and agreements to be executed in connection herewith shall have been duly and effectively taken and evidence thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Agent shall have been provided to the Agent.

 

(b)                                  STAG Investments Holdings III, LLC shall have executed a Consent to this Agreement (signature page following Lender and Borrowers’ signature pages hereto).

 

(c)                                   With respect to the Senior Loan, Steven R. Karp and Steven S. Fischman shall have executed a $5,000,000.00 Guaranty in form acceptable to the Lender effective as of the Effective Date, such Guaranty to be released when the conditions set forth therein are satisfied.

 

(d)                                  With respect to the Bridge Loan, Steven R. Karp and Steven S. Fischman shall have executed an Amended and Restated Guaranty in form acceptable to the Lender effective as of the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   The Agent shall have received such executed resolutions, secretary’s certificates and certificates of legal existence as the Agent may reasonably specify all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.

 

(f)                                     The Agent shall have received a written legal opinion of the Borrowers’ and Guarantors’ counsel addressed to the Agent and the Lender, covering such matters relating to the Borrowers, Guarantors, the Loan Documents and/or the transactions contemplated thereby as the Agent shall reasonably request.

 

(g)                                  The Borrowers shall have paid an arrangement fee in respect of the Bridge Loan maturity date extension in the amount of $104,747.00.

 

(h)                                  All fees and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement and related documents (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent) shall have been paid in full.

 

(i)                                      No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(j)                                      The Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to the Agent such additional documents, instruments, and agreements as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

10.                                  Other Provisions .

 

(a)                                   The Remaining Borrowers hereby ratify, confirm, and reaffirm all of the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement, and all of the other documents, instruments, and agreements evidencing the Senior Loan and the Bridge Loan including, without limitation, the Senior Note and the Bridge Note.  The Remaining Borrowers further acknowledge and agree

 

4



 

that all of the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan arrangement and Bridge Loan arrangement shall remain in full force and effect except as expressly provided in this Agreement.  No novation of the indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Note, Bridge Note, Senior Loan Agreement, Bridge Loan Agreement any other loan document pertaining to the foregoing shall occur as a result of the execution of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  To the extent any Defaults or Events of Default are existing as of the date hereof, the Agent hereby  expressly reserves all of its rights and remedies in connection therewith, and the execution of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default nor a waiver of any of the Agent’s rights and remedies in connection therewith.

 

(c)                                   Except as specifically amended by this Agreement and the other documents executed and delivered in connection herewith, all of the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement and of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect as in effect prior to the date hereof, without releasing any obligors thereon or collateral security therefor, other than the Release Borrowers and the Release Properties named herein.

 

(d)                                  The Borrowers acknowledge, confirm and agree that they have no offsets, defenses, claims or counterclaims against the Agent or Lender with respect to any of the Borrowers’ liabilities and obligations to the Lender under the Senior Loan arrangement and the Bridge Loan arrangement, and to the extent that the Borrowers have any such claims under the foregoing loan arrangements, the Borrowers affirmatively WAIVE and RENOUNCE such claims as of the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   Any determination that any provision of this Agreement or any application hereof is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect and in any instance shall not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other instance, or the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                     This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  In proving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

(g)                                  Each Loan Agreement, as amended by this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties regarding the matters contained herein and shall not be modified by any prior oral or written communications.

 

(h)                                  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF

 

5



 

MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

 

BORROWERS :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III ALBION, LLC

 

STAG III MALDEN, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III MASON, LLC

 

STAG III GREAT BEND, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III ST. LOUIS, LLC

 

STAG III MILWAUKEE, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III POMFRET, LLC

 

STAG III YOUNGSTOWN, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III TAVARES, LLC

 

STAG III ROUND ROCK, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By: STAG Investments GP III, LLC, its sole general partner

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III STREAMWOOD, LLC

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

STAG III CHESTERFIELD, LLC

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III DAYTONA BEACH, LLC

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

 

 

7



 

STAG III ARLINGTON, L.P.

 

STAG III FAIRFIELD, LLC

 

 

 

By: STAG Investments GP III, LLC, its sole general partner

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

STAG III MAYVILLE, LLC

 

 

 

STAG III FARMINGTON, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

STAG III MILWAUKEE 2, LLC

 

 

 

STAG III CINCINNATI, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

STAG III JACKSON, LLC

 

 

 

STAG III APPLETON, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

STAG III MARYLAND BORROWER, LLC

 

 

 

STAG III JEFFERSON, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

STAG III POCATELLO, LLC

 

 

 

STAG III ELKHART, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

STAG III CANTON, LLC

 

 

 

STAG III HOLLAND 2, LLC

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

8



 

STAG III RAPID CITY, LLC

 

STAG III NEWARK, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III AMESBURY, LLC

 

STAG III TWINSBURG, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III HOLLAND, LLC

 

STAG III DAYTON, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III SERGEANT BLUFF, LLC

 

STAG IV DANVILLE, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III LEWISTON, LLC

 

STAG IV SEVILLE, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III PENSACOLA, LLC

 

STAG IV PITTSBURGH, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

 

 

STAG III BOARDMAN, LLC

 

STAG IV ALEXANDRIA, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

9



 

STAG IV LEXINGTON, LLC

 

STAG IV PITTSBURGH 2, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:  Stephen C. Mecke

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

Title:    Authorized Officer

 

 

STAG IV WACO, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By STAG Investments GP IV, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

10



 

AGENT AND LENDER :

 

 

 

 

 

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kieran Dowling

 

 

Name: Kieran Dowling

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Stephens

 

 

Name: Paul Stephens

 

 

Title: Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kieran Dowling

 

 

Name: Kieran Dowling

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Stephens

 

 

Name: Paul Stephens

 

 

Title: Associate Director

 

 

 

11



 

Consented to and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTOR :

 

 

 

 

 

STAG INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS III, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:   Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:     Authorized Officer

 

 

 

12



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Released Properties and Released Security Documents

 

13


 

FOURTH MODIFICATION TO SENIOR LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Fourth Modification to Senior Loan Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of this 31 st  day of January, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among STAG III ALBION, LLC, STAG III MASON, LLC, STAG III ST. LOUIS, LLC, STAG III POMFRET, LLC, STAG III TAVARES, LLC, STAG III STREAMWOOD, LLC, STAG III DAYTONA BEACH, LLC, STAG III MALDEN, LLC,  STAG III GREAT BEND, LLC, STAG III MILWAUKEE, LLC, STAG III YOUNGSTOWN, LLC, STAG III ROUND ROCK, L.P., STAG III CHESTERFIELD, LLC, STAG III ARLINGTON, L.P., STAG III FARMINGTON, LLC, STAG III CINCINNATI, LLC, STAG III APPLETON, LLC, STAG III JEFFERSON, LLC, STAG III ELKHART, LLC, STAG III HOLLAND 2, LLC, STAG III FAIRFIELD, LLC, STAG III MAYVILLE, LLC, STAG III MILWAUKEE 2, LLC, STAG III JACKSON, LLC, STAG III MARYLAND BORROWER, LLC, STAG III POCATELLO, LLC, STAG III CANTON, LLC, STAG III RAPID CITY, LLC, STAG III AMESBURY, LLC, STAG III HOLLAND, LLC, STAG III SERGEANT BLUFF, LLC, STAG III LEWISTON, LLC, STAG III PENSACOLA, LLC, STAG III BOARDMAN, LLC, STAG III NEWARK, LLC, STAG III TWINSBURG, LLC and STAG III DAYTON, LLC all Delaware limited liability companies or Delaware limited partnerships (each, a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”) all having principal executive offices at c/o STAG Capital Partners, 99 Chauncy Street, 10 th  Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 and ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland having company registration number 22045 (f/k/a Anglo Irish Bank Corporation plc, a banking corporation) and having its registered office at Stephen Court, 18/21 St. Stephen’s Green, Dublin 2, Ireland and with offices at 265 Franklin Street, 19th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, as agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other lenders; in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and benefits to be derived herefrom.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

A.                                    Reference is made to a certain:

 

Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006 as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2007, as amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated February 12, 2008, as further amended by that certain Third Modification to Senior Loan Agreement, Eighth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement and Agreement to Release Properties dated July 28, 2008 (and as amended, modified, supplemented, or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Senior Loan Agreement ”) in the maximum aggregate amount of $300,000,000.00 (the “ Senior Loan ”) by and among Borrowers, Agent and the lenders party thereto (collectively the “ Lender ”) as further evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated as of August 11, 2006 in the maximum amount of $300,000,000.00 as amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated January 31, 2009 in the maximum amount of $200,811,888.00 (the “ Senior Note ” and the other

 

1



 

documents evidencing, administering, securing and governing the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan, the “ Senior Loan Documents ”);

 

and a certain:

 

Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of August 11, 2006, as amended by that certain Loan Modification Agreement dated June 6, 2007, as further amended by that certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated July 1, 2007, as further amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Third Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2007, as further amended by that certain Joinder to Loan Agreement, Second Modification to Senior Loan Agreement and Fourth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated February 12, 2008, as further amended by that certain Fifth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated March 28, 2008, as further amended by that certain Sixth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated May 15, 2008, as further amended by that certain Seventh Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated June 30, 2008, as further amended by that certain Third Modification to Senior Loan Agreement, Eighth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement and Agreement to Release Properties dated July 28, 2008 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Bridge Loan Agreement ”) in the maximum aggregate amount of $60,000,000.00 (the “ Bridge Loan ”), by and among Borrowers, the Agent and the Lender party thereto, as further evidenced by that certain Promissory Note dated as of August 11, 2006 in the maximum amount of $60,000,000.00 as amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated January 31, 2009 in the maximum amount of $40,826,734.00 (the “ Bridge Note ” and the other documents evidencing, administering, securing and governing the terms and conditions of the Bridge Loan, the “ Bridge Loan Documents ”).

 

All capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Senior Loan Agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement.

 

B.                                      Borrowers have requested that Lender extend the Maturity Date of the Senior Loan and the Bridge Loan and Lender has agreed to so extend the Maturity Date subject to the agreements, terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Agent/Lender Name Change .  The name of Agent and Lender is hereby changed to ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland.

 

2



 

2.                                        Senior Loan Principal Payment .  On or before February 3, 2009, Borrowers shall make a payment in the amount of $5,000,000.00 to be applied in reduction of the principal balance on the Senior Loan, after which the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Loan will be $200,654,112.07.

 

3.                                        Maximum Aggregate Senior Loan Amount.   Notwithstanding anything in the Senior Loan Agreement to the contrary, the maximum aggregate amount of the Senior Loan is hereby $200,811,888.00.

 

4.                                        Maturity Date of the Senior Loan .  From and after the Effective Date, it is agreed by and among the Agent, Lender and Borrowers that the terms “Maturity Date” and “Extended Maturity Date” of the Senior Loan as defined in Section 2.2 of the Senior Loan Agreement are hereby modified to mean January 31, 2012 wherever stated in the Senior Loan Documents.  The term “Extended Term” as defined in Section 2.2 of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby modified in the Senior Loan Agreement to mean the period commencing January 31, 2009 and ending January 31, 2012 wherever stated in the Senior Loan Documents.  There are no rights to further extend the term of the Senior Loan available to the Borrowers.

 

5.                                        Interest Rate Protection Arrangements .  Section 9.12 of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 

Borrowers shall have the option to enter into Hedging Contracts with Agent for up to 100% of the principal balance of the Senior Loan for the term of the Senior Loan.  Any Hedging Obligations thereunder shall be secured by all Collateral securing the Senior Loan.  “ Hedging Obligations ” as used hereunder means, with respect to the Borrowers, all liabilities of the Borrowers to the Agent under Hedging Contracts.  “ Hedging Contracts ” as used hereunder means, interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, or any other agreements or arrangements entered into between the Borrowers and the Agent and designed to protect the Borrowers against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates with respect to the Senior Loan.  The terms of any interest rate swap agreements will be governed by the standard ISDA documents, with modifications mutually agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent.

 

6.                                        Obligations .  The definition of “Obligations” as defined in Section 3.1 of the Senior Loan Agreement shall be modified to include Hedging Obligations.

 

7.                                        Assignment of Interest Rate Protection Agreements .  The following shall be added as a new Section 3.1.6 of the Senior Loan Agreement:

 

Assignment of Interest Rate Protection .  An assignment in favor of Agent on behalf of the Lenders of any Hedging Contracts entered into by the Borrowers and Agent with respect to the Senior Loan (the “ Rate Protection Assignment ”).

 

8.                                        Loan Documents .  The definition of “Loan Documents” in Section 3.2 of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby modified to include the Rate Protection Assignment.

 

3



 

9.                                        Loan to Value Ratio .

 

(a)                                   Section 9.18.1 of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 

LTV .  After August 1, 2010 the ratio (“Loan To Value Ratio” or “LTV”) obtained by dividing: (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, by (ii) the aggregate Value of the Property, expressed as a percentage, shall not be greater than seventy-five percent (75%).  For the purposes of this Loan Agreement, the “Value of the Property” shall mean such Value of the Property (on an aggregate basis) as determined by the Agent pursuant to each Original Appraisal or by a new appraisal ordered by and reasonably acceptable to Agent.  The Loan To Value Ratio shall be tested by Agent annually commencing on August 1, 2010.

 

10.                                  Debt Service Covenant .

 

(a)                                   Section 9.19.1(i) of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 

“Calculation Date” shall mean the last day of each six (6) month period commencing with June 30, 2009.

 

(b)                                  Section 9.19.1(ii) of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 

“Calculation Period” shall mean each six (6) month period which ends on a Calculation Date.

 

(c)                                   Section 9.19.1(vi) of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 

“Debt Service on the Loan” shall mean the higher of: (i) the actual principal and interest paid or payable under the Senior Loan during the Calculation Period, or (ii) the payments of principal and interest that would have been payable under an assumed loan during the Calculation Period in an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Loan at the inception of the relevant Calculation Period bearing interest at the Deemed Rate of Interest payable on a direct reduction basis over twenty-five (25) years; provided , that if in excess of 95% of the aggregate principal balance of the Senior Loan is subject to an interest rate swap agreement through the Maturity Date, the Debt Service on the Loan shall be determined by using the actual principal and interest payable under the Senior Loan during the Calculation Period after giving effect to the impact of such interest rate swap agreement.

 

(d)                                  Section 9.19.1(vii) of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 

“Deemed Rate of Interest” shall mean the higher of (a) the actual rates in effect under the Note, or (b) the annual rate of interest payable on the relevant Calculation Date (that is, the last day of the applicable Calculation Period) on

 

4



 

seven (7) year United States Treasury obligations in amounts approximating the principal balance of the Senior Loan at the inception of the Calculation Period plus three percent (3.00%)

 

11.                                  Partial Releases .  Section 9.21 of the Senior Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 

9.21  Partial Release .  Provided no Event of Default is then in existence hereunder, upon the written request of the Borrowers, provided at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the requested release, the Agent shall release a Property from the lien of the Security Documents upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      The Agent shall have received the Partial Release Payment for such Property. As used herein, “Partial Release Payment” shall mean, for any Property, that amount which is equal to 1.2 multiplied by the Loan Amount advanced with respect to such Property;

 

(ii)                                   The Borrowers shall simultaneous with the delivery of the Partial Release Payment, repay the Bridge Loan in an amount equal to the Partial Release Payment required to be paid pursuant to the Bridge Loan Documents;

 

(iii)                                After giving effect to the release of the subject Property, either

 

a)                                       the Borrowers will not violate the minimum Debt Service Coverage covenant, as calculated pursuant to Section 9.19.2 with a Calculation Period beginning as of effective date of the release of the Property, and with the Debt Service on the Loan calculated using the higher of: (i) the actual principal and interest paid or payable under the Senior Loan during the Calculation Period, or (ii) the payments of principal and interest that would have been payable under an assumed loan during the Calculation Period in an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Loan at the inception of the relevant Calculation Period bearing interest at the Deemed Rate of Interest payable on a direct reduction basis over twenty (20) years; provided , that if in excess of 95% of the aggregate principal balance of the Senior Loan is subject to an interest rate swap agreement through the Maturity Date, the Debt Service on the Loan shall be determined by using the actual principal and interest payable under the Senior Loan during the Calculation Period after giving effect to the impact of such interest rate swap agreement; or

 

b)                                      at Borrower’s option, if such release is to take effect prior to June 30, 2009, in lieu of compliance with the minimum Debt Service Coverage covenant as calculated in Section 9.21 (iii) (a) above, Borrowers shall pay Agent the Alternative Release Payment as defined in Section 9.21 (v).

 

5



 

(iv)                               After giving effect to the release of the subject Property, either

 

a)                                       the Borrowers will not violate the maximum 75% Loan To Value Ratio covenant, as calculated pursuant to Section 9.18.1 of the Senior Loan Agreement; or

 

b)                                      at Borrower’s option, if such release is to take effect prior to August 1, 2010, in lieu of compliance with the maximum Loan To Value Ratio covenant as calculated in Section 9.21 (iv) (a) above, Borrowers shall pay Agent the Alternative Release Payment as defined in Section 9.21 (v).

 

(v)                                  The “Alternative Release Payment” for purposes of this Section 9.21 is the higher of: (X) that amount which is equal to 1.2 multiplied by the Loan Amount advanced with respect to such Property; (Y) 100% of the applicable Borrower’s purchase price for acquisition of the subject Property as set forth in the applicable sale contracts and closing statements, plus closing costs incurred in connection with the aforesaid acquisition as reasonably determined by the settlement statement for such acquisition; or (Z) 100% of the gross sale proceeds of the sale of the Property net of Approved Closing Costs.  “Approved Closing Costs” shall mean usual and customary closing costs for commercial real estate transactions in the applicable surrounding area in which the subject Property is located, such as deed stamps, reasonable attorneys’ fees, real estate tax adjustments and a broker’s commission (which broker’s commission shall not exceed the usual and customary commission charged in the applicable surrounding area) and shall also include negotiated payments made by the applicable Borrower under the relevant purchase and sale agreement for the subject Property as part of the sale transaction and as such payments are reflected by the settlement statement.

 

12.                                  CapEx Escrow Account.   The following shall be added as a new Section 9.22 of the Senior Loan Agreement:

 

CapEx Escrow Account .  The Borrowers shall open and maintain an interest-bearing deposit account with the Agent (the “CapEx Escrow Account”).  Borrowers shall, on a monthly basis commencing as of March 1, 2009 and on the first day of each month thereafter, deposit into the CapEx Escrow Account a sum of money in cash equal to the CapEx Escrow Payment Amount.  All such deposited sums shall stand as additional security for the Obligations and shall not be removed or withdrawn therefrom except as permitted in this Section 9.22.  As used herein, the term “CapEx Escrow Payment Amount” means the successive monthly payment amounts set forth on the schedule (the “CapEx Schedule”) attached hereto as Exhibit A ; provided however , that (a) following a partial prepayment of principal on the Senior Loan made on account of a Partial Release pursuant to Section 9.21 of the Senior Loan Agreement, or (b) a partial prepayment of principal on the Senior Loan (including payments made from condemnation or casualty

 

6



 

proceeds) in excess of $500,000.00, the remaining CapEx Escrow Payment Amounts shall be adjusted in accordance with a revised CapEx Schedule to be provided by Agent.

 

(a)                                   No Default .  During the continuance of an Event of Default, no funds may be withdrawn from the CapEx Escrow Account and Agent may apply or set off all funds in the CapEx Escrow Account against the Obligations and otherwise take such actions reasonably necessary for Agent and Lenders to realize on such application or set off.

 

(b)                                  CapEx/TI/LC Costs .  Subject to Agent’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, funds may be withdrawn by the Borrowers to pay third parties for, or reimburse Borrowers for capital expenditures, repairs or tenant improvements with respect to any Property (hereinafter, collectively the “ Work ”) or leasing costs with respect to the leasing of any Property (but not including costs relating to the obtaining possession of any Property) (the “ LC Costs ”) subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      Withdrawals for reimbursements to the Borrowers or to pay third party invoices may be made from the CapEx Escrow Account at the Borrowers’ request to Agent, not more frequently than twice a month, on the basis of written requests in accordance with the method described in this Section 9.22.  Agent shall act upon such requests by the Borrowers (including any requests for pre-approval of Work or LC Costs described in paragraphs (ii) and (iii), respectively, within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of the written request for such withdrawal, which action may include, without limitation, approval of the requested withdrawal or specifying the basis for not approving the request and, where applicable, requesting additional information and supporting documentation.

 

(ii)                                   All requests by the Borrowers for reimbursement or to pay third party invoices for Work performed shall be accompanied with invoices or paid receipts for the Work performed.  With respect to any request for withdrawals from the CapEx Escrow Account for Work to be performed in excess of the lower of $200,000 or 10% of the Value of the Property for which the request is being made, the Borrowers shall also include in their written request, for Agent’s review and approval, those items reasonably requested by Agent pertaining to the Work to be performed, including, without limitation:  (i) a reasonably detailed budget (the “Budget”) and estimated schedule for the subject Work; (ii) if applicable, plans and specifications; (iii) to the extent available at the time of submission, all applicable contracts or invoices which may include all relevant construction, architect, or engineer services to be performed and (iv) if applicable, copies of all final licenses and permits (to be delivered after completion of the Work, if applicable, and not in any request for approval).  Borrowers may request Agent’s pre-approval of the scope of Work to be performed and the Budget for such Work by submitting such a request to Agent, which pre-approval by Agent shall not be unreasonably

 

7



 

withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Once Agent has pre-approved the scope and Budget for such Work, as long as there has been no material modification to such Budget or scope, requests for withdrawals to reimburse payments made by the applicable Borrower with respect to such Work or to pay third party invoices for Work performed will be granted, subject to Agent’s receipt of invoices or receipts for the Work performed and the Consultant’s approval, if required under paragraph (iv) below.

 

(iii)                                With respect to any request for withdrawals from the CapEx Escrow Account for reimbursement of any LC Costs or payment of any LC Costs then due, the Borrowers shall provide to Agent for review and approval those items reasonably requested by Agent pertaining to any LC Costs to be paid or reimbursed, including, without limitation, detailed invoices, proposed leases (if not already provided to Agent) or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Agent.  Borrowers may request Agent’s pre-approval of any LC Costs before the applicable Borrower incurs such costs or executes any leases with respect to such LC Costs by submitting such a request to Agent, which pre-approval by Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Any LC Costs that are set forth in any Lease approved (or deemed approved) by Agent pursuant to Section 9.17 of the Senior Loan Agreement shall not require Agent’s additional approval hereunder and shall be funded from the CapEx Escrow Account, subject to Agent’s receipt of the paid invoices and receipts for reimbursement therefor, or other acceptable evidence that payment of such LC Costs is then due.

 

(iv)                               With respect to any request for withdrawals from the CapEx Escrow Account for Work to be performed or LC Costs to be paid in excess of the lower of $200,000 or 10% of the Value of the Property for which the request is being made, Agent shall have the right to employ one or more independent engineers, architects, builders or other construction specialists, environmental advisors, scientists, accountants, and attorneys to act as an advisor to Agent, and to any Lender, in connection with the proposed withdrawal to be made from the CapEx Escrow Account (each of which shall be a “Consultant”). The reasonable costs and fees of each Consultant permitted hereunder shall be paid by Borrower upon billing therefor and, if not so paid within thirty (30) days, may be paid directly by Agent on behalf of the Lenders through a withdrawal from the CapEx Escrow Account.  Upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, subject to the provisions of the Leases, Borrower shall provide Consultants with continuing access to all aspects of the Work being performed.

 

(v)                                  Neither Agent nor any Lender nor any of their Consultants shall have liability to Borrowers or any contractor, architect, engineer or other Person working directly or indirectly for or at the request of any Borrower on account of (i) services performed by such Consultant; (ii) any failure or neglect (absent gross negligence or willful misconduct) by any such

 

8



 

Consultant to properly perform services; or (iii) any approval or disapproval of work, construction documents, plans and specifications, requisitions or other matters (except that Agent may not unreasonably withhold, condition or deny its consent).  Neither Agent, nor any such Consultant, nor any Lender, shall have any obligation regarding proper performance of the Work.

 

(vi)                               Agent reserves the right to review the Work to be performed on a periodic basis and the LC Costs to be withdrawn.  Amounts withdrawn shall not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the actual costs incurred by Borrowers or paid by Borrowers in completing the Work or for the LC Costs to be paid.  All Work performed by the Borrowers shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with applicable legal requirements, without defects.

 

(c)                                   Borrowers agree and acknowledge that Agent is not obligated to permit the withdrawal of any funds from the CapEx Escrow Account except as provided herein.  Borrowers hereby acknowledge and agree that any permission for the withdrawal of the funds for any Work shall be conditioned upon receipt by Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, of such additional items as Agent may reasonably require to confirm the validity and priority of its mortgage on the subject Property, including but not limited, in the event of any Work in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), to a title examination and endorsement to the Agent’s title policy confirming the validity and priority of its mortgage and security interest hereunder.

 

(d)                                  Borrowers further agree and acknowledge that permission for withdrawal of the funds from the CapEx Escrow Account shall be conditioned upon certification, by the applicable Borrower with respect to the Property for which funds are requested, that no event then exists or fails to exist which is or which, solely with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both), would be an Event of Default.  Each requisition for permission to withdraw funds shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Agent and shall be signed by the applicable Borrower setting forth the amount and purpose of the withdrawal.  If costs for any Work or LC Costs exceed the amount approved by Agent to be withdrawn from the CapEx Escrow Account, the applicable Borrower shall be obligated to advance all funds necessary to complete the Work or to pay for the LC Costs prior to the last withdrawal to be made by the applicable Borrower with respect to the applicable Work to be performed or the applicable LC Costs to be paid.

 

(e)                                   The parties agree that amounts funded into the CapEx Escrow Account shall not be considered Operating Expenses for the purposes of Section 9.19.1(v) of the Senior Loan Agreement, provided however, that withdrawals from the CapEx Escrow Account on account of any expenditures that are Operating Expenses under Section 9.19.1(v) shall continue to be considered Operating Expenses under Section 9.19.1(v) for purposes of any relevant calculations.

 

9



 

13.                                  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date at such time when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)                                   All action on the part of each Borrower and each other party necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Agreement, that certain Ninth Modification to Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of the date hereof, and all other documentation, instruments, and agreements to be executed in connection herewith shall have been duly and effectively taken and evidence thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Agent shall have been provided to the Agent.

 

(b)                                  Borrowers shall have made the $5,000,000.00 Senior Loan principal payment.

 

(c)                                   STAG Investments Holdings III, LLC shall have executed a Consent to this Agreement (signature page following Lender and Borrowers’ signature pages hereto).

 

(d)                                  With respect to the Senior Loan, Stephen R. Karp and Steven S. Fischman shall have executed a $5,000,000.00 Amended and Restated Guaranty in form acceptable to the Lender effective as of the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   Borrowers shall have opened the CapEx Escrow Account.

 

(f)                                     The Agent shall have received such executed resolutions, secretary’s certificates and certificates of legal existence as the Agent may reasonably specify all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.

 

(g)                                  The Agent shall have received a written legal opinion of the Borrowers’ and Guarantors’ counsel addressed to the Agent and the Lender, covering such matters relating to the Borrowers, Guarantors, the Loan Documents and/or the transactions contemplated thereby as the Agent shall reasonably request.

 

(h)                                  The Borrowers shall have paid an extension fee in the amount of $302,048.00 in respect of the extensions of the Senior Loan Maturity Date and Bridge Loan Maturity Date.

 

(i)                                      All fees and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement and related documents (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent) shall have been paid in full.

 

(j)                                      No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(k)                                   The Borrowers shall have executed and delivered to the Agent such additional documents, instruments, and agreements as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

10



 

14.                                  Other Provisions .

 

(a)                                   The Borrowers hereby ratify, confirm, and reaffirm all of the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Agreement and all of the other documents, instruments, and agreements evidencing the Senior Loan.  The Borrowers further acknowledge and agree that all of the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan arrangement shall remain in full force and effect except as expressly provided in this Agreement.  No novation of the indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Note, Senior Loan Agreement or any other loan document pertaining to the foregoing shall occur as a result of the execution of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  To the extent any Defaults or Events of Default are existing as of the date hereof, the Agent hereby expressly reserves all of its rights and remedies in connection therewith, and the execution of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default nor a waiver of any of the Agent’s rights and remedies in connection therewith.

 

(c)                                   Except as specifically amended by this Agreement and the other documents executed and delivered in connection herewith, all of the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Agreement and of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect as in effect prior to the date hereof, without releasing any obligors thereon or collateral security therefor.

 

(d)                                  The Borrowers acknowledge, confirm and agree that they have no offsets, defenses, claims or counterclaims against the Agent or Lender with respect to any of the Borrowers’ liabilities and obligations to the Lender under the Senior Loan arrangement and to the extent that the Borrowers have any such claims under the foregoing loan arrangements, the Borrowers affirmatively WAIVE and RENOUNCE such claims as of the Effective Date.

 

(e)                                   Any determination that any provision of this Agreement or any application hereof is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect and in any instance shall not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other instance, or the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                     This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  In proving this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

(g)                                  The Senior Loan Agreement, as amended by this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties regarding the matters contained herein and shall not be modified by any prior oral or written communications.

 

(h)                                  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF

 

11



 

MASSACHUSETTS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

12


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

BORROWERS :

 

STAG III ALBION, LLC

 

STAG III MALDEN, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III MASON, LLC

 

STAG III GREAT BEND, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III ST. LOUIS, LLC

 

STAG III MILWAUKEE, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III POMFRET, LLC

 

STAG III YOUNGSTOWN, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III TAVARES, LLC

 

STAG III ROUND ROCK, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By: STAG Investments GP III, LLC, its sole general partner

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III STREAMWOOD, LLC

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

STAG III CHESTERFIELD, LLC

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III DAYTONA BEACH, LLC

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

13



 

STAG III ARLINGTON, L.P.

 

STAG III FAIRFIELD, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By: STAG Investments GP III, LLC, its sole general partner

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

STAG III MAYVILLE, LLC

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III FARMINGTON, LLC

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

STAG III MILWAUKEE 2, LLC

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III CINCINNATI, LLC

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

STAG III JACKSON, LLC

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III APPLETON, LLC

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

STAG III MARYLAND BORROWER, LLC

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III JEFFERSON, LLC

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

STAG III POCATELLO, LLC

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III ELKHART, LLC

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

STAG III CANTON, LLC

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

STAG III HOLLAND 2, LLC

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

14



 

STAG III RAPID CITY, LLC

 

STAG III NEWARK, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III AMESBURY, LLC

 

STAG III TWINSBURG, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III HOLLAND, LLC

 

STAG III DAYTON, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III SERGEANT BLUFF, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III LEWISTON, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III PENSACOLA, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG III BOARDMAN, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

15



 

AGENT AND LENDER :

 

 

 

 

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kieran Dowling

 

Name:

Kieran Dowling

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nicholas Lyons

 

Name:

Nicholas Lyons

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANGLO IRISH BANK CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kieran Dowling

 

Name:

Kieran Dowling

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nicholas Lyons

 

Name:

Nicholas Lyons

 

Title:

Associate Director

 

 

16



 

Consented to and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

 

 

STAG INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS III, LLC

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Name:

Stephen C. Mecke

 

 

Title:

Authorized Officer

 

 

17


 

Exhibit A

 

SENIOR LOAN CAP EX PAYMENT SCHEDULE

 

 

Repayment
Number

 

Capex Payment
Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

(151,343.28

)

 

 

 

2

 

(151,973.88

)

 

 

 

3

 

(152,607.10

)

 

 

 

4

 

(153,242.97

)

 

 

 

5

 

(153,881.48

)

 

 

 

6

 

(154,522.65

)

 

 

 

7

 

(155,166.49

)

 

 

 

8

 

(155,813.02

)

 

 

 

9

 

(156,462.24

)

 

 

 

10

 

(157,114.17

)

 

 

 

11

 

(157,768.81

)

 

 

 

12

 

(158,426.18

)

 

 

 

13

 

(159,086.29

)

 

 

 

14

 

(159,749.15

)

 

 

 

15

 

(160,414.77

)

 

 

 

16

 

(161,083.17

)

 

 

 

17

 

(161,754.35

)

 

 

 

18

 

(162,428.32

)

 

 

 

19

 

(163,105.11

)

 

 

 

20

 

(163,784.71

)

 

 

 

21

 

(164,467.15

)

 

 

 

22

 

(165,152.43

)

 

 

 

23

 

(165,840.56

)

 

 

 

24

 

(166,531.57

)

 

 

 

25

 

(167,225.45

)

 

 

 

26

 

(167,922.22

)

 

 

 

27

 

(168,621.90

)

 

 

 

28

 

(169,324.49

)

 

 

 

29

 

(170,030.01

)

 

 

 

30

 

(170,738.46

)

 

 

 

31

 

(171,449.87

)

 

 

 

32

 

(172,164.25

)

 

 

 

33

 

(172,881.60

)

 

 

 

34

 

(173,601.94

)

 

 

 

35

 

(174,325.28

)

 

 

 

36

 

(176,670.04

)

 

 

 

18



 

Breakdown of Capex
payments

 

 

Variables

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

200,811,888.25

 

 

 

Term (Years)*

 

20

 

 

 

Repayments Per Year

 

12

 

 

 

Calculation Rate

 

5.00

%

 

 


* 25 year Senior Loan Principal Amortization less 20 year Senior Loan Principal Amortization

 

19




Exhibit 10.20

 

Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
Loan No.                 
Master Loan Agreement

 

MASTER LOAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS MASTER LOAN AGREEMENT (the “ Loan Agreement ”) is executed and delivered as of July 9, 2010 by and between STAG GI INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Prime Borrower ” and, together with the Site Borrowers, as defined below, collectively and individually referred to as the “ Borrower ” or “ Borrowers ”); and CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY , a Connecticut corporation (together with its successors, affiliates, nominees, subsidiaries, investors, participants and assignees, “ Lender ”).

 

Recitals

 

A.             Lender and STAG Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ STAG Capital ”), are parties to a Letter of Intent dated April 13, 2010 (the “ Commitment ”), pursuant to which, inter alia , Lender will make a mortgage loan to Prime Borrower and Site Borrowers in the maximum aggregate original principal amount of Sixty-Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($63,000,000) (the “ Loan ” or the “ Portfolio Loan ”).

 

B.             Prime Borrower is wholly owned by STAG GI Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ STAG GI Investments ”).  Prime Borrower intends to own all of the membership interests in one or more special purposes entities (each, a “ Site Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ Site Borrowers ”) created to acquire various parcels of real property and all improvements thereon and all rights and appurtenances thereto (each a “ Site ” and, collectively, the “ Portfolio Properties ”).

 

C.             The Portfolio Loan will be evidenced and secured by (i) one or more promissory notes by Prime Borrower and one or more Site Borrowers (as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, collectively and individually referred to as the “ Notes ” or the “ Portfolio Notes ”), (ii) a mortgage, deed of trust, or indemnity deed of trust, assignment of leases, rents and contracts, security agreement and fixture filing that encumbers a Site (one from the applicable Site Borrower for each Site, each, a “ Portfolio Mortgage ” and collectively, the “ Portfolio Mortgages ,” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time) and other items of collateral, and (iii) such other security agreements, loan agreements, disbursement agreements, supplemental agreements, environmental indemnity agreements, guaranties, assignments (both present and collateral) and other instruments of indebtedness or security, including, without limitation, those set forth on Exhibit B hereto (including the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages and this Loan Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Documents ”).  All indebtedness and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are collectively referred to as the “ Indebtedness .”

 



 

D.             Lender and Borrowers are entering into this Loan Agreement to reflect the agreements of Lender and Borrowers regarding the terms of the Loan.

 

Agreements

 

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender and Borrowers, jointly and severally, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Incorporation of Recitals; Defined Terms .  The recitals are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.  Initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Loan Agreement have the same meanings given them in the Loan Documents.

 

2.              Initial Advance and Additional Advances .

 

2.1           Initial Advance .

 

(a)            Subject to fulfilling the requirements of this Loan Agreement, Lender has agreed to advance to Prime Borrower and one or more to-be-determined Site Borrowers (the “ Initial Site Borrower(s) ”), and Prime Borrower has agreed to accept, and shall cause the Initial Site Borrower(s) to accept, an initial advance of the Loan proceeds in the original principal amount equal to sixty-two and one-half percent (62.5%) of (i) the gross purchase price of the Sites to be purchased by the Initial Site Borrower(s) (the “ Initial Site(s) ”), to be set forth on Exhibit H hereto, plus (ii) all amounts due to Lender or its attorneys or Affiliates (as defined below) with respect to the closing and funding of the initial advance of the Loan, plus (iii) the fees payable to STAG Capital or STAG Capital Partners III, LLC (“ STAG III ”) or their respective Affiliates or successors in connection with the acquisition of the Initial Site(s) in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of STAG GI Investments dated as of July 6, 2010, plus (iv) the fees payable to Holiday, Fenoglio, Fowler, L.P. in connection with the initial advance of the Loan, plus (v) all other reasonable third party costs incurred in connection with the underwriting and acquisition of the Initial Site(s) including, without limitation, for the Title Commitment, Title Policy and Survey (as those terms are defined below) expenses, brokerage fees, recording fees and transfer taxes, mortgage recording fees, legal fees and disbursements, the cost of obtaining the Zoning Materials and Environmental and Engineering Reports, and the cost of the Searches, Tenant Bankruptcy Searches (as those terms are defined below) and similar searches and reports (the “ Initial Advance ”).  Borrower and Lender shall update Exhibit H simultaneously with the acquisition of the Initial Site(s) in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement.

 

As used in this Loan Agreement, “ Affiliate(s )” means a person or an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or entity with respect to which the determination is to be made, and the terms “control,” “controls,” and “under common control with,” mean the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the company, partnership, limited liability company, trust or entity with respect to which the determination is to be made, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

2



 

(b)            Prime Borrower may seek to obtain the Initial Advance hereunder by identifying the Initial Site(s) to secure the Loan.  Prime Borrower shall deliver to Lender preliminary underwriting materials in support thereof (the “ Preliminary Underwriting Materials ”).  Lender shall have the right to review, underwrite, accept or reject any proposed Initial Site(s) and the Initial Advance, in accordance with its then current underwriting standards, which will be applied in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, including Lender’s right to review such proposed Initial Site(s) and Initial Advance in accordance with Lender’s customary application and approval process.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Preliminary Underwriting Materials shall contain the items identified in Section 2.1(c)(i) below, together with a “Transaction Summary,” describing the primary salient features of the Initial Site(s) and the Initial Advance.  Prime Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all actual costs and expenses incurred in connection with the proposed Initial Site(s) and the Initial Advance, whether or not the Initial Advance is ever made, including, without limitation, consultant’s fees for the Environmental and Engineering Reports, the costs of the Title Commitments and Surveys and legal fees of in-house and outside counsel.

 

Lender shall notify Prime Borrower in writing within fourteen (14) days following receipt of the Preliminary Underwriting Materials whether or not the Initial Site(s), or any of them, and Initial Advance are approved.  In all events, as of the Initial Advance (a) the loan-to-value ratio of the Initial Site(s) as reasonably determined by Lender must be less than or equal to sixty-two and one-half percent (62.5%), (b) the Debt Coverage Ratio (as defined below) for each Initial Site must be at least 1.50 times, (c) each Initial Site must be an industrial property, primarily used for warehouse/distribution, manufacturing and flex/R&D purposes, (d) each Initial Site must be located in a primary or secondary market, as reasonably determined by Lender, and (e) each Initial Site must be a Class A or Class B property, as reasonably determined by Lender.

 

If approved by Lender as provided above, Lender shall notify Prime Borrower in writing of its agreement regarding the Initial Site(s) and Initial Advance, whereupon Lender shall be obligated to make the Initial Advance pursuant to this Loan Agreement so long as the requirements of Section 2.1(c) below are satisfied.

 

(c)            Prior to making the Initial Advance, and as a condition of Borrower’s right to receive any Loan proceeds as contemplated by this Agreement, the following conditions shall be satisfied to Lender’s satisfaction:

 

(i)             Borrower shall have delivered to Lender true, correct and complete copies of each fully-executed Lease (as hereinafter defined) affecting each Initial Site, together with a current rent roll and an abstract of each Lease prepared by Borrower, which Leases shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

(ii)            Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Lease Estoppel Certificate from each tenant under each Lease of each Initial Site, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (unless the Lender shall expressly agree, in Lender’s sole discretion, to accept a Lease Estoppel Certificate from Borrower for any of the Initial Site(s) in a form that differs from the form

 

3



 

attached hereto as Exhibit C ), and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender (a “ Tenant Estoppel ”).

 

(iii)           Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Subordination Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement from each tenant under each Lease of each Initial Site, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender (a “ SNDA ”).

 

(iv)           Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the outstanding Purchase and Sale Agreement for each Initial Site.

 

(v)            Borrower shall have delivered to Lender true, correct and complete copies of the organizational documents of each Site Borrower, together with evidence of the authority of Prime Borrower and each Site Borrower to execute and deliver the Loan Documents and perform its obligations thereunder, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

(vi)           Borrower shall have delivered a title commitment for a mortgagee’s title insurance policy in form and substance acceptable to Lender (the “ Title Commitment ”), issued by a title insurance company or companies acceptable to Lender (the “ Title Company ”), with the Title Company’s assurance that all of the requirements for the issuance of the mortgagee’s title insurance policy contemplated thereby have been satisfied and that the Title Company is unconditionally and irrevocably prepared to issue such policy to Lender, with such endorsements, reinsurance and/or co-insurance as Lender may reasonably require, insuring the first priority lien of the Portfolio Mortgage on each Initial Site Borrower’s interests in its applicable Initial Site, free from all liens and encumbrances other than those expressly approved by Lender and without exception for (A) filed or unfiled mechanics’ liens, (B) survey matters, (C) rights of parties in possession (except for tenants under Leases as specifically noted on the Title Commitment), (D) environmental liens, and (E) any other matters of any kind or nature whatsoever other than those expressly approved by Lender and the Loan Documents (the “ Title Policy ”).

 

(vii)          Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a current instrument survey of each Initial Site, acceptable in form and content to Lender and the Title Company, prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth in EXHIBIT E attached hereto (the “ Survey ”), and a certificate substantially in the form of EXHIBIT F attached hereto (the “ Surveyor’s Certificate ”), prepared and signed by a surveyor, acceptable to Lender and the Title Company, licensed to do business in the State/Commonwealth of the applicable Initial Site with his or her seal affixed thereto.  The Survey must show that all buildings and improvements are within lot and building lines and must locate all above or below ground easements, improvements, appurtenances, utilities and rights of way, and ingress and egress, number

 

4



 

and size of parking spaces and otherwise contain information outlined on EXHIBIT E attached hereto.

 

(viii)         Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such evidence as Lender may reasonably require that all outstanding Impositions (as hereinafter defined) pertaining to each Initial Site which are due and payable as of the date hereof have been paid in full.

 

(ix)           Borrower shall have delivered evidence, reasonably acceptable to Lender, that Borrower and each Initial Site are not subject to any federal or state tax liens, outstanding judgments or bankruptcy matters (collectively, the “ Searches ”) and that the tenants under the Leases are not subject to any bankruptcy matters (the “ Tenant Bankruptcy Searches ”), which, in the case of the Tenant Bankruptcy Searches, may be satisfied by a representation to that effect from the tenant in its Tenant Estoppel.

 

(x)            Borrower shall have delivered to Lender engineering, environmental, asbestos and other reports reasonably requested by Lender, in form and content satisfactory to the Lender, regarding the physical and environmental condition of each Initial Site (collectively, the “ Environmental and Engineering Reports ”).

 

(xi)           Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a report prepared by Planning and Zoning Resources, Inc. (a “ PZR Report ”) regarding the zoning for each Initial Site, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender, together with copies of certificates of occupancy (if reasonably available) and zoning certificates from the local jurisdiction of the applicable Initial Site (if reasonably available) (together with the PZR Report, the “ Zoning Materials ”).

 

(xii)          Borrower shall have delivered to Lender insurance policies and/or certificates of insurance required pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Loan Agreement.

 

(xiii)         Borrower shall have delivered to Lender any Management Agreements (as hereinafter defined), together with a written subordination of the Management Agreements by the managers thereunder to the terms of the Loan Documents, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

 

(xiv)         Borrower shall have delivered financial statements (A) of Borrower, covering at least the previous three (3) calendar years in reasonable detail, sworn by Borrower to be true and complete, in form and substance acceptable to Lender, and (B) of each Initial Site for the previous three (3) calendar years, or such shorter time as may be reasonably available to Borrower, in reasonable detail, sworn by Borrower, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, to be true and complete in all material respects, in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

 

5



 

(xv)          Borrower shall have delivered such evidence as Lender may require as to the satisfaction of such of the terms and conditions of the Commitment, this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may by their nature be satisfied prior to the making of the Initial Advance.

 

(xvi)         Borrower shall have fully executed and delivered the Loan Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

 

(xvii)        Borrower shall have delivered opinions, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender, subject to customary limitations and qualifications in opinions for transactions of this type, from Borrower’s counsel and from local counsel for each Initial Site, regarding (A) the due execution, authority and enforceability of the Loan Documents, (B) the compliance of the Loan Documents with applicable usury laws, and (C) such other matters as Lender may reasonably require (collectively the “ Opinions ”), substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit G .

 

(xviii)       Borrower shall have delivered such evidence as Lender may reasonably require that (A) there has been no material adverse change in (I) the financial position of Borrower or any Constituent Owner (as hereinafter defined), (II) each Initial Site, (III) the Rents, (IV) the Leases, (V) any other material features or characteristics of the transaction or due diligence materials and documentation submitted to Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower from that which existed on the date Borrower submitted the Commitment to the Lender, and/or (B) Borrower is not involved in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or in any criminal, government receivership or FDIC proceeding, investigation or review (each, a “ Material Adverse Change ”).

 

(xix)         No Event of Default, nor any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall exist hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(xx)          All of the representations and warranties made hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects.

 

(xxi)         Such other conditions as Lender may reasonably require.

 

(d)            All conditions for Lender’s making the Initial Advance must be satisfied by Borrowers within sixty (60) days after the date hereof, or Lender’s obligations under this Loan Agreement shall terminate, Lender shall not be required to make the Initial Advance or any Additional Advances under the Loan and this Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, except for such obligations of Borrower as expressly survive the termination of the Loan Documents.

 

6



 

2.2          Additional Advances .

 

(a)            Prime Borrower, together with each Site Borrower that is the owner of an Additional Portfolio Property (as hereinafter defined), may elect to obtain one or more additional advances of the Loan proceeds prior to the expiration of the Advancement Period (as hereinafter defined) in the maximum aggregate original principal amount as of the date hereof of up to the difference of (i) Sixty-Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($63,000,000) less (ii) the amount of the Initial Advance (individually and collectively, the “ Additional Advances ”) under the terms and provisions provided herein.  The amount of the Additional Advances will be equal to sixty-two and one-half percent (62.5%) of (a) the gross purchase price of the applicable Additional Portfolio Property, to be set forth on Exhibit H hereto, plus (b) all amounts due to Lender or its attorneys or Affiliates (as defined below) with respect to the closing and funding of the applicable Additional Advance, plus (c) the fees payable to STAG Capital or STAG III or their respective Affiliates or successors in connection with the acquisition of the applicable Additional Portfolio Property in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of STAG GI Investments dated as of July 6, 2010, plus (d) the fees payable to Holiday, Fenoglio, Fowler, L.P. in connection with the applicable Additional Advance, plus (e) all other reasonable third party costs incurred in connection with the underwriting and acquisition of the applicable Additional Portfolio Property including, without limitation, for the Title Commitment, Title Policy and Survey expenses, brokerage fees, recording fees and transfer taxes, mortgage recording fees, legal fees and disbursements, the cost of obtaining the Zoning Materials and Environmental and Engineering Reports, and the cost of the Searches, Tenant Bankruptcy Searches and similar searches and reports.  Borrower and Lender shall update Exhibit H simultaneously with the acquisition of each Additional Portfolio Property in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement.

 

(b)            Prime Borrower may seek to obtain Additional Advances hereunder by identifying additional Site(s) (each, an “ Additional Portfolio Property ,” which also constitute Sites and Portfolio Properties hereunder) to secure the Loan.  Prime Borrower shall deliver to Lender the Preliminary Underwriting Materials in support thereof.  Lender shall have the right to review, underwrite, accept or reject any proposed Additional Portfolio Properties and Additional Advances, in accordance with its then current underwriting standards, which will be applied in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, including Lender’s right to review such proposed Additional Portfolio Properties and Additional Advances in accordance with Lender’s customary application and approval process.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Preliminary Underwriting Materials shall contain the items identified in Section 2.2(c)(i) below, together with a “Transaction Summary,” describing the primary salient features of the Additional Portfolio Property and Additional Advances.  Prime Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all actual costs and expenses incurred in connection with any proposed Additional Portfolio Properties and Additional Advances, whether or not the Additional Advance is ever made, including, without limitation, consultant’s fees for the Environmental and Engineering Reports, the costs of the Title Commitments and Surveys and legal fees of in-house and outside counsel.

 

Lender shall notify Prime Borrower in writing within fourteen (14) days following receipt of the Preliminary Underwriting Materials whether or not the Additional Portfolio Properties and Additional Advances are approved.  In all events, as of each Additional Advance (a) the loan-to-value ratio of the Portfolio Properties (including the Additional Portfolio Properties) as

 

7



 

reasonably determined by Lender must be less than or equal to sixty-two and one-half percent (62.5%), (b) the Debt Coverage Ratio (as defined below) must be at least 1.50 times, (c) the Portfolio Properties (including the Additional Portfolio Properties) must be diversified with respect to geography, tenancy and industry, as reasonably determined by Lender, (d) the Portfolio Properties (including the Additional Portfolio Properties) must be industrial properties, primarily used for warehouse/distribution, manufacturing and flex/R&D purposes, (e) the Portfolio Properties must be located in primary and secondary markets, as reasonably determined by Lender, and (f) the Portfolio Properties must be Class A or Class B properties, as reasonably determined by Lender.

 

If approved by Lender as provided above, Lender shall notify Prime Borrower in writing of its agreement regarding the Additional Portfolio Properties and Additional Advances, whereupon Lender shall be obligated to make the Additional Advance(s) pursuant to this Loan Agreement so long as the requirements of Section 2.2(c) below are satisfied.  All of the terms and conditions of this Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents shall pertain to the Site Borrowers, the Additional Notes (as defined below), the Additional Portfolio Mortgages (as hereinafter defined) and the Additional Portfolio Properties to the same extent as if part of the Initial Advance.

 

(c)            Prior to making any Additional Advances, and as a condition of Borrower’s right to receive any Loan proceeds beyond the Initial Advance as contemplated by this Agreement, the following conditions shall be satisfied to Lender’s satisfaction with respect to the Additional Portfolio Properties:

 

(i)             Borrower shall have delivered to Lender true, correct and complete copies of each fully-executed Lease (as hereinafter defined) affecting the Additional Portfolio Properties, together with a current rent roll and an abstract of each Lease prepared by Borrower, which Leases shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

(ii)            Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Tenant Estoppel from tenants occupying not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the leasable area of the Additional Portfolio Properties.

 

(iii)           Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a SNDA from tenants occupying not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the leasable area of the Additional Portfolio Properties.

 

(iv)           Borrower shall have delivered to Lender true, correct and complete copies of each Purchase and Sale Agreement for each Additional Portfolio Property.

 

(v)            Borrower shall have delivered to Lender true, correct and complete copies of the organizational documents of each Site Borrower, together with evidence of the authority of each Borrower to execute and deliver the Additional Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined) and perform its obligations thereunder, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

8



 

(vi)           Borrower shall have delivered a Title Commitment issued by the Title Company, with the Title Company’s assurance that all of the requirements for the issuance of the mortgagee’s title insurance policy contemplated thereby have been satisfied and that the Title Company is unconditionally and irrevocably prepared to issue such policy to Lender, with such endorsements, reinsurance and/or co-insurance as Lender may reasonably require, insuring the first priority lien of the Additional Portfolio Mortgages on the Site Borrowers’ interest in the Additional Portfolio Properties, free from all liens and encumbrances other than those expressly approved by Lender and without exception for (A) filed or unfiled mechanics’ liens, (B) survey matters, (C) rights of parties in possession (except for tenants under Leases as specifically noted on the Title Commitment), (D) environmental liens, and (E) any other matters of any kind or nature whatsoever other than those expressly approved by Lender and the Loan Documents; together with any endorsements to the existing Title Policy requested by Lender to evidence the Additional Advance and the Additional Portfolio Mortgages.

 

(vii)          Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Survey of each Additional Portfolio Property and Surveyor’s Certificate with respect thereto, prepared and signed by a surveyor, acceptable to Lender and the Title Company, licensed to do business in the state of the respective Additional Portfolio Property with his or her seal affixed thereto.

 

(viii)         Borrower shall have delivered to Lender such evidence as Lender may reasonably require that all outstanding Impositions (as hereinafter defined) pertaining to the Additional Portfolio Properties which are due and payable as of the date of the Additional Advances have been paid in full.

 

(ix)           Borrower shall have delivered updated Searches for the Prime Borrower and the Site Borrower that will obtain the applicable Additional Advance (but not for the other Site Borrowers); provided, however, that (i) such Searches shall not be required (unless Lender otherwise so reasonably requests) for any Borrower as to which Lender has received and approved Searches within the last calendar quarter, and (ii) such Searches shall not be required with respect to any Site Borrower created within thirty (30) days of the closing of the Additional Advance.  Borrower shall have also delivered prior to each Additional Advance the Tenant Bankruptcy Searches related to the Additional Portfolio Property being acquired with the proceeds of the Additional Advance; provided, however, that such Bankruptcy Searches shall not be required with respect to any tenant that makes an appropriate representation in its Tenant Estoppel.

 

(x)            Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the Environmental and Engineering Reports with respect to the Additional Portfolio Properties.  Lender will use reasonable efforts to use Borrower’s existing Environmental and Engineering Reports in connection with the Additional Advances.

 

9



 

(xi)           Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the Zoning Materials with respect to the Additional Portfolio Properties.

 

(xii)          Borrower shall have delivered to Lender insurance policies and/or certificates of insurance required pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Loan Agreement.

 

(xiii)         Borrower shall have delivered to Lender any Management Agreements (as hereinafter defined), together with a written subordination of the Management Agreements by the managers thereunder to the terms of the Loan Documents, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

 

(xiv)         Borrower shall have delivered financial statements for each Additional Portfolio Property for the previous three (3) calendar years, or such shorter time as may be reasonably available to Borrower, in reasonable detail, sworn by Borrower, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, to be true and complete in all material respects, in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

 

(xv)          Borrower shall have delivered such evidence as Lender may require as to the satisfaction of such of the terms and conditions of the Commitment, this Loan Agreement and of the other Loan Documents as may by their nature be satisfied prior to the making of the Additional Advance.

 

(xvi)         Borrower shall have fully executed and delivered the Additional Loan Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

 

(xvii)        Borrower shall have delivered the Opinions with respect to the Additional Loan Documents.

 

(xviii)       Borrower shall have delivered such evidence as Lender may reasonably require that there has been no Material Adverse Change since the date of the Preliminary Underwriting Materials.

 

(xix)         No Event of Default, nor any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall exist hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

(xx)          All of the representations and warranties made hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent modified consistent with the terms of the Loan Documents).

 

(xxi)         The Additional Advance must occur no later than twelve (12) months from the date hereof (the “ Advancement Period ”).

 

(xxii)        Such other conditions as Lender may reasonably require.

 

10


 

 

2.3           Advances, Generally .

 

(a)            Without at any time waiving any of Lender’s rights hereunder, Lender shall have the right to make advances of Loan proceeds hereunder without the satisfaction of each and every condition precedent to Lender’s obligation to make such advance, and Borrower agrees to accept such advance as Lender may elect to make in connection with the acquisition of an Additional Portfolio Property.

 

(b)            The Initial Advance and the Additional Advances shall each be evidenced by one or more Portfolio Notes, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit I , of even date with the Initial Advance or Additional Advances, as applicable, executed by Prime Borrower and each Site Borrower, each of which shall mature at the same time as the Note evidencing the Initial Advance (the “ Initial Note(s) ”).  The interest rate (the “ Interest Rate ”) for the Initial Notes shall be six and 50/100 percent (6.50%) per annum.  The Interest Rate for any Additional Note executed and delivered within six (6) months after the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is sixty (60) days after the date hereof and (ii) the date of the Initial Advance (the “ Initial Interest Rate Period ”) shall equal the Interest Rate set forth in the Initial Notes.  Thereafter, for each Additional Advance made within the immediately succeeding six (6) month period following the expiration of the Initial Interest Rate Period (the “ Additional Interest Rate Period ”), the Interest Rate on such Additional Notes shall be equal to the 7-Year Treasury Yield (hereinafter defined) plus a spread offered to borrowers of substantially similar reputation and experience as the Prime Borrower for a loan secured by properties substantially similar in quality and geographical diversification as the Portfolio Properties (including the Additional Portfolio Properties), such Interest Rate to be determined within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Interest Rate Period; provided, however, that the Interest Rate shall never be less than six and 50/100 percent (6.50%) per annum.  Lender agrees to provide prompt written notice to Prime Borrower of the Interest Rate for the Additional Interest Rate Period.  In no event will Lender receive interest in excess of that allowed by applicable law.  As used herein, the term “ Additional Notes ” means any Portfolio Note(s) evidencing the applicable Additional Advance(s).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after twelve months from the date of the Initial Advance the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loan is less than Forty-Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($45,000,000), then commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the thirteenth (13 th ) month after the Initial Advance (the “ Interest Rate Adjustment Date ”), the Interest Rate with respect to the entire outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall increase automatically on the Interest Rate Adjustment Date to the greater of (a) fifty (50) basis points more than the current Interest Rate, or (b) seven percent (7.00%) per annum.

 

The Portfolio Notes shall provide for monthly installments of interest only until the date six (6) months after the date of the Initial Advance, and thereafter monthly installments of interest and principal (based upon a 30-year amortization schedule from the date of such principal payments), which shall be due and payable on each Monthly Payment Date (as defined in the Initial Notes).

 

As used herein, the “ 7-Year Treasury Yield ” will be determined by reference to the end of day yields on U.S. Treasuries having a 7 year maturity date and reported in the federal reserve Statistical Release H.15 (http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/H15/update/), or in the event

 

11



 

the website is discontinued or otherwise generally unavailable, any comparable electronic rate index that is readily available and verifiable to Lender, for the fifth (5 th ) Business Day prior to the Additional Advance.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof, the Initial Notes shall be secured by one or more first priority (a) mortgages, deeds of trust, or indemnity deeds of trust, assignments of leases, rents and contracts, security agreements and fixture filings, in the full amount of the Loan that encumber each Initial Site, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the “ Initial Portfolio Mortgage(s) ”) and (b) assignments of rents and leases that encumber each Initial Site, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O .  All other Loan Documents shall be amended, as necessary, to reflect the Initial Advances, the Initial Site Borrowers and the Initial Site, to the extent necessary in Lender’s reasonable discretion, including, without limitation, pursuant to an Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K (as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Omnibus Amendment ”).  The documents set forth above in this paragraph shall constitute part of the Loan Documents hereunder.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof, the Additional Notes shall be secured by first priority (a) mortgages, deeds of trust, or indemnity deeds of trust, assignments of leases, rents and contracts, security agreements and fixture filings, each in the full amount of the Loan (as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, each, an “ Additional Portfolio Mortgage ” and collectively part of the Portfolio Mortgages and the Loan Documents) that encumber the Additional Portfolio Properties, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit J and (b) assignments of rents and leases (as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, each, an “ Additional Assignment ” and collectively part of the Loan Documents) that encumber the Additional Portfolio Properties, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit O .  All other Loan Documents shall be amended, as necessary, to reflect the Additional Advances, the Site Borrowers and the Additional Portfolio Properties, to the extent necessary in Lender’s reasonable discretion, including, without limitation, pursuant to an Omnibus Amendment.  The Additional Notes, the Additional Portfolio Mortgages, the Additional Assignments, the Omnibus Amendment and the amendments to the other Loan Documents as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, are collectively called the “ Additional Loan Documents ,” which shall constitute part of the Loan Documents hereunder.

 

(c)            Commencing with the Initial Advance and continuing with each Additional Advance thereafter made, Borrowers shall deliver to Lender a rent roll that accurately reflects in all material respects the Leases and income from the Portfolio Properties as of the date indicated thereon, which rent roll shall be attached hereto at the time of such advance as Exhibit N .

 

(d)            Commencing with the Initial Advance and continuing with each Additional Advance thereafter made, Prime Borrower will use good faith efforts to deliver Preliminary Underwriting Materials for multiple Portfolio Properties with each requested advance to streamline Lender’s application and approval process described herein.

 

12



 

3.              Allocation of Loan Amount.   The original principal amount of the Loan advanced shall be allocated among the Sites as shown in the table attached as Exhibit L .  The amount allocated to each Site is referred to as the “ Allocated Loan Amount .”

 

Allocated Loan Amounts shall be reduced on a Site-specific basis to reflect any release of a Site in accordance with Section 20 below, and the amount by which any Release Prepayment exceeds the applicable Allocated Loan Amount shall be allocated as provided for in Section 20.  Allocated Loan Amounts also shall be reduced on a Site-specific basis to reflect the application of any casualty or condemnation proceeds with respect to such Site or any other partial prepayment made with respect to such Site in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.  All other payments of any portion of the Principal Indebtedness (as defined in the Notes) shall be applied against the Allocated Loan Amounts in the manner determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion and shall cause a re-calculation of debt service payments based upon the reduced Loan balance, the remaining amortization schedule and the Interest Rate.  No Site shall be released from the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages until the applicable Allocated Loan Amount has been paid in full.

 

4.              Payment of Indebtedness .  (a) Borrower will pay the principal indebtedness and interest thereon in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and all prepayment charges, late charges and fees required thereunder, and all extensions, renewals, modifications, amendments and replacements thereof, and will keep and perform all of the covenants, promises and agreements, and pay all sums provided in (i) each of the Notes or any other promissory note or notes at any time hereafter issued to evidence the Indebtedness, (ii) the Portfolio Mortgages, (iii) this Loan Agreement, and (iv) any and all other Loan Documents, all in the manner herein or therein set forth.  Each of the Borrowers hereunder shall be fully liable for such payment and performance, and such liability shall be joint and several.

 

(b)            Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that each of the Portfolio Properties (including, without limitation, any Additional Portfolio Properties) is granted as security for the entire Loan (including, without limitation, the Initial Advance and all Additional Advances) and shall be deemed to be additional collateral securing the complete payment, performance, observance and fulfillment of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and warranties of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, however, to the extent any state imposes a mortgage tax, transfer tax or other fee in an amount other than a nominal amount (collectively, a “ Mortgage Tax ”) on a Portfolio Mortgage based upon the full amount of the Loan, Lender agrees that such Portfolio Mortgage shall only secure 125% of the Allocated Loan Amount attributable to the Site, and Lender shall make such other adjustments to the Amended Loan Documents as may be reasonable and/or necessary, in Lender’s reasonable opinion, to reduce the burden of the Mortgage Tax on Borrower.

 

5.              Usury .  It is hereby expressly agreed that Borrowers and Lender intend for the Loan to comply in all respects with applicable federal and state law governing the maximum rate of interest and other charges that may be charged or received in connection with a commercial loan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if from any circumstances whatsoever fulfillment of any provision of the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages, this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Documents, at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending

 

13



 

the limit of validity presently prescribed by any applicable usury statute or any other law, with regard to obligations of like character and amount, then ipso facto the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit of such validity, so that in no event shall any exaction be possible under the Loan Documents that is in excess of the limit of such validity.  In no event shall Borrower be bound to pay for the use, forbearance or detention of the money loaned pursuant to the Loan Documents, interest of more than the current legal limit; the right to demand any such excess being hereby expressly waived by Lender and Lender further agrees that it is Lender’s express intent that all excess amounts taken if usury has been charged or collected shall be refunded to Borrower with interest, or credited to the outstanding principal Indebtedness, to the extent as provided under applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

 

6.              Impositions .  Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid, not later than the last day on which the same may be paid without penalty or interest, all real estate taxes, sewer rents, water charges, fees and other payments to be made to any local, State or federal department, board or agency, or any other agency or governmental board or entity having jurisdiction over the Portfolio Properties (a “ Governmental Authority ”) in connection with the Real Property (as defined in the Portfolio Mortgages), and all other municipal and governmental assessments, rates, charges, impositions and liens (collectively hereinafter referred to as “ Impositions ”) which now or hereafter are imposed by law upon the Portfolio Properties.  If any Imposition is not paid within the time hereinabove specified, Lender shall have the right to pay the same, together with any penalty and interest thereon, and the amount or amounts so paid or advanced shall forthwith be payable by Borrower to Lender and shall be secured by the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may in good faith contest, at its own cost and expense, by proper legal proceedings, the validity or amount of any Imposition, on the condition that Borrower first shall deposit with Lender, as security for the payment of such contested item, an amount equal to the contested item plus all penalties and interest that would be payable if Borrower is ultimately required to pay such contested item, and on the further condition that no amount so contested may remain unpaid for such length of time as shall permit the Portfolio Properties, or the lien thereon created by the item being contested, to be sold for the nonpayment thereof, or as shall permit an action, either of foreclosure or otherwise, to be commenced by the holder of any such lien.  Borrower will not claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the Indebtedness by reason of the payment of any Imposition.

 

Borrower hereby assigns to Lender all rights of Borrower now or hereafter arising in and to the refund of any Imposition and any interest thereon.  If following receipt of any such refund by Lender, there exists no Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) hereunder, then Lender shall pay over the same to Borrower promptly after demand; if there exists an Event of Default hereunder, Lender may apply said refund in reduction of the Indebtedness in whatever order Lender may elect (subject, however, to any refund or credit owed to any tenant under a Lease where such tenant is not in default under its Lease).

 

7.              Tax Deposits .  Borrower and Lender have entered into a Real Estate Tax Escrow and Security Agreement of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Tax Escrow Agreement ”), the terms of which provide for the escrow and payments of money with respect to real estate taxes, assessments and other payments to Governmental Authorities in lieu thereof (“ Taxes ”) that are

 

14



 

not payable directly to the applicable Governmental Authority by tenants under Leases approved by Lender or otherwise entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6 hereof, Borrower covenants to perform its obligations under the Tax Escrow Agreement and Lender has agreed that Borrower may perform its obligations under this Loan Agreement with respect to the Taxes in accordance with the Tax Escrow Agreement.  In the event that Borrower defaults under the Tax Escrow Agreement, or the Tax Escrow Agreement is terminated for any reason, or in the event that the Tax Escrow Agreement becomes ineffective or otherwise unenforceable, then the balance of the terms and conditions of this Section shall be applicable and control with respect to the Taxes.

 

Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 7, Borrower shall deposit with Lender or with an escrow agent selected by Lender, on the first (1 st ) day of the calendar month immediately following the date of the Initial Advance and on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month thereafter (each of which dates is hereinafter called the “ Monthly Tax Deposit Date ”) until the payment in full of the Indebtedness a sum equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the Taxes to be levied, charged, assessed or imposed upon or for the Portfolio Properties within one (1) year after the Monthly Tax Deposit Date.  If on any Monthly Tax Deposit Date the amount of Taxes to be levied, charged, assessed or imposed within the ensuing one (1) year period shall not be fixed, such amount for the purpose of computing the deposit to be made by Borrower hereunder, shall be reasonably estimated by Lender, with appropriate adjustment when the amount of such Taxes is fixed.

 

The sums deposited by Borrower under this Section shall be held in an interest-bearing account with interest being retained by Lender and free of trust except to the extent, if any, that applicable law shall otherwise require and applied in payment of such Taxes when due and except as provided in the paragraph immediately below.  Borrower shall give thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Lender in each instance when any Taxes are due, specifying the Taxes to be paid and the amount thereof, the place of payment and the last day on which the same may be paid in order to be within the time limit specified in Section 6 hereof entitled “Impositions.”

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions and so long as Borrower holds title to and controls the Portfolio Properties (subject to any Site that has been released from the lien of the Loan Documents in  accordance with this Agreement), Taxes are paid in full when due (subject to Borrower’s right to contest as set forth herein) and there has been no Event of Default, or any state of facts which, with the passage of time or giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Documents, the interest earned by such escrows, less reasonable escrow costs, will be credited to Borrower against such escrow amounts next due, following Lender’s receipt of evidence that such Taxes have been paid in full.

 

If for any reason the sums on deposit with Lender or escrow agent under this Section shall not be sufficient to pay any Taxes within the time specified in Section 6 hereof, then Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business  Days after demand by Lender, deposit sufficient sums so that Lender may pay such Taxes in full, together with any penalty and interest thereon.  Lender, acting reasonably, may change its estimate of Taxes for any period, on the basis of a change in an assessment or tax rate or on the basis of a prior miscalculation or for any other reason, in which event Borrower shall deposit with Lender or escrow agent within ten (10)

 

15



 

Business Days after demand the amount of any excess of the deposits which would theretofore have been payable under the revised estimate over the sums actually deposited.

 

If any Taxes shall be levied, charged, assessed or imposed upon or for the Portfolio Properties, or any portion thereof, and if such Taxes shall also be a levy, charge, assessment or imposition upon or for any other premises not covered by the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages, then the computation of the amounts to be deposited under this Section shall be based upon the entire amount of such Imposition and Borrower shall not have the right to apportion any deposit with respect to such Imposition.

 

Upon an assignment of the Portfolio Mortgages, Lender shall have the right to arrange to transfer all amounts deposited and still in its possession to the assignee and Lender shall thereupon be completely released from all liability with respect to such deposit and Borrower and/or any other owner of the Portfolio Properties shall look solely to the assignee or transferee in reference thereto.

 

Upon the payment in full by Borrower of the entire Indebtedness, any sums then held by Lender under this Section shall be refunded to Borrower.

 

All amounts deposited shall be held by Lender as additional security for the sums secured by the Portfolio Mortgages, and Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in such sums, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, apply said amounts to the payment of the Indebtedness in whatever order Lender may elect.

 

Promptly upon receipt of such by Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Lender copies of all notices, demands, claims, bills and receipts in relation to the Impositions.  Additionally, within thirty (30) days after the final date that Taxes can be paid without penalty or interest, Borrower shall deliver to Lender evidence of the payment in full of all Taxes, whether or not such Taxes are payable directly to the applicable Governmental Authority by tenants under Leases approved by Lender or otherwise entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, (a) Lender hereby waives the requirement for deposits as to that portion of Taxes payable directly to the applicable Governmental Authority by tenants under the terms of Leases (as hereinafter defined) approved by Lender or otherwise entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents, provided satisfactory proof of payment is promptly furnished to Lender; and (b) Borrower may elect to provide Lender with an unconditional and irrevocable sight draft letter of credit, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, drawn on a bank satisfactory to Lender, payable to Lender and in the amount that would otherwise be required to be funded into the escrow provided by this Section 7.

 

8.              Change in Taxes .  In the event any tax shall be due or become due and payable to the United States of America, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the state or commonwealth of any Site or any political subdivision thereof with respect to the execution and delivery or recordation of the Portfolio Mortgages or any other Loan Document or the interest of Lender in the Portfolio Properties, Borrower shall pay such tax at the time and in the manner required by

 

16



 

applicable law and Borrower shall hold Lender harmless and shall indemnify Lender against any liability of any nature whatsoever as a result of the imposition of any such tax (provided that in no case shall the foregoing apply to any income tax, franchise tax, or similar tax on the income or profits of Lender).  In the event of the enactment, after the date of this instrument, of any law changing in any way the present law as to the taxation of notes or debts secured by mortgages, for Federal, State or local purposes, or the manner of collection of any Impositions, so as to affect this Loan Agreement, the Portfolio Mortgages or the Note secured thereby, then Borrower shall, within sixty (60) days from written demand, make such payments to Lender and take such other steps, as may be necessary in Lender’s reasonable judgment, to place Lender in the same financial position as it was prior to any such enactment, failing which, or if the Borrower is not permitted by law to make such payments, the Indebtedness shall, at the option of Lender, become due and payable one hundred and twenty (120) days after written notice to Borrower (provided that in no case shall the foregoing apply to any income tax, franchise tax, or similar tax on the income or profits of Lender).

 

9.              Sidewalks, Municipal Charges .  Borrower will, not later than the last day on which the same may be paid without penalty or interest, and except to the extent that the same is the obligation of a tenant to pay directly to the applicable Governmental Authority under a Lease approved by Lender or otherwise entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents, pay and discharge any and all license fees and similar charges, with penalties and interest thereon, which may be imposed by the municipality in which the Portfolio Properties are situated, for the use of vaults, chutes, areas and other space beyond the lot line and under or abutting the public sidewalks in front of or adjoining the Portfolio Properties, and except to the extent that the same is the obligation of a tenant to pay directly to the applicable Governmental Authority under a Lease approved by Lender or otherwise entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents, Borrower will promptly cure any violation of law and comply in all material respects with any order of such municipality respecting the repair, replacement or condition of the sidewalk or curb in front of or adjoining the Portfolio Properties, and in default thereof Lender may, upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to Borrower, pay any and all such license fees or similar charges, with penalties and interest thereon, and the charges of the municipality for such repair or replacement, and any amount so paid or advanced by Lender and all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees), with interest thereon at the Default Rate (as defined below), shall be a demand obligation of Borrower to Lender, and, to the extent permitted by law, shall be added to the Indebtedness and shall be secured by the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages.

 

10.           Insurance .  Borrower shall at all times until the Indebtedness shall be paid in full, keep the Portfolio Properties insured against loss or damage for its full replacement cost (which cost shall be reset once a year at Lender’s option) under policies of All Risk Replacement Cost Insurance with Agreed Amount Endorsement (including nuclear explosion, if available), and otherwise upon the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)            Borrower shall further provide the following insurance in such amounts as shall be reasonably approved by Lender:  flood insurance (if any Site is situated in an area which is considered a flood risk area by the federal government or any agency thereof); boiler and machinery insurance; earthquake and windstorm insurance; rent loss insurance in an amount sufficient to cover the total of all Rents (as defined in the

 

17



 

Portfolio Mortgages) accruing from the Portfolio Properties for a one (1) year period; worker’s compensation as required by law; comprehensive general liability insurance in a minimum amount of $1,000,000, and excess or umbrella liability of at least $10,000,000, a Demolition and Increased Cost of Construction endorsement; and such other appropriate insurance as Lender may reasonably require from time to time.

 

(b)            Such insurance shall contain no exclusion for acts of terrorism and shall include coverages, limits, deductibles and amounts relating to acts of terrorism acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion, including without limitation, (i) coverage for acts of domestic and international terrorism, (ii) coverage whether or not a specific act is certified under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 as an act of terrorism by the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, and (iii) coverage amounts, deductibles and limits/sublimits acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no case shall Borrower be required to provide terrorism coverage with respect to any Site unless such coverage is generally available on commercially reasonable terms and unless the incremental premium for such coverage would not exceed 150% of the cost thereof as of the Initial Advance.

 

(c)            During any period of construction or restoration, Borrower shall provide a policy or policies of builder’s “all risk” insurance in an amount not less than the full insurable value of the Site(s).

 

(d)            The insurance policies must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Lender.

 

(e)            Within 90 days after the issuance or renewal of any insurance policies required to be provided hereunder, Borrower will deliver to Lender certified copies of each such policy.  Each policy of insurance provided by Borrower shall (i) be issued by a company or companies approved by Lender and rated not less than A-/X in accordance with the latest “Best Insurance Guide,” (ii) name Lender as an additional insured, and as Mortgagee/Loss Payee under any mortgagee clauses, (iii) provide that all proceeds shall be payable to Lender, (iv) provide that it may not be cancelled or modified except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender (if an ACCORD 25 form is given as evidence of liability coverage, the words “endeavor to” and “but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agents or representatives” must be stricken from the clause on the certificate(s)), (v) provide that no act or thing done by Borrower shall invalidate the policy as against Lender, (vi) be endorsed with standard noncontributory mortgagee clauses in favor of and in form acceptable to Lender, (vii) indicate the exact location of the Portfolio Properties, (viii) name Borrower as the named insured exactly as Borrower is named in the Loan Documents, and (ix) otherwise be in such form as shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender, so that at all times until the payment in full of the Indebtedness, Lender shall have and hold the said policy and policies as further collateral for the payment of all Indebtedness.  Throughout the term of this Loan, Borrower will provide reasonable evidence indicating the anticipated renewal of such insurance to Lender at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any policy or policies of insurance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to maintain the policies with insurance companies that do not meet the above rating requirement (an “ Otherwise Rated Insurer ”),

 

18



 

but in no event with a rating of less than A, provided Borrower obtains a so-called “cut-through” endorsement (i.e., an endorsement which permits recovery directly from insurer’s reinsurers) from the Otherwise Rated Insurer.  In addition, if Borrower desires to maintain insurance required hereunder from an insurance company which does not meet the rating set forth above but the parent company of such insurance company, which owns at least fifty-one percent (51%) of such insurance company, and is itself an insurance company, maintains such ratings, Borrower may use such insurance companies but only if such parent and the Otherwise Rated Insurer have contractually agreed to honor each other’s financial obligations.

 

(f)             If Borrower shall fail to obtain any such policy or policies required by Lender, or shall fail to assign and deliver the same to Lender, then  Lender may obtain such insurance and pay the premium or premiums  herefore, in which event Borrower shall, on demand of Lender, repay such premium or premiums to Lender and such repayment shall be secured by the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages. If Borrower fails to maintain the level of insurance required under this Loan Agreement, then Borrower shall indemnify Lender to the extent that a casualty occurs and insurance proceeds would have been available had such insurance been maintained.

 

(g)            Borrower shall promptly provide to Lender copies of any and all notices (including notice of non-renewal), claims, and demands which Borrower receives from insurers of the Portfolio Properties.

 

(h)            Effective from and after any Event of Default, Borrower hereby assigns to Lender all rights of Borrower in and to any unearned premiums on any insurance policy required to be furnished by Borrower.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10, to the extent that the provisions of a Lease, existing as of the date hereof or entered into after the date hereof with Lender’s prior written approval, requires the tenant to maintain and/or pay for insurance that does not satisfy the above requirements, the insurance required by such Lease will be deemed to satisfy the above provisions with respect to the applicable Site.  The foregoing sentence, however, shall not apply to a Lease that otherwise satisfies the Approval Waiver Requirements set forth below and is not otherwise previously approved in writing by Lender.

 

11.           Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds .  Subject to the provisions of this Section and of Sections 12 and 13 hereof, Borrower hereby assigns to Lender all proceeds of any insurance or condemnation awards which Borrower may be entitled to receive for loss or damage to, or a taking of, the Portfolio Properties.  In the event of loss or damage to, or a taking of, any Site, the proceeds of said insurance or condemnation award shall be payable to Lender alone and Borrower hereby authorizes and directs any affected insurance company or government agency to make payment of the insurance proceeds or condemnation awards directly to Lender; provided, however, that so long as (a) no Event of Default exists hereunder, or any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, (b) the insurance proceeds or condemnation awards do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (the “ Loss Threshold ”), and (c) if the casualty or condemnation affects any Site owned under a ground lease, such ground lease remains in full force and effect and is not terminable as a result of a casualty or condemnation, Lender hereby authorizes payment of the

 

19



 

insurance proceeds or condemnation awards directly to Borrower.  In the event that any such insurance proceeds or condemnation awards are paid directly to Borrower in contravention of the provisions of this Loan Agreement, Borrower shall make such proceeds or awards available to Lender within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s receipt thereof.  No such loss or damage shall itself reduce the Indebtedness.  Upon any Event of Default, Lender is authorized to adjust and compromise such loss without the consent of Borrower, to collect and receive such proceeds or awards in the name of Lender and Borrower and to endorse Borrower’s name upon any check in payment thereof.  Subject to the provisions of Sections 12, 13 and 14 hereof, such proceeds or awards shall be applied first toward reimbursement of all costs and expenses of Lender in collecting said proceeds or awards, then toward payment of the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, whether or not then due and payable, in whatever order Lender may elect, or Lender may, at its option, apply said insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in whole or in part toward restoration of the Site(s) for which such insurance proceeds or condemnation awards shall have been paid.

 

In the event of foreclosure of the Portfolio Mortgages or other transfer of title to the Portfolio Properties and extinguishment, in whole or in part, of the Indebtedness, all right, title, and interest of Borrower in and to any insurance policy, or premiums or payments in satisfaction of claims or any other rights thereunder then in force, shall pass to the purchaser or grantee notwithstanding the amount of any bid at such foreclosure sale.  Nothing contained herein shall prevent the accrual of interest as provided in the Notes on any portion of the principal balance due under the Notes until such time as the insurance proceeds or condemnation awards are actually received and applied to reduce the principal balance outstanding.

 

12.           Restoration Following Fire and Other Casualty or Condemnation .  In the event of damage to any Site by reason of fire or other hazard or casualty, Borrower shall give prompt written notice thereof to Lender and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to perform repair, replacement and/or rebuilding work (hereinafter referred to as the “ Work ”) to restore the Site(s) to its condition prior to such damage in full compliance with all legal requirements.  In the event of a taking by power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof (“ condemnation ”), if restoration is feasible as reasonably determined by Borrower and Lender, then Borrower shall proceed with reasonable diligence to perform such restoration (also referred to as the “ Work ”).  Before commencing the Work with a cost in excess of the Loss Threshold, Borrower shall obtain the approval of Lender with respect to any plans and specifications and any material design or construction contracts, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and thereafter Borrower shall perform the Work diligently and in good faith substantially in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and shall cause the lien free completion of such Work.  Upon completion of the Work, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a reasonably acceptable survey, architect’s and/or engineer’s certificate, title endorsement, certificate of occupancy, and such other documentation as is reasonably required by Lender.  If  Lender shall have elected or, as provided in Section 13 hereof, is required to apply any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards toward repair or restoration of the Site(s), then Borrower shall enter into escrow/construction funding arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Lender prior to the disbursement of any proceeds.

 

20


 

 

13.           Disposition of Condemnation or Insurance Proceeds .

 

(a)            Loss Less Than or Equal to Loss Threshold .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any casualty or condemnation as to which the insurance proceeds or condemnation awards do not exceed the Loss Threshold, and so long as (a) no Event of Default exists hereunder, or any event which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both would constitute an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default that will be cured by the repair of the casualty in question), and (b) if the casualty or condemnation affects a Site owned under a ground lease, such ground lease remains in full force and effect and is not terminable as a result of a casualty or condemnation (or any such termination rights have been irrevocable waived), Lender agrees to make insurance proceeds and condemnation awards available to Borrower for repair and restoration of the Site(s).  If the above conditions are not satisfied with respect to any casualty or condemnation as to which the insurance proceeds or condemnation awards do not exceed the Loss Threshold, Lender, in its absolute discretion (except as set forth below), may decide whether and to what extent, if any, proceeds of insurance or condemnation awards will be made available to Borrower for repair or restoration of the Site(s), but (except if an Event of Default exists) Borrower shall be relieved of any repair or restoration obligations to the extent that Lender does not make such proceeds available for that purpose.

 

(b)            Loss In Excess of Loss Threshold .  With respect to any casualty or condemnation as to which the insurance proceeds or condemnation awards exceed the Loss Threshold, Lender, in its absolute discretion (except as set forth below), may decide whether and to what extent, if any, proceeds of insurance or condemnation awards will be made available to Borrower for repair or restoration of the Site(s), but (except if an Event of Default exists) Borrower shall be relieved of any repair or restoration obligations to the extent that Lender does not make such proceeds available for that purpose.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, with respect to any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards that exceed the Loss Threshold, Lender agrees to make such casualty insurance and condemnation proceeds available to Borrower for restoration or repair of the Real Property, provided:

 

(i)             In the case of a condemnation, the portion of the Real Property remaining after the taking is still an economically viable unit for the purposes set forth in the Loan Documents in the reasonable opinion of Lender;

 

(ii)            There has been no Event of Default under the Loan Documents in the twelve (12) months preceding the damage or taking, and there does not then exist an Event of Default, or any state of facts which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents (other than an Event of Default that will be cured by the repair of the casualty in question);

 

(iii)           Borrower can demonstrate to Lender’s reasonable satisfaction that Borrower has the financial ability to make all scheduled payments when due under the Loan Documents during reconstruction from the proceeds of rent insurance and/or Borrower’s own funds;

 

21



 

(iv)           Such damage or destruction (or renovation or restoration of the remainder of the Site(s) in the event of a condemnation) can be fully restored or repaired prior to the last six (6) months of the term of the Loan;

 

(v)            The funds are released under escrow/construction funding arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

 

(vi)           Annual income from Leases in place and approved by Lender that are not terminable as a result of the casualty or condemnation provide annual debt service coverage on the portion of the Loan allocated to the Site(s) that is at least equal to that which existed as to the Site(s) prior to such casualty or condemnation;

 

(vii)          The repairs and restoration will restore the Improvements to substantially the size, design and utility (or in the event of a condemnation, to an economically viable unit for purposes set forth in the Loan Documents) as existed immediately prior to the casualty or condemnation;

 

(viii)         Borrower can demonstrate to Lender’s reasonable satisfaction that Borrower has the financial ability to complete such repair and restoration from the proceeds of such insurance and Borrower’s own funds; and

 

(ix)           if the casualty or condemnation affects a Site owned under a ground lease, such ground lease remains in full force and effect and is not terminable as a result of a casualty or condemnation (or any such termination rights have been irrevocably waived).

 

If the conditions set forth in this Section 13 are not satisfied and Lender elects not to make the proceeds available for the Work, then notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents to the contrary:  (1) so long as there exists no Event of Default at the time of prepayment other than one related to the casualty or condemnation in question, such proceeds shall be applied to reduce the Indebtedness by first applying the same to any accrued but unpaid expenses, then to any accrued but unpaid interest and then to principal; (2) so long as there exists no Event of Default at the time of prepayment other than one related to the casualty or condemnation in question, any principal reduction from an early involuntary payment as a result of the application of condemnation awards or insurance proceeds will be at par without payment of any Prepayment Fee with respect to such awards or proceeds and shall cause a re-calculation of debt service payments based upon the reduced Loan balance, the remaining amortization schedule and the Interest Rate; provided, however, that if there exists an Event of Default other than one related solely to the casualty or condemnation in question, a pro rata Prepayment Fee (as provided for in the Note) shall also be due, (3) if the insurance or condemnation proceeds that Lender applies to the Indebtedness equal or exceed the Allocated Loan Amount for the applicable Site, and provided that no Event of Default exists (other than one related to the casualty or condemnation in question), (y) Lender shall release such Site from the lien and other provisions of the applicable Portfolio Mortgage and all other Loan Documents and (z) any amount by which such proceeds exceed the applicable Allocated Loan Amount shall be applied to the Indebtedness (without Prepayment Fee) and shall cause a re-calculation of debt service payments based upon the reduced Loan balance, the remaining amortization schedule and the

 

22



 

Interest Rate, and (4) if the insurance or condemnation proceeds that Lender applies to the Indebtedness are less than the Allocated Loan Amount for the applicable Site, Borrower shall have the right to prepay the balance of the applicable Allocated Loan Amount at par without payment of any Prepayment Fee, in which event Lender shall release such Site from the lien and other provisions of the applicable Portfolio Mortgage and all other Loan Documents.

 

14.           Fire and Other Casualty; Self-Help .  If within one hundred twenty (120) days after the occurrence of any damage to the Site(s) in excess of the Loss Threshold or the condemnation of any material portion of the Site(s), Borrower shall not have submitted to Lender and received Lender’s approval of plans and specifications for the Work pursuant to Section 12, or shall not have obtained approval of such plans and specifications from all Governmental Authorities whose approval is required, or if, after such plans and specifications are approved by Lender and all such Governmental Authorities, Borrower shall fail to promptly commence the Work, or if thereafter Borrower fails to perform the Work diligently or is delinquent in the payment to mechanics, materialmen or others of the costs incurred in connection with the Work, or, in the case of any loss or damage not in excess of the Loss Threshold, if Borrower shall fail to complete the Work promptly, then, in addition to all other rights herein set forth, and after giving Borrower thirty (30) days’ written notice of the nonfulfillment of one or more of the foregoing conditions Lender, or any lawfully appointed receiver of the Site(s), may at its respective option, and subject to the rights of tenants under Leases, perform or cause the Work to be performed, and may take such other steps as it deems advisable to perform the Work, and may enter upon the Site(s) for any of the foregoing purposes, and Borrower hereby waives, for Borrower and all others holding under Borrower, any claim against Lender or such receiver arising out of anything done by Lender or such receiver pursuant to this Section, and Lender may apply insurance proceeds (without the need to fulfill the requirements of Section 13 hereof) to reimburse Lender, and/or such receiver for all amounts expended or incurred by them, respectively, in connection with the performance of the Work, and any excess costs shall be paid by Borrower to Lender upon demand, with interest at the Default Rate (as hereinafter defined), and such payment shall be secured by the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that no Event of Default exists, (1) the foregoing time periods for obtain approvals and commencing the Work shall be extended as reasonably necessary so long as Borrower has commenced and is diligently pursuing cure of such matters not to exceed a total of an additional one hundred twenty (120) days, and (2) except if an Event of Default exists, Borrower shall be relieved of any obligation to repair or restore to the extent that Lender elects not to make insurance or condemnation proceeds available for such purpose.

 

15.           Rent Insurance Proceeds .  So long as Borrower is proceeding diligently under the terms of Section 12 and/or 13 hereof, and there is no Event of Default under the Loan Documents, then (a) Lender shall hold the rent insurance proceeds in an interest-bearing account, with interest for the benefit of Borrower, and (b) Lender shall each month pay to Borrower out of the rent insurance proceeds held by Lender a sum equal to that amount, if any, of the rent insurance proceeds paid by the insurer which is allocable to the rental loss for the current month.  Lender, at its option, may waive any of the foregoing conditions to the payment of rent insurance proceeds.  If Borrower does not fulfill the foregoing conditions entitling Borrower to monthly disbursements of rent insurance proceeds, together with the interest thereon, then such rent insurance proceeds may be applied by Lender, at Lender’s option, to the payment of the Indebtedness in whatever order Lender may elect.

 

23



 

16.           Transfers; Encumbrances .  Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, (i) Borrower shall not transfer, sell or assign the Portfolio Properties, any interest in the Portfolio Properties, or any controlling interest in Borrower or any controlling interest in an entity that owns or controls Borrower, and (ii) Borrower shall not (a) encumber the Portfolio Properties with any lien other than the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages, nor (b) pledge or otherwise encumber all or any of the direct interests in any Borrower as security for any financings.  For purposes of this Section, the terms “ control ” and “ controlling ” mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of Borrower, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

17.           Right to Transfer Portfolio Properties .  Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Section 16 hereof or in any other provision of the Loan Documents, Borrower shall have the right to a one-time sale, transfer or assignment in whole or in part of its interest in the Portfolio Properties to any party that is a Qualified Real Estate Investor (hereinafter defined) or that, directly or indirectly, is at least 51% owned by one or more Qualified Real Estate Investors (collectively, a “ Permitted Transferee ”), provided:

 

(a)            there is no Event of Default under the Loan Documents at the time of transfer;

 

(b)            a property inspection by Lender or Lender’s designee shows that all reasonably necessary maintenance on or damage or destruction to the Portfolio Properties has been completed or repaired (except to the extent that the same is the responsibility of the tenant under a Lease that is in full force and effect);

 

(c)            the Debt Coverage Ratio on the Loan exceeds 1.50 times;

 

(d)            At least thirty (30) days prior to such a transfer, Borrower provides Lender with all of the material provisions of such transfer, including without limitation the proposed date of transfer, and the name, net worth, background and address of the proposed transferee and the purchase price;

 

(e)            The proposed transferee executes and delivers to Lender such documents as Lender may reasonably require evidencing that the proposed transferee shall fulfill each and every obligation of Borrower under the Loan Documents arising from and after the transfer and that such transfer shall not affect or impair Lender’s security and rights under the Loan Documents;

 

(f)             Except as otherwise expressly provided below, at the closing of the assignment and assumption, Borrower or the transferee pays Lender a non-refundable fee in the amount of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan in cash or certified check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to be retained by Lender in order to induce Lender to allow the proposed transferee to assume the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents;

 

(g)            the loan-to-value ratio of the Loan based on the purchase price in the applicable sale must not exceed sixty-two and one-half percent (62.5%) (Borrower or the transferee shall have the right to make a partial paydown of the Loan at the time of the

 

24



 

transfer to the extent necessary to satisfy this condition, subject to payment of the Prepayment Fee);

 

(h)            Borrower provides Lender with such evidence as Lender may reasonably require that such transfer shall not affect or impair Lender’s security and rights under the Loan Documents; and

 

(i)             Borrower or the transferee pays for all of Lender’s costs and expenses associated with the transfer, including without limitation, attorney’s fees charged by Lender’s counsel.

 

If Prime Borrower is a Publicly Traded Entity (as defined below) or is owned (directly or indirectly) by a Publicly Traded Entity during the Term and all other requirements of this Section 17 are satisfied, Lender agrees to waive the requirement of payment of the fee pursuant to Section 17(f) above.  As used herein, “ Publicly Traded Entity ” means an entity whose stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognized stock exchange.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Debt Coverage Ratio ” means the ratio, as reasonably determined by Lender, of (i) Net Operating Income from the Portfolio Properties for the applicable period of time to (ii) Total Annual Debt Service for the applicable period of time.

 

Net Operating Income ” means all gross income from the operation and ownership of the Portfolio Properties for the previous twelve (12) month period from Leases of space therein (to the extent Lender reasonably projects such income will continue for the immediately succeeding twelve (12) month period), including, without limitation, Rents, Taxes, fees, utility charges and all other amounts paid by tenants under their Leases (whether payable to Borrower or directly to third parties such as taxing authorities) (collectively, “ Gross Revenues ”); subtracting therefrom, to the extent (and only to the extent) payable by Borrower without any right of reimbursement from tenants, all necessary and ordinary operating expenses applicable to the Portfolio Properties for such period of time (both fixed and variable to the extent reasonably projected by lender to continue for the next succeeding twelve (12) month period), including but not limited to, utilities, administrative, cleaning, landscaping, security, repairs and maintenance, ground rent payments, management fees, real estate and other taxes, assessments and insurance, but excluding therefrom deductions for federal, state and other income taxes, debt service expenses, depreciation or amortization of capital expenditures and other similar noncash items.  Gross Revenues shall not be anticipated for any greater time period than that approved by generally accepted accounting principles nor shall ordinary operating expenses be prepaid.  Documentation of Net Operating Income shall be certified by an officer of Prime Borrower with detail reasonably satisfactory to Lender and shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Lender.

 

Total Annual Debt Service ” means the sum of (i) the aggregate regularly scheduled debt service payments on the Portfolio Loan for the applicable time period, plus (ii) the aggregate regularly scheduled debt service payments (including principal and interest) on all other indebtedness secured by a lien on all or part of the Portfolio Properties for the applicable time period.

 

25



 

Qualified Real Estate Investor ” is defined as any reputable corporation, partnership, limited liability company, real estate investment trust, listed property trust, bank, saving and loan association, trust company, commercial credit corporation, public or private pension fund or endowment, joint venture, joint-stock company, trust or other legal entity or individual (i) based in the United States, (ii) free from any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceedings or any criminal charges or proceedings, and (iii) that shall not have been, at the time of transfer or within the ten (10) year period prior thereto, a litigant, plaintiff or defendant in any suit brought against or by Lender (other than uncontested foreclosures).  Further, a Qualified Real Estate Investor (alone or together with entities controlled or under common control with it) shall: (a) have a minimum net worth of Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000), and (b) own and/or manage at least five million (5,000,000) square feet of industrial space or retain a property manager reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

18.           Right to Change Ownership Interests in Borrower .  (a) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Section 16 hereof or in any other provision of the Loan Documents, provided that there is no Event of Default under the Loan Documents, the following transfers shall not require Lender’s consent and shall not constitute the exercise of the one-time transfer right set forth in Section 17 above: (i) transfers of direct or indirect interests in STAG GI Investments as long as, following any such transfer, at least 51% of STAG GI Investments continues to be owned, directly or indirectly, by GI Investors (as defined below) or their Affiliates and/or by STAG Investors (as defined below) or their Affiliates; and (ii) transfers of direct or indirect interests in Prime Borrower as long as, following any such transfer, at least 100% of Prime Borrower is owned, directly or indirectly, by STAG GI Investments, STAG Industrial Operating Partnership, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and/or STAG Industrial, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

As used in this Agreement, “GI Investors” means (i) GI STAG Investco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “GI Member”), a member of STAG GI Investments and/or (ii) any entity that controls, is controlled by, or under common control with, the GI Member.

 

As used in this Agreement, “STAG Investors” means (i) Benjamin S. Butcher, (ii) Stephen Karp, (iii) Steven Fischman, (iv) Gregory Sullivan, (v) their family members or trusts for the benefit of such foregoing individuals and/or their family members, and (vi) any entity in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interests are directly or indirectly owned by Benjamin S. Butcher, Stephen Karp, Steven Fischman, Gregory Sullivan, their family members and/or by trusts for the benefit of such individuals and/or their family members.

 

Borrower represents and warrants that a true and accurate copy of Borrower’s organizational chart is attached hereto as Exhibit M .

 

19.           Substitution of Collateral .  Borrower shall have the right from time to time, provided no Event of Default or an event or condition that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under the Loan Documents has occurred, to substitute other real estate collateral reasonably acceptable to Lender in accordance with its then current underwriting standards (“ Substitute Collateral ”) for any of the Sites and to obtain a release of the applicable Site from the lien of the Loan Documents (“ Substitution of

 

26



 

Collateral ”).  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the right may not be exercised more than two (2) times in any 12 month period.  The Substitute Collateral for a Site, as reasonably determined by Lender must (i) be of similar or better quality than the existing Site, and (ii) provide similar geographic diversification to the Portfolio Properties.  In addition, no substitution shall be allowed that would cause: (i) the substitution of more than six (6) Sites in the aggregate over the Term; (ii) the loan-to-value ratio of all of the Portfolio Properties (including the proposed Substitute Collateral) as reasonably determined by Lender immediately after the proposed substitution to be greater than the lesser of (y) the loan-to-value ratio of all of the Portfolio Properties immediately prior to the proposed substitution, or (z) sixty-two and one-half percent (62.5%), or (iii)  the aggregate Debt Coverage Ratio of all of the Portfolio Properties (including the proposed Substitute Collateral) immediately after the proposed substitution to be less than the greater of (y) the aggregate Debt Coverage Ratio for all of the Portfolio Properties immediately prior to the proposed substitution, or (z) 1.50 times.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, Borrower shall have the right to make a partial paydown of the Loan to the extent necessary to satisfy the above requirements, subject to payment of the Prepayment Fee.

 

Lender shall have the right to review, underwrite, accept or reject any proposed Substitute Collateral, in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion in accordance with its then current underwriting standards (subject to the loan-to-value and debt coverage tests as aforesaid), including Lender’s right to review such proposed Substitute Collateral in accordance with Lender’s customary application and approval process.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Lender shall have the right to review and approve:  (i) an ALTA survey and Title Commitment, (ii) as-built plans and specifications of all improvements, if available, (iii) certificates of occupancy, if available, (iv) all Leases, (v) tenant estoppel certificates from tenants occupying not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the leasable area of the Substitute Collateral, (vi) insurance coverage, (vii) rent rolls, (viii) tenant lease subordination agreements from tenants occupying not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the leasable area of the Substitute Collateral on forms reasonably acceptable to Lender, (ix) financial statements, operating statements, budgets and other financial information concerning the operation of the proposed Substitute Collateral, (x) engineering reports, (xi) environmental reports, and (xii) appraisals.  In the event of any approved Substitution of Collateral, Lender shall be paid a fee in the amount equal to Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) for each proposed substitution.  Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all actual costs and expenses incurred in connection with any proposed substitution or actual Substitution of Collateral, including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees of outside counsel.  Lender shall apply diligence standards with respect to Substitute Collateral that are generally consistent with the standards applied in connection with the Initial Loan.

 

If approved by Lender as provided above, the Substitute Collateral shall be substituted so long as (a) there is as of the date of substitution no Event of Default or an event or condition that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under the Loan Documents, (b) all the conditions set forth in this Section above have been satisfied, and (c) Lender has received (i) a title insurance policy (or an endorsement to the title policy) for the proposed Substitute Collateral, (ii) executed and recorded, as applicable, amendments to the Loan Documents necessary to evidence and secure the Substitute Collateral, and (iii) legal opinions and such other items as Lender may reasonably require.

 

27



 

20.           Prepayment Limitations; Release of a Site .  So long as no Event of Default or an event or condition that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under the Loan Documents has occurred, Borrower may from time to time request that one or more Site(s) be released from the lien of the Loan Documents.  Lender will grant such request(s) for release, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:  (i) Borrowers shall pay to Lender (A) one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Allocated Loan Amount for such Site (such amount, the “ Release Prepayment ”), (B) if applicable in accordance with the Portfolio Note, a pro rata Prepayment Fee calculated on such Release Prepayment, and (C) all costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees of outside counsel, incurred by Lender in connection with the partial release, and (ii) Lender shall have reasonably determined that (A) the loan-to-value ratio of the remaining Portfolio Properties (i.e., without consideration of the Site(s) proposed to be released) immediately after such proposed release will be less than or equal to the loan-to-value ratio of the Portfolio Properties (including the Sites proposed to be released) immediately prior to the proposed release, and in all events not more than sixty-two and one-half percent (62.5%), and (B) the aggregate Debt Coverage Ratio of the remaining Portfolio Properties (i.e., without consideration of the income from and the debt service attributable to the Allocated Loan Amount(s) applicable to the Site(s) proposed to be released) immediately after such proposed release will be greater than or equal to the aggregate Debt Coverage Ratio for the Portfolio Properties (including that attributable to the Sites proposed to be released) immediately prior to the proposed release, but in no event less than 1.50 times.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, Borrower shall have the right to make a partial paydown of the Loan to the extent necessary to satisfy the above requirements, subject to payment of the Prepayment Fee.

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) Borrower’s right to partial releases may not be exercised more than two (2) times in any 12 month period, and (b) at all times Sites shall have cumulative aggregate Allocated Loan Amounts equal to at least Forty-Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000) and shall remain subject to the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages.

 

Following any Release Payment, monthly payments under the applicable Portfolio Note shall be revised to reflect the reduction of that Portfolio Note by the applicable Release Prepayment.  The amount by which the Release Prepayment exceeds the Allocated Loan Amount for such Site will be applied against the Allocated Loan Amounts in the manner determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion.

 

If a Portfolio Property to be released is located in a state where there are mortgage recording taxes or fees, Lender shall, at the request of Borrower deliver an assignment of the applicable Portfolio Mortgage rather than a release, provided that the assignment shall be without representation or warranty by Lender (other than that Lender is the Holder of the Loan, free of pledges or encumbrances) and the assignment documentation otherwise shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

Upon the release of any Site from the lien of the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Lender promptly shall cause the applicable Portfolio Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements and other security documents to be released of record.

 

28



 

21.           Representations and Warranties .  Borrower hereby makes the following representations and warranties to, and for the benefit of Lender:

 

(a)            A true and accurate copy of Borrower’s organizational chart is attached as Exhibit M.

 

(b)            Except as disclosed in writing to Lender, no actions, suits, investigations, litigation, bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceedings are pending at law or in equity before any Governmental Authority, or to its actual knowledge, are threatened by any Governmental Authority, against or affecting (A) any Borrower, (B) STAG GI Investments, (C) GI Member, (D) STAG GI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (E) STAG Manager, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (F) STAG Capital Co-Investments JV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or (G) STAG Residual JV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the entities identified in (B) through (G) collectively referred to as the “ Constituent Owners ”).  None of the Borrowers or any Constituent Owners or any manager of any Borrower have ever been adjudicated as bankrupt, have ever filed or have had filed against them, any petition in bankruptcy or have otherwise ever taken advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency or other readjustment of debt laws.

 

(c)            The execution, delivery and performance of the Commitment, this Loan Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents will not constitute a breach or default under any other agreement to which any Borrower or any other party thereto (other than Lender or Escrow Holder) is or may be bound or affected.

 

(d)            To the actual knowledge of Borrower, no Borrower is in violation of or in default with respect to any term or provision of any other loan commitment, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, contract, or instrument applicable to such Borrower or by which such Borrower is bound or with respect to any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any court or any governmental agency or authority.

 

(e)            To Borrower’s actual knowledge, all factual information set forth in the Commitment and its exhibits, and all financial statements previously furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower to Lender in connection with the Portfolio Loan and all other submissions referred to herein or required by the Commitment are true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date indicated thereon, are not misleading in any material respect as of their respective dates and do not omit any information required to prevent such statements, loan submissions or materials from being materially misleading under the circumstances; provided that as to any third party reports provided to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower, the foregoing representation of Borrower is limited to having provided true and complete copies of such reports, and does not constitute a representation of Borrower that all statements and conclusions therein are accurate (although Borrower is not aware of any inaccuracy).

 

(f)             Except as disclosed to Lender in writing, to the actual knowledge of Borrower, no material adverse change in the financial condition of any Borrower has occurred since the date of preparation of the most recent financial statements delivered to Lender.

 

29


 

 

(g)            Borrower covenants as of the date hereof and until such time as the Indebtedness is paid in full that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Lender, each Site Borrower shall be a single-purpose entity, and in furtherance thereof:

 

(i)             No Site Borrower shall dissolve or liquidate (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution).

 

(ii)            No Site Borrower will enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or acquire by purchase or otherwise all or substantially all the business or assets of, or any stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any entity, except as expressly contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

 

(iii)           Except as otherwise provided in this Loan Agreement, no Site Borrower will guarantee or otherwise hold out its credit as being available to satisfy obligations of any other person or entity.

 

(iv)           Each Site Borrower was organized for the sole purpose of acquiring leasing, managing and operating its respective Portfolio Property and activities ancillary thereto.

 

(v)            No Site Borrower has engaged or shall engage in any business unrelated to the acquisition, ownership, leasing, management and operation of the Portfolio Properties and activities ancillary thereto; and the same shall conduct and operate its business as presently conducted and operated at all times relevant hereto.

 

(vi)           No Site Borrower has made or shall make any loans or advances to any third party and will not pledge such Borrower’s assets for the benefit of any third party.

 

(vii)          Each Site Borrower shall be, and at all times shall hold itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any other entity (including any Affiliate thereof) and shall otherwise conduct its business and own its assets in its own name and shall correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity.

 

(viii)         The sole assets of each Site Borrower are, and for the entire Term of the Loan shall be, its respective Portfolio Property(ies).

 

(ix)            Each Site Borrower shall observe all in all material respects the formalities applicable to its form of organization.

 

22.            OFAC and Patriot Act Provisions .

 

(a)            OFAC .  The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) administers a set of laws imposing economic sanctions against hostile targets in order to further United States national security and foreign policy objectives.  These laws include any and all federal laws (whether under common law, statute or otherwise), regulations, executive orders and guidance documents

 

30



 

now in force, as amended from time to time, in any way relating to regulations or prohibitions on transactions with individuals and entities owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, the governments of target countries or associated with international narcotics trafficking or terrorism, and includes, without limitation, the Trading With the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C.A. App. §1, et seq., the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C.A. §1701, et seq., the United Nations Participation Act, 22 U.S.C.A. §287c, the International Security and Development Cooperation Act, 22 U.S.C.A. §2151, et seq., the Cuban Democracy Act 22 U.S.C.A. §6001, et seq., The Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity Act 22 U.S.C.A. §6021, et seq., the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act, Pub.L. 104-132, 1996 Stat. 735, the Foreign Narcotic Kingpin Designation Act, Pub.L. 106-120, Title VIII, §801, 113 Stat. 1626, all regulations adopted under the foregoing acts, and Executive Order 13224 (the “ OFAC Laws ”).  Each Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that it has not taken or failed to take any actions, directly or indirectly, in violation of the OFAC Laws.

 

Each Borrower and holders of any beneficial or ownership interest in any Borrower agree, during the Term of the Portfolio Loan, that no interest in the Portfolio Properties or in any Borrower will be transferred to any party in interest with respect to any of the persons or entities listed on the OFAC Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, as it is amended from time to time, nor will any actions be taken, or fail to be taken, in violation of the OFAC Laws.

 

Borrowers hereby jointly and severally indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender of, from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, injunctions, suits, proceedings, disbursements or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees and disbursements and court costs) of whatever kind or nature, and whether or not incurred in connection with any judicial or administrative proceedings, which may be imposed upon, suffered by, incurred by, or asserted against Lender that directly or indirectly arise out of or in connection with a breach of the representations and warranties contained in this Section.

 

(b)            Patriot Act .  In addition to, and not by way of limitation of, any provision of the Loan Documents regarding compliance with laws, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants that as of the date hereof and throughout the Term (as defined in the Portfolio Note) of the Portfolio Loan, the following statements are and shall be true, correct and complete without material misrepresentation or omission:

 

(i)             No Borrower nor, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, any of its constituent members or partners is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law (defined below).

 

(ii)            No Borrower nor, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, any of its constituent members or partners is a Prohibited Person.

 

(iii)           No Borrower nor, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, any of its constituent members or partners (A) conducts any business or engages in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person, (B) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (C) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose or intent of evading or

 

31



 

avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that upon request by Lender from time to time, such Borrower will deliver to Lender a certification addressed to Lender confirming such Borrower’s ongoing compliance with the foregoing requirements, or such other evidence as may be required to enable Lender to perform its obligations under Anti-Terrorism law.  Each Borrower further covenants and agrees that in the event Lender delivers to Borrowers a list of persons or entities with whom Lender is prohibited from dealing or engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law (a “ Lender List ”), each Borrower shall review such Lender List and deliver a certification that conforms to clause (iii)(A) above with respect to the persons and/or entities on the applicable Lender List.

 

As used in this Loan Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Anti-Terrorism Law ” means any Law relating to terrorism or money-laundering in effect at any time and from time to time, including Executive Order No. 13224 and the USA Patriot Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Executive Order No. 13224 ” means the Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism.”

 

Prohibited Person ” means:

 

(i)             a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(ii)            a person or entity owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(iii)           a person or entity who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(iv)           a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/t11sdn.pdf, or at any replacement website or other official publication of such list.

 

USA Patriot Act ” means the “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001” (Public Law 107-56).

 

Borrowers hereby jointly and severally indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender of, from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, injunctions, suits, proceedings, disbursements or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees

 

32



 

and disbursements and court costs) of whatever kind or nature, and whether or not incurred in connection with any judicial or administrative proceedings, which may be imposed upon, suffered by, incurred by, or asserted against Lender that directly or indirectly arise out of or in connection with a breach of the representations and warranties contained in this Section.

 

23.            Leases; Property Management .

 

(a)            Lease Subordination . Borrowers have agreed under the Portfolio Mortgages and other Loan Documents that Rents payable under any Lease affecting any of the Portfolio Properties shall (after the notice to the tenant described in the following sentence) be paid directly by the tenant to Lender upon any Event of Default under the Loan Documents.  Borrowers agree that after a tenant’s receipt of notice from Lender to such tenant that rentals under its Lease should be paid to Lender, such tenant may pay to Lender, or at the direction of Lender, all monies due or to become due to the landlord under such Lease, and that such tenant shall have no responsibility to ascertain whether such demand by Lender is permitted under the Loan Documents, or to inquire into the existence of an Event of Default.  Each Borrower hereby waives any right, claim, or demand it may now or hereafter have against any such tenant by reason of such payment to Lender, and any such payment shall discharge the obligations of such tenant to make such payment to the landlord under the applicable Lease.

 

(b)            Lease Approvals .  Except as provided herein, all leases and any amendments, modifications, replacements, extensions, renewals, terminations (except on account of a tenant default), subleases or assignments thereof (each a “ Lease ” and collectively, the “ Leases ”) executed after the date hereof must be submitted to Lender for prior written approval accompanied by the proposed Lease and supporting economic data in reasonable detail.  Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond within ten (10) Business Days from its receipt of a written request for approval.  Lender’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed given if Lender fails to respond in writing within thirty (30) days from its receipt of a written request for approval and supporting documentation, provided, however, Lender’s approval shall not be deemed given in such event where the proposed Lease contains any provision which would materially impair Lender’s lien on such Site.  Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender a fully-executed copy of all such approved Leases.

 

Notwithstanding the forgoing provisions, whenever Lender’s approval or consent is required pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 23(b), Borrower shall have the right to submit a term sheet or letter of intent of such transaction to Lender for Lender’s approval prior to the submission of the proposed lease.   Any such term sheet or letter or intent submitted to Lender shall set forth all material terms of the proposed transaction including, without limitation, identity of tenant, square footage, term, rent, rent credits, abatements, work allowances and tenant improvements to be constructed by Borrower.  Lender’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed given if Lender fails to respond in writing within thirty (30) days from its receipt of a written request for approval and supporting documentation, provided, however, Lender’s approval shall not be deemed given in such event where the proposed Lease contains any provision which would materially impair Lender’s lien on such Site.  Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender a fully-executed copy of all such approved Leases.

 

33



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or the provisions of Section 8 of the Portfolio Mortgages or any other provision of the Loan Documents, for so long as there is no Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents, nor any event or condition that, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Lender shall waive its requirement to approve all Leases provided the following requirements are met (the “ Approval Waiver Requirements ”):

 

(i)             The Lease covers an area no greater than 100,000 square feet of net rentable area;

 

(ii)            The Lease is written on a standard form of lease which Lender has previously approved in writing, with no material changes that are adverse to the interest of landlord (or, in the case of a renewal, is on the same form as the existing Lease);

 

(iii)           The length of the Lease term is not less than one (1) year and no greater twenty (20) years, including any renewal or extension options;

 

(iv)           The effective Rent provided for over the Lease term is consistent with the then current market effective rent of comparable space in competitive properties.  The schedule of Rent shall not decline over the term of the Lease, including any extension;

 

(v)            The Lease does not (i) grant the tenant any purchase option or right of first refusal to purchase all or any portion of the Portfolio Property, (ii) grant the tenant any interest in the ownership of the Portfolio Property or provide any incentives equivalent to an ownership interest in the Portfolio Property, or (iii) otherwise contain terms that would cause a material impairment of the Lender’s security;

 

(vi)           The Lease does not provide for the payment for tenant improvement work or leasing commissions, or the granting of any rental concessions, at any time other than at or about the commencement of the Lease;

 

(vii)          The Lease shall be an arms length transaction and not be to Borrower, an Affiliate of Borrower, or a creditor of Borrower, and Borrower shall not assign any portion of the Rent to any third party; and

 

(viii)         The tenant shall be obligated to take possession promptly upon completion of any required improvements to the leased premises.

 

Notwithstanding the Approval Waiver Requirements, Lender agrees to conditionally modify subsection (i) above by increasing the square footage requirement to 200,000 square feet, provided that all other requirements of subsections (ii) through (viii) are met.  Borrower acknowledges that Lender will from time to time review and evaluate the status of the Loan and that Lender shall retain the right, in its sole discretion, to reinstate the lower square footage requirement at any time and for any reason.  Upon Borrower’s receipt of Lender’s written notice to reinstate the lower square footage requirement, the square footage requirement shown in subsection (i) above shall be immediately reinstated.

 

34



 

Lender agrees to enter into non-disturbance and attornment agreements with tenants under approved Leases, provided that each such agreement is substantially in the form attached hereto or is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

(c)            Property Management .  Borrower shall not be required to engage a third party property manager for any of the Sites.  If, however, any of the Sites is subject to a third party management agreement (the “ Management Agreement ”), the management company and the form and substance of the Management Agreement shall be subject to Lender’s written approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  Any such Management Agreement may not be modified or amended in any material respect, nor any successor management agreement entered into, nor any management company appointed, without Lender’s prior written approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and any attempted change to any such Management Agreement without such consent shall be void.  Any such Management Agreement and any successor management agreement, and any liens and rights to payment to which the manager under any such Management Agreement or any successor management agreement may be entitled, shall be expressly subordinate to the lien and to the terms and conditions of the Portfolio Mortgages or terminable without cause upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, and may not be modified or amended in any material manner without Lender’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law, management fees shall not constitute a lien upon the Security (as defined in the Portfolio Mortgages).

 

24.            Financial Reporting .  On an ongoing basis, Borrower will give to Lender the following financial statements and information, all of which reports shall be in hardcopy and electronic format (and prepared utilizing tax basis accounting rather than GAAP, unless Borrower elects to report using GAAP accounting):

 

(a)            a quarterly rent roll, delivered within twenty (20) days after the end of the calendar quarter;

 

(b)            quarterly financial statements including a balance sheet and a statement of revenues and expenses, within twenty (20) days after the end of each calendar quarter;

 

(c)            annual audited balance sheets for the Portfolio Properties and annual audited financial statements for Borrower, within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year;

 

(d)            annual capital expenditure summaries for the Portfolio Properties, within ninety (90) days after the end of the calendar year; and

 

(e)            such other financial information as Lender or any rating agency may reasonably request in writing.

 

In addition to the regularly scheduled reports required above, Borrower agrees to provide Lender within five (5) Business Days of a written request herefore the following:  (i) a current rent roll, (ii) a balance sheet and year-to-date operating statements for the Portfolio Properties certified as accurate in all material respects by the Borrower, and (iii) if the any Portfolio Property is operated as a shopping center, all sales information of tenants and anchors that make

 

35



 

up the center (total sales and sales per square foot) and that report sales to Borrower.  Unless an Event of Default exists, Lender agrees not to request items (i)-(iii) above more than two (2) times in any twelve (12) month period.  Borrower also agrees to cooperate as reasonably requested with Lender and Lender’s loan servicer in providing information and access to the Portfolio Properties in connection with the annual inspection of the Portfolio Properties, or such other inspections as Lender may reasonably require.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections (a) and (b) above, Lender agrees to conditionally modify such reporting requirements on the terms set forth below, but shall retain the right, in its sole discretion and at any time and from time to time, to reinstate such requirements of subsections (a) and (b) by written notice to Borrower effective upon receipt by Borrower of such notice:

 

(i)             Subsection (a) above shall be modified such that Borrower shall be required to submit the rent roll described therein annually, instead of quarterly; and

 

(ii)            Subsection (b) above shall be waived.

 

If Borrower omits to prepare and deliver promptly any report required by this Section, Lender may, following written notice to Borrower and its continuing failure to cure within ten (10) Business Days, elect, in addition to exercising any remedy for an Event of Default as provided for in this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, to make an audit of all books and records of Borrower, including without limitation each Borrower’s bank accounts, which in any way pertain to the Portfolio Properties, and to prepare the statement or statements which Borrower failed to procure and deliver.  Such audit shall be made and such statements shall be prepared by an independent Certified Public Accountant to be selected by Lender.  Borrower shall pay all out-of-pocket expenses of the audit and other services, which expenses shall be secured hereby as part of the Indebtedness and shall be immediately due and payable with interest thereon at the Default Rate.

 

Lender shall afford any information received pursuant to this Section the same degree of confidentiality that Lender affords similar information proprietary to Lender; provided, however, that Lender does not in any way warrant or represent that such information received from Borrower will remain confidential, and, provided further, that Lender shall have the unconditional right to disclose, as necessary, any such information in the event Lender sells, transfers, conveys, or assigns the Portfolio Mortgages or any portion of the Indebtedness.

 

25.            Plans and Specifications .  Borrowers shall keep and maintain, at the applicable Site or at Prime Borrower’s corporate office specified in the notice provisions of this Agreement, any as-built plans and specifications for each Site, to the extent in Borrower’s possession or control, for inspection by Lender or its agent upon reasonable prior notice.  Upon Lender’s request, Borrowers shall also send copies of any plans to Lender or its agent to the extent that the same are in Borrower’s possession or control.

 

26.            Repair; Alterations; Waste; ADA .  Borrower shall keep, or cause to be kept, all of the Portfolio Properties in good and substantial repair, and expressly agree that they will neither permit nor commit any physical waste upon the Portfolio Properties, nor do any act or suffer or permit any act to be done, whereby the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages  may be impaired and

 

36



 

shall comply, or cause the compliance, in all material respects with all zoning laws, building codes, subdivision laws, environmental laws, and other laws, ordinances, rules and regulations made or promulgated by any government or municipality, or by any agency thereof or by any other lawful authority, which are now or may hereafter become applicable to the Portfolio Properties.  Subject to the provisions of Sections 12, 13 and 14, Borrower shall repair or restore, or cause the repair or restoration of, any building now or hereafter under construction on the Portfolio Properties and shall complete, or cause the completion of, the same within a reasonable period of time.  Borrower shall not initiate or acquiesce in any zoning variance or reclassification, without Lender’s prior written consent.  Except to the extent required under any Lease approved by Lender or otherwise entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents or as required by applicable law, Borrower shall not construct any additional building or buildings or make any other material improvements on the Land, nor materially alter, remove or demolish any building or other Improvements on the Land, without the prior written consent of Lender, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower covenants that the Portfolio Properties, to the extent applicable, and any additions or alterations thereto, shall be maintained in material compliance with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, including all regulations promulgated thereunder, as heretofore and hereinafter amended (the “ ADA ”), except for any non-compliance disclosed in writing to Lender before the date hereof (or, with respect to any Additional Portfolio Property, disclosed before the Additional Advance with respect to such Additional Portfolio Property).  Furthermore, Borrower shall keep Lender informed from time to time if changed circumstances require Borrower to implement actions to ensure compliance with the ADA.

 

If Borrower fails to observe any of the provisions of this Section, or suffers or permits any Event of Default to exist under this Section, Lender or a lawfully appointed receiver of the Portfolio Properties at its option, from time to time, may, after written notice to Borrower and its continuing failure to cure within thirty (30) days of such notice (except in the case of an emergency, where no notice or cure period shall be applicable), perform, or cause to be performed, any and all repairs and such other work as it deems necessary to bring the Portfolio Properties into compliance with the provisions of this Section and may enter upon the Portfolio Properties for any of the foregoing purposes, and Borrower hereby waives any claim against Lender and/or such receiver, arising out of such entry or out of any other act carried out pursuant to this Section.  If Borrower has commenced and is diligently pursuing any required cure under this Section, the time for Borrower to complete such cure shall be extended as reasonably necessary, not to exceed a total of one hundred twenty (120) days.   Borrower shall upon demand repay to Lender and such receiver, with interest at the Default Rate, all amounts expended or incurred by them, respectively, in connection with any action taken pursuant to this Section, and such repayment shall be secured by the lien of the Portfolio Mortgages.

 

Borrower hereby covenants to maintain as part of the Portfolio Properties, at all times during the term of the Loan, the greater of: (a) the current number of parking spaces per Site, or (b) sufficient parking spaces to comply with all applicable governmental and private laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, approvals and agreements, any applicable ground lease of a Site and all Leases.

 

37



 

27.            [ Intentionally deleted ].

 

28.            General Reserve Escrow Agreement .  Borrower and Lender have entered into a General Reserve Escrow and Security Agreement of even date herewith (the “ General Reserve Escrow Agreement ”), the terms of which provide for monthly deposits of an amount equal to eight (8) basis points of the principal balance of the Loan outstanding from time to time (the “ Monthly Reserve Deposit ”) into an escrow account (the “ Reserve Escrow Account ”) for the purpose of establishing a reserve for replacement and third party capital costs, including, but not limited to, repairs, replacements, tenant improvements, and leasing commissions, subject to the Deposit Threshold, all as more particularly provided in the General Reserve Escrow Agreement.  The General Reserve Escrow Agreement is an additional Loan Document, and the obligations thereunder are secured by the Portfolio Mortgages and the other Loan Documents.

 

29.            Event of Default .  Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“ Event of Default ”) hereunder:

 

(a)            Monetary and Performance Defaults .

 

(i)             Failure to make (A) any scheduled Monthly Payment due under the Portfolio Note (other than the final payment and Prepayment Fee) on or before the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after such payment is due, (B) the final payment and Prepayment Fee under the Portfolio Note when due, whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration, as part of a prepayment or otherwise, or (C) any scheduled escrow payment due under any Loan Document within five (5) Business Days after such payment is due; or

 

(ii)            Breach or default in the performance of any of the other monetary or non-monetary covenants or agreements of Borrowers contained herein or in any of the Loan Documents (“ Performance Default ”), if such Performance Default shall continue for thirty (30) days or more after written notice to a Borrower from Lender specifying the nature of the Performance Default; provided, however, that if such Performance Default is of a nature that it cannot be cured within the thirty (30) day period, then Borrower shall not be in default so long as Borrower have commenced and thereafter diligently pursue such cure to completion and provided further that such cure occurs within a reasonable period of time but in no event greater one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the original written notice of the Performance Default.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the breach or default is one that is defined as an Event of Default elsewhere in any of the Loan Documents, then Borrower shall not be entitled to any notice or cure period upon the occurrence of such breach or default except for such notice and cure periods, if any, as may be expressly granted in such other defined Event of Default; or

 

(iii)           any Borrower changes its name, its organizational identification number, if it has one, its type of organization, or its jurisdiction of organization without giving Lender thirty (30) days’ prior notice.

 

(b)            Bankruptcy, Insolvency, Dissolution .

 

(i)             Any court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order (A) adjudicating any Borrower or any general partner of any Borrower bankrupt or insolvent,

 

38


 

(B) appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator of any of the Portfolio Properties or of a substantial part of the property of any Borrower or any general partner of any Borrower, or (C) approving a petition for, or effecting an arrangement in bankruptcy, or any other judicial modification or alteration of the rights of Lender or of other creditors of any Borrower or any general partner of any Borrower, in each case unless such order is discharged, stayed or dismissed within one hundred and twenty (120) day; or

 

(ii)            any Borrower or any general partner of any Borrower shall (A) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator for it or for any of its property, (B) as debtor, file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or petition or answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute, or an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it and any proceeding under such law, (C) admit in writing an inability to pay its debts as they mature, or (D) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

(iii)           An involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed against any Borrower or any general partner of Borrower and the same is not vacated or stayed within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the filing date.

 

(c)            Misrepresentation .  Any Borrower makes or furnishes a representation, warranty, statement, certificate, schedule and/or report to Lender in or pursuant to any of the Loan Documents that is false or misleading in any material respect as of the date made or furnished; provided, however, that if such misrepresentation was unintentional and is susceptible of cure, Borrower shall have thirty (30) days following written notice from Lender to cure the same to Lender’s reasonable satisfaction (for purposes of the foregoing, the term “ material respect ” shall mean that the information which is false or misleading, if fairly presented, would reflect a material adverse change in the value, financial condition or operations of the Prime Borrower from that which was represented or warranted).

 

(d)            Breach of Due on Sale or Encumbrance Provision .  Any occurrence of a prohibited Transfer or voluntary encumbrance under Section 16 hereof, except to the extent otherwise allowed by the Loan Documents.

 

(e)            Other Loan Documents .  An “Event of Default” shall have occurred under or as defined in any of the Portfolio Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages or the other Loan Documents after any applicable notice and cure period (if any).

 

30.            Remedies .  If an Event of Default shall occur, Lender shall have all of the rights and remedies available to it under any one or more or all of the Portfolio Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages and the other Loan Documents, at law, in equity, or by statute.  No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Lender is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy provided in the Loan Documents or by law, but each shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under the Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute.  No delay or omission of Lender to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any Event of Default or any acquiescence therein.  Every power and remedy given by any one or

 

39



 

more of the Portfolio Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages and the other Loan Documents to Lender may be exercised separately, successively or concurrently from time to time as often as may be deemed expedient by Lender.  Lender may exercise its remedies under any one or more of the Loan Documents and not under others at its sole discretion.

 

31.            Acceleration Interest .  In addition to any late payment charge which may be due under the Notes, this Loan Agreement, the Portfolio Mortgages or any other Loan Document (but without duplication thereof), following an Event of Default all sums due hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall bear interest at a rate (the “ Default Rate ”) equal to the lesser of (a) the interest rate set forth in the Notes plus four percent (4%) per annum, or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law, from and after the first to occur of the following events: (i) if Lender elects to cause the acceleration of the Indebtedness; (ii) if a petition under Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be filed by or against Borrower or if Borrower shall seek or consent to the appointment of a receiver or trustee for itself or for any of the Portfolio Properties, file a petition seeking relief under the bankruptcy or other similar laws of the United States, any state or any jurisdiction, make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or be unable to pay its debts as they become due; (iii) if a court shall enter an order, judgment or decree appointing, with or without the consent of Borrower, a receiver or trustee for any of them or for any of the Portfolio Properties or approving a petition filed against Borrower which seeks relief under the bankruptcy or other similar laws of the United States, any state or any jurisdiction, and any such order, judgment or decree shall remain in force, undischarged or unstayed, sixty (60) days after it is entered; or (iv) if all sums due hereunder are not paid on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Note.

 

32.            Late Charge .  If any scheduled Monthly Payment due under the Notes or scheduled escrow payment is not paid when due, without regard to any notice and/or grace period, Borrower shall pay to Lender a one-time late charge equal to the lesser of four percent (4%) of such installment or the maximum amount allowed by law, as the reasonable estimate by Lender and Borrower of a fair average compensation for the loss that may be sustained by Lender due to the failure of Borrower to make timely payments, and such amount shall be secured hereby, provided that such late charge shall in no event apply to the principal balance of the Loan at maturity or upon acceleration following an Event of Default.  Such late charge shall be paid without prejudice to the right of Lender to collect any other amounts provided to be paid or to declare an Event of Default under this Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

33.            Estoppel Certificate .  Borrower, within fifteen (15) days after written request from Lender, will furnish a signed statement in writing, duly acknowledged, of the amount then due or outstanding hereunder and whether or not, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, any offsets or defenses exist against the Indebtedness, and if so, specifying such offsets and defenses.  Upon request by Lender, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to exercise any right it may have to request an estoppel certificate from any or all of the tenants of the Portfolio Properties within ten (10) Business Days following Lender’s reasonable request, provided that so long as there is no uncured Event of Default, Lender shall not request an estoppel certificate from any tenant more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

 

34.            Nonrecourse .  No direct or indirect owner of any Borrower, nor any officer, director, manager, advisor, trustee, employee, agent or representative of any Borrower, shall be personally liable for the payment of any Indebtedness due hereunder or under the other Loan

 

40



 

Documents or for the performance of any obligations of any Borrower hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, nor, except as expressly provided below in this Section 34 , shall any Borrower be personally liable for such obligations.  Except as provided below, no judgment for the repayment of the Indebtedness or interest thereon will be enforced against any Borrower personally or against any property of any Borrower other than the Security and any other security furnished under the Loan Documents in any action to foreclose the Portfolio Mortgages or to otherwise realize upon any security furnished under the Loan Documents or to collect any amount payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

 

Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed as prohibiting Lender from exercising any and all remedies which the Loan Documents permit, including, without limitation, the right to bring actions or proceedings against any Borrower and to enter a judgment against any Borrower, so long as the exercise of any remedy does not extend to execution against or recovery out of any property other than the Security furnished to Lender under any of the Loan Documents.

 

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, except as set forth in this Loan Agreement:

 

(a)            Borrowers shall be fully and personally liable for the following acts and omissions to the extent shown below, after any applicable notice and cure periods (if any) set forth herein or in any applicable Loan Documents:

 

 

ACT OR OMISSION :

 

LIABILITY :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Any Borrower misappropriates any condemnation or insurance proceeds attributable to the Real Property,

 

To the extent of such misappropriation;

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Any Borrower misappropriates any security deposits or reserves attributable to the Real Property,

 

To the extent of such misappropriation;

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Any Borrower collects rents in advance in violation of any covenant under the Loan Documents,

 

To the extent of such rents collected in advance;

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Any Borrower commits any (1) fraud, (2) intentional and material misrepresentation, (3) grossly negligent misrepresentation, or (4) physical waste of the Real Property,

 

To the extent of any remedies available at law or in equity;

 

41



 

ACT OR OMISSION :

 

LIABILITY :

 

 

 

 

(v)

Gross revenues from the Real Property are sufficient to pay any regularly scheduled payment of the Indebtedness then due and payable, operating and maintenance expenses (including real estate taxes) then due and payable, insurance premiums then due and payable, deposits then required to be made into a reserve account, or other sums then required to be paid by the Loan Documents, and any Borrower fails to make such payments or deposits when due,

 

To the extent of any funds diverted by any Borrower (or anyone acting on such Borrower’s behalf) from such payments or expenses during the period six (6) months prior to Lender’s notice of acceleration through the date Lender takes title to the Real Property; and

 

 

 

 

(vi)

Any Borrower or, to the extent applicable, any tenant under a Lease that is obligated to maintain insurance pursuant to the terms of such Lease, fails to maintain the levels, coverages and maximum deductibles of insurance required under the Loan Documents, to the extent that a casualty or liability occurs or arises and insurance proceeds would have been available had such insurance been maintained,

 

In the amount of the loss incurred as the result of such uninsured casualty or uninsured liability.

 

(b)            There shall be no limitation on or prejudice to the rights of Lender to proceed against any person or entity, including, without limitation, any Borrower, or on the exercise of any of Lender’s rights under any indemnity from Borrower to Lender;

 

(c)            There shall be no limitation on or prejudice to the rights of Lender to proceed against any entity or person whatsoever, including, without limitation, any Borrower, with respect to the enforcement of any guarantees of the Indebtedness or other sums due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents or any part thereof, any master leases, or any similar rights of payment.

 

35.            Notices .  Any notice, demand, request, statement, consent or other communication made hereunder shall be in writing, signed by the party giving such notice, request, demand, statement, consent or other communication, and shall be deemed to have been properly given when either delivered personally (whether or not refused by the recipient), delivered to a reputable overnight delivery service providing a receipt or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid and registered or certified return receipt requested, at the address set forth below, or at such other address within the continental United States of America as may have theretofore have been designated in writing.  The effective date of any notice given as aforesaid shall be the date of personal service or refusal thereof, one (1) Business Day after

 

42



 

delivery to such overnight delivery service, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail, whichever is applicable.  For purposes hereof, the addresses are as follows:

 

If to Lender:

 

Connecticut General Life Insurance Company

c/o CIGNA Investments, Inc.

900 Cottage Grove Road, Wilde Building

Hartford, CT 06152

Attn:  Debt Asset Management, A4CRI

 

With copies to:

 

CIGNA Corporation
900 Cottage Grove Road, Wilde Building
Hartford, CT  06152
Attn:  Real Estate Law, A5LGL

 

and

 

Nutter, McClennen & Fish, LLP

155 Seaport Boulevard

Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2604

Attn:  Beth H. Mitchell, Esq.

 

If to Borrower:

 

c/o STAG Capital Partners, LLC

99 Chauncy Street

Boston, MA 02111

Attn:  Benjamin S. Butcher

 

and

 

c/o GI Partners

2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 210

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Attn:  Alexander Fraser

 

43



 

With copies to:

 

c/o STAG Capital Partners, LLC

99 Chauncy Street

Boston, MA 02111

Attn:  General Counsel

 

and

 

DLA Piper LLP (US)

33 Arch Street

Boston, MA 02110

Attn:  Barbara A. Trachtenberg, Esq.

 

and

 

Paul Hastings Janofsky & Walker LLP

695 Town Center Drive, 17 th  Floor

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

Attn:  John Simonis, Esq.

 

36.            Participation .   Borrowers acknowledge that Lender may sell, transfer or assign the Portfolio Loan, or any interest therein (whether by the issuance of participation certificates in private unrated transactions, or in connection with a securitization of the Portfolio Loan individually or as part of a pool of loans in a public or private rated transaction, or otherwise).  In connection therewith, Borrowers agree that Lender shall be entitled to disclose, as Lender may deem necessary or desirable, to any and all investors, purchasers, transferees, servicers, participants, investors, rating agencies or organizations maintaining databases on the underwriting and performance of commercial mortgage loans, all documents and information that Lender has or may hereafter acquire relating to the Portfolio Loan, whether furnished by Borrowers or any guarantor or indemnitor.  Upon the assignment and assumption of the entire outstanding portion of the Portfolio Loan, the assigning Lender shall thereafter be released from its obligations and liability hereunder arising from and after such assignment.  Borrowers agree that all of the rights and remedies of Lender in connection with the interest so assigned shall be enforceable against Borrowers by such assignee with the same force and effect and to the same extent as the same would have been enforceable by the assigning Lender but for such assignment.  Notwithstanding anything in Section 37 hereof or any other provision of the Loan Documents, (a) in no event shall Borrowers bear or be responsible for any costs of Lender incurred in connection with any assignment, participation, securitization, syndication or any similar transaction engaged in by Lender in connection with the Loan and (b) Lender named herein agrees to retain primary servicing responsibility for the Loan until the expiration of the Advancement Period.

 

37.            Lender Costs and Expenses .  Lender agrees that any cost, fee, expense or other charge (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) for which Lender seeks or is entitled to reimbursement from Borrowers or any related party under or in connection with the Loan Documents shall be reasonable in amount, except that no such limitation shall apply to any cost,

 

44



 

fee, expense or other charge (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) that arise after the occurrence and continuance of, or are incurred in connection with or as a result of, an Event of Default.  Whenever a Borrower’s payment of Lender’s attorneys’ fees is referred to or required in the Loan Documents, such reference to “attorneys’ fees” shall be deemed to refer to the fees and expenses of Lender’s outside counsel and Lender’s in-house or staff counsel.

 

38.            Further Assurances .  Each Borrower, from time to time, will execute, acknowledge, subscribe and deliver to or at the direction of Lender such documents and further assurance as Lender may reasonably require for the purpose of evidencing, perfecting or confirming the lien and security interest created by the Portfolio Mortgages or the security to be afforded by the other Loan Documents, provided that in no case shall any such document or further assurance materially increase the obligations or materially decrease the rights of any Borrower under the Loan Documents.  Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything in the Portfolio Mortgages or other Loan Documents to the contrary, Borrowers hereby jointly and severally defend, indemnify and hold Lender harmless with respect to any suit or proceeding in which the validity, enforceability or priority of any such lien or security interest, or both, is endangered or contested, directly or indirectly.  If Borrowers fail to undertake the defense of any such claim in a timely manner or, in Lender’s sole determination, fail to prosecute such defense with due diligence, then, after ten (10) Business Days’ notice to Borrowers, Lender is authorized to take, at the sole expense of Borrowers, all necessary and proper action in defense of any such claim, including, without limitation, the retention of legal counsel, the prosecution or defense of litigation and the compromise or discharge of claims, including payment of all costs and attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees.  All costs, expenses and losses, if any, so incurred by Lender, including all attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees, regardless of whether suit is brought, for all administrative, trial and appellate proceedings, if any, will constitute advances by Lender as provided in the Portfolio Mortgages.

 

39.            Continued Existence .  Each Site Borrower shall at all times during the Term (as defined in the Note) of the Portfolio Loan maintain its legal existence and qualification to do or transact business in the state in which the Site it owns is located.  So long as any portion of the Portfolio Loan remains outstanding, each Borrower will provide Lender with thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any change in such Borrower’s name, organizational identification number, state of organization or, if any individual, principal residence.

 

40.            Rights Personal to Borrowers .  The rights granted to Borrowers in this Loan Agreement shall be personal to Borrowers and shall not inure to the benefit of any subsequent owner of any of the Portfolio Properties, except in the case of a transfer permitted in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

41.            Master Loan Agreement Governs .  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions hereof and those of any of the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Commitment), the terms and provisions hereof shall govern and control to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency.

 

45



 

42.            Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Amendment and Waiver .  This Agreement may not be amended except by a writing signed by Lender and Borrowers, nor shall observance of any term of this Agreement be waived except with the written consent of the Lender.

 

(b)            Governing Law .  Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Loan Agreement or in any other Loan Document, all claims relating, in any way, to the negotiation and/or consummation of the Portfolio Loan, Lender’s relationship with Borrower in connection with the Portfolio Loan and/or the performance of any obligation under this Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall in all respects be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ State ”) without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing choice of law:

 

(a)            the procedures governing the creation, perfection and priority of the liens pertaining to the Security and the enforcement by Lender of its rights and remedies under the Portfolio Mortgages and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Security, including without limitation, actions for foreclosure, for injunctive relief or for appointment of a receiver, shall be governed by the laws of the state where the Security is located; and

 

(b)            Lender shall comply with applicable law in the state where the Security is located to the extent required by the law of such jurisdiction in connection with the foreclosure of the liens created by the Portfolio Mortgages and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Security.

 

Nothing contained herein or in any provisions of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to provide that the substantive law of the state where the Security is located shall apply to any parties’ rights and obligations under any of the Loan Documents, which, except as expressly provided above, are and shall continue to be governed by the substantive law of the State.  In addition, the fact that portions of the Loan Documents may include provisions drafted to conform to the law of the state where the Security is located is not intended, nor shall it be deemed, in any way, to derogate the parties’ choice of law as set forth or referred to in this Loan Agreement or in the other Loan Documents.  The parties further agree that, subject to clauses (a) and (b) above, Lender may enforce its rights under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, its rights to sue Borrower or to collect any outstanding Indebtedness in accordance with the State law.

 

Borrower hereby consents to personal jurisdiction in any state or federal court located within the State, as well as to the jurisdiction of all courts from which an appeal may be taken from the courts within the State, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of, or with respect to, any of the Loan Documents, the negotiation and/or consummation of the Portfolio Loan, Lender’s relationship with Borrower in connection with the Portfolio Loan and/or the performance of any obligation or the exercise of any remedy under any of the Loan Documents, and expressly waives any and all objections it may have as to venue in any of such courts.

 

46



 

(c)            Waivers .  With respect to the cross-collateralization of all or any portion of the Indebtedness as provided in this Loan Agreement, each Borrower hereby acknowledges that it is receiving a direct and substantial benefit from the Portfolio Loan, as a whole, and is receiving fair and adequate consideration for granting the Portfolio Mortgages to secure the entire Indebtedness, and each Borrower waives any right to require Lender to:  (i) proceed against any other Borrower regarding any of the Indebtedness, or (ii) pursue any other remedy in Lender’s power whatsoever.  Each Borrower waives any defenses to the enforceability of this Loan Agreement, including, without limitation by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower.  Until the complete payment and performance of all of the Indebtedness, each Borrower hereby waives any right of subrogation arising against any other Borrower in connection with the payment and/or performance of the Indebtedness and Lender’s enforcement of any rights and remedies hereunder.  Each Borrower also hereby waives any right to enforce any remedy which Lender now has or may hereafter have against any other Borrower, and hereby waives any benefit of rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Lender.  Each Borrower hereby waives any right or claim of right to cause a marshalling of the assets of any other Borrower.  No delay on the part of Lender in the exercise of any right, power or privilege under any documentation with any Borrower hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any such privilege, power or right.  Each Borrower hereby waives notice of acceptance hereof and reliance hereon, notice of any action taken or omitted by Lender in reliance hereon, suretyship defenses, presentment, demand, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, protest of any dishonor, notice of protest and giving notice of:

 

( X )           any default by any other Borrower under any of the applicable Loan Documents or the assertion of any right of Lender thereunder or hereunder;

 

( Y )            all other notices (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents) in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of the payment and performance of the Indebtedness; and

 

( Z )            notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional indebtedness, liabilities, covenants, obligations or agreements which shall be included in the Indebtedness.

 

(d)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(e)            Severability .  All provisions contained in this Agreement are severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect or impair the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)             Headings .  The descriptive headings of the Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

(g)            Loan Documents .  This Loan Agreement shall constitute one of the Loan Documents.

 

47



 

(h)            Joint and Several Obligations .  All obligations of Borrowers hereunder or under the Portfolio Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages and any of the other Loan Documents shall be the joint and several obligations of Prime Borrower and every Site Borrower.

 

(i)             WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .  BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY AS TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

(j)             Business Days .  As used herein or in any other Loan Document, the term “Business Day” means any day other than (i) a Saturday, Sunday or federal or state holiday or any day on which the U.S. Postal Service offices are closed for business in Hartford, Connecticut or Boston, Massachusetts, or both, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in Boston, Massachusetts and/or Hartford, Connecticut are obligated or authorized by law or executive action to be closed to the transaction of normal banking business, or (iii) a day on which governmental functions in the Boston, Massachusetts and/or Hartford, Connecticut are interrupted because of extraordinary events such as hurricanes, blizzards, power outages or acts of terrorism.  Whenever the time of performance of any obligation under this Agreement or any other Loan Document falls on a day that it not a Business Day, the time for performance shall be extended until the next Business Day.

 

*               *               *               *               *

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

48


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Loan Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

PRIME BORROWER :

 

 

 

STAG GI INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Benjamin S. Butcher

 

 

Benjamin S. Butcher, President

 

49



 

 

LENDER :

 

 

 

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Connecticut Corporation

 

 

 

By:

CIGNA INVESTMENTS, INC.,

 

 

Its Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michele A.C. Kadis

 

 

 

Name: Michele A.C. Kadis

 

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

50



 

EXHIBIT A

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF

PORTFOLIO PROPERTIES

 

(CITY, STATE)

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

SCHEDULE OF LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

GENERAL

 

Master Loan Agreement

Real Estate Tax Escrow Account

General Reserve Escrow Account

Environmental Indemnification Agreement

 

SITES

 

(CITY, STATE)

 

Note A

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

Assignment of Rents and Leases

UCC Financing Statement

Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

LEASE ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

(OFFICE AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES)

 

Landlord :

 

Tenant :

 

Tenant Trade Name :

 

Lender: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company

 

Premises :

 

Area :                                    Sq.Ft.

Lease Date:                             

 

The undersigned Landlord and Tenant of the above-referenced lease (the “ Lease ”) hereby ratify the Lease and certifies to Lender as mortgagee of the Real Property of which the premises demised under the Lease (the “ Premises ”) is a part, as follows:

 

1.              That the term of the Lease commenced on                   , 20   and the Tenant is in full and complete possession of the Premises and has commenced full occupancy and use of the Premises, such possession having been delivered by the original landlord and having been accepted by the Tenant.

 

2.              That the Lease calls for monthly rent installments of $              to date and that the Tenant is paying monthly installments of rent of $               which commenced to accrue on the           day of                 , 20   .

 

3.              That no advance rental or other payment has been made in connection with the Lease, except rental for the current month, there is no “free rent” or other concession under the remaining term of the lease and the rent has been paid to and including              , 20  .

 

4.              That a security deposit in the amount $              is being held by Landlord, which amount is not subject to any set-off or reduction or to any increase for interest or other credit due to Tenant.

 

5.              That all obligations and conditions under said Lease to be performed to date by Landlord or Tenant have been satisfied, free of defenses and set-offs including all construction work in the Premises.

 

6.              That the Lease is a valid lease and in full force and effect and represents the entire agreement between the parties; that there is no existing default on the part of the Landlord or the Tenant in any of the terms and conditions thereof and no event has

 



 

occurred which, with the passing of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an event of default; and that said Lease has:  (initial one)

 

o not been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned.

 

o been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned as follows by the following described agreements:

 

 

 

 

7.              That the Lease provides for a primary term of               months; the term of the Lease expires on the           day of            20   ; and that:

(initial all applicable subparagraphs)

 

o neither the Lease nor any of the documents listed above in Paragraph 6, if any, contain an option for any additional term or terms or an option to terminate the Lease prior to the expiration date set forth above.

 

o the Lease and/or the documents listed above in Paragraph 6 contain an option for           additional term(s) of            year(s) and            months(s) (each) at a rent to be determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

o the Lease and/or the documents listed above in Paragraph 6 contain an option to terminate the lease prior to the date set forth above as follows:

 

 

 

 

8.              That Landlord has not rebated, reduced or waived any amounts due from Tenant under the Lease, either orally or in writing, nor has Landlord provided financing for, made loans or advances to, or invested in the business of Tenant.

 

9.              That, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there is no apparent or likely contamination of the Real Property or the Premises by Hazardous Materials, and Tenant does not use, nor has Tenant disposed of Hazardous Materials in violation of Environmental Laws on the Real Property or the Premises.

 

C-2



 

10.           That there are no actions, voluntary or involuntary, pending against the Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

11.           That this certification is made knowing that Lender is relying upon the representations herein made.

 

 

Tenant:

 

 

Landlord :

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Typed Name:

 

 

Typed Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest

 

 

 

 

 

Typed Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

Tenant Name:                                  

Trade Name:                                   

Room/Unit No.:                                

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated the       day of                     , 20  , and is made by and among CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, having an address c/o CIGNA Investments, Inc., Wilde Building, A4-CR1, 900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut  06152, Attn:  Debt Asset Management (“Mortgagee”),                           , d/b/a                               , having an address of                                (“Tenant”), and                                 , having an address of                                (“Landlord).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.             Tenant has entered into a lease (“Lease”) dated                      with                      as lessor (“Landlord”), covering the premises known as                      (the “Premises”) within the property known as                     , more particularly described as shown on Exhibit A , attached hereto (the “Real Property”).

 

B.             Mortgagee has agreed to make or has made a mortgage loan in the amount of                      to Landlord, secured by a mortgage of the Real Property (the “Mortgage”), and the parties desire to set forth their agreement herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              The Lease and all extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof are and shall be subject and subordinate to the Mortgage and all terms and conditions thereof insofar as it affects the Real Property of which the Premises form a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, to the full extent of amounts secured thereby and interest thereon.

 

2.              Tenant shall attorn to and recognize any purchaser at a foreclosure sale under the Mortgage, any transferee who acquires the Premises by deed in lieu of foreclosure, and the successors and assigns of such purchaser(s), as its landlord for the unexpired balance (and any

 



 

extensions, if exercised) of the term of the Lease on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

3.              If it becomes necessary to foreclose the Mortgage, Mortgagee shall neither terminate the Lease nor join Tenant in summary or foreclosure proceedings for the purpose of terminating the Lease so long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods.

 

4.              If Mortgagee succeeds to the interest of Landlord under the Lease, Mortgagee shall not be: (a) liable for the return of any security deposit unless such deposit has been delivered to Mortgagee by Landlord or is in an escrow fund available to Mortgagee, (b) bound by any rent or additional rent that Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including Landlord), (c) bound by any amendment, modification, or termination of the Lease made without Mortgagee’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or (d) personally liable under the Lease, Mortgagee’s liability thereunder being limited to its interest in the Real Property.

 

5.              This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

 

6.              Tenant shall give Mortgagee, by commercial overnight delivery service, a copy of any notice of default served on Landlord at the same time such notice is sent to the Landlord, addressed to Mortgagee at Mortgagee’s address set forth above or at such other address as to which Tenant has been notified in writing.  Mortgagee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure such default within the time period specified in the Lease.

 

7.              Landlord has agreed under the Mortgage and other loan documents that rentals payable under the Lease shall be paid directly by Tenant to Mortgagee upon default by Landlord under the Mortgage.  After receipt of notice from Mortgagee to Tenant, at the address set forth above or at such other address as to which Mortgagee has been notified in writing, that rentals under the Lease should be paid to Mortgagee, Tenant shall pay to Mortgagee, or at the direction of Mortgagee, all monies due or to become due to Landlord under the Lease.  Tenant shall have no responsibility to ascertain whether such demand by Mortgagee is permitted under the Mortgage, or to inquire into the existence of a default.  Landlord hereby waives any right, claim, or demand it may now or hereafter have against Tenant by reason of such payment to Mortgagee, and any such payment shall discharge the obligations of Tenant to make such payment to Landlord.

 

D-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed these presents as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WITNESSES :

 

MORTGAGEE :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:     CIGNA Investments, Inc., its authorized representative

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Its:

 

D-3


 

 

STATE OR COMMONWEALTH OF                 

COUNTY OF                                

 

On this, the       day of                 , 20   , before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared                        , who acknowledged himself/herself to be the                              of                            , and signed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained as his/her free act and deed and the free act and deed of such entity.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year aforesaid.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:

 

STATE OR COMMONWEALTH OF                 

COUNTY OF                                

 

On this, the       day of                 , 20   , before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared                        , who acknowledged himself/herself to be the                              of                            , and signed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained as his/her free act and deed and the free act and deed of such entity.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year aforesaid.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:

 

STATE OR COMMONWEALTH OF                 

COUNTY OF                                

 

On this, the       day of                 , 20   , before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared                        , who acknowledged himself/herself to be the                              of                            , and signed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained as his/her free act and deed and the free act and deed of such entity.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year aforesaid.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:

 

D-4



 

EXHIBIT E

 

SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

 

The following information should be included on the Survey:

 

1.              Scale

2.              Date

3.              North arrow

4.              Legend

5.              Encroachments

6.              Adjoining street, road highway, alleys, right-of-way lines, names, right-of-way width, and distance to property.

7.              All points of reference should be tied to an identifiable monument or intersection of streets.

8.              Delineate all improvements in place and show their measurements:

(a)            Boundaries (all property line deflection points must have an iron pin set in place).  All boundary distances should be expressed in feet and hundredths of feet, all courses in degrees, minutes and seconds.

(b)            Utilities (including connecting lines to this project from public utility lines).

(c)            Pavement and paved parking area, including size and number of spaces (please shade edges and show parking space lines).

(d)            Walkways (please “dot” concrete).

(e)            Ingress and egress (curb cuts and driveways).

(f)             Buildings, signs, structures.

9.              Building set-back lines shown on property (as defined by local zoning entity, plat map and/or restrictive covenants) and any other building restrictions including the volume and page number if recorded.

10.           Lot, block or square designation, if applicable, and written legal description by metes and bounds on the survey plat.

11.           Location and dimensions (with same information as boundaries) of all easements or encroachments identified in the Title Report together with complete recording information.

12.           Identification of all abutting owners, lot numbers and names of subdivisions.

13.           Section, township and range if applicable.

14.           Street address (of each building).

15.           Area of land and area of buildings; and distance of buildings to boundary of property and to building line.

16.           Vicinity sketch showing closest thoroughfare intersection.

17.           The point of beginning of description (labeled on plat map).

18.           True point of beginning of description (labeled on plat map).

19.           Certification of “True and Correct” survey by surveyor to include this terminology:

“The undersigned hereby certifies to Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, (name of partnership) and (name of title company), as of the date hereof, that this survey correctly shows, on the basis of a field transit survey and in accordance with the current Minimum Standard Detail Requirements of Land Title Survey jointly established and adopted by ALTA and ACSM: (i) a fixed and determinable position and location of the land described thereon (including the position of the point of beginning); (ii) the location

 



 

of all buildings, structures and other improvements situated on the land; and (iii) all driveways or other cuts in the curbs along any street upon which the land abuts.  Except as shown on said print of survey there are no visible easements or rights of way affecting the land or other easements or rights of way of which the undersigned has been advised or which are of record nor, except as shown, are there any building restriction or set back lines, party walls, encroachments or overhangs of any improvements upon any easements, rights of way or adjacent land, or encroachments by improvements located on adjacent land upon the described land.  The print of survey reflects boundary lines of the described land which “close” by engineering calculation.

20.           Surveyor’s seal or stamp clearly showing registration number.

21.           Original surveyor’s signature on all copies of survey.

22.           Chart of curve data/information to support length of curves used on survey.

23.           Curve tangent points indicated on survey lines.

24.           Reference baseline for azimuth used.

25.           Note whether survey has been balanced and adjusted.

26.           Note whether a title report was used in defining easements and other recordings.

27.           Field notes on survey if applicable.

28.           Indicate on survey, at all survey line deflections, whether the survey monument was found or set; such as, “Found Iron Pin” or “Iron Pin Set”.

29.           State whether or not the property appears in any Flood Insurance Boundary Map, and if so, further state map number and whether or not the property appears to be in the “Flood Hazard Area” shown on that map.

Title and/or improvements may necessitate other requirements.

 

A second sheet to the survey may be added, should it become too crowded or complex to show everything on one sheet.  Both sheets should show buildings, roads and paved areas.

 

E-2



 

EXHIBIT F

 

SURVEYOR’S CERTIFICATE

 

“The undersigned hereby certifies to Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, (name of partnership) and (name of title company), as of the date hereof, that this survey correctly shows, on the basis of a field transit survey and in accordance with the current Minimum Standard Detail Requirements of Land Title Survey jointly established and adopted by ALTA and ACSM: (i) a fixed and determinable position and location of the land described thereon (including the position of the point of beginning); (ii) the location of all buildings, structures and other improvements situated on the land; and (iii) all driveways or other cuts in the curbs along any street upon which the land abuts.  Except as shown on said print of survey there are no visible easements or rights of way affecting the land or other easements or rights of way of which the undersigned has been advised or which are of record nor, except as shown, are there any building restriction or set back lines, party walls, encroachments or overhangs of any improvements upon any easements, rights of way or adjacent land, or encroachments by improvements located on adjacent land upon the described land.  The print of survey reflects boundary lines of the described land which “close” by engineering calculation.”

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF OPINIONS

 

 

DLA Piper US LLP

 

33 Arch Street

 

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

T 617.406.6000

 

F 617.406.6100

 

W www.dlapiper.com

 

As of          , 20 

 

Connecticut General Life Insurance Company

c/o CIGNA Investments, Inc.

Wilde Building, A4-CR1

900 cottage Grove Road

Hartford, Connecticut   06152

 

Re:           $63,000,000 loan (the “Loan”) from Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (“Lender”) to the Borrowers (as defined below)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel for (i) each of the entities listed on the attached Exhibit A-1 (each a Borrower and collectively, the “Borrowers”), and (ii) each of the entities listed on the attached Exhibit A-2 (each a “Manager” and collectively, the “Managers”), in connection with the amendment of the Loan.  Collectively, the Borrowers and the Managers are referred to as the “Parties.”

 

In connection with this opinion we have reviewed the following documents:

 

1.             The documents evidencing the Loan listed on the attached Exhibit B (the “Existing Loan Documents”) and the documents amending the Loan listed on the attached Exhibit B-1 (the “Additional Advance Documents,” and the Existing Loan Documents as amended or affected by the Additional Advance Documents, the “Loan Documents”);

 

2.             The Governmental Certificates regarding the organization of the Parties attached as Exhibit C and certain entity documents listed on the attached Exhibit D (collectively, the “Organizational Documents”); and

 

3.             The Opinion Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Opinion Certificate”).

 



 

In addition to the above we have also examined and relied on as to matters of fact the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents, the Organizational Documents, the Opinion Certificate, and certificates or statements of public officials and officers of the Parties and we have made no independent review or investigation of these or any other matters. Whenever in this opinion reference is made to our “knowledge”, such knowledge is based upon information obtained from the documents and certificates referred to above and is limited to the actual knowledge of the attorneys in our firm who are actively involved in representing the Parties in connection with this transaction.  No opinion is being expressed as to the effect of any event, fact or circumstance of which we have no actual knowledge.  Although we represent the Parties in connection with this transaction, we call to your attention that our engagement has been limited to specific matters as to which we have been consulted.

 

In examining all documents, we have assumed the competency of all signatories, the genuineness of all signatures, other than signatures on behalf of the Parties, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents furnished to us as copies and the accuracy and completeness of all documents.

 

Our opinions as to the legal existence and good standing of the Parties are based solely on the Governmental Certificates referred to in Exhibit C and are limited accordingly.  As to all such matters, our opinions are rendered as of the respective dates of such Governmental Certificates.

 

We have assumed that (i) the Loan Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto (other than the Parties), are within their respective powers, and are their legal, valid and binding obligation(s) and that such parties are in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations governing the conduct of their respective businesses and this transaction, (ii) the Loan Documents will be enforced in circumstances and in a manner which are commercially reasonable, (iii) the parties to the Loan Documents (other than the Parties) are not subject to any statute, rule or regulation or any impediment that requires them, or the Parties, to obtain the consent or to make any declaration or filing with any governmental authority or any other person in connection with the transactions contemplated, (iv) the correct name of the Lender is Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, (v) that there has not been any mutual mistake of fact or understanding, fraud, duress, coercion, or undue influence with respect to the Loan Documents; and (vi) that all applicable Loan Documents will be duly and correctly filed, indexed and recorded at the appropriate public records, with all applicable fees and charges paid.

 

Our opinions are subject to the qualifications that the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents are, or may be, subject to limitations on account of (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other law, including decisional law, heretofore or hereafter affecting the rights and remedies of debtors, creditors and secured parties generally and to general equitable principles; (ii) the exercise of judicial discretion and/or principles of equity and of public policy including without limitation to availability of specific performance or other injunctive relief; (iii) provisions in the nature of penalties, forfeitures, waivers, rights of set off, exculpatory provisions, indemnification and contribution provisions, and self-help rights including rights allowing the Lender to act for or on behalf of the Borrower; (iv) such duties as creditors and

 

G-2



 

secured parties may have to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner and (v) provisions purporting to confer, waive or consent to the jurisdiction of any court.  Requirements in the Loan Documents specifying that provisions may only be waived in writing or that written consents are required may not be enforceable to the extent that an oral agreement or an implied agreement by trade practice or course of conduct has been created modifying any provision of such documents.  In addition, to the extent that any mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases, or similar security instrument is governed in whole or in part by the law of a state other than Massachusetts, we express no opinion with respect to the enforceability of such instruments under the law of such other state, and our opinions as to the enforceability of any such security instrument under Massachusetts law are further limited to the extent such enforcement would be inconsistent with the laws of the state in which the applicable property is located.

 

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the federal laws of the United States of America, the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, all as in effect on the date hereof.  The attorneys participating in the preparation and issuance of this opinion are not authorized or qualified to practice in the State of Delaware, and our opinions with respect to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are based on our reasonable familiarity with such laws as a result of our prior involvement in transactions concerning such laws.  We express no opinion except as expressly stated in this letter.  Without limiting the foregoing, we express no opinion as to: (i) title to or ownership of any real or personal property or the existence, priority, or perfection of any security interest, lien or encumbrance, (ii) the compliance of the properties now or hereafter with applicable health, safety, zoning, building, environmental, pollution or other laws or regulations, or (iii) the application of choice of law or conflicts of law principles or the enforceability of any choice of law and/or governing law provisions of the Loan Documents.

 

In addition, we call your attention to the following:

 

(i)             the effectiveness of UCC financing statements generally lapses five years from the date of filing unless continuation statements are properly filed within six months prior to such lapse in accordance with Section 9-515 of Article 9 of the UCC;

 

(ii)            continued perfection of security interests may require the filing of new appropriate financing statements or of amendments to financing statements in the event of a change of the name, location, or legal identity or structure of a debtor, or, in certain cases, a change in the location of collateral;

 

(iii)           under certain circumstances described in Section 9-315 of Article 9 of the UCC, perfection of and the rights of a secured party to enforce a security interest in proceeds of collateral may be limited.

 

Further, Section 552 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §552) limits the extent to which property acquired by a debtor after the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code may be subject to a lien resulting from any security agreement entered into by the debtor before the commencement of the case.

 

G-3



 

Based upon and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications set forth in this letter, it is our opinion that:

 

1.           The Borrowers are duly organized and validly existing Delaware limited liability companies, are in good standing in Delaware, and each has the full power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform the transactions contemplated for each of them by the Additional Advance Documents to which it is a signatory.

 

2.           The Managers are duly organized and validly existing Delaware limited liability companies and are in good standing in Delaware, and the Managers have the full power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform the transactions contemplated for each of them by the Additional Advance Documents to which it is a signatory.

 

3.           Each of the Additional Advance Documents has been duly and validly authorized, executed, acknowledged (if appropriate) and delivered by and on behalf of each of the Parties that is a party thereto.  To the extent governed by Massachusetts law, each of the Loan Documents is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the applicable Parties that is a party thereto, and is enforceable against each such party thereto in accordance with its terms.

 

4.           The execution and delivery of the Additional Advance Documents by each of the Borrowers and the Managers that is a signatory thereto do not, and the performance by each of the Borrowers and the Managers of their respective obligations under the Loan Documents will not, contravene or result in a breach of (a) any provision of the respective Organizational Documents of each of the Borrowers or the Managers, or (b) any presently existing provision of the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or of federal law to which any of the Borrowers or the Managers are subject, or (c) to our knowledge, any order, writ, injunction, determination, decree or judgment specifically naming and binding upon any of the Borrowers or the Managers, or (d) to our knowledge, any agreement executed by and binding upon any of the Borrowers or the Managers.

 

5.              Under existing provisions of law, no authorization or approval of any governmental authority of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or of the United States of America is necessary in connection with the valid execution and delivery by the Borrowers or the Managers of the Additional Advance Documents.

 

[balance of page left blank]

 

G-4



 

This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and except as otherwise indicated herein, the opinions expressed are given as of the date hereof and we disclaim any obligation to advise you, and no opinion may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated, in the event of changes in applicable law or facts or if additional information is brought to our attention.  This opinion is provided to you as a legal opinion only and not as a guaranty or warranty of the matters discussed.  No portion of this opinion may be quoted or in any other way published without the prior written consent of the undersigned.  Further, this opinion may be relied upon only by the addressee hereof, its legal counsel and its permitted successors and assigns under the Loan Documents.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

DLA PIPER LLP (US)

 

Exhibit A-1

List of Borrowers

Exhibit A-2

List of Managers

Exhibit B

List of Existing Loan Documents

Exhibit B-1

List of Additional Advance Documents

Exhibit C

Governmental Certificates

Exhibit D

Entity Documents

Exhibit E

Opinion Certificate

 

G-5


 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Borrowers

 

G-6



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

Managers

 

STAG GI Investments Holdings, LLC, in its capacity as member-manager of each of the other Borrowers.

 

G-7



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Existing Loan Documents

 

*All documents dated as of                            , 2010 unless otherwise noted below

 

1.                                        Master Loan Agreement by and among STAG GI Investments Holdings, LLC (“ Prime Borrower ”), and Lender.

 

2.                                        Real Estate Tax Escrow Agreement by and among Borrower and Lender.

 

3.                                        General Reserve Escrow Agreement by and among Borrower and Lender.

 

4.                                        Environmental Indemnification Agreement by Borrower to Lender.

 

[List any previous amendments to the Loan Documents]

 

G-8



 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

Additional Advance Documents

 

*All documents dated as of the date hereof unless otherwise noted below

 

1.                Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents by and among Borrowers and Lender.

 

2.                Promissory Note       made by Prime Borrower and New Borrower to the order of Lender.

 

3.                Deed of Trust/Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing by New Borrower for the benefit of Lender.

 

4.                Assignment of Rents and Leases by New Borrower for the benefit of the Lender.

 

5.                Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement by and among New Borrower, Lender and the tenant of the Portfolio Property owned by New Borrower.

 

6.                UCC Financing Statement naming New Borrower as the debtor and Lender as the secured party.

 

G-9



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Governmental Certificates

 

G-10



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Entity Documents

 

G-11



 

EXHIBIT E

 

Opinion Certificate

 

CERTIFICATE REGARDING

CERTAIN MATTERS COVERED IN LEGAL OPINION

 

(CIGNA Financing)

 

As of             , 20    

 

Reference is made that certain opinion letter to be issued by DLA Piper US LLP (the “Borrowers’ Counsel”) on or about the date hereof (the “Opinion Letter”) in favor of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company (“Lender”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings given to them in the Opinion Letter.

 

The undersigned is an authorized signatory of the Borrowers.  The undersigned submits the following certifications in connection with Borrowers’ Counsel issuance of the Opinion Letter with respect to an amendment of an existing loan of up to $63,000,000 (the “Loan”) made to the Borrowers (and Site Borrowers (as defined in the Loan Agreement)) by Lender, secured or to be secured by those certain properties listed on Exhibit A hereto (each a “Property”, and collectively, the “Properties”).  In connection with the Opinion Letter, the undersigned hereby certifies to Borrowers’ Counsel, for its reliance, the truth, accuracy and completeness of the following matters, to the extent relating to factual questions:

 

1.                                        The Organizational Documents are the only documents creating or governing the internal affairs of the Parties.  The Organizational Documents have not been amended or modified.

 

2.                                        The execution and delivery by the respective Parties of the Additional Advance Documents to which any of them is a party have been duly authorized by each of them.  To the knowledge of the undersigned, each of the Parties has all requisite power and authority to own, lease, and operate their respective Properties, to borrow the Loan, and each of the Parties has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform each of their respective obligations under the Additional Advance Documents to which each of them is a party.

 

3.                                        Except with respect to any modifications set forth in the Additional Advance Documents, the terms and conditions of the Loan as reflected in the Loan Documents have not been amended, modified or supplemented, directly or indirectly, by any other agreement or understanding of the parties or waiver of any of the material provisions of the Loan Documents, and accurately reflect the complete understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

4.                                        No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of or by any federal, state or local authority, agencies or other person is

 

G-12



 

required with respect to the execution and delivery of any of the Additional Advance Documents.

 

5.                                        The execution and delivery of the Additional Advance Documents by the Parties of the Additional Advance Documents to which any of them is a party do not, and the performance and observance by each such Party of its respective obligations thereunder will not, (i)  cause any of the Parties to be in default under or violate the provisions of any of the Organizational Documents or any other agreement or obligation to which any Party may be subject or any provision of applicable law, or (ii) conflict with or result in a breach by any Party of or constitute a default or event of default under any order, writ, injunction, determination, decree or judgment specifically naming and binding upon any of the Parties, or any agreement executed by or binding upon any of the Parties.

 

6.                                        There are no judgments, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees, or rules of any court, administrative agency or other governmental authority, or any determination or award of any arbitrator affecting the Parties.  There are no legal or administrative proceedings pending or threatened before any court or governmental agency against the Parties.

 

7.                                        To the knowledge of the undersigned, the execution and delivery of the Additional Advance Documents and performance of the obligations of the Parties thereunder will not violate any laws, regulations, rules or guidelines of any federal, state or local authority, agencies or other person having jurisdiction over any of the Parties or the Properties.

 

8.                                        The undersigned has reviewed the contents of the Opinion and this Certificate and hereby certify that, to its knowledge, the facts and assumptions contained in the Opinions, insofar as they pertain to the respective Parties and their operations, are true, correct and complete.

 

[balance of page intentionally left blank]

 

G-13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto signed and sealed this Certificate as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

[ADD SIGNATURES]

 

G-14


 

Exhibit A

Borrowers and Properties

 

Borrower

 

Property Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G-15



 

EXHIBIT H

 

PURCHASE PRICES

 

PROPERTY

 

PURCHASE PRICE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

MORTGAGE NOTE     

 

Boston, Massachusetts

 

$

, 20   

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, STAG GI INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Prime Borrower ”), and                                            [INSERT NAME OF SITE BORROWER], a Delaware limited liability company (“                                Borrower ,” and together with Prime Borrower collectively referred to as the “ Maker ”), promise to pay to the order of CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY , a Connecticut corporation, having its principal office at Wilde Building, A4-CRI, 900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152, together with its successors, affiliates, nominees, subsidiaries, investors, participants or assignees (the “ Payee ”), or such other place as the holder hereof may designate in writing (the legal holder from time to time of this Note, including Payee as the initial holder, referred to as the “ Holder ”), the principal sum of                                                                      and NO/100 DOLLARS ($                          ), or so much thereof as may be advanced to or for the benefit of Maker by Holder (the “ Principal Indebtedness ”), together with interest thereon at an annual rate of             and        /100 percent (   .   %), subject to adjustment as provided below (the “ Interest Rate ”), in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after twelve (12) months from the Initial Advancement Date (as defined below) the aggregate outstanding original principal balance of the Loan (as defined in the Master Loan Agreement dated as of July 9, 2010 by and among Prime Borrower and Payee, among others, as amended by Omnibus Amendment and Agreement of even date herewith, by and among Maker and Payee, among others (as amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”)), is less than Forty-Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($45,000,000), then commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the thirteenth (13 th ) month after the Initial Advancement Date (the “ Interest Rate Adjustment Date ”), the Interest Rate shall increase automatically on the Interest Rate Adjustment Date to the greater of (a) one-half of one percent (0.5%) more than the current Interest Rate, or (b) seven percent (7.00%) per annum.  The “ Initial Advancement Date ” is the date that Lender makes the Initial Advance under the Loan Agreement.

 



 

1.             Terms of Payment .  On the date on which any portion of the Principal Indebtedness is first advanced to Maker (the “ Advancement Date ”), unless such date is the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, Maker shall pay to Holder interest on the Principal Indebtedness so advanced, at the Interest Rate, for the period from and including the Advancement Date to and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Advancement Date occurs.  Interest paid on the Advancement Date shall be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days from and including the Advancement Date to and including the last day of the calendar month in which the Advancement Date occurs.

 

Commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the second (2 nd ) calendar month following the Advancement Date (or on the first (1 st ) day of the first (1 st ) calendar month following the Advancement Date, if the Advancement Date is the first (1 st ) day of the calendar month), and on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month thereafter (such payment dates being hereinafter referred to as “ Monthly Payment Dates ”) through and including                            [ 6 months after the Initial Advancement Date ], Maker shall pay to Holder interest only on the Principal Indebtedness from time to time outstanding, at the Interest Rate, for the immediately preceding calendar month (the “ Monthly Interest Payments ”).  Interest shall be calculated and applied on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve (12) 30-day months.  The Monthly Interest Payments shall be applied first to any unpaid costs, expenses and other charges under the Loan (as hereinafter defined) and then to interest on the Principal Indebtedness at the Interest Rate.

 

Commencing on                                  [ 1 st  day of the 7 th  month after Initial Advancement Date ] (the “ Amortization Date ”), and on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month thereafter, through and including the Maturity Date (as hereinafter defined) (each such payment date also referred to as a “ Monthly Payment Date ”), Maker shall pay to Holder payments comprised of (a) interest on the Principal Indebtedness from time to time outstanding, at the Interest Rate, for the immediately preceding calendar month, together with (b) a portion of the Principal Indebtedness from time to time outstanding, amortized on the basis of a thirty (30) year amortization schedule calculated from the Amortization Date (the “ Monthly Debt Service Payments ,” and together with the Monthly Interest Payments, the “ Monthly Payments ”).  The Monthly Debt Service Payments shall be applied first to any unpaid costs, expenses and other charges under the Loan, then to interest on the Principal Indebtedness at the Interest Rate, with the balance to be applied in reduction of the Principal Indebtedness remaining unpaid.  The interest component of the Monthly Debt Service Payments shall be calculated and applied on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve (12) 30-day months.  In the event of a permitted partial prepayment of the Principal Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, the amount of the Monthly Debt Service Payments shall be recalculated to account for changes in the amortization of the remaining Principal Indebtedness.

 

On                                [ 7 years and 6 months after Initial Advancement Date ] (the “ Maturity Date ”), Maker shall pay to Holder the entire Principal Indebtedness then remaining unpaid, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the Interest Rate and any other charges due under this Note, the Portfolio Mortgages (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and any other documents evidencing, securing or otherwise executed by Borrower (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in connection with the Indebtedness (as defined in the Loan Agreement) (as such documents may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, collectively, the “ Loan

 

I-2



 

Documents ”).  The loan evidenced by the Loan Documents is referred to as the “ Loan .”  The period from and including the date hereof to the Maturity Date is referred to as the “ Term .”

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if a Monthly Payment Date in any calendar month is not a “Business Day,” then the Monthly Payment Date shall be extended until the next succeeding Business Day.  As used herein, “ Business Day ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.             Prepayment .  Each twelve (12) month period commencing on the first (1 st ) Monthly Payment Date is referred to as a “ Loan Year .”  Maker may prepay the Principal Indebtedness in full, but not in part, provided Maker gives Holder at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice and pays a prepayment fee (the “ Prepayment Fee ”) equal to the greater of:

 

(a)                                   One percent (1%) of the outstanding Principal Indebtedness, or

 

(b)                                  Yield Maintenance (as defined below).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Loan may be prepaid at par during the last six (6) months of the Term.  The Prepayment Fee will be due when the Loan is prepaid prior to the date (the “ Open Date ”) that is six (6) months before the Maturity Date, whether such prepayment is voluntary or results from default, acceleration or any other cause.

 

Yield Maintenance ” is defined as the sum of Present Values (as defined below) on the date of prepayment of each Monthly Interest Shortfall (as defined below) for the remaining Term of the Loan, discounted at the monthly Treasury Yield (as defined below) plus fifty (50) basis points.

 

The “ Monthly Interest Shortfall ” is calculated for each Monthly Payment Date (including the Maturity Date) and is the product of (i) one-twelfth (1/12) of the positive difference, if any, of (x) the Semi-Annual Equivalent Rate (as defined below) less (y) the Treasury Yield plus fifty (50) basis points, times (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the Loan on each Monthly Payment Date (before application of any principal installment due for that month) for each full and partial month remaining in the Term.

 

The “ Present Value ” is then determined by discounting each Monthly Interest Shortfall at 1/12 the Treasury Yield plus fifty (50) basis points.

 

The “ Semi-Annual Equivalent Rate ” for this Loan is    .   %.

 

The “ Treasury Yield ” will be determined by reference to the end of day yields on U. S. Treasuries reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/H15/update/), or in the event the website is discontinued or otherwise generally unavailable, any comparable electronic rate index that is readily available and verifiable to Maker, for the fifth (5 th ) Business Day prior to the prepayment date.  If the remaining Term is equal to or less than one (1) year, the Treasury Yield will equal the yield for Treasuries having a one (1) year maturity date.  If the remaining Term is equal to one of the reported two (2), five (5), ten (10) or thirty (30) year maturity dates, then the Treasury Yield will equal the yield for the Treasury with a maturity equaling the remaining Term.  If the remaining

 

I-3



 

Term is longer than one (1) year but does not equal one of the reported maturity dates, then the Treasury Yield will be determined by straight-line interpolation of the yields of the two Treasuries maturing immediately before and immediately after the expiration of remaining Term.

 

The Prepayment Fee does not constitute a penalty, but rather represents the reasonable estimate, agreed to between Maker and Payee, of a fair compensation for the loss that may be sustained by Holder due to prepayment of the Principal Indebtedness prior to the Maturity Date.  Any Prepayment Fee required hereunder shall be paid without prejudice to the right of Holder to collect any of the amounts owing under this Note or the Portfolio Mortgages or otherwise, or to enforce any of its rights or remedies arising out of an Event of Default (as defined below).

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (1) to the extent provided in the Loan Agreement, no Prepayment Fee shall be due in the event of a reduction of the Principal Indebtedness by application of the proceeds of insurance or a condemnation proceeding, (2) in connection with the release of one or more Sites in accordance with the Loan Agreement, Maker has certain rights to prepay the Principal Indebtedness in part and in connection with any such prepayment only a pro rata share of the Prepayment Fee shall be required to be paid, all as further described in the Loan Agreement, and (3) under the terms of the Loan Agreement, Maker may have other rights to prepay some or all of the Principal Indebtedness with no or a reduced prepayment fee, in which event the terms of the Loan Agreement shall control.

 

3.             Security .  This Note is further evidenced by, among other things, the Loan Agreement, pursuant to which, inter alia , Payee has agreed to make, subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement, (i) an Initial Advance of the Loan to Prime Borrower and one or more of its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Site Borrowers ”), (ii) Additional Advances of the Loan to Prime Borrower and its Affiliates, such that the Initial Advance and all Additional Advances shall be in the maximum aggregate original principal amount of SIXTY-THREE MILLION and NO/100 Dollars ($63,000,000) (the Loan, including the Initial Advance and all Additional Advances, is also referred to as the “ Portfolio Loan ,” and the Maker and the Site Borrowers are collectively referred to as the “ Borrowers ”).  This Note is secured by, among other things, (a) the Portfolio Mortgages (as defined in the Loan Agreement) encumbering certain real property with the improvements thereon (as more particularly described in the Loan Agreement, the “ Real Property ”) and certain personal property situated thereon (as more particularly described in the Loan Agreement, collectively, the “ Portfolio Properties ”), and (b) the other collateral described in the other Loan Documents (collectively, the “ Security ”), as limited to the extent provided in the Loan Agreement.  The terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 5 thereof regarding usury.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

4.             Location and Medium of Payments .  Any amounts payable under this Note or under the other Loan Documents shall be paid to Holder by federal funds wire transfer instructions provided by Holder to Maker from time to time or National Automated Clearing House transfer, or by such other means as Holder may from time to time hereafter designate to Maker in writing, in legal tender of the United States of America.

 

I-4



 

5.             Acceleration of Maturity .  At the option of Holder, upon any Event of Default (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the whole of the Principal Indebtedness then outstanding, together with all other Indebtedness due under any of the Loan Documents, shall immediately become due and payable (“ Acceleration of Maturity ”).

 

6.             Late Charges; Interest Following Event of Default .  Maker shall be obligated to pay late charges and interest on any and all sums due hereunder at the Default Rate as and when provided in the Loan Agreement.  The provision for such late charges and Default Rate interest shall not be construed to permit Maker to make any payment after its due date, to obligate Holder to accept any overdue payment, or to limit Holder’s rights and remedies for Maker’s default under this Note or the other Loan Documents.

 

7.             Collection and Enforcement Costs .  Maker, upon demand, shall pay Holder for all actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, paid or incurred by Holder in connection with the collection of any sum due hereunder, or in connection with the enforcement of any of Holder’s rights or Maker’s obligations under this Note, the Portfolio Mortgages or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

8.             Continuing Liability .  The obligation of Maker to pay the Principal Indebtedness, interest and all other Indebtedness due hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall continue in full force and effect and in no way be impaired, until the actual payment thereof to Holder, and in the case of a sale or transfer of all or any part of the Security, or in the case of any further agreement given to secure the payment of this Note, or in the case of any agreement or stipulation extending the time or modifying the terms of payment above recited, Maker shall nevertheless continue to be liable on this Note, as extended or modified by any such agreement or stipulation, unless expressly released and discharged in writing by Holder.

 

9.             Joint and Several Liability .  If more than one person, corporation, partnership or other entity shall execute this Note or any amendment, modification or extension hereof or any substitution or replacement hereof as Maker, then each person and entity shall be fully liable for all obligations of Maker hereunder, and such obligations shall be joint and several.

 

10.           No Oral Changes; Waivers .  This Note may not be changed orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of a change is sought.  The provisions of this Note shall extend and be applicable to all renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations, and modifications of the Portfolio Mortgages and/or the other Loan Documents, and any and all references herein to the Portfolio Mortgages and/or the Loan Documents shall be deemed to include any such renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations, or modifications thereof.

 

Maker and any future endorsers, sureties, and guarantors hereof, jointly and severally, waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, protest of any dishonor, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, and protest of this Note, and all other notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default (except notice of default required hereby, if any), or enforcement of the payment of this Note, and they agree that the liability of each of them shall, subject to any explicit limits contained herein or in any other Loan Documents, be unconditional without regard to the

 

I-5



 

liability of any other party and shall not be in any manner affected by any indulgence, extension of time, renewal, waiver, or modification granted or consented to by Holder; and Maker and all future endorsers, sureties and guarantors hereof consent to any and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by Holder with respect to the payment or other provisions of this Note, and to the release of the collateral, or any part thereof, with or without substitution, and agree that additional makers, endorsers, guarantors, or sureties may become parties hereto or to any other Loan Document without notice to them or without affecting their liability hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

Holder shall not by any act of omission or commission be deemed to waive any of its rights or remedies hereunder unless such waiver be in writing and signed by Holder, and then only to the extent specifically set forth therein;  a waiver on one event shall not be construed as continuing or as a bar to or waiver of such right or remedy on a subsequent event.  The acceptance by Holder of payment hereunder that is less than payment in full of all amounts due at the time of such payment shall not without the express written consent of Holder:  (a) constitute a waiver of the right to exercise any of Holder’s remedies at that time or at any subsequent time, (b) constitute an accord and satisfaction, or (c) nullify any prior exercise of any remedy.

 

No failure to cause an Acceleration of Maturity, acceptance of a past due installment, or any indulgence granted from time to time by Holder shall be construed (i) as a novation of this Note or as a reinstatement of the indebtedness evidenced hereby or as a waiver of such right of acceleration or of the right of Holder thereafter to insist upon strict compliance with the terms of this Note, or (ii) to prevent the exercise of such right of acceleration or any other right granted hereunder or by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, Maker hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute or rule of law or equity now provided, or which may hereafter be provided, which would produce a result contrary to or in conflict with the foregoing.

 

To the maximum extent permitted by law, Maker hereby waives and renounces for itself, its heirs, successors and assigns, all rights to the benefits of any statute of limitations and any moratorium laws and any and all present and future laws which (i) exempt any of the Security or any other real or personal property or any part of the proceeds of any sale of any such property from attachment, levy, foreclosure or sale under execution, (ii) provide for any reinstatement, marshaling, forbearance, valuation, stay of execution, extension of time for payment, redemption, appraisement or exemption from civil process as to Maker or any of the Security or any other real or personal property, or (iii) conflict with any provision of this Note or any other Loan Document.  As used herein, “ laws ” shall mean the Constitution and laws of the United States of America and of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

11.           Bind and Inure .  This Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

 

12.           Applicable Law; Severability .  Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Note, in the Portfolio Mortgages or in any other Loan Document, all claims relating, in any way, to the negotiation and/or consummation of the Portfolio Loan, Holder’s relationship with Maker in connection with the Portfolio Loan and/or the performance of any obligation under this

 

I-6



 

Note or any of the other Loan Documents shall in all respects be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ State ”) without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing choice of law:

 

(a)           the procedures governing the creation, perfection and priority of the liens pertaining to the Security and the enforcement by Holder of its rights and remedies under the Portfolio Mortgages and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Security, including without limitation, actions for foreclosure, for injunctive relief or for appointment of a receiver, shall be governed by the laws of the state where the Security is located; and

 

(b)           Holder shall comply with applicable law in the state where the Security is located to the extent required by the law of such jurisdiction in connection with the foreclosure of the liens created by the Portfolio Mortgages and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Security.

 

Nothing contained herein or in any provisions of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to provide that the substantive law of the state where the Security is located shall apply to any parties’ rights and obligations under any of the Loan Documents, which, except as expressly provided above, are and shall continue to be governed by the substantive law of the State.  In addition, the fact that portions of the Loan Documents may include provisions drafted to conform to the law of the state where the Security is located is not intended, nor shall it be deemed, in any way, to derogate the parties’ choice of law as set forth or referred to in this Note, the Portfolio Mortgages or in the other Loan Documents.  The parties further agree that, subject to clauses (a) and (b) above, Holder may enforce its rights under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, its rights to sue Maker or to collect any outstanding indebtedness in accordance with the State law.

 

Maker hereby consents to personal jurisdiction in any state or federal court located within the State, as well as to the jurisdiction of all courts from which an appeal may be taken from the courts within the State, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of, or with respect to, any of the Loan Documents, the negotiation and/or consummation of the Portfolio Loan, Holder’s relationship with Maker in connection with the Portfolio Loan and/or the performance of any obligation or the exercise of any remedy under any of the Loan Documents, and expressly waives any and all objections it may have as to venue in any of such courts.

 

If any provision of this Note or the application hereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, neither the remainder of this Note nor the application of such provision to any other person or circumstance shall be affected thereby, but rather the same shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law, except that if such provision relates to the payment of a monetary sum, then Holder may, at its option, declare the entire Indebtedness due and payable upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Maker and, provided no Event of Default is then continuing, without Prepayment Fee.

 

I-7


 

13.          Notice .  Any notice, demand, request, statement or consent made hereunder shall be in writing signed by the party giving such notice, request, demand, statement or consent, and shall be deemed to have been properly given when either delivered in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement.

 

14.          Nonrecourse .  No direct or indirect owner of Maker, nor any officer, director, manager, advisor, trustee, employee, agent or representative of Maker, shall be personally liable for the payment of any Indebtedness due hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or for the performance of any obligations of Maker hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, nor, except as expressly provided below in this Section 14, shall Maker be personally liable for such obligations.  Except as provided below, no judgment for the repayment of the Principal Indebtedness or interest thereon will be enforced against the Maker personally or against any property of the Maker other than the Security and any other security furnished under the Loan Documents in any action to foreclose the Portfolio Mortgages or to otherwise realize upon any security furnished under the Loan Documents or to collect any amount payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

 

Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed as prohibiting Holder from exercising any and all remedies which the Loan Documents permit, including, without limitation, the right to bring actions or proceedings against Maker and to enter a judgment against Maker, so long as the exercise of any remedy does not extend to execution against or recovery out of any property other than the Security furnished to Holder under any of the Loan Documents.

 

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing:

 

(a)           Maker shall be fully and personally liable for the following acts and omissions to the extent shown below, after any applicable notice and cure periods (if any) set forth herein or in any applicable Loan Documents:

 

ACT OR OMISSION :

 

LIABILITY :

 

 

 

(i)                        Maker misappropriates any condemnation or insurance proceeds attributable to the Real Property,

 

To the extent of such misappropriation;

 

 

 

(ii)                     Maker misappropriates any security deposits or reserves attributable to the Real Property,

 

To the extent of such misappropriation;

 

 

 

(iii)                  Maker collects rents in advance in violation of any covenant under the Loan Documents,

 

To the extent of such rents collected in advance;

 

 

 

(iv)                 Maker commits any (1) fraud, (2) intentional and material misrepresentation, (3) grossly negligent misrepresentation, or (4) physical waste

 

To the extent of any remedies available at law or in equity;

 

 

I-8



 

ACT OR OMISSION :

 

LIABILITY :

 

 

 

of the Real Property,

 

 

 

 

 

(v)                    Gross revenues from the Real Property are sufficient to pay any regularly scheduled payment of the indebtedness then due and payable, operating and maintenance expenses (including real estate taxes) then due and payable, insurance premiums then due and payable, deposits then required to be made into a reserve account, or other sums then required to be paid by the Loan Documents, and Maker fails to make such payments or deposits when due,

 

To the extent of any funds diverted by Maker (or anyone acting on Maker’s behalf) from such payments or expenses during the period six (6) months prior to Holder’s notice of acceleration through the date Holder takes title to the Real Property; and

 

 

 

(vi)                 Maker or, to the extent applicable, any tenant under a Lease that is obligated to maintain insurance pursuant to the terms of such Lease, fails to maintain the levels, coverages and maximum deductibles of insurance required under the Loan Documents, to the extent that a casualty or liability occurs or arises and insurance proceeds would have been available had such insurance been maintained,

 

In the amount of the loss incurred as the result of such uninsured casualty or uninsured liability.

 

(b)           There shall be no limitation on or prejudice to the rights of Holder to proceed against any person or entity, including, without limitation, Maker, or on the exercise of any of Holder’s rights under any indemnity from Maker to Holder;

 

(c)           There shall be no limitation on or prejudice to the rights of Holder to proceed against any entity or person whatsoever, including, without limitation, Maker, with respect to the enforcement of any guarantees of the Principal Indebtedness or other sums due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents or any part thereof, any master leases, or any similar rights of payment.

 

15.          Time of the Essence .  Time is of the essence in this Note and the other Loan Documents.

 

16.          Attorneys’ Fees .  Any reference to “attorney fees,” “attorney’s fees” or “attorneys’ fees” in this document includes but is not limited to the fees, charges and costs incurred by Holder through its retention of outside legal counsel and the reasonably allocated fees, costs and

 

I-9



 

charges for services rendered by Holder’s in-house counsel.  Any reference to “attorney fees,” “attorney’s fees” or “attorneys’ fees” shall also include but not be limited to those attorneys or legal fees, costs and charges incurred by Holder following an Event of Default in the collection of any Indebtedness (or any portion thereof), the enforcement of any obligations hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents, the protection of the Security, the foreclosure of (or exercise of power under) the Portfolio Mortgages, the sale of the Security, the defense of actions arising hereunder and the collection, protection or set off of any claim Holder may have in a proceeding under Title 11, United States Code.  Attorney’s fees provided for hereunder shall accrue whether or not Holder has provided notice of an Event of Default or of an intention to exercise its remedies for such Event of Default.

 

17.          WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .  MAKER AND HOLDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY AS TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS NOTE .

 

18.          Wire Transfer .  Payment by Maker to Holder of the entire indebtedness evidenced by the Note and the other Loan Documents, whether by prepayment, at the Maturity Date, by Acceleration of Maturity, or otherwise, shall be deemed made on a designated Business Day only if such funds are both sent by a federal wire transfer of immediately available funds and are received by Holder on such designated Business Day no later than 2:00 p.m. local time in the state where Holder’s account is located.   Funds not so received shall continue to bear interest at the applicable rate until payment is received in compliance with the foregoing.

 

19.          Business Purpose .  Maker warrants that the Portfolio Loan is being made solely to acquire or carry on a business or commercial enterprise, and Maker is a business or commercial organization.  Maker further warrants that all of the proceeds of the Portfolio Loan shall be used for commercial purposes and stipulates that the Portfolio Loan shall be construed for all purposes as a commercial loan, and is not made for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

I-10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has duly executed this Note as a sealed instrument as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS TO ALL:

 

MAKER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRIME BORROWER :

Name:

 

 

 

 

STAG GI INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                        BORROWER :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

[ Signatures Continued on Next Page ]

 

I-11



 

EXHIBIT J

 

FORM OF PORTFOLIO MORTGAGE

 

MORTGAGE, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING

 

THIS MORTGAGE, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING (this “ Mortgage ”) is made as of the         day of                         , 20   , by                                             [INSERT NAME OF NEW SITE BORROWER], a Delaware limited liability company, having its principal place of business at c/o STAG Capital Partners, LLC, 99 Chauncy Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (hereinafter referred to as “ Mortgagor ”), for the benefit of CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY , a Connecticut corporation, having its principal place of business at Wilde Building, A4-CRI, 900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152, together with its successors, affiliates, nominees, subsidiaries, investors, participants or assignees (hereinafter referred to together as “ Mortgagee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Mortgagee has entered into a Master Loan Agreement with STAG GI INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Prime Borrower ”), dated as of July 9, 2010, as amended by an Omnibus Amendment and Agreement by and among Prime Borrower, Mortgagor and Mortgagee, among others, of even date herewith (as amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), pursuant to which, inter alia, Mortgagee has agreed, subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement, to make a mortgage loan to Prime Borrower and Site Borrowers (as defined below) in the maximum aggregate original principal amount of Sixty-Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($63,000,000) (the “ Loan ” or the “ Portfolio Loan ”);

 

WHEREAS, Prime Borrower intends to own all of the membership interests in one or more special purpose entities (each, a “ Site Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ Site Borrowers ” and, together with the Prime Borrower, collectively and individually, the “ Borrower ” or “ Borrowers ”) created to acquire various parcels of real property and all improvements thereon and all rights and appurtenances thereto (each, a “ Site ” and, collectively, the “ Portfolio Properties ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Portfolio Loan is evidenced and secured by (i) one or more promissory notes by Prime Borrowers and one or more Site Borrowers (collectively and individually referred to as the “ Notes ” or the “ Portfolio Notes ,” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time), (iii) a mortgage, deed of trust, or indemnity deed of trust, assignment of leases, rents and contracts, security agreement and fixture filing that encumbers a Site (one from the applicable Site Borrower for each Site, each a “ Portfolio Mortgage ” and collectively the “ Portfolio Mortgages ,” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time) and other items of collateral, and (iv) such other security agreements, loan agreements, disbursement agreements, supplemental agreements,

 



 

environmental indemnity agreements, guaranties, assignments (both present and collateral) and other instruments of indebtedness or security, including, without limitation, those referenced in the Loan Agreement (including the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages, the Loan Agreement and this Mortgage, as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Documents ”) (all of the indebtedness and obligations under the Loan Documents being herein called, the “ Indebtedness ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Lender will make an advance of the Loan proceeds to Prime Borrower and Mortgagor, in the original principal amount of                                          and No/100 Dollars ($               ) (the “            Advance ”) together with interest thereon, as evidenced by a Mortgage Note      (“ Note     ”) of even date herewith, by Prime Borrower and Mortgagor payable to the order of Lender (Note      constituting one of the “ Notes ” as defined above);

 

WHEREAS, the                  Advance is secured by, in addition to the other Loan Documents, this Mortgage;

 

WHEREAS, Mortgagor constitutes a Site Borrower, the                 Advance constitutes [the Initial Advance/an Additional Advance] (as defined in the Loan Agreement), Note      constitutes [the Initial Note/a Note], and this Mortgage constitutes [the Initial Portfolio Mortgage/a Portfolio Mortgage]; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Mortgagor does hereby mortgage, grant with MORTGAGE COVENANTS, bargain, sell, assign, pledge, transfer and convey unto Mortgagee and to Mortgagee’s successors and assigns forever, all of the following described land, improvements, real and personal property, rents and leases, and all of its estate, right, title and interest therein (hereinafter collectively called the “ Security ”):

 

The land described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, situate, lying and begin in the City/Town of                , County of                , and State/Commonwealth of                 (the “ Land ”);

 

TOGETHER with all buildings and other improvements now or hereafter located on the Land or any part thereof, including but not limited to, all extensions, betterments, renewals, renovations, substitutes and replacements of, and all additions and appurtenances to the Security (the “ Improvements ”);

 

TOGETHER with all of the right, title and interest of Mortgagor in and to the land lying in the bed of any street, road, highway or avenue in front of or adjoining the Land to the center lines thereof;

 

TOGETHER with all easements now or hereafter located on or appurtenant to the Land and/or the Improvements or under or above the same or any part thereof, rights-of-way, licenses, permits, approvals, and privileges, belonging or in any way appertaining to the Land and/or the Improvements including without limitation (i) any drainage ponds or other like drainage areas

 

J-2



 

not located on the Land which may be required for water run-off, (ii) any easements necessary to obtain access from the Land to such drainage areas, or to any other location to which Mortgagor has a right to drain water or sewage, (iii) any land required to be maintained as undeveloped land by the zoning rules and regulations applicable to the Land, (iv) any easements and agreements which are or may be established to allow satisfactory ingress to, egress from and operation of the Land and/or the Improvements, and (v) any sanitary sewer, drainage, water and utility service agreements benefiting the Real Property (as hereinafter defined) or any part thereof;

 

TOGETHER with any and all awards heretofore made and hereafter to be made by any governmental, municipal or State (as hereinafter defined) authorities to the present and all subsequent owners of the Security for the taking of all or any portion of the Security by power of eminent domain, including, without limitation, awards for damage to the remainder of the Security and any awards for any change or changes of grade of streets affecting the Security, which said awards are hereby assigned to Mortgagee, and Mortgagee, at its option, is hereby authorized, directed and empowered to collect and receive the proceeds of any such awards from the authorities making the same and to give proper receipts and acquittances therefor, and to apply the same toward the payment of the Indebtedness (as defined in the Loan Agreement), notwithstanding the fact that such amount may not then be due and payable; and Mortgagor hereby covenants and agrees to and with Mortgagee, upon request by Mortgagee, to make, execute and deliver, at Mortgagor’s expense, any and all assignments and other instruments sufficient for the purpose of assigning the aforesaid awards to Mortgagee, free, clear and discharged of any and all encumbrances of any kind or nature whatsoever (all of the foregoing Land, Improvements, rights, easements, rights-of-way, licenses, privileges, and awards, collectively, the “ Real Property ”);

 

TOGETHER with all proceeds, insurance or otherwise, paid for the damage done to any of the Security and all proceeds of the conversion, voluntarily or involuntarily, of any of the Security into cash or liquidated claims;

 

TOGETHER with all fixtures, machinery, equipment, goods, and every other article of personal property, tangible and intangible, now or hereafter attached to or used in connection with the Real Property, or placed on any part thereof and whether or not attached thereto, appertaining or adapted to the use, management, operation or improvement of the Real Property, insofar as the same and any reversionary right thereto may now or hereafter be owned or acquired by Mortgagor, including, without limitation:  all partitions; screens; awnings; shades; blinds; floor coverings; hall and lobby equipment; heating, lighting, plumbing, ventilating, refrigerating, incinerating, elevator, escalator, air conditioning and communication plants or systems with appurtenant fixtures; vacuum cleaning systems; call systems; sprinkler systems and other fire prevention and extinguishing apparatus and materials; all equipment, manual, mechanical and motorized, for the construction, maintenance, repair and cleaning of, and removal of snow from, parking areas, walks, underground ways, truck ways, driveways, common areas, roadways, highways and streets; all equipment, manual, mechanical and motorized, for the transportation of customers or employees to and from the store facilities on the Real Property; all telephone, computer and other electronic equipment and appurtenances thereto, including software; and all other machinery, pipes, poles, appliances, equipment, wiring, fittings, panels and fixtures; and any proceeds therefrom, any replacements thereof or additions or accessions

 

J-3



 

thereto; and all building materials, supplies and other property delivered to the Real Property for incorporation into the Improvements thereon, all of which are declared to be a part of the realty and covered by the lien hereof, but said lien shall not cover any fixture, machinery, equipment or article of personal property which is owned by a lessee and not required for the operation or maintenance of the Real Property, provided said fixture, machinery, equipment or article of personal property is not permanently affixed to the realty and may be removed without material damage thereto and is not a replacement of any item which shall have been subject to the lien hereof; but said lien shall include any other fixture, machinery, equipment or article of personal property so incorporated into the Improvements so as to constitute realty under applicable law, whether or not owned by the Mortgagor;

 

TOGETHER with all of Mortgagor’s books of account and records relating to the Security, including all computerized or electronic books and records;

 

TOGETHER with all contracts for sale, leases in the nature of sales and all leases and subleases of the Real Property, or any portion thereof, now and hereafter entered into and all right, title and interest of Mortgagor thereunder, including, without limitation, cash or securities deposited thereunder to secure performance by the lessees or contract purchasers; all rents, royalties, issues and profits; all proceeds and revenue arising from or out of the Real Property or any part thereof; all licenses, permits, franchises, governmental approvals and all sanitary sewer, drainage, water and utility service agreements benefiting the Real Property or any part thereof, together with all accounts, accounts receivable, credit card receipts, contract rights, reserve accounts required to be established hereunder, general intangibles, documents, instruments and chattel paper, and proceeds of any of the foregoing arising from or in connection with the Real Property, including all books and records in connection therewith; and all rights of Mortgagor under any leases, covenants, agreements, easements, restrictions or declarations recorded with respect to, or as an appurtenance to, the Real Property or any part thereof (all of the tangible and intangible personal property described in this and the previous paragraphs, and Mortgagor’s interest, as lessee, under any lease of property included within the description of the tangible and intangible personal property described above, collectively, the “ Personal Property ”);

 

TOGETHER with all of the right, title and interest of Mortgagor in and to all and singular the tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances belonging to or in any way pertaining to the Security; all the estate, right, title and claim whatsoever of Mortgagor, either in law or in equity, in and to the Security; and any and all other, further or additional title, estate, interest or right which may at any time be acquired by Mortgagor in or to the Security, and if Mortgagor shall at any time acquire any further estate or interest in or to the Security, the lien of this Mortgage shall attach, extend to, cover and be a lien upon such further estate or interest automatically without further instrument or instruments, and Mortgagor, upon request of Mortgagee, shall execute such instrument or instruments as shall reasonably be requested by Mortgagee to confirm such lien, and Mortgagor hereby irrevocably appoints Mortgagee as Mortgagor’s attorney-in-fact (which appointment is coupled with an interest) to execute all such instruments if Mortgagor shall fail to do so within ten (10) days after demand;

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Security, and each and every part thereof, unto Mortgagee and its successors and assigns forever, for the purposes and uses herein set forth.

 

J-4



 

THIS MORTGAGE IS GRANTED TO SECURE THE INDEBTEDNESS AS PROVIDED IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT, AS THE INDEBTEDNESS MAY BE ALLOCATED AND RE-ALLOCATED AMONG THE BORROWERS, ALL AS MORE PARTICULARLY PROVIDED IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

AND, Mortgagor hereby further covenants, agrees and warrants as follows:

 

1.             Payment of Indebtedness .  Mortgagor and each Borrower (except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement) will pay the Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and the Loan Agreement and all prepayment charges, late charges and fees required thereunder, and all extensions, renewals, modifications, amendments and replacements thereof, and will keep and perform all of the covenants, promises and agreements, and pay all sums provided in (i) each of the Notes or any other promissory note or notes at any time hereafter issued to evidence the Indebtedness, (ii) the Portfolio Mortgages, (iii) the Loan Agreement, and (iv) any and all other Loan Documents, all in the manner herein or therein set forth.

 

2.             Covenants of Title .  Mortgagor has good, clear record and marketable title to the entire Real Property in fee simple; has absolute unencumbered title to the Personal Property; and has good right and full power to sell, mortgage and convey the same; the Security is free and clear of easements, restrictions, liens, leases and encumbrances, in each case except those easements, restrictions, liens, leases and encumbrances listed on Schedule B of the policy or policies of title insurance delivered to Mortgagee as of the recordation of this Mortgage (the “ Permitted Encumbrances ”), to which this Mortgage is expressly subject, or which may hereafter be created in accordance with the terms hereof; and Mortgagor will warrant and defend title to the Security against all claims and demands whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances.  Mortgagee shall have the right, at its option and at such time or times as it, in its sole discretion, shall deem necessary, to take whatever action it may deem necessary to defend or uphold the lien of this Mortgage and, subject to the notice and cure rights set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, to enforce any of the rights of Mortgagee hereunder or any obligation secured hereby, including without limitation, the right to institute appropriate legal proceedings for such purposes.

 

3.             Loan Agreement .  The terms of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.  Mortgagor agrees to pay and perform all obligations and covenants set forth in the Loan Agreement as if fully set forth herein.  This Mortgage also secures Mortgagor’s obligations under the Loan Agreement, to the extent provided therein.

 

4.             Independence of Security .  Mortgagor shall not by act or omission permit any building or other improvement on any premises not subject to the lien of this Mortgage to rely on the Security or any part thereof or any interest therein to fulfill any municipal or governmental requirement, and Mortgagor hereby assigns to Mortgagee any and all rights to give consent for all or any portion of the Security or any interest therein to be so used.  Similarly, no part of the Security shall rely on any premises not subject to the lien of this Mortgage or any interest therein to fulfill any governmental or municipal requirement.  Mortgagor shall not by act or omission impair the integrity of the Real Property as one or more zoning lots that are separate and apart

 

J-5



 

from any premises not subject to the lien of this Mortgage, and as one or more complete tax parcels, separate and apart from all other premises.  Any act or omission by Mortgagor which would result in a violation of any of the provisions of this Section shall be void.

 

5.             No Transfer .  Except as otherwise set forth in the Loan Agreement, Mortgagor shall not transfer, sell or assign the Security, any interest in the Security, or any controlling interest in Mortgagor or any controlling interest in an entity that owns or controls Mortgagor.  For purposes of this Section, the terms “ control ” and “ controlling ” mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of Mortgagor, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

6.             No Other Liens .  Mortgagor shall not consent, agree to, or permit any mortgage, lien or security interest, upon or affecting the Security or any part thereof except as granted or permitted in this Mortgage and any other lien or security interest granted to Mortgagee, and shall not pledge or otherwise encumber all or any of the interests in Mortgagor, as security for any financings.

 

Mortgagor will promptly pay and discharge any and all amounts which are now or hereafter become liens against the Security whether or not superior to the lien hereof or to any assignment of rents and leases given to Mortgagee.

 

The covenants of this Section shall survive any foreclosure and sale of the Security and any conveyance thereof by deed in lieu of foreclosure with respect to any such liens in existence as of the date of transfer of title.

 

7.             Assignment of Rents and Leases .  Subject to the limited license granted by Mortgagor in the Assignment of Rents and Leases (defined below), Mortgagor hereby presently, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally transfers, assigns and sets over unto Mortgagee all of its right, title and interest in and to all present and future leases, subleases, license agreements, concession agreements, lease termination agreements and other occupancy agreements of any nature, oral or written, of all or any portion of the Real Property, together with all modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals and replacements thereof now existing or hereafter made (each a “ Lease ” and collectively, the “ Leases ”), and also together with the rights to sue for, collect and receive all rents, prepaid rents, additional rents, royalties, security deposits, damages payable upon default by tenant, or other sums in any of the Leases provided to be paid to the landlord thereunder, profits, income, license fees, concession fees, lease termination fees and issues of the Security (collectively, “ Rents ”), to be applied by Mortgagee in payment of the Indebtedness and also together with the rights of Mortgagor to receive, hold and apply all bonds and security in all of the Leases provided to be furnished to the landlord thereunder, and also together with any and all guaranties of the obligations of the tenants thereunder and the rights of Mortgagor to enforce any and all of the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions in all of the Leases provided and to give notices thereunder.  Mortgagee may receive and collect the Rents, personally or through a receiver, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.  Mortgagor agrees to consent to a receiver if this is believed necessary or desirable by Mortgagee to enforce its rights under this Section.

 

J-6


 

Mortgagor shall not otherwise assign or pledge, or contract, expressly or by implication, to assign or pledge, any Lease or the rights to sue for, collect and receive any Rents, or the rights to receive, hold and apply any bonds and security in any of the Leases provided to be furnished to the landlord thereunder, or the rights to enforce any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions of the Leases or to give notices thereunder, unless in each instance the written consent thereto of Mortgagee be first obtained.

 

Nothing in this Mortgage shall be construed to obligate Mortgagee, expressly or by implication, to perform any of the covenants of Mortgagor as landlord under any of the Leases hereinabove assigned or to pay any sum of money or damages therein provided to be paid by the landlord.

 

If Mortgagee shall from time to time suffer or permit Mortgagor to sue for, collect or receive any Rents, or to receive, hold or apply any bonds or security under the Leases, or to enforce any of the agreements, terms, covenants or conditions thereunder or to give notices thereunder, neither such sufferance nor permission shall constitute a waiver or relinquishment by Mortgagee of the rights hereunder and hereby assigned to Mortgagee with respect to any subsequent Rents or with respect to any subsequent receipt, holding or application of bonds or security or any subsequent enforcement of such agreements, terms, covenants or conditions or any subsequent notices.

 

Reference is made to that certain Assignment of Rents and Leases, executed by Mortgagor in favor of Mortgagee, of even date and record herewith (the “ Assignment of Rents and Leases ”).  To the extent not provided herein, the terms and provisions of the Assignment of Rents and Leases are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully set forth herein.  This Mortgage also secures Mortgagor’s obligations under the Assignment of Rents and Leases.

 

8.             Future Leases .  Except as otherwise set forth in the Loan Agreement, Mortgagor will not hereafter make any Lease to any tenant, or amend, modify, terminate, renew or extend any Lease (other than a renewal, extension or expansion to which a tenant is entitled under the terms of an existing Lease or contained in a Lease that is subsequently approved by Mortgagee), affecting the Security unless Mortgagee shall first consent in writing to the terms of the Lease and the form of the Lease.  Except as otherwise set forth in the Loan Agreement, all Leases and subleases and any amendments, modifications, replacements, extensions, renewals or terminations thereof executed after the date hereof must be submitted to Mortgagee for prior written approval.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Mortgagee’s consent to the above matters shall be required only to the extent provided for in the Loan Agreement, and (ii) whenever such consent is required, the standards and procedures for the giving (or deemed giving) or withholding of such consent shall be as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

 

Mortgagor shall promptly deliver to Mortgagee a fully-executed copy (certified by Mortgagor to be true, complete and correct) of each approved Lease, together with a Lease estoppel certificate and subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (an “ SNDA ”), each in form reasonably acceptable to Mortgagee.

 

J-7



 

All Leases must be subordinate to the lien of this Mortgage unless Mortgagee otherwise specifies.  Unless otherwise approved by Mortgagee, each Lease must contain a provision that, upon notice to tenant by Mortgagee, the Lease shall become superior, in whole or in part, to the lien of the Mortgage.  Without limiting the foregoing, Mortgagee hereby reserves the right to subordinate this Mortgage to any Lease subsequently made by recording with the                                          [INSERT RECORDING OFFICE] in which this Mortgage is recorded, a declaration to that effect, executed by Mortgagee, which declaration once so recorded shall be binding upon the tenant under such Lease and such tenant’s successors and assigns.

 

Mortgagor will from time to time upon reasonable demand of Mortgagee, confirm in writing the assignment to Mortgagee of any or all Leases of the Land and space in the Improvements, and such written confirmation shall be in such form as Mortgagee shall reasonably require and as shall be necessary to make the same recordable.

 

Nothing in this Mortgage shall be construed to obligate Mortgagee, expressly or by implication, to perform any of the covenants of Mortgagor as landlord under any of the Leases hereinabove assigned or to pay any sum of money or damages therein provided to be paid by the landlord.

 

9.             Mortgagor’s Obligations as Landlord .  (a) Mortgagor shall, at Mortgagor’s cost and expense, promptly and fully perform in all material respects each and every covenant, condition, promise and obligation on the part of the landlord to be performed pursuant to the terms of each and every Lease or letting, written or oral, now or hereafter made with respect to the Security or any part or parts thereof, and shall not suffer or permit there to exist any default in such performance on the part of such landlord or permit any event to occur which would give the tenant under any such Lease the right to terminate the same or to offset Rent.

 

(b)          Mortgagor shall give Mortgagee prompt notice of any default under any Lease upon Mortgagor becoming aware of such matter, and immediate notice of the receipt by Mortgagor of any notice of default from the tenant or its successors or assigns under a Lease, and Mortgagor shall furnish to Mortgagee promptly any and all information which Mortgagee may reasonably request concerning the performance and observance of all covenants, agreements and conditions contained in the Leases by the landlord thereunder to be kept, observed and performed and concerning the compliance with all terms and conditions of the Leases.  Mortgagor hereby authorizes Mortgagee and its representatives to make reasonable investigations and examinations concerning such performance, observance and compliance, and Mortgagor, upon reasonable request, shall promptly deposit with Mortgagee any and all documentary evidence relating to such performance, observance and compliance and copies of any and all notices, communications, plans, specifications or other instruments or documents received or given by Mortgagor in any way relating to or affecting the Leases which may concern or affect the estate of the landlord or the tenant in or under the Leases or in the premises thereby demised.

 

(c)           In the event of any failure by Mortgagor to keep, observe or perform any covenant, agreement or condition contained in the Leases or to comply with the terms and conditions of the Leases, any performance, observance or compliance by Mortgagee pursuant to

 

J-8



 

this Mortgage on behalf of Mortgagor shall not remove or waive, as between Mortgagor and Mortgagee the corresponding Event of Default under the terms of this Mortgage.

 

10.                                  Leases; Foreclosure .  Any proceedings or other steps taken by Mortgagee to foreclose this Mortgage, or otherwise to protect the interests of Mortgagee hereunder, shall not operate to terminate the rights of any present or future tenant of space in the Improvements, notwithstanding that said rights may be subject and subordinate to the lien of this Mortgage, unless Mortgagee specifically elects otherwise in the case of any particular tenant.  The failure to make any such tenant a defendant in any such foreclosure proceeding and to foreclose such tenant’s rights will not be asserted by Mortgagor or any other defendant in such foreclosure proceeding as a defense to any proceeding instituted by Mortgagee to foreclose this Mortgage or otherwise protect the interests of Mortgagee hereunder.

 

11.                                  Events of Default .  Each of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” hereunder and shall entitle the Mortgagee to exercise its remedies hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents or as otherwise provided by law:

 

(a)                                   An Event of Default occurs under the Loan Agreement;

 

(b)                                  An Event of Default occurs under any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any other Portfolio Mortgage;

 

(c)                                   Breach of the provisions of Section 5 or 6 of this Mortgage; provided, however, that if such breach was the result of an involuntary transfer or lien, such breach remains uncured for more than thirty (30) days following notice from Mortgagee to Mortgagor with respect thereto.

 

12.                                  Remedies Upon Default .  Immediately upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Mortgagee shall have the option, in addition to and not in lieu of or substitution for all other rights and remedies provided in this Mortgage or any other Loan Document or provided by law or in equity, and is hereby authorized and empowered by Mortgagor, to do any or all of the following, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(a)                                                   Declare without notice the entire unpaid amount of the Indebtedness immediately due and payable and, at Mortgagee’s option, (i) to bring suit therefor, or (ii) to bring suit for any delinquent payment of or upon the Indebtedness, or (iii) to take any and all steps and institute any and all other proceedings in law or in equity that Mortgagee deems necessary to enforce payment of the Indebtedness and performance of other obligations secured hereunder and to protect the lien of this Mortgage.

 

(b)                                                  Commence foreclosure proceedings against the Security, in a single parcel or in several parcels, through judicial proceedings, by advertisement or as otherwise provided by law, at the option of Mortgagee, pursuant to the statutes in such case made and provided, and to sell the Security or to cause the same to be sold at public sale, and to convey the same to the purchaser, in accordance with said statutes in a single parcel or in several parcels at the option of Mortgagee.

 

J-9



 

(c)                 Proceed against the Personal Property in accordance with Mortgagee’s rights and remedies with respect to the Personal Property including the right to sell the Personal Property together with the Real Property separately and without regard to the remainder of the Security in accordance with Mortgagee’s rights and remedies provided by the                          [INSERT STATE] Uniform Commercial Code as well as other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

(d)                Cause to be brought down to date a title examination and tax histories of the Security, procure title insurance or title reports or, if necessary, procure new abstracts and tax histories.

 

(e)                 Procure an updated or entirely new environmental audit of the Security including building, soil, ground water and subsurface investigations; have the Improvements inspected by an engineer or other qualified inspector and procure a building inspection report; procure an MAI or other appraisal of the Security or any portion thereof; enter upon the Security at any time and from time to time to accomplish the foregoing and to show the Security to potential purchasers and potential bidders at foreclosure sale; make available to potential purchasers and potential bidders all information obtained pursuant to the foregoing and any other information in the possession of Mortgagee regarding the Security.

 

(f)                 Either by itself or by its agent to be appointed by it for that purpose or by a receiver appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction, as a matter of strict right, without notice and without regard to the adequacy or value of any security for the Indebtedness or the solvency of any party bound for its payment, to take possession of and to operate the Security, Mortgagor hereby waiving any right Mortgagor might have to object to or oppose any such possession, and whether or not Mortgagee has taken possession of the Security, to collect and apply the Rents, including those past due and unpaid, after payment of all necessary charges and expenses, in reduction of the Indebtedness.  The receiver shall have all of the rights and powers permitted under the laws of the State/Commonwealth of                          [INSERT STATE].  Except for damage caused by Mortgagee’s willful misconduct, Mortgagor hereby waives any claim Mortgagor may have against Mortgagee for mismanagement of the Security during Mortgagee’s operation of the Security under this subparagraph or as mortgagee in actual possession under applicable statutes.

 

(g)                Mortgagee may, at its option, without waiving any Event of Default, pay, perform or observe the same, and all payments made or costs or expenses incurred by Mortgagee in connection therewith shall be secured hereby and shall be, without demand, immediately repaid by Mortgagor to Mortgagee with interest thereon at the Default Rate hereunder.  Mortgagee shall be the sole judge of the necessity for any such actions and of the amounts to be paid.  Mortgagee is hereby empowered to enter and to authorize others to enter upon the Security or any part thereof for the purpose of performing or observing any such defaulted term, covenant or condition without thereby becoming liable to Mortgagor or any person in possession holding under Mortgagor.

 

(h)                Apply against the Indebtedness in such order as Mortgagee shall determine any funds held for the benefit of Mortgagor in escrow by Mortgagee or by any third-party escrow

 

J-10



 

agent under any of the Loan Documents, including without limitation, any funds held under the Tax Escrow Agreement and/or the General Reserve Escrow Agreement (as each are defined in the Loan Agreement).

 

(i)                  Upon any foreclosure sale, Mortgagee may bid for and purchase the Security and shall be entitled to apply all or any part of the Indebtedness as a credit to the purchase price.  In the event of any sale of the Security by foreclosure, through judicial proceedings, by advertisement or otherwise, the proceeds of any such sale which are applied in accordance with this Mortgage shall be applied in the following order to:  (i) all expenses incurred for the collection of the Indebtedness and the foreclosure of this Mortgage, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, or such attorneys’ fees as are permitted by law; (ii) all sums expended or incurred by Mortgagee directly or indirectly in carrying out the terms, covenants and agreements of the Notes evidencing the Indebtedness, of this Mortgage and any other Loan Documents, together with interest thereon as therein provided; (iii) all late payment charges, prepayment fees, advances and other amounts due under any of the Loan Documents; (iv) all accrued and unpaid interest upon the Indebtedness; (v) the unpaid principal amount of the Indebtedness; and (vi) the surplus, if any, to the person or persons legally entitled thereto.

 

Mortgagor will pay to Mortgagee upon demand all costs and expenses incurred by Mortgagee in the exercise of Mortgagee’s rights and remedies under this Mortgage and the other Loan Documents for collection of the Indebtedness, foreclosure on the Security or otherwise, including without limitation title insurance fees and premiums, environmental consultant’s charges and appraisal, engineering and inspection fees, receiver’s fees, costs and agent’s compensation, auctioneer’s fees and foreclosure sale advertising costs, any deed excise tax stamps required to be affixed to the foreclosure deed and court filing fees, together with attorneys’ fees and costs which shall include without limitation all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with (A) the exercise of Mortgagee’s rights and remedies as aforesaid, (B) any negotiations, other services and advice rendered regarding restructuring of the Indebtedness prior to any foreclosure sale, whether or not any such restructuring is actually accomplished, and (C) any petition filed by or against Mortgagor under Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Any such amounts incurred by Mortgagee shall be secured hereby and shall be immediately repaid by Mortgagor to Mortgagee upon demand with interest thereon at the Default Rate.

 

To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, Mortgagor hereby waives any right Mortgagor may have to interfere with any foreclosure auction sale held upon the Security and agrees that after such sale, Mortgagor will have no right to possess or remain upon the Security, Mortgagor acknowledging Mortgagor’s status as a trespasser in such circumstances.

 

In the event of any acceleration of the Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section, Mortgagor shall pay to Mortgagee together with the principal indebtedness and interest thereon, an amount equal to the Prepayment Fee provided for in the Notes and such fee shall be included as part of the Indebtedness.

 

Failure to exercise any option to accelerate in the event of a default or other circumstance permitting the exercise of such option, shall not constitute a waiver of the default or of the right

 

J-11



 

to exercise such option at a later time, or a waiver of the right to exercise such option in the event of any other default or circumstance specified above.

 

13.           Waiver of Statutory Rights .  Mortgagor agrees, to the full extent permitted by law, that in an Event of Default on the part of Mortgagor hereunder, neither Mortgagor nor anyone claiming through or under Mortgagor will set up, claim, or seek to take advantage of any moratorium, reinstatement, forbearance, appraisement, valuation, stay, homestead, extension, exemption or redemption laws now or hereafter in force, in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement or foreclosure of this Mortgage, or the sale of the Security or the delivery of possession thereof immediately after such sale to the purchaser at such sale, and Mortgagor, for itself and all who may at any time claim through or under it, hereby waives to the full extent that it may lawfully do so, the benefit of all such laws, and any and all rights to have the assets subject to the security interest of this Mortgage marshaled upon any foreclosure or sale under the power granted herein.

 

14.           Security Interest .  This Mortgage shall, as to any equipment and other Personal Property covered hereby, be deemed to constitute a security agreement, and Mortgagor, as debtor, hereby grants to Mortgagee, as secured party, a security interest therein pursuant to the                         [INSERT STATE] Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”).  Mortgagor agrees, upon reasonable request of Mortgagee, to furnish an inventory of Personal Property owned by Mortgagor and subject to this Mortgage and, upon request by Mortgagee, to execute any supplements to this Mortgage, any separate security agreement and any financing statements and continuation statements in order to include specifically said inventory of Personal Property or otherwise to perfect the security interest granted hereby, provided that the same are consistent with and do not materially increase the obligations of Mortgagor under the Loan Documents.  Upon any Event of Default, Mortgagee shall have all of the rights and remedies provided in the UCC or otherwise provided by law or by this Mortgage, including but not limited to the right to require Mortgagor to assemble such Personal Property and make it available to Mortgagee at a place to be designated by Mortgagee which is reasonably convenient to both parties, the right to take possession of such Personal Property with or without demand and with or without process of law and the right to sell and dispose of the same and distribute the proceeds according to law.  The parties hereto agree that any requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if Mortgagee sends such notice to Mortgagor at least five (5) days prior to the date of sale, disposition or other event giving rise to the required notice, and that the proceeds of any disposition of any such Personal Property may be applied by Mortgagee first to the reasonable expenses in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred, and then to payment of the Indebtedness.  With respect to the Personal Property that has become so attached to the Real Property that an interest therein arises under the real property law of the State of                                  [INSERT STATE], this Mortgage shall also constitute a financing statement and a fixture filing under the UCC.

 

15.           Right of Entry .  Mortgagee and Mortgagee’s representatives may at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to Mortgagor enter upon the Security and inspect the same, or cause it to be inspected by agents, employees or independent contractors of Mortgagee, and show the same to others, provided that (a) Mortgagee shall not be obligated to make any such entry or inspection, (b) any entry, inspection or other activities shall be subject to the rights of tenants under Leases and shall not unreasonably interfere with any activities of any tenant at

 

J-12



 

the Real Property, and (c) upon any Event of Default, Mortgagee and Mortgagee’s representatives may make such entry and carry on such activities at all times and without notice to Mortgagor, but subject to the rights of any tenant of the Real Property.

 

16.           Rights Cumulative .  Each right and remedy of Mortgagee under this Mortgage, the Notes and any other Loan Documents shall be in addition to every other right and remedy of Mortgagee and such rights and remedies may be enforced separately or in any combination.

 

17.           Subrogation .  To the extent that proceeds of the Indebtedness are used to pay any outstanding lien, charge or encumbrance affecting the Security, such proceeds have been advanced by Mortgagee at Mortgagor’s request, and Mortgagee shall be subrogated to all rights, interest and liens owned or held by any owner or holder of such outstanding liens, charges and encumbrances, irrespective of whether such liens, charges or encumbrances are released of record; provided, however, that the terms and provisions hereof shall govern the rights and remedies of Mortgagee and shall supersede the terms, provisions, rights, and remedies under the lien or liens to which Mortgagee is subrogated hereunder.

 

18.           No Waiver .  Any failure by Mortgagee to insist upon the strict performance by Mortgagor of any of the terms and provisions hereof shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the terms and provisions hereof, and Mortgagee, notwithstanding any such failure, shall have the right thereafter to insist upon the strict performance by Mortgagor of any and all of the terms and provisions hereof to be performed by Mortgagor.

 

19.           Mortgage Extension .  The lien hereof shall remain in full force and effect during any postponement or extension of the time of payment of the Indebtedness, or of any part thereof, and any number of extensions or modifications hereof, or any additional notes taken by Mortgagee, shall not affect the lien hereof or the liability of Mortgagor or of any subsequent obligor to pay the Indebtedness unless and until such lien or liability be expressly released in writing by Mortgagee.

 

20.           Indemnification .  Mortgagor shall indemnify and hold Mortgagee harmless from and against all obligations, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages (including attorneys’ fees) which Mortgagee may incur by reason of this Mortgage or with regard to the Security prior to the exercise of any remedies under this Mortgage; provided, however, that such indemnity shall not apply to (i) any liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages arising on account of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Mortgagee, or (ii) any income or franchise taxes imposed on Mortgagee.  Mortgagor shall defend Mortgagee against any claim or litigation involving Mortgagee for the same, and should Mortgagee incur such obligation, liability, loss, cost, expense, fine, penalty or damage, then Mortgagor shall reimburse Mortgagee upon demand.  Any amount owed Mortgagee under this provision shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be secured hereby.

 

21.           Nonrecourse .  The provisions set forth in Section 14 of the Notes are hereby incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and shall be applicable to this Mortgage as if set forth in full herein.

 

J-13



 

22.           Attorneys’ Fees .  Any reference to “attorney fees”, “attorneys’ fees”, or “attorney’s fees” in this document includes but is not limited to the fees, charges and costs incurred by Mortgagee through its retention of outside legal counsel and the reasonably allocated fees, costs and charges for services rendered by Mortgagee’s in-house counsel.  Any reference to “attorney fees”, “attorneys’ fees”, or “attorney’s fees” shall also include but not be limited to those attorneys or legal fees, costs and charges incurred by Mortgagee following an Event of Default in the collection of the Indebtedness (or any portion thereof), the enforcement of any obligations hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents, the protection of the Security, the foreclosure of (or exercise of power under) this Mortgage, the sale of the Security, the defense of actions arising hereunder and the collection, protection or set off of any claim the Mortgagee may have in a proceeding under Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Attorneys fees provided for hereunder shall accrue whether or not Mortgagee has provided notice of an Event of Default or of an intention to exercise its remedies for such Event of Default.

 

23.           Administrative Fees .  Mortgagee shall have the right to charge administrative fees during the term of the Notes as Mortgagee may determine, in its sole reasonable discretion, in connection with any servicing requests made by Mortgagor requiring Mortgagee’s evaluation, preparation and processing of any such requests.  Administrative fees shall not be charged for routine servicing matters contemplated by the Loan Documents including, without limitation:  processing payments; processing insurance and UCC continuation documentation; processing escrow draws; review of tenant leases, SNDAs and tenant estoppels on standard forms approved by Mortgagee without material modifications.  Such administrative fees shall apply without limitation to requests for matters not permitted or contemplated by the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, requests for transfers or assignments, and requests for partial releases; requests for review of new easements), and to requests, which, while contemplated by the Loan Documents, because of the nature of the request, will require significantly more time than an institutional lender, acting reasonably, would contemplate for such request (including without limitation, requests for the approval of tenant leases, tenant estoppels and SNDAs which contain material differences from Mortgagee’s standard forms and approvals for transfers or assignments or partial releases requiring the review of substantial materials by Mortgagee).  Mortgagee shall also be entitled to reimbursement for professional fees it incurs for such administration, including without limitation, those of architects, engineers and attorneys (whether (i) employed by Mortgagee or its affiliate, or (ii) engaged by Mortgagee or its affiliates as independent contractors).

 

24.           Protection of Security; Costs and Expenses .  Mortgagor shall appear in and defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the security hereof or the rights or powers of the Mortgagee, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including without limitation cost of evidence of title and reasonable attorneys’ fees, in any such action or proceeding in which Mortgagee may appear, and in any suit brought by Mortgagee to foreclose this Mortgage or to enforce or establish any other rights or remedies of Mortgagee hereunder.  If Mortgagor fails to perform any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Mortgage, or if any action or proceeding is commenced which affects Mortgagee’s interest in the Security or any part thereof, including, but not limited to, eminent domain, code enforcement, or proceedings of any nature whatsoever under any federal or state law, whether now existing or hereafter enacted or amended, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, reorganization or other form of debtor relief, or to a decedent, then Mortgagee may, but without obligation to do so and without

 

J-14



 

notice to or demand upon Mortgagor and without releasing Mortgagor from any obligation hereunder, make such appearances, disburse such sums and take such action as Mortgagee deems necessary or appropriate to protect Mortgagee’s interest, including, but not limited to, disbursement of attorneys’ fees, entry upon the Security to make repairs or take other action to protect the security hereof, and payment, purchase, contest or compromise of any encumbrance, charge or lien which in the judgment of Mortgagee appears to be prior or superior hereto.  Mortgagor further agrees to pay all expenses of Mortgagee incurred upon an Event of Default (including without limitation fees and disbursements of counsel) incident to the protection of the rights of Mortgagee hereunder, or to enforcement or collection of payment of the Indebtedness, whether by judicial or non-judicial proceedings, or in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, reorganization or other debtor relief proceeding of Mortgagor, or otherwise.  Any amounts disbursed by Mortgagee pursuant to this Section shall be additional indebtedness of Mortgagor secured by the Loan Documents as of the date of disbursement and shall bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in the Loan Agreement).  All such amounts shall be payable by Mortgagor immediately without demand.  Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed to require Mortgagee to incur any expense, make any appearance, or take any other action.

 

25.           Notices .  Any notice, demand, request, statement or consent made hereunder shall be in writing, signed by the party giving such notice, request, demand, statement, or consent, and shall be deemed to have been properly given when delivered in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement.

 

26.           Release .  As provided in Section 3 and Section 20 of the Loan Agreement, upon the satisfaction in full of the Allocated Loan Amount (as defined in the Loan Agreement), or upon the satisfaction of the applicable conditions in the Loan Agreement relating to the substitution or partial release of the Security, Mortgagee shall release of record the Security from the lien hereof and shall surrender this Mortgage and all notes evidencing indebtedness secured by this Mortgage to Mortgagor.  Mortgagor shall pay all costs of recordation.

 

27.           Applicable Law .  Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Mortgage or in any other Loan Document, all claims relating, in any way, to the negotiation and/or consummation of the Portfolio Loan, Mortgagee’s relationship with the Borrowers in connection with the Portfolio Loan and/or the performance of any obligation under any of the Loan Documents shall in all respects be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ State ”) without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing choice of law:

 

(a)           the procedures governing the creation, perfection and priority of the liens pertaining to the Security and the enforcement by Mortgagee of its rights and remedies under this Mortgage and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Security, including without limitation, actions for foreclosure, for injunctive relief or for appointment of a receiver, shall be governed by the laws of the state where the Security is located; and

 

(b)           Mortgagee shall comply with applicable law in the state where the Security is located to the extent required by the law of such jurisdiction in connection

 

J-15



 

with the foreclosure of the liens created by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Security.

 

Nothing contained herein or in any provisions of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to provide that the substantive law of the state where the Security is located shall apply to any parties’ rights and obligations under any of the Loan Documents, which, except as expressly provided above, are and shall continue to be governed by the substantive law of the State.  In addition, the fact that portions of the Loan Documents may include provisions drafted to conform to the law of the state where the Security is located is not intended, nor shall it be deemed, in any way, to derogate the parties’ choice of law as set forth or referred to in this Mortgage or in the other Loan Documents.  The parties further agree that Mortgagee may enforce its rights under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, its rights to sue Mortgagor or to collect any outstanding indebtedness in accordance with the State law, subject to clauses (a) and (b) above.

 

Mortgagor hereby consents to personal jurisdiction in any state or federal court located within the State, as well as to the jurisdiction of all courts from which an appeal may be taken from the courts within the State, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of, or with respect to, any of the Loan Documents, the negotiation and/or consummation of the Portfolio Loan, Mortgagee’s relationship with Mortgagor or any other Borrower in connection with the Portfolio Loan and/or the performance of any obligation or the exercise of any remedy under any of the Loan Documents, and expressly waives any and all objections it may have as to venue in any of such courts.

 

28.           Invalidity .  If any provision of this Mortgage shall be held invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect in any respect whatsoever the validity of the remainder of this Mortgage, except that if such provision relates to the payment of a monetary sum, then the Mortgagee may, at its option, declare the Indebtedness due and payable upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to Mortgagor and, provided there exists no Event of Default hereunder, without prepayment fee or premium.

 

29.           Captions; Counterparts .  The captions in this instrument are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and are not and shall not be deemed to be any part hereof.  This Mortgage and all of the Loan Documents may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which may be signed by any one or more of the parties hereto, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall be binding and effective when all parties have signed at least one counterpart.

 

30.           Modifications .  This Mortgage may not be changed or terminated except in writing signed by both parties.  The provisions of this Mortgage shall extend and be applicable to all renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations, and modifications of the other Loan Documents, and any and all references herein to the Loan Documents shall be deemed to include any such renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations or modifications thereof.

 

31.           Bind and Inure .  The provisions of this Mortgage shall be binding on the Mortgagor and its heirs, successors and assigns, and any subsequent owners of the Security.  The covenants of Mortgagor herein shall run with the land, and this Mortgage and all of the

 

J-16



 

covenants herein contained shall inure to the benefit of the Mortgagee, and its affiliates, nominees, subsidiaries, investors, participants, successors and assigns.

 

32.           Replacement of Notes .  Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Mortgagor of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory to Mortgagor or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of any Note, Mortgagor will execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note, identical in form and substance to such Note and dated as of the date of such Note and upon such execution and delivery all references in this Mortgage to the Notes shall be deemed to refer to such replacement Note or Notes.

 

33.           Time of the Essence .  Time is of the essence with respect to each and every covenant, agreement and obligation of Mortgagor under this Mortgage, the Notes, any other Loan Document and any and all other instruments now or hereafter evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to the Indebtedness.

 

34.           Waiver of Trial by Jury .  Mortgagor and Mortgagee hereby waive their respective rights to a trial by jury as to any matter arising out of or concerning the subject matter of this Mortgage.

 

35.           Statutory Condition; Statutory Power of Sale .  This Mortgage is upon the STATUTORY CONDITION for any breach of which, or upon the breach of any other of Mortgagor’s covenants and undertakings hereunder, Mortgagee shall have the STATUTORY POWER OF SALE.

 

[SIGNATURE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

J-17


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mortgagor has duly executed this Mortgage as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

MORTGAGOR :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

COUNTY OF SUFFOLK

 

On this                  day of                            , 20   , before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                                 , proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was personal knowledge of identity, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as the                of                                  .

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

My commission expires:

 

J-18



 

EXHIBIT A

TO

MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Description of Real Property

 

J-19



 

EXHIBIT K

 

FORM OF OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

OMNIBUS AMENDMENT AND AGREEMENT

 

THIS OMNIBUS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is executed and delivered as of                              , 20      by and between STAG GI INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Prime Borrower ”);                           , a Delaware limited liability company (“                      Borrower ”) [INSERT ANY EXISTING SITE BORROWERS] (                      Borrower also known as a “ Site Borrower ,” and together with Prime Borrower collectively and individually referred to as the “ Borrower ” or “ Borrowers ”);                                                   [INSERT NEW BORROWER NAME] (“___________________ Borrower ”); CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY , a Connecticut corporation (together with its successors, affiliates, nominees, subsidiaries, investors, participants and assignees, “ Lender ”); and MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Escrow Holder ”).

 

Recitals

 

A.            Lender and Prime Borrower are parties to that certain Master Loan Agreement (as amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), dated as of July 9, 2010, pursuant to which, inter alia , Lender has agreed, subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement, to make a mortgage loan to Prime Borrower and Site Borrowers in the maximum aggregate original principal amount of Sixty-Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($63,000,000) (the “ Loan ” or the “ Portfolio Loan ”), as more particularly provided in the Loan Agreement.

 

B.            [FOR ADDITIONAL ADVANCES ONLY]   [Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Lender advanced to Prime Borrower and                       Borrower an advance of the Loan proceeds in the original principal amount of $                            (the “ Initial Advance ”).

 

C.            Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Prime Borrower, together with each Site Borrower, may elect to obtain one or more additional advances of the Loan proceeds prior to the expiration of the Advancement Period (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in the maximum aggregate original principal amount as of the date hereof of up to                                                    and No/100 Dollars ($                  ) (individually and collectively, the “ Additional Advances ”), as evidenced by one or more Notes.]

 

D.            The Portfolio Loan is evidenced and secured by (i)  one or more promissory notes by Prime Borrower and Affiliates of Prime Borrower (the “ Site Borrowers ,” and together with Prime Borrower, also part of the “ Borrowers ”) (collectively and individually referred to as the “ Notes ” or the “ Portfolio Notes, ” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time), (ii) the Portfolio Mortgages (as defined in the Loan Agreement), and (iii) the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).

 

E.            In connection with the Loan, Lender, Borrowers and Escrow Holder are parties to (i) a General Reserve Escrow and Security Agreement (the “ General Reserve Escrow

 



 

Agreement ,” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time), dated as of                                 , 2010, pursuant to which Borrowers and Lender appointed Escrow Holder to act as holder of the Escrow Funds thereunder on the terms and conditions set forth therein, and (ii) a Real Estate Tax Escrow and Security Agreement (the “ Tax Escrow Agreement ,” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time), dated as of                                    , 2010, pursuant to which Borrowers and Lender appointed Escrow Holder to act as holder of the Escrow Funds thereunder on the terms and conditions set forth therein.

 

F.             In connection with the Loan, Borrowers have executed and delivered to Lender an Environmental Indemnification Agreement (the “ Environmental Indemnification Agreement ,” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time), dated as of                                              , 2010.

 

G.            Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Lender will make an [Initial Advance, as defined in the Loan Agreement,/Additional Advance] to Prime Borrower and                                            [INSERT NAME OF SITE BORROWER], a Delaware limited liability company (“                               Borrower ”), an Affiliate of Prime Borrower, in the original principal amount of                                               and No/100 Dollars ($                          ) together with interest thereon (the “                     Advance ”), as evidenced by a Mortgage Note          (as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, “ Note          ”) of even date herewith, by Prime Borrower and                                  Borrower payable to the order of Lender.

 

H.                                                    Borrower is or will be the owner of the parcels of real property and all improvements thereon and all rights and appurtenances thereto located in the State/Commonwealth of                                      , and more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “                                 Site ”).

 

I.             The                                   Advance is secured by, among other documents, a mortgage, assignment of leases, rents and contracts, security agreement and fixture filing of even date herewith that encumbers the                                       Site (the “                           Portfolio Mortgage ”).

 

J.             Lender, Borrowers and                              Borrower desire to amend the Loan Agreement to reflect the approval and grant of the                              Advance to Prime Borrower and                              Borrower as [the Initial Advance/an Additional Advance] under the Loan Agreement.

 

K.            Lender, Borrowers, Escrow Holder and                              Borrower desire to amend the General Reserve Escrow Agreement and the Tax Escrow Agreement to reflect the approval and grant of the                              Advance to Prime Borrower and                              Borrower as [the Initial Advance/an Additional Advance] under the Loan Agreement.

 

L.            Lender and Borrowers desire to amend the Environmental Indemnification Agreement to reflect the approval and grant of the                                Advance to Prime

 

K-2



 

Borrower and                         Borrower as [the Initial Advance/an Additional Advance] under the Loan Agreement and the addition of the                            Site as an additional Portfolio Property.

 

M.           Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

Agreements

 

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender, Borrowers and                              Borrower, and Lender, Borrowers, Escrow Holder and                              Borrower, hereby amend the Loan Agreement, and the General Reserve Escrow Agreement and the Tax Escrow Agreement, respectively, and agree as follows:

 

1.                                          Borrower shall constitute a Site Borrower under the Loan Agreement, the General Reserve Escrow Agreement and the Tax Escrow Agreement.

 

2.             The                              Advance shall constitute [the Initial Advance/an Additional Advance] under the Loan Agreement.

 

3.             Note             shall constitute [the Initial Note/an Additional Note] under the Loan Agreement.

 

4.             The                              Portfolio Mortgage shall constitute [the Initial Portfolio Mortgage/an Additional Portfolio Mortgage] under the Loan Agreement.

 

5.             The                              Site shall constitute (i) [the Initial Site/an Additional Portfolio Property] under the Loan Agreement, (ii) a Portfolio Property under the General Reserve Escrow Agreement and the Tax Escrow Agreement, and (iii) a part of the Security under the Portfolio Mortgages and the Environmental Indemnity Agreement.

 

6.             [FOR THE INITIAL ADVANCE ONLY]   Section 21 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following new subsections (h)-(w):

 

“(h)         Except as disclosed in writing to Lender, no actions, suits, investigations, litigation, bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceedings are pending at law or in equity before any Governmental Authority, or to its actual knowledge, are threatened by any Governmental Authority, against or affecting the operations of any of the Portfolio Properties, nor has any Borrower received written notice of any such matter with respect to any tenant of any of the Portfolio Properties which: (i) would, as of the date hereof, affect the validity or priority of the lien of any of the Portfolio Mortgages, (ii) could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the ability of any Borrower to perform its obligations pursuant to and as contemplated by the terms and provisions of this Loan Agreement or the Loan Documents, or (iii) could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the operations or financial condition of any Borrower, any Constituent Owner or any Portfolio Property.

 

K-3



 

(i)            The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Notes, any of the Portfolio Mortgages, or any of the other Loan Documents will not constitute a breach or default under any other agreement to which any Borrower or any other party thereto (other than Lender or Escrow Holder) is or may be bound or affected, or a violation of any law or court order which may affect any of the Portfolio Properties, any part thereof, any interest therein, or the use thereof.

 

(j)            To the actual knowledge of Borrower, no Borrower is in violation of or in default with respect to any term or provision of any other loan commitment, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, contract, or instrument applicable to such Borrower or any of the Portfolio Properties or by which such Borrower is bound or with respect to any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any court or any governmental agency or authority.

 

(k)           The rent roll attached as Exhibit N accurately reflects in all material respects the Leases and income from the Portfolio Properties as of the date indicated thereon.

 

(l)            No Borrower has entered into any Leases nor, to the actual knowledge of Borrower, are there any unrecorded Leases or other arrangements for occupancy of space within any of the Portfolio Properties other than the Leases reflected in the rent roll attached as Exhibit N .

 

(m)          No Borrower has received written notice of any condemnation of any portion of any of the Portfolio Properties nor, to any Borrower’s actual knowledge, is any such action contemplated by any governmental authority.

 

(n)           To Borrower’s actual knowledge, all factual information set forth in the Commitment and its exhibits, all financial statements, operating statements, Leases and rent rolls previously furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower to Lender in connection with the Portfolio Loan and all other submissions referred to herein or required by the Commitment are true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date indicated thereon, are not misleading in any material respect as of their respective dates and do not omit any information required to prevent such statements, loan submissions or materials from being materially misleading under the circumstances; provided that as to any third party reports provided to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower, the foregoing representation of Borrower is limited to having provided true and complete copies of such reports, and does not constitute a representation of Borrower that all statements and conclusions therein are accurate (although Borrower is not aware of any inaccuracy).

 

(o)           Except as disclosed to Lender in writing, to the actual knowledge of Borrower, no material adverse change in the operations of any of the Portfolio Properties or in the financial condition of any Borrower has occurred since the date of preparation of the most recent financial statements and operating statements delivered to Lender.

 

(p)           Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to Lender, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, the operation of the Portfolio Properties complies in all material respects with all applicable zoning, environmental protection or control codes and fire, electrical and

 

K-4



 

building codes, rules and regulations.  Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to Lender, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, there is no license, approval or permit, necessary for either the lawful operation of any of the Portfolio Properties or the lawful occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, utility, building, zoning, subdivision control, land and water use, environmental protection and flood hazard permits, which has not been obtained.

 

(q)           To Borrower’s actual knowledge, and except as otherwise disclosed in any estoppel certificate provided to Lender, in the Leases or rent roll delivered by any Borrower to Lender or as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing, (1) no Borrower is in default in any material respect under any Lease; (2) no tenant of any of the Portfolio Properties has committed an uncured monetary default under its Lease; (3) all conditions precedent to any tenant’s obligation to pay rent have been satisfied and no tenant of any of the Portfolio Properties has committed a non-monetary default under its Lease; and (4) no tenant Lease contains any option or right of first refusal to purchase any interest in any of the Portfolio Properties.

 

(r)            To Borrower’s actual knowledge, there are no unrecorded contracts to purchase any of the Portfolio Properties or any interest therein.

 

(s)            Except as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing prior to the date hereof, each Site consists of a separate tax lot or lots assessed separately and apart from any other property owned by any Borrower or any other owner.

 

(t)            Except as otherwise disclosed on the respective surveys of the Portfolio Properties delivered to Lender in connection with the Portfolio Loan, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, no Portfolio Property lies in a 100 year flood plain that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or any other governmental authority.

 

(u)           Attached hereto as Exhibit H is a true and accurate list of each of the Sites and the purchase price paid by the applicable Borrower for each Site as of the date hereof.

 

(v)           Borrower represents, warrants and covenants as of the date hereof and until such time as the Indebtedness is paid in full that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Lender, each Site Borrower shall be a single-purpose entity, and in furtherance thereof:

 

(i)            No Site Borrower shall dissolve or liquidate (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution).

 

(ii)           No Site Borrower will enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or acquire by purchase or otherwise all or substantially all the business or assets of, or any stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any entity, except as expressly contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

 

K-5



 

(iii)          Except as otherwise provided in this Loan Agreement, no Site Borrower will guarantee or otherwise hold out its credit as being available to satisfy obligations of any other person or entity.

 

(iv)          Each Site Borrower was organized for the sole purpose of acquiring leasing, managing and operating its respective Portfolio Property and activities ancillary thereto.

 

(v)           No Site Borrower has engaged or shall engage in any business unrelated to the acquisition, ownership, leasing, management and operation of the Portfolio Properties and activities ancillary thereto; and the same shall conduct and operate its business as presently conducted and operated at all times relevant hereto.

 

(vi)          No Site Borrower has made or shall make any loans or advances to any third party and will not pledge such Borrower’s assets for the benefit of any third party.

 

(vii)         Each Site Borrower shall be, and at all times shall hold itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any other entity (including any Affiliate thereof) and shall otherwise conduct its business and own its assets in its own name and shall correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity.

 

(viii)        The sole assets of each Site Borrower are, and for the entire Term of the Loan shall be, its respective Portfolio Property(ies).

 

(ix)          Each Site Borrower shall observe all in all material respects the formalities applicable to its form of organization.”

 

7.             Section 21 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following new subsection (     ):

 

“(     )                                     Borrower has good and marketable fee simple title to the                                Site, and good title to the Security described in the                                Portfolio Mortgage, free and clear of all liens or encumbrances other than the Permitted Exceptions set forth in the                                Portfolio Mortgage and those which shall be released or removed on or prior to the date hereof.”

 

8.             Exhibit A of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by incorporating the legal description of the                                Site attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

9.             Exhibit B of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

10.          Exhibit H of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit H attached hereto.

 

K-6



 

11.          Exhibit L of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit L attached hereto.

 

12.          Exhibit M of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit M attached hereto.

 

13.          Exhibit N of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by incorporating the rent roll for the                           Site attached as Exhibit N hereto.

 

14.          The third paragraph of Section 3(a) of the General Reserve Escrow Agreement is amended by deleting the words “                                                     and No/100 Dollars ($              )” and replacing it with the following:  “                                                    and No/100 Dollars ($          )”.  [increase by 8 basis points of new advance]

 

15.          [On the date hereof and pursuant to the Tax Escrow Agreement, Prime Borrower and                                Borrower have deposited with Escrow Holder the sum of $                   .  The deposit shall be deposited by Escrow Holder into the Escrow Account and shall be governed by the applicable terms of the Tax Escrow Agreement.]  [No deposit is required from Prime Borrower and                        Borrower pursuant to the Tax Escrow Agreement.]

 

16.          [The third paragraph of Section 3(a) of the Tax Escrow Agreement is amended by deleting the figure “$                ” and replacing it with the figure “$                ”.]  [The third paragraph of Section 3(a) of the Tax Escrow Agreement is unamended by this Agreement.]

 

17.          [FOR THE INITIAL ADVANCE ONLY]   Section 6 of the Environmental Indemnification Agreement is amended by adding the following new subsections (b)-(f):

 

“(b)         Indemnitors have identified and made available to Beneficiary all environmental investigations, studies, audits, tests and other technical analyses conducted by, for, or in the possession or control of Indemnitors in relation to the Security (the “ Environmental Reports ”) as of the date of this Agreement, and all such Environmental Reports are identified in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.  Except to the extent disclosed in any of the Environmental Reports,  (i) Indemnitors have not used and are not using, and to the Indemnitors’ actual knowledge, no prior owner or current or prior tenant, subtenant, or other occupant of all or any part of the Security has used or is using Hazardous Materials at, on, or from the Security which constitutes a Violation, (ii) to the best of Indemnitors’ knowledge, there has been no Disposal with respect to the Security that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a liability under any Hazardous Materials Law, (iii) to the best of Indemnitors’ knowledge, no Disposal or threatened Disposal has occurred or is occurring at, on, under, in, or from the Security for which any Hazardous Materials Law requires notice to any person, further investigation, or any form of response action, and (iv) to any Indemnitor’s actual knowledge, no underground storage tanks or underground deposits of Hazardous Materials are or were located on any of the Security and subsequently removed or filled;

 

(c)           Except to the extent disclosed in any of the Environmental Reports, Indemnitors have not received, and to the Indemnitors’ actual knowledge, no prior owner or current or prior tenant, subtenant, or other occupant of all or any part of the Security have received, any notice from any person or entity, public or private, alleging any Violation of or potential liability or

 

K-7



 

obligation to perform any investigation or remediation activity under any Hazardous Materials Law with regard to the Security.  Nor have Indemnitors, nor to the best of Indemnitors’ knowledge has any of the third parties described above, received any administrative order or entered into any administrative consent order with any governmental agency with respect to Hazardous Materials on or at the Security;

 

(d)           To the Indemnitors’ actual knowledge, except to the extent disclosed in any of the Environmental Reports, the Security does not contain, and has not in the past contained, any asbestos containing material in friable form, and to the best of Indemnitors’  knowledge there is no current or potential airborne contamination of the Security by asbestos fiber at concentrations exceeding those allowed by the Hazardous Materials Laws, including any potential contamination that would be caused by maintenance or tenant finish activities in the Security;

 

(e)           All Indemnitors have received adequate consideration for the execution, delivery and performance of obligations under this Agreement, Indemnitors acknowledging that Beneficiary’s making the Loan to Borrower has provided substantial benefit to Indemnitors and Beneficiary would not have made the Loan to Borrower if Indemnitors had not executed and delivered this Agreement to Beneficiary; and

 

(f)            Indemnitors represent and warrant that prior to its acquisition of the Security, Borrower performed “all appropriate inquiry” as defined under CERCLA.”

 

18.          All references in the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the Loan Agreement, to the General Reserve Escrow Agreement, the Tax Escrow Agreement and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the General Reserve Escrow Agreement, the Tax Escrow Agreement and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement as amended by this Agreement.

 

19.          All references in the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the General Reserve Escrow Agreement, the Tax Escrow Agreement and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement, to the Loan Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Agreement.

 

20.          As an inducement to Lender to execute this Agreement, Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to and for the benefit of Lender, taking effect of this Agreement, that each of the representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement, the General Reserve Escrow Agreement, the Tax Escrow Agreement and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement were true as of the date on which they were made and are also true as of the date hereof.

 

21.                                            Borrower (i) hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Loan Agreement, the General Reserve Escrow Agreement and the Tax Escrow Agreement, as amended by this Agreement, applicable to Site Borrowers and to perform the express and/or implied obligations of Site Borrowers set forth therein, and (ii) hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of Lender that each of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement, the General Reserve Escrow Agreement and the Tax Escrow Agreement

 

K-8



 

relative to the undersigned as a Site Borrower and the                                      Site as an Additional Portfolio Property or a Portfolio Property are true as of the date hereof.

 

22.          Except as expressly set forth herein, the Loan Agreement, the General Reserve Escrow Agreement, the Tax Escrow Agreement and the Environmental Indemnification Agreement remain unchanged and are hereby ratified and confirmed to be and remain in full force and effect.

 

*       *       *       *       *

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

K-9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed under seal as of the date first above written.

 

WITNESS:

 

PRIME BORROWER :

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG GI INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SITE BORROWERS :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

K-10



 

 

 

LENDER :

 

 

 

 

 

CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Connecticut Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

CIGNA INVESTMENTS, INC.,

 

 

 

Its Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

K-11



 

 

 

ESCROW AGENT :

 

 

 

 

 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, INC., a Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

K-12



 

EXHIBIT A

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

 

K-13



 

EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

GENERAL

 

Master Loan Agreement

Real Estate Tax Escrow Account

General Reserve Escrow Account

Environmental Indemnification Agreement

Omnibus Amendment and Agreement

 

PORTFOLIO PROPERTIES

 

(CITY, STATE)

 

Mortgage Note A

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

Assignment of Rents and Leases

UCC Financing Statement

Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement

 

ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIO PROPERTIES

 

K-14



 

EXHIBIT H

 

PURCHASE PRICES

 

K-15



 

EXHIBIT L

 

ALLOCATED LOAN AMOUNTS

 

K-16



 

EXHIBIT M

 

ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS

 

K-17



 

EXHIBIT N

 

RENT ROLL

 

K-18



 

EXHIBIT L

 

ALLOCATED LOAN AMOUNTS

 

Site

 

Allocated Loan Amount

 

 

 

 

 

(CITY, STATE)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Total Advanced

 

$

 

 


 

EXHIBIT M

 

ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS

 



 

EXHIBIT N

 

RENT ROLL

 



 

EXHIBIT O

 

FORM OF ADDITIONAL ASSIGNMENT

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS AND LEASES

 

This ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS AND LEASES (this “ Assignment ”) is made as of the       day of                      , 20     , by                                           [INSERT NAME OF NEW SITE BORROWER], a Delaware limited liability company, having its principal place of business at c/o STAG Capital Partners, LLC, 99 Chauncy Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (“ Assignor ”), for the benefit of CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Connecticut corporation, having its principal place of business at Wilde Building, A4-CRI, 900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut  06152, together with its successors, affiliates, nominees, subsidiaries, investors, participants or assignees (collectively, “ Lender ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Lender has entered into a Master Loan Agreement with STAG GI INVESTMENTS HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Prime Borrower ”), dated as of July 9, 2010, as amended by an Omnibus Amendment and Agreement by and among Prime Borrower and Assignor, among others, of even date herewith (as amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), pursuant to which, inter alia, Lender has agreed, subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement, to make a mortgage loan to Prime Borrower and Site Borrowers (as defined below) in the maximum aggregate original principal amount of Sixty-Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($63,000,000) (the “ Loan ” or the “ Portfolio Loan ”);

 

WHEREAS, Prime Borrower intends to own all of the membership interests in one or more special purpose entities (each, a “ Site Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ Site Borrowers ” and, together with the Prime Borrower, collectively and individually, the “ Borrower ” or “ Borrowers ”) created to acquire various parcels of real property and all improvements thereon and all rights and appurtenances thereto (each, a “ Site ” and, collectively, the “ Portfolio Properties ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Portfolio Loan is evidenced and secured by (i) one or more promissory notes by Prime Borrowers and one or more Site Borrowers (collectively and individually referred to as the “ Notes ” or the “ Portfolio Notes ,” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time), (ii) a mortgage, deed of trust, or indemnity deed of trust, assignment of leases, rents and contracts, security agreement and fixture filing that encumbers a Site (one from the applicable Site Borrower for each Site, each a “ Portfolio Mortgage, ” and collectively the “ Portfolio Mortgages, ” as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time) and other items of collateral, and (iii) such other security agreements, loan agreements, disbursement agreements, supplemental agreements, environmental indemnity agreements, guaranties, assignments (both present and collateral) and

 



 

other instruments of indebtedness or security, including, without limitation, those referenced in the Loan Agreement (including the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages, the Loan Agreement and this Assignment, as the same may be amended, modified, substituted or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Documents ”) (all of the indebtedness and obligations under the Loan Documents being herein called, the “ Indebtedness ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Lender will make an advance of the Loan proceeds to Prime Borrower and Assignor, in the original principal amount of                                 and No/100 Dollars ($                     ) (the “                         Advance ”) together with interest thereon, as evidenced by a Mortgage Note             (“ Note            ”) of even date herewith, by Prime Borrower and Assignor payable to the order of Lender (“Note              constituting one of the “ Notes ” as defined above);

 

WHEREAS, the                        Advance is secured by, in addition to the other Loan Documents, a Mortgage Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, of even date and record herewith, by Assignor to Lender (the “                        Mortgage ”);

 

WHEREAS, Assignor constitutes a Site Borrower, the                          Advance constitutes [the Initial Advance/an Additional Advance] (as defined in the Loan Agreement), Note           constitutes [the Initial Note/an Additional Note] (as defined in the Loan Agreement), and the                      Mortgage constitutes [the Initial Portfolio Mortgage/a Portfolio Mortgage];

 

WHEREAS Lender has required an assignment of rents and leases affecting the real property and all of the improvements thereon in the City/Town of                      , County of                               , and State/Commonwealth of                               described in Exhibit A hereto (as more particularly described in the                               , the “ Real Property ”) as additional security for the Indebtedness.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender and Assignor, in consideration of the foregoing, hereby agree as follows:

 

I.  ASSIGNMENT

 

1.1.              Assignment of Leases .  Assignor hereby presently, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally transfers, assigns and sets over unto Lender all of Assignor’s right, title, and interest in and to all present and future leases, subleases, license agreements, concession agreements, lease termination agreements, and other occupancy agreements of any nature, oral or written, encumbering or affecting all or any part of the Real Property (collectively, the “ Leases ”), including but not limited to the leases listed on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Schedule of Leases ”), together with all extensions, modifications, supplements, renewals, and replacements thereof, now existing or hereafter made, and together with any and all guarantees of the obligations of the tenants, licensees, concessionaires and occupants thereunder (collectively, the “ Tenants ”), and also together with the rights of Assignor to receive, hold and apply all bonds and security in all of the Leases provided to be furnished to the lessor thereunder,

 

O-2



 

and also together with the rights of Assignor to enforce any and all of the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions in all of the Leases provided and to give notices thereunder.

 

1.2.              Assignment of Rents .  Assignor hereby presently, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally transfers, assigns and sets over unto Lender all of Assignor’s right, title, and interest in and to all present and future rents (including, without limitation, prepaid rents and additional rents), parking revenues, income, profits, royalties, issues, security and other deposits, refunds, rebates, receipts, fees (including, without limitation, license fees, concession fees, lease termination fees, option payments, reimbursements, and lease modification and extension fees), damages, charges, and all other income and revenue of every kind and nature now existing or hereafter arising out of, related to, or generated by the Leases, including all proceeds and products thereof (collectively, the “ Rents ”).

 

1.3.              Assignment of Security Deposit .  If any of the Leases provide for a security deposit paid by any Tenant to Assignor (the “ Security Deposits ”), Assignor hereby assigns its right, title and interest in and to the Security Deposits to Lender.  Assignor, however, shall have the right to retain the Security Deposits so long as no Event of Default exists hereunder, provided Lender shall not be obligated to any Tenant for any Security Deposit until Lender obtains possession or control of the Security Deposit after an Event of Default.

 

1.4.              Assignment Absolute .  This Assignment shall be a present, irrevocable, absolute and unconditional assignment, and shall, immediately upon execution, give Lender the right to sue for, collect and receive all Rents and Security Deposits and to deal with the Leases as the lessor thereunder.  Lender shall have the right to notify the Tenants of the existence of this Assignment, but Lender will not exercise its right to collect Rents or any other rights under this Article I unless an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) occurs hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.  So long as there is no Event of Default, the assignment in this Article I shall be subject to the limited license set forth in Article II.

 

II.  LICENSE TO COLLECT

 

Lender grants to Assignor a revocable license to hold and administer the Security Deposits and to collect the Rents as they respectively become due and to enforce the Leases and to exercise the rights of lessor thereunder, so long as there is no Event of Default by Assignor hereunder.  Assignor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, each of the Tenants under the Leases, upon receipt of a written notice from Lender so demanding, are to pay all Rent and Security Deposits due or which becomes due under its Lease to Lender.

 

O-3



 

III.  WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

3.1.              Warranties of Assignor .  Assignor hereby warrants and represents the following:

 

(a)               Assignor is the sole holder of the landlord’s or owner’s interest under the Leases and has good right to sell, assign, transfer and set over the Leases and the Rents to Lender;

 

(b)               Assignor has made no assignment other than this Assignment of any of Assignor’s rights in any of the Leases or the Rents (and other than any assignment with respect to any loan being repaid in full with the proceeds of the Loan);

 

(c)               Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to Lender, all of the Leases provide for Rent to be paid monthly in advance, all Rent due to date has been collected and no Rent has been collected more than one month in advance;

 

(d)               To the best of Assignor’s actual knowledge, and except as otherwise disclosed in writing to Lender, no Tenant under any of the Leases has any defense, set off or counterclaim against Assignor;

 

(e)               The Schedule of Leases attached as Exhibit B lists all of the Leases currently in effect for the Real Property;

 

(f)                Each of the Leases and any amendments thereto submitted by Assignor to Lender constitutes the entire agreement between the parties thereto, and to Assignor’s actual knowledge there are no agreements, undertakings, representations, or warranties, either oral or written, which have not been submitted to Lender;

 

(g)               To the best of Assignor’s actual knowledge, each of the Leases is valid, in full force and effect, and enforceable in accordance with its terms; and

 

(h)               Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to Lender, no rental concession in the form of any period of free rent or any other waiver, release, reduction, discount or other alteration of the Rent due or to become due has been granted by Assignor or, to the best of Assignor’s actual knowledge, any prior landlord to any Tenant under the Leases for any period subsequent to the effective date of this Assignment.

 

3.2.              Covenants of Assignor .  Assignor hereby covenants and agrees that Assignor shall:

 

(a)               Fulfill, perform and observe in all material respects all of the obligations of landlord under the Leases;

 

(b)               Give prompt written notice to Lender of any default or claim of default by Assignor or by any Tenant under any of the Leases, of which Assignor has notice, along with a complete copy of any written notice of such default or claim of default;

 

O-4



 

(c)               Enforce, short of termination, the performance in all material respects of the Leases by the Tenants;

 

(d)               Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement, not alter, modify, amend, terminate or cancel any of the Leases, nor accept a surrender of any of the Leases, nor waive any term or condition of any of the Leases without the prior written consent of Lender;

 

(e)               Not collect or accept Rent more than one (1) month in advance of the time any such Rent becomes due;

 

(f)                Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement, not execute any future Leases (or any amendments, modifications, extensions or renewals thereof), nor consent to the assignment of Tenant’s interest under any of the Leases, nor consent to the subletting thereunder without the prior written consent of Lender;

 

(g)               Not execute any further assignment of the landlord’s interest under any of the Leases or of the Rents or any interest therein or suffer or permit such to occur by operation of law;

 

(h)               Not permit any of the Leases to become subordinate to any lien other than the lien of the               Mortgage;

 

(i)                Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement, not alter, modify, change, release, waive, cancel, nor terminate the terms of any guarantee of any of Tenant’s obligations under any of the Leases in whole or in part without the prior written consent of Lender; and

 

(j)                Not take any action which will cause or permit the estate of any Tenants under the Leases to merge with Assignor’s interest in the Real Property.

 

3.3.           Covenant of Lender .  Upon the payment in full of the Indebtedness, or upon the satisfaction of the applicable conditions in the Loan Agreement relating to substitution or partial release of the Property, this Assignment shall be terminated and released by Lender without further action and shall thereupon be of no further force or effect.

 

ARTICLE IV.  DEFAULTS; LENDER’S REMEDIES

 

4.1.           Events of Default .  The occurrence of an “Event of Default” under, and as defined and described in, the Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages or any other of the Loan Documents shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder.

 

4.2.              Remedies .  Upon an Event of Default, Lender may at any time thereafter, at its option and without notice or demand of any kind, and without regard to the adequacy of security for payment of the Indebtedness, exercise any or all of the following remedies to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the Loan Agreement:

 

(a)               Declare all of the Indebtedness immediately due and payable;

 

O-5



 

(b)               Take physical possession of the Real Property and of all books, records, documents and accounts relating to the Real Property and the Assignor’s business thereon, and manage and operate the Real Property and the Assignor’s business thereon without interference from Assignor, at Assignor’s expense, including, without limitation, the right to rent and lease the Real Property and to hire a manager for the Real Property;

 

(c)               With or without taking possession of the Real Property, collect the Rents and any other sums owing under any of the Leases, either by itself or through a receiver, the license to collect Rents given to Assignor by Lender pursuant to Article II hereof being deemed automatically revoked upon an Event of Default, and Assignor hereby consenting to the appointment of a receiver upon the occurrence of an Event of Default;

 

(d)               In Assignor’s or Lender’s name, institute any legal or equitable action which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems desirable to collect any or all of the Rents;

 

(e)               Perform any or all obligations of Assignor under any of the Leases or this Assignment and take such actions as Lender deems appropriate to protect its security, including, without limitation:  (i) appearing in any action or proceeding affecting any of the Leases or the Real Property; (ii) executing new leases and modifying, terminating or canceling existing Leases; (iii) collecting, modifying and compromising any Rents payable under the Leases; and (iv) enforcing any of the Leases, including, if necessary, evicting tenants; and

 

(f)                Any other remedies permitted to Lender under applicable law.

 

The foregoing remedies are in addition to any remedies afforded Lender under any other of the Loan Documents or in law or equity, by statute or otherwise, all of which rights and remedies are reserved by Lender.  All of the remedies of Lender shall be cumulative and may be exercised at Lender’s option concurrently or successively and the exercise or beginning of exercise by Lender of any such remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or subsequent exercise of the same remedy or any other remedy available to Lender.  No failure or delay on the part of Lender to exercise any remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof.

 

4.3.              Application of Proceeds .  Any amounts collected by Lender hereunder shall be applied by Lender, to pay, in such order as Lender shall elect, the Indebtedness, including all principal; accrued, unpaid interest; prepayment fees; late charges; advances; and all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Lender in operating, protecting, preserving and realizing on Lender’s interest in the Real Property including any fees incurred in the representation of Lender in any proceeding under Title 11, United States Code; and any other amount due under the Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages or any other of the other Loan Documents.

 

It is understood and agreed that neither the assignment of the Rents to Lender nor the exercise by Lender of any of its rights or remedies under this Assignment shall be deemed to make Lender a “mortgagee-in-possession” or otherwise responsible or liable in any manner with respect to the Real Property or the use, occupancy, enjoyment or operation of all or any portion thereof, unless and until Lender, in person or through its authorized agent, assumes actual possession thereof and executes and records a Certificate of Entry under M.G.L. Chapter 244,

 

O-6



 

Sections 1 and 2 [confirm whether any local law provision] , nor shall appointment of a receiver by any court at the request of Lender or by agreement with Assignor or the entering into possession of the Real Property or any part thereof by such receiver be deemed to make Lender a “mortgagee-in-possession” or otherwise responsible or liable in any manner with respect to the Real Property or the use, occupancy, enjoyment or operation of all or any portion thereof.

 

ARTICLE V.  NO LIABILITY, INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1.              No Liability .  Nothing in this Assignment shall be construed to impose upon Lender any obligation or responsibility to any Tenant under any of the Leases or to any other third party for the control, care, management or repair of the Real Property, the performance of any of the landlord’s obligations under the Leases, or for any dangerous or defective condition on the Real Property.

 

5.2.              Indemnification .  Assignor shall indemnify and hold Lender harmless from and against all obligations, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, civil fines, penalties or damages (including attorneys’ fees) which Lender may incur by reason of this Assignment or in connection with any of the Leases or with regard to the Real Property prior to such time as Lender takes actual physical possession (to the exclusion of Assignor) of the Real Property after an Event of Default, provided that such indemnity shall not apply to (i) any liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages, etc., arising on account of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender or (ii) any income or franchise taxes imposed on Lender.  Assignor shall, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lender, defend Lender against any claim or litigation involving Lender for the same.  Should Lender incur such obligation, liability, loss, cost, expense, civil fine, penalty or damage, Assignor shall reimburse Lender upon demand.  Any amount owed Lender under this provision shall bear interest at the “Default Rate” defined and described in the Loan Agreement and shall be secured by the Loan Documents.

 

ARTICLE VI.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1.              Modifications, Etc .  Assignor hereby consents and agrees that Lender may at any time and from time to time, without notice to or further consent from Assignor, either with or without consideration, surrender any property or other security of any kind or nature whatsoever held by Lender or by any person, firm or corporation on Lender’s behalf or for its account, securing the Indebtedness; substitute for any collateral so held by Lender, other collateral of like kind, or of any kind; agree to modification of the terms of the Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages or any of the other Loan Documents; extend or renew the Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages or any of the other Loan Documents for any period; grant releases, compromises and indulgences with respect to the Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages or any of the other Loan Documents to any person or entities now or hereafter liable thereunder or hereunder; release any guarantor or endorser of the Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Portfolio Mortgages or any of the other Loan Documents; or take or fail to take any action of any type whatsoever; and no such action which Lender shall take or fail to take in connection with the Loan Documents, or any of them, or any security for the payment of the Indebtedness or for the performance of any obligations or undertakings of Assignor, nor any course of dealing with Assignor or any other person, shall release Assignor’s obligations hereunder, affect this Assignment in any way or afford Assignor any recourse against Lender,

 

O-7



 

other than for Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The provisions of this Assignment shall extend and be applicable to all renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations and modifications of the Loan Documents and the Leases, and any and all references herein to the Loan Documents, or the Leases shall be deemed to include any such renewals, amendments, extensions, consolidations or modifications thereof.

 

6.2.              Further Assurance .  At any time and from time to time, upon reasonable request by Lender, Assignor will make, execute and deliver, or cause to be made, executed and delivered, to Lender and, where appropriate, cause to be recorded and/or filed and from time to time thereafter to be re-recorded and/or refiled at such time and in such offices and places as shall be deemed desirable by Lender, any and all such other and further assignments, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance, certificates and other documents as may, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, be necessary or desirable in order to effectuate, complete, or perfect, or to continue and preserve (a) the obligations of Assignor under this Assignment and (b) the security interest created by this Assignment as a first and prior security interest upon the Leases and the Rents, provided that the same are consistent with and do not materially increase the obligations of Assignor under the Loan Documents.  Upon any failure by Assignor so to do, Lender may make, execute, record, file, re-record and/or refile any and all such assignments, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, financing statements, continuation statements, instruments, certificates, and documents for and in the name of Assignor, and Assignor hereby irrevocably appoints Lender the agent and attorney in fact of Assignor so to do.

 

6.3.              Successors and Assigns .  All of the terms and conditions of this Assignment are hereby made binding upon the executors, heirs, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of both Lender and Assignor, including any trustee or debtor-in-possession appointed in any proceeding under Title 11, United States Code.

 

6.4.              Notices .  Any notice, demand, request, statement, consent or other communication made hereunder shall be in writing, signed by the party giving such notice, request, demand, statement, consent or other communication, and shall be deemed to have been properly given when delivered in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement.

 

6.5.              Governing Law .  Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Assignment or in any other Loan Document, all claims relating, in any way, to the negotiation and/or consummation of the Portfolio Loan, Lender’s relationship with the Borrowers in connection with the Portfolio Loan and/or the performance of any obligation under any of the Loan Documents shall in all respects be governed, construed, applied and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ State ”) without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing choice of law:

 

(a)            the procedures governing the creation, perfection and priority of the liens pertaining to the Real Property and the enforcement by Lender of its rights and remedies under this Assignment and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Real Property, including without limitation, actions for foreclosure, for injunctive relief or for

 

O-8



 

appointment of a receiver, shall be governed by the laws of the state where the Real Property is located; and

 

(b)            Lender shall comply with applicable law in the state where the Real Property is located to the extent required by the law of such jurisdiction in connection with the foreclosure of the liens created by this Assignment and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Real Property.

 

Nothing contained herein or in any provisions of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to provide that the substantive law of the state where the Real Property is located shall apply to any parties’ rights and obligations under any of the Loan Documents, which, except as expressly provided above, are and shall continue to be governed by the substantive law of the State.  In addition, the fact that portions of the Loan Documents may include provisions drafted to conform to the law of the state where the Real Property is located is not intended, nor shall it be deemed, in any way, to derogate the parties’ choice of law as set forth or referred to in this Assignment or in the other Loan Documents.  The parties further agree that Lender may enforce its rights under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, its rights to sue Assignor or to collect any outstanding indebtedness in accordance with the State law, subject to clauses (a) and (b) above.

 

Assignor hereby consents to personal jurisdiction in any state or federal court located within the State, as well as to the jurisdiction of all courts from which an appeal may be taken from the courts within the State, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of, or with respect to, any of the Loan Documents, the negotiation and/or consummation of the Portfolio Loan, Lender’s relationship with Assignor or any other Borrower in connection with the Portfolio Loan and/or the performance of any obligation or the exercise of any remedy under any of the Loan Documents, and expressly waives any and all objections it may have as to venue in any of such courts.

 

6.6.              Captions; Counterparts .  The captions of this Assignment are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and are not and shall not be deemed to be any part hereof.  This Assignment and all of the other Loan Documents may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.7.              Exhibits .  All Exhibits referred to herein and attached hereto are hereby incorporated and made a part of this Assignment.

 

6.8.              No Oral Modifications; Amendments .  No oral amendment to this Assignment shall be binding on the parties hereto.  Any modification of or amendment to this Assignment must be in writing signed by both parties.

 

6.9.              Terms .  Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require.

 

6.10.            Invalidity .  If any provision of this Assignment shall be held invalid, the same shall not affect in any respect whatsoever the validity of the remainder of this Assignment.

 

O-9



 

6.11.            Attorneys’ Fees .  Any reference to “attorney fees,” “attorney’s fees” or “attorneys’ fees” in this document includes but is not limited to the fees, charges and costs incurred by Lender through its retention of outside legal counsel and the reasonably allocated fees, costs and charges for services rendered by Lender’s in-house counsel.  Any reference to “attorney fees”, “attorney’s fees,” or “attorneys’ fees” shall also include but not be limited to those attorneys or legal fees, costs and charges incurred by Lender following an Event of Default in the collection of any Indebtedness (or any portion thereof), the enforcement of any obligations hereunder, the protection of the Real Property, the foreclosure of (or exercise of power under) the Portfolio Mortgages, the sale of the Real Property, the defense of actions arising hereunder and the collection, protection or set off of any claim the Lender may have in a proceeding under Title 11, United States Code.  Attorney’s fees provided for hereunder shall accrue whether or not Lender has provided notice of an Event of Default or of an intention to exercise its remedies for such Event of Default.

 

6.12.            WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .  ASSIGNOR AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY AS TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS ASSIGNMENT.

 

6.13.            Joint and Several Liability .  If more than one person, corporation, partnership or other entity shall execute this Assignment, then each person and entity shall be fully liable for all obligations of Assignor hereunder, and such obligations shall be joint and several.

 

6.14             Nonrecourse .  The provisions set forth in Section 14 of the Notes are hereby incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and shall be applicable to this Assignment as if set forth in full herein.

 

6.15.            Definitions .  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

O-10


 

 

 

In Witness whereof, Assignor has duly executed this Assignment as a sealed instrument on the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNOR :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

COUNTY OF SUFFOLK

 

On this                day of                 , 20    , before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared                                   , proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was personal knowledge of identity, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as the              of                                                   .

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

My commission expires:

 

O-11



 

EXHIBIT A

TO

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS AND LEASES

Description of Real Property

 

O-12



 

EXHIBIT B

TO

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS AND LEASES

Schedule of Leases

 

Lease dated                               , by and between                                          [predecessor in interest to [INSERT NAME OF SITE BORROWER]], as Landlord, and                                         , as tenant, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated                                         .

 

O-13



 

MASTER LOAN AGREEMENT

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Incorporation of Recitals; Defined Terms

2

2.

Initial Advance and Additional Advances

2

3.

Allocation of Loan Amount

13

4.

Payment of Indebtedness

13

5.

Usury

13

6.

Impositions

14

7.

Tax Deposits

14

8.

Change in Taxes

16

9.

Sidewalks, Municipal Charges

17

10.

Insurance

17

11.

Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds

19

12.

Restoration Following Fire and Other Casualty or Condemnation

20

13.

Disposition of Condemnation or Insurance Proceeds

21

14.

Fire and Other Casualty; Self-Help

23

15.

Rent Insurance Proceeds

23

16.

Transfers; Encumbrances

24

17.

Right to Transfer Portfolio Properties

24

18.

Right to Change Ownership Interests in Borrower

26

19.

Substitution of Collateral

26

20.

Prepayment Limitations; Release of a Site

28

21.

Representations and Warranties

29

22.

OFAC and Patriot Act Provisions

30

23.

Leases; Property Management

33

24.

Financial Reporting

35

25.

Plans and Specifications

36

26.

Repair; Alterations; Waste; ADA

36

27.

[Intentionally deleted]

38

28.

General Reserve Escrow Agreement

38

29.

Event of Default

38

30.

Remedies

39

31.

Acceleration Interest

40

32.

Late Charge

40

33.

Estoppel Certificate

40

34.

Nonrecourse

40

35.

Notices

42

36.

Participation

44

37.

Lender Costs and Expenses

44

38.

Further Assurances

45

39.

Continued Existence

45

40.

Rights Personal to Borrowers

45

41.

Master Loan Agreement Governs

45

42.

Miscellaneous

46

 

i



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Legal Description of Portfolio Properties

EXHIBIT B

 

Schedule of Loan Documents

EXHIBIT C

 

Tenant Estoppel Certificate

EXHIBIT D

 

Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement

EXHIBIT E

 

Survey Requirements

EXHIBIT F

 

Surveyor’s Certificate

EXHIBIT G

 

Form of Opinions

EXHIBIT H

 

Purchase Prices

EXHIBIT I

 

Form of Note

EXHIBIT J

 

Form of Additional Portfolio Mortgage

EXHIBIT K

 

Form of Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents

EXHIBIT L

 

Allocated Loan Amounts

EXHIBIT M

 

Organizational Charts

EXHIBIT N

 

Rent Roll

EXHIBIT O

 

Form of Additional Assignment

 

ii


 

 



Exhibit 10.21

 

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the        day of                     , 2010, by and between STAG MANAGER II, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company having a principal place of business at 93 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02110 (herein called “ Manager ”), and STAG INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company having a principal place of business at 99 Chauncy Street, Boston, MA 02111 (herein called “ STAG ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Manager serves as manager of STAG Investments II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Fund”), which Fund was formed in accordance with the terms of a certain Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of May 20, 2005 (the “ Operating Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Fund owns those certain industrial properties more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (individually, a “Property” and collectively, the “ Properties ”);

 

WHEREAS, the purpose of the Manager is to provide, among other things, asset and property management, marketing and leasing, contracting and subcontracting, and other similar real estate services for the Fund and, in accordance with the terms of the Operating Agreement, the Manager may enter into contracts for the provision of these real estate services;

 

WHEREAS, STAG’s business is and its employees focus on, among other things, providing asset and property management services, including contracting and subcontracting as necessary, managing tenant matters, supervising real property assets and providing bookkeeping and accounting services in connection with such properties;

 

WHEREAS, Manager has requested that STAG assist Manager in implementing the Manager’s purpose by performing the Asset Management Services (as hereinafter defined) on behalf of Manager and STAG has agreed to provide such services, in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and mutual obligations of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1 .   Appointment of STAG .  Manager hereby designates and appoints STAG to provide and perform the Asset Management Services for each Property that the Fund and/or the Manager may establish from time to time.  STAG hereby accepts such designation and appointment, which designation and acceptance are subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

2.   Term .  The term of this Agreement shall be for a term of not more than five (5) years, commencing on the date hereof and expiring on                   , 2015; provided , however , this Agreement shall terminate automatically if the Fund sells all of its Properties and liquidates its

 

1



 

assets prior to the expiration of the term.  Further, the services provided hereunder shall terminate automatically with respect to any one or more Properties that may be sold by the Fund prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement.  In any event, either Manager or STAG may terminate this Agreement at any time with thirty (30) days prior written notice without cause and with immediately upon written notice with cause.

 

3.   Responsibilities and Duties of STAG .  STAG agrees to: (a) manage the asset, including, without limitation, preparing budgets, collecting rents, tracking overdue payments, ensuring the payment and/or performance of any landlord obligations under the leases for the Properties; (b) draft and negotiate lease extensions, modifications or amendments, as necessary or appropriate; (c) market vacant properties and draft and negotiate new leases for the same; (d) provide general oversight of any risk management issues related to the Property; (e) conduct inspections of the physical condition of the Property and make any necessary improvements or repairs required under the leases; (f) provide any and all bookkeeping and accounting services necessary to administer the leases and to address any and all requirements under any loans secured by the Properties; and (g) perform each of these services in a manner consistent with STAG’s past practices (collectively, the “ Asset Management Services ”).  With respect to the bookkeeping and accounting services under this section, STAG will report accounting data on an entirely separate set of books from its own books, and will provide summaries of all purchases, revenues and other accounting data.  STAG will provide all accounting functions including, but not limited to, the preparation of such reports as the Fund’s lender may reasonably request, using such method of accounting as currently used by STAG.

 

4.   Compensation Payable to STAG by Manager .  In consideration for STAG’s provision of the Asset Management Services, Manager will pay STAG, quarterly in arrears, an Asset Management Services Fee equal the amount payable to Manager under Section 4.03(b) of the Operating Agreement (“ Asset Management Services Fee ”) but in no event shall such Asset Management Services Fee exceed the amount paid the Manager under Section 4.03(b) of the Operating Agreement.

 

5.   Assignment .  Except with respect to assignments to affiliates, which are expressly permitted upon written notice, neither party shall have the right to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.   No Joint Venture/Independent Contractor .  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto, or by any third party, as creating the relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto.  In the performance of its obligations hereunder, each party shall be an independent contractor with regard to the other.

 

7.   Notices . Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered at 10:00 am. on the third business day after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set forth in the preamble of this Agreement or at such other addresses as they may have theretofore specified written notice delivered in accordance with this paragraph.

 

8. Terms Binding .  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

2



 

9.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[space intentionally left blank — signature page follows]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

STAG MANAGER II, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

4




Exhibit 10.22

 

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the        day of                 , 2010, by and between STAG MANAGER III, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company having a principal place of business at 99 Chauncy Street, Boston, MA 02111 (herein called “ Manager ”), and STAG INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company having a principal place of business at 99 Chauncy Street, Boston, MA 02111 (herein called “ STAG ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Manager serves as manager of STAG Investments III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Fund ”), which Fund was formed in accordance with the terms of a certain Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of June 1, 2007 (the “ Operating Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Fund owns three industrial properties more particularly described in  Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (individually, a “Property” and collectively, the “ Properties ”);

 

WHEREAS, the purpose of the Manager is to provide asset and property management, marketing and leasing, contracting and subcontracting, and other similar real estate services for the Properties and, in accordance with the terms of the Operating Agreement, the Manager may enter into contracts for the provision of these real estate services;

 

WHEREAS, STAG’s business is and its employees focus on, among other things, providing asset and property management services, including contracting and subcontracting as necessary, managing tenant matters, supervising real property assets and providing bookkeeping and accounting services in connection with such properties;

 

WHEREAS, Manager has requested that STAG assist Manager in implementing its purpose by performing the Asset Management Services and Administrative Management Services (each as hereinafter defined) on behalf of Manager and STAG has agreed to provide such services, in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and mutual obligations of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1 .   Appointment of STAG .  Manager hereby designates and appoints STAG to provide and perform the Asset Management Services and Administrative Management Services for each Property.  STAG hereby accepts such designation and appointment, which designation and acceptance are subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

2.   Term .  The term of this Agreement shall be for a term of not more than five (5) years, commencing on the date hereof and expiring on                       , 2015; provided , however , this Agreement shall terminate automatically if the Fund sells all of its Properties and liquidates its assets prior to the expiration of the term.  Further, the services provided hereunder shall terminate automatically with respect to any one or more Properties that may be sold by the Fund prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement.  In any event, either Manager or

 

1



 

STAG may terminate this Agreement at any time with thirty (30) days prior written notice without cause and immediately upon written notice by cause.

 

3.   Responsibilities and Duties of STAG .  With respect to the Properties, STAG agrees to: (a) manage the assets, including, without limitation, preparing budgets, collecting rents, tracking overdue payments, ensuring the payment and/or performance of any landlord obligations under the leases for the Properties; (b) draft and negotiate lease extensions, modifications or amendments, as necessary or appropriate; (c) market vacant properties and draft and negotiate new leases for the same; (d) provide general oversight of any risk management issues related to the Property; (e) conduct inspections of the physical condition of the Property and make any necessary improvements or repairs required by the leases; (f) provide any and all bookkeeping and accounting services necessary to administer the leases and to address any and all requirements under any loans secured by the Properties; and (g) perform each of these services in a manner consistent with STAG’s past practices (collectively, the “ Asset Management Services ”). With respect to the members of the Fund, STAG agrees to: (a) provide copies of all public filings related to the Fund’s investment in STAG Industrial, Inc., and (b) provide administrative support to the members of the Fund including any and all bookkeeping data related to tracking the Fund’s investments (collectively, the “ Administrative Management Services ”). With respect to the bookkeeping and accounting services under this section, STAG will report accounting data on an entirely separate set of books from its own books, and will provide summaries of all purchases, revenues and other accounting data.  STAG will provide all accounting functions including, but not limited to, the preparation of such reports as the Fund’s lender may reasonably request, using such method of accounting as currently used by STAG.

 

4.   Compensation Payable to STAG by Manager .  In consideration for the Asset Management Services, Manager will pay STAG an annual fee of $30,000 for each Property, payable quarterly in advance.  In consideration of the Administrative Management Services, Manager will pay STAG an annual fee of $20,000, payable quarterly in advance.

 

5.   Assignment .  Except with respect to assignments to affiliates, which is expressly permitted upon written notice, neither party shall have the right to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.   No Joint Venture/Independent Contractor .  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto, or by any third party, as creating the relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto.  In the performance of its obligations hereunder, each party shall be an independent contractor with regard to the other.

 

7.   Notices . Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered at 10:00 am. on the third business day after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set forth in the preamble of this Agreement or at such other addresses as they may have theretofore specified written notice delivered in accordance with this paragraph.

 

8. Terms Binding .  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

2



 

9.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[space intentionally left blank — signature page follows]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

STAG MANAGER III, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

4


 



Exhibit 10.23

 

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the        day of                 , 2010, by and between STAG MANAGER, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company having a principal place of business at 99 Chauncy Street, Boston, MA 02111 (herein called “ Manager ”), and STAG INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company having a principal place of business at 99 Chauncy Street, Boston, MA 02111 (herein called “ STAG ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Manager serves as manager of STAG Investments IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Fund ”), which Fund was formed in accordance with the terms of a certain Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of May 8, 2008 (the “ Operating Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, STAG’s business is and its employees focus on, among other things, providing asset and property management services, including contracting and subcontracting as necessary, managing tenant matters, supervising real property assets and providing bookkeeping and accounting services in connection with such assets;

 

WHEREAS, Manager has requested that STAG assist Manager in implementing its purpose by performing the Administrative Management Services (each as hereinafter defined) on behalf of Manager and STAG has agreed to provide such services, in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and mutual obligations of the parties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1 .   Appointment of STAG .  Manager hereby designates and appoints STAG to provide and perform the Administrative Management Services for each Property.  STAG hereby accepts such designation and appointment, which designation and acceptance are subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

2.   Term .  The term of this Agreement shall be for a term of not more than five (5) years, commencing on the date hereof and expiring on                       , 2015; provided , however , this Agreement shall terminate automatically if the Fund liquidates its assets prior to the expiration of the term.  In any event, either Manager or STAG may terminate this Agreement at any time with thirty (30) days prior written notice without cause and immediately upon written notice by cause.

 

3.   Responsibilities and Duties of STAG .  With respect to the members of the Fund, STAG agrees to: (a) provide copies of all public filings related to the Fund’s investment in STAG Industrial, Inc., and (b) provide administrative support to the members of the Fund including any and all bookkeeping data related to tracking the Fund’s investments (collectively, the “ Administrative Management Services ”). With respect to the bookkeeping and accounting services under this section, STAG will report accounting data on an entirely separate set of books from its own books, and will provide summaries of all purchases, revenues and other accounting data.  STAG will provide all accounting functions including, but not limited to, the preparation

 

1



 

of such reports as the Fund’s lender may reasonably request, using such method of accounting as currently used by STAG.

 

4.   Compensation Payable to STAG by Manager .  In consideration of the Administrative Management Services, Manager will pay STAG an annual fee of $20,000, payable quarterly in advance.

 

5.   Assignment .  Except with respect to assignments to affiliates, which is expressly permitted upon written notice, neither party shall have the right to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.   No Joint Venture/Independent Contractor .  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto, or by any third party, as creating the relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto.  In the performance of its obligations hereunder, each party shall be an independent contractor with regard to the other.

 

7.   Notices . Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered at 10:00 am. on the third business day after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set forth in the preamble of this Agreement or at such other addresses as they may have theretofore specified written notice delivered in accordance with this paragraph.

 

8. Terms Binding .  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

9.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[space intentionally left blank — signature page follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

STAG MANAGER, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAG INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

3




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of our report dated July 28, 2010 relating to the combined financial statements and financial statement schedule of STAG Predecessor Group, our report dated July 28, 2010 relating to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of STAG Contribution Group, our report dated July 28, 2010 related to the consolidated balance sheet of STAG Industrial, Inc., our report dated July 28, 2010 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Newton Property, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Charlotte Property, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Goshen Property, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the O'Fallon Property, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Piscataway and Lopatcong Properties, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Charlotte II Property, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Madison Property, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Streetsboro Property, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Rogers and Vonore Properties, our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the combined statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Salem Properties, and our report dated September 23, 2010 relating to the statement of revenue and certain expenses of the Walker Property which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 23, 2010




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF CB RICHARD ELLIS — ECONOMETRIC ADVISORS

To STAG Industrial, Inc.:

        We hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration Statement on Form S-11, to be filed by STAG Industrial, Inc., and the related Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements thereto (collectively, the "Registration Statement"), and the market information prepared by CB Richard Ellis—Econometric Advisors for STAG Industrial, Inc. wherever appearing in the Registration Statement, including, but not limited to the references to our company under the headings "Prospectus Summary," "Market Overview" and "Experts" in the Registration Statement.

Dated September 23, 2010

    CB Richard Ellis—Econometric Advisors

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JON SOUTHARD

Name: Jon Southard
Title:
Director



QuickLinks


Exhibit 99.1

 

CONSENT OF ALEXANDER FRASER

 

STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering its shares of common stock for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the offering.

 

 

Dated: September 14, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alexander Fraser

 

Alexander Fraser

 


 

 



Exhibit 99.2

 

CONSENT OF JEFFREY FURBER

 

STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering its shares of common stock for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the offering.

 

 

Dated: September 15, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey Furber

 

Jeffrey Furber

 


 

 



Exhibit 99.3

 

CONSENT OF LARRY T. GUILLEMETTE

 

STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering its shares of common stock for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the offering.

 

 

Dated: September 14, 2010

 

 

 

/s/ Larry T. Guillemette

 

Larry T. Guillemette

 


 

 



Exhibit 99.4

 

CONSENT OF FRANCIS X. JACOBY III

 

STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering its shares of common stock for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the offering.

 

 

Dated: September 14, 2010

 

 

 

/s/ Francis X. Jacoby III

 

Francis X. Jacoby III

 


 

 



Exhibit 99.5

 

CONSENT OF EDWARD LANGE

 

STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering its shares of common stock for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the offering.

 

 

Dated: September 22, 2010

 

 

 

 

/s/ Edward Lange

 

Edward Lange

 




Exhibit 99.6

 

CONSENT OF HANS S. WEGER

 

STAG Industrial, Inc. (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering its shares of common stock for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a person who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the offering.

 

 

Dated: September 14, 2010

 

 

 

/s/ Hans S. Weger

 

Hans S. Weger